aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/xorg-server/dix
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authormarha <marha@users.sourceforge.net>2011-09-12 11:27:51 +0200
committermarha <marha@users.sourceforge.net>2011-09-12 11:27:51 +0200
commitdafebc5bb70303f0b5baf0b087cf4d9a64b5c7f0 (patch)
treebdf833cc6a4fc9035411779e10dd9e8478201885 /xorg-server/dix
parent0b40f5f4b54453a77f4b09c431f8efc6875da61f (diff)
downloadvcxsrv-dafebc5bb70303f0b5baf0b087cf4d9a64b5c7f0.tar.gz
vcxsrv-dafebc5bb70303f0b5baf0b087cf4d9a64b5c7f0.tar.bz2
vcxsrv-dafebc5bb70303f0b5baf0b087cf4d9a64b5c7f0.zip
Synchronised line endinge with release branch
Diffstat (limited to 'xorg-server/dix')
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am144
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/colormap.c5550
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/cursor.c1024
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/devices.c5260
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c7916
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c4224
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c1526
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/events.c12122
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/extension.c720
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/getevents.c2794
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c1172
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/main.c816
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c2554
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/region.c2850
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/resource.c1928
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/dix/window.c7772
16 files changed, 29186 insertions, 29186 deletions
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am
index 9fca2ca87..f5af619e3 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/Makefile.am
@@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libdix.la libmain.la
-
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/include
-AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS)
-
-libmain_la_SOURCES = \
- main.c
-
-libdix_la_SOURCES = \
- atom.c \
- colormap.c \
- cursor.c \
- devices.c \
- dispatch.c \
- dispatch.h \
- dixfonts.c \
- dixutils.c \
- enterleave.c \
- enterleave.h \
- events.c \
- eventconvert.c \
- extension.c \
- ffs.c \
- gc.c \
- getevents.c \
- globals.c \
- glyphcurs.c \
- grabs.c \
- initatoms.c \
- inpututils.c \
- pixmap.c \
- privates.c \
- property.c \
- ptrveloc.c \
- region.c \
- registry.c \
- resource.c \
- selection.c \
- swaprep.c \
- swapreq.c \
- tables.c \
- window.c
-
-EXTRA_DIST = buildatoms BuiltInAtoms Xserver.d Xserver-dtrace.h.in
-
-# Install list of protocol names
-miscconfigdir = $(SERVER_MISC_CONFIG_PATH)
-dist_miscconfig_DATA = protocol.txt
-
-if XSERVER_DTRACE
-# Generate dtrace header file for C sources to include
-BUILT_SOURCES = Xserver-dtrace.h
-
-Xserver-dtrace.h: $(srcdir)/Xserver.d
- $(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -C -h -o $@ -s $(srcdir)/Xserver.d \
- || cp Xserver-dtrace.h.in $@
-
-endif
-
-if SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS
-# Generate dtrace object code for probes in libdix
-dtrace-dix.o: $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)
- $(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -G -C -o $@ -s $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
-
-noinst_PROGRAMS = dix.O
-
-dix_O_SOURCES =
-dix.O: dtrace-dix.o $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)
- $(AM_V_GEN)ld -r -o $@ $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
-endif
-
-CLEANFILES = Xserver-dtrace.h
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libdix.la libmain.la
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/include
+AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS)
+
+libmain_la_SOURCES = \
+ main.c
+
+libdix_la_SOURCES = \
+ atom.c \
+ colormap.c \
+ cursor.c \
+ devices.c \
+ dispatch.c \
+ dispatch.h \
+ dixfonts.c \
+ dixutils.c \
+ enterleave.c \
+ enterleave.h \
+ events.c \
+ eventconvert.c \
+ extension.c \
+ ffs.c \
+ gc.c \
+ getevents.c \
+ globals.c \
+ glyphcurs.c \
+ grabs.c \
+ initatoms.c \
+ inpututils.c \
+ pixmap.c \
+ privates.c \
+ property.c \
+ ptrveloc.c \
+ region.c \
+ registry.c \
+ resource.c \
+ selection.c \
+ swaprep.c \
+ swapreq.c \
+ tables.c \
+ window.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = buildatoms BuiltInAtoms Xserver.d Xserver-dtrace.h.in
+
+# Install list of protocol names
+miscconfigdir = $(SERVER_MISC_CONFIG_PATH)
+dist_miscconfig_DATA = protocol.txt
+
+if XSERVER_DTRACE
+# Generate dtrace header file for C sources to include
+BUILT_SOURCES = Xserver-dtrace.h
+
+Xserver-dtrace.h: $(srcdir)/Xserver.d
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -C -h -o $@ -s $(srcdir)/Xserver.d \
+ || cp Xserver-dtrace.h.in $@
+
+endif
+
+if SPECIAL_DTRACE_OBJECTS
+# Generate dtrace object code for probes in libdix
+dtrace-dix.o: $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)$(DTRACE) -G -C -o $@ -s $(top_srcdir)/dix/Xserver.d $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
+
+noinst_PROGRAMS = dix.O
+
+dix_O_SOURCES =
+dix.O: dtrace-dix.o $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)ld -r -o $@ $(am_libdix_la_OBJECTS:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
+endif
+
+CLEANFILES = Xserver-dtrace.h
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c b/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c
index b871b604e..7dba69d11 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/colormap.c
@@ -1,2775 +1,2775 @@
-/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <strings.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "dix.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define UpdateColors thisUpdateColors
-#endif
-
-static Pixel FindBestPixel(
- EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
- int /*size*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/,
- int /*channel*/
-);
-
-static int AllComp(
- EntryPtr /*pent*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/
-);
-
-static int RedComp(
- EntryPtr /*pent*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/
-);
-
-static int GreenComp(
- EntryPtr /*pent*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/
-);
-
-static int BlueComp(
- EntryPtr /*pent*/,
- xrgb * /*prgb*/
-);
-
-static void FreePixels(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- int /*client*/
-);
-
-static void CopyFree(
- int /*channel*/,
- int /*client*/,
- ColormapPtr /*pmapSrc*/,
- ColormapPtr /*pmapDst*/
-);
-
-static void FreeCell(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- Pixel /*i*/,
- int /*channel*/
-);
-
-static void UpdateColors(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/
-);
-
-static int AllocDirect(
- int /*client*/,
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- int /*c*/,
- int /*r*/,
- int /*g*/,
- int /*b*/,
- Bool /*contig*/,
- Pixel * /*pixels*/,
- Pixel * /*prmask*/,
- Pixel * /*pgmask*/,
- Pixel * /*pbmask*/
-);
-
-static int AllocPseudo(
- int /*client*/,
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- int /*c*/,
- int /*r*/,
- Bool /*contig*/,
- Pixel * /*pixels*/,
- Pixel * /*pmask*/,
- Pixel ** /*pppixFirst*/
-);
-
-static Bool AllocCP(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
- int /*count*/,
- int /*planes*/,
- Bool /*contig*/,
- Pixel * /*pixels*/,
- Pixel * /*pMask*/
-);
-
-static Bool AllocShared(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- Pixel * /*ppix*/,
- int /*c*/,
- int /*r*/,
- int /*g*/,
- int /*b*/,
- Pixel /*rmask*/,
- Pixel /*gmask*/,
- Pixel /*bmask*/,
- Pixel * /*ppixFirst*/
-);
-
-static int FreeCo(
- ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
- int /*client*/,
- int /*color*/,
- int /*npixIn*/,
- Pixel * /*ppixIn*/,
- Pixel /*mask*/
-);
-
-static int TellNoMap(
- WindowPtr /*pwin*/,
- Colormap * /*pmid*/
-);
-
-static void FindColorInRootCmap (
- ColormapPtr /* pmap */,
- EntryPtr /* pentFirst */,
- int /* size */,
- xrgb* /* prgb */,
- Pixel* /* pPixel */,
- int /* channel */,
- ColorCompareProcPtr /* comp */
-);
-
-#define NUMRED(vis) ((vis->redMask >> vis->offsetRed) + 1)
-#define NUMGREEN(vis) ((vis->greenMask >> vis->offsetGreen) + 1)
-#define NUMBLUE(vis) ((vis->blueMask >> vis->offsetBlue) + 1)
-#if COMPOSITE
-#define ALPHAMASK(vis) ((vis)->nplanes < 32 ? 0 : \
- (CARD32) ~((vis)->redMask|(vis)->greenMask|(vis)->blueMask))
-#else
-#define ALPHAMASK(vis) 0
-#endif
-
-#define RGBMASK(vis) (vis->redMask | vis->greenMask | vis->blueMask | ALPHAMASK(vis))
-
-/* GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) --
- * (Suggestion: First read the macro, then read this explanation.
- *
- * Either generate the next value to OR in to a pixel or break out of this
- * while loop
- *
- * This macro is used when we're trying to generate all 2^n combinations of
- * bits in mask. What we're doing here is counting in binary, except that
- * the bits we use to count may not be contiguous. This macro will be
- * called 2^n times, returning a different value in bits each time. Then
- * it will cause us to break out of a surrounding loop. (It will always be
- * called from within a while loop.)
- * On call: mask is the value we want to find all the combinations for
- * base has 1 bit set where the least significant bit of mask is set
- *
- * For example,if mask is 01010, base should be 0010 and we count like this:
- * 00010 (see this isn't so hard),
- * then we add base to bits and get 0100. (bits & ~mask) is (0100 & 0100) so
- * we add that to bits getting (0100 + 0100) =
- * 01000 for our next value.
- * then we add 0010 to get
- * 01010 and we're done (easy as 1, 2, 3)
- */
-#define GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) \
- if((bits) == (mask)) \
- break; \
- (bits) += (base); \
- while((bits) & ~(mask)) \
- (bits) += ((bits) & ~(mask));
-/* ID of server as client */
-#define SERVER_ID 0
-
-typedef struct _colorResource
-{
- Colormap mid;
- int client;
-} colorResource;
-
-/* Invariants:
- * refcnt == 0 means entry is empty
- * refcnt > 0 means entry is useable by many clients, so it can't be changed
- * refcnt == AllocPrivate means entry owned by one client only
- * fShared should only be set if refcnt == AllocPrivate, and only in red map
- */
-
-
-/**
- * Create and initialize the color map
- *
- * \param mid resource to use for this colormap
- * \param alloc 1 iff all entries are allocated writable
- */
-int
-CreateColormap (Colormap mid, ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual,
- ColormapPtr *ppcmap, int alloc, int client)
-{
- int class, size;
- unsigned long sizebytes;
- ColormapPtr pmap;
- EntryPtr pent;
- int i;
- Pixel *ppix, **pptr;
-
- class = pVisual->class;
- if(!(class & DynamicClass) && (alloc != AllocNone) && (client != SERVER_ID))
- return BadMatch;
-
- size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
- sizebytes = (size * sizeof(Entry)) +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)) +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- sizebytes *= 3;
- sizebytes += sizeof(ColormapRec);
- if (mid == pScreen->defColormap) {
- pmap = malloc(sizebytes);
- if (!pmap)
- return BadAlloc;
- if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP)) {
- free (pmap);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- } else {
- pmap = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizebytes, sizebytes,
- offsetof(ColormapRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
- if (!pmap)
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-#if defined(_XSERVER64)
- pmap->pad0 = 0;
- pmap->pad1 = 0;
-#if (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
- pmap->pad2 = 0;
-#endif
-#endif
- pmap->red = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap + sizeof(ColormapRec));
- sizebytes = size * sizeof(Entry);
- pmap->clientPixelsRed = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->red + sizebytes);
- pmap->numPixelsRed = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsRed +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
- pmap->mid = mid;
- pmap->flags = 0; /* start out with all flags clear */
- if(mid == pScreen->defColormap)
- pmap->flags |= IsDefault;
- pmap->pScreen = pScreen;
- pmap->pVisual = pVisual;
- pmap->class = class;
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- size = NUMRED(pVisual);
- pmap->freeRed = size;
- memset((char *) pmap->red, 0, (int)sizebytes);
- memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsRed, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
- for (pptr = &pmap->clientPixelsRed[MAXCLIENTS]; --pptr >= pmap->clientPixelsRed; )
- *pptr = (Pixel *)NULL;
- if (alloc == AllocAll)
- {
- if (class & DynamicClass)
- pmap->flags |= AllAllocated;
- for (pent = &pmap->red[size - 1]; pent >= pmap->red; pent--)
- pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- pmap->freeRed = 0;
- ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- free(pmap);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
- for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
- ppix[i] = i;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = size;
- }
-
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- pmap->freeGreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
- pmap->green = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsRed +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->green + sizebytes);
- pmap->numPixelsGreen = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsGreen +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
- pmap->freeBlue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
- pmap->blue = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsGreen +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->blue + sizebytes);
- pmap->numPixelsBlue = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsBlue +
- (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
-
- memset((char *) pmap->green, 0, (int)sizebytes);
- memset((char *) pmap->blue, 0, (int)sizebytes);
-
- memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsGreen,
- (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
- MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
- memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsBlue,
- (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
- MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
- memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsGreen, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
- memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsBlue, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
-
- /* If every cell is allocated, mark its refcnt */
- if (alloc == AllocAll)
- {
- size = pmap->freeGreen;
- for(pent = &pmap->green[size-1]; pent >= pmap->green; pent--)
- pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- pmap->freeGreen = 0;
- ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
- free(pmap);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
- for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
- ppix[i] = i;
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = size;
-
- size = pmap->freeBlue;
- for(pent = &pmap->blue[size-1]; pent >= pmap->blue; pent--)
- pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- pmap->freeBlue = 0;
- ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]);
- free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
- free(pmap);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
- for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
- ppix[i] = i;
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = size;
- }
- }
- pmap->flags |= BeingCreated;
-
- if (!AddResource(mid, RT_COLORMAP, (pointer)pmap))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- /*
- * Security creation/labeling check
- */
- i = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, clients[client], mid, RT_COLORMAP,
- pmap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
- if (i != Success) {
- FreeResource(mid, RT_NONE);
- return i;
- }
-
- /* If the device wants a chance to initialize the colormap in any way,
- * this is it. In specific, if this is a Static colormap, this is the
- * time to fill in the colormap's values */
- if (!(*pScreen->CreateColormap)(pmap))
- {
- FreeResource (mid, RT_NONE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->flags &= ~BeingCreated;
- *ppcmap = pmap;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-FreeColormap (pointer value, XID mid)
-{
- int i;
- EntryPtr pent;
- ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr)value;
-
- if(CLIENT_ID(mid) != SERVER_ID)
- {
- (*pmap->pScreen->UninstallColormap) (pmap);
- WalkTree(pmap->pScreen, (VisitWindowProcPtr)TellNoMap, (pointer) &mid);
- }
-
- /* This is the device's chance to undo anything it needs to, especially
- * to free any storage it allocated */
- (*pmap->pScreen->DestroyColormap)(pmap);
-
- if(pmap->clientPixelsRed)
- {
- for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
- free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[i]);
- }
-
- if ((pmap->class == PseudoColor) || (pmap->class == GrayScale))
- {
- for(pent = &pmap->red[pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - 1];
- pent >= pmap->red;
- pent--)
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- if (--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.red);
- if (--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.green);
- if (--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.blue);
- }
- }
- }
- if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
- {
- free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[i]);
- free(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[i]);
- }
- }
-
- if (pmap->flags & IsDefault) {
- dixFreePrivates(pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
- free(pmap);
- } else
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pmap, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Tell window that pmid has disappeared */
-static int
-TellNoMap (WindowPtr pwin, Colormap *pmid)
-{
- xEvent xE;
-
- if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
- {
- /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
- xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
- xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
- xE.u.colormap.colormap = None;
- xE.u.colormap.new = TRUE;
- xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(noPanoramiXExtension || !pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
- if (pwin->optional) {
- pwin->optional->colormap = None;
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pwin);
- }
- }
-
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-/* Tell window that pmid got uninstalled */
-int
-TellLostMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
-{
- Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value;
- xEvent xE;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return WT_STOPWALKING;
-#endif
- if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
- {
- /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
- xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
- xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
- xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
- xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
- xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
- DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
- }
-
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-/* Tell window that pmid got installed */
-int
-TellGainedMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
-{
- Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value;
- xEvent xE;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return WT_STOPWALKING;
-#endif
- if (wColormap (pwin) == *pmid)
- {
- /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
- xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
- xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
- xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
- xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
- xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapInstalled;
- DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
- }
-
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-
-int
-CopyColormapAndFree (Colormap mid, ColormapPtr pSrc, int client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr) NULL;
- int result, alloc, size;
- Colormap midSrc;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
-
- pScreen = pSrc->pScreen;
- pVisual = pSrc->pVisual;
- midSrc = pSrc->mid;
- alloc = ((pSrc->flags & AllAllocated) && CLIENT_ID(midSrc) == client) ?
- AllocAll : AllocNone;
- size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
-
- /* If the create returns non-0, it failed */
- result = CreateColormap (mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap, alloc, client);
- if(result != Success)
- return result;
- if(alloc == AllocAll)
- {
- memmove((char *)pmap->red, (char *)pSrc->red, size * sizeof(Entry));
- if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- memmove((char *)pmap->green, (char *)pSrc->green, size * sizeof(Entry));
- memmove((char *)pmap->blue, (char *)pSrc->blue, size * sizeof(Entry));
- }
- pSrc->flags &= ~AllAllocated;
- FreePixels(pSrc, client);
- UpdateColors(pmap);
- return Success;
- }
-
- CopyFree(REDMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
- if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- CopyFree(GREENMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
- CopyFree(BLUEMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
- }
- if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
- UpdateColors(pmap);
- /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Helper routine for freeing large numbers of cells from a map */
-static void
-CopyFree (int channel, int client, ColormapPtr pmapSrc, ColormapPtr pmapDst)
-{
- int z, npix;
- EntryPtr pentSrcFirst, pentDstFirst;
- EntryPtr pentSrc, pentDst;
- Pixel *ppix;
- int nalloc;
-
- switch(channel)
- {
- default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
- case REDMAP:
- ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
- npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
- pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->red;
- pentDstFirst = pmapDst->red;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
- npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
- pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->green;
- pentDstFirst = pmapDst->green;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue)[client];
- npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue)[client];
- pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->blue;
- pentDstFirst = pmapDst->blue;
- break;
- }
- nalloc = 0;
- if (pmapSrc->class & DynamicClass)
- {
- for(z = npix; --z >= 0; ppix++)
- {
- /* Copy entries */
- pentSrc = pentSrcFirst + *ppix;
- pentDst = pentDstFirst + *ppix;
- if (pentDst->refcnt > 0)
- {
- pentDst->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- *pentDst = *pentSrc;
- nalloc++;
- if (pentSrc->refcnt > 0)
- pentDst->refcnt = 1;
- else
- pentSrc->fShared = FALSE;
- }
- FreeCell(pmapSrc, *ppix, channel);
- }
- }
-
- /* Note that FreeCell has already fixed pmapSrc->free{Color} */
- switch(channel)
- {
- case REDMAP:
- pmapDst->freeRed -= nalloc;
- (pmapDst->clientPixelsRed)[client] =
- (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
- (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- (pmapDst->numPixelsRed)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
- (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client] = 0;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pmapDst->freeGreen -= nalloc;
- (pmapDst->clientPixelsGreen)[client] =
- (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
- (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- (pmapDst->numPixelsGreen)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
- (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client] = 0;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pmapDst->freeBlue -= nalloc;
- pmapDst->clientPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client];
- pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- pmapDst->numPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client];
- pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Free the ith entry in a color map. Must handle freeing of
- * colors allocated through AllocColorPlanes */
-static void
-FreeCell (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel i, int channel)
-{
- EntryPtr pent;
- int *pCount;
-
-
- switch (channel)
- {
- default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- case REDMAP:
- pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->red[i];
- pCount = &pmap->freeRed;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->green[i];
- pCount = &pmap->freeGreen;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->blue[i];
- pCount = &pmap->freeBlue;
- break;
- }
- /* If it's not privately allocated and it's not time to free it, just
- * decrement the count */
- if (pent->refcnt > 1)
- pent->refcnt--;
- else
- {
- /* If the color type is shared, find the sharedcolor. If decremented
- * refcnt is 0, free the shared cell. */
- if (pent->fShared)
- {
- if(--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.red);
- if(--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.green);
- if(--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
- free(pent->co.shco.blue);
- pent->fShared = FALSE;
- }
- pent->refcnt = 0;
- *pCount += 1;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-UpdateColors (ColormapPtr pmap)
-{
- xColorItem *defs;
- xColorItem *pdef;
- EntryPtr pent;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- int i, n, size;
-
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
- defs = malloc(size * sizeof(xColorItem));
- if (!defs)
- return;
- n = 0;
- pdef = defs;
- if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
- {
- for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
- {
- if (!pmap->red[i].refcnt &&
- !pmap->green[i].refcnt &&
- !pmap->blue[i].refcnt)
- continue;
- pdef->pixel = ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetRed) |
- ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
- ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetBlue);
- pdef->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
- pdef->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
- pdef->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
- pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
- pdef++;
- n++;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for (i = 0, pent = pmap->red; i < size; i++, pent++)
- {
- if (!pent->refcnt)
- continue;
- pdef->pixel = i;
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
- pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
- pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
- }
- else
- {
- pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
- pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
- pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
- }
- pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
- pdef++;
- n++;
- }
- }
- if (n)
- (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors)(pmap, n, defs);
- free(defs);
-}
-
-/* Get a read-only color from a ColorMap (probably slow for large maps)
- * Returns by changing the value in pred, pgreen, pblue and pPix
- */
-int
-AllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap,
- unsigned short *pred, unsigned short *pgreen, unsigned short *pblue,
- Pixel *pPix, int client)
-{
- Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
- int entries;
- xrgb rgb;
- int class;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- int npix;
- Pixel *ppix;
-
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (pred, pgreen, pblue, pVisual);
- rgb.red = *pred;
- rgb.green = *pgreen;
- rgb.blue = *pblue;
- class = pmap->class;
- entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
-
- /* If the colormap is being created, then we want to be able to change
- * the colormap, even if it's a static type. Otherwise, we'd never be
- * able to initialize static colormaps
- */
- if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
- class |= DynamicClass;
-
- /* If this is one of the static storage classes, and we're not initializing
- * it, the best we can do is to find the closest color entry to the
- * requested one and return that.
- */
- switch (class) {
- case StaticColor:
- case StaticGray:
- /* Look up all three components in the same pmap */
- *pPix = pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
- *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
- *pgreen = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.green;
- *pblue = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.blue;
- npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
- (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- return BadAlloc;
- ppix[npix] = pixR;
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
- break;
-
- case TrueColor:
- /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
- pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
- pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
- pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
- *pPix = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
- (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
- (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue) |
- ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
-
- *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
- *pgreen = pmap->green[pixG].co.local.green;
- *pblue = pmap->blue[pixB].co.local.blue;
- npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
- (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- return BadAlloc;
- ppix[npix] = pixR;
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
- npix = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
- (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- return BadAlloc;
- ppix[npix] = pixG;
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
- npix = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
- (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- return BadAlloc;
- ppix[npix] = pixB;
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]++;
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]++;
- break;
-
- case GrayScale:
- case PseudoColor:
- if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
- pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
- {
- ColormapPtr prootmap;
- dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
- RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
-
- if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
- FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb,
- pPix, PSEUDOMAP, AllComp);
- }
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, pPix, PSEUDOMAP,
- client, AllComp) != Success)
- return BadAlloc;
- break;
-
- case DirectColor:
- if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
- pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
- {
- ColormapPtr prootmap;
- dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
- RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
-
- if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
- {
- pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb,
- &pixR, REDMAP, RedComp);
- pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->green, entries, &rgb,
- &pixG, GREENMAP, GreenComp);
- pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->blue, entries, &rgb,
- &pixB, BLUEMAP, BlueComp);
- *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB;
- }
- }
-
- pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
- client, RedComp) != Success)
- return BadAlloc;
- pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
- GREENMAP, client, GreenComp) != Success)
- {
- (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
- client, BlueComp) != Success)
- {
- (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, 1, &pixG, (Pixel)0);
- (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB | ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
-
- break;
- }
-
- /* if this is the client's first pixel in this colormap, tell the
- * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
- * should be freed when the client dies */
- if ((pmap->numPixelsRed[client] == 1) &&
- (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client) &&
- !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
- {
- colorResource *pcr;
-
- pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
- if (!pcr)
- {
- (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, 1, pPix, (Pixel)0);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
- pcr->client = client;
- if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- * FakeAllocColor -- fake an AllocColor request by
- * returning a free pixel if availible, otherwise returning
- * the closest matching pixel. This is used by the mi
- * software sprite code to recolor cursors. A nice side-effect
- * is that this routine will never return failure.
- */
-
-void
-FakeAllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, xColorItem *item)
-{
- Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
- Pixel temp;
- int entries;
- xrgb rgb;
- int class;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
-
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- rgb.red = item->red;
- rgb.green = item->green;
- rgb.blue = item->blue;
- (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (&rgb.red, &rgb.green, &rgb.blue, pVisual);
- class = pmap->class;
- entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
-
- switch (class) {
- case GrayScale:
- case PseudoColor:
- temp = 0;
- item->pixel = 0;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, &temp, PSEUDOMAP,
- -1, AllComp) == Success) {
- item->pixel = temp;
- break;
- }
- /* fall through ... */
- case StaticColor:
- case StaticGray:
- item->pixel = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
- break;
-
- case DirectColor:
- /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
- pixR = (item->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- pixG = (item->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- pixB = (item->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
- -1, RedComp) != Success)
- pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP)
- << pVisual->offsetRed;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
- GREENMAP, -1, GreenComp) != Success)
- pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb,
- GREENMAP) << pVisual->offsetGreen;
- if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
- -1, BlueComp) != Success)
- pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP)
- << pVisual->offsetBlue;
- item->pixel = pixR | pixG | pixB;
- break;
-
- case TrueColor:
- /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
- pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
- pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
- pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
- item->pixel = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
- (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
- (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* free a pixel value obtained from FakeAllocColor */
-void
-FakeFreeColor(ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel pixel)
-{
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
-
- switch (pmap->class) {
- case GrayScale:
- case PseudoColor:
- if (pmap->red[pixel].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
- pmap->red[pixel].refcnt = 0;
- break;
- case DirectColor:
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- pixR = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- pixG = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- pixB = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (pmap->red[pixR].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
- pmap->red[pixR].refcnt = 0;
- if (pmap->green[pixG].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
- pmap->green[pixG].refcnt = 0;
- if (pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
- pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt = 0;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-typedef unsigned short BigNumUpper;
-typedef unsigned long BigNumLower;
-
-#define BIGNUMLOWERBITS 24
-#define BIGNUMUPPERBITS 16
-#define BIGNUMLOWER (1 << BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
-#define BIGNUMUPPER (1 << BIGNUMUPPERBITS)
-#define UPPERPART(i) ((i) >> BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
-#define LOWERPART(i) ((i) & (BIGNUMLOWER - 1))
-
-typedef struct _bignum {
- BigNumUpper upper;
- BigNumLower lower;
-} BigNumRec, *BigNumPtr;
-
-#define BigNumGreater(x,y) (((x)->upper > (y)->upper) ||\
- ((x)->upper == (y)->upper && (x)->lower > (y)->lower))
-
-#define UnsignedToBigNum(u,r) (((r)->upper = UPPERPART(u)), \
- ((r)->lower = LOWERPART(u)))
-
-#define MaxBigNum(r) (((r)->upper = BIGNUMUPPER-1), \
- ((r)->lower = BIGNUMLOWER-1))
-
-static void
-BigNumAdd (BigNumPtr x, BigNumPtr y, BigNumPtr r)
-{
- BigNumLower lower, carry = 0;
-
- lower = x->lower + y->lower;
- if (lower >= BIGNUMLOWER) {
- lower -= BIGNUMLOWER;
- carry = 1;
- }
- r->lower = lower;
- r->upper = x->upper + y->upper + carry;
-}
-
-static Pixel
-FindBestPixel(EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, int channel)
-{
- EntryPtr pent;
- Pixel pixel, final;
- long dr, dg, db;
- unsigned long sq;
- BigNumRec minval, sum, temp;
-
- final = 0;
- MaxBigNum(&minval);
- /* look for the minimal difference */
- for (pent = pentFirst, pixel = 0; pixel < size; pent++, pixel++)
- {
- dr = dg = db = 0;
- switch(channel)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
- db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
- case REDMAP:
- dr = (long) pent->co.local.red - prgb->red;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
- break;
- }
- sq = dr * dr;
- UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &sum);
- sq = dg * dg;
- UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
- BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
- sq = db * db;
- UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
- BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
- if (BigNumGreater (&minval, &sum))
- {
- final = pixel;
- minval = sum;
- }
- }
- return final;
-}
-
-static void
-FindColorInRootCmap (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size,
- xrgb *prgb, Pixel *pPixel, int channel,
- ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
-{
- EntryPtr pent;
- Pixel pixel;
- int count;
-
- if ((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
- pixel = 0;
- for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; pent++, pixel++)
- {
- if (pent->refcnt > 0 && (*comp) (pent, prgb))
- {
- switch (channel)
- {
- case REDMAP:
- pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- break;
- default: /* PSEUDOMAP */
- break;
- }
- *pPixel = pixel;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Tries to find a color in pmap that exactly matches the one requested in prgb
- * if it can't it allocates one.
- * Starts looking at pentFirst + *pPixel, so if you want a specific pixel,
- * load *pPixel with that value, otherwise set it to 0
- */
-int
-FindColor (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb,
- Pixel *pPixel, int channel, int client,
- ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
-{
- EntryPtr pent;
- Bool foundFree;
- Pixel pixel, Free = 0;
- int npix, count, *nump = NULL;
- Pixel **pixp = NULL, *ppix;
- xColorItem def;
-
- foundFree = FALSE;
-
- if((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
- pixel = 0;
- /* see if there is a match, and also look for a free entry */
- for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; )
- {
- if (pent->refcnt > 0)
- {
- if ((*comp) (pent, prgb))
- {
- if (client >= 0)
- pent->refcnt++;
- *pPixel = pixel;
- switch(channel)
- {
- case REDMAP:
- *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- break;
- }
- goto gotit;
- }
- }
- else if (!foundFree && pent->refcnt == 0)
- {
- Free = pixel;
- foundFree = TRUE;
- /* If we're initializing the colormap, then we are looking for
- * the first free cell we can find, not to minimize the number
- * of entries we use. So don't look any further. */
- if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
- break;
- }
- pixel++;
- if(pixel >= size)
- {
- pent = pentFirst;
- pixel = 0;
- }
- else
- pent++;
- }
-
- /* If we got here, we didn't find a match. If we also didn't find
- * a free entry, we're out of luck. Otherwise, we'll usurp a free
- * entry and fill it in */
- if (!foundFree)
- return BadAlloc;
- pent = pentFirst + Free;
- pent->fShared = FALSE;
- pent->refcnt = (client >= 0) ? 1 : AllocTemporary;
-
- switch (channel)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
- pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
- pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
- def.red = prgb->red;
- def.green = prgb->green;
- def.blue = prgb->blue;
- def.flags = (DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue);
- if (client >= 0)
- pmap->freeRed--;
- def.pixel = Free;
- break;
-
- case REDMAP:
- pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
- def.red = prgb->red;
- def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
- def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
- def.flags = DoRed;
- if (client >= 0)
- pmap->freeRed--;
- def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- break;
-
- case GREENMAP:
- pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
- def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
- def.green = prgb->green;
- def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
- def.flags = DoGreen;
- if (client >= 0)
- pmap->freeGreen--;
- def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- break;
-
- case BLUEMAP:
- pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
- def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
- def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
- def.blue = prgb->blue;
- def.flags = DoBlue;
- if (client >= 0)
- pmap->freeBlue--;
- def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- break;
- }
- (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &def);
- pixel = Free;
- *pPixel = def.pixel;
-
-gotit:
- if (pmap->flags & BeingCreated || client == -1)
- return Success;
- /* Now remember the pixel, for freeing later */
- switch (channel)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- case REDMAP:
- nump = pmap->numPixelsRed;
- pixp = pmap->clientPixelsRed;
- break;
-
- case GREENMAP:
- nump = pmap->numPixelsGreen;
- pixp = pmap->clientPixelsGreen;
- break;
-
- case BLUEMAP:
- nump = pmap->numPixelsBlue;
- pixp = pmap->clientPixelsBlue;
- break;
- }
- npix = nump[client];
- ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pixp[client], (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- pent->refcnt--;
- if (!pent->fShared)
- switch (channel)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- case REDMAP:
- pmap->freeRed++;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pmap->freeGreen++;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pmap->freeBlue++;
- break;
- }
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- ppix[npix] = pixel;
- pixp[client] = ppix;
- nump[client]++;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Comparison functions -- passed to FindColor to determine if an
- * entry is already the color we're looking for or not */
-static int
-AllComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
-{
- if((pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) &&
- (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) &&
- (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) )
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-RedComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
-{
- if (pent->co.local.red == prgb->red)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-GreenComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
-{
- if (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-BlueComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
-{
- if (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Read the color value of a cell */
-
-int
-QueryColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, Pixel *ppixIn, xrgb *prgbList, ClientPtr client)
-{
- Pixel *ppix, pixel;
- xrgb *prgb;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- EntryPtr pent;
- Pixel i;
- int errVal = Success;
-
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
- if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- int numred, numgreen, numblue;
- Pixel rgbbad;
-
- numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
- numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
- numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
- for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
- {
- pixel = *ppix;
- if (pixel & rgbbad) {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
- i = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- if (i >= numred)
- {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
- prgb->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
- i = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- if (i >= numgreen)
- {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
- prgb->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
- i = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (i >= numblue)
- {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
- prgb->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
- {
- pixel = *ppix;
- if (pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
- {
- client->errorValue = pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- }
- else
- {
- pent = (EntryPtr)&pmap->red[pixel];
- if (pent->fShared)
- {
- prgb->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
- prgb->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
- prgb->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
- }
- else
- {
- prgb->red = pent->co.local.red;
- prgb->green = pent->co.local.green;
- prgb->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- return errVal;
-}
-
-static void
-FreePixels(ColormapPtr pmap, int client)
-{
- Pixel *ppix, *ppixStart;
- int n;
- int class;
-
- class = pmap->class;
- ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
- if (class & DynamicClass)
- {
- n = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- for (ppix = ppixStart; --n >= 0; )
- {
- FreeCell(pmap, *ppix, REDMAP);
- ppix++;
- }
- }
-
- free(ppixStart);
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = 0;
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
- if (class & DynamicClass)
- for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; --n >= 0;)
- FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, GREENMAP);
- free(ppixStart);
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = 0;
-
- ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
- if (class & DynamicClass)
- for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; --n >= 0; )
- FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, BLUEMAP);
- free(ppixStart);
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Frees all of a client's colors and cells.
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- * \unused fakeid
- */
-int
-FreeClientPixels (pointer value, XID fakeid)
-{
- pointer pmap;
- colorResource *pcr = value;
- int rc;
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&pmap, pcr->mid, RT_COLORMAP, serverClient,
- DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- FreePixels((ColormapPtr)pmap, pcr->client);
- free(pcr);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-AllocColorCells (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, int planes,
- Bool contig, Pixel *ppix, Pixel *masks)
-{
- Pixel rmask, gmask, bmask, *ppixFirst, r, g, b;
- int n, class;
- int ok;
- int oldcount;
- colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
-
- class = pmap->class;
- if (!(class & DynamicClass))
- return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */
- oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
- oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
- {
- pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
- if (!pcr)
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
- {
- ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, planes, planes, planes,
- contig, ppix, &rmask, &gmask, &bmask);
- if(ok == Success)
- {
- for (r = g = b = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r, g += g, b += b)
- {
- while(!(rmask & r))
- r += r;
- while(!(gmask & g))
- g += g;
- while(!(bmask & b))
- b += b;
- *masks++ = r | g | b;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, planes, contig, ppix, &rmask,
- &ppixFirst);
- if(ok == Success)
- {
- for (r = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r)
- {
- while(!(rmask & r))
- r += r;
- *masks++ = r;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
- * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
- * should be freed when the client dies */
- if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
- {
- pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
- pcr->client = client;
- if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
- ok = BadAlloc;
- } else free(pcr);
-
- return ok;
-}
-
-
-int
-AllocColorPlanes (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors,
- int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, Pixel *pixels,
- Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
-{
- int ok;
- Pixel mask, *ppixFirst;
- Pixel shift;
- int i;
- int class;
- int oldcount;
- colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
-
- class = pmap->class;
- if (!(class & DynamicClass))
- return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */
- oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- if (class == DirectColor)
- oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
- {
- pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
- if (!pcr)
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- if (class == DirectColor)
- {
- ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, r, g, b, contig, pixels,
- prmask, pgmask, pbmask);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Allocate the proper pixels */
- /* XXX This is sort of bad, because of contig is set, we force all
- * r + g + b bits to be contiguous. Should only force contiguity
- * per mask
- */
- ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, r + g + b, contig, pixels,
- &mask, &ppixFirst);
-
- if(ok == Success)
- {
- /* now split that mask into three */
- *prmask = *pgmask = *pbmask = 0;
- shift = 1;
- for (i = r; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
- {
- while (!(mask & shift))
- shift += shift;
- *prmask |= shift;
- }
- for (i = g; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
- {
- while (!(mask & shift))
- shift += shift;
- *pgmask |= shift;
- }
- for (i = b; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
- {
- while (!(mask & shift))
- shift += shift;
- *pbmask |= shift;
- }
-
- /* set up the shared color cells */
- if (!AllocShared(pmap, pixels, colors, r, g, b,
- *prmask, *pgmask, *pbmask, ppixFirst))
- {
- (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, colors, pixels, mask);
- ok = BadAlloc;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
- * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
- * should be freed when the client dies */
- if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
- {
- pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
- pcr->client = client;
- if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
- ok = BadAlloc;
- } else free(pcr);
-
- return ok;
-}
-
-static int
-AllocDirect (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, int g, int b, Bool contig,
- Pixel *pixels, Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
-{
- Pixel *ppixRed, *ppixGreen, *ppixBlue;
- Pixel *ppix, *pDst, *p;
- int npix, npixR, npixG, npixB;
- Bool okR, okG, okB;
- Pixel *rpix = 0, *gpix = 0, *bpix = 0;
-
- npixR = c << r;
- npixG = c << g;
- npixB = c << b;
- if ((r >= 32) || (g >= 32) || (b >= 32) ||
- (npixR > pmap->freeRed) || (npixR < c) ||
- (npixG > pmap->freeGreen) || (npixG < c) ||
- (npixB > pmap->freeBlue) || (npixB < c))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- /* start out with empty pixels */
- for(p = pixels; p < pixels + c; p++)
- *p = 0;
-
- ppixRed = malloc(npixR * sizeof(Pixel));
- ppixGreen = malloc(npixG * sizeof(Pixel));
- ppixBlue = malloc(npixB * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppixRed || !ppixGreen || !ppixBlue)
- {
- free(ppixBlue);
- free(ppixGreen);
- free(ppixRed);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- okR = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixRed, prmask);
- okG = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->green, c, g, contig, ppixGreen, pgmask);
- okB = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->blue, c, b, contig, ppixBlue, pbmask);
-
- if (okR && okG && okB)
- {
- rpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
- (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + (c << r)) *
- sizeof(Pixel));
- if (rpix)
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = rpix;
- gpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
- (pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + (c << g)) *
- sizeof(Pixel));
- if (gpix)
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = gpix;
- bpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
- (pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] + (c << b)) *
- sizeof(Pixel));
- if (bpix)
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = bpix;
- }
-
- if (!okR || !okG || !okB || !rpix || !gpix || !bpix)
- {
- if (okR)
- for(ppix = ppixRed, npix = npixR; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
- pmap->red[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
- if (okG)
- for(ppix = ppixGreen, npix = npixG; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
- pmap->green[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
- if (okB)
- for(ppix = ppixBlue, npix = npixB; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
- pmap->blue[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
- free(ppixBlue);
- free(ppixGreen);
- free(ppixRed);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- *prmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- *pgmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- *pbmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
-
- ppix = rpix + pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixRed; p < ppixRed + npixR; p++)
- {
- *ppix++ = *p;
- if(p < ppixRed + c)
- *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- }
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npixR;
- pmap->freeRed -= npixR;
-
- ppix = gpix + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
- for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixGreen; p < ppixGreen + npixG; p++)
- {
- *ppix++ = *p;
- if(p < ppixGreen + c)
- *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- }
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] += npixG;
- pmap->freeGreen -= npixG;
-
- ppix = bpix + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixBlue; p < ppixBlue + npixB; p++)
- {
- *ppix++ = *p;
- if(p < ppixBlue + c)
- *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- }
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] += npixB;
- pmap->freeBlue -= npixB;
-
-
- for (pDst = pixels; pDst < pixels + c; pDst++)
- *pDst |= ALPHAMASK(pmap->pVisual);
-
- free(ppixBlue);
- free(ppixGreen);
- free(ppixRed);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-AllocPseudo (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, Bool contig,
- Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pmask, Pixel **pppixFirst)
-{
- Pixel *ppix, *p, *pDst, *ppixTemp;
- int npix;
- Bool ok;
-
- npix = c << r;
- if ((r >= 32) || (npix > pmap->freeRed) || (npix < c))
- return BadAlloc;
- if(!(ppixTemp = malloc(npix * sizeof(Pixel))))
- return BadAlloc;
- ok = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixTemp, pmask);
-
- if (ok)
- {
-
- /* all the allocated pixels are added to the client pixel list,
- * but only the unique ones are returned to the client */
- ppix = (Pixel *)realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
- (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + npix) * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (!ppix)
- {
- for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
- pmap->red[*p].refcnt = 0;
- free(ppixTemp);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
- ppix += pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- *pppixFirst = ppix;
- pDst = pixels;
- for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
- {
- *ppix++ = *p;
- if(p < ppixTemp + c)
- *pDst++ = *p;
- }
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npix;
- pmap->freeRed -= npix;
- }
- free(ppixTemp);
- return ok ? Success : BadAlloc;
-}
-
-/* Allocates count << planes pixels from colormap pmap for client. If
- * contig, then the plane mask is made of consecutive bits. Returns
- * all count << pixels in the array pixels. The first count of those
- * pixels are the unique pixels. *pMask has the mask to Or with the
- * unique pixels to get the rest of them.
- *
- * Returns True iff all pixels could be allocated
- * All cells allocated will have refcnt set to AllocPrivate and shared to FALSE
- * (see AllocShared for why we care)
- */
-static Bool
-AllocCP (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int count, int planes,
- Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pMask)
-{
- EntryPtr ent;
- Pixel pixel, base, entries, maxp, save;
- int dplanes, found;
- Pixel *ppix;
- Pixel mask;
- Pixel finalmask;
-
- dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
-
- /* Easy case. Allocate pixels only */
- if (planes == 0)
- {
- /* allocate writable entries */
- ppix = pixels;
- ent = pentFirst;
- pixel = 0;
- while (--count >= 0)
- {
- /* Just find count unallocated cells */
- while (ent->refcnt)
- {
- ent++;
- pixel++;
- }
- ent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- *ppix++ = pixel;
- ent->fShared = FALSE;
- }
- *pMask = 0;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (planes > dplanes)
- {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* General case count pixels * 2 ^ planes cells to be allocated */
-
- /* make room for new pixels */
- ent = pentFirst;
-
- /* first try for contiguous planes, since it's fastest */
- for (mask = (((Pixel)1) << planes) - 1, base = 1, dplanes -= (planes - 1);
- --dplanes >= 0;
- mask += mask, base += base)
- {
- ppix = pixels;
- found = 0;
- pixel = 0;
- entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
- while (pixel < entries)
- {
- save = pixel;
- maxp = pixel + mask + base;
- /* check if all are free */
- while (pixel != maxp && ent[pixel].refcnt == 0)
- pixel += base;
- if (pixel == maxp)
- {
- /* this one works */
- *ppix++ = save;
- found++;
- if (found == count)
- {
- /* found enough, allocate them all */
- while (--count >= 0)
- {
- pixel = pixels[count];
- maxp = pixel + mask;
- while (1)
- {
- ent[pixel].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- ent[pixel].fShared = FALSE;
- if (pixel == maxp)
- break;
- pixel += base;
- *ppix++ = pixel;
- }
- }
- *pMask = mask;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- pixel = save + 1;
- if (pixel & mask)
- pixel += mask;
- }
- }
-
- dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
- if (contig || planes == 1 || dplanes < 3)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* this will be very slow for large maps, need a better algorithm */
-
- /*
- we can generate the smallest and largest numbers that fits in dplanes
- bits and contain exactly planes bits set as follows. First, we need to
- check that it is possible to generate such a mask at all.
- (Non-contiguous masks need one more bit than contiguous masks). Then
- the smallest such mask consists of the rightmost planes-1 bits set, then
- a zero, then a one in position planes + 1. The formula is
- (3 << (planes-1)) -1
- The largest such masks consists of the leftmost planes-1 bits set, then
- a zero, then a one bit in position dplanes-planes-1. If dplanes is
- smaller than 32 (the number of bits in a word) then the formula is:
- (1<<dplanes) - (1<<(dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<dplanes-planes-1)
- If dplanes = 32, then we can't calculate (1<<dplanes) and we have
- to use:
- ( (1<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<(dplanes-planes-1))
-
- << Thank you, Loretta>>>
-
- */
-
- finalmask =
- (((((Pixel)1)<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1)) +
- (((Pixel)1)<<(dplanes-planes-1));
- for (mask = (((Pixel)3) << (planes -1)) - 1; mask <= finalmask; mask++)
- {
- /* next 3 magic statements count number of ones (HAKMEM #169) */
- pixel = (mask >> 1) & 033333333333;
- pixel = mask - pixel - ((pixel >> 1) & 033333333333);
- if ((((pixel + (pixel >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077) != planes)
- continue;
- ppix = pixels;
- found = 0;
- entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
- base = lowbit (mask);
- for (pixel = 0; pixel < entries; pixel++)
- {
- if (pixel & mask)
- continue;
- maxp = 0;
- /* check if all are free */
- while (ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt == 0)
- {
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
- }
- if ((maxp < mask) || (ent[pixel + mask].refcnt != 0))
- continue;
- /* this one works */
- *ppix++ = pixel;
- found++;
- if (found < count)
- continue;
- /* found enough, allocate them all */
- while (--count >= 0)
- {
- pixel = (pixels)[count];
- maxp = 0;
- while (1)
- {
- ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
- ent[pixel + maxp].fShared = FALSE;
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
- *ppix++ = pixel + maxp;
- }
- }
-
- *pMask = mask;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param ppixFirst First of the client's new pixels
- */
-static Bool
-AllocShared (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel *ppix, int c, int r, int g, int b,
- Pixel rmask, Pixel gmask, Pixel bmask, Pixel *ppixFirst)
-{
- Pixel *pptr, *cptr;
- int npix, z, npixClientNew, npixShared;
- Pixel basemask, base, bits, common;
- SHAREDCOLOR *pshared, **ppshared, **psharedList;
-
- npixClientNew = c << (r + g + b);
- npixShared = (c << r) + (c << g) + (c << b);
- psharedList = malloc(npixShared * sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR *));
- if (!psharedList)
- return FALSE;
- ppshared = psharedList;
- for (z = npixShared; --z >= 0; )
- {
- if (!(ppshared[z] = malloc(sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR))))
- {
- for (z++ ; z < npixShared; z++)
- free(ppshared[z]);
- free(psharedList);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- for(pptr = ppix, npix = c; --npix >= 0; pptr++)
- {
- basemask = ~(gmask | bmask);
- common = *pptr & basemask;
- if (rmask)
- {
- bits = 0;
- base = lowbit (rmask);
- while(1)
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
- }
- }
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, rmask, base);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
- }
- }
- }
- basemask = ~(rmask | bmask);
- common = *pptr & basemask;
- if (gmask)
- {
- bits = 0;
- base = lowbit (gmask);
- while(1)
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
- }
- }
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, gmask, base);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
- }
- }
- }
- basemask = ~(rmask | gmask);
- common = *pptr & basemask;
- if (bmask)
- {
- bits = 0;
- base = lowbit (bmask);
- while(1)
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + g);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
- }
- }
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, bmask, base);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- pshared = *ppshared++;
- pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
- for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
- {
- if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
- {
- pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- free(psharedList);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/** FreeColors
- * Free colors and/or cells (probably slow for large numbers)
- */
-int
-FreeColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int count, Pixel *pixels, Pixel mask)
-{
- int rval, result, class;
- Pixel rmask;
-
- class = pmap->class;
- if (pmap->flags & AllAllocated)
- return BadAccess;
- if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- rmask = mask & RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
- result = FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, count, pixels,
- mask & pmap->pVisual->redMask);
- /* If any of the three calls fails, we must report that, if more
- * than one fails, it's ok that we report the last one */
- rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, count, pixels,
- mask & pmap->pVisual->greenMask);
- if(rval != Success)
- result = rval;
- rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, BLUEMAP, count, pixels,
- mask & pmap->pVisual->blueMask);
- if(rval != Success)
- result = rval;
- }
- else
- {
- rmask = mask & ((((Pixel)1) << pmap->pVisual->nplanes) - 1);
- result = FreeCo(pmap, client, PSEUDOMAP, count, pixels, rmask);
- }
- if ((mask != rmask) && count)
- {
- clients[client]->errorValue = *pixels | mask;
- result = BadValue;
- }
- /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
- return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * Helper for FreeColors -- frees all combinations of *newpixels and mask bits
- * which the client has allocated in channel colormap cells of pmap.
- * doesn't change newpixels if it doesn't need to
- *
- * \param pmap which colormap head
- * \param color which sub-map, eg, RED, BLUE, PSEUDO
- * \param npixIn number of pixels passed in
- * \param ppixIn number of base pixels
- * \param mask mask client gave us
- */
-static int
-FreeCo (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int color, int npixIn, Pixel *ppixIn, Pixel mask)
-{
- Pixel *ppixClient, pixTest;
- int npixClient, npixNew, npix;
- Pixel bits, base, cmask, rgbbad;
- Pixel *pptr, *cptr;
- int n, zapped;
- int errVal = Success;
- int offset, numents;
-
- if (npixIn == 0)
- return errVal;
- bits = 0;
- zapped = 0;
- base = lowbit (mask);
-
- switch(color)
- {
- case REDMAP:
- cmask = pmap->pVisual->redMask;
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
- offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
- numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
- ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
- npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- cmask = pmap->pVisual->greenMask;
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
- offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
- numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
- ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
- npixClient = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- cmask = pmap->pVisual->blueMask;
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
- offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
- numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
- ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
- npixClient = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
- break;
- default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- cmask = ~((Pixel)0);
- rgbbad = 0;
- offset = 0;
- numents = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries;
- ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
- npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
- break;
- }
-
-
- /* zap all pixels which match */
- while (1)
- {
- /* go through pixel list */
- for (pptr = ppixIn, n = npixIn; --n >= 0; pptr++)
- {
- pixTest = ((*pptr | bits) & cmask) >> offset;
- if ((pixTest >= numents) || (*pptr & rgbbad))
- {
- clients[client]->errorValue = *pptr | bits;
- errVal = BadValue;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* find match in client list */
- for (cptr = ppixClient, npix = npixClient;
- --npix >= 0 && *cptr != pixTest;
- cptr++) ;
-
- if (npix >= 0)
- {
- if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
- {
- FreeCell(pmap, pixTest, color);
- }
- *cptr = ~((Pixel)0);
- zapped++;
- }
- else
- errVal = BadAccess;
- }
- /* generate next bits value */
- GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base);
- }
-
- /* delete freed pixels from client pixel list */
- if (zapped)
- {
- npixNew = npixClient - zapped;
- if (npixNew)
- {
- /* Since the list can only get smaller, we can do a copy in
- * place and then realloc to a smaller size */
- pptr = cptr = ppixClient;
-
- /* If we have all the new pixels, we don't have to examine the
- * rest of the old ones */
- for(npix = 0; npix < npixNew; cptr++)
- {
- if (*cptr != ~((Pixel)0))
- {
- *pptr++ = *cptr;
- npix++;
- }
- }
- pptr = (Pixel *)realloc(ppixClient, npixNew * sizeof(Pixel));
- if (pptr)
- ppixClient = pptr;
- npixClient = npixNew;
- }
- else
- {
- npixClient = 0;
- free(ppixClient);
- ppixClient = (Pixel *)NULL;
- }
- switch(color)
- {
- case PSEUDOMAP:
- case REDMAP:
- pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppixClient;
- pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = npixClient;
- break;
- case GREENMAP:
- pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppixClient;
- pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = npixClient;
- break;
- case BLUEMAP:
- pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppixClient;
- pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = npixClient;
- break;
- }
- }
- return errVal;
-}
-
-
-
-/* Redefine color values */
-int
-StoreColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, xColorItem *defs, ClientPtr client)
-{
- Pixel pix;
- xColorItem *pdef;
- EntryPtr pent, pentT, pentLast;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- SHAREDCOLOR *pred, *pgreen, *pblue;
- int n, ChgRed, ChgGreen, ChgBlue, idef;
- int class, errVal = Success;
- int ok;
-
-
- class = pmap->class;
- if(!(class & DynamicClass) && !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
- {
- return BadAccess;
- }
- pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
-
- idef = 0;
- if((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
- {
- int numred, numgreen, numblue;
- Pixel rgbbad;
-
- numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
- numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
- numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
- rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
- for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
- {
- ok = TRUE;
- (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
- (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
-
- if (pdef->pixel & rgbbad)
- {
- errVal = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
- continue;
- }
- pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
- if (pix >= numred)
- {
- errVal = BadValue;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pmap->red[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
- {
- errVal = BadAccess;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pdef->flags & DoRed)
- {
- pmap->red[pix].co.local.red = pdef->red;
- }
- else
- {
- pdef->red = pmap->red[pix].co.local.red;
- }
-
- pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
- if (pix >= numgreen)
- {
- errVal = BadValue;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pmap->green[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
- {
- errVal = BadAccess;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pdef->flags & DoGreen)
- {
- pmap->green[pix].co.local.green = pdef->green;
- }
- else
- {
- pdef->green = pmap->green[pix].co.local.green;
- }
-
- pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
- if (pix >= numblue)
- {
- errVal = BadValue;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pmap->blue[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
- {
- errVal = BadAccess;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pdef->flags & DoBlue)
- {
- pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
- }
- else
- {
- pdef->blue = pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue;
- }
- /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
- * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've
- * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
- */
- if(ok)
- {
- if(idef != n)
- defs[idef] = defs[n];
- idef++;
- } else
- client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
- {
-
- ok = TRUE;
- if (pdef->pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
- {
- client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
- errVal = BadValue;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else if (pmap->red[pdef->pixel].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
- {
- errVal = BadAccess;
- ok = FALSE;
- }
-
- /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
- * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've
- * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
- */
- if(ok)
- {
- if(idef != n)
- defs[idef] = defs[n];
- idef++;
- }
- else
- continue;
-
- (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
- (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
-
- pent = &pmap->red[pdef->pixel];
-
- if(pdef->flags & DoRed)
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- pent->co.shco.red->color = pdef->red;
- if (pent->co.shco.red->refcnt > 1)
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else
- pent->co.local.red = pdef->red;
- }
- else
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
- else
- pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
- }
- if(pdef->flags & DoGreen)
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- pent->co.shco.green->color = pdef->green;
- if (pent->co.shco.green->refcnt > 1)
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else
- pent->co.local.green = pdef->green;
- }
- else
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
- else
- pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
- }
- if(pdef->flags & DoBlue)
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- {
- pent->co.shco.blue->color = pdef->blue;
- if (pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt > 1)
- ok = FALSE;
- }
- else
- pent->co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
- }
- else
- {
- if(pent->fShared)
- pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
- else
- pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
- }
-
- if(!ok)
- {
- /* have to run through the colormap and change anybody who
- * shares this value */
- pred = pent->co.shco.red;
- pgreen = pent->co.shco.green;
- pblue = pent->co.shco.blue;
- ChgRed = pdef->flags & DoRed;
- ChgGreen = pdef->flags & DoGreen;
- ChgBlue = pdef->flags & DoBlue;
- pentLast = pmap->red + pVisual->ColormapEntries;
-
- for(pentT = pmap->red; pentT < pentLast; pentT++)
- {
- if(pentT->fShared && (pentT != pent))
- {
- xColorItem defChg;
-
- /* There are, alas, devices in this world too dumb
- * to read their own hardware colormaps. Sick, but
- * true. So we're going to be really nice and load
- * the xColorItem with the proper value for all the
- * fields. We will only set the flags for those
- * fields that actually change. Smart devices can
- * arrange to change only those fields. Dumb devices
- * can rest assured that we have provided for them,
- * and can change all three fields */
-
- defChg.flags = 0;
- if(ChgRed && pentT->co.shco.red == pred)
- {
- defChg.flags |= DoRed;
- }
- if(ChgGreen && pentT->co.shco.green == pgreen)
- {
- defChg.flags |= DoGreen;
- }
- if(ChgBlue && pentT->co.shco.blue == pblue)
- {
- defChg.flags |= DoBlue;
- }
- if(defChg.flags != 0)
- {
- defChg.pixel = pentT - pmap->red;
- defChg.red = pentT->co.shco.red->color;
- defChg.green = pentT->co.shco.green->color;
- defChg.blue = pentT->co.shco.blue->color;
- (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &defChg);
- }
- }
- }
-
- }
- }
- }
- /* Note that we use idef, the count of acceptable entries, and not
- * count, the count of proposed entries */
- if (idef != 0)
- ( *pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, idef, defs);
- return errVal;
-}
-
-int
-IsMapInstalled(Colormap map, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- Colormap *pmaps;
- int imap, nummaps, found;
-
- pmaps = malloc(pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps*sizeof(Colormap));
- if(!pmaps)
- return FALSE;
- nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)
- (pWin->drawable.pScreen, pmaps);
- found = FALSE;
- for(imap = 0; imap < nummaps; imap++)
- {
- if(pmaps[imap] == map)
- {
- found = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- free(pmaps);
- return found;
-}
-
-struct colormap_lookup_data {
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- VisualPtr visuals;
-};
-
-static void _colormap_find_resource(pointer value, XID id,
- pointer cdata)
-{
- struct colormap_lookup_data *cmap_data = cdata;
- VisualPtr visuals = cmap_data->visuals;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = cmap_data->pScreen;
- ColormapPtr cmap = value;
- int j;
-
- if (pScreen != cmap->pScreen)
- return;
-
- j = cmap->pVisual - pScreen->visuals;
- cmap->pVisual = &visuals[j];
-}
-
-/* something has realloced the visuals, instead of breaking
- ABI fix it up here - glx and compsite did this wrong */
-Bool
-ResizeVisualArray(ScreenPtr pScreen, int new_visual_count,
- DepthPtr depth)
-{
- struct colormap_lookup_data cdata;
- int numVisuals;
- VisualPtr visuals;
- XID *vids, vid;
- int first_new_vid, first_new_visual, i;
-
- first_new_vid = depth->numVids;
- first_new_visual = pScreen->numVisuals;
-
- vids = realloc(depth->vids, (depth->numVids + new_visual_count) * sizeof(XID));
- if (!vids)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* its realloced now no going back if we fail the next one */
- depth->vids = vids;
-
- numVisuals = pScreen->numVisuals + new_visual_count;
- visuals = realloc(pScreen->visuals, numVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));
- if (!visuals) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- cdata.visuals = visuals;
- cdata.pScreen = pScreen;
- FindClientResourcesByType(serverClient, RT_COLORMAP, _colormap_find_resource, &cdata);
-
- pScreen->visuals = visuals;
-
- for (i = 0; i < new_visual_count; i++) {
- vid = FakeClientID(0);
- pScreen->visuals[first_new_visual + i].vid = vid;
- vids[first_new_vid + i] = vid;
- }
-
- depth->numVids += new_visual_count;
- pScreen->numVisuals += new_visual_count;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "dix.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define UpdateColors thisUpdateColors
+#endif
+
+static Pixel FindBestPixel(
+ EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
+ int /*size*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/,
+ int /*channel*/
+);
+
+static int AllComp(
+ EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static int RedComp(
+ EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static int GreenComp(
+ EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static int BlueComp(
+ EntryPtr /*pent*/,
+ xrgb * /*prgb*/
+);
+
+static void FreePixels(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ int /*client*/
+);
+
+static void CopyFree(
+ int /*channel*/,
+ int /*client*/,
+ ColormapPtr /*pmapSrc*/,
+ ColormapPtr /*pmapDst*/
+);
+
+static void FreeCell(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ Pixel /*i*/,
+ int /*channel*/
+);
+
+static void UpdateColors(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/
+);
+
+static int AllocDirect(
+ int /*client*/,
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ int /*c*/,
+ int /*r*/,
+ int /*g*/,
+ int /*b*/,
+ Bool /*contig*/,
+ Pixel * /*pixels*/,
+ Pixel * /*prmask*/,
+ Pixel * /*pgmask*/,
+ Pixel * /*pbmask*/
+);
+
+static int AllocPseudo(
+ int /*client*/,
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ int /*c*/,
+ int /*r*/,
+ Bool /*contig*/,
+ Pixel * /*pixels*/,
+ Pixel * /*pmask*/,
+ Pixel ** /*pppixFirst*/
+);
+
+static Bool AllocCP(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ EntryPtr /*pentFirst*/,
+ int /*count*/,
+ int /*planes*/,
+ Bool /*contig*/,
+ Pixel * /*pixels*/,
+ Pixel * /*pMask*/
+);
+
+static Bool AllocShared(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ Pixel * /*ppix*/,
+ int /*c*/,
+ int /*r*/,
+ int /*g*/,
+ int /*b*/,
+ Pixel /*rmask*/,
+ Pixel /*gmask*/,
+ Pixel /*bmask*/,
+ Pixel * /*ppixFirst*/
+);
+
+static int FreeCo(
+ ColormapPtr /*pmap*/,
+ int /*client*/,
+ int /*color*/,
+ int /*npixIn*/,
+ Pixel * /*ppixIn*/,
+ Pixel /*mask*/
+);
+
+static int TellNoMap(
+ WindowPtr /*pwin*/,
+ Colormap * /*pmid*/
+);
+
+static void FindColorInRootCmap (
+ ColormapPtr /* pmap */,
+ EntryPtr /* pentFirst */,
+ int /* size */,
+ xrgb* /* prgb */,
+ Pixel* /* pPixel */,
+ int /* channel */,
+ ColorCompareProcPtr /* comp */
+);
+
+#define NUMRED(vis) ((vis->redMask >> vis->offsetRed) + 1)
+#define NUMGREEN(vis) ((vis->greenMask >> vis->offsetGreen) + 1)
+#define NUMBLUE(vis) ((vis->blueMask >> vis->offsetBlue) + 1)
+#if COMPOSITE
+#define ALPHAMASK(vis) ((vis)->nplanes < 32 ? 0 : \
+ (CARD32) ~((vis)->redMask|(vis)->greenMask|(vis)->blueMask))
+#else
+#define ALPHAMASK(vis) 0
+#endif
+
+#define RGBMASK(vis) (vis->redMask | vis->greenMask | vis->blueMask | ALPHAMASK(vis))
+
+/* GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) --
+ * (Suggestion: First read the macro, then read this explanation.
+ *
+ * Either generate the next value to OR in to a pixel or break out of this
+ * while loop
+ *
+ * This macro is used when we're trying to generate all 2^n combinations of
+ * bits in mask. What we're doing here is counting in binary, except that
+ * the bits we use to count may not be contiguous. This macro will be
+ * called 2^n times, returning a different value in bits each time. Then
+ * it will cause us to break out of a surrounding loop. (It will always be
+ * called from within a while loop.)
+ * On call: mask is the value we want to find all the combinations for
+ * base has 1 bit set where the least significant bit of mask is set
+ *
+ * For example,if mask is 01010, base should be 0010 and we count like this:
+ * 00010 (see this isn't so hard),
+ * then we add base to bits and get 0100. (bits & ~mask) is (0100 & 0100) so
+ * we add that to bits getting (0100 + 0100) =
+ * 01000 for our next value.
+ * then we add 0010 to get
+ * 01010 and we're done (easy as 1, 2, 3)
+ */
+#define GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base) \
+ if((bits) == (mask)) \
+ break; \
+ (bits) += (base); \
+ while((bits) & ~(mask)) \
+ (bits) += ((bits) & ~(mask));
+/* ID of server as client */
+#define SERVER_ID 0
+
+typedef struct _colorResource
+{
+ Colormap mid;
+ int client;
+} colorResource;
+
+/* Invariants:
+ * refcnt == 0 means entry is empty
+ * refcnt > 0 means entry is useable by many clients, so it can't be changed
+ * refcnt == AllocPrivate means entry owned by one client only
+ * fShared should only be set if refcnt == AllocPrivate, and only in red map
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize the color map
+ *
+ * \param mid resource to use for this colormap
+ * \param alloc 1 iff all entries are allocated writable
+ */
+int
+CreateColormap (Colormap mid, ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual,
+ ColormapPtr *ppcmap, int alloc, int client)
+{
+ int class, size;
+ unsigned long sizebytes;
+ ColormapPtr pmap;
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ int i;
+ Pixel *ppix, **pptr;
+
+ class = pVisual->class;
+ if(!(class & DynamicClass) && (alloc != AllocNone) && (client != SERVER_ID))
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+ sizebytes = (size * sizeof(Entry)) +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)) +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ sizebytes *= 3;
+ sizebytes += sizeof(ColormapRec);
+ if (mid == pScreen->defColormap) {
+ pmap = malloc(sizebytes);
+ if (!pmap)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP)) {
+ free (pmap);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ } else {
+ pmap = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizebytes, sizebytes,
+ offsetof(ColormapRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
+ if (!pmap)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+#if defined(_XSERVER64)
+ pmap->pad0 = 0;
+ pmap->pad1 = 0;
+#if (X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+ pmap->pad2 = 0;
+#endif
+#endif
+ pmap->red = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap + sizeof(ColormapRec));
+ sizebytes = size * sizeof(Entry);
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->red + sizebytes);
+ pmap->numPixelsRed = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsRed +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
+ pmap->mid = mid;
+ pmap->flags = 0; /* start out with all flags clear */
+ if(mid == pScreen->defColormap)
+ pmap->flags |= IsDefault;
+ pmap->pScreen = pScreen;
+ pmap->pVisual = pVisual;
+ pmap->class = class;
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ size = NUMRED(pVisual);
+ pmap->freeRed = size;
+ memset((char *) pmap->red, 0, (int)sizebytes);
+ memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsRed, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+ for (pptr = &pmap->clientPixelsRed[MAXCLIENTS]; --pptr >= pmap->clientPixelsRed; )
+ *pptr = (Pixel *)NULL;
+ if (alloc == AllocAll)
+ {
+ if (class & DynamicClass)
+ pmap->flags |= AllAllocated;
+ for (pent = &pmap->red[size - 1]; pent >= pmap->red; pent--)
+ pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ pmap->freeRed = 0;
+ ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ free(pmap);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+ for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ ppix[i] = i;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = size;
+ }
+
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ pmap->freeGreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
+ pmap->green = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsRed +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->green + sizebytes);
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsGreen +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
+ pmap->freeBlue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
+ pmap->blue = (EntryPtr)((char *)pmap->numPixelsGreen +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int)));
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue = (Pixel **)((char *)pmap->blue + sizebytes);
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue = (int *)((char *)pmap->clientPixelsBlue +
+ (MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *)));
+
+ memset((char *) pmap->green, 0, (int)sizebytes);
+ memset((char *) pmap->blue, 0, (int)sizebytes);
+
+ memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsGreen,
+ (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
+ MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
+ memmove((char *) pmap->clientPixelsBlue,
+ (char *) pmap->clientPixelsRed,
+ MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(Pixel *));
+ memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsGreen, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+ memset((char *) pmap->numPixelsBlue, 0, MAXCLIENTS * sizeof(int));
+
+ /* If every cell is allocated, mark its refcnt */
+ if (alloc == AllocAll)
+ {
+ size = pmap->freeGreen;
+ for(pent = &pmap->green[size-1]; pent >= pmap->green; pent--)
+ pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ pmap->freeGreen = 0;
+ ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
+ free(pmap);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
+ for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ ppix[i] = i;
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = size;
+
+ size = pmap->freeBlue;
+ for(pent = &pmap->blue[size-1]; pent >= pmap->blue; pent--)
+ pent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ pmap->freeBlue = 0;
+ ppix = malloc(size * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client]);
+ free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client]);
+ free(pmap);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
+ for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ ppix[i] = i;
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = size;
+ }
+ }
+ pmap->flags |= BeingCreated;
+
+ if (!AddResource(mid, RT_COLORMAP, (pointer)pmap))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /*
+ * Security creation/labeling check
+ */
+ i = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, clients[client], mid, RT_COLORMAP,
+ pmap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (i != Success) {
+ FreeResource(mid, RT_NONE);
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ /* If the device wants a chance to initialize the colormap in any way,
+ * this is it. In specific, if this is a Static colormap, this is the
+ * time to fill in the colormap's values */
+ if (!(*pScreen->CreateColormap)(pmap))
+ {
+ FreeResource (mid, RT_NONE);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pmap->flags &= ~BeingCreated;
+ *ppcmap = pmap;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+FreeColormap (pointer value, XID mid)
+{
+ int i;
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr)value;
+
+ if(CLIENT_ID(mid) != SERVER_ID)
+ {
+ (*pmap->pScreen->UninstallColormap) (pmap);
+ WalkTree(pmap->pScreen, (VisitWindowProcPtr)TellNoMap, (pointer) &mid);
+ }
+
+ /* This is the device's chance to undo anything it needs to, especially
+ * to free any storage it allocated */
+ (*pmap->pScreen->DestroyColormap)(pmap);
+
+ if(pmap->clientPixelsRed)
+ {
+ for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
+ free(pmap->clientPixelsRed[i]);
+ }
+
+ if ((pmap->class == PseudoColor) || (pmap->class == GrayScale))
+ {
+ for(pent = &pmap->red[pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - 1];
+ pent >= pmap->red;
+ pent--)
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ if (--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
+ free(pent->co.shco.red);
+ if (--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
+ free(pent->co.shco.green);
+ if (--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
+ free(pent->co.shco.blue);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ for(i = 0; i < MAXCLIENTS; i++)
+ {
+ free(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[i]);
+ free(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[i]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pmap->flags & IsDefault) {
+ dixFreePrivates(pmap->devPrivates, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
+ free(pmap);
+ } else
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pmap, PRIVATE_COLORMAP);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* Tell window that pmid has disappeared */
+static int
+TellNoMap (WindowPtr pwin, Colormap *pmid)
+{
+ xEvent xE;
+
+ if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
+ {
+ /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
+ xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+ xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
+ xE.u.colormap.colormap = None;
+ xE.u.colormap.new = TRUE;
+ xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(noPanoramiXExtension || !pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+ DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
+ if (pwin->optional) {
+ pwin->optional->colormap = None;
+ CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pwin);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+/* Tell window that pmid got uninstalled */
+int
+TellLostMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
+{
+ Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value;
+ xEvent xE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return WT_STOPWALKING;
+#endif
+ if (wColormap(pwin) == *pmid)
+ {
+ /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
+ xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+ xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
+ xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
+ xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
+ xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapUninstalled;
+ DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
+ }
+
+ return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+/* Tell window that pmid got installed */
+int
+TellGainedMap (WindowPtr pwin, pointer value)
+{
+ Colormap *pmid = (Colormap *)value;
+ xEvent xE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pwin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return WT_STOPWALKING;
+#endif
+ if (wColormap (pwin) == *pmid)
+ {
+ /* This should be call to DeliverEvent */
+ xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+ xE.u.colormap.window = pwin->drawable.id;
+ xE.u.colormap.colormap = *pmid;
+ xE.u.colormap.new = FALSE;
+ xE.u.colormap.state = ColormapInstalled;
+ DeliverEvents(pwin, &xE, 1, (WindowPtr)NULL);
+ }
+
+ return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+
+int
+CopyColormapAndFree (Colormap mid, ColormapPtr pSrc, int client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pmap = (ColormapPtr) NULL;
+ int result, alloc, size;
+ Colormap midSrc;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+
+ pScreen = pSrc->pScreen;
+ pVisual = pSrc->pVisual;
+ midSrc = pSrc->mid;
+ alloc = ((pSrc->flags & AllAllocated) && CLIENT_ID(midSrc) == client) ?
+ AllocAll : AllocNone;
+ size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+ /* If the create returns non-0, it failed */
+ result = CreateColormap (mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap, alloc, client);
+ if(result != Success)
+ return result;
+ if(alloc == AllocAll)
+ {
+ memmove((char *)pmap->red, (char *)pSrc->red, size * sizeof(Entry));
+ if((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ memmove((char *)pmap->green, (char *)pSrc->green, size * sizeof(Entry));
+ memmove((char *)pmap->blue, (char *)pSrc->blue, size * sizeof(Entry));
+ }
+ pSrc->flags &= ~AllAllocated;
+ FreePixels(pSrc, client);
+ UpdateColors(pmap);
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ CopyFree(REDMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
+ if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ CopyFree(GREENMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
+ CopyFree(BLUEMAP, client, pSrc, pmap);
+ }
+ if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
+ UpdateColors(pmap);
+ /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* Helper routine for freeing large numbers of cells from a map */
+static void
+CopyFree (int channel, int client, ColormapPtr pmapSrc, ColormapPtr pmapDst)
+{
+ int z, npix;
+ EntryPtr pentSrcFirst, pentDstFirst;
+ EntryPtr pentSrc, pentDst;
+ Pixel *ppix;
+ int nalloc;
+
+ switch(channel)
+ {
+ default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
+ case REDMAP:
+ ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
+ npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
+ pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->red;
+ pentDstFirst = pmapDst->red;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
+ npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
+ pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->green;
+ pentDstFirst = pmapDst->green;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ ppix = (pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue)[client];
+ npix = (pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue)[client];
+ pentSrcFirst = pmapSrc->blue;
+ pentDstFirst = pmapDst->blue;
+ break;
+ }
+ nalloc = 0;
+ if (pmapSrc->class & DynamicClass)
+ {
+ for(z = npix; --z >= 0; ppix++)
+ {
+ /* Copy entries */
+ pentSrc = pentSrcFirst + *ppix;
+ pentDst = pentDstFirst + *ppix;
+ if (pentDst->refcnt > 0)
+ {
+ pentDst->refcnt++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pentDst = *pentSrc;
+ nalloc++;
+ if (pentSrc->refcnt > 0)
+ pentDst->refcnt = 1;
+ else
+ pentSrc->fShared = FALSE;
+ }
+ FreeCell(pmapSrc, *ppix, channel);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Note that FreeCell has already fixed pmapSrc->free{Color} */
+ switch(channel)
+ {
+ case REDMAP:
+ pmapDst->freeRed -= nalloc;
+ (pmapDst->clientPixelsRed)[client] =
+ (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client];
+ (pmapSrc->clientPixelsRed)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ (pmapDst->numPixelsRed)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client];
+ (pmapSrc->numPixelsRed)[client] = 0;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pmapDst->freeGreen -= nalloc;
+ (pmapDst->clientPixelsGreen)[client] =
+ (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client];
+ (pmapSrc->clientPixelsGreen)[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ (pmapDst->numPixelsGreen)[client] = (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client];
+ (pmapSrc->numPixelsGreen)[client] = 0;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pmapDst->freeBlue -= nalloc;
+ pmapDst->clientPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client];
+ pmapSrc->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ pmapDst->numPixelsBlue[client] = pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ pmapSrc->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Free the ith entry in a color map. Must handle freeing of
+ * colors allocated through AllocColorPlanes */
+static void
+FreeCell (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel i, int channel)
+{
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ int *pCount;
+
+
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ case REDMAP:
+ pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->red[i];
+ pCount = &pmap->freeRed;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->green[i];
+ pCount = &pmap->freeGreen;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pent = (EntryPtr) &pmap->blue[i];
+ pCount = &pmap->freeBlue;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* If it's not privately allocated and it's not time to free it, just
+ * decrement the count */
+ if (pent->refcnt > 1)
+ pent->refcnt--;
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the color type is shared, find the sharedcolor. If decremented
+ * refcnt is 0, free the shared cell. */
+ if (pent->fShared)
+ {
+ if(--pent->co.shco.red->refcnt == 0)
+ free(pent->co.shco.red);
+ if(--pent->co.shco.green->refcnt == 0)
+ free(pent->co.shco.green);
+ if(--pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt == 0)
+ free(pent->co.shco.blue);
+ pent->fShared = FALSE;
+ }
+ pent->refcnt = 0;
+ *pCount += 1;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+UpdateColors (ColormapPtr pmap)
+{
+ xColorItem *defs;
+ xColorItem *pdef;
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ int i, n, size;
+
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ size = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+ defs = malloc(size * sizeof(xColorItem));
+ if (!defs)
+ return;
+ n = 0;
+ pdef = defs;
+ if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ {
+ if (!pmap->red[i].refcnt &&
+ !pmap->green[i].refcnt &&
+ !pmap->blue[i].refcnt)
+ continue;
+ pdef->pixel = ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetRed) |
+ ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
+ ((Pixel)i << pVisual->offsetBlue);
+ pdef->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
+ pdef->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
+ pdef->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
+ pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
+ pdef++;
+ n++;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = 0, pent = pmap->red; i < size; i++, pent++)
+ {
+ if (!pent->refcnt)
+ continue;
+ pdef->pixel = i;
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
+ pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
+ pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
+ pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
+ pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
+ }
+ pdef->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
+ pdef++;
+ n++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (n)
+ (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors)(pmap, n, defs);
+ free(defs);
+}
+
+/* Get a read-only color from a ColorMap (probably slow for large maps)
+ * Returns by changing the value in pred, pgreen, pblue and pPix
+ */
+int
+AllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap,
+ unsigned short *pred, unsigned short *pgreen, unsigned short *pblue,
+ Pixel *pPix, int client)
+{
+ Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
+ int entries;
+ xrgb rgb;
+ int class;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ int npix;
+ Pixel *ppix;
+
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (pred, pgreen, pblue, pVisual);
+ rgb.red = *pred;
+ rgb.green = *pgreen;
+ rgb.blue = *pblue;
+ class = pmap->class;
+ entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+ /* If the colormap is being created, then we want to be able to change
+ * the colormap, even if it's a static type. Otherwise, we'd never be
+ * able to initialize static colormaps
+ */
+ if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
+ class |= DynamicClass;
+
+ /* If this is one of the static storage classes, and we're not initializing
+ * it, the best we can do is to find the closest color entry to the
+ * requested one and return that.
+ */
+ switch (class) {
+ case StaticColor:
+ case StaticGray:
+ /* Look up all three components in the same pmap */
+ *pPix = pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
+ *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
+ *pgreen = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.green;
+ *pblue = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.blue;
+ npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+ (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ ppix[npix] = pixR;
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
+ break;
+
+ case TrueColor:
+ /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
+ pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
+ pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
+ pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
+ *pPix = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
+ (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
+ (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue) |
+ ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
+
+ *pred = pmap->red[pixR].co.local.red;
+ *pgreen = pmap->green[pixG].co.local.green;
+ *pblue = pmap->blue[pixB].co.local.blue;
+ npix = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+ (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ ppix[npix] = pixR;
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+ npix = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
+ (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ ppix[npix] = pixG;
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppix;
+ npix = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
+ (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ ppix[npix] = pixB;
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppix;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client]++;
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]++;
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]++;
+ break;
+
+ case GrayScale:
+ case PseudoColor:
+ if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
+ pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
+ {
+ ColormapPtr prootmap;
+ dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
+ RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
+
+ if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
+ FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb,
+ pPix, PSEUDOMAP, AllComp);
+ }
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, pPix, PSEUDOMAP,
+ client, AllComp) != Success)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ break;
+
+ case DirectColor:
+ if (pmap->mid != pmap->pScreen->defColormap &&
+ pmap->pVisual->vid == pmap->pScreen->rootVisual)
+ {
+ ColormapPtr prootmap;
+ dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&prootmap, pmap->pScreen->defColormap,
+ RT_COLORMAP, clients[client], DixReadAccess);
+
+ if (pmap->class == prootmap->class)
+ {
+ pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->red, entries, &rgb,
+ &pixR, REDMAP, RedComp);
+ pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->green, entries, &rgb,
+ &pixG, GREENMAP, GreenComp);
+ pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ FindColorInRootCmap (prootmap, prootmap->blue, entries, &rgb,
+ &pixB, BLUEMAP, BlueComp);
+ *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pixR = (*pPix & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
+ client, RedComp) != Success)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ pixG = (*pPix & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
+ GREENMAP, client, GreenComp) != Success)
+ {
+ (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pixB = (*pPix & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
+ client, BlueComp) != Success)
+ {
+ (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, 1, &pixG, (Pixel)0);
+ (void)FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, 1, &pixR, (Pixel)0);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ *pPix = pixR | pixG | pixB | ALPHAMASK(pVisual);
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* if this is the client's first pixel in this colormap, tell the
+ * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
+ * should be freed when the client dies */
+ if ((pmap->numPixelsRed[client] == 1) &&
+ (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client) &&
+ !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
+ {
+ colorResource *pcr;
+
+ pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
+ if (!pcr)
+ {
+ (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, 1, pPix, (Pixel)0);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
+ pcr->client = client;
+ if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * FakeAllocColor -- fake an AllocColor request by
+ * returning a free pixel if availible, otherwise returning
+ * the closest matching pixel. This is used by the mi
+ * software sprite code to recolor cursors. A nice side-effect
+ * is that this routine will never return failure.
+ */
+
+void
+FakeAllocColor (ColormapPtr pmap, xColorItem *item)
+{
+ Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
+ Pixel temp;
+ int entries;
+ xrgb rgb;
+ int class;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ rgb.red = item->red;
+ rgb.green = item->green;
+ rgb.blue = item->blue;
+ (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor) (&rgb.red, &rgb.green, &rgb.blue, pVisual);
+ class = pmap->class;
+ entries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+ switch (class) {
+ case GrayScale:
+ case PseudoColor:
+ temp = 0;
+ item->pixel = 0;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, entries, &rgb, &temp, PSEUDOMAP,
+ -1, AllComp) == Success) {
+ item->pixel = temp;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* fall through ... */
+ case StaticColor:
+ case StaticGray:
+ item->pixel = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, entries, &rgb, PSEUDOMAP);
+ break;
+
+ case DirectColor:
+ /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
+ pixR = (item->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ pixG = (item->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ pixB = (item->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, &pixR, REDMAP,
+ -1, RedComp) != Success)
+ pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP)
+ << pVisual->offsetRed;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, &pixG,
+ GREENMAP, -1, GreenComp) != Success)
+ pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb,
+ GREENMAP) << pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ if (FindColor(pmap, pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, &pixB, BLUEMAP,
+ -1, BlueComp) != Success)
+ pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP)
+ << pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ item->pixel = pixR | pixG | pixB;
+ break;
+
+ case TrueColor:
+ /* Look up each component in its own map, then OR them together */
+ pixR = FindBestPixel(pmap->red, NUMRED(pVisual), &rgb, REDMAP);
+ pixG = FindBestPixel(pmap->green, NUMGREEN(pVisual), &rgb, GREENMAP);
+ pixB = FindBestPixel(pmap->blue, NUMBLUE(pVisual), &rgb, BLUEMAP);
+ item->pixel = (pixR << pVisual->offsetRed) |
+ (pixG << pVisual->offsetGreen) |
+ (pixB << pVisual->offsetBlue);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* free a pixel value obtained from FakeAllocColor */
+void
+FakeFreeColor(ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel pixel)
+{
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ Pixel pixR, pixG, pixB;
+
+ switch (pmap->class) {
+ case GrayScale:
+ case PseudoColor:
+ if (pmap->red[pixel].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+ pmap->red[pixel].refcnt = 0;
+ break;
+ case DirectColor:
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ pixR = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ pixG = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ pixB = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (pmap->red[pixR].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+ pmap->red[pixR].refcnt = 0;
+ if (pmap->green[pixG].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+ pmap->green[pixG].refcnt = 0;
+ if (pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt == AllocTemporary)
+ pmap->blue[pixB].refcnt = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+typedef unsigned short BigNumUpper;
+typedef unsigned long BigNumLower;
+
+#define BIGNUMLOWERBITS 24
+#define BIGNUMUPPERBITS 16
+#define BIGNUMLOWER (1 << BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
+#define BIGNUMUPPER (1 << BIGNUMUPPERBITS)
+#define UPPERPART(i) ((i) >> BIGNUMLOWERBITS)
+#define LOWERPART(i) ((i) & (BIGNUMLOWER - 1))
+
+typedef struct _bignum {
+ BigNumUpper upper;
+ BigNumLower lower;
+} BigNumRec, *BigNumPtr;
+
+#define BigNumGreater(x,y) (((x)->upper > (y)->upper) ||\
+ ((x)->upper == (y)->upper && (x)->lower > (y)->lower))
+
+#define UnsignedToBigNum(u,r) (((r)->upper = UPPERPART(u)), \
+ ((r)->lower = LOWERPART(u)))
+
+#define MaxBigNum(r) (((r)->upper = BIGNUMUPPER-1), \
+ ((r)->lower = BIGNUMLOWER-1))
+
+static void
+BigNumAdd (BigNumPtr x, BigNumPtr y, BigNumPtr r)
+{
+ BigNumLower lower, carry = 0;
+
+ lower = x->lower + y->lower;
+ if (lower >= BIGNUMLOWER) {
+ lower -= BIGNUMLOWER;
+ carry = 1;
+ }
+ r->lower = lower;
+ r->upper = x->upper + y->upper + carry;
+}
+
+static Pixel
+FindBestPixel(EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb, int channel)
+{
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ Pixel pixel, final;
+ long dr, dg, db;
+ unsigned long sq;
+ BigNumRec minval, sum, temp;
+
+ final = 0;
+ MaxBigNum(&minval);
+ /* look for the minimal difference */
+ for (pent = pentFirst, pixel = 0; pixel < size; pent++, pixel++)
+ {
+ dr = dg = db = 0;
+ switch(channel)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
+ db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
+ case REDMAP:
+ dr = (long) pent->co.local.red - prgb->red;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ dg = (long) pent->co.local.green - prgb->green;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ db = (long) pent->co.local.blue - prgb->blue;
+ break;
+ }
+ sq = dr * dr;
+ UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &sum);
+ sq = dg * dg;
+ UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
+ BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
+ sq = db * db;
+ UnsignedToBigNum (sq, &temp);
+ BigNumAdd (&sum, &temp, &sum);
+ if (BigNumGreater (&minval, &sum))
+ {
+ final = pixel;
+ minval = sum;
+ }
+ }
+ return final;
+}
+
+static void
+FindColorInRootCmap (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size,
+ xrgb *prgb, Pixel *pPixel, int channel,
+ ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
+{
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ Pixel pixel;
+ int count;
+
+ if ((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
+ pixel = 0;
+ for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; pent++, pixel++)
+ {
+ if (pent->refcnt > 0 && (*comp) (pent, prgb))
+ {
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ case REDMAP:
+ pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ break;
+ default: /* PSEUDOMAP */
+ break;
+ }
+ *pPixel = pixel;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Tries to find a color in pmap that exactly matches the one requested in prgb
+ * if it can't it allocates one.
+ * Starts looking at pentFirst + *pPixel, so if you want a specific pixel,
+ * load *pPixel with that value, otherwise set it to 0
+ */
+int
+FindColor (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int size, xrgb *prgb,
+ Pixel *pPixel, int channel, int client,
+ ColorCompareProcPtr comp)
+{
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ Bool foundFree;
+ Pixel pixel, Free = 0;
+ int npix, count, *nump = NULL;
+ Pixel **pixp = NULL, *ppix;
+ xColorItem def;
+
+ foundFree = FALSE;
+
+ if((pixel = *pPixel) >= size)
+ pixel = 0;
+ /* see if there is a match, and also look for a free entry */
+ for (pent = pentFirst + pixel, count = size; --count >= 0; )
+ {
+ if (pent->refcnt > 0)
+ {
+ if ((*comp) (pent, prgb))
+ {
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pent->refcnt++;
+ *pPixel = pixel;
+ switch(channel)
+ {
+ case REDMAP:
+ *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ *pPixel <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ break;
+ }
+ goto gotit;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!foundFree && pent->refcnt == 0)
+ {
+ Free = pixel;
+ foundFree = TRUE;
+ /* If we're initializing the colormap, then we are looking for
+ * the first free cell we can find, not to minimize the number
+ * of entries we use. So don't look any further. */
+ if(pmap->flags & BeingCreated)
+ break;
+ }
+ pixel++;
+ if(pixel >= size)
+ {
+ pent = pentFirst;
+ pixel = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ pent++;
+ }
+
+ /* If we got here, we didn't find a match. If we also didn't find
+ * a free entry, we're out of luck. Otherwise, we'll usurp a free
+ * entry and fill it in */
+ if (!foundFree)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ pent = pentFirst + Free;
+ pent->fShared = FALSE;
+ pent->refcnt = (client >= 0) ? 1 : AllocTemporary;
+
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
+ pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
+ pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
+ def.red = prgb->red;
+ def.green = prgb->green;
+ def.blue = prgb->blue;
+ def.flags = (DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue);
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pmap->freeRed--;
+ def.pixel = Free;
+ break;
+
+ case REDMAP:
+ pent->co.local.red = prgb->red;
+ def.red = prgb->red;
+ def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
+ def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
+ def.flags = DoRed;
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pmap->freeRed--;
+ def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ break;
+
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pent->co.local.green = prgb->green;
+ def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
+ def.green = prgb->green;
+ def.blue = pmap->blue[0].co.local.blue;
+ def.flags = DoGreen;
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pmap->freeGreen--;
+ def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ break;
+
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pent->co.local.blue = prgb->blue;
+ def.red = pmap->red[0].co.local.red;
+ def.green = pmap->green[0].co.local.green;
+ def.blue = prgb->blue;
+ def.flags = DoBlue;
+ if (client >= 0)
+ pmap->freeBlue--;
+ def.pixel = Free << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ break;
+ }
+ (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &def);
+ pixel = Free;
+ *pPixel = def.pixel;
+
+gotit:
+ if (pmap->flags & BeingCreated || client == -1)
+ return Success;
+ /* Now remember the pixel, for freeing later */
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ case REDMAP:
+ nump = pmap->numPixelsRed;
+ pixp = pmap->clientPixelsRed;
+ break;
+
+ case GREENMAP:
+ nump = pmap->numPixelsGreen;
+ pixp = pmap->clientPixelsGreen;
+ break;
+
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ nump = pmap->numPixelsBlue;
+ pixp = pmap->clientPixelsBlue;
+ break;
+ }
+ npix = nump[client];
+ ppix = (Pixel *) realloc(pixp[client], (npix + 1) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ pent->refcnt--;
+ if (!pent->fShared)
+ switch (channel)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ case REDMAP:
+ pmap->freeRed++;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pmap->freeGreen++;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pmap->freeBlue++;
+ break;
+ }
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ ppix[npix] = pixel;
+ pixp[client] = ppix;
+ nump[client]++;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* Comparison functions -- passed to FindColor to determine if an
+ * entry is already the color we're looking for or not */
+static int
+AllComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+ if((pent->co.local.red == prgb->red) &&
+ (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green) &&
+ (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue) )
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+RedComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+ if (pent->co.local.red == prgb->red)
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+GreenComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+ if (pent->co.local.green == prgb->green)
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+BlueComp (EntryPtr pent, xrgb *prgb)
+{
+ if (pent->co.local.blue == prgb->blue)
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Read the color value of a cell */
+
+int
+QueryColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, Pixel *ppixIn, xrgb *prgbList, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ Pixel *ppix, pixel;
+ xrgb *prgb;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ EntryPtr pent;
+ Pixel i;
+ int errVal = Success;
+
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+ if ((pmap->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ int numred, numgreen, numblue;
+ Pixel rgbbad;
+
+ numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
+ numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
+ numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
+ for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
+ {
+ pixel = *ppix;
+ if (pixel & rgbbad) {
+ client->errorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+ i = (pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ if (i >= numred)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+ prgb->red = pmap->red[i].co.local.red;
+ i = (pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ if (i >= numgreen)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+ prgb->green = pmap->green[i].co.local.green;
+ i = (pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (i >= numblue)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+ prgb->blue = pmap->blue[i].co.local.blue;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for( ppix = ppixIn, prgb = prgbList; --count >= 0; ppix++, prgb++)
+ {
+ pixel = *ppix;
+ if (pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pent = (EntryPtr)&pmap->red[pixel];
+ if (pent->fShared)
+ {
+ prgb->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
+ prgb->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
+ prgb->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prgb->red = pent->co.local.red;
+ prgb->green = pent->co.local.green;
+ prgb->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return errVal;
+}
+
+static void
+FreePixels(ColormapPtr pmap, int client)
+{
+ Pixel *ppix, *ppixStart;
+ int n;
+ int class;
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
+ if (class & DynamicClass)
+ {
+ n = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ for (ppix = ppixStart; --n >= 0; )
+ {
+ FreeCell(pmap, *ppix, REDMAP);
+ ppix++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(ppixStart);
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = 0;
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
+ if (class & DynamicClass)
+ for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client]; --n >= 0;)
+ FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, GREENMAP);
+ free(ppixStart);
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = 0;
+
+ ppixStart = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
+ if (class & DynamicClass)
+ for (ppix = ppixStart, n = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client]; --n >= 0; )
+ FreeCell(pmap, *ppix++, BLUEMAP);
+ free(ppixStart);
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = (Pixel *) NULL;
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Frees all of a client's colors and cells.
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ * \unused fakeid
+ */
+int
+FreeClientPixels (pointer value, XID fakeid)
+{
+ pointer pmap;
+ colorResource *pcr = value;
+ int rc;
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&pmap, pcr->mid, RT_COLORMAP, serverClient,
+ DixRemoveAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ FreePixels((ColormapPtr)pmap, pcr->client);
+ free(pcr);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+AllocColorCells (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors, int planes,
+ Bool contig, Pixel *ppix, Pixel *masks)
+{
+ Pixel rmask, gmask, bmask, *ppixFirst, r, g, b;
+ int n, class;
+ int ok;
+ int oldcount;
+ colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ if (!(class & DynamicClass))
+ return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */
+ oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
+ oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
+ {
+ pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
+ if (!pcr)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ if (pmap->class == DirectColor)
+ {
+ ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, planes, planes, planes,
+ contig, ppix, &rmask, &gmask, &bmask);
+ if(ok == Success)
+ {
+ for (r = g = b = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r, g += g, b += b)
+ {
+ while(!(rmask & r))
+ r += r;
+ while(!(gmask & g))
+ g += g;
+ while(!(bmask & b))
+ b += b;
+ *masks++ = r | g | b;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, planes, contig, ppix, &rmask,
+ &ppixFirst);
+ if(ok == Success)
+ {
+ for (r = 1, n = planes; --n >= 0; r += r)
+ {
+ while(!(rmask & r))
+ r += r;
+ *masks++ = r;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
+ * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
+ * should be freed when the client dies */
+ if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
+ {
+ pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
+ pcr->client = client;
+ if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
+ ok = BadAlloc;
+ } else free(pcr);
+
+ return ok;
+}
+
+
+int
+AllocColorPlanes (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int colors,
+ int r, int g, int b, Bool contig, Pixel *pixels,
+ Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
+{
+ int ok;
+ Pixel mask, *ppixFirst;
+ Pixel shift;
+ int i;
+ int class;
+ int oldcount;
+ colorResource *pcr = (colorResource *)NULL;
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ if (!(class & DynamicClass))
+ return BadAlloc; /* Shouldn't try on this type */
+ oldcount = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ if (class == DirectColor)
+ oldcount += pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ if (!oldcount && (CLIENT_ID(pmap->mid) != client))
+ {
+ pcr = malloc(sizeof(colorResource));
+ if (!pcr)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ if (class == DirectColor)
+ {
+ ok = AllocDirect (client, pmap, colors, r, g, b, contig, pixels,
+ prmask, pgmask, pbmask);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Allocate the proper pixels */
+ /* XXX This is sort of bad, because of contig is set, we force all
+ * r + g + b bits to be contiguous. Should only force contiguity
+ * per mask
+ */
+ ok = AllocPseudo (client, pmap, colors, r + g + b, contig, pixels,
+ &mask, &ppixFirst);
+
+ if(ok == Success)
+ {
+ /* now split that mask into three */
+ *prmask = *pgmask = *pbmask = 0;
+ shift = 1;
+ for (i = r; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
+ {
+ while (!(mask & shift))
+ shift += shift;
+ *prmask |= shift;
+ }
+ for (i = g; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
+ {
+ while (!(mask & shift))
+ shift += shift;
+ *pgmask |= shift;
+ }
+ for (i = b; --i >= 0; shift += shift)
+ {
+ while (!(mask & shift))
+ shift += shift;
+ *pbmask |= shift;
+ }
+
+ /* set up the shared color cells */
+ if (!AllocShared(pmap, pixels, colors, r, g, b,
+ *prmask, *pgmask, *pbmask, ppixFirst))
+ {
+ (void)FreeColors(pmap, client, colors, pixels, mask);
+ ok = BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if this is the client's first pixels in this colormap, tell the
+ * resource manager that the client has pixels in this colormap which
+ * should be freed when the client dies */
+ if ((ok == Success) && pcr)
+ {
+ pcr->mid = pmap->mid;
+ pcr->client = client;
+ if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(client), RT_CMAPENTRY, (pointer)pcr))
+ ok = BadAlloc;
+ } else free(pcr);
+
+ return ok;
+}
+
+static int
+AllocDirect (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, int g, int b, Bool contig,
+ Pixel *pixels, Pixel *prmask, Pixel *pgmask, Pixel *pbmask)
+{
+ Pixel *ppixRed, *ppixGreen, *ppixBlue;
+ Pixel *ppix, *pDst, *p;
+ int npix, npixR, npixG, npixB;
+ Bool okR, okG, okB;
+ Pixel *rpix = 0, *gpix = 0, *bpix = 0;
+
+ npixR = c << r;
+ npixG = c << g;
+ npixB = c << b;
+ if ((r >= 32) || (g >= 32) || (b >= 32) ||
+ (npixR > pmap->freeRed) || (npixR < c) ||
+ (npixG > pmap->freeGreen) || (npixG < c) ||
+ (npixB > pmap->freeBlue) || (npixB < c))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /* start out with empty pixels */
+ for(p = pixels; p < pixels + c; p++)
+ *p = 0;
+
+ ppixRed = malloc(npixR * sizeof(Pixel));
+ ppixGreen = malloc(npixG * sizeof(Pixel));
+ ppixBlue = malloc(npixB * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppixRed || !ppixGreen || !ppixBlue)
+ {
+ free(ppixBlue);
+ free(ppixGreen);
+ free(ppixRed);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ okR = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixRed, prmask);
+ okG = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->green, c, g, contig, ppixGreen, pgmask);
+ okB = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->blue, c, b, contig, ppixBlue, pbmask);
+
+ if (okR && okG && okB)
+ {
+ rpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+ (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + (c << r)) *
+ sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (rpix)
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = rpix;
+ gpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client],
+ (pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] + (c << g)) *
+ sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (gpix)
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = gpix;
+ bpix = (Pixel *) realloc(pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client],
+ (pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] + (c << b)) *
+ sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (bpix)
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = bpix;
+ }
+
+ if (!okR || !okG || !okB || !rpix || !gpix || !bpix)
+ {
+ if (okR)
+ for(ppix = ppixRed, npix = npixR; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
+ pmap->red[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
+ if (okG)
+ for(ppix = ppixGreen, npix = npixG; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
+ pmap->green[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
+ if (okB)
+ for(ppix = ppixBlue, npix = npixB; --npix >= 0; ppix++)
+ pmap->blue[*ppix].refcnt = 0;
+ free(ppixBlue);
+ free(ppixGreen);
+ free(ppixRed);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ *prmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ *pgmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ *pbmask <<= pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+
+ ppix = rpix + pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixRed; p < ppixRed + npixR; p++)
+ {
+ *ppix++ = *p;
+ if(p < ppixRed + c)
+ *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ }
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npixR;
+ pmap->freeRed -= npixR;
+
+ ppix = gpix + pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
+ for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixGreen; p < ppixGreen + npixG; p++)
+ {
+ *ppix++ = *p;
+ if(p < ppixGreen + c)
+ *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ }
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] += npixG;
+ pmap->freeGreen -= npixG;
+
+ ppix = bpix + pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ for (pDst = pixels, p = ppixBlue; p < ppixBlue + npixB; p++)
+ {
+ *ppix++ = *p;
+ if(p < ppixBlue + c)
+ *pDst++ |= *p << pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ }
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] += npixB;
+ pmap->freeBlue -= npixB;
+
+
+ for (pDst = pixels; pDst < pixels + c; pDst++)
+ *pDst |= ALPHAMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+
+ free(ppixBlue);
+ free(ppixGreen);
+ free(ppixRed);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+AllocPseudo (int client, ColormapPtr pmap, int c, int r, Bool contig,
+ Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pmask, Pixel **pppixFirst)
+{
+ Pixel *ppix, *p, *pDst, *ppixTemp;
+ int npix;
+ Bool ok;
+
+ npix = c << r;
+ if ((r >= 32) || (npix > pmap->freeRed) || (npix < c))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if(!(ppixTemp = malloc(npix * sizeof(Pixel))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ ok = AllocCP(pmap, pmap->red, c, r, contig, ppixTemp, pmask);
+
+ if (ok)
+ {
+
+ /* all the allocated pixels are added to the client pixel list,
+ * but only the unique ones are returned to the client */
+ ppix = (Pixel *)realloc(pmap->clientPixelsRed[client],
+ (pmap->numPixelsRed[client] + npix) * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (!ppix)
+ {
+ for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
+ pmap->red[*p].refcnt = 0;
+ free(ppixTemp);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppix;
+ ppix += pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ *pppixFirst = ppix;
+ pDst = pixels;
+ for (p = ppixTemp; p < ppixTemp + npix; p++)
+ {
+ *ppix++ = *p;
+ if(p < ppixTemp + c)
+ *pDst++ = *p;
+ }
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] += npix;
+ pmap->freeRed -= npix;
+ }
+ free(ppixTemp);
+ return ok ? Success : BadAlloc;
+}
+
+/* Allocates count << planes pixels from colormap pmap for client. If
+ * contig, then the plane mask is made of consecutive bits. Returns
+ * all count << pixels in the array pixels. The first count of those
+ * pixels are the unique pixels. *pMask has the mask to Or with the
+ * unique pixels to get the rest of them.
+ *
+ * Returns True iff all pixels could be allocated
+ * All cells allocated will have refcnt set to AllocPrivate and shared to FALSE
+ * (see AllocShared for why we care)
+ */
+static Bool
+AllocCP (ColormapPtr pmap, EntryPtr pentFirst, int count, int planes,
+ Bool contig, Pixel *pixels, Pixel *pMask)
+{
+ EntryPtr ent;
+ Pixel pixel, base, entries, maxp, save;
+ int dplanes, found;
+ Pixel *ppix;
+ Pixel mask;
+ Pixel finalmask;
+
+ dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
+
+ /* Easy case. Allocate pixels only */
+ if (planes == 0)
+ {
+ /* allocate writable entries */
+ ppix = pixels;
+ ent = pentFirst;
+ pixel = 0;
+ while (--count >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Just find count unallocated cells */
+ while (ent->refcnt)
+ {
+ ent++;
+ pixel++;
+ }
+ ent->refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ *ppix++ = pixel;
+ ent->fShared = FALSE;
+ }
+ *pMask = 0;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (planes > dplanes)
+ {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* General case count pixels * 2 ^ planes cells to be allocated */
+
+ /* make room for new pixels */
+ ent = pentFirst;
+
+ /* first try for contiguous planes, since it's fastest */
+ for (mask = (((Pixel)1) << planes) - 1, base = 1, dplanes -= (planes - 1);
+ --dplanes >= 0;
+ mask += mask, base += base)
+ {
+ ppix = pixels;
+ found = 0;
+ pixel = 0;
+ entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
+ while (pixel < entries)
+ {
+ save = pixel;
+ maxp = pixel + mask + base;
+ /* check if all are free */
+ while (pixel != maxp && ent[pixel].refcnt == 0)
+ pixel += base;
+ if (pixel == maxp)
+ {
+ /* this one works */
+ *ppix++ = save;
+ found++;
+ if (found == count)
+ {
+ /* found enough, allocate them all */
+ while (--count >= 0)
+ {
+ pixel = pixels[count];
+ maxp = pixel + mask;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ ent[pixel].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ ent[pixel].fShared = FALSE;
+ if (pixel == maxp)
+ break;
+ pixel += base;
+ *ppix++ = pixel;
+ }
+ }
+ *pMask = mask;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ pixel = save + 1;
+ if (pixel & mask)
+ pixel += mask;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dplanes = pmap->pVisual->nplanes;
+ if (contig || planes == 1 || dplanes < 3)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* this will be very slow for large maps, need a better algorithm */
+
+ /*
+ we can generate the smallest and largest numbers that fits in dplanes
+ bits and contain exactly planes bits set as follows. First, we need to
+ check that it is possible to generate such a mask at all.
+ (Non-contiguous masks need one more bit than contiguous masks). Then
+ the smallest such mask consists of the rightmost planes-1 bits set, then
+ a zero, then a one in position planes + 1. The formula is
+ (3 << (planes-1)) -1
+ The largest such masks consists of the leftmost planes-1 bits set, then
+ a zero, then a one bit in position dplanes-planes-1. If dplanes is
+ smaller than 32 (the number of bits in a word) then the formula is:
+ (1<<dplanes) - (1<<(dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<dplanes-planes-1)
+ If dplanes = 32, then we can't calculate (1<<dplanes) and we have
+ to use:
+ ( (1<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1) + (1<<(dplanes-planes-1))
+
+ << Thank you, Loretta>>>
+
+ */
+
+ finalmask =
+ (((((Pixel)1)<<(planes-1)) - 1) << (dplanes-planes+1)) +
+ (((Pixel)1)<<(dplanes-planes-1));
+ for (mask = (((Pixel)3) << (planes -1)) - 1; mask <= finalmask; mask++)
+ {
+ /* next 3 magic statements count number of ones (HAKMEM #169) */
+ pixel = (mask >> 1) & 033333333333;
+ pixel = mask - pixel - ((pixel >> 1) & 033333333333);
+ if ((((pixel + (pixel >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077) != planes)
+ continue;
+ ppix = pixels;
+ found = 0;
+ entries = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries - mask;
+ base = lowbit (mask);
+ for (pixel = 0; pixel < entries; pixel++)
+ {
+ if (pixel & mask)
+ continue;
+ maxp = 0;
+ /* check if all are free */
+ while (ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt == 0)
+ {
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
+ }
+ if ((maxp < mask) || (ent[pixel + mask].refcnt != 0))
+ continue;
+ /* this one works */
+ *ppix++ = pixel;
+ found++;
+ if (found < count)
+ continue;
+ /* found enough, allocate them all */
+ while (--count >= 0)
+ {
+ pixel = (pixels)[count];
+ maxp = 0;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ ent[pixel + maxp].refcnt = AllocPrivate;
+ ent[pixel + maxp].fShared = FALSE;
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(maxp, mask, base);
+ *ppix++ = pixel + maxp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pMask = mask;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param ppixFirst First of the client's new pixels
+ */
+static Bool
+AllocShared (ColormapPtr pmap, Pixel *ppix, int c, int r, int g, int b,
+ Pixel rmask, Pixel gmask, Pixel bmask, Pixel *ppixFirst)
+{
+ Pixel *pptr, *cptr;
+ int npix, z, npixClientNew, npixShared;
+ Pixel basemask, base, bits, common;
+ SHAREDCOLOR *pshared, **ppshared, **psharedList;
+
+ npixClientNew = c << (r + g + b);
+ npixShared = (c << r) + (c << g) + (c << b);
+ psharedList = malloc(npixShared * sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR *));
+ if (!psharedList)
+ return FALSE;
+ ppshared = psharedList;
+ for (z = npixShared; --z >= 0; )
+ {
+ if (!(ppshared[z] = malloc(sizeof(SHAREDCOLOR))))
+ {
+ for (z++ ; z < npixShared; z++)
+ free(ppshared[z]);
+ free(psharedList);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ for(pptr = ppix, npix = c; --npix >= 0; pptr++)
+ {
+ basemask = ~(gmask | bmask);
+ common = *pptr & basemask;
+ if (rmask)
+ {
+ bits = 0;
+ base = lowbit (rmask);
+ while(1)
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, rmask, base);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].fShared = TRUE;
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.red = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ basemask = ~(rmask | bmask);
+ common = *pptr & basemask;
+ if (gmask)
+ {
+ bits = 0;
+ base = lowbit (gmask);
+ while(1)
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, gmask, base);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.green = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ basemask = ~(rmask | gmask);
+ common = *pptr & basemask;
+ if (bmask)
+ {
+ bits = 0;
+ base = lowbit (bmask);
+ while(1)
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (r + g);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == (common | bits))
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, bmask, base);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pshared = *ppshared++;
+ pshared->refcnt = 1 << (g + b);
+ for (cptr = ppixFirst, z = npixClientNew; --z >= 0; cptr++)
+ {
+ if ((*cptr & basemask) == common)
+ {
+ pmap->red[*cptr].co.shco.blue = pshared;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ free(psharedList);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/** FreeColors
+ * Free colors and/or cells (probably slow for large numbers)
+ */
+int
+FreeColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int count, Pixel *pixels, Pixel mask)
+{
+ int rval, result, class;
+ Pixel rmask;
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ if (pmap->flags & AllAllocated)
+ return BadAccess;
+ if ((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ rmask = mask & RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+ result = FreeCo(pmap, client, REDMAP, count, pixels,
+ mask & pmap->pVisual->redMask);
+ /* If any of the three calls fails, we must report that, if more
+ * than one fails, it's ok that we report the last one */
+ rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, GREENMAP, count, pixels,
+ mask & pmap->pVisual->greenMask);
+ if(rval != Success)
+ result = rval;
+ rval = FreeCo(pmap, client, BLUEMAP, count, pixels,
+ mask & pmap->pVisual->blueMask);
+ if(rval != Success)
+ result = rval;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rmask = mask & ((((Pixel)1) << pmap->pVisual->nplanes) - 1);
+ result = FreeCo(pmap, client, PSEUDOMAP, count, pixels, rmask);
+ }
+ if ((mask != rmask) && count)
+ {
+ clients[client]->errorValue = *pixels | mask;
+ result = BadValue;
+ }
+ /* XXX should worry about removing any RT_CMAPENTRY resource */
+ return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Helper for FreeColors -- frees all combinations of *newpixels and mask bits
+ * which the client has allocated in channel colormap cells of pmap.
+ * doesn't change newpixels if it doesn't need to
+ *
+ * \param pmap which colormap head
+ * \param color which sub-map, eg, RED, BLUE, PSEUDO
+ * \param npixIn number of pixels passed in
+ * \param ppixIn number of base pixels
+ * \param mask mask client gave us
+ */
+static int
+FreeCo (ColormapPtr pmap, int client, int color, int npixIn, Pixel *ppixIn, Pixel mask)
+{
+ Pixel *ppixClient, pixTest;
+ int npixClient, npixNew, npix;
+ Pixel bits, base, cmask, rgbbad;
+ Pixel *pptr, *cptr;
+ int n, zapped;
+ int errVal = Success;
+ int offset, numents;
+
+ if (npixIn == 0)
+ return errVal;
+ bits = 0;
+ zapped = 0;
+ base = lowbit (mask);
+
+ switch(color)
+ {
+ case REDMAP:
+ cmask = pmap->pVisual->redMask;
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+ offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetRed;
+ numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
+ ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
+ npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ cmask = pmap->pVisual->greenMask;
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+ offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
+ ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client];
+ npixClient = pmap->numPixelsGreen[client];
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ cmask = pmap->pVisual->blueMask;
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pmap->pVisual);
+ offset = pmap->pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ numents = (cmask >> offset) + 1;
+ ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client];
+ npixClient = pmap->numPixelsBlue[client];
+ break;
+ default: /* so compiler can see that everything gets initialized */
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ cmask = ~((Pixel)0);
+ rgbbad = 0;
+ offset = 0;
+ numents = pmap->pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+ ppixClient = pmap->clientPixelsRed[client];
+ npixClient = pmap->numPixelsRed[client];
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+ /* zap all pixels which match */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* go through pixel list */
+ for (pptr = ppixIn, n = npixIn; --n >= 0; pptr++)
+ {
+ pixTest = ((*pptr | bits) & cmask) >> offset;
+ if ((pixTest >= numents) || (*pptr & rgbbad))
+ {
+ clients[client]->errorValue = *pptr | bits;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* find match in client list */
+ for (cptr = ppixClient, npix = npixClient;
+ --npix >= 0 && *cptr != pixTest;
+ cptr++) ;
+
+ if (npix >= 0)
+ {
+ if (pmap->class & DynamicClass)
+ {
+ FreeCell(pmap, pixTest, color);
+ }
+ *cptr = ~((Pixel)0);
+ zapped++;
+ }
+ else
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ }
+ /* generate next bits value */
+ GetNextBitsOrBreak(bits, mask, base);
+ }
+
+ /* delete freed pixels from client pixel list */
+ if (zapped)
+ {
+ npixNew = npixClient - zapped;
+ if (npixNew)
+ {
+ /* Since the list can only get smaller, we can do a copy in
+ * place and then realloc to a smaller size */
+ pptr = cptr = ppixClient;
+
+ /* If we have all the new pixels, we don't have to examine the
+ * rest of the old ones */
+ for(npix = 0; npix < npixNew; cptr++)
+ {
+ if (*cptr != ~((Pixel)0))
+ {
+ *pptr++ = *cptr;
+ npix++;
+ }
+ }
+ pptr = (Pixel *)realloc(ppixClient, npixNew * sizeof(Pixel));
+ if (pptr)
+ ppixClient = pptr;
+ npixClient = npixNew;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ npixClient = 0;
+ free(ppixClient);
+ ppixClient = (Pixel *)NULL;
+ }
+ switch(color)
+ {
+ case PSEUDOMAP:
+ case REDMAP:
+ pmap->clientPixelsRed[client] = ppixClient;
+ pmap->numPixelsRed[client] = npixClient;
+ break;
+ case GREENMAP:
+ pmap->clientPixelsGreen[client] = ppixClient;
+ pmap->numPixelsGreen[client] = npixClient;
+ break;
+ case BLUEMAP:
+ pmap->clientPixelsBlue[client] = ppixClient;
+ pmap->numPixelsBlue[client] = npixClient;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return errVal;
+}
+
+
+
+/* Redefine color values */
+int
+StoreColors (ColormapPtr pmap, int count, xColorItem *defs, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ Pixel pix;
+ xColorItem *pdef;
+ EntryPtr pent, pentT, pentLast;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ SHAREDCOLOR *pred, *pgreen, *pblue;
+ int n, ChgRed, ChgGreen, ChgBlue, idef;
+ int class, errVal = Success;
+ int ok;
+
+
+ class = pmap->class;
+ if(!(class & DynamicClass) && !(pmap->flags & BeingCreated))
+ {
+ return BadAccess;
+ }
+ pVisual = pmap->pVisual;
+
+ idef = 0;
+ if((class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor)
+ {
+ int numred, numgreen, numblue;
+ Pixel rgbbad;
+
+ numred = NUMRED(pVisual);
+ numgreen = NUMGREEN(pVisual);
+ numblue = NUMBLUE(pVisual);
+ rgbbad = ~RGBMASK(pVisual);
+ for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
+ {
+ ok = TRUE;
+ (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
+ (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
+
+ if (pdef->pixel & rgbbad)
+ {
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
+ continue;
+ }
+ pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->redMask) >> pVisual->offsetRed;
+ if (pix >= numred)
+ {
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pmap->red[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+ {
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pdef->flags & DoRed)
+ {
+ pmap->red[pix].co.local.red = pdef->red;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdef->red = pmap->red[pix].co.local.red;
+ }
+
+ pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->greenMask) >> pVisual->offsetGreen;
+ if (pix >= numgreen)
+ {
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pmap->green[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+ {
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pdef->flags & DoGreen)
+ {
+ pmap->green[pix].co.local.green = pdef->green;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdef->green = pmap->green[pix].co.local.green;
+ }
+
+ pix = (pdef->pixel & pVisual->blueMask) >> pVisual->offsetBlue;
+ if (pix >= numblue)
+ {
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pmap->blue[pix].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+ {
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pdef->flags & DoBlue)
+ {
+ pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdef->blue = pmap->blue[pix].co.local.blue;
+ }
+ /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
+ * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've
+ * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
+ */
+ if(ok)
+ {
+ if(idef != n)
+ defs[idef] = defs[n];
+ idef++;
+ } else
+ client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (pdef = defs, n = 0; n < count; pdef++, n++)
+ {
+
+ ok = TRUE;
+ if (pdef->pixel >= pVisual->ColormapEntries)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pdef->pixel;
+ errVal = BadValue;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (pmap->red[pdef->pixel].refcnt != AllocPrivate)
+ {
+ errVal = BadAccess;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is an o.k. entry, then it gets added to the list
+ * to be sent to the hardware. If not, skip it. Once we've
+ * skipped one, we have to copy all the others.
+ */
+ if(ok)
+ {
+ if(idef != n)
+ defs[idef] = defs[n];
+ idef++;
+ }
+ else
+ continue;
+
+ (*pmap->pScreen->ResolveColor)
+ (&pdef->red, &pdef->green, &pdef->blue, pmap->pVisual);
+
+ pent = &pmap->red[pdef->pixel];
+
+ if(pdef->flags & DoRed)
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ pent->co.shco.red->color = pdef->red;
+ if (pent->co.shco.red->refcnt > 1)
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ pent->co.local.red = pdef->red;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ pdef->red = pent->co.shco.red->color;
+ else
+ pdef->red = pent->co.local.red;
+ }
+ if(pdef->flags & DoGreen)
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ pent->co.shco.green->color = pdef->green;
+ if (pent->co.shco.green->refcnt > 1)
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ pent->co.local.green = pdef->green;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ pdef->green = pent->co.shco.green->color;
+ else
+ pdef->green = pent->co.local.green;
+ }
+ if(pdef->flags & DoBlue)
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ {
+ pent->co.shco.blue->color = pdef->blue;
+ if (pent->co.shco.blue->refcnt > 1)
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ pent->co.local.blue = pdef->blue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(pent->fShared)
+ pdef->blue = pent->co.shco.blue->color;
+ else
+ pdef->blue = pent->co.local.blue;
+ }
+
+ if(!ok)
+ {
+ /* have to run through the colormap and change anybody who
+ * shares this value */
+ pred = pent->co.shco.red;
+ pgreen = pent->co.shco.green;
+ pblue = pent->co.shco.blue;
+ ChgRed = pdef->flags & DoRed;
+ ChgGreen = pdef->flags & DoGreen;
+ ChgBlue = pdef->flags & DoBlue;
+ pentLast = pmap->red + pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+
+ for(pentT = pmap->red; pentT < pentLast; pentT++)
+ {
+ if(pentT->fShared && (pentT != pent))
+ {
+ xColorItem defChg;
+
+ /* There are, alas, devices in this world too dumb
+ * to read their own hardware colormaps. Sick, but
+ * true. So we're going to be really nice and load
+ * the xColorItem with the proper value for all the
+ * fields. We will only set the flags for those
+ * fields that actually change. Smart devices can
+ * arrange to change only those fields. Dumb devices
+ * can rest assured that we have provided for them,
+ * and can change all three fields */
+
+ defChg.flags = 0;
+ if(ChgRed && pentT->co.shco.red == pred)
+ {
+ defChg.flags |= DoRed;
+ }
+ if(ChgGreen && pentT->co.shco.green == pgreen)
+ {
+ defChg.flags |= DoGreen;
+ }
+ if(ChgBlue && pentT->co.shco.blue == pblue)
+ {
+ defChg.flags |= DoBlue;
+ }
+ if(defChg.flags != 0)
+ {
+ defChg.pixel = pentT - pmap->red;
+ defChg.red = pentT->co.shco.red->color;
+ defChg.green = pentT->co.shco.green->color;
+ defChg.blue = pentT->co.shco.blue->color;
+ (*pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, 1, &defChg);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Note that we use idef, the count of acceptable entries, and not
+ * count, the count of proposed entries */
+ if (idef != 0)
+ ( *pmap->pScreen->StoreColors) (pmap, idef, defs);
+ return errVal;
+}
+
+int
+IsMapInstalled(Colormap map, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ Colormap *pmaps;
+ int imap, nummaps, found;
+
+ pmaps = malloc(pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps*sizeof(Colormap));
+ if(!pmaps)
+ return FALSE;
+ nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)
+ (pWin->drawable.pScreen, pmaps);
+ found = FALSE;
+ for(imap = 0; imap < nummaps; imap++)
+ {
+ if(pmaps[imap] == map)
+ {
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ free(pmaps);
+ return found;
+}
+
+struct colormap_lookup_data {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ VisualPtr visuals;
+};
+
+static void _colormap_find_resource(pointer value, XID id,
+ pointer cdata)
+{
+ struct colormap_lookup_data *cmap_data = cdata;
+ VisualPtr visuals = cmap_data->visuals;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = cmap_data->pScreen;
+ ColormapPtr cmap = value;
+ int j;
+
+ if (pScreen != cmap->pScreen)
+ return;
+
+ j = cmap->pVisual - pScreen->visuals;
+ cmap->pVisual = &visuals[j];
+}
+
+/* something has realloced the visuals, instead of breaking
+ ABI fix it up here - glx and compsite did this wrong */
+Bool
+ResizeVisualArray(ScreenPtr pScreen, int new_visual_count,
+ DepthPtr depth)
+{
+ struct colormap_lookup_data cdata;
+ int numVisuals;
+ VisualPtr visuals;
+ XID *vids, vid;
+ int first_new_vid, first_new_visual, i;
+
+ first_new_vid = depth->numVids;
+ first_new_visual = pScreen->numVisuals;
+
+ vids = realloc(depth->vids, (depth->numVids + new_visual_count) * sizeof(XID));
+ if (!vids)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* its realloced now no going back if we fail the next one */
+ depth->vids = vids;
+
+ numVisuals = pScreen->numVisuals + new_visual_count;
+ visuals = realloc(pScreen->visuals, numVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));
+ if (!visuals) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ cdata.visuals = visuals;
+ cdata.pScreen = pScreen;
+ FindClientResourcesByType(serverClient, RT_COLORMAP, _colormap_find_resource, &cdata);
+
+ pScreen->visuals = visuals;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < new_visual_count; i++) {
+ vid = FakeClientID(0);
+ pScreen->visuals[first_new_visual + i].vid = vid;
+ vids[first_new_vid + i] = vid;
+ }
+
+ depth->numVids += new_visual_count;
+ pScreen->numVisuals += new_visual_count;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c b/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c
index 4d5d51619..c191c1e88 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c
@@ -1,512 +1,512 @@
-/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixfontstr.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-typedef struct _GlyphShare {
- FontPtr font;
- unsigned short sourceChar;
- unsigned short maskChar;
- CursorBitsPtr bits;
- struct _GlyphShare *next;
-} GlyphShare, *GlyphSharePtr;
-
-static GlyphSharePtr sharedGlyphs = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;
-
-DevPrivateKeyRec cursorScreenDevPriv[MAXSCREENS];
-
-#ifdef XFIXES
-static CARD32 cursorSerial;
-#endif
-
-static void
-FreeCursorBits(CursorBitsPtr bits)
-{
- if (--bits->refcnt > 0)
- return;
- free(bits->source);
- free(bits->mask);
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
- free(bits->argb);
-#endif
- dixFiniPrivates(bits, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);
- if (bits->refcnt == 0)
- {
- GlyphSharePtr *prev, this;
-
- for (prev = &sharedGlyphs;
- (this = *prev) && (this->bits != bits);
- prev = &this->next)
- ;
- if (this)
- {
- *prev = this->next;
- CloseFont(this->font, (Font)0);
- free(this);
- }
- free(bits);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * To be called indirectly by DeleteResource; must use exactly two args.
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-FreeCursor(pointer value, XID cid)
-{
- int nscr;
- CursorPtr pCurs = (CursorPtr)value;
-
- ScreenPtr pscr;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL; /* unused anyway */
-
- if ( --pCurs->refcnt != 0)
- return Success;
-
- for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
- {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
- (void)( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);
- }
- FreeCursorBits(pCurs->bits);
- dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- free( pCurs);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * We check for empty cursors so that we won't have to display them
- */
-static void
-CheckForEmptyMask(CursorBitsPtr bits)
-{
- unsigned char *msk = bits->mask;
- int n = BitmapBytePad(bits->width) * bits->height;
-
- bits->emptyMask = FALSE;
- while(n--)
- if(*(msk++) != 0) return;
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
- if (bits->argb)
- {
- CARD32 *argb = bits->argb;
- int n = bits->width * bits->height;
- while (n--)
- if (*argb++ & 0xff000000) return;
- }
-#endif
- bits->emptyMask = TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * realize the cursor for every screen. Do not change the refcnt, this will be
- * changed when ChangeToCursor actually changes the sprite.
- *
- * @return Success if all cursors realize on all screens, BadAlloc if realize
- * failed for a device on a given screen.
- */
-static int
-RealizeCursorAllScreens(CursorPtr pCurs)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- ScreenPtr pscr;
- int nscr;
-
- for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
- {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- if (!( *pscr->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs))
- {
- /* Realize failed for device pDev on screen pscr.
- * We have to assume that for all devices before, realize
- * worked. We need to rollback all devices so far on the
- * current screen and then all devices on previous
- * screens.
- */
- DeviceIntPtr pDevIt = inputInfo.devices; /*dev iterator*/
- while(pDevIt && pDevIt != pDev)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))
- ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);
- pDevIt = pDevIt->next;
- }
- while (--nscr >= 0)
- {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
- /* now unrealize all devices on previous screens */
- pDevIt = inputInfo.devices;
- while (pDevIt)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))
- ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);
- pDevIt = pDevIt->next;
- }
- ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);
- }
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * does nothing about the resource table, just creates the data structure.
- * does not copy the src and mask bits
- *
- * \param psrcbits server-defined padding
- * \param pmaskbits server-defined padding
- * \param argb no padding
- */
-int
-AllocARGBCursor(unsigned char *psrcbits, unsigned char *pmaskbits,
- CARD32 *argb, CursorMetricPtr cm,
- unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue,
- unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,
- CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)
-{
- CursorBitsPtr bits;
- CursorPtr pCurs;
- int rc;
-
- *ppCurs = NULL;
- pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
- if (!pCurs)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);
- dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS)
- bits->source = psrcbits;
- bits->mask = pmaskbits;
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
- bits->argb = argb;
-#endif
- bits->width = cm->width;
- bits->height = cm->height;
- bits->xhot = cm->xhot;
- bits->yhot = cm->yhot;
- pCurs->refcnt = 1;
- bits->refcnt = -1;
- CheckForEmptyMask(bits);
- pCurs->bits = bits;
-#ifdef XFIXES
- pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;
- pCurs->name = None;
-#endif
-
- pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;
- pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;
- pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;
-
- pCurs->backRed = backRed;
- pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;
- pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;
-
- pCurs->id = cid;
-
- /* security creation/labeling check */
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,
- pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto error;
-
- rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto error;
-
- *ppCurs = pCurs;
- return Success;
-
-error:
- FreeCursorBits(bits);
- dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- free(pCurs);
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-AllocGlyphCursor(Font source, unsigned sourceChar, Font mask, unsigned maskChar,
- unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue,
- unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,
- CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)
-{
- FontPtr sourcefont, maskfont;
- unsigned char *srcbits;
- unsigned char *mskbits;
- CursorMetricRec cm;
- int rc;
- CursorBitsPtr bits;
- CursorPtr pCurs;
- GlyphSharePtr pShare;
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&sourcefont, source, RT_FONT, client,
- DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = source;
- return rc;
- }
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&maskfont, mask, RT_FONT, client,
- DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success && mask != None)
- {
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return rc;
- }
- if (sourcefont != maskfont)
- pShare = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;
- else
- {
- for (pShare = sharedGlyphs;
- pShare &&
- ((pShare->font != sourcefont) ||
- (pShare->sourceChar != sourceChar) ||
- (pShare->maskChar != maskChar));
- pShare = pShare->next)
- ;
- }
- if (pShare)
- {
- pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);
- if (!pCurs)
- return BadAlloc;
- dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- bits = pShare->bits;
- bits->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm))
- {
- client->errorValue = sourceChar;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (!maskfont)
- {
- long n;
- unsigned char *mskptr;
-
- n = BitmapBytePad(cm.width)*(long)cm.height;
- mskptr = mskbits = malloc(n);
- if (!mskptr)
- return BadAlloc;
- while (--n >= 0)
- *mskptr++ = ~0;
- }
- else
- {
- if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm))
- {
- client->errorValue = maskChar;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm, &mskbits)))
- return rc;
- }
- if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm, &srcbits)))
- {
- free(mskbits);
- return rc;
- }
- if (sourcefont != maskfont)
- {
- pCurs =
- (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
- if (pCurs)
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);
- else
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);
- if (pCurs)
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)calloc(CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
- else
- bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;
- }
- if (!bits)
- {
- free(pCurs);
- free(mskbits);
- free(srcbits);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);
- bits->source = srcbits;
- bits->mask = mskbits;
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
- bits->argb = 0;
-#endif
- bits->width = cm.width;
- bits->height = cm.height;
- bits->xhot = cm.xhot;
- bits->yhot = cm.yhot;
- if (sourcefont != maskfont)
- bits->refcnt = -1;
- else
- {
- bits->refcnt = 1;
- pShare = malloc(sizeof(GlyphShare));
- if (!pShare)
- {
- FreeCursorBits(bits);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pShare->font = sourcefont;
- sourcefont->refcnt++;
- pShare->sourceChar = sourceChar;
- pShare->maskChar = maskChar;
- pShare->bits = bits;
- pShare->next = sharedGlyphs;
- sharedGlyphs = pShare;
- }
- }
-
- CheckForEmptyMask(bits);
- pCurs->bits = bits;
- pCurs->refcnt = 1;
-#ifdef XFIXES
- pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;
- pCurs->name = None;
-#endif
-
- pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;
- pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;
- pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;
-
- pCurs->backRed = backRed;
- pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;
- pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;
-
- pCurs->id = cid;
-
- /* security creation/labeling check */
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,
- pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto error;
-
- rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto error;
-
- *ppCurs = pCurs;
- return Success;
-
-error:
- FreeCursorBits(bits);
- dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
- free(pCurs);
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/** CreateRootCursor
- *
- * look up the name of a font
- * open the font
- * add the font to the resource table
- * make a cursor from the glyphs
- * add the cursor to the resource table
- *************************************************************/
-
-CursorPtr
-CreateRootCursor(char *unused1, unsigned int unused2)
-{
- CursorPtr curs;
- FontPtr cursorfont;
- int err;
- XID fontID;
-
- fontID = FakeClientID(0);
- err = OpenFont(serverClient, fontID, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,
- (unsigned)strlen(defaultCursorFont), defaultCursorFont);
- if (err != Success)
- return NullCursor;
-
- err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursorfont, fontID, RT_FONT,
- serverClient, DixReadAccess);
- if (err != Success)
- return NullCursor;
- if (AllocGlyphCursor(fontID, 0, fontID, 1, 0, 0, 0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- &curs, serverClient, (XID)0) != Success)
- return NullCursor;
-
- if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(0), RT_CURSOR, (pointer)curs))
- return NullCursor;
-
- return curs;
-}
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+typedef struct _GlyphShare {
+ FontPtr font;
+ unsigned short sourceChar;
+ unsigned short maskChar;
+ CursorBitsPtr bits;
+ struct _GlyphShare *next;
+} GlyphShare, *GlyphSharePtr;
+
+static GlyphSharePtr sharedGlyphs = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;
+
+DevPrivateKeyRec cursorScreenDevPriv[MAXSCREENS];
+
+#ifdef XFIXES
+static CARD32 cursorSerial;
+#endif
+
+static void
+FreeCursorBits(CursorBitsPtr bits)
+{
+ if (--bits->refcnt > 0)
+ return;
+ free(bits->source);
+ free(bits->mask);
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+ free(bits->argb);
+#endif
+ dixFiniPrivates(bits, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);
+ if (bits->refcnt == 0)
+ {
+ GlyphSharePtr *prev, this;
+
+ for (prev = &sharedGlyphs;
+ (this = *prev) && (this->bits != bits);
+ prev = &this->next)
+ ;
+ if (this)
+ {
+ *prev = this->next;
+ CloseFont(this->font, (Font)0);
+ free(this);
+ }
+ free(bits);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * To be called indirectly by DeleteResource; must use exactly two args.
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+FreeCursor(pointer value, XID cid)
+{
+ int nscr;
+ CursorPtr pCurs = (CursorPtr)value;
+
+ ScreenPtr pscr;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL; /* unused anyway */
+
+ if ( --pCurs->refcnt != 0)
+ return Success;
+
+ for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
+ {
+ pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+ (void)( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);
+ }
+ FreeCursorBits(pCurs->bits);
+ dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+ free( pCurs);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * We check for empty cursors so that we won't have to display them
+ */
+static void
+CheckForEmptyMask(CursorBitsPtr bits)
+{
+ unsigned char *msk = bits->mask;
+ int n = BitmapBytePad(bits->width) * bits->height;
+
+ bits->emptyMask = FALSE;
+ while(n--)
+ if(*(msk++) != 0) return;
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+ if (bits->argb)
+ {
+ CARD32 *argb = bits->argb;
+ int n = bits->width * bits->height;
+ while (n--)
+ if (*argb++ & 0xff000000) return;
+ }
+#endif
+ bits->emptyMask = TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * realize the cursor for every screen. Do not change the refcnt, this will be
+ * changed when ChangeToCursor actually changes the sprite.
+ *
+ * @return Success if all cursors realize on all screens, BadAlloc if realize
+ * failed for a device on a given screen.
+ */
+static int
+RealizeCursorAllScreens(CursorPtr pCurs)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ ScreenPtr pscr;
+ int nscr;
+
+ for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
+ {
+ pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ if (!( *pscr->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs))
+ {
+ /* Realize failed for device pDev on screen pscr.
+ * We have to assume that for all devices before, realize
+ * worked. We need to rollback all devices so far on the
+ * current screen and then all devices on previous
+ * screens.
+ */
+ DeviceIntPtr pDevIt = inputInfo.devices; /*dev iterator*/
+ while(pDevIt && pDevIt != pDev)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))
+ ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);
+ pDevIt = pDevIt->next;
+ }
+ while (--nscr >= 0)
+ {
+ pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+ /* now unrealize all devices on previous screens */
+ pDevIt = inputInfo.devices;
+ while (pDevIt)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDevIt))
+ ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDevIt, pscr, pCurs);
+ pDevIt = pDevIt->next;
+ }
+ ( *pscr->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pscr, pCurs);
+ }
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * does nothing about the resource table, just creates the data structure.
+ * does not copy the src and mask bits
+ *
+ * \param psrcbits server-defined padding
+ * \param pmaskbits server-defined padding
+ * \param argb no padding
+ */
+int
+AllocARGBCursor(unsigned char *psrcbits, unsigned char *pmaskbits,
+ CARD32 *argb, CursorMetricPtr cm,
+ unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue,
+ unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,
+ CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)
+{
+ CursorBitsPtr bits;
+ CursorPtr pCurs;
+ int rc;
+
+ *ppCurs = NULL;
+ pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
+ if (!pCurs)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);
+ dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+ dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS)
+ bits->source = psrcbits;
+ bits->mask = pmaskbits;
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+ bits->argb = argb;
+#endif
+ bits->width = cm->width;
+ bits->height = cm->height;
+ bits->xhot = cm->xhot;
+ bits->yhot = cm->yhot;
+ pCurs->refcnt = 1;
+ bits->refcnt = -1;
+ CheckForEmptyMask(bits);
+ pCurs->bits = bits;
+#ifdef XFIXES
+ pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;
+ pCurs->name = None;
+#endif
+
+ pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;
+ pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;
+ pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;
+
+ pCurs->backRed = backRed;
+ pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;
+ pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;
+
+ pCurs->id = cid;
+
+ /* security creation/labeling check */
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,
+ pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ goto error;
+
+ rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ goto error;
+
+ *ppCurs = pCurs;
+ return Success;
+
+error:
+ FreeCursorBits(bits);
+ dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+ free(pCurs);
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int
+AllocGlyphCursor(Font source, unsigned sourceChar, Font mask, unsigned maskChar,
+ unsigned foreRed, unsigned foreGreen, unsigned foreBlue,
+ unsigned backRed, unsigned backGreen, unsigned backBlue,
+ CursorPtr *ppCurs, ClientPtr client, XID cid)
+{
+ FontPtr sourcefont, maskfont;
+ unsigned char *srcbits;
+ unsigned char *mskbits;
+ CursorMetricRec cm;
+ int rc;
+ CursorBitsPtr bits;
+ CursorPtr pCurs;
+ GlyphSharePtr pShare;
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&sourcefont, source, RT_FONT, client,
+ DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = source;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&maskfont, mask, RT_FONT, client,
+ DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success && mask != None)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if (sourcefont != maskfont)
+ pShare = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;
+ else
+ {
+ for (pShare = sharedGlyphs;
+ pShare &&
+ ((pShare->font != sourcefont) ||
+ (pShare->sourceChar != sourceChar) ||
+ (pShare->maskChar != maskChar));
+ pShare = pShare->next)
+ ;
+ }
+ if (pShare)
+ {
+ pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);
+ if (!pCurs)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+ bits = pShare->bits;
+ bits->refcnt++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = sourceChar;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (!maskfont)
+ {
+ long n;
+ unsigned char *mskptr;
+
+ n = BitmapBytePad(cm.width)*(long)cm.height;
+ mskptr = mskbits = malloc(n);
+ if (!mskptr)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ while (--n >= 0)
+ *mskptr++ = ~0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!CursorMetricsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = maskChar;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(maskfont, maskChar, &cm, &mskbits)))
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if ((rc = ServerBitsFromGlyph(sourcefont, sourceChar, &cm, &srcbits)))
+ {
+ free(mskbits);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if (sourcefont != maskfont)
+ {
+ pCurs =
+ (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE + CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
+ if (pCurs)
+ bits = (CursorBitsPtr)((char *)pCurs + CURSOR_REC_SIZE);
+ else
+ bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pCurs = (CursorPtr)calloc(CURSOR_REC_SIZE, 1);
+ if (pCurs)
+ bits = (CursorBitsPtr)calloc(CURSOR_BITS_SIZE, 1);
+ else
+ bits = (CursorBitsPtr)NULL;
+ }
+ if (!bits)
+ {
+ free(pCurs);
+ free(mskbits);
+ free(srcbits);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ dixInitPrivates(pCurs, pCurs + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+ dixInitPrivates(bits, bits + 1, PRIVATE_CURSOR_BITS);
+ bits->source = srcbits;
+ bits->mask = mskbits;
+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
+ bits->argb = 0;
+#endif
+ bits->width = cm.width;
+ bits->height = cm.height;
+ bits->xhot = cm.xhot;
+ bits->yhot = cm.yhot;
+ if (sourcefont != maskfont)
+ bits->refcnt = -1;
+ else
+ {
+ bits->refcnt = 1;
+ pShare = malloc(sizeof(GlyphShare));
+ if (!pShare)
+ {
+ FreeCursorBits(bits);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pShare->font = sourcefont;
+ sourcefont->refcnt++;
+ pShare->sourceChar = sourceChar;
+ pShare->maskChar = maskChar;
+ pShare->bits = bits;
+ pShare->next = sharedGlyphs;
+ sharedGlyphs = pShare;
+ }
+ }
+
+ CheckForEmptyMask(bits);
+ pCurs->bits = bits;
+ pCurs->refcnt = 1;
+#ifdef XFIXES
+ pCurs->serialNumber = ++cursorSerial;
+ pCurs->name = None;
+#endif
+
+ pCurs->foreRed = foreRed;
+ pCurs->foreGreen = foreGreen;
+ pCurs->foreBlue = foreBlue;
+
+ pCurs->backRed = backRed;
+ pCurs->backGreen = backGreen;
+ pCurs->backBlue = backBlue;
+
+ pCurs->id = cid;
+
+ /* security creation/labeling check */
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, cid, RT_CURSOR,
+ pCurs, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ goto error;
+
+ rc = RealizeCursorAllScreens(pCurs);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ goto error;
+
+ *ppCurs = pCurs;
+ return Success;
+
+error:
+ FreeCursorBits(bits);
+ dixFiniPrivates(pCurs, PRIVATE_CURSOR);
+ free(pCurs);
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/** CreateRootCursor
+ *
+ * look up the name of a font
+ * open the font
+ * add the font to the resource table
+ * make a cursor from the glyphs
+ * add the cursor to the resource table
+ *************************************************************/
+
+CursorPtr
+CreateRootCursor(char *unused1, unsigned int unused2)
+{
+ CursorPtr curs;
+ FontPtr cursorfont;
+ int err;
+ XID fontID;
+
+ fontID = FakeClientID(0);
+ err = OpenFont(serverClient, fontID, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,
+ (unsigned)strlen(defaultCursorFont), defaultCursorFont);
+ if (err != Success)
+ return NullCursor;
+
+ err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursorfont, fontID, RT_FONT,
+ serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+ if (err != Success)
+ return NullCursor;
+ if (AllocGlyphCursor(fontID, 0, fontID, 1, 0, 0, 0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ &curs, serverClient, (XID)0) != Success)
+ return NullCursor;
+
+ if (!AddResource(FakeClientID(0), RT_CURSOR, (pointer)curs))
+ return NullCursor;
+
+ return curs;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/devices.c b/xorg-server/dix/devices.c
index 803f28a15..a6c1d507a 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/devices.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/devices.c
@@ -1,2630 +1,2630 @@
-/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "ptrveloc.h"
-#include "site.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-
-#include "dispatch.h"
-#include "swaprep.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <pixman.h>
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "xiquerydevice.h" /* for SizeDeviceClasses */
-#include "xiproperty.h"
-#include "enterleave.h" /* for EnterWindow() */
-#include "xserver-properties.h"
-#include "xichangehierarchy.h" /* For XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent */
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define isfinite(val) _finite(val)
-#endif
-
-/** @file
- * This file handles input device-related stuff.
- */
-
-static void RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave);
-
-static void
-DeviceSetTransform(DeviceIntPtr dev, float *transform)
-{
- struct pixman_f_transform scale;
- double sx, sy;
- int x, y;
-
- /**
- * calculate combined transformation matrix:
- *
- * M = InvScale * Transform * Scale
- *
- * So we can later transform points using M * p
- *
- * Where:
- * Scale scales coordinates into 0..1 range
- * Transform is the user supplied (affine) transform
- * InvScale scales coordinates back up into their native range
- */
- sx = dev->valuator->axes[0].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
- sy = dev->valuator->axes[1].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
-
- /* invscale */
- pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, sx, sy);
- scale.m[0][2] = dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
- scale.m[1][2] = dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
-
- /* transform */
- for (y=0; y<3; y++)
- for (x=0; x<3; x++)
- dev->transform.m[y][x] = *transform++;
-
- pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &scale, &dev->transform);
-
- /* scale */
- pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, 1.0 / sx, 1.0 / sy);
- scale.m[0][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value / sx;
- scale.m[1][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value / sy;
-
- pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &dev->transform, &scale);
-}
-
-/**
- * DIX property handler.
- */
-static int
-DeviceSetProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom property, XIPropertyValuePtr prop,
- BOOL checkonly)
-{
- if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED))
- {
- if (prop->format != 8 || prop->type != XA_INTEGER || prop->size != 1)
- return BadValue;
-
- /* Don't allow disabling of VCP/VCK */
- if ((dev == inputInfo.pointer || dev == inputInfo.keyboard) &&
- !(*(CARD8*)prop->data))
- return BadAccess;
-
- if (!checkonly)
- {
- if ((*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && !dev->enabled)
- EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- else if (!(*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && dev->enabled)
- DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- }
- } else if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM))
- {
- float *f = (float*)prop->data;
- int i;
-
- if (prop->format != 32 || prop->size != 9 ||
- prop->type != XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT))
- return BadValue;
-
- for (i=0; i<9; i++)
- if (!isfinite(f[i]))
- return BadValue;
-
- if (!checkonly)
- DeviceSetTransform(dev, f);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Pair the keyboard to the pointer device. Keyboard events will follow the
- * pointer sprite. Only applicable for master devices.
- * If the client is set, the request to pair comes from some client. In this
- * case, we need to check for access. If the client is NULL, it's from an
- * internal automatic pairing, we must always permit this.
- */
-static int
-PairDevices(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr ptr, DeviceIntPtr kbd)
-{
- if (!ptr)
- return BadDevice;
-
- /* Don't allow pairing for slave devices */
- if (!IsMaster(ptr) || !IsMaster(kbd))
- return BadDevice;
-
- if (ptr->spriteInfo->paired)
- return BadDevice;
-
- if (kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- free(kbd->spriteInfo->sprite);
- kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
- kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
- }
-
- kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = ptr->spriteInfo->sprite;
- kbd->spriteInfo->paired = ptr;
- ptr->spriteInfo->paired = kbd;
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Find and return the next unpaired MD pointer device.
- */
-static DeviceIntPtr
-NextFreePointerDevice(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- if (IsMaster(dev) &&
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner &&
- !dev->spriteInfo->paired)
- return dev;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new input device and init it to sane values. The device is added
- * to the server's off_devices list.
- *
- * @param deviceProc Callback for device control function (switch dev on/off).
- * @return The newly created device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-AddInputDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceProc deviceProc, Bool autoStart)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, *prev; /* not a typo */
- DeviceIntPtr devtmp;
- int devid;
- char devind[MAXDEVICES];
- BOOL enabled;
- float transform[9];
-
- /* Find next available id, 0 and 1 are reserved */
- memset(devind, 0, sizeof(char)*MAXDEVICES);
- for (devtmp = inputInfo.devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
- devind[devtmp->id]++;
- for (devtmp = inputInfo.off_devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
- devind[devtmp->id]++;
- for (devid = 2; devid < MAXDEVICES && devind[devid]; devid++)
- ;
-
- if (devid >= MAXDEVICES)
- return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- dev = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
- sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
- offsetof(DeviceIntRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_DEVICE);
- if (!dev)
- return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- dev->id = devid;
- dev->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- dev->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- dev->public.enqueueInputProc = EnqueueEvent;
- dev->deviceProc = deviceProc;
- dev->startup = autoStart;
-
- /* device grab defaults */
- dev->deviceGrab.grabTime = currentTime;
- dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
- dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
-
- XkbSetExtension(dev, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
-
- dev->coreEvents = TRUE;
-
- /* sprite defaults */
- dev->spriteInfo = (SpriteInfoPtr)&dev[1];
-
- /* security creation/labeling check
- */
- if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixCreateAccess)) {
- free(dev);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- inputInfo.numDevices++;
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
- *prev = dev;
- dev->next = NULL;
-
- enabled = FALSE;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
- XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
- FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), FALSE);
-
- /* unity matrix */
- memset(transform, 0, sizeof(transform));
- transform[0] = transform[4] = transform[8] = 1.0f;
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
- XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 9, transform, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
- FALSE);
-
- XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, DeviceSetProperty, NULL, NULL);
-
- return dev;
-}
-
-void
-SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type)
-{
- DeviceIntRec dummyDev;
- devicePresenceNotify ev;
-
- memset(&dummyDev, 0, sizeof(DeviceIntRec));
- ev.type = DevicePresenceNotify;
- ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- ev.devchange = type;
- ev.deviceid = deviceid;
- dummyDev.id = XIAllDevices;
- SendEventToAllWindows(&dummyDev, DevicePresenceNotifyMask,
- (xEvent*)&ev, 1);
-}
-
-/**
- * Enable the device through the driver, add the device to the device list.
- * Switch device ON through the driver and push it onto the global device
- * list. Initialize the DIX sprite or pair the device. All clients are
- * notified about the device being enabled.
- *
- * A master pointer device needs to be enabled before a master keyboard
- * device.
- *
- * @param The device to be enabled.
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr *prev;
- int ret;
- DeviceIntPtr other;
- BOOL enabled;
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices;
- *prev && (*prev != dev);
- prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
-
- if (!dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- {
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- {
- /* Sprites appear on first root window, so we can hardcode it */
- if (dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- InitializeSprite(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root);
- /* mode doesn't matter */
- EnterWindow(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, NotifyAncestor);
- }
- else if ((other = NextFreePointerDevice()) == NULL)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] cannot find pointer to pair with. "
- "This is a bug.\n");
- return FALSE;
- } else
- PairDevices(NULL, other, dev);
- } else
- {
- if (dev->coreEvents)
- other = (IsPointerDevice(dev)) ? inputInfo.pointer :
- inputInfo.keyboard;
- else
- other = NULL; /* auto-float non-core devices */
- AttachDevice(NULL, dev, other);
- }
- }
-
- if ((*prev != dev) || !dev->inited ||
- ((ret = (*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)) != Success)) {
- ErrorF("[dix] couldn't enable device %d\n", dev->id);
- return FALSE;
- }
- dev->enabled = TRUE;
- *prev = dev->next;
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
- *prev = dev;
- dev->next = NULL;
-
- enabled = TRUE;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
- XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
- TRUE);
-
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceEnabled);
- if (sendevent)
- {
- flags[dev->id] |= XIDeviceEnabled;
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
-
- RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Switch a device off through the driver and push it onto the off_devices
- * list. A device will not send events while disabled. All clients are
- * notified about the device being disabled.
- *
- * Master keyboard devices have to be disabled before master pointer devices
- * otherwise things turn bad.
- *
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr *prev, other;
- BOOL enabled;
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
-
- for (prev = &inputInfo.devices;
- *prev && (*prev != dev);
- prev = &(*prev)->next)
- ;
- if (*prev != dev)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* float attached devices */
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- {
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (!IsMaster(other) && GetMaster(other, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev)
- {
- AttachDevice(NULL, other, NULL);
- flags[other->id] |= XISlaveDetached;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (IsMaster(other) && other->lastSlave == dev)
- other->lastSlave = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- {
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] cannot disable device, still paired. "
- "This is a bug. \n");
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF);
- dev->enabled = FALSE;
-
- /* now that the device is disabled, we can reset the signal handler's
- * last.slave */
- OsBlockSignals();
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->last.slave == dev)
- other->last.slave = NULL;
- }
- OsReleaseSignals();
-
- LeaveWindow(dev);
- SetFocusOut(dev);
-
- *prev = dev->next;
- dev->next = inputInfo.off_devices;
- inputInfo.off_devices = dev;
-
- enabled = FALSE;
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
- XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
- TRUE);
-
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceDisabled);
- if (sendevent)
- {
- flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
-
- RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialise a new device through the driver and tell all clients about the
- * new device.
- *
- * Must be called before EnableDevice.
- * The device will NOT send events until it is enabled!
- *
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- * @return Success or an error code on failure.
- */
-int
-ActivateDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- int ret = Success;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
-
- if (!dev || !dev->deviceProc)
- return BadImplementation;
-
- ret = (*dev->deviceProc) (dev, DEVICE_INIT);
- dev->inited = (ret == Success);
- if (!dev->inited)
- return ret;
-
- /* Initialize memory for sprites. */
- if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- if (!pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, pScreen))
- ret = BadAlloc;
-
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceAdded);
- if (sendevent)
- {
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
- flags[dev->id] = XISlaveAdded;
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Ring the bell.
- * The actual task of ringing the bell is the job of the DDX.
- */
-static void
-CoreKeyboardBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)
-{
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;
-
- DDXRingBell(volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);
-}
-
-static void
-CoreKeyboardCtl(DeviceIntPtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Device control function for the Virtual Core Keyboard.
- */
-int
-CoreKeyboardProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
-{
-
- switch (what) {
- case DEVICE_INIT:
- if (!InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDev, NULL, CoreKeyboardBell,
- CoreKeyboardCtl))
- {
- ErrorF("Keyboard initialization failed. This could be a missing "
- "or incorrect setup of xkeyboard-config.\n");
- return BadValue;
- }
- return Success;
-
- case DEVICE_ON:
- case DEVICE_OFF:
- return Success;
-
- case DEVICE_CLOSE:
- return Success;
- }
-
- return BadMatch;
-}
-
-/**
- * Device control function for the Virtual Core Pointer.
- */
-int
-CorePointerProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
-{
-#define NBUTTONS 10
-#define NAXES 2
- BYTE map[NBUTTONS + 1];
- int i = 0;
- Atom btn_labels[NBUTTONS] = {0};
- Atom axes_labels[NAXES] = {0};
-
- switch (what) {
- case DEVICE_INIT:
- for (i = 1; i <= NBUTTONS; i++)
- map[i] = i;
-
- btn_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_LEFT);
- btn_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_MIDDLE);
- btn_labels[2] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_RIGHT);
- btn_labels[3] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_UP);
- btn_labels[4] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_DOWN);
- btn_labels[5] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_LEFT);
- btn_labels[6] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_RIGHT);
- /* don't know about the rest */
-
- axes_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_X);
- axes_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_Y);
-
- if (!InitPointerDeviceStruct((DevicePtr)pDev, map, NBUTTONS, btn_labels,
- (PtrCtrlProcPtr)NoopDDA,
- GetMotionHistorySize(), NAXES, axes_labels))
- {
- ErrorF("Could not initialize device '%s'. Out of memory.\n",
- pDev->name);
- return BadAlloc; /* IPDS only fails on allocs */
- }
- pDev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
- pDev->last.valuators[0] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[0];
- pDev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
- pDev->last.valuators[1] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[1];
- break;
-
- case DEVICE_CLOSE:
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return Success;
-
-#undef NBUTTONS
-#undef NAXES
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialise the two core devices, VCP and VCK (see events.c).
- * Both devices are not tied to physical devices, but guarantee that there is
- * always a keyboard and a pointer present and keep the protocol semantics.
- *
- * Note that the server MUST have two core devices at all times, even if there
- * is no physical device connected.
- */
-void
-InitCoreDevices(void)
-{
- if (AllocDevicePair(serverClient, "Virtual core",
- &inputInfo.pointer, &inputInfo.keyboard,
- CorePointerProc, CoreKeyboardProc,
- TRUE) != Success)
- FatalError("Failed to allocate core devices");
-
- if (ActivateDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) != Success ||
- ActivateDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE) != Success)
- FatalError("Failed to activate core devices.");
- if (!EnableDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) ||
- !EnableDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE))
- FatalError("Failed to enable core devices.");
-
- InitXTestDevices();
-}
-
-/**
- * Activate all switched-off devices and then enable all those devices.
- *
- * Will return an error if no core keyboard or core pointer is present.
- * In theory this should never happen if you call InitCoreDevices() first.
- *
- * InitAndStartDevices needs to be called AFTER the windows are initialized.
- * Devices will start sending events after InitAndStartDevices() has
- * completed.
- *
- * @return Success or error code on failure.
- */
-int
-InitAndStartDevices(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, next;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- DebugF("(dix) initialising device %d\n", dev->id);
- if (!dev->inited)
- ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
- }
-
- /* enable real devices */
- for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = next)
- {
- DebugF("(dix) enabling device %d\n", dev->id);
- next = dev->next;
- if (dev->inited && dev->startup)
- EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Free the given device class and reset the pointer to NULL.
- */
-static void
-FreeDeviceClass(int type, pointer *class)
-{
- if (!(*class))
- return;
-
- switch(type)
- {
- case KeyClass:
- {
- KeyClassPtr* k = (KeyClassPtr*)class;
- if ((*k)->xkbInfo)
- {
- XkbFreeInfo((*k)->xkbInfo);
- (*k)->xkbInfo = NULL;
- }
- free((*k));
- break;
- }
- case ButtonClass:
- {
- ButtonClassPtr *b = (ButtonClassPtr*)class;
- free((*b)->xkb_acts);
- free((*b));
- break;
- }
- case ValuatorClass:
- {
- ValuatorClassPtr *v = (ValuatorClassPtr*)class;
-
- free((*v)->motion);
- free((*v));
- break;
- }
- case FocusClass:
- {
- FocusClassPtr *f = (FocusClassPtr*)class;
- free((*f)->trace);
- free((*f));
- break;
- }
- case ProximityClass:
- {
- ProximityClassPtr *p = (ProximityClassPtr*)class;
- free((*p));
- break;
- }
- }
- *class = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeFeedbackClass(int type, pointer *class)
-{
- if (!(*class))
- return;
-
- switch(type)
- {
- case KbdFeedbackClass:
- {
- KbdFeedbackPtr *kbdfeed = (KbdFeedbackPtr*)class;
- KbdFeedbackPtr k, knext;
- for (k = (*kbdfeed); k; k = knext) {
- knext = k->next;
- if (k->xkb_sli)
- XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(k->xkb_sli);
- free(k);
- }
- break;
- }
- case PtrFeedbackClass:
- {
- PtrFeedbackPtr *ptrfeed = (PtrFeedbackPtr*)class;
- PtrFeedbackPtr p, pnext;
-
- for (p = (*ptrfeed); p; p = pnext) {
- pnext = p->next;
- free(p);
- }
- break;
- }
- case IntegerFeedbackClass:
- {
- IntegerFeedbackPtr *intfeed = (IntegerFeedbackPtr*)class;
- IntegerFeedbackPtr i, inext;
-
- for (i = (*intfeed); i; i = inext) {
- inext = i->next;
- free(i);
- }
- break;
- }
- case StringFeedbackClass:
- {
- StringFeedbackPtr *stringfeed = (StringFeedbackPtr*)class;
- StringFeedbackPtr s, snext;
-
- for (s = (*stringfeed); s; s = snext) {
- snext = s->next;
- free(s->ctrl.symbols_supported);
- free(s->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
- free(s);
- }
- break;
- }
- case BellFeedbackClass:
- {
- BellFeedbackPtr *bell = (BellFeedbackPtr*)class;
- BellFeedbackPtr b, bnext;
-
- for (b = (*bell); b; b = bnext) {
- bnext = b->next;
- free(b);
- }
- break;
- }
- case LedFeedbackClass:
- {
- LedFeedbackPtr *leds = (LedFeedbackPtr*)class;
- LedFeedbackPtr l, lnext;
-
- for (l = (*leds); l; l = lnext) {
- lnext = l->next;
- if (l->xkb_sli)
- XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(l->xkb_sli);
- free(l);
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- *class = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeAllDeviceClasses(ClassesPtr classes)
-{
- if (!classes)
- return;
-
- FreeDeviceClass(KeyClass, (pointer)&classes->key);
- FreeDeviceClass(ValuatorClass, (pointer)&classes->valuator);
- FreeDeviceClass(ButtonClass, (pointer)&classes->button);
- FreeDeviceClass(FocusClass, (pointer)&classes->focus);
- FreeDeviceClass(ProximityClass, (pointer)&classes->proximity);
-
- FreeFeedbackClass(KbdFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->kbdfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(PtrFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->ptrfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(IntegerFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->intfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(StringFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->stringfeed);
- FreeFeedbackClass(BellFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->bell);
- FreeFeedbackClass(LedFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->leds);
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Close down a device and free all resources.
- * Once closed down, the driver will probably not expect you that you'll ever
- * enable it again and free associated structs. If you want the device to just
- * be disabled, DisableDevice().
- * Don't call this function directly, use RemoveDevice() instead.
- */
-static void
-CloseDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- ClassesPtr classes;
- int j;
-
- if (!dev)
- return;
-
- XIDeleteAllDeviceProperties(dev);
-
- if (dev->inited)
- (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE);
-
- /* free sprite memory */
- if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
-
- /* free acceleration info */
- if(dev->valuator && dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
-
- while (dev->xkb_interest)
- XkbRemoveResourceClient((DevicePtr)dev,dev->xkb_interest->resource);
-
- free(dev->name);
-
- classes = (ClassesPtr)&dev->key;
- FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
-
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- {
- classes = dev->unused_classes;
- FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
- free(classes);
- }
-
- if (DevHasCursor(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) {
- if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current)
- FreeCursor(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current, None);
- free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace);
- free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
- }
-
- /* a client may have the device set as client pointer */
- for (j = 0; j < currentMaxClients; j++)
- {
- if (clients[j] && clients[j]->clientPtr == dev)
- {
- clients[j]->clientPtr = NULL;
- clients[j]->clientPtr = PickPointer(clients[j]);
- }
- }
-
- free(dev->deviceGrab.sync.event);
- free(dev->config_info); /* Allocated in xf86ActivateDevice. */
- dev->config_info = NULL;
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(dev, PRIVATE_DEVICE);
-}
-
-/**
- * Shut down all devices of one list and free all resources.
- */
-static
-void
-CloseDeviceList(DeviceIntPtr *listHead)
-{
- /* Used to mark devices that we tried to free */
- Bool freedIds[MAXDEVICES];
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- int i;
-
- if (listHead == NULL)
- return;
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
- freedIds[i] = FALSE;
-
- dev = *listHead;
- while (dev != NULL)
- {
- freedIds[dev->id] = TRUE;
- DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
-
- dev = *listHead;
- while (dev != NULL && freedIds[dev->id])
- dev = dev->next;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Shut down all devices, free all resources, etc.
- * Only useful if you're shutting down the server!
- */
-void
-CloseDownDevices(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
-
- /* Float all SDs before closing them. Note that at this point resources
- * (e.g. cursors) have been freed already, so we can't just call
- * AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL). Instead, we have to forcibly set master
- * to NULL and pretend nothing happened.
- */
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
- dev->master = NULL;
- /* Initialise the sprite and paired members of all devices
- to avoid crashes in CloseDevice later */
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite=NULL;
- dev->spriteInfo->paired=NULL;
- }
-
- CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.devices);
- CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.off_devices);
-
- CloseDevice(inputInfo.pointer);
- CloseDevice(inputInfo.keyboard);
-
- inputInfo.devices = NULL;
- inputInfo.off_devices = NULL;
- inputInfo.keyboard = NULL;
- inputInfo.pointer = NULL;
- XkbDeleteRulesDflts();
-}
-
-/**
- * Remove the cursor sprite for all devices. This needs to be done before any
- * resources are freed or any device is deleted.
- */
-void
-UndisplayDevices(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
-}
-
-/**
- * Remove a device from the device list, closes it and thus frees all
- * resources.
- * Removes both enabled and disabled devices and notifies all devices about
- * the removal of the device.
- *
- * No PresenceNotify is sent for device that the client never saw. This can
- * happen if a malloc fails during the addition of master devices. If
- * dev->init is FALSE it means the client never received a DeviceAdded event,
- * so let's not send a DeviceRemoved event either.
- *
- * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
- */
-int
-RemoveDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr prev,tmp,next;
- int ret = BadMatch;
- ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- int deviceid;
- int initialized;
- int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
-
- DebugF("(dix) removing device %d\n", dev->id);
-
- if (!dev || dev == inputInfo.keyboard || dev == inputInfo.pointer)
- return BadImplementation;
-
- initialized = dev->inited;
- deviceid = dev->id;
-
- if (initialized)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(dev))
- screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
-
- DisableDevice(dev, sendevent);
- flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
- }
-
- prev = NULL;
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
- next = tmp->next;
- if (tmp == dev) {
-
- if (prev==NULL)
- inputInfo.devices = next;
- else
- prev->next = next;
-
- flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
- CloseDevice(tmp);
- ret = Success;
- }
- }
-
- prev = NULL;
- for (tmp = inputInfo.off_devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
- next = tmp->next;
- if (tmp == dev) {
- flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
- CloseDevice(tmp);
-
- if (prev == NULL)
- inputInfo.off_devices = next;
- else
- prev->next = next;
-
- ret = Success;
- }
- }
-
- if (ret == Success && initialized) {
- inputInfo.numDevices--;
- SendDevicePresenceEvent(deviceid, DeviceRemoved);
- if (sendevent)
- XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-int
-NumMotionEvents(void)
-{
- /* only called to fill data in initial connection reply.
- * VCP is ok here, it is the only fixed device we have. */
- return inputInfo.pointer->valuator->numMotionEvents;
-}
-
-int
-dixLookupDevice(DeviceIntPtr *pDev, int id, ClientPtr client, Mask access_mode)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- int rc;
- *pDev = NULL;
-
- for (dev=inputInfo.devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
- if (dev->id == id)
- goto found;
- }
- for (dev=inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
- if (dev->id == id)
- goto found;
- }
- return BadDevice;
-
-found:
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
- if (rc == Success)
- *pDev = dev;
- return rc;
-}
-
-void
-QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(KeyCode *minCode, KeyCode *maxCode)
-{
- if (inputInfo.keyboard) {
- *minCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
- *maxCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
- }
-}
-
-/* Notably, this function does not expand the destination's keycode range, or
- * notify clients. */
-Bool
-SetKeySymsMap(KeySymsPtr dst, KeySymsPtr src)
-{
- int i, j;
- KeySym *tmp;
- int rowDif = src->minKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode;
-
- /* if keysym map size changes, grow map first */
- if (src->mapWidth < dst->mapWidth) {
- for (i = src->minKeyCode; i <= src->maxKeyCode; i++) {
-#define SI(r, c) (((r - src->minKeyCode) * src->mapWidth) + (c))
-#define DI(r, c) (((r - dst->minKeyCode) * dst->mapWidth) + (c))
- for (j = 0; j < src->mapWidth; j++)
- dst->map[DI(i, j)] = src->map[SI(i, j)];
- for (j = src->mapWidth; j < dst->mapWidth; j++)
- dst->map[DI(i, j)] = NoSymbol;
-#undef SI
-#undef DI
- }
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (src->mapWidth > dst->mapWidth) {
- i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
- (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
- tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
- if (!tmp)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (dst->map) {
- for (i = 0; i <= dst->maxKeyCode-dst->minKeyCode; i++)
- memmove(&tmp[i * src->mapWidth], &dst->map[i * dst->mapWidth],
- dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
- free(dst->map);
- }
- dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
- dst->map = tmp;
- }
- else if (!dst->map) {
- i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
- (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
- tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
- if (!tmp)
- return FALSE;
-
- dst->map = tmp;
- dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
- }
-
- memmove(&dst->map[rowDif * dst->mapWidth], src->map,
- (src->maxKeyCode - src->minKeyCode + 1) *
- dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numButtons, Atom* labels,
- CARD8 *map)
-{
- ButtonClassPtr butc;
- int i;
-
- butc = calloc(1, sizeof(ButtonClassRec));
- if (!butc)
- return FALSE;
- butc->numButtons = numButtons;
- butc->sourceid = dev->id;
- for (i = 1; i <= numButtons; i++)
- butc->map[i] = map[i];
- for (i = numButtons + 1; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
- butc->map[i] = i;
- memcpy(butc->labels, labels, numButtons * sizeof(Atom));
- dev->button = butc;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Allocate a valuator class and set up the pointers for the axis values
- * appropriately.
- *
- * @param src If non-NULL, the memory is reallocated from src. If NULL, the
- * memory is calloc'd.
- * @parma numAxes Number of axes to allocate.
- * @return The allocated valuator struct.
- */
-ValuatorClassPtr
-AllocValuatorClass(ValuatorClassPtr src, int numAxes)
-{
- ValuatorClassPtr v;
- /* force alignment with double */
- union align_u { ValuatorClassRec valc; double d; } *align;
- int size;
-
- size = sizeof(union align_u) + numAxes * (sizeof(double) + sizeof(AxisInfo));
- align = (union align_u *) realloc(src, size);
-
- if (!align)
- return NULL;
-
- if (!src)
- memset(align, 0, size);
-
- v = &align->valc;
- v->numAxes = numAxes;
- v->axisVal = (double*)(align + 1);
- v->axes = (AxisInfoPtr)(v->axisVal + numAxes);
-
- return v;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numAxes, Atom *labels,
- int numMotionEvents, int mode)
-{
- int i;
- ValuatorClassPtr valc;
-
- if (!dev)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (numAxes > MAX_VALUATORS)
- {
- LogMessage(X_WARNING,
- "Device '%s' has %d axes, only using first %d.\n",
- dev->name, numAxes, MAX_VALUATORS);
- numAxes = MAX_VALUATORS;
- }
-
- valc = AllocValuatorClass(NULL, numAxes);
- if (!valc)
- return FALSE;
-
- valc->sourceid = dev->id;
- valc->motion = NULL;
- valc->first_motion = 0;
- valc->last_motion = 0;
-
- valc->numMotionEvents = numMotionEvents;
- valc->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
-
- if (mode & OutOfProximity)
- InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(dev);
-
- dev->valuator = valc;
-
- AllocateMotionHistory(dev);
-
- for (i=0; i<numAxes; i++) {
- InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, i, labels[i], NO_AXIS_LIMITS, NO_AXIS_LIMITS,
- 0, 0, 0, mode);
- valc->axisVal[i]=0;
- }
-
- dev->last.numValuators = numAxes;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev) || /* do not accelerate master or xtest devices */
- IsXTestDevice(dev, NULL))
- InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelNoOp);
- else
- InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelDefault);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* global list of acceleration schemes */
-ValuatorAccelerationRec pointerAccelerationScheme[] = {
- {PtrAccelNoOp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL},
- {PtrAccelPredictable, acceleratePointerPredictable, NULL,
- InitPredictableAccelerationScheme, AccelerationDefaultCleanup},
- {PtrAccelLightweight, acceleratePointerLightweight, NULL, NULL, NULL},
- {-1, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL} /* terminator */
-};
-
-/**
- * install an acceleration scheme. returns TRUE on success, and should not
- * change anything if unsuccessful.
- */
-Bool
-InitPointerAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
- int scheme)
-{
- int x, i = -1;
- ValuatorClassPtr val;
-
- val = dev->valuator;
-
- if (!val)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev) && scheme != PtrAccelNoOp)
- return FALSE;
-
- for (x = 0; pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number >= 0; x++) {
- if(pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number == scheme){
- i = x;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (-1 == i)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
- val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
-
- if (pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc) {
- if (!pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc(dev,
- &pointerAccelerationScheme[i])) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- } else {
- val->accelScheme = pointerAccelerationScheme[i];
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- FocusClassPtr focc;
-
- focc = malloc(sizeof(FocusClassRec));
- if (!focc)
- return FALSE;
- focc->win = PointerRootWin;
- focc->revert = None;
- focc->time = currentTime;
- focc->trace = (WindowPtr *)NULL;
- focc->traceSize = 0;
- focc->traceGood = 0;
- focc->sourceid = dev->id;
- dev->focus = focc;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- PtrFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(PtrFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultPointerControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->ptrfeed) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->ptrfeed = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-static LedCtrl defaultLedControl = {
- DEFAULT_LEDS, DEFAULT_LEDS_MASK, 0};
-
-static BellCtrl defaultBellControl = {
- DEFAULT_BELL,
- DEFAULT_BELL_PITCH,
- DEFAULT_BELL_DURATION,
- 0};
-
-static IntegerCtrl defaultIntegerControl = {
- DEFAULT_INT_RESOLUTION,
- DEFAULT_INT_MIN_VALUE,
- DEFAULT_INT_MAX_VALUE,
- DEFAULT_INT_DISPLAYED,
- 0};
-
-Bool
-InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (
- DeviceIntPtr dev, StringCtrlProcPtr controlProc,
- int max_symbols, int num_symbols_supported, KeySym *symbols)
-{
- int i;
- StringFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(StringFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_supported = num_symbols_supported;
- feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_displayed = 0;
- feedc->ctrl.max_symbols = max_symbols;
- feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * num_symbols_supported);
- feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * max_symbols);
- if (!feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported || !feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed)
- {
- free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported);
- free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
- free(feedc);
- return FALSE;
- }
- for (i=0; i<num_symbols_supported; i++)
- *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported+i) = *symbols++;
- for (i=0; i<max_symbols; i++)
- *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed+i) = (KeySym) 0;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->stringfeed) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->stringfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->stringfeed = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, BellProcPtr bellProc,
- BellCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- BellFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(BellFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->BellProc = bellProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultBellControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->bell) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->bell->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->bell = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, LedCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- LedFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(LedFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultLedControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->leds) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->leds->ctrl.id + 1;
- feedc->xkb_sli= NULL;
- dev->leds = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, IntegerCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
-{
- IntegerFeedbackPtr feedc;
-
- feedc = malloc(sizeof(IntegerFeedbackClassRec));
- if (!feedc)
- return FALSE;
- feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
- feedc->ctrl = defaultIntegerControl;
- feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
- if ( (feedc->next = dev->intfeed) )
- feedc->ctrl.id = dev->intfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
- dev->intfeed = feedc;
- (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-InitPointerDeviceStruct(DevicePtr device, CARD8 *map, int numButtons, Atom* btn_labels,
- PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc, int numMotionEvents,
- int numAxes, Atom *axes_labels)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev = (DeviceIntPtr)device;
-
- return(InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(dev, numButtons, btn_labels, map) &&
- InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(dev, numAxes, axes_labels,
- numMotionEvents, Relative) &&
- InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, controlProc));
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if the given buffer contains elements between low (inclusive) and
- * high (inclusive) only.
- *
- * @return TRUE if the device map is invalid, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-BadDeviceMap(BYTE *buff, int length, unsigned low, unsigned high, XID *errval)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
- if (buff[i]) /* only check non-zero elements */
- {
- if ((low > buff[i]) || (high < buff[i]))
- {
- *errval = buff[i];
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xSetModifierMappingReply rep;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xSetModifierMappingReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetModifierMappingReq);
-
- if (client->req_len != ((stuff->numKeyPerModifier << 1) +
- bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReq))))
- return BadLength;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- rc = change_modmap(client, PickKeyboard(client), (KeyCode *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->numKeyPerModifier);
- if (rc == MappingFailed || rc == -1)
- return BadValue;
- if (rc != Success && rc != MappingSuccess && rc != MappingFailed &&
- rc != MappingBusy)
- return rc;
-
- rep.success = rc;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetModifierMappingReply rep;
- int max_keys_per_mod = 0;
- KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- generate_modkeymap(client, PickKeyboard(client), &modkeymap,
- &max_keys_per_mod);
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.numKeyPerModifier = max_keys_per_mod;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- /* length counts 4 byte quantities - there are 8 modifiers 1 byte big */
- rep.length = max_keys_per_mod << 1;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
- (void)WriteToClient(client, max_keys_per_mod * 8, (char *) modkeymap);
-
- free(modkeymap);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
- unsigned len;
- KeySymsRec keysyms;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev, tmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
-
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq));
- if (len != (stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode))
- return BadLength;
-
- pDev = PickKeyboard(client);
-
- if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code) ||
- (stuff->firstKeyCode > pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
- return BadValue;
-
- }
- if (((unsigned)(stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1) >
- pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
- (stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode == 0)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- keysyms.minKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode;
- keysyms.maxKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1;
- keysyms.mapWidth = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
- keysyms.map = (KeySym *) &stuff[1];
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- XkbApplyMappingChange(pDev, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
- stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
-
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
- if (IsMaster(tmp) || GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) != pDev)
- continue;
- if (!tmp->key)
- continue;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- continue;
-
- XkbApplyMappingChange(tmp, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
- stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- BYTE *map;
- int ret;
- int i, j;
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- xSetPointerMappingReply rep;
- REQUEST(xSetPointerMappingReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetPointerMappingReq);
-
- if (client->req_len !=
- bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReq) + stuff->nElts))
- return BadLength;
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.success = MappingSuccess;
- map = (BYTE *)&stuff[1];
-
- /* So we're bounded here by the number of core buttons. This check
- * probably wants disabling through XFixes. */
- /* MPX: With ClientPointer, we can return the right number of buttons.
- * Let's just hope nobody changed ClientPointer between GetPointerMapping
- * and SetPointerMapping
- */
- if (stuff->nElts != ptr->button->numButtons) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->nElts;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- /* Core protocol specs don't allow for duplicate mappings; this check
- * almost certainly wants disabling through XFixes too. */
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->nElts; i++) {
- for (j = i + 1; j < stuff->nElts; j++) {
- if (map[i] && map[i] == map[j]) {
- client->errorValue = map[i];
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
- }
-
- ret = ApplyPointerMapping(ptr, map, stuff->nElts, client);
- if (ret == MappingBusy)
- rep.success = ret;
- else if (ret == -1)
- return BadValue;
- else if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetKeyboardMappingReply rep;
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- XkbDescPtr xkb;
- KeySymsPtr syms;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- xkb = kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc;
-
- if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < xkb->min_key_code) ||
- (stuff->firstKeyCode > xkb->max_key_code)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->count > xkb->max_key_code + 1) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->count;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- syms = XkbGetCoreMap(kbd);
- if (!syms)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.keySymsPerKeyCode = syms->mapWidth;
- /* length is a count of 4 byte quantities and KeySyms are 4 bytes */
- rep.length = syms->mapWidth * stuff->count;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply), &rep);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) CopySwap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client,
- syms->mapWidth * stuff->count * sizeof(KeySym),
- &syms->map[syms->mapWidth * (stuff->firstKeyCode -
- syms->minKeyCode)]);
- free(syms->map);
- free(syms);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetPointerMappingReply rep;
- /* Apps may get different values each time they call GetPointerMapping as
- * the ClientPointer could change. */
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- ButtonClassPtr butc = ptr->button;
- int rc;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.nElts = (butc) ? butc->numButtons : 0;
- rep.length = ((unsigned)rep.nElts + (4-1))/4;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
- if (butc)
- WriteToClient(client, (int)rep.nElts, (char *)&butc->map[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-NoteLedState(DeviceIntPtr keybd, int led, Bool on)
-{
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
- if (on)
- ctrl->leds |= ((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
- else
- ctrl->leds &= ~((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
-}
-
-int
-Ones(unsigned long mask) /* HACKMEM 169 */
-{
- unsigned long y;
-
- y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333;
- y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333);
- return (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077);
-}
-
-static int
-DoChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr keybd, XID *vlist,
- BITS32 vmask)
-{
-#define DO_ALL (-1)
- KeybdCtrl ctrl;
- int t;
- int led = DO_ALL;
- int key = DO_ALL;
- BITS32 index2;
- int mask = vmask, i;
- XkbEventCauseRec cause;
-
- ctrl = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
- while (vmask) {
- index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (vmask);
- vmask &= ~index2;
- switch (index2) {
- case KBKeyClickPercent:
- t = *vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1) {
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.click;
- }
- else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.click = t;
- break;
- case KBBellPercent:
- t = (INT8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1) {
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell;
- }
- else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.bell = t;
- break;
- case KBBellPitch:
- t = (INT16)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1) {
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch;
- }
- else if (t < 0) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.bell_pitch = t;
- break;
- case KBBellDuration:
- t = (INT16)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == -1)
- t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration;
- else if (t < 0) {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- ctrl.bell_duration = t;
- break;
- case KBLed:
- led = (CARD8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (led < 1 || led > 32) {
- client->errorValue = led;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (!(mask & KBLedMode))
- return BadMatch;
- break;
- case KBLedMode:
- t = (CARD8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (t == LedModeOff) {
- if (led == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.leds = 0x0;
- else
- ctrl.leds &= ~(((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
- }
- else if (t == LedModeOn) {
- if (led == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.leds = ~0L;
- else
- ctrl.leds |= (((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
- }
- else {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- XkbSetCauseCoreReq(&cause,X_ChangeKeyboardControl,client);
- XkbSetIndicators(keybd,((led == DO_ALL) ? ~0L : (1L<<(led-1))),
- ctrl.leds, &cause);
- ctrl.leds = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.leds;
-
- break;
- case KBKey:
- key = (KeyCode)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if ((KeyCode)key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code ||
- (KeyCode)key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) {
- client->errorValue = key;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (!(mask & KBAutoRepeatMode))
- return BadMatch;
- break;
- case KBAutoRepeatMode:
- i = (key >> 3);
- mask = (1 << (key & 7));
- t = (CARD8)*vlist;
- vlist++;
- if (key != DO_ALL)
- XkbDisableComputedAutoRepeats(keybd,key);
- if (t == AutoRepeatModeOff) {
- if (key == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.autoRepeat = FALSE;
- else
- ctrl.autoRepeats[i] &= ~mask;
- }
- else if (t == AutoRepeatModeOn) {
- if (key == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.autoRepeat = TRUE;
- else
- ctrl.autoRepeats[i] |= mask;
- }
- else if (t == AutoRepeatModeDefault) {
- if (key == DO_ALL)
- ctrl.autoRepeat = defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeat;
- else
- ctrl.autoRepeats[i] =
- (ctrl.autoRepeats[i] & ~mask) |
- (defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeats[i] & mask);
- }
- else {
- client->errorValue = t;
- return BadValue;
- }
- break;
- default:
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
- keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
-
- /* The XKB RepeatKeys control and core protocol global autorepeat */
- /* value are linked */
- XkbSetRepeatKeys(keybd, key, keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat);
-
- return Success;
-
-#undef DO_ALL
-}
-
-/**
- * Changes kbd control on the ClientPointer and all attached SDs.
- */
-int
-ProcChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
-{
- XID *vlist;
- BITS32 vmask;
- int ret = Success, error = Success;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL, keyboard;
- REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
-
- vmask = stuff->mask;
- vlist = (XID *)&stuff[1];
-
- if (client->req_len != (sizeof(xChangeKeyboardControlReq)>>2)+Ones(vmask))
- return BadLength;
-
- keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
- if ((pDev == keyboard ||
- (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
- && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
- ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
- }
- }
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
- if ((pDev == keyboard ||
- (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
- && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
- ret = DoChangeKeyboardControl(client, pDev, vlist, vmask);
- if (ret != Success)
- error = ret;
- }
- }
-
- return error;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc, i;
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &kbd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
- xGetKeyboardControlReply rep;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 5;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.globalAutoRepeat = ctrl->autoRepeat;
- rep.keyClickPercent = ctrl->click;
- rep.bellPercent = ctrl->bell;
- rep.bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;
- rep.bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration;
- rep.ledMask = ctrl->leds;
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
- rep.map[i] = ctrl->autoRepeats[i];
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardControlReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcBell(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- int base = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.bell;
- int newpercent;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xBellReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xBellReq);
-
- if (stuff->percent < -100 || stuff->percent > 100) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->percent;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- newpercent = (base * stuff->percent) / 100;
- if (stuff->percent < 0)
- newpercent = base + newpercent;
- else
- newpercent = base - newpercent + stuff->percent;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- if ((dev == keybd ||
- (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keybd)) &&
- dev->kbdfeed && dev->kbdfeed->BellProc) {
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixBellAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- XkbHandleBell(FALSE, FALSE, dev, newpercent,
- &dev->kbdfeed->ctrl, 0, None, NULL, client);
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangePointerControl(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, mouse = PickPointer(client);
- PtrCtrl ctrl; /* might get BadValue part way through */
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xChangePointerControlReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerControlReq);
-
- ctrl = mouse->ptrfeed->ctrl;
- if ((stuff->doAccel != xTrue) && (stuff->doAccel != xFalse)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->doAccel;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->doThresh != xTrue) && (stuff->doThresh != xFalse)) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->doThresh;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->doAccel) {
- if (stuff->accelNum == -1) {
- ctrl.num = defaultPointerControl.num;
- }
- else if (stuff->accelNum < 0) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->accelNum;
- return BadValue;
- }
- else {
- ctrl.num = stuff->accelNum;
- }
-
- if (stuff->accelDenum == -1) {
- ctrl.den = defaultPointerControl.den;
- }
- else if (stuff->accelDenum <= 0) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->accelDenum;
- return BadValue;
- }
- else {
- ctrl.den = stuff->accelDenum;
- }
- }
- if (stuff->doThresh) {
- if (stuff->threshold == -1) {
- ctrl.threshold = defaultPointerControl.threshold;
- }
- else if (stuff->threshold < 0) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->threshold;
- return BadValue;
- }
- else {
- ctrl.threshold = stuff->threshold;
- }
- }
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- if ((dev == mouse ||
- (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
- dev->ptrfeed) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- }
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
- if ((dev == mouse ||
- (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
- dev->ptrfeed) {
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetPointerControl(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- PtrCtrl *ctrl = &ptr->ptrfeed->ctrl;
- xGetPointerControlReply rep;
- int rc;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.threshold = ctrl->threshold;
- rep.accelNumerator = ctrl->num;
- rep.accelDenominator = ctrl->den;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGenericReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-MaybeStopHint(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- if ((grab && SameClient(grab, client) &&
- ((grab->eventMask & PointerMotionHintMask) ||
- (grab->ownerEvents &&
- (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
- PointerMotionHintMask)))) ||
- (!grab &&
- (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
- PointerMotionHintMask)))
- dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetMotionEvents(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- xTimecoord * coords = (xTimecoord *) NULL;
- xGetMotionEventsReply rep;
- int i, count, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, rc;
- unsigned long nEvents;
- DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
- TimeStamp start, stop;
- REQUEST(xGetMotionEventsReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetMotionEventsReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
- MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- nEvents = 0;
- start = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->start);
- stop = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->stop);
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(start, stop) != LATER) &&
- (CompareTimeStamps(start, currentTime) != LATER) &&
- mouse->valuator->numMotionEvents)
- {
- if (CompareTimeStamps(stop, currentTime) == LATER)
- stop = currentTime;
- count = GetMotionHistory(mouse, &coords, start.milliseconds,
- stop.milliseconds, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
- TRUE);
- xmin = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- xmax = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
- wBorderWidth (pWin);
- ymin = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- ymax = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
- wBorderWidth (pWin);
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- if ((xmin <= coords[i].x) && (coords[i].x < xmax) &&
- (ymin <= coords[i].y) && (coords[i].y < ymax))
- {
- coords[nEvents].time = coords[i].time;
- coords[nEvents].x = coords[i].x - pWin->drawable.x;
- coords[nEvents].y = coords[i].y - pWin->drawable.y;
- nEvents++;
- }
- }
- rep.length = nEvents * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xTimecoord));
- rep.nEvents = nEvents;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetMotionEventsReply), &rep);
- if (nEvents)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SwapTimeCoordWrite;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nEvents * sizeof(xTimecoord),
- (char *)coords);
- }
- free(coords);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryKeymap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryKeymapReply rep;
- int rc, i;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- CARD8 *down = keybd->key->down;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 2;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
- return rc;
-
- for (i = 0; i<32; i++)
- rep.map[i] = down[i];
-
- if (rc == BadAccess)
- memset(rep.map, 0, 32);
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryKeymapReply), &rep);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Recalculate the number of buttons for the master device. The number of
- * buttons on the master device is equal to the number of buttons on the
- * slave device with the highest number of buttons.
- */
-static void
-RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev, master;
- int maxbuttons = 0;
-
- if (!slave->button || IsMaster(slave))
- return;
-
- master = GetMaster(slave, MASTER_POINTER);
- if (!master)
- return;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (IsMaster(dev) ||
- GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED) != master ||
- !dev->button)
- continue;
-
- maxbuttons = max(maxbuttons, dev->button->numButtons);
- }
-
- if (master->button && master->button->numButtons != maxbuttons)
- {
- int i;
- DeviceChangedEvent event;
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
-
- master->button->numButtons = maxbuttons;
-
- event.header = ET_Internal;
- event.type = ET_DeviceChanged;
- event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
- event.deviceid = master->id;
- event.flags = DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT | DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE;
- event.buttons.num_buttons = maxbuttons;
- memcpy(&event.buttons.names, master->button->labels, maxbuttons *
- sizeof(Atom));
-
- if (master->valuator)
- {
- event.num_valuators = master->valuator->numAxes;
- for (i = 0; i < event.num_valuators; i++)
- {
- event.valuators[i].min = master->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
- event.valuators[i].max = master->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
- event.valuators[i].resolution = master->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
- event.valuators[i].mode = master->valuator->axes[i].mode;
- event.valuators[i].name = master->valuator->axes[i].label;
- }
- }
-
- if (master->key)
- {
- event.keys.min_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
- event.keys.max_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
- }
-
- XISendDeviceChangedEvent(master, master, &event);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate release events for all keys/button currently down on this
- * device.
- */
-void
-ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- InternalEvent* eventlist = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
- ButtonClassPtr b = dev->button;
- KeyClassPtr k = dev->key;
- int i, j, nevents;
-
- if (!eventlist) /* no release events for you */
- return;
-
- /* Release all buttons */
- for (i = 0; b && i < b->numButtons; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(b->down, i))
- {
- nevents = GetPointerEvents(eventlist, dev, ButtonRelease, i, 0, NULL);
- for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
- mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);
- }
- }
-
- /* Release all keys */
- for (i = 0; k && i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(k->down, i))
- {
- nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(eventlist, dev, KeyRelease, i, NULL);
- for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
- mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);
- }
- }
-
- FreeEventList(eventlist, GetMaximumEventsNum());
-}
-
-/**
- * Attach device 'dev' to device 'master'.
- * Client is set to the client that issued the request, or NULL if it comes
- * from some internal automatic pairing.
- *
- * Master may be NULL to set the device floating.
- *
- * We don't allow multi-layer hierarchies right now. You can't attach a slave
- * to another slave.
- */
-int
-AttachDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master)
-{
- ScreenPtr screen;
- DeviceIntPtr oldmaster;
- if (!dev || IsMaster(dev))
- return BadDevice;
-
- if (master && !IsMaster(master)) /* can't attach to slaves */
- return BadDevice;
-
- /* set from floating to floating? */
- if (IsFloating(dev) && !master && dev->enabled)
- return Success;
-
- /* free the existing sprite. */
- if (IsFloating(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
- {
- screen = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
- screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
- free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
- }
-
- oldmaster = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
- dev->master = master;
-
- /* If device is set to floating, we need to create a sprite for it,
- * otherwise things go bad. However, we don't want to render the cursor,
- * so we reset spriteOwner.
- * Sprite has to be forced to NULL first, otherwise InitializeSprite won't
- * alloc new memory but overwrite the previous one.
- */
- if (!master)
- {
- WindowPtr currentRoot;
-
- if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- currentRoot = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
- else /* new device auto-set to floating */
- currentRoot = screenInfo.screens[0]->root;
-
- /* we need to init a fake sprite */
- screen = currentRoot->drawable.pScreen;
- screen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, screen);
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
- InitializeSprite(dev, currentRoot);
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
- dev->spriteInfo->paired = dev;
- } else
- {
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite = master->spriteInfo->sprite;
- dev->spriteInfo->paired = master;
- dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
-
- RecalculateMasterButtons(master);
- }
-
- /* XXX: in theory, the MD should change back to its old, original
- * classes when the last SD is detached. Thanks to the XTEST devices,
- * we'll always have an SD attached until the MD is removed.
- * So let's not worry about that.
- */
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the device paired with the given device or NULL.
- * Returns the device paired with the parent master if the given device is a
- * slave device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
- dev = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
-
- return dev->spriteInfo->paired;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Returns the right master for the type of event needed. If the event is a
- * keyboard event.
- * This function may be called with a master device as argument. If so, the
- * returned master is either the device itself or the paired master device.
- * If dev is a floating slave device, NULL is returned.
- *
- * @type ::MASTER_KEYBOARD or ::MASTER_POINTER or ::MASTER_ATTACHED
- * @return The requested master device. In the case of MASTER_ATTACHED, this
- * is the directly attached master to this device, regardless of the type.
- * Otherwise, it is either the master keyboard or pointer for this device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int which)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr master;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- master = dev;
- else
- master = dev->master;
-
- if (master && which != MASTER_ATTACHED)
- {
- if (which == MASTER_KEYBOARD)
- {
- if (master->type != MASTER_KEYBOARD)
- master = GetPairedDevice(master);
- } else
- {
- if (master->type != MASTER_POINTER)
- master = GetPairedDevice(master);
- }
- }
-
- return master;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new device pair (== one pointer, one keyboard device).
- * Only allocates the devices, you will need to call ActivateDevice() and
- * EnableDevice() manually.
- * Either a master or a slave device can be created depending on
- * the value for master.
- */
-int
-AllocDevicePair (ClientPtr client, char* name,
- DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
- DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
- DeviceProc ptr_proc,
- DeviceProc keybd_proc,
- Bool master)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pointer;
- DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
- *ptr = *keybd = NULL;
-
- pointer = AddInputDevice(client, ptr_proc, TRUE);
- if (!pointer)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- if (asprintf(&pointer->name, "%s pointer", name) == -1) {
- pointer->name = NULL;
- RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- pointer->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- pointer->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- XkbSetExtension(pointer, ProcessPointerEvent);
- pointer->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivatePointerGrab;
- pointer->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivatePointerGrab;
- pointer->coreEvents = TRUE;
- pointer->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
-
- pointer->lastSlave = NULL;
- pointer->last.slave = NULL;
- pointer->type = (master) ? MASTER_POINTER : SLAVE;
-
- keyboard = AddInputDevice(client, keybd_proc, TRUE);
- if (!keyboard)
- {
- RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- if (asprintf(&keyboard->name, "%s keyboard", name) == -1) {
- keyboard->name = NULL;
- RemoveDevice(keyboard, FALSE);
- RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- keyboard->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- keyboard->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
- XkbSetExtension(keyboard, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
- keyboard->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
- keyboard->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
- keyboard->coreEvents = TRUE;
- keyboard->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
-
- keyboard->lastSlave = NULL;
- keyboard->last.slave = NULL;
- keyboard->type = (master) ? MASTER_KEYBOARD : SLAVE;
-
- /* The ClassesRec stores the device classes currently not used. */
- pointer->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
- keyboard->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
-
- *ptr = pointer;
- *keybd = keyboard;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return Relative or Absolute for the device.
- */
-int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis)
-{
- return (dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode & DeviceMode);
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the given mode for the axis. If axis is VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES, then
- * set the mode for all axes.
- */
-void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode)
-{
- if (axis != VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES)
- dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode = mode;
- else {
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < dev->valuator->numAxes; i++)
- dev->valuator->axes[i].mode = mode;
- }
-}
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "ptrveloc.h"
+#include "site.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+
+#include "dispatch.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <pixman.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "xiquerydevice.h" /* for SizeDeviceClasses */
+#include "xiproperty.h"
+#include "enterleave.h" /* for EnterWindow() */
+#include "xserver-properties.h"
+#include "xichangehierarchy.h" /* For XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent */
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define isfinite(val) _finite(val)
+#endif
+
+/** @file
+ * This file handles input device-related stuff.
+ */
+
+static void RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave);
+
+static void
+DeviceSetTransform(DeviceIntPtr dev, float *transform)
+{
+ struct pixman_f_transform scale;
+ double sx, sy;
+ int x, y;
+
+ /**
+ * calculate combined transformation matrix:
+ *
+ * M = InvScale * Transform * Scale
+ *
+ * So we can later transform points using M * p
+ *
+ * Where:
+ * Scale scales coordinates into 0..1 range
+ * Transform is the user supplied (affine) transform
+ * InvScale scales coordinates back up into their native range
+ */
+ sx = dev->valuator->axes[0].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
+ sy = dev->valuator->axes[1].max_value - dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
+
+ /* invscale */
+ pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, sx, sy);
+ scale.m[0][2] = dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value;
+ scale.m[1][2] = dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value;
+
+ /* transform */
+ for (y=0; y<3; y++)
+ for (x=0; x<3; x++)
+ dev->transform.m[y][x] = *transform++;
+
+ pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &scale, &dev->transform);
+
+ /* scale */
+ pixman_f_transform_init_scale(&scale, 1.0 / sx, 1.0 / sy);
+ scale.m[0][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[0].min_value / sx;
+ scale.m[1][2] = -dev->valuator->axes[1].min_value / sy;
+
+ pixman_f_transform_multiply(&dev->transform, &dev->transform, &scale);
+}
+
+/**
+ * DIX property handler.
+ */
+static int
+DeviceSetProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom property, XIPropertyValuePtr prop,
+ BOOL checkonly)
+{
+ if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED))
+ {
+ if (prop->format != 8 || prop->type != XA_INTEGER || prop->size != 1)
+ return BadValue;
+
+ /* Don't allow disabling of VCP/VCK */
+ if ((dev == inputInfo.pointer || dev == inputInfo.keyboard) &&
+ !(*(CARD8*)prop->data))
+ return BadAccess;
+
+ if (!checkonly)
+ {
+ if ((*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && !dev->enabled)
+ EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ else if (!(*((CARD8*)prop->data)) && dev->enabled)
+ DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ }
+ } else if (property == XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM))
+ {
+ float *f = (float*)prop->data;
+ int i;
+
+ if (prop->format != 32 || prop->size != 9 ||
+ prop->type != XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT))
+ return BadValue;
+
+ for (i=0; i<9; i++)
+ if (!isfinite(f[i]))
+ return BadValue;
+
+ if (!checkonly)
+ DeviceSetTransform(dev, f);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* Pair the keyboard to the pointer device. Keyboard events will follow the
+ * pointer sprite. Only applicable for master devices.
+ * If the client is set, the request to pair comes from some client. In this
+ * case, we need to check for access. If the client is NULL, it's from an
+ * internal automatic pairing, we must always permit this.
+ */
+static int
+PairDevices(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr ptr, DeviceIntPtr kbd)
+{
+ if (!ptr)
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ /* Don't allow pairing for slave devices */
+ if (!IsMaster(ptr) || !IsMaster(kbd))
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ if (ptr->spriteInfo->paired)
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ if (kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ {
+ free(kbd->spriteInfo->sprite);
+ kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
+ kbd->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ kbd->spriteInfo->sprite = ptr->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ kbd->spriteInfo->paired = ptr;
+ ptr->spriteInfo->paired = kbd;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Find and return the next unpaired MD pointer device.
+ */
+static DeviceIntPtr
+NextFreePointerDevice(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ if (IsMaster(dev) &&
+ dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner &&
+ !dev->spriteInfo->paired)
+ return dev;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new input device and init it to sane values. The device is added
+ * to the server's off_devices list.
+ *
+ * @param deviceProc Callback for device control function (switch dev on/off).
+ * @return The newly created device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+AddInputDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceProc deviceProc, Bool autoStart)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, *prev; /* not a typo */
+ DeviceIntPtr devtmp;
+ int devid;
+ char devind[MAXDEVICES];
+ BOOL enabled;
+ float transform[9];
+
+ /* Find next available id, 0 and 1 are reserved */
+ memset(devind, 0, sizeof(char)*MAXDEVICES);
+ for (devtmp = inputInfo.devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
+ devind[devtmp->id]++;
+ for (devtmp = inputInfo.off_devices; devtmp; devtmp = devtmp->next)
+ devind[devtmp->id]++;
+ for (devid = 2; devid < MAXDEVICES && devind[devid]; devid++)
+ ;
+
+ if (devid >= MAXDEVICES)
+ return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ dev = _dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
+ sizeof(DeviceIntRec) + sizeof(SpriteInfoRec),
+ offsetof(DeviceIntRec, devPrivates), PRIVATE_DEVICE);
+ if (!dev)
+ return (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ dev->id = devid;
+ dev->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ dev->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ dev->public.enqueueInputProc = EnqueueEvent;
+ dev->deviceProc = deviceProc;
+ dev->startup = autoStart;
+
+ /* device grab defaults */
+ dev->deviceGrab.grabTime = currentTime;
+ dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
+ dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
+
+ XkbSetExtension(dev, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
+
+ dev->coreEvents = TRUE;
+
+ /* sprite defaults */
+ dev->spriteInfo = (SpriteInfoPtr)&dev[1];
+
+ /* security creation/labeling check
+ */
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixCreateAccess)) {
+ free(dev);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ inputInfo.numDevices++;
+
+ for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+ *prev = dev;
+ dev->next = NULL;
+
+ enabled = FALSE;
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
+ XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
+ FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED), FALSE);
+
+ /* unity matrix */
+ memset(transform, 0, sizeof(transform));
+ transform[0] = transform[4] = transform[8] = 1.0f;
+
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
+ XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 9, transform, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_TRANSFORM),
+ FALSE);
+
+ XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, DeviceSetProperty, NULL, NULL);
+
+ return dev;
+}
+
+void
+SendDevicePresenceEvent(int deviceid, int type)
+{
+ DeviceIntRec dummyDev;
+ devicePresenceNotify ev;
+
+ memset(&dummyDev, 0, sizeof(DeviceIntRec));
+ ev.type = DevicePresenceNotify;
+ ev.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ ev.devchange = type;
+ ev.deviceid = deviceid;
+ dummyDev.id = XIAllDevices;
+ SendEventToAllWindows(&dummyDev, DevicePresenceNotifyMask,
+ (xEvent*)&ev, 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Enable the device through the driver, add the device to the device list.
+ * Switch device ON through the driver and push it onto the global device
+ * list. Initialize the DIX sprite or pair the device. All clients are
+ * notified about the device being enabled.
+ *
+ * A master pointer device needs to be enabled before a master keyboard
+ * device.
+ *
+ * @param The device to be enabled.
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr *prev;
+ int ret;
+ DeviceIntPtr other;
+ BOOL enabled;
+ int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+
+ for (prev = &inputInfo.off_devices;
+ *prev && (*prev != dev);
+ prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+
+ if (!dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ {
+ /* Sprites appear on first root window, so we can hardcode it */
+ if (dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ {
+ InitializeSprite(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root);
+ /* mode doesn't matter */
+ EnterWindow(dev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, NotifyAncestor);
+ }
+ else if ((other = NextFreePointerDevice()) == NULL)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] cannot find pointer to pair with. "
+ "This is a bug.\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ } else
+ PairDevices(NULL, other, dev);
+ } else
+ {
+ if (dev->coreEvents)
+ other = (IsPointerDevice(dev)) ? inputInfo.pointer :
+ inputInfo.keyboard;
+ else
+ other = NULL; /* auto-float non-core devices */
+ AttachDevice(NULL, dev, other);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((*prev != dev) || !dev->inited ||
+ ((ret = (*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)) != Success)) {
+ ErrorF("[dix] couldn't enable device %d\n", dev->id);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ dev->enabled = TRUE;
+ *prev = dev->next;
+
+ for (prev = &inputInfo.devices; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+ *prev = dev;
+ dev->next = NULL;
+
+ enabled = TRUE;
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
+ XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
+ TRUE);
+
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceEnabled);
+ if (sendevent)
+ {
+ flags[dev->id] |= XIDeviceEnabled;
+ XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+ }
+
+ RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Switch a device off through the driver and push it onto the off_devices
+ * list. A device will not send events while disabled. All clients are
+ * notified about the device being disabled.
+ *
+ * Master keyboard devices have to be disabled before master pointer devices
+ * otherwise things turn bad.
+ *
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ * @return TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr *prev, other;
+ BOOL enabled;
+ int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+
+ for (prev = &inputInfo.devices;
+ *prev && (*prev != dev);
+ prev = &(*prev)->next)
+ ;
+ if (*prev != dev)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* float attached devices */
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ {
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (!IsMaster(other) && GetMaster(other, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev)
+ {
+ AttachDevice(NULL, other, NULL);
+ flags[other->id] |= XISlaveDetached;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(other) && other->lastSlave == dev)
+ other->lastSlave = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ {
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (other->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] cannot disable device, still paired. "
+ "This is a bug. \n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF);
+ dev->enabled = FALSE;
+
+ /* now that the device is disabled, we can reset the signal handler's
+ * last.slave */
+ OsBlockSignals();
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (other->last.slave == dev)
+ other->last.slave = NULL;
+ }
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+
+ LeaveWindow(dev);
+ SetFocusOut(dev);
+
+ *prev = dev->next;
+ dev->next = inputInfo.off_devices;
+ inputInfo.off_devices = dev;
+
+ enabled = FALSE;
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, XIGetKnownProperty(XI_PROP_ENABLED),
+ XA_INTEGER, 8, PropModeReplace, 1, &enabled,
+ TRUE);
+
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceDisabled);
+ if (sendevent)
+ {
+ flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
+ XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+ }
+
+ RecalculateMasterButtons(dev);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialise a new device through the driver and tell all clients about the
+ * new device.
+ *
+ * Must be called before EnableDevice.
+ * The device will NOT send events until it is enabled!
+ *
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ * @return Success or an error code on failure.
+ */
+int
+ActivateDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+ int ret = Success;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+
+ if (!dev || !dev->deviceProc)
+ return BadImplementation;
+
+ ret = (*dev->deviceProc) (dev, DEVICE_INIT);
+ dev->inited = (ret == Success);
+ if (!dev->inited)
+ return ret;
+
+ /* Initialize memory for sprites. */
+ if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ if (!pScreen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, pScreen))
+ ret = BadAlloc;
+
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceAdded);
+ if (sendevent)
+ {
+ int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+ flags[dev->id] = XISlaveAdded;
+ XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ring the bell.
+ * The actual task of ringing the bell is the job of the DDX.
+ */
+static void
+CoreKeyboardBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)
+{
+ KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;
+
+ DDXRingBell(volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);
+}
+
+static void
+CoreKeyboardCtl(DeviceIntPtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+ return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Device control function for the Virtual Core Keyboard.
+ */
+int
+CoreKeyboardProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
+{
+
+ switch (what) {
+ case DEVICE_INIT:
+ if (!InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDev, NULL, CoreKeyboardBell,
+ CoreKeyboardCtl))
+ {
+ ErrorF("Keyboard initialization failed. This could be a missing "
+ "or incorrect setup of xkeyboard-config.\n");
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ return Success;
+
+ case DEVICE_ON:
+ case DEVICE_OFF:
+ return Success;
+
+ case DEVICE_CLOSE:
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ return BadMatch;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Device control function for the Virtual Core Pointer.
+ */
+int
+CorePointerProc(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int what)
+{
+#define NBUTTONS 10
+#define NAXES 2
+ BYTE map[NBUTTONS + 1];
+ int i = 0;
+ Atom btn_labels[NBUTTONS] = {0};
+ Atom axes_labels[NAXES] = {0};
+
+ switch (what) {
+ case DEVICE_INIT:
+ for (i = 1; i <= NBUTTONS; i++)
+ map[i] = i;
+
+ btn_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_LEFT);
+ btn_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_MIDDLE);
+ btn_labels[2] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_RIGHT);
+ btn_labels[3] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_UP);
+ btn_labels[4] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_WHEEL_DOWN);
+ btn_labels[5] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_LEFT);
+ btn_labels[6] = XIGetKnownProperty(BTN_LABEL_PROP_BTN_HWHEEL_RIGHT);
+ /* don't know about the rest */
+
+ axes_labels[0] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_X);
+ axes_labels[1] = XIGetKnownProperty(AXIS_LABEL_PROP_REL_Y);
+
+ if (!InitPointerDeviceStruct((DevicePtr)pDev, map, NBUTTONS, btn_labels,
+ (PtrCtrlProcPtr)NoopDDA,
+ GetMotionHistorySize(), NAXES, axes_labels))
+ {
+ ErrorF("Could not initialize device '%s'. Out of memory.\n",
+ pDev->name);
+ return BadAlloc; /* IPDS only fails on allocs */
+ }
+ pDev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
+ pDev->last.valuators[0] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[0];
+ pDev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
+ pDev->last.valuators[1] = pDev->valuator->axisVal[1];
+ break;
+
+ case DEVICE_CLOSE:
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+
+#undef NBUTTONS
+#undef NAXES
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialise the two core devices, VCP and VCK (see events.c).
+ * Both devices are not tied to physical devices, but guarantee that there is
+ * always a keyboard and a pointer present and keep the protocol semantics.
+ *
+ * Note that the server MUST have two core devices at all times, even if there
+ * is no physical device connected.
+ */
+void
+InitCoreDevices(void)
+{
+ if (AllocDevicePair(serverClient, "Virtual core",
+ &inputInfo.pointer, &inputInfo.keyboard,
+ CorePointerProc, CoreKeyboardProc,
+ TRUE) != Success)
+ FatalError("Failed to allocate core devices");
+
+ if (ActivateDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) != Success ||
+ ActivateDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE) != Success)
+ FatalError("Failed to activate core devices.");
+ if (!EnableDevice(inputInfo.pointer, TRUE) ||
+ !EnableDevice(inputInfo.keyboard, TRUE))
+ FatalError("Failed to enable core devices.");
+
+ InitXTestDevices();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Activate all switched-off devices and then enable all those devices.
+ *
+ * Will return an error if no core keyboard or core pointer is present.
+ * In theory this should never happen if you call InitCoreDevices() first.
+ *
+ * InitAndStartDevices needs to be called AFTER the windows are initialized.
+ * Devices will start sending events after InitAndStartDevices() has
+ * completed.
+ *
+ * @return Success or error code on failure.
+ */
+int
+InitAndStartDevices(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, next;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ DebugF("(dix) initialising device %d\n", dev->id);
+ if (!dev->inited)
+ ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ /* enable real devices */
+ for (dev = inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev = next)
+ {
+ DebugF("(dix) enabling device %d\n", dev->id);
+ next = dev->next;
+ if (dev->inited && dev->startup)
+ EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free the given device class and reset the pointer to NULL.
+ */
+static void
+FreeDeviceClass(int type, pointer *class)
+{
+ if (!(*class))
+ return;
+
+ switch(type)
+ {
+ case KeyClass:
+ {
+ KeyClassPtr* k = (KeyClassPtr*)class;
+ if ((*k)->xkbInfo)
+ {
+ XkbFreeInfo((*k)->xkbInfo);
+ (*k)->xkbInfo = NULL;
+ }
+ free((*k));
+ break;
+ }
+ case ButtonClass:
+ {
+ ButtonClassPtr *b = (ButtonClassPtr*)class;
+ free((*b)->xkb_acts);
+ free((*b));
+ break;
+ }
+ case ValuatorClass:
+ {
+ ValuatorClassPtr *v = (ValuatorClassPtr*)class;
+
+ free((*v)->motion);
+ free((*v));
+ break;
+ }
+ case FocusClass:
+ {
+ FocusClassPtr *f = (FocusClassPtr*)class;
+ free((*f)->trace);
+ free((*f));
+ break;
+ }
+ case ProximityClass:
+ {
+ ProximityClassPtr *p = (ProximityClassPtr*)class;
+ free((*p));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *class = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeFeedbackClass(int type, pointer *class)
+{
+ if (!(*class))
+ return;
+
+ switch(type)
+ {
+ case KbdFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ KbdFeedbackPtr *kbdfeed = (KbdFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ KbdFeedbackPtr k, knext;
+ for (k = (*kbdfeed); k; k = knext) {
+ knext = k->next;
+ if (k->xkb_sli)
+ XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(k->xkb_sli);
+ free(k);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case PtrFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ PtrFeedbackPtr *ptrfeed = (PtrFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ PtrFeedbackPtr p, pnext;
+
+ for (p = (*ptrfeed); p; p = pnext) {
+ pnext = p->next;
+ free(p);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case IntegerFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ IntegerFeedbackPtr *intfeed = (IntegerFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ IntegerFeedbackPtr i, inext;
+
+ for (i = (*intfeed); i; i = inext) {
+ inext = i->next;
+ free(i);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case StringFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ StringFeedbackPtr *stringfeed = (StringFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ StringFeedbackPtr s, snext;
+
+ for (s = (*stringfeed); s; s = snext) {
+ snext = s->next;
+ free(s->ctrl.symbols_supported);
+ free(s->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
+ free(s);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case BellFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ BellFeedbackPtr *bell = (BellFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ BellFeedbackPtr b, bnext;
+
+ for (b = (*bell); b; b = bnext) {
+ bnext = b->next;
+ free(b);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case LedFeedbackClass:
+ {
+ LedFeedbackPtr *leds = (LedFeedbackPtr*)class;
+ LedFeedbackPtr l, lnext;
+
+ for (l = (*leds); l; l = lnext) {
+ lnext = l->next;
+ if (l->xkb_sli)
+ XkbFreeSrvLedInfo(l->xkb_sli);
+ free(l);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *class = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeAllDeviceClasses(ClassesPtr classes)
+{
+ if (!classes)
+ return;
+
+ FreeDeviceClass(KeyClass, (pointer)&classes->key);
+ FreeDeviceClass(ValuatorClass, (pointer)&classes->valuator);
+ FreeDeviceClass(ButtonClass, (pointer)&classes->button);
+ FreeDeviceClass(FocusClass, (pointer)&classes->focus);
+ FreeDeviceClass(ProximityClass, (pointer)&classes->proximity);
+
+ FreeFeedbackClass(KbdFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->kbdfeed);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(PtrFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->ptrfeed);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(IntegerFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->intfeed);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(StringFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->stringfeed);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(BellFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->bell);
+ FreeFeedbackClass(LedFeedbackClass, (pointer)&classes->leds);
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Close down a device and free all resources.
+ * Once closed down, the driver will probably not expect you that you'll ever
+ * enable it again and free associated structs. If you want the device to just
+ * be disabled, DisableDevice().
+ * Don't call this function directly, use RemoveDevice() instead.
+ */
+static void
+CloseDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+ ClassesPtr classes;
+ int j;
+
+ if (!dev)
+ return;
+
+ XIDeleteAllDeviceProperties(dev);
+
+ if (dev->inited)
+ (void)(*dev->deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE);
+
+ /* free sprite memory */
+ if (IsMaster(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
+
+ /* free acceleration info */
+ if(dev->valuator && dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
+
+ while (dev->xkb_interest)
+ XkbRemoveResourceClient((DevicePtr)dev,dev->xkb_interest->resource);
+
+ free(dev->name);
+
+ classes = (ClassesPtr)&dev->key;
+ FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ {
+ classes = dev->unused_classes;
+ FreeAllDeviceClasses(classes);
+ free(classes);
+ }
+
+ if (DevHasCursor(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->sprite) {
+ if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current)
+ FreeCursor(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->current, None);
+ free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace);
+ free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
+ }
+
+ /* a client may have the device set as client pointer */
+ for (j = 0; j < currentMaxClients; j++)
+ {
+ if (clients[j] && clients[j]->clientPtr == dev)
+ {
+ clients[j]->clientPtr = NULL;
+ clients[j]->clientPtr = PickPointer(clients[j]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(dev->deviceGrab.sync.event);
+ free(dev->config_info); /* Allocated in xf86ActivateDevice. */
+ dev->config_info = NULL;
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(dev, PRIVATE_DEVICE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Shut down all devices of one list and free all resources.
+ */
+static
+void
+CloseDeviceList(DeviceIntPtr *listHead)
+{
+ /* Used to mark devices that we tried to free */
+ Bool freedIds[MAXDEVICES];
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ int i;
+
+ if (listHead == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
+ freedIds[i] = FALSE;
+
+ dev = *listHead;
+ while (dev != NULL)
+ {
+ freedIds[dev->id] = TRUE;
+ DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
+
+ dev = *listHead;
+ while (dev != NULL && freedIds[dev->id])
+ dev = dev->next;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Shut down all devices, free all resources, etc.
+ * Only useful if you're shutting down the server!
+ */
+void
+CloseDownDevices(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+ /* Float all SDs before closing them. Note that at this point resources
+ * (e.g. cursors) have been freed already, so we can't just call
+ * AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL). Instead, we have to forcibly set master
+ * to NULL and pretend nothing happened.
+ */
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ dev->master = NULL;
+ /* Initialise the sprite and paired members of all devices
+ to avoid crashes in CloseDevice later */
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite=NULL;
+ dev->spriteInfo->paired=NULL;
+ }
+
+ CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.devices);
+ CloseDeviceList(&inputInfo.off_devices);
+
+ CloseDevice(inputInfo.pointer);
+ CloseDevice(inputInfo.keyboard);
+
+ inputInfo.devices = NULL;
+ inputInfo.off_devices = NULL;
+ inputInfo.keyboard = NULL;
+ inputInfo.pointer = NULL;
+ XkbDeleteRulesDflts();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove the cursor sprite for all devices. This needs to be done before any
+ * resources are freed or any device is deleted.
+ */
+void
+UndisplayDevices(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove a device from the device list, closes it and thus frees all
+ * resources.
+ * Removes both enabled and disabled devices and notifies all devices about
+ * the removal of the device.
+ *
+ * No PresenceNotify is sent for device that the client never saw. This can
+ * happen if a malloc fails during the addition of master devices. If
+ * dev->init is FALSE it means the client never received a DeviceAdded event,
+ * so let's not send a DeviceRemoved event either.
+ *
+ * @param sendevent True if an XI2 event should be sent.
+ */
+int
+RemoveDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, BOOL sendevent)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr prev,tmp,next;
+ int ret = BadMatch;
+ ScreenPtr screen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+ int deviceid;
+ int initialized;
+ int flags[MAXDEVICES] = {0};
+
+ DebugF("(dix) removing device %d\n", dev->id);
+
+ if (!dev || dev == inputInfo.keyboard || dev == inputInfo.pointer)
+ return BadImplementation;
+
+ initialized = dev->inited;
+ deviceid = dev->id;
+
+ if (initialized)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(dev))
+ screen->DisplayCursor(dev, screen, NullCursor);
+
+ DisableDevice(dev, sendevent);
+ flags[dev->id] = XIDeviceDisabled;
+ }
+
+ prev = NULL;
+ for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
+ next = tmp->next;
+ if (tmp == dev) {
+
+ if (prev==NULL)
+ inputInfo.devices = next;
+ else
+ prev->next = next;
+
+ flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
+ CloseDevice(tmp);
+ ret = Success;
+ }
+ }
+
+ prev = NULL;
+ for (tmp = inputInfo.off_devices; tmp; (prev = tmp), (tmp = next)) {
+ next = tmp->next;
+ if (tmp == dev) {
+ flags[tmp->id] = IsMaster(tmp) ? XIMasterRemoved : XISlaveRemoved;
+ CloseDevice(tmp);
+
+ if (prev == NULL)
+ inputInfo.off_devices = next;
+ else
+ prev->next = next;
+
+ ret = Success;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ret == Success && initialized) {
+ inputInfo.numDevices--;
+ SendDevicePresenceEvent(deviceid, DeviceRemoved);
+ if (sendevent)
+ XISendDeviceHierarchyEvent(flags);
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int
+NumMotionEvents(void)
+{
+ /* only called to fill data in initial connection reply.
+ * VCP is ok here, it is the only fixed device we have. */
+ return inputInfo.pointer->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+}
+
+int
+dixLookupDevice(DeviceIntPtr *pDev, int id, ClientPtr client, Mask access_mode)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ int rc;
+ *pDev = NULL;
+
+ for (dev=inputInfo.devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
+ if (dev->id == id)
+ goto found;
+ }
+ for (dev=inputInfo.off_devices; dev; dev=dev->next) {
+ if (dev->id == id)
+ goto found;
+ }
+ return BadDevice;
+
+found:
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ *pDev = dev;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+void
+QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(KeyCode *minCode, KeyCode *maxCode)
+{
+ if (inputInfo.keyboard) {
+ *minCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+ *maxCode = inputInfo.keyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Notably, this function does not expand the destination's keycode range, or
+ * notify clients. */
+Bool
+SetKeySymsMap(KeySymsPtr dst, KeySymsPtr src)
+{
+ int i, j;
+ KeySym *tmp;
+ int rowDif = src->minKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode;
+
+ /* if keysym map size changes, grow map first */
+ if (src->mapWidth < dst->mapWidth) {
+ for (i = src->minKeyCode; i <= src->maxKeyCode; i++) {
+#define SI(r, c) (((r - src->minKeyCode) * src->mapWidth) + (c))
+#define DI(r, c) (((r - dst->minKeyCode) * dst->mapWidth) + (c))
+ for (j = 0; j < src->mapWidth; j++)
+ dst->map[DI(i, j)] = src->map[SI(i, j)];
+ for (j = src->mapWidth; j < dst->mapWidth; j++)
+ dst->map[DI(i, j)] = NoSymbol;
+#undef SI
+#undef DI
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (src->mapWidth > dst->mapWidth) {
+ i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
+ (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
+ tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
+ if (!tmp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (dst->map) {
+ for (i = 0; i <= dst->maxKeyCode-dst->minKeyCode; i++)
+ memmove(&tmp[i * src->mapWidth], &dst->map[i * dst->mapWidth],
+ dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
+ free(dst->map);
+ }
+ dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
+ dst->map = tmp;
+ }
+ else if (!dst->map) {
+ i = sizeof(KeySym) * src->mapWidth *
+ (dst->maxKeyCode - dst->minKeyCode + 1);
+ tmp = calloc(sizeof(KeySym), i);
+ if (!tmp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ dst->map = tmp;
+ dst->mapWidth = src->mapWidth;
+ }
+
+ memmove(&dst->map[rowDif * dst->mapWidth], src->map,
+ (src->maxKeyCode - src->minKeyCode + 1) *
+ dst->mapWidth * sizeof(KeySym));
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numButtons, Atom* labels,
+ CARD8 *map)
+{
+ ButtonClassPtr butc;
+ int i;
+
+ butc = calloc(1, sizeof(ButtonClassRec));
+ if (!butc)
+ return FALSE;
+ butc->numButtons = numButtons;
+ butc->sourceid = dev->id;
+ for (i = 1; i <= numButtons; i++)
+ butc->map[i] = map[i];
+ for (i = numButtons + 1; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ butc->map[i] = i;
+ memcpy(butc->labels, labels, numButtons * sizeof(Atom));
+ dev->button = butc;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a valuator class and set up the pointers for the axis values
+ * appropriately.
+ *
+ * @param src If non-NULL, the memory is reallocated from src. If NULL, the
+ * memory is calloc'd.
+ * @parma numAxes Number of axes to allocate.
+ * @return The allocated valuator struct.
+ */
+ValuatorClassPtr
+AllocValuatorClass(ValuatorClassPtr src, int numAxes)
+{
+ ValuatorClassPtr v;
+ /* force alignment with double */
+ union align_u { ValuatorClassRec valc; double d; } *align;
+ int size;
+
+ size = sizeof(union align_u) + numAxes * (sizeof(double) + sizeof(AxisInfo));
+ align = (union align_u *) realloc(src, size);
+
+ if (!align)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (!src)
+ memset(align, 0, size);
+
+ v = &align->valc;
+ v->numAxes = numAxes;
+ v->axisVal = (double*)(align + 1);
+ v->axes = (AxisInfoPtr)(v->axisVal + numAxes);
+
+ return v;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int numAxes, Atom *labels,
+ int numMotionEvents, int mode)
+{
+ int i;
+ ValuatorClassPtr valc;
+
+ if (!dev)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (numAxes > MAX_VALUATORS)
+ {
+ LogMessage(X_WARNING,
+ "Device '%s' has %d axes, only using first %d.\n",
+ dev->name, numAxes, MAX_VALUATORS);
+ numAxes = MAX_VALUATORS;
+ }
+
+ valc = AllocValuatorClass(NULL, numAxes);
+ if (!valc)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ valc->sourceid = dev->id;
+ valc->motion = NULL;
+ valc->first_motion = 0;
+ valc->last_motion = 0;
+
+ valc->numMotionEvents = numMotionEvents;
+ valc->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+
+ if (mode & OutOfProximity)
+ InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(dev);
+
+ dev->valuator = valc;
+
+ AllocateMotionHistory(dev);
+
+ for (i=0; i<numAxes; i++) {
+ InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, i, labels[i], NO_AXIS_LIMITS, NO_AXIS_LIMITS,
+ 0, 0, 0, mode);
+ valc->axisVal[i]=0;
+ }
+
+ dev->last.numValuators = numAxes;
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev) || /* do not accelerate master or xtest devices */
+ IsXTestDevice(dev, NULL))
+ InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelNoOp);
+ else
+ InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, PtrAccelDefault);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* global list of acceleration schemes */
+ValuatorAccelerationRec pointerAccelerationScheme[] = {
+ {PtrAccelNoOp, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL},
+ {PtrAccelPredictable, acceleratePointerPredictable, NULL,
+ InitPredictableAccelerationScheme, AccelerationDefaultCleanup},
+ {PtrAccelLightweight, acceleratePointerLightweight, NULL, NULL, NULL},
+ {-1, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL} /* terminator */
+};
+
+/**
+ * install an acceleration scheme. returns TRUE on success, and should not
+ * change anything if unsuccessful.
+ */
+Bool
+InitPointerAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ int scheme)
+{
+ int x, i = -1;
+ ValuatorClassPtr val;
+
+ val = dev->valuator;
+
+ if (!val)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev) && scheme != PtrAccelNoOp)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ for (x = 0; pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number >= 0; x++) {
+ if(pointerAccelerationScheme[x].number == scheme){
+ i = x;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (-1 == i)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc)
+ val->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
+
+ if (pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc) {
+ if (!pointerAccelerationScheme[i].AccelInitProc(dev,
+ &pointerAccelerationScheme[i])) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ val->accelScheme = pointerAccelerationScheme[i];
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ FocusClassPtr focc;
+
+ focc = malloc(sizeof(FocusClassRec));
+ if (!focc)
+ return FALSE;
+ focc->win = PointerRootWin;
+ focc->revert = None;
+ focc->time = currentTime;
+ focc->trace = (WindowPtr *)NULL;
+ focc->traceSize = 0;
+ focc->traceGood = 0;
+ focc->sourceid = dev->id;
+ dev->focus = focc;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+ PtrFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(PtrFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->ctrl = defaultPointerControl;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->ptrfeed) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
+ dev->ptrfeed = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static LedCtrl defaultLedControl = {
+ DEFAULT_LEDS, DEFAULT_LEDS_MASK, 0};
+
+static BellCtrl defaultBellControl = {
+ DEFAULT_BELL,
+ DEFAULT_BELL_PITCH,
+ DEFAULT_BELL_DURATION,
+ 0};
+
+static IntegerCtrl defaultIntegerControl = {
+ DEFAULT_INT_RESOLUTION,
+ DEFAULT_INT_MIN_VALUE,
+ DEFAULT_INT_MAX_VALUE,
+ DEFAULT_INT_DISPLAYED,
+ 0};
+
+Bool
+InitStringFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, StringCtrlProcPtr controlProc,
+ int max_symbols, int num_symbols_supported, KeySym *symbols)
+{
+ int i;
+ StringFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(StringFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_supported = num_symbols_supported;
+ feedc->ctrl.num_symbols_displayed = 0;
+ feedc->ctrl.max_symbols = max_symbols;
+ feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * num_symbols_supported);
+ feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed = malloc(sizeof (KeySym) * max_symbols);
+ if (!feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported || !feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed)
+ {
+ free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported);
+ free(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed);
+ free(feedc);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ for (i=0; i<num_symbols_supported; i++)
+ *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_supported+i) = *symbols++;
+ for (i=0; i<max_symbols; i++)
+ *(feedc->ctrl.symbols_displayed+i) = (KeySym) 0;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->stringfeed) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->stringfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
+ dev->stringfeed = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitBellFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, BellProcPtr bellProc,
+ BellCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+ BellFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(BellFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->BellProc = bellProc;
+ feedc->ctrl = defaultBellControl;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->bell) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->bell->ctrl.id + 1;
+ dev->bell = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitLedFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, LedCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+ LedFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(LedFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->ctrl = defaultLedControl;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->leds) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->leds->ctrl.id + 1;
+ feedc->xkb_sli= NULL;
+ dev->leds = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitIntegerFeedbackClassDeviceStruct (DeviceIntPtr dev, IntegerCtrlProcPtr controlProc)
+{
+ IntegerFeedbackPtr feedc;
+
+ feedc = malloc(sizeof(IntegerFeedbackClassRec));
+ if (!feedc)
+ return FALSE;
+ feedc->CtrlProc = controlProc;
+ feedc->ctrl = defaultIntegerControl;
+ feedc->ctrl.id = 0;
+ if ( (feedc->next = dev->intfeed) )
+ feedc->ctrl.id = dev->intfeed->ctrl.id + 1;
+ dev->intfeed = feedc;
+ (*controlProc)(dev, &feedc->ctrl);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+InitPointerDeviceStruct(DevicePtr device, CARD8 *map, int numButtons, Atom* btn_labels,
+ PtrCtrlProcPtr controlProc, int numMotionEvents,
+ int numAxes, Atom *axes_labels)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = (DeviceIntPtr)device;
+
+ return(InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(dev, numButtons, btn_labels, map) &&
+ InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(dev, numAxes, axes_labels,
+ numMotionEvents, Relative) &&
+ InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(dev, controlProc));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check if the given buffer contains elements between low (inclusive) and
+ * high (inclusive) only.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the device map is invalid, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+BadDeviceMap(BYTE *buff, int length, unsigned low, unsigned high, XID *errval)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
+ if (buff[i]) /* only check non-zero elements */
+ {
+ if ((low > buff[i]) || (high < buff[i]))
+ {
+ *errval = buff[i];
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xSetModifierMappingReply rep;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xSetModifierMappingReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetModifierMappingReq);
+
+ if (client->req_len != ((stuff->numKeyPerModifier << 1) +
+ bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReq))))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ rc = change_modmap(client, PickKeyboard(client), (KeyCode *)&stuff[1],
+ stuff->numKeyPerModifier);
+ if (rc == MappingFailed || rc == -1)
+ return BadValue;
+ if (rc != Success && rc != MappingSuccess && rc != MappingFailed &&
+ rc != MappingBusy)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.success = rc;
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetModifierMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGetModifierMappingReply rep;
+ int max_keys_per_mod = 0;
+ KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ generate_modkeymap(client, PickKeyboard(client), &modkeymap,
+ &max_keys_per_mod);
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.numKeyPerModifier = max_keys_per_mod;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ /* length counts 4 byte quantities - there are 8 modifiers 1 byte big */
+ rep.length = max_keys_per_mod << 1;
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetModifierMappingReply), &rep);
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, max_keys_per_mod * 8, (char *) modkeymap);
+
+ free(modkeymap);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
+ unsigned len;
+ KeySymsRec keysyms;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev, tmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq);
+
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeKeyboardMappingReq));
+ if (len != (stuff->keyCodes * stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ pDev = PickKeyboard(client);
+
+ if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->firstKeyCode > pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+ return BadValue;
+
+ }
+ if (((unsigned)(stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1) >
+ pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode == 0)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ keysyms.minKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+ keysyms.maxKeyCode = stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->keyCodes - 1;
+ keysyms.mapWidth = stuff->keySymsPerKeyCode;
+ keysyms.map = (KeySym *) &stuff[1];
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ XkbApplyMappingChange(pDev, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
+ stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
+
+ for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
+ if (IsMaster(tmp) || GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) != pDev)
+ continue;
+ if (!tmp->key)
+ continue;
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ continue;
+
+ XkbApplyMappingChange(tmp, &keysyms, stuff->firstKeyCode,
+ stuff->keyCodes, NULL, client);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ BYTE *map;
+ int ret;
+ int i, j;
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ xSetPointerMappingReply rep;
+ REQUEST(xSetPointerMappingReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetPointerMappingReq);
+
+ if (client->req_len !=
+ bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReq) + stuff->nElts))
+ return BadLength;
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.success = MappingSuccess;
+ map = (BYTE *)&stuff[1];
+
+ /* So we're bounded here by the number of core buttons. This check
+ * probably wants disabling through XFixes. */
+ /* MPX: With ClientPointer, we can return the right number of buttons.
+ * Let's just hope nobody changed ClientPointer between GetPointerMapping
+ * and SetPointerMapping
+ */
+ if (stuff->nElts != ptr->button->numButtons) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->nElts;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ /* Core protocol specs don't allow for duplicate mappings; this check
+ * almost certainly wants disabling through XFixes too. */
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->nElts; i++) {
+ for (j = i + 1; j < stuff->nElts; j++) {
+ if (map[i] && map[i] == map[j]) {
+ client->errorValue = map[i];
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ ret = ApplyPointerMapping(ptr, map, stuff->nElts, client);
+ if (ret == MappingBusy)
+ rep.success = ret;
+ else if (ret == -1)
+ return BadValue;
+ else if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xSetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetKeyboardMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGetKeyboardMappingReply rep;
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ XkbDescPtr xkb;
+ KeySymsPtr syms;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetKeyboardMappingReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ xkb = kbd->key->xkbInfo->desc;
+
+ if ((stuff->firstKeyCode < xkb->min_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->firstKeyCode > xkb->max_key_code)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->firstKeyCode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->firstKeyCode + stuff->count > xkb->max_key_code + 1) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->count;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ syms = XkbGetCoreMap(kbd);
+ if (!syms)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.keySymsPerKeyCode = syms->mapWidth;
+ /* length is a count of 4 byte quantities and KeySyms are 4 bytes */
+ rep.length = syms->mapWidth * stuff->count;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardMappingReply), &rep);
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) CopySwap32Write;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client,
+ syms->mapWidth * stuff->count * sizeof(KeySym),
+ &syms->map[syms->mapWidth * (stuff->firstKeyCode -
+ syms->minKeyCode)]);
+ free(syms->map);
+ free(syms);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetPointerMapping(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGetPointerMappingReply rep;
+ /* Apps may get different values each time they call GetPointerMapping as
+ * the ClientPointer could change. */
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ ButtonClassPtr butc = ptr->button;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.nElts = (butc) ? butc->numButtons : 0;
+ rep.length = ((unsigned)rep.nElts + (4-1))/4;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetPointerMappingReply), &rep);
+ if (butc)
+ WriteToClient(client, (int)rep.nElts, (char *)&butc->map[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+NoteLedState(DeviceIntPtr keybd, int led, Bool on)
+{
+ KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
+ if (on)
+ ctrl->leds |= ((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
+ else
+ ctrl->leds &= ~((Leds)1 << (led - 1));
+}
+
+int
+Ones(unsigned long mask) /* HACKMEM 169 */
+{
+ unsigned long y;
+
+ y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333;
+ y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333);
+ return (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077);
+}
+
+static int
+DoChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr keybd, XID *vlist,
+ BITS32 vmask)
+{
+#define DO_ALL (-1)
+ KeybdCtrl ctrl;
+ int t;
+ int led = DO_ALL;
+ int key = DO_ALL;
+ BITS32 index2;
+ int mask = vmask, i;
+ XkbEventCauseRec cause;
+
+ ctrl = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
+ while (vmask) {
+ index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (vmask);
+ vmask &= ~index2;
+ switch (index2) {
+ case KBKeyClickPercent:
+ t = *vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == -1) {
+ t = defaultKeyboardControl.click;
+ }
+ else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ ctrl.click = t;
+ break;
+ case KBBellPercent:
+ t = (INT8)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == -1) {
+ t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell;
+ }
+ else if (t < 0 || t > 100) {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ ctrl.bell = t;
+ break;
+ case KBBellPitch:
+ t = (INT16)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == -1) {
+ t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_pitch;
+ }
+ else if (t < 0) {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ ctrl.bell_pitch = t;
+ break;
+ case KBBellDuration:
+ t = (INT16)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == -1)
+ t = defaultKeyboardControl.bell_duration;
+ else if (t < 0) {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ ctrl.bell_duration = t;
+ break;
+ case KBLed:
+ led = (CARD8)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (led < 1 || led > 32) {
+ client->errorValue = led;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (!(mask & KBLedMode))
+ return BadMatch;
+ break;
+ case KBLedMode:
+ t = (CARD8)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (t == LedModeOff) {
+ if (led == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.leds = 0x0;
+ else
+ ctrl.leds &= ~(((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
+ }
+ else if (t == LedModeOn) {
+ if (led == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.leds = ~0L;
+ else
+ ctrl.leds |= (((Leds)(1)) << (led - 1));
+ }
+ else {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ XkbSetCauseCoreReq(&cause,X_ChangeKeyboardControl,client);
+ XkbSetIndicators(keybd,((led == DO_ALL) ? ~0L : (1L<<(led-1))),
+ ctrl.leds, &cause);
+ ctrl.leds = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.leds;
+
+ break;
+ case KBKey:
+ key = (KeyCode)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if ((KeyCode)key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code ||
+ (KeyCode)key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) {
+ client->errorValue = key;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (!(mask & KBAutoRepeatMode))
+ return BadMatch;
+ break;
+ case KBAutoRepeatMode:
+ i = (key >> 3);
+ mask = (1 << (key & 7));
+ t = (CARD8)*vlist;
+ vlist++;
+ if (key != DO_ALL)
+ XkbDisableComputedAutoRepeats(keybd,key);
+ if (t == AutoRepeatModeOff) {
+ if (key == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.autoRepeat = FALSE;
+ else
+ ctrl.autoRepeats[i] &= ~mask;
+ }
+ else if (t == AutoRepeatModeOn) {
+ if (key == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.autoRepeat = TRUE;
+ else
+ ctrl.autoRepeats[i] |= mask;
+ }
+ else if (t == AutoRepeatModeDefault) {
+ if (key == DO_ALL)
+ ctrl.autoRepeat = defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeat;
+ else
+ ctrl.autoRepeats[i] =
+ (ctrl.autoRepeats[i] & ~mask) |
+ (defaultKeyboardControl.autoRepeats[i] & mask);
+ }
+ else {
+ client->errorValue = t;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+ keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
+
+ /* The XKB RepeatKeys control and core protocol global autorepeat */
+ /* value are linked */
+ XkbSetRepeatKeys(keybd, key, keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat);
+
+ return Success;
+
+#undef DO_ALL
+}
+
+/**
+ * Changes kbd control on the ClientPointer and all attached SDs.
+ */
+int
+ProcChangeKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ XID *vlist;
+ BITS32 vmask;
+ int ret = Success, error = Success;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL, keyboard;
+ REQUEST(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeKeyboardControlReq);
+
+ vmask = stuff->mask;
+ vlist = (XID *)&stuff[1];
+
+ if (client->req_len != (sizeof(xChangeKeyboardControlReq)>>2)+Ones(vmask))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
+
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
+ if ((pDev == keyboard ||
+ (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
+ && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
+ ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, pDev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next) {
+ if ((pDev == keyboard ||
+ (!IsMaster(pDev) && GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keyboard))
+ && pDev->kbdfeed && pDev->kbdfeed->CtrlProc) {
+ ret = DoChangeKeyboardControl(client, pDev, vlist, vmask);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ error = ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetKeyboardControl (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc, i;
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ KeybdCtrl *ctrl = &kbd->kbdfeed->ctrl;
+ xGetKeyboardControlReply rep;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 5;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.globalAutoRepeat = ctrl->autoRepeat;
+ rep.keyClickPercent = ctrl->click;
+ rep.bellPercent = ctrl->bell;
+ rep.bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;
+ rep.bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration;
+ rep.ledMask = ctrl->leds;
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+ rep.map[i] = ctrl->autoRepeats[i];
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetKeyboardControlReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcBell(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ int base = keybd->kbdfeed->ctrl.bell;
+ int newpercent;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xBellReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xBellReq);
+
+ if (stuff->percent < -100 || stuff->percent > 100) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->percent;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ newpercent = (base * stuff->percent) / 100;
+ if (stuff->percent < 0)
+ newpercent = base + newpercent;
+ else
+ newpercent = base - newpercent + stuff->percent;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ if ((dev == keybd ||
+ (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == keybd)) &&
+ dev->kbdfeed && dev->kbdfeed->BellProc) {
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixBellAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ XkbHandleBell(FALSE, FALSE, dev, newpercent,
+ &dev->kbdfeed->ctrl, 0, None, NULL, client);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangePointerControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, mouse = PickPointer(client);
+ PtrCtrl ctrl; /* might get BadValue part way through */
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xChangePointerControlReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangePointerControlReq);
+
+ ctrl = mouse->ptrfeed->ctrl;
+ if ((stuff->doAccel != xTrue) && (stuff->doAccel != xFalse)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->doAccel;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->doThresh != xTrue) && (stuff->doThresh != xFalse)) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->doThresh;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->doAccel) {
+ if (stuff->accelNum == -1) {
+ ctrl.num = defaultPointerControl.num;
+ }
+ else if (stuff->accelNum < 0) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->accelNum;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ else {
+ ctrl.num = stuff->accelNum;
+ }
+
+ if (stuff->accelDenum == -1) {
+ ctrl.den = defaultPointerControl.den;
+ }
+ else if (stuff->accelDenum <= 0) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->accelDenum;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ else {
+ ctrl.den = stuff->accelDenum;
+ }
+ }
+ if (stuff->doThresh) {
+ if (stuff->threshold == -1) {
+ ctrl.threshold = defaultPointerControl.threshold;
+ }
+ else if (stuff->threshold < 0) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->threshold;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ else {
+ ctrl.threshold = stuff->threshold;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ if ((dev == mouse ||
+ (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
+ dev->ptrfeed) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ if ((dev == mouse ||
+ (!IsMaster(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER) == mouse)) &&
+ dev->ptrfeed) {
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl = ctrl;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetPointerControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ PtrCtrl *ctrl = &ptr->ptrfeed->ctrl;
+ xGetPointerControlReply rep;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.threshold = ctrl->threshold;
+ rep.accelNumerator = ctrl->num;
+ rep.accelDenominator = ctrl->den;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGenericReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+MaybeStopHint(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ if ((grab && SameClient(grab, client) &&
+ ((grab->eventMask & PointerMotionHintMask) ||
+ (grab->ownerEvents &&
+ (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
+ PointerMotionHintMask)))) ||
+ (!grab &&
+ (EventMaskForClient(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow, client) &
+ PointerMotionHintMask)))
+ dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetMotionEvents(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ xTimecoord * coords = (xTimecoord *) NULL;
+ xGetMotionEventsReply rep;
+ int i, count, xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, rc;
+ unsigned long nEvents;
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
+ TimeStamp start, stop;
+ REQUEST(xGetMotionEventsReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetMotionEventsReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
+ MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ nEvents = 0;
+ start = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->start);
+ stop = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->stop);
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(start, stop) != LATER) &&
+ (CompareTimeStamps(start, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+ mouse->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+ {
+ if (CompareTimeStamps(stop, currentTime) == LATER)
+ stop = currentTime;
+ count = GetMotionHistory(mouse, &coords, start.milliseconds,
+ stop.milliseconds, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
+ TRUE);
+ xmin = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ xmax = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
+ wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ ymin = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ ymax = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
+ wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ if ((xmin <= coords[i].x) && (coords[i].x < xmax) &&
+ (ymin <= coords[i].y) && (coords[i].y < ymax))
+ {
+ coords[nEvents].time = coords[i].time;
+ coords[nEvents].x = coords[i].x - pWin->drawable.x;
+ coords[nEvents].y = coords[i].y - pWin->drawable.y;
+ nEvents++;
+ }
+ }
+ rep.length = nEvents * bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xTimecoord));
+ rep.nEvents = nEvents;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetMotionEventsReply), &rep);
+ if (nEvents)
+ {
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SwapTimeCoordWrite;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nEvents * sizeof(xTimecoord),
+ (char *)coords);
+ }
+ free(coords);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryKeymap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xQueryKeymapReply rep;
+ int rc, i;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ CARD8 *down = keybd->key->down;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 2;
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
+ return rc;
+
+ for (i = 0; i<32; i++)
+ rep.map[i] = down[i];
+
+ if (rc == BadAccess)
+ memset(rep.map, 0, 32);
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryKeymapReply), &rep);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Recalculate the number of buttons for the master device. The number of
+ * buttons on the master device is equal to the number of buttons on the
+ * slave device with the highest number of buttons.
+ */
+static void
+RecalculateMasterButtons(DeviceIntPtr slave)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, master;
+ int maxbuttons = 0;
+
+ if (!slave->button || IsMaster(slave))
+ return;
+
+ master = GetMaster(slave, MASTER_POINTER);
+ if (!master)
+ return;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(dev) ||
+ GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED) != master ||
+ !dev->button)
+ continue;
+
+ maxbuttons = max(maxbuttons, dev->button->numButtons);
+ }
+
+ if (master->button && master->button->numButtons != maxbuttons)
+ {
+ int i;
+ DeviceChangedEvent event;
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
+
+ master->button->numButtons = maxbuttons;
+
+ event.header = ET_Internal;
+ event.type = ET_DeviceChanged;
+ event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+ event.deviceid = master->id;
+ event.flags = DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT | DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE;
+ event.buttons.num_buttons = maxbuttons;
+ memcpy(&event.buttons.names, master->button->labels, maxbuttons *
+ sizeof(Atom));
+
+ if (master->valuator)
+ {
+ event.num_valuators = master->valuator->numAxes;
+ for (i = 0; i < event.num_valuators; i++)
+ {
+ event.valuators[i].min = master->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
+ event.valuators[i].max = master->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
+ event.valuators[i].resolution = master->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
+ event.valuators[i].mode = master->valuator->axes[i].mode;
+ event.valuators[i].name = master->valuator->axes[i].label;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (master->key)
+ {
+ event.keys.min_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+ event.keys.max_keycode = master->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+ }
+
+ XISendDeviceChangedEvent(master, master, &event);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate release events for all keys/button currently down on this
+ * device.
+ */
+void
+ReleaseButtonsAndKeys(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ InternalEvent* eventlist = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
+ ButtonClassPtr b = dev->button;
+ KeyClassPtr k = dev->key;
+ int i, j, nevents;
+
+ if (!eventlist) /* no release events for you */
+ return;
+
+ /* Release all buttons */
+ for (i = 0; b && i < b->numButtons; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(b->down, i))
+ {
+ nevents = GetPointerEvents(eventlist, dev, ButtonRelease, i, 0, NULL);
+ for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
+ mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Release all keys */
+ for (i = 0; k && i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(k->down, i))
+ {
+ nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(eventlist, dev, KeyRelease, i, NULL);
+ for (j = 0; j < nevents; j++)
+ mieqProcessDeviceEvent(dev, &eventlist[j], NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ FreeEventList(eventlist, GetMaximumEventsNum());
+}
+
+/**
+ * Attach device 'dev' to device 'master'.
+ * Client is set to the client that issued the request, or NULL if it comes
+ * from some internal automatic pairing.
+ *
+ * Master may be NULL to set the device floating.
+ *
+ * We don't allow multi-layer hierarchies right now. You can't attach a slave
+ * to another slave.
+ */
+int
+AttachDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr master)
+{
+ ScreenPtr screen;
+ DeviceIntPtr oldmaster;
+ if (!dev || IsMaster(dev))
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ if (master && !IsMaster(master)) /* can't attach to slaves */
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ /* set from floating to floating? */
+ if (IsFloating(dev) && !master && dev->enabled)
+ return Success;
+
+ /* free the existing sprite. */
+ if (IsFloating(dev) && dev->spriteInfo->paired == dev)
+ {
+ screen = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+ screen->DeviceCursorCleanup(dev, screen);
+ free(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
+ }
+
+ oldmaster = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
+ dev->master = master;
+
+ /* If device is set to floating, we need to create a sprite for it,
+ * otherwise things go bad. However, we don't want to render the cursor,
+ * so we reset spriteOwner.
+ * Sprite has to be forced to NULL first, otherwise InitializeSprite won't
+ * alloc new memory but overwrite the previous one.
+ */
+ if (!master)
+ {
+ WindowPtr currentRoot;
+
+ if (dev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ currentRoot = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
+ else /* new device auto-set to floating */
+ currentRoot = screenInfo.screens[0]->root;
+
+ /* we need to init a fake sprite */
+ screen = currentRoot->drawable.pScreen;
+ screen->DeviceCursorInitialize(dev, screen);
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite = NULL;
+ InitializeSprite(dev, currentRoot);
+ dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+ dev->spriteInfo->paired = dev;
+ } else
+ {
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite = master->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ dev->spriteInfo->paired = master;
+ dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+
+ RecalculateMasterButtons(master);
+ }
+
+ /* XXX: in theory, the MD should change back to its old, original
+ * classes when the last SD is detached. Thanks to the XTEST devices,
+ * we'll always have an SD attached until the MD is removed.
+ * So let's not worry about that.
+ */
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the device paired with the given device or NULL.
+ * Returns the device paired with the parent master if the given device is a
+ * slave device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+GetPairedDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ dev = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED);
+
+ return dev->spriteInfo->paired;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns the right master for the type of event needed. If the event is a
+ * keyboard event.
+ * This function may be called with a master device as argument. If so, the
+ * returned master is either the device itself or the paired master device.
+ * If dev is a floating slave device, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * @type ::MASTER_KEYBOARD or ::MASTER_POINTER or ::MASTER_ATTACHED
+ * @return The requested master device. In the case of MASTER_ATTACHED, this
+ * is the directly attached master to this device, regardless of the type.
+ * Otherwise, it is either the master keyboard or pointer for this device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+GetMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev, int which)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr master;
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ master = dev;
+ else
+ master = dev->master;
+
+ if (master && which != MASTER_ATTACHED)
+ {
+ if (which == MASTER_KEYBOARD)
+ {
+ if (master->type != MASTER_KEYBOARD)
+ master = GetPairedDevice(master);
+ } else
+ {
+ if (master->type != MASTER_POINTER)
+ master = GetPairedDevice(master);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return master;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device pair (== one pointer, one keyboard device).
+ * Only allocates the devices, you will need to call ActivateDevice() and
+ * EnableDevice() manually.
+ * Either a master or a slave device can be created depending on
+ * the value for master.
+ */
+int
+AllocDevicePair (ClientPtr client, char* name,
+ DeviceIntPtr* ptr,
+ DeviceIntPtr* keybd,
+ DeviceProc ptr_proc,
+ DeviceProc keybd_proc,
+ Bool master)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pointer;
+ DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
+ *ptr = *keybd = NULL;
+
+ pointer = AddInputDevice(client, ptr_proc, TRUE);
+ if (!pointer)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ if (asprintf(&pointer->name, "%s pointer", name) == -1) {
+ pointer->name = NULL;
+ RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ pointer->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ pointer->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ XkbSetExtension(pointer, ProcessPointerEvent);
+ pointer->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivatePointerGrab;
+ pointer->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivatePointerGrab;
+ pointer->coreEvents = TRUE;
+ pointer->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
+
+ pointer->lastSlave = NULL;
+ pointer->last.slave = NULL;
+ pointer->type = (master) ? MASTER_POINTER : SLAVE;
+
+ keyboard = AddInputDevice(client, keybd_proc, TRUE);
+ if (!keyboard)
+ {
+ RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ if (asprintf(&keyboard->name, "%s keyboard", name) == -1) {
+ keyboard->name = NULL;
+ RemoveDevice(keyboard, FALSE);
+ RemoveDevice(pointer, FALSE);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ keyboard->public.processInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ keyboard->public.realInputProc = ProcessOtherEvent;
+ XkbSetExtension(keyboard, ProcessKeyboardEvent);
+ keyboard->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab = ActivateKeyboardGrab;
+ keyboard->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab = DeactivateKeyboardGrab;
+ keyboard->coreEvents = TRUE;
+ keyboard->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
+
+ keyboard->lastSlave = NULL;
+ keyboard->last.slave = NULL;
+ keyboard->type = (master) ? MASTER_KEYBOARD : SLAVE;
+
+ /* The ClassesRec stores the device classes currently not used. */
+ pointer->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
+ keyboard->unused_classes = calloc(1, sizeof(ClassesRec));
+
+ *ptr = pointer;
+ *keybd = keyboard;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return Relative or Absolute for the device.
+ */
+int valuator_get_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis)
+{
+ return (dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode & DeviceMode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the given mode for the axis. If axis is VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES, then
+ * set the mode for all axes.
+ */
+void valuator_set_mode(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axis, int mode)
+{
+ if (axis != VALUATOR_MODE_ALL_AXES)
+ dev->valuator->axes[axis].mode = mode;
+ else {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < dev->valuator->numAxes; i++)
+ dev->valuator->axes[i].mode = mode;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c
index 14775c35c..b2820ebf1 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c
@@ -1,3958 +1,3958 @@
-/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:
- * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#include <version-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CreateWindow
-#undef CreateWindow
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX_DEBUG
-#include <stdio.h>
-int ProcInitialConnection();
-#endif
-
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>
-#include "dixfontstr.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "selection.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "dispatch.h"
-#include "swaprep.h"
-#include "swapreq.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "site.h"
-#include "client.h"
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
-#include "registry.h"
-#include <sys/types.h>
-typedef const char *string;
-#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
-#endif
-
-#define mskcnt ((MAXCLIENTS + 31) / 32)
-#define BITMASK(i) (1U << ((i) & 31))
-#define MASKIDX(i) ((i) >> 5)
-#define MASKWORD(buf, i) buf[MASKIDX(i)]
-#define BITSET(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) |= BITMASK(i)
-#define BITCLEAR(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) &= ~BITMASK(i)
-#define GETBIT(buf, i) (MASKWORD(buf, i) & BITMASK(i))
-
-xConnSetupPrefix connSetupPrefix;
-
-PaddingInfo PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[33];
-
-static ClientPtr grabClient;
-#define GrabNone 0
-#define GrabActive 1
-#define GrabKickout 2
-static int grabState = GrabNone;
-static long grabWaiters[mskcnt];
-CallbackListPtr ServerGrabCallback = NULL;
-HWEventQueuePtr checkForInput[2];
-int connBlockScreenStart;
-
-static void KillAllClients(void);
-
-static int nextFreeClientID; /* always MIN free client ID */
-
-static int nClients; /* number of authorized clients */
-
-CallbackListPtr ClientStateCallback;
-
-/* dispatchException & isItTimeToYield must be declared volatile since they
- * are modified by signal handlers - otherwise optimizer may assume it doesn't
- * need to actually check value in memory when used and may miss changes from
- * signal handlers.
- */
-volatile char dispatchException = 0;
-volatile char isItTimeToYield;
-
-#define SAME_SCREENS(a, b) (\
- (a.pScreen == b.pScreen))
-
-void
-SetInputCheck(HWEventQueuePtr c0, HWEventQueuePtr c1)
-{
- checkForInput[0] = c0;
- checkForInput[1] = c1;
-}
-
-void
-UpdateCurrentTime(void)
-{
- TimeStamp systime;
-
- /* To avoid time running backwards, we must call GetTimeInMillis before
- * calling ProcessInputEvents.
- */
- systime.months = currentTime.months;
- systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
- if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)
- systime.months++;
- if (*checkForInput[0] != *checkForInput[1])
- ProcessInputEvents();
- if (CompareTimeStamps(systime, currentTime) == LATER)
- currentTime = systime;
-}
-
-/* Like UpdateCurrentTime, but can't call ProcessInputEvents */
-void
-UpdateCurrentTimeIf(void)
-{
- TimeStamp systime;
-
- systime.months = currentTime.months;
- systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
- if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)
- systime.months++;
- if (*checkForInput[0] == *checkForInput[1])
- currentTime = systime;
-}
-
-
-#undef SMART_DEBUG
-
-#define SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL 20 /* ms */
-#define SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE 200 /* ms */
-
-Bool SmartScheduleDisable = FALSE;
-long SmartScheduleSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;
-long SmartScheduleInterval = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;
-long SmartScheduleMaxSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE;
-long SmartScheduleTime;
-int SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
-static ClientPtr SmartLastClient;
-static int SmartLastIndex[SMART_MAX_PRIORITY-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY+1];
-
-#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
-long SmartLastPrint;
-#endif
-
-void Dispatch(void);
-
-static int
-SmartScheduleClient (int *clientReady, int nready)
-{
- ClientPtr pClient;
- int i;
- int client;
- int bestPrio, best = 0;
- int bestRobin, robin;
- long now = SmartScheduleTime;
- long idle;
-
- bestPrio = -0x7fffffff;
- bestRobin = 0;
- idle = 2 * SmartScheduleSlice;
- for (i = 0; i < nready; i++)
- {
- client = clientReady[i];
- pClient = clients[client];
- /* Praise clients which are idle */
- if ((now - pClient->smart_check_tick) >= idle)
- {
- if (pClient->smart_priority < 0)
- pClient->smart_priority++;
- }
- pClient->smart_check_tick = now;
-
- /* check priority to select best client */
- robin = (pClient->index - SmartLastIndex[pClient->smart_priority-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY]) & 0xff;
- if (pClient->smart_priority > bestPrio ||
- (pClient->smart_priority == bestPrio && robin > bestRobin))
- {
- bestPrio = pClient->smart_priority;
- bestRobin = robin;
- best = client;
- }
-#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
- if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)
- fprintf (stderr, " %2d: %3d", client, pClient->smart_priority);
-#endif
- }
-#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
- if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, " use %2d\n", best);
- SmartLastPrint = now;
- }
-#endif
- pClient = clients[best];
- SmartLastIndex[bestPrio-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY] = pClient->index;
- /*
- * Set current client pointer
- */
- if (SmartLastClient != pClient)
- {
- pClient->smart_start_tick = now;
- SmartLastClient = pClient;
- }
- /*
- * Adjust slice
- */
- if (nready == 1 && SmartScheduleLatencyLimited == 0)
- {
- /*
- * If it's been a long time since another client
- * has run, bump the slice up to get maximal
- * performance from a single client
- */
- if ((now - pClient->smart_start_tick) > 1000 &&
- SmartScheduleSlice < SmartScheduleMaxSlice)
- {
- SmartScheduleSlice += SmartScheduleInterval;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
- }
- return best;
-}
-
-void
-EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)
-{
- ++SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;
- SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
-}
-
-void
-DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)
-{
- --SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;
-
- /* protect against bugs */
- if (SmartScheduleLatencyLimited < 0)
- SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
-}
-
-#define MAJOROP ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType
-
-void
-Dispatch(void)
-{
- int *clientReady; /* array of request ready clients */
- int result;
- ClientPtr client;
- int nready;
- HWEventQueuePtr* icheck = checkForInput;
- long start_tick;
-
- nextFreeClientID = 1;
- nClients = 0;
-
- clientReady = malloc(sizeof(int) * MaxClients);
- if (!clientReady)
- return;
-
- SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
- while (!dispatchException)
- {
- if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])
- {
- ProcessInputEvents();
- FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();
- }
-
- nready = WaitForSomething(clientReady);
-
- if (nready && !SmartScheduleDisable)
- {
- clientReady[0] = SmartScheduleClient (clientReady, nready);
- nready = 1;
- }
- /*****************
- * Handle events in round robin fashion, doing input between
- * each round
- *****************/
-
- while (!dispatchException && (--nready >= 0))
- {
- client = clients[clientReady[nready]];
- if (! client)
- {
- /* KillClient can cause this to happen */
- continue;
- }
- /* GrabServer activation can cause this to be true */
- if (grabState == GrabKickout)
- {
- grabState = GrabActive;
- break;
- }
- isItTimeToYield = FALSE;
-
- start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- while (!isItTimeToYield)
- {
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- CARD8 StartMajorOp;
-#endif
- if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])
- ProcessInputEvents();
-
- FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();
- if (!SmartScheduleDisable &&
- (SmartScheduleTime - start_tick) >= SmartScheduleSlice)
- {
- /* Penalize clients which consume ticks */
- if (client->smart_priority > SMART_MIN_PRIORITY)
- client->smart_priority--;
- break;
- }
- /* now, finally, deal with client requests */
-
- result = ReadRequestFromClient(client);
- if (result <= 0)
- {
- if (result < 0)
- CloseDownClient(client);
- break;
- }
-
- client->sequence++;
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- StartMajorOp=MAJOROP;
- XSERVER_REQUEST_START(LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp), StartMajorOp,
- ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->length,
- client->index, client->requestBuffer);
-#endif
- if (result > (maxBigRequestSize << 2))
- result = BadLength;
- else {
- result = XaceHookDispatch(client, MAJOROP);
- if (result == Success)
- result = (* client->requestVector[MAJOROP])(client);
- XaceHookAuditEnd(client, result);
- }
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- if (result!=Success)
- {
- char Message[255];
- sprintf(Message,"ERROR: %s (0x%x)",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),client->errorValue);
- XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,
- client->sequence, client->index, result);
- }
- else
- {
- if (StartMajorOp!=MAJOROP)
- {
- char Message[255];
- sprintf(Message,"Changed request: %s -> %s",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),LookupMajorName(MAJOROP));
- XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,
- client->sequence, client->index, result);
- }
- else
- {
- XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(LookupMajorName(MAJOROP), MAJOROP,
- client->sequence, client->index, result);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- if (client->noClientException != Success)
- {
- CloseDownClient(client);
- break;
- }
- else if (result != Success)
- {
- SendErrorToClient(client, MAJOROP,
- MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client),
- client->errorValue, result);
- break;
- }
- }
- FlushAllOutput();
- client = clients[clientReady[nready]];
- if (client)
- client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- }
- dispatchException &= ~DE_PRIORITYCHANGE;
- }
-#if defined(DDXBEFORERESET)
- ddxBeforeReset ();
-#endif
- KillAllClients();
- free(clientReady);
- dispatchException &= ~DE_RESET;
- SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
-}
-
-#undef MAJOROP
-
-static int VendorRelease = VENDOR_RELEASE;
-static char *VendorString = VENDOR_NAME;
-
-static const int padlength[4] = {0, 3, 2, 1};
-
-void
-SetVendorRelease(int release)
-{
- VendorRelease = release;
-}
-
-void
-SetVendorString(char *string)
-{
- VendorString = string;
-}
-
-Bool
-CreateConnectionBlock(void)
-{
- xConnSetup setup;
- xWindowRoot root;
- xDepth depth;
- xVisualType visual;
- xPixmapFormat format;
- unsigned long vid;
- int i, j, k,
- lenofblock,
- sizesofar = 0;
- char *pBuf;
-
-
- memset(&setup, 0, sizeof(xConnSetup));
- /* Leave off the ridBase and ridMask, these must be sent with
- connection */
-
- setup.release = VendorRelease;
- /*
- * per-server image and bitmap parameters are defined in Xmd.h
- */
- setup.imageByteOrder = screenInfo.imageByteOrder;
-
- setup.bitmapScanlineUnit = screenInfo.bitmapScanlineUnit;
- setup.bitmapScanlinePad = screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad;
-
- setup.bitmapBitOrder = screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder;
- setup.motionBufferSize = NumMotionEvents();
- setup.numRoots = screenInfo.numScreens;
- setup.nbytesVendor = strlen(VendorString);
- setup.numFormats = screenInfo.numPixmapFormats;
- setup.maxRequestSize = MAX_REQUEST_SIZE;
- QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&setup.minKeyCode, &setup.maxKeyCode);
-
- lenofblock = sizeof(xConnSetup) +
- pad_to_int32(setup.nbytesVendor) +
- (setup.numFormats * sizeof(xPixmapFormat)) +
- (setup.numRoots * sizeof(xWindowRoot));
- ConnectionInfo = malloc(lenofblock);
- if (!ConnectionInfo)
- return FALSE;
-
- memmove(ConnectionInfo, (char *)&setup, sizeof(xConnSetup));
- sizesofar = sizeof(xConnSetup);
- pBuf = ConnectionInfo + sizeof(xConnSetup);
-
- memmove(pBuf, VendorString, (int)setup.nbytesVendor);
- sizesofar += setup.nbytesVendor;
- pBuf += setup.nbytesVendor;
- i = padlength[setup.nbytesVendor & 3];
- sizesofar += i;
- while (--i >= 0)
- *pBuf++ = 0;
-
- memset(&format, 0, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));
- for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; i++)
- {
- format.depth = screenInfo.formats[i].depth;
- format.bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[i].bitsPerPixel;
- format.scanLinePad = screenInfo.formats[i].scanlinePad;
- memmove(pBuf, (char *)&format, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));
- pBuf += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);
- sizesofar += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);
- }
-
- connBlockScreenStart = sizesofar;
- memset(&depth, 0, sizeof(xDepth));
- memset(&visual, 0, sizeof(xVisualType));
- for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- {
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- DepthPtr pDepth;
- VisualPtr pVisual;
-
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- root.windowId = pScreen->root->drawable.id;
- root.defaultColormap = pScreen->defColormap;
- root.whitePixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- root.blackPixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
- root.currentInputMask = 0; /* filled in when sent */
- root.pixWidth = pScreen->width;
- root.pixHeight = pScreen->height;
- root.mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
- root.mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
- root.minInstalledMaps = pScreen->minInstalledCmaps;
- root.maxInstalledMaps = pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps;
- root.rootVisualID = pScreen->rootVisual;
- root.backingStore = pScreen->backingStoreSupport;
- root.saveUnders = FALSE;
- root.rootDepth = pScreen->rootDepth;
- root.nDepths = pScreen->numDepths;
- memmove(pBuf, (char *)&root, sizeof(xWindowRoot));
- sizesofar += sizeof(xWindowRoot);
- pBuf += sizeof(xWindowRoot);
-
- pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths;
- for(j = 0; j < pScreen->numDepths; j++, pDepth++)
- {
- lenofblock += sizeof(xDepth) +
- (pDepth->numVids * sizeof(xVisualType));
- pBuf = (char *)realloc(ConnectionInfo, lenofblock);
- if (!pBuf)
- {
- free(ConnectionInfo);
- return FALSE;
- }
- ConnectionInfo = pBuf;
- pBuf += sizesofar;
- depth.depth = pDepth->depth;
- depth.nVisuals = pDepth->numVids;
- memmove(pBuf, (char *)&depth, sizeof(xDepth));
- pBuf += sizeof(xDepth);
- sizesofar += sizeof(xDepth);
- for(k = 0; k < pDepth->numVids; k++)
- {
- vid = pDepth->vids[k];
- for (pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
- pVisual->vid != vid;
- pVisual++)
- ;
- visual.visualID = vid;
- visual.class = pVisual->class;
- visual.bitsPerRGB = pVisual->bitsPerRGBValue;
- visual.colormapEntries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
- visual.redMask = pVisual->redMask;
- visual.greenMask = pVisual->greenMask;
- visual.blueMask = pVisual->blueMask;
- memmove(pBuf, (char *)&visual, sizeof(xVisualType));
- pBuf += sizeof(xVisualType);
- sizesofar += sizeof(xVisualType);
- }
- }
- }
- connSetupPrefix.success = xTrue;
- connSetupPrefix.length = lenofblock/4;
- connSetupPrefix.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;
- connSetupPrefix.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcBadRequest(ClientPtr client)
-{
- return BadRequest;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreateWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent, pWin;
- REQUEST(xCreateWindowReq);
- int len, rc;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateWindowReq);
-
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->wid, client);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateWindowReq));
- if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len)
- return BadLength;
- if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)
- {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return BadValue;
- }
- pWin = CreateWindow(stuff->wid, pParent, stuff->x,
- stuff->y, stuff->width, stuff->height,
- stuff->borderWidth, stuff->class,
- stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1],
- (int)stuff->depth,
- client, stuff->visual, &rc);
- if (pWin)
- {
- Mask mask = pWin->eventMask;
-
- pWin->eventMask = 0; /* subterfuge in case AddResource fails */
- if (!AddResource(stuff->wid, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
- pWin->eventMask = mask;
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);
- int len, rc;
- Mask access_mode = 0;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);
- access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & CWEventMask) ? DixReceiveAccess : 0;
- access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & ~CWEventMask) ? DixSetAttrAccess : 0;
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, access_mode);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeWindowAttributesReq));
- if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))
- return BadLength;
- return ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin,
- stuff->valueMask,
- (XID *) &stuff[1],
- client);
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- xGetWindowAttributesReply wa;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- memset(&wa, 0, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply));
- GetWindowAttributes(pWin, client, &wa);
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply), &wa);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcDestroyWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (pWin->parent) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pWin->parent->drawable.id, client,
- DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcDestroySubwindows(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- DestroySubwindows(pWin, client);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeSaveSet(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xChangeSaveSetReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeSaveSetReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (client->clientAsMask == (CLIENT_BITS(pWin->drawable.id)))
- return BadMatch;
- if ((stuff->mode == SetModeInsert) || (stuff->mode == SetModeDelete))
- return AlterSaveSetForClient(client, pWin, stuff->mode, FALSE, TRUE);
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
-}
-
-int
-ProcReparentWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin, pParent;
- REQUEST(xReparentWindowReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReparentWindowReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pParent->drawable))
- return BadMatch;
- if ((pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative) &&
- (pParent->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth))
- return BadMatch;
- if ((pWin->drawable.class != InputOnly) &&
- (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))
- return BadMatch;
- return ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,
- (short)stuff->x, (short)stuff->y, client);
-}
-
-int
-ProcMapWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixShowAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- MapWindow(pWin, client);
- /* update cache to say it is mapped */
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcMapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- MapSubwindows(pWin, client);
- /* update cache to say it is mapped */
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcUnmapWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixHideAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
- /* update cache to say it is mapped */
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcUnmapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- UnmapSubwindows(pWin);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcConfigureWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xConfigureWindowReq);
- int len, rc;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xConfigureWindowReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,
- DixManageAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xConfigureWindowReq));
- if (Ones((Mask)stuff->mask) != len)
- return BadLength;
- return ConfigureWindow(pWin, (Mask)stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], client);
-}
-
-int
-ProcCirculateWindow(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xCirculateWindowReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCirculateWindowReq);
- if ((stuff->direction != RaiseLowest) &&
- (stuff->direction != LowerHighest))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->direction;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- CirculateWindow(pWin, (int)stuff->direction, client);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-GetGeometry(ClientPtr client, xGetGeometryReply *rep)
-{
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->id, client, M_ANY, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rep->type = X_Reply;
- rep->length = 0;
- rep->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep->root = pDraw->pScreen->root->drawable.id;
- rep->depth = pDraw->depth;
- rep->width = pDraw->width;
- rep->height = pDraw->height;
-
- if (WindowDrawable(pDraw->type))
- {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
- rep->x = pWin->origin.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- rep->y = pWin->origin.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- rep->borderWidth = pWin->borderWidth;
- }
- else /* DRAWABLE_PIXMAP */
- {
- rep->x = rep->y = rep->borderWidth = 0;
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcGetGeometry(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetGeometryReply rep;
- int status;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply));
- if ((status = GetGeometry(client, &rep)) != Success)
- return status;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-/* Do not return the clipboard window in ProcQueryTree, cause this may cause
- the clipboard client being closed when connecting through xdmcp.
-*/
-extern Window g_iClipboardWindow;
-
-#endif
-
-int
-ProcQueryTree(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryTreeReply reply;
- int rc, numChildren = 0;
- WindowPtr pChild, pWin, pHead;
- Window *childIDs = (Window *)NULL;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- if (pWin->parent)
- reply.parent = pWin->parent->drawable.id;
- else
- reply.parent = (Window)None;
- pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);
- for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
-#ifdef WIN32
- if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)
-#endif
- numChildren++;
- if (numChildren)
- {
- int curChild = 0;
-
- childIDs = malloc(numChildren * sizeof(Window));
- if (!childIDs)
- return BadAlloc;
- for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
-#ifdef WIN32
- if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)
-#endif
- childIDs[curChild++] = pChild->drawable.id;
- }
-
- reply.nChildren = numChildren;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(numChildren * sizeof(Window));
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply), &reply);
- if (numChildren)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, numChildren * sizeof(Window), childIDs);
- free(childIDs);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcInternAtom(ClientPtr client)
-{
- Atom atom;
- char *tchar;
- REQUEST(xInternAtomReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xInternAtomReq, stuff->nbytes);
- if ((stuff->onlyIfExists != xTrue) && (stuff->onlyIfExists != xFalse))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->onlyIfExists;
- return BadValue;
- }
- tchar = (char *) &stuff[1];
- atom = MakeAtom(tchar, stuff->nbytes, !stuff->onlyIfExists);
- if (atom != BAD_RESOURCE)
- {
- xInternAtomReply reply;
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xInternAtomReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.atom = atom;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xInternAtomReply), &reply);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return BadAlloc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetAtomName(ClientPtr client)
-{
- const char *str;
- xGetAtomNameReply reply;
- int len;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- if ( (str = NameForAtom(stuff->id)) )
- {
- len = strlen(str);
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.nameLength = len;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply), &reply);
- (void)WriteToClient(client, len, str);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return BadAtom;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcGrabServer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
- if (grabState != GrabNone && client != grabClient)
- {
- ResetCurrentRequest(client);
- client->sequence--;
- BITSET(grabWaiters, client->index);
- IgnoreClient(client);
- return Success;
- }
- rc = OnlyListenToOneClient(client);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- grabState = GrabKickout;
- grabClient = client;
-
- if (ServerGrabCallback)
- {
- ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;
- grabinfo.client = client;
- grabinfo.grabstate = SERVER_GRABBED;
- CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void
-UngrabServer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i;
-
- grabState = GrabNone;
- ListenToAllClients();
- for (i = mskcnt; --i >= 0 && !grabWaiters[i]; )
- ;
- if (i >= 0)
- {
- i <<= 5;
- while (!GETBIT(grabWaiters, i))
- i++;
- BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, i);
- AttendClient(clients[i]);
- }
-
- if (ServerGrabCallback)
- {
- ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;
- grabinfo.client = client;
- grabinfo.grabstate = SERVER_UNGRABBED;
- CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcUngrabServer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
- UngrabServer(client);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcTranslateCoords(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xTranslateCoordsReq);
-
- WindowPtr pWin, pDst;
- xTranslateCoordsReply rep;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xTranslateCoordsReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->srcWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pDst, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pDst->drawable))
- {
- rep.sameScreen = xFalse;
- rep.child = None;
- rep.dstX = rep.dstY = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- INT16 x, y;
- rep.sameScreen = xTrue;
- rep.child = None;
- /* computing absolute coordinates -- adjust to destination later */
- x = pWin->drawable.x + stuff->srcX;
- y = pWin->drawable.y + stuff->srcY;
- pWin = pDst->firstChild;
- while (pWin)
- {
- BoxRec box;
- if ((pWin->mapped) &&
- (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
- wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
- wBorderWidth (pWin))
- /* When a window is shaped, a further check
- * is made to see if the point is inside
- * borderSize
- */
- && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))
-
- && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
- x - pWin->drawable.x,
- y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))
- )
- {
- rep.child = pWin->drawable.id;
- pWin = (WindowPtr) NULL;
- }
- else
- pWin = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- /* adjust to destination coordinates */
- rep.dstX = x - pDst->drawable.x;
- rep.dstY = y - pDst->drawable.y;
- }
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcOpenFont(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int err;
- REQUEST(xOpenFontReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xOpenFontReq, stuff->nbytes);
- client->errorValue = stuff->fid;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->fid, client);
- err = OpenFont(client, stuff->fid, (Mask) 0,
- stuff->nbytes, (char *)&stuff[1]);
- if (err == Success)
- {
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCloseFont(ClientPtr client)
-{
- FontPtr pFont;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, stuff->id, RT_FONT,
- client, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryFont(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryFontReply *reply;
- FontPtr pFont;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- {
- xCharInfo *pmax = FONTINKMAX(pFont);
- xCharInfo *pmin = FONTINKMIN(pFont);
- int nprotoxcistructs;
- int rlength;
-
- nprotoxcistructs = (
- pmax->rightSideBearing == pmin->rightSideBearing &&
- pmax->leftSideBearing == pmin->leftSideBearing &&
- pmax->descent == pmin->descent &&
- pmax->ascent == pmin->ascent &&
- pmax->characterWidth == pmin->characterWidth) ?
- 0 : N2dChars(pFont);
-
- rlength = sizeof(xQueryFontReply) +
- FONTINFONPROPS(FONTCHARSET(pFont)) * sizeof(xFontProp) +
- nprotoxcistructs * sizeof(xCharInfo);
- reply = calloc(1, rlength);
- if(!reply)
- {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- reply->type = X_Reply;
- reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply));
- reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- QueryFont( pFont, reply, nprotoxcistructs);
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, rlength, reply);
- free(reply);
- return Success;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryTextExtents(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryTextExtentsReply reply;
- FontPtr pFont;
- ExtentInfoRec info;
- unsigned long length;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xQueryTextExtentsReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryTextExtentsReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->fid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- length = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReq));
- length = length << 1;
- if (stuff->oddLength)
- {
- if (length == 0)
- return BadLength;
- length--;
- }
- if (!QueryTextExtents(pFont, length, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1], &info))
- return BadAlloc;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.drawDirection = info.drawDirection;
- reply.fontAscent = info.fontAscent;
- reply.fontDescent = info.fontDescent;
- reply.overallAscent = info.overallAscent;
- reply.overallDescent = info.overallDescent;
- reply.overallWidth = info.overallWidth;
- reply.overallLeft = info.overallLeft;
- reply.overallRight = info.overallRight;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReply), &reply);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcListFonts(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xListFontsReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsReq, stuff->nbytes);
-
- return ListFonts(client, (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
- stuff->maxNames);
-}
-
-int
-ProcListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xListFontsWithInfoReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsWithInfoReq, stuff->nbytes);
-
- return StartListFontsWithInfo(client, stuff->nbytes,
- (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->maxNames);
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-dixDestroyPixmap(pointer value, XID pid)
-{
- PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr)value;
- return (*pPixmap->drawable.pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap);
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreatePixmap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- PixmapPtr pMap;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xCreatePixmapReq);
- DepthPtr pDepth;
- int i, rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreatePixmapReq);
- client->errorValue = stuff->pid;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);
-
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)
- {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->width > 32767 || stuff->height > 32767)
- {
- /* It is allowed to try and allocate a pixmap which is larger than
- * 32767 in either dimension. However, all of the framebuffer code
- * is buggy and does not reliably draw to such big pixmaps, basically
- * because the Region data structure operates with signed shorts
- * for the rectangles in it.
- *
- * Furthermore, several places in the X server computes the
- * size in bytes of the pixmap and tries to store it in an
- * integer. This integer can overflow and cause the allocated size
- * to be much smaller.
- *
- * So, such big pixmaps are rejected here with a BadAlloc
- */
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- if (stuff->depth != 1)
- {
- pDepth = pDraw->pScreen->allowedDepths;
- for (i=0; i<pDraw->pScreen->numDepths; i++, pDepth++)
- if (pDepth->depth == stuff->depth)
- goto CreatePmap;
- client->errorValue = stuff->depth;
- return BadValue;
- }
-CreatePmap:
- pMap = (PixmapPtr)(*pDraw->pScreen->CreatePixmap)
- (pDraw->pScreen, stuff->width,
- stuff->height, stuff->depth, 0);
- if (pMap)
- {
- pMap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
- pMap->drawable.id = stuff->pid;
- /* security creation/labeling check */
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP,
- pMap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);
- return rc;
- }
- if (AddResource(stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP, (pointer)pMap))
- return Success;
- (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);
- }
- return BadAlloc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcFreePixmap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- PixmapPtr pMap;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pMap, stuff->id, RT_PIXMAP, client,
- DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreateGC(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int error, rc;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- unsigned len;
- REQUEST(xCreateGCReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateGCReq);
- client->errorValue = stuff->gc;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gc, client);
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, 0,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateGCReq));
- if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))
- return BadLength;
- pGC = (GC *)CreateGC(pDraw, stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], &error,
- stuff->gc, client);
- if (error != Success)
- return error;
- if (!AddResource(stuff->gc, RT_GC, (pointer)pGC))
- return BadAlloc;
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeGC(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *pGC;
- int result;
- unsigned len;
- REQUEST(xChangeGCReq);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeGCReq);
-
- result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeGCReq));
- if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))
- return BadLength;
-
- return ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, stuff->mask, (CARD32 *) &stuff[1]);
-}
-
-int
-ProcCopyGC(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *dstGC;
- GC *pGC;
- int result;
- REQUEST(xCopyGCReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyGCReq);
-
- result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->srcGC, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
- result = dixLookupGC(&dstGC, stuff->dstGC, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
- if ((dstGC->pScreen != pGC->pScreen) || (dstGC->depth != pGC->depth))
- return BadMatch;
- if (stuff->mask & ~GCAllBits)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- return CopyGC(pGC, dstGC, stuff->mask);
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetDashes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *pGC;
- int result;
- REQUEST(xSetDashesReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xSetDashesReq, stuff->nDashes);
- if (stuff->nDashes == 0)
- {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- /* If there's an error, either there's no sensible errorValue,
- * or there was a dash segment of 0. */
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return SetDashes(pGC, stuff->dashOffset, stuff->nDashes,
- (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetClipRectangles(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int nr, result;
- GC *pGC;
- REQUEST(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
- if ((stuff->ordering != Unsorted) && (stuff->ordering != YSorted) &&
- (stuff->ordering != YXSorted) && (stuff->ordering != YXBanded))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->ordering;
- return BadValue;
- }
- result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- nr = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
- if (nr & 4)
- return BadLength;
- nr >>= 3;
- return SetClipRects(pGC, stuff->xOrigin, stuff->yOrigin,
- nr, (xRectangle *)&stuff[1], (int)stuff->ordering);
-}
-
-int
-ProcFreeGC(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *pGC;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcClearToBackground(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xClearAreaReq);
- WindowPtr pWin;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xClearAreaReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->window;
- return BadMatch;
- }
- if ((stuff->exposures != xTrue) && (stuff->exposures != xFalse))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->exposures;
- return BadValue;
- }
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ClearToBackground)(pWin, stuff->x, stuff->y,
- stuff->width, stuff->height,
- (Bool)stuff->exposures);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCopyArea(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DrawablePtr pDst;
- DrawablePtr pSrc;
- GC *pGC;
- REQUEST(xCopyAreaReq);
- RegionPtr pRgn;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyAreaReq);
-
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pDst, DixWriteAccess);
- if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)
- {
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pSrc, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if ((pDst->pScreen != pSrc->pScreen) || (pDst->depth != pSrc->depth))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
- else
- pSrc = pDst;
-
- pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyArea)(pSrc, pDst, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,
- stuff->width, stuff->height,
- stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY);
- if (pGC->graphicsExposures)
- {
- (*pDst->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)
- (client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyArea, 0);
- if (pRgn)
- RegionDestroy(pRgn);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCopyPlane(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DrawablePtr psrcDraw, pdstDraw;
- GC *pGC;
- REQUEST(xCopyPlaneReq);
- RegionPtr pRgn;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyPlaneReq);
-
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pdstDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)
- {
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&psrcDraw, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (pdstDraw->pScreen != psrcDraw->pScreen)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;
- return BadMatch;
- }
- }
- else
- psrcDraw = pdstDraw;
-
- /* Check to see if stuff->bitPlane has exactly ONE good bit set */
- if(stuff->bitPlane == 0 || (stuff->bitPlane & (stuff->bitPlane - 1)) ||
- (stuff->bitPlane > (1L << (psrcDraw->depth - 1))))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->bitPlane;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyPlane)(psrcDraw, pdstDraw, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,
- stuff->width, stuff->height,
- stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY, stuff->bitPlane);
- if (pGC->graphicsExposures)
- {
- (*pdstDraw->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)
- (client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyPlane, 0);
- if (pRgn)
- RegionDestroy(pRgn);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyPoint(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int npoint;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyPointReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyPointReq);
- if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) &&
- (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyPointReq));
- if (npoint)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyPoint)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint,
- (xPoint *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyLine(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int npoint;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyLineReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyLineReq);
- if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) &&
- (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyLineReq));
- if (npoint > 1)
- (*pGC->ops->Polylines)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint,
- (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolySegment(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int nsegs;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolySegmentReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolySegmentReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- nsegs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolySegmentReq);
- if (nsegs & 4)
- return BadLength;
- nsegs >>= 3;
- if (nsegs)
- (*pGC->ops->PolySegment)(pDraw, pGC, nsegs, (xSegment *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyRectangle (ClientPtr client)
-{
- int nrects;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyRectangleReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyRectangleReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- nrects = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyRectangleReq);
- if (nrects & 4)
- return BadLength;
- nrects >>= 3;
- if (nrects)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyRectangle)(pDraw, pGC,
- nrects, (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyArc(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int narcs;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyArcReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyArcReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyArcReq);
- if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))
- return BadLength;
- narcs /= sizeof(xArc);
- if (narcs)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyArc)(pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcFillPoly(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int things;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xFillPolyReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFillPolyReq);
- if ((stuff->shape != Complex) && (stuff->shape != Nonconvex) &&
- (stuff->shape != Convex))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->shape;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) &&
- (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- things = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFillPolyReq));
- if (things)
- (*pGC->ops->FillPolygon) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->shape,
- stuff->coordMode, things,
- (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyFillRectangle(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int things;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- things = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
- if (things & 4)
- return BadLength;
- things >>= 3;
-
- if (things)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyFillRect) (pDraw, pGC, things,
- (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyFillArc(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int narcs;
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- REQUEST(xPolyFillArcReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillArcReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillArcReq);
- if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))
- return BadLength;
- narcs /= sizeof(xArc);
- if (narcs)
- (*pGC->ops->PolyFillArc) (pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);
- return Success;
-}
-
-#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN
-
-int
-ServerOrder (void)
-{
- int whichbyte = 1;
-
- if (*((char *) &whichbyte))
- return LSBFirst;
- return MSBFirst;
-}
-
-#define ClientOrder(client) ((client)->swapped ? !ServerOrder() : ServerOrder())
-
-void
-ReformatImage (char *base, int nbytes, int bpp, int order)
-{
- switch (bpp) {
- case 1: /* yuck */
- if (BITMAP_BIT_ORDER != order)
- BitOrderInvert ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
-#if IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != BITMAP_BIT_ORDER && BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT != 8
- ReformatImage (base, nbytes, BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT, order);
-#endif
- break;
- case 4:
- break; /* yuck */
- case 8:
- break;
- case 16:
- if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)
- TwoByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
- break;
- case 32:
- if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)
- FourByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
- break;
- }
-}
-#else
-#define ReformatImage(b,n,bpp,o)
-#endif
-
-/* 64-bit server notes: the protocol restricts padding of images to
- * 8-, 16-, or 32-bits. We would like to have 64-bits for the server
- * to use internally. Removes need for internal alignment checking.
- * All of the PutImage functions could be changed individually, but
- * as currently written, they call other routines which require things
- * to be 64-bit padded on scanlines, so we changed things here.
- * If an image would be padded differently for 64- versus 32-, then
- * copy each scanline to a 64-bit padded scanline.
- * Also, we need to make sure that the image is aligned on a 64-bit
- * boundary, even if the scanlines are padded to our satisfaction.
- */
-int
-ProcPutImage(ClientPtr client)
-{
- GC *pGC;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- long length; /* length of scanline server padded */
- long lengthProto; /* length of scanline protocol padded */
- char *tmpImage;
- REQUEST(xPutImageReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPutImageReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
- if (stuff->format == XYBitmap)
- {
- if ((stuff->depth != 1) ||
- (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))
- return BadMatch;
- length = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);
- }
- else if (stuff->format == XYPixmap)
- {
- if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) ||
- (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))
- return BadMatch;
- length = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);
- length *= stuff->depth;
- }
- else if (stuff->format == ZPixmap)
- {
- if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) || (stuff->leftPad != 0))
- return BadMatch;
- length = PixmapBytePad(stuff->width, stuff->depth);
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->format;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- tmpImage = (char *)&stuff[1];
- lengthProto = length;
-
- if ((bytes_to_int32(lengthProto * stuff->height) +
- bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xPutImageReq))) != client->req_len)
- return BadLength;
-
- ReformatImage (tmpImage, lengthProto * stuff->height,
- stuff->format == ZPixmap ? BitsPerPixel (stuff->depth) : 1,
- ClientOrder(client));
-
- (*pGC->ops->PutImage) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->depth, stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY,
- stuff->width, stuff->height,
- stuff->leftPad, stuff->format, tmpImage);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-DoGetImage(ClientPtr client, int format, Drawable drawable,
- int x, int y, int width, int height,
- Mask planemask, xGetImageReply **im_return)
-{
- DrawablePtr pDraw, pBoundingDraw;
- int nlines, linesPerBuf, rc;
- int linesDone;
- /* coordinates relative to the bounding drawable */
- int relx, rely;
- long widthBytesLine, length;
- Mask plane = 0;
- char *pBuf;
- xGetImageReply xgi;
- RegionPtr pVisibleRegion = NULL;
-
- if ((format != XYPixmap) && (format != ZPixmap))
- {
- client->errorValue = format;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawable, client, 0, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- memset(&xgi, 0, sizeof(xGetImageReply));
-
- relx = x;
- rely = y;
-
- if(pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- {
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-
- /* "If the drawable is a window, the window must be viewable ... or a
- * BadMatch error results" */
- if (!pWin->viewable)
- return BadMatch;
-
- relx += pDraw->x;
- rely += pDraw->y;
-
- if (pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) {
- PixmapPtr pPix = (*pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) (pWin);
-
- pBoundingDraw = &pPix->drawable;
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- relx -= pPix->screen_x;
- rely -= pPix->screen_y;
-#endif
- }
- else
- {
- pBoundingDraw = (DrawablePtr)pDraw->pScreen->root;
- }
-
- xgi.visual = wVisual (pWin);
- }
- else
- {
- pBoundingDraw = pDraw;
- xgi.visual = None;
- }
-
- /* "If the drawable is a pixmap, the given rectangle must be wholly
- * contained within the pixmap, or a BadMatch error results. If the
- * drawable is a window [...] it must be the case that if there were no
- * inferiors or overlapping windows, the specified rectangle of the window
- * would be fully visible on the screen and wholly contained within the
- * outside edges of the window, or a BadMatch error results."
- *
- * We relax the window case slightly to mean that the rectangle must exist
- * within the bounds of the window's backing pixmap. In particular, this
- * means that a GetImage request may succeed or fail with BadMatch depending
- * on whether any of its ancestor windows are redirected. */
- if(relx < 0 || relx + width > (int)pBoundingDraw->width ||
- rely < 0 || rely + height > (int)pBoundingDraw->height)
- return BadMatch;
-
- xgi.type = X_Reply;
- xgi.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- xgi.depth = pDraw->depth;
- if(format == ZPixmap)
- {
- widthBytesLine = PixmapBytePad(width, pDraw->depth);
- length = widthBytesLine * height;
-
- }
- else
- {
- widthBytesLine = BitmapBytePad(width);
- plane = ((Mask)1) << (pDraw->depth - 1);
- /* only planes asked for */
- length = widthBytesLine * height *
- Ones(planemask & (plane | (plane - 1)));
-
- }
-
- xgi.length = length;
-
- if (im_return) {
- pBuf = calloc(1, sz_xGetImageReply + length);
- if (!pBuf)
- return BadAlloc;
- if (widthBytesLine == 0)
- linesPerBuf = 0;
- else
- linesPerBuf = height;
- *im_return = (xGetImageReply *)pBuf;
- *(xGetImageReply *)pBuf = xgi;
- pBuf += sz_xGetImageReply;
- } else {
- xgi.length = bytes_to_int32(xgi.length);
- if (widthBytesLine == 0 || height == 0)
- linesPerBuf = 0;
- else if (widthBytesLine >= IMAGE_BUFSIZE)
- linesPerBuf = 1;
- else
- {
- linesPerBuf = IMAGE_BUFSIZE / widthBytesLine;
- if (linesPerBuf > height)
- linesPerBuf = height;
- }
- length = linesPerBuf * widthBytesLine;
- if (linesPerBuf < height)
- {
- /* we have to make sure intermediate buffers don't need padding */
- while ((linesPerBuf > 1) &&
- (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1)))
- {
- linesPerBuf--;
- length -= widthBytesLine;
- }
- while (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1))
- {
- linesPerBuf++;
- length += widthBytesLine;
- }
- }
- if(!(pBuf = calloc(1, length)))
- return BadAlloc;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xGetImageReply), &xgi);
- }
-
- if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- {
- pVisibleRegion = NotClippedByChildren((WindowPtr)pDraw);
- if (pVisibleRegion)
- {
- RegionTranslate(pVisibleRegion, -pDraw->x, -pDraw->y);
- }
- }
-
- if (linesPerBuf == 0)
- {
- /* nothing to do */
- }
- else if (format == ZPixmap)
- {
- linesDone = 0;
- while (height - linesDone > 0)
- {
- nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);
- (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,
- x,
- y + linesDone,
- width,
- nlines,
- format,
- planemask,
- (pointer) pBuf);
- if (pVisibleRegion)
- XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion, widthBytesLine,
- pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width,
- nlines, format, pBuf);
-
- /* Note that this is NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,
- as we do NOT byte swap */
- if (!im_return)
- {
- ReformatImage (pBuf, (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
- BitsPerPixel (pDraw->depth),
- ClientOrder(client));
-
-/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */
- (void)WriteToClient(client,
- (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
- pBuf);
- }
- linesDone += nlines;
- }
- }
- else /* XYPixmap */
- {
- for (; plane; plane >>= 1)
- {
- if (planemask & plane)
- {
- linesDone = 0;
- while (height - linesDone > 0)
- {
- nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);
- (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,
- x,
- y + linesDone,
- width,
- nlines,
- format,
- plane,
- (pointer)pBuf);
- if (pVisibleRegion)
- XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion,
- widthBytesLine,
- pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width,
- nlines, format, pBuf);
-
- /* Note: NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,
- as we do NOT byte swap */
- if (im_return) {
- pBuf += nlines * widthBytesLine;
- } else {
- ReformatImage (pBuf,
- (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
- 1,
- ClientOrder (client));
-
-/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */
- (void)WriteToClient(client,
- (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
- pBuf);
- }
- linesDone += nlines;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (pVisibleRegion)
- RegionDestroy(pVisibleRegion);
- if (!im_return)
- free(pBuf);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetImage(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xGetImageReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetImageReq);
-
- return DoGetImage(client, stuff->format, stuff->drawable,
- stuff->x, stuff->y,
- (int)stuff->width, (int)stuff->height,
- stuff->planeMask, (xGetImageReply **)NULL);
-}
-
-int
-ProcPolyText(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int err;
- REQUEST(xPolyTextReq);
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- GC *pGC;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyTextReq);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
-
- err = PolyText(client,
- pDraw,
- pGC,
- (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
- ((unsigned char *) stuff) + (client->req_len << 2),
- stuff->x,
- stuff->y,
- stuff->reqType,
- stuff->drawable);
-
- if (err == Success)
- {
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-ProcImageText8(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int err;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- GC *pGC;
-
- REQUEST(xImageTextReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
-
- err = ImageText(client,
- pDraw,
- pGC,
- stuff->nChars,
- (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->x,
- stuff->y,
- stuff->reqType,
- stuff->drawable);
-
- if (err == Success)
- {
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-ProcImageText16(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int err;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- GC *pGC;
-
- REQUEST(xImageTextReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars << 1);
- VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
-
- err = ImageText(client,
- pDraw,
- pGC,
- stuff->nChars,
- (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->x,
- stuff->y,
- stuff->reqType,
- stuff->drawable);
-
- if (err == Success)
- {
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return err;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcCreateColormap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- VisualPtr pVisual;
- ColormapPtr pmap;
- Colormap mid;
- WindowPtr pWin;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- REQUEST(xCreateColormapReq);
- int i, result;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateColormapReq);
-
- if ((stuff->alloc != AllocNone) && (stuff->alloc != AllocAll))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->alloc;
- return BadValue;
- }
- mid = stuff->mid;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);
- result = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- for (i = 0, pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
- i < pScreen->numVisuals;
- i++, pVisual++)
- {
- if (pVisual->vid != stuff->visual)
- continue;
- return CreateColormap(mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap,
- (int)stuff->alloc, client->index);
- }
- client->errorValue = stuff->visual;
- return BadMatch;
-}
-
-int
-ProcFreeColormap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pmap;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- /* Freeing a default colormap is a no-op */
- if (!(pmap->flags & IsDefault))
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcCopyColormapAndFree(ClientPtr client)
-{
- Colormap mid;
- ColormapPtr pSrcMap;
- REQUEST(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);
- mid = stuff->mid;
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pSrcMap, stuff->srcCmap, RT_COLORMAP,
- client, DixReadAccess|DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- return CopyColormapAndFree(mid, pSrcMap, client->index);
- client->errorValue = stuff->srcCmap;
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcInstallColormap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixInstallAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto out;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- if (rc == BadValue)
- rc = BadColor;
- goto out;
- }
-
- (*(pcmp->pScreen->InstallColormap)) (pcmp);
- return Success;
-
-out:
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcUninstallColormap(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixUninstallAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- goto out;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- if (rc == BadValue)
- rc = BadColor;
- goto out;
- }
-
- if(pcmp->mid != pcmp->pScreen->defColormap)
- (*(pcmp->pScreen->UninstallColormap)) (pcmp);
- return Success;
-
-out:
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcListInstalledColormaps(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xListInstalledColormapsReply *preply;
- int nummaps, rc;
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- preply = malloc(sizeof(xListInstalledColormapsReply) +
- pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps *
- sizeof(Colormap));
- if(!preply)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- preply->type = X_Reply;
- preply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)
- (pWin->drawable.pScreen, (Colormap *)&preply[1]);
- preply->nColormaps = nummaps;
- preply->length = nummaps;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xListInstalledColormapsReply), preply);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nummaps * sizeof(Colormap), &preply[1]);
- free(preply);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcAllocColor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pmap;
- int rc;
- xAllocColorReply acr;
- REQUEST(xAllocColorReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- acr.type = X_Reply;
- acr.length = 0;
- acr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- acr.red = stuff->red;
- acr.green = stuff->green;
- acr.blue = stuff->blue;
- acr.pixel = 0;
- if( (rc = AllocColor(pmap, &acr.red, &acr.green, &acr.blue,
- &acr.pixel, client->index)) )
- return rc;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pmap->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorReply), &acr);
- return Success;
-
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcAllocNamedColor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xAllocNamedColorReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xAllocNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xAllocNamedColorReply ancr;
-
- ancr.type = X_Reply;
- ancr.length = 0;
- ancr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
- &ancr.exactRed, &ancr.exactGreen, &ancr.exactBlue))
- {
- ancr.screenRed = ancr.exactRed;
- ancr.screenGreen = ancr.exactGreen;
- ancr.screenBlue = ancr.exactBlue;
- ancr.pixel = 0;
- if( (rc = AllocColor(pcmp,
- &ancr.screenRed, &ancr.screenGreen, &ancr.screenBlue,
- &ancr.pixel, client->index)) )
- return rc;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocNamedColorReply), &ancr);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return BadName;
-
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcAllocColorCells (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xAllocColorCellsReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorCellsReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xAllocColorCellsReply accr;
- int npixels, nmasks;
- long length;
- Pixel *ppixels, *pmasks;
-
- npixels = stuff->colors;
- if (!npixels)
- {
- client->errorValue = npixels;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;
- return BadValue;
- }
- nmasks = stuff->planes;
- length = ((long)npixels + (long)nmasks) * sizeof(Pixel);
- ppixels = malloc(length);
- if(!ppixels)
- return BadAlloc;
- pmasks = ppixels + npixels;
-
- if( (rc = AllocColorCells(client->index, pcmp, npixels, nmasks,
- (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels, pmasks)) )
- {
- free(ppixels);
- return rc;
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- {
- accr.type = X_Reply;
- accr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);
- accr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- accr.nPixels = npixels;
- accr.nMasks = nmasks;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocColorCellsReply), &accr);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);
- }
- free(ppixels);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcAllocColorPlanes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xAllocColorPlanesReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorPlanesReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixAddAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xAllocColorPlanesReply acpr;
- int npixels;
- long length;
- Pixel *ppixels;
-
- npixels = stuff->colors;
- if (!npixels)
- {
- client->errorValue = npixels;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;
- return BadValue;
- }
- acpr.type = X_Reply;
- acpr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- acpr.nPixels = npixels;
- length = (long)npixels * sizeof(Pixel);
- ppixels = malloc(length);
- if(!ppixels)
- return BadAlloc;
- if( (rc = AllocColorPlanes(client->index, pcmp, npixels,
- (int)stuff->red, (int)stuff->green, (int)stuff->blue,
- (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels,
- &acpr.redMask, &acpr.greenMask, &acpr.blueMask)) )
- {
- free(ppixels);
- return rc;
- }
- acpr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- {
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorPlanesReply), &acpr);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);
- }
- free(ppixels);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcFreeColors(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xFreeColorsReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFreeColorsReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixRemoveAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- int count;
-
- if(pcmp->flags & AllAllocated)
- return BadAccess;
- count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFreeColorsReq));
- return FreeColors(pcmp, client->index, count,
- (Pixel *)&stuff[1], (Pixel)stuff->planeMask);
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcStoreColors (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xStoreColorsReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xStoreColorsReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- int count;
-
- count = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xStoreColorsReq);
- if (count % sizeof(xColorItem))
- return BadLength;
- count /= sizeof(xColorItem);
- return StoreColors(pcmp, count, (xColorItem *)&stuff[1], client);
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcStoreNamedColor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xStoreNamedColorReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xStoreNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xColorItem def;
-
- if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1],
- stuff->nbytes, &def.red, &def.green, &def.blue))
- {
- def.flags = stuff->flags;
- def.pixel = stuff->pixel;
- return StoreColors(pcmp, 1, &def, client);
- }
- return BadName;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryColors(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xQueryColorsReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryColorsReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- int count;
- xrgb *prgbs;
- xQueryColorsReply qcr;
-
- count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xQueryColorsReq));
- prgbs = calloc(1, count * sizeof(xrgb));
- if(!prgbs && count)
- return BadAlloc;
- if( (rc = QueryColors(pcmp, count, (Pixel *)&stuff[1], prgbs, client)) )
- {
- free(prgbs);
- return rc;
- }
- memset(&qcr, 0, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply));
- qcr.type = X_Reply;
- qcr.length = bytes_to_int32(count * sizeof(xrgb));
- qcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- qcr.nColors = count;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply), &qcr);
- if (count)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SQColorsExtend;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, count * sizeof(xrgb), prgbs);
- }
- free(prgbs);
- return Success;
-
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcLookupColor(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ColormapPtr pcmp;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xLookupColorReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xLookupColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- xLookupColorReply lcr;
-
- if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
- &lcr.exactRed, &lcr.exactGreen, &lcr.exactBlue))
- {
- lcr.type = X_Reply;
- lcr.length = 0;
- lcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- lcr.screenRed = lcr.exactRed;
- lcr.screenGreen = lcr.exactGreen;
- lcr.screenBlue = lcr.exactBlue;
- (*pcmp->pScreen->ResolveColor)(&lcr.screenRed,
- &lcr.screenGreen,
- &lcr.screenBlue,
- pcmp->pVisual);
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xLookupColorReply), &lcr);
- return Success;
- }
- return BadName;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreateCursor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- PixmapPtr src;
- PixmapPtr msk;
- unsigned char * srcbits;
- unsigned char * mskbits;
- unsigned short width, height;
- long n;
- CursorMetricRec cm;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST(xCreateCursorReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateCursorReq);
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&src, stuff->source, RT_PIXMAP, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- client->errorValue = stuff->source;
- return rc;
- }
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&msk, stuff->mask, RT_PIXMAP, client,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- if (stuff->mask != None)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mask;
- return rc;
- }
- }
- else if ( src->drawable.width != msk->drawable.width
- || src->drawable.height != msk->drawable.height
- || src->drawable.depth != 1
- || msk->drawable.depth != 1)
- return BadMatch;
-
- width = src->drawable.width;
- height = src->drawable.height;
-
- if ( stuff->x > width
- || stuff->y > height )
- return BadMatch;
-
- n = BitmapBytePad(width)*height;
- srcbits = calloc(1, n);
- if (!srcbits)
- return BadAlloc;
- mskbits = malloc(n);
- if (!mskbits)
- {
- free(srcbits);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- (* src->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)src, 0, 0, width, height,
- XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)srcbits);
- if ( msk == (PixmapPtr)NULL)
- {
- unsigned char *bits = mskbits;
- while (--n >= 0)
- *bits++ = ~0;
- }
- else
- {
- /* zeroing the (pad) bits helps some ddx cursor handling */
- memset((char *)mskbits, 0, n);
- (* msk->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)msk, 0, 0, width,
- height, XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)mskbits);
- }
- cm.width = width;
- cm.height = height;
- cm.xhot = stuff->x;
- cm.yhot = stuff->y;
- rc = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm,
- stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,
- stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,
- &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);
-
- if (rc != Success)
- goto bail;
- if (!AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor)) {
- rc = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
-
- return Success;
-bail:
- free(srcbits);
- free(mskbits);
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcCreateGlyphCursor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- int res;
-
- REQUEST(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);
- LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
-
- res = AllocGlyphCursor(stuff->source, stuff->sourceChar,
- stuff->mask, stuff->maskChar,
- stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,
- stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,
- &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);
- if (res != Success)
- return res;
- if (AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor))
- return Success;
- return BadAlloc;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcFreeCursor (ClientPtr client)
-{
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->id, RT_CURSOR, client,
- DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryBestSize (ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryBestSizeReply reply;
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xQueryBestSizeReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xQueryBestSizeReq);
-
- if ((stuff->class != CursorShape) &&
- (stuff->class != TileShape) &&
- (stuff->class != StippleShape))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->class;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (stuff->class != CursorShape && pDraw->type == UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW)
- return BadMatch;
- pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pScreen, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- (* pScreen->QueryBestSize)(stuff->class, &stuff->width,
- &stuff->height, pScreen);
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.width = stuff->width;
- reply.height = stuff->height;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply), &reply);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-int
-ProcSetScreenSaver (ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc, i, blankingOption, exposureOption;
- REQUEST(xSetScreenSaverReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetScreenSaverReq);
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
- DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
-
- blankingOption = stuff->preferBlank;
- if ((blankingOption != DontPreferBlanking) &&
- (blankingOption != PreferBlanking) &&
- (blankingOption != DefaultBlanking))
- {
- client->errorValue = blankingOption;
- return BadValue;
- }
- exposureOption = stuff->allowExpose;
- if ((exposureOption != DontAllowExposures) &&
- (exposureOption != AllowExposures) &&
- (exposureOption != DefaultExposures))
- {
- client->errorValue = exposureOption;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->timeout < -1)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->timeout;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->interval < -1)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->interval;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (blankingOption == DefaultBlanking)
- ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;
- else
- ScreenSaverBlanking = blankingOption;
- if (exposureOption == DefaultExposures)
- ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;
- else
- ScreenSaverAllowExposures = exposureOption;
-
- if (stuff->timeout >= 0)
- ScreenSaverTime = stuff->timeout * MILLI_PER_SECOND;
- else
- ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;
- if (stuff->interval >= 0)
- ScreenSaverInterval = stuff->interval * MILLI_PER_SECOND;
- else
- ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;
-
- SetScreenSaverTimer();
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetScreenSaverReply rep;
- int rc, i;
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.timeout = ScreenSaverTime / MILLI_PER_SECOND;
- rep.interval = ScreenSaverInterval / MILLI_PER_SECOND;
- rep.preferBlanking = ScreenSaverBlanking;
- rep.allowExposures = ScreenSaverAllowExposures;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetScreenSaverReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeHosts(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xChangeHostsReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xChangeHostsReq, stuff->hostLength);
-
- if(stuff->mode == HostInsert)
- return AddHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,
- stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);
- if (stuff->mode == HostDelete)
- return RemoveHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,
- stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
-}
-
-int
-ProcListHosts(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xListHostsReply reply;
- int len, nHosts, result;
- pointer pdata;
- /* REQUEST(xListHostsReq); */
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xListHostsReq);
-
- /* untrusted clients can't list hosts */
- result = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixReadAccess);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
-
- result = GetHosts(&pdata, &nHosts, &len, &reply.enabled);
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.nHosts = nHosts;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListHostsReply), &reply);
- if (nHosts)
- {
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SLHostsExtend;
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, len, pdata);
- }
- free(pdata);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeAccessControl(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xSetAccessControlReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetAccessControlReq);
- if ((stuff->mode != EnableAccess) && (stuff->mode != DisableAccess))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- return ChangeAccessControl(client, stuff->mode == EnableAccess);
-}
-
-/*********************
- * CloseDownRetainedResources
- *
- * Find all clients that are gone and have terminated in RetainTemporary
- * and destroy their resources.
- *********************/
-
-static void
-CloseDownRetainedResources(void)
-{
- int i;
- ClientPtr client;
-
- for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)
- {
- client = clients[i];
- if (client && (client->closeDownMode == RetainTemporary)
- && (client->clientGone))
- CloseDownClient(client);
- }
-}
-
-int
-ProcKillClient(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- ClientPtr killclient;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- if (stuff->id == AllTemporary)
- {
- CloseDownRetainedResources();
- return Success;
- }
-
- rc = dixLookupClient(&killclient, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc == Success) {
- CloseDownClient(killclient);
- /* if an LBX proxy gets killed, isItTimeToYield will be set */
- if (isItTimeToYield || (client == killclient))
- {
- /* force yield and return Success, so that Dispatch()
- * doesn't try to touch client
- */
- isItTimeToYield = TRUE;
- return Success;
- }
- return Success;
- }
- else
- return rc;
-}
-
-int
-ProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
-{
- unsigned char *ptr;
- unsigned long nbytes, total;
- long nfonts;
- int n;
- REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);
-
- nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);
- total = nbytes;
- ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];
- nfonts = stuff->nFonts;
- while (--nfonts >= 0)
- {
- if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))
- return BadLength;
- total -= n;
- ptr += n;
- }
- if (total >= 4)
- return BadLength;
- return SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);
-}
-
-int
-ProcGetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGetFontPathReply reply;
- int rc, stringLens, numpaths;
- unsigned char *bufferStart;
- /* REQUEST (xReq); */
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
- rc = GetFontPath(client, &numpaths, &stringLens, &bufferStart);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + numpaths);
- reply.nPaths = numpaths;
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetFontPathReply), &reply);
- if (stringLens || numpaths)
- (void)WriteToClient(client, stringLens + numpaths, (char *)bufferStart);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcChangeCloseDownMode(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xSetCloseDownModeReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetCloseDownModeReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_CLIENT_ACCESS, client, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if ((stuff->mode == AllTemporary) ||
- (stuff->mode == RetainPermanent) ||
- (stuff->mode == RetainTemporary))
- {
- client->closeDownMode = stuff->mode;
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
-}
-
-int ProcForceScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xForceScreenSaverReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xForceScreenSaverReq);
-
- if ((stuff->mode != ScreenSaverReset) &&
- (stuff->mode != ScreenSaverActive))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixSaveScreens(client, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, (int)stuff->mode);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- return Success;
-}
-
-int ProcNoOperation(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xReq);
-
- /* noop -- don't do anything */
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**********************
- * CloseDownClient
- *
- * Client can either mark his resources destroy or retain. If retained and
- * then killed again, the client is really destroyed.
- *********************/
-
-char dispatchExceptionAtReset = DE_RESET;
-
-void
-CloseDownClient(ClientPtr client)
-{
- Bool really_close_down = client->clientGone ||
- client->closeDownMode == DestroyAll;
-
- if (!client->clientGone)
- {
- /* ungrab server if grabbing client dies */
- if (grabState != GrabNone && grabClient == client)
- {
- UngrabServer(client);
- }
- BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, client->index);
- DeleteClientFromAnySelections(client);
- ReleaseActiveGrabs(client);
- DeleteClientFontStuff(client);
- if (!really_close_down)
- {
- /* This frees resources that should never be retained
- * no matter what the close down mode is. Actually we
- * could do this unconditionally, but it's probably
- * better not to traverse all the client's resources
- * twice (once here, once a few lines down in
- * FreeClientResources) in the common case of
- * really_close_down == TRUE.
- */
- FreeClientNeverRetainResources(client);
- client->clientState = ClientStateRetained;
- if (ClientStateCallback)
- {
- NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
-
- clientinfo.client = client;
- clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;
- clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
- CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
- }
- }
- client->clientGone = TRUE; /* so events aren't sent to client */
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSignal (client);
- ProcessWorkQueueZombies();
- CloseDownConnection(client);
-
- /* If the client made it to the Running stage, nClients has
- * been incremented on its behalf, so we need to decrement it
- * now. If it hasn't gotten to Running, nClients has *not*
- * been incremented, so *don't* decrement it.
- */
- if (client->clientState != ClientStateInitial &&
- client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating )
- {
- --nClients;
- }
- }
-
- if (really_close_down)
- {
- if (client->clientState == ClientStateRunning && nClients == 0)
- dispatchException |= dispatchExceptionAtReset;
-
- client->clientState = ClientStateGone;
- if (ClientStateCallback)
- {
- NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
-
- clientinfo.client = client;
- clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;
- clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
- CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
- }
- FreeClientResources(client);
- /* Disable client ID tracking. This must be done after
- * ClientStateCallback. */
- ReleaseClientIds(client);
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_CLIENT_DISCONNECT(client->index);
-#endif
- if (client->index < nextFreeClientID)
- nextFreeClientID = client->index;
- clients[client->index] = NullClient;
- SmartLastClient = NullClient;
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
-
- while (!clients[currentMaxClients-1])
- currentMaxClients--;
- }
-}
-
-static void
-KillAllClients(void)
-{
- int i;
- for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)
- if (clients[i]) {
- /* Make sure Retained clients are released. */
- clients[i]->closeDownMode = DestroyAll;
- CloseDownClient(clients[i]);
- }
-}
-
-void InitClient(ClientPtr client, int i, pointer ospriv)
-{
- client->index = i;
- client->clientAsMask = ((Mask)i) << CLIENTOFFSET;
- client->closeDownMode = i ? DestroyAll : RetainPermanent;
- client->requestVector = InitialVector;
- client->osPrivate = ospriv;
- QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&client->minKC,&client->maxKC);
- client->smart_start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- client->smart_check_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
- client->clientIds = NULL;
-}
-
-/************************
- * int NextAvailableClient(ospriv)
- *
- * OS dependent portion can't assign client id's because of CloseDownModes.
- * Returns NULL if there are no free clients.
- *************************/
-
-ClientPtr NextAvailableClient(pointer ospriv)
-{
- int i;
- ClientPtr client;
- xReq data;
-
- i = nextFreeClientID;
- if (i == MAXCLIENTS)
- return (ClientPtr)NULL;
- clients[i] = client = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(ClientRec, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
- if (!client)
- return (ClientPtr)NULL;
- InitClient(client, i, ospriv);
- if (!InitClientResources(client))
- {
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
- return (ClientPtr)NULL;
- }
- data.reqType = 1;
- data.length = bytes_to_int32(sz_xReq + sz_xConnClientPrefix);
- if (!InsertFakeRequest(client, (char *)&data, sz_xReq))
- {
- FreeClientResources(client);
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
- return (ClientPtr)NULL;
- }
- if (i == currentMaxClients)
- currentMaxClients++;
- while ((nextFreeClientID < MAXCLIENTS) && clients[nextFreeClientID])
- nextFreeClientID++;
-
- /* Enable client ID tracking. This must be done before
- * ClientStateCallback. */
- ReserveClientIds(client);
-
- if (ClientStateCallback)
- {
- NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
-
- clientinfo.client = client;
- clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;
- clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
- CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
- }
- return client;
-}
-
-int
-ProcInitialConnection(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
- xConnClientPrefix *prefix;
- int whichbyte = 1;
-
- prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);
- if ((prefix->byteOrder != 'l') && (prefix->byteOrder != 'B'))
- return client->noClientException = -1;
- if (((*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'B')) ||
- (!(*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'l')))
- {
- client->swapped = TRUE;
- SwapConnClientPrefix(prefix);
- }
- stuff->reqType = 2;
- stuff->length += bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto) +
- bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthString);
- if (client->swapped)
- {
- swaps(&stuff->length, whichbyte);
- }
- ResetCurrentRequest(client);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-SendConnSetup(ClientPtr client, char *reason)
-{
- xWindowRoot *root;
- int i;
- int numScreens;
- char* lConnectionInfo;
- xConnSetupPrefix* lconnSetupPrefix;
-
- if (reason)
- {
- xConnSetupPrefix csp;
-
- csp.success = xFalse;
- csp.lengthReason = strlen(reason);
- csp.length = bytes_to_int32(csp.lengthReason);
- csp.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;
- csp.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
- if (client->swapped)
- WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, &csp);
- else
- (void)WriteToClient(client, sz_xConnSetupPrefix, (char *) &csp);
- (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)csp.lengthReason, reason);
- return client->noClientException = -1;
- }
-
- numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
- lConnectionInfo = ConnectionInfo;
- lconnSetupPrefix = &connSetupPrefix;
-
- /* We're about to start speaking X protocol back to the client by
- * sending the connection setup info. This means the authorization
- * step is complete, and we can count the client as an
- * authorized one.
- */
- nClients++;
-
- client->requestVector = client->swapped ? SwappedProcVector : ProcVector;
- client->sequence = 0;
- ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridBase = client->clientAsMask;
- ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridMask = RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
-#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN
- ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->imageByteOrder = ClientOrder (client);
- ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->bitmapBitOrder = ClientOrder (client);
-#endif
- /* fill in the "currentInputMask" */
- root = (xWindowRoot *)(lConnectionInfo + connBlockScreenStart);
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension)
- numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
- else
- numScreens = ((xConnSetup *)ConnectionInfo)->numRoots;
-#endif
-
- for (i=0; i<numScreens; i++)
- {
- unsigned int j;
- xDepth *pDepth;
- WindowPtr pRoot = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
-
- root->currentInputMask = pRoot->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pRoot);
- pDepth = (xDepth *)(root + 1);
- for (j = 0; j < root->nDepths; j++)
- {
- pDepth = (xDepth *)(((char *)(pDepth + 1)) +
- pDepth->nVisuals * sizeof(xVisualType));
- }
- root = (xWindowRoot *)pDepth;
- }
-
- if (client->swapped)
- {
- WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, lconnSetupPrefix);
- WriteSConnectionInfo(client,
- (unsigned long)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),
- lConnectionInfo);
- }
- else
- {
- (void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xConnSetupPrefix),
- (char *) lconnSetupPrefix);
- (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),
- lConnectionInfo);
- }
- client->clientState = ClientStateRunning;
- if (ClientStateCallback)
- {
- NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
-
- clientinfo.client = client;
- clientinfo.prefix = lconnSetupPrefix;
- clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo;
- CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcEstablishConnection(ClientPtr client)
-{
- char *reason, *auth_proto, *auth_string;
- xConnClientPrefix *prefix;
- REQUEST(xReq);
-
- prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);
- auth_proto = (char *)prefix + sz_xConnClientPrefix;
- auth_string = auth_proto + pad_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto);
- if ((prefix->majorVersion != X_PROTOCOL) ||
- (prefix->minorVersion != X_PROTOCOL_REVISION))
- reason = "Protocol version mismatch";
- else
- reason = ClientAuthorized(client,
- (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthProto,
- auth_proto,
- (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthString,
- auth_string);
- /*
- * If Kerberos is being used for this client, the clientState
- * will be set to ClientStateAuthenticating at this point.
- * More messages need to be exchanged among the X server, Kerberos
- * server, and client to figure out if everyone is authorized.
- * So we don't want to send the connection setup info yet, since
- * the auth step isn't really done.
- */
- if (client->clientState == ClientStateCheckingSecurity)
- client->clientState = ClientStateCheckedSecurity;
- else if (client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating)
- return(SendConnSetup(client, reason));
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-SendErrorToClient(ClientPtr client, unsigned majorCode, unsigned minorCode,
- XID resId, int errorCode)
-{
- xError rep;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xError));
- rep.type = X_Error;
- rep.errorCode = errorCode;
- rep.majorCode = majorCode;
- rep.minorCode = minorCode;
- rep.resourceID = resId;
-
- WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *)&rep);
-}
-
-void
-MarkClientException(ClientPtr client)
-{
- client->noClientException = -1;
-}
-
-/*
- * This array encodes the answer to the question "what is the log base 2
- * of the number of pixels that fit in a scanline pad unit?"
- * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
- */
-static int answer[6][4] = {
- /* pad pad pad pad*/
- /* 8 16 32 64 */
-
- { 3, 4, 5 , 6 }, /* 1 bit per pixel */
- { 1, 2, 3 , 4 }, /* 4 bits per pixel */
- { 0, 1, 2 , 3 }, /* 8 bits per pixel */
- { ~0, 0, 1 , 2 }, /* 16 bits per pixel */
- { ~0, ~0, 0 , 1 }, /* 24 bits per pixel */
- { ~0, ~0, 0 , 1 } /* 32 bits per pixel */
-};
-
-/*
- * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the first index for
- * the answer array above given the number of bits per pixel?"
- * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
- */
-static int indexForBitsPerPixel[ 33 ] = {
- ~0, 0, ~0, ~0, /* 1 bit per pixel */
- 1, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 4 bits per pixel */
- 2, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 3, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 4, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 24 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 5 /* 32 bits per pixel */
-};
-
-/*
- * This array gives the bytesperPixel value for cases where the number
- * of bits per pixel is a multiple of 8 but not a power of 2.
- */
-static int answerBytesPerPixel[ 33 ] = {
- ~0, 0, ~0, ~0, /* 1 bit per pixel */
- 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 4 bits per pixel */
- 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 3, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 24 bits per pixel */
- ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
- 0 /* 32 bits per pixel */
-};
-
-/*
- * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the second index for
- * the answer array above given the number of bits per scanline pad unit?"
- * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
- */
-static int indexForScanlinePad[ 65 ] = {
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per scanline pad unit */
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- 1, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per scanline pad unit */
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- 2, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 32 bits per scanline pad unit */
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
- 3 /* 64 bits per scanline pad unit */
-};
-
-/*
- grow the array of screenRecs if necessary.
- call the device-supplied initialization procedure
-with its screen number, a pointer to its ScreenRec, argc, and argv.
- return the number of successfully installed screens.
-
-*/
-
-int
-AddScreen(
- Bool (* pfnInit)(
- int /*index*/,
- ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/,
- int /*argc*/,
- char ** /*argv*/
- ),
- int argc,
- char **argv)
-{
-
- int i;
- int scanlinepad, format, depth, bitsPerPixel, j, k;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- i = screenInfo.numScreens;
- if (i == MAXSCREENS)
- return -1;
-
- pScreen = (ScreenPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(ScreenRec));
- if (!pScreen)
- return -1;
-
- if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN)) {
- free (pScreen);
- return -1;
- }
- pScreen->myNum = i;
- pScreen->totalPixmapSize = 0; /* computed in CreateScratchPixmapForScreen */
- pScreen->ClipNotify = 0; /* for R4 ddx compatibility */
- pScreen->CreateScreenResources = 0;
-
- /*
- * This loop gets run once for every Screen that gets added,
- * but thats ok. If the ddx layer initializes the formats
- * one at a time calling AddScreen() after each, then each
- * iteration will make it a little more accurate. Worst case
- * we do this loop N * numPixmapFormats where N is # of screens.
- * Anyway, this must be called after InitOutput and before the
- * screen init routine is called.
- */
- for (format=0; format<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; format++)
- {
- depth = screenInfo.formats[format].depth;
- bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[format].bitsPerPixel;
- scanlinepad = screenInfo.formats[format].scanlinePad;
- j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ bitsPerPixel ];
- k = indexForScanlinePad[ scanlinepad ];
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padPixelsLog2 = answer[j][k];
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padRoundUp =
- (scanlinepad/bitsPerPixel) - 1;
- j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ 8 ]; /* bits per byte */
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padBytesLog2 = answer[j][k];
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bitsPerPixel = bitsPerPixel;
- if (answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel])
- {
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 1;
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bytesPerPixel =
- answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel];
- }
- else
- {
- PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 0;
- }
- }
-
- /* This is where screen specific stuff gets initialized. Load the
- screen structure, call the hardware, whatever.
- This is also where the default colormap should be allocated and
- also pixel values for blackPixel, whitePixel, and the cursor
- Note that InitScreen is NOT allowed to modify argc, argv, or
- any of the strings pointed to by argv. They may be passed to
- multiple screens.
- */
- screenInfo.screens[i] = pScreen;
- screenInfo.numScreens++;
- if (!(*pfnInit)(i, pScreen, argc, argv))
- {
- dixFreePrivates(pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);
- free(pScreen);
- screenInfo.numScreens--;
- return -1;
- }
-
- dixRegisterPrivateKey(&cursorScreenDevPriv[i], PRIVATE_CURSOR, 0);
-
- return i;
-}
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:
+ * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#include <version-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CreateWindow
+#undef CreateWindow
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX_DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+int ProcInitialConnection();
+#endif
+
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "selection.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "dispatch.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "swapreq.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "site.h"
+#include "client.h"
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+#include "registry.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+typedef const char *string;
+#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
+#endif
+
+#define mskcnt ((MAXCLIENTS + 31) / 32)
+#define BITMASK(i) (1U << ((i) & 31))
+#define MASKIDX(i) ((i) >> 5)
+#define MASKWORD(buf, i) buf[MASKIDX(i)]
+#define BITSET(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) |= BITMASK(i)
+#define BITCLEAR(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) &= ~BITMASK(i)
+#define GETBIT(buf, i) (MASKWORD(buf, i) & BITMASK(i))
+
+xConnSetupPrefix connSetupPrefix;
+
+PaddingInfo PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[33];
+
+static ClientPtr grabClient;
+#define GrabNone 0
+#define GrabActive 1
+#define GrabKickout 2
+static int grabState = GrabNone;
+static long grabWaiters[mskcnt];
+CallbackListPtr ServerGrabCallback = NULL;
+HWEventQueuePtr checkForInput[2];
+int connBlockScreenStart;
+
+static void KillAllClients(void);
+
+static int nextFreeClientID; /* always MIN free client ID */
+
+static int nClients; /* number of authorized clients */
+
+CallbackListPtr ClientStateCallback;
+
+/* dispatchException & isItTimeToYield must be declared volatile since they
+ * are modified by signal handlers - otherwise optimizer may assume it doesn't
+ * need to actually check value in memory when used and may miss changes from
+ * signal handlers.
+ */
+volatile char dispatchException = 0;
+volatile char isItTimeToYield;
+
+#define SAME_SCREENS(a, b) (\
+ (a.pScreen == b.pScreen))
+
+void
+SetInputCheck(HWEventQueuePtr c0, HWEventQueuePtr c1)
+{
+ checkForInput[0] = c0;
+ checkForInput[1] = c1;
+}
+
+void
+UpdateCurrentTime(void)
+{
+ TimeStamp systime;
+
+ /* To avoid time running backwards, we must call GetTimeInMillis before
+ * calling ProcessInputEvents.
+ */
+ systime.months = currentTime.months;
+ systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
+ if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)
+ systime.months++;
+ if (*checkForInput[0] != *checkForInput[1])
+ ProcessInputEvents();
+ if (CompareTimeStamps(systime, currentTime) == LATER)
+ currentTime = systime;
+}
+
+/* Like UpdateCurrentTime, but can't call ProcessInputEvents */
+void
+UpdateCurrentTimeIf(void)
+{
+ TimeStamp systime;
+
+ systime.months = currentTime.months;
+ systime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
+ if (systime.milliseconds < currentTime.milliseconds)
+ systime.months++;
+ if (*checkForInput[0] == *checkForInput[1])
+ currentTime = systime;
+}
+
+
+#undef SMART_DEBUG
+
+#define SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL 20 /* ms */
+#define SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE 200 /* ms */
+
+Bool SmartScheduleDisable = FALSE;
+long SmartScheduleSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;
+long SmartScheduleInterval = SMART_SCHEDULE_DEFAULT_INTERVAL;
+long SmartScheduleMaxSlice = SMART_SCHEDULE_MAX_SLICE;
+long SmartScheduleTime;
+int SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
+static ClientPtr SmartLastClient;
+static int SmartLastIndex[SMART_MAX_PRIORITY-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY+1];
+
+#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
+long SmartLastPrint;
+#endif
+
+void Dispatch(void);
+
+static int
+SmartScheduleClient (int *clientReady, int nready)
+{
+ ClientPtr pClient;
+ int i;
+ int client;
+ int bestPrio, best = 0;
+ int bestRobin, robin;
+ long now = SmartScheduleTime;
+ long idle;
+
+ bestPrio = -0x7fffffff;
+ bestRobin = 0;
+ idle = 2 * SmartScheduleSlice;
+ for (i = 0; i < nready; i++)
+ {
+ client = clientReady[i];
+ pClient = clients[client];
+ /* Praise clients which are idle */
+ if ((now - pClient->smart_check_tick) >= idle)
+ {
+ if (pClient->smart_priority < 0)
+ pClient->smart_priority++;
+ }
+ pClient->smart_check_tick = now;
+
+ /* check priority to select best client */
+ robin = (pClient->index - SmartLastIndex[pClient->smart_priority-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY]) & 0xff;
+ if (pClient->smart_priority > bestPrio ||
+ (pClient->smart_priority == bestPrio && robin > bestRobin))
+ {
+ bestPrio = pClient->smart_priority;
+ bestRobin = robin;
+ best = client;
+ }
+#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
+ if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)
+ fprintf (stderr, " %2d: %3d", client, pClient->smart_priority);
+#endif
+ }
+#ifdef SMART_DEBUG
+ if ((now - SmartLastPrint) >= 5000)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, " use %2d\n", best);
+ SmartLastPrint = now;
+ }
+#endif
+ pClient = clients[best];
+ SmartLastIndex[bestPrio-SMART_MIN_PRIORITY] = pClient->index;
+ /*
+ * Set current client pointer
+ */
+ if (SmartLastClient != pClient)
+ {
+ pClient->smart_start_tick = now;
+ SmartLastClient = pClient;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Adjust slice
+ */
+ if (nready == 1 && SmartScheduleLatencyLimited == 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * If it's been a long time since another client
+ * has run, bump the slice up to get maximal
+ * performance from a single client
+ */
+ if ((now - pClient->smart_start_tick) > 1000 &&
+ SmartScheduleSlice < SmartScheduleMaxSlice)
+ {
+ SmartScheduleSlice += SmartScheduleInterval;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
+ }
+ return best;
+}
+
+void
+EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)
+{
+ ++SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;
+ SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
+}
+
+void
+DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency(void)
+{
+ --SmartScheduleLatencyLimited;
+
+ /* protect against bugs */
+ if (SmartScheduleLatencyLimited < 0)
+ SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
+}
+
+#define MAJOROP ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType
+
+void
+Dispatch(void)
+{
+ int *clientReady; /* array of request ready clients */
+ int result;
+ ClientPtr client;
+ int nready;
+ HWEventQueuePtr* icheck = checkForInput;
+ long start_tick;
+
+ nextFreeClientID = 1;
+ nClients = 0;
+
+ clientReady = malloc(sizeof(int) * MaxClients);
+ if (!clientReady)
+ return;
+
+ SmartScheduleSlice = SmartScheduleInterval;
+ while (!dispatchException)
+ {
+ if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])
+ {
+ ProcessInputEvents();
+ FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();
+ }
+
+ nready = WaitForSomething(clientReady);
+
+ if (nready && !SmartScheduleDisable)
+ {
+ clientReady[0] = SmartScheduleClient (clientReady, nready);
+ nready = 1;
+ }
+ /*****************
+ * Handle events in round robin fashion, doing input between
+ * each round
+ *****************/
+
+ while (!dispatchException && (--nready >= 0))
+ {
+ client = clients[clientReady[nready]];
+ if (! client)
+ {
+ /* KillClient can cause this to happen */
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* GrabServer activation can cause this to be true */
+ if (grabState == GrabKickout)
+ {
+ grabState = GrabActive;
+ break;
+ }
+ isItTimeToYield = FALSE;
+
+ start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+ while (!isItTimeToYield)
+ {
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ CARD8 StartMajorOp;
+#endif
+ if (*icheck[0] != *icheck[1])
+ ProcessInputEvents();
+
+ FlushIfCriticalOutputPending();
+ if (!SmartScheduleDisable &&
+ (SmartScheduleTime - start_tick) >= SmartScheduleSlice)
+ {
+ /* Penalize clients which consume ticks */
+ if (client->smart_priority > SMART_MIN_PRIORITY)
+ client->smart_priority--;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* now, finally, deal with client requests */
+
+ result = ReadRequestFromClient(client);
+ if (result <= 0)
+ {
+ if (result < 0)
+ CloseDownClient(client);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ client->sequence++;
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ StartMajorOp=MAJOROP;
+ XSERVER_REQUEST_START(LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp), StartMajorOp,
+ ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->length,
+ client->index, client->requestBuffer);
+#endif
+ if (result > (maxBigRequestSize << 2))
+ result = BadLength;
+ else {
+ result = XaceHookDispatch(client, MAJOROP);
+ if (result == Success)
+ result = (* client->requestVector[MAJOROP])(client);
+ XaceHookAuditEnd(client, result);
+ }
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ if (result!=Success)
+ {
+ char Message[255];
+ sprintf(Message,"ERROR: %s (0x%x)",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),client->errorValue);
+ XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,
+ client->sequence, client->index, result);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (StartMajorOp!=MAJOROP)
+ {
+ char Message[255];
+ sprintf(Message,"Changed request: %s -> %s",LookupMajorName(StartMajorOp),LookupMajorName(MAJOROP));
+ XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(Message, MAJOROP,
+ client->sequence, client->index, result);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ XSERVER_REQUEST_DONE(LookupMajorName(MAJOROP), MAJOROP,
+ client->sequence, client->index, result);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (client->noClientException != Success)
+ {
+ CloseDownClient(client);
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (result != Success)
+ {
+ SendErrorToClient(client, MAJOROP,
+ MinorOpcodeOfRequest(client),
+ client->errorValue, result);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ FlushAllOutput();
+ client = clients[clientReady[nready]];
+ if (client)
+ client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+ }
+ dispatchException &= ~DE_PRIORITYCHANGE;
+ }
+#if defined(DDXBEFORERESET)
+ ddxBeforeReset ();
+#endif
+ KillAllClients();
+ free(clientReady);
+ dispatchException &= ~DE_RESET;
+ SmartScheduleLatencyLimited = 0;
+}
+
+#undef MAJOROP
+
+static int VendorRelease = VENDOR_RELEASE;
+static char *VendorString = VENDOR_NAME;
+
+static const int padlength[4] = {0, 3, 2, 1};
+
+void
+SetVendorRelease(int release)
+{
+ VendorRelease = release;
+}
+
+void
+SetVendorString(char *string)
+{
+ VendorString = string;
+}
+
+Bool
+CreateConnectionBlock(void)
+{
+ xConnSetup setup;
+ xWindowRoot root;
+ xDepth depth;
+ xVisualType visual;
+ xPixmapFormat format;
+ unsigned long vid;
+ int i, j, k,
+ lenofblock,
+ sizesofar = 0;
+ char *pBuf;
+
+
+ memset(&setup, 0, sizeof(xConnSetup));
+ /* Leave off the ridBase and ridMask, these must be sent with
+ connection */
+
+ setup.release = VendorRelease;
+ /*
+ * per-server image and bitmap parameters are defined in Xmd.h
+ */
+ setup.imageByteOrder = screenInfo.imageByteOrder;
+
+ setup.bitmapScanlineUnit = screenInfo.bitmapScanlineUnit;
+ setup.bitmapScanlinePad = screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad;
+
+ setup.bitmapBitOrder = screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder;
+ setup.motionBufferSize = NumMotionEvents();
+ setup.numRoots = screenInfo.numScreens;
+ setup.nbytesVendor = strlen(VendorString);
+ setup.numFormats = screenInfo.numPixmapFormats;
+ setup.maxRequestSize = MAX_REQUEST_SIZE;
+ QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&setup.minKeyCode, &setup.maxKeyCode);
+
+ lenofblock = sizeof(xConnSetup) +
+ pad_to_int32(setup.nbytesVendor) +
+ (setup.numFormats * sizeof(xPixmapFormat)) +
+ (setup.numRoots * sizeof(xWindowRoot));
+ ConnectionInfo = malloc(lenofblock);
+ if (!ConnectionInfo)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ memmove(ConnectionInfo, (char *)&setup, sizeof(xConnSetup));
+ sizesofar = sizeof(xConnSetup);
+ pBuf = ConnectionInfo + sizeof(xConnSetup);
+
+ memmove(pBuf, VendorString, (int)setup.nbytesVendor);
+ sizesofar += setup.nbytesVendor;
+ pBuf += setup.nbytesVendor;
+ i = padlength[setup.nbytesVendor & 3];
+ sizesofar += i;
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *pBuf++ = 0;
+
+ memset(&format, 0, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));
+ for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; i++)
+ {
+ format.depth = screenInfo.formats[i].depth;
+ format.bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[i].bitsPerPixel;
+ format.scanLinePad = screenInfo.formats[i].scanlinePad;
+ memmove(pBuf, (char *)&format, sizeof(xPixmapFormat));
+ pBuf += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);
+ sizesofar += sizeof(xPixmapFormat);
+ }
+
+ connBlockScreenStart = sizesofar;
+ memset(&depth, 0, sizeof(xDepth));
+ memset(&visual, 0, sizeof(xVisualType));
+ for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ DepthPtr pDepth;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ root.windowId = pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+ root.defaultColormap = pScreen->defColormap;
+ root.whitePixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+ root.blackPixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
+ root.currentInputMask = 0; /* filled in when sent */
+ root.pixWidth = pScreen->width;
+ root.pixHeight = pScreen->height;
+ root.mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+ root.mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+ root.minInstalledMaps = pScreen->minInstalledCmaps;
+ root.maxInstalledMaps = pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps;
+ root.rootVisualID = pScreen->rootVisual;
+ root.backingStore = pScreen->backingStoreSupport;
+ root.saveUnders = FALSE;
+ root.rootDepth = pScreen->rootDepth;
+ root.nDepths = pScreen->numDepths;
+ memmove(pBuf, (char *)&root, sizeof(xWindowRoot));
+ sizesofar += sizeof(xWindowRoot);
+ pBuf += sizeof(xWindowRoot);
+
+ pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths;
+ for(j = 0; j < pScreen->numDepths; j++, pDepth++)
+ {
+ lenofblock += sizeof(xDepth) +
+ (pDepth->numVids * sizeof(xVisualType));
+ pBuf = (char *)realloc(ConnectionInfo, lenofblock);
+ if (!pBuf)
+ {
+ free(ConnectionInfo);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ ConnectionInfo = pBuf;
+ pBuf += sizesofar;
+ depth.depth = pDepth->depth;
+ depth.nVisuals = pDepth->numVids;
+ memmove(pBuf, (char *)&depth, sizeof(xDepth));
+ pBuf += sizeof(xDepth);
+ sizesofar += sizeof(xDepth);
+ for(k = 0; k < pDepth->numVids; k++)
+ {
+ vid = pDepth->vids[k];
+ for (pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
+ pVisual->vid != vid;
+ pVisual++)
+ ;
+ visual.visualID = vid;
+ visual.class = pVisual->class;
+ visual.bitsPerRGB = pVisual->bitsPerRGBValue;
+ visual.colormapEntries = pVisual->ColormapEntries;
+ visual.redMask = pVisual->redMask;
+ visual.greenMask = pVisual->greenMask;
+ visual.blueMask = pVisual->blueMask;
+ memmove(pBuf, (char *)&visual, sizeof(xVisualType));
+ pBuf += sizeof(xVisualType);
+ sizesofar += sizeof(xVisualType);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ connSetupPrefix.success = xTrue;
+ connSetupPrefix.length = lenofblock/4;
+ connSetupPrefix.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;
+ connSetupPrefix.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcBadRequest(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadRequest;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreateWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pParent, pWin;
+ REQUEST(xCreateWindowReq);
+ int len, rc;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateWindowReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->wid, client);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateWindowReq));
+ if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len)
+ return BadLength;
+ if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = 0;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ pWin = CreateWindow(stuff->wid, pParent, stuff->x,
+ stuff->y, stuff->width, stuff->height,
+ stuff->borderWidth, stuff->class,
+ stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1],
+ (int)stuff->depth,
+ client, stuff->visual, &rc);
+ if (pWin)
+ {
+ Mask mask = pWin->eventMask;
+
+ pWin->eventMask = 0; /* subterfuge in case AddResource fails */
+ if (!AddResource(stuff->wid, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ pWin->eventMask = mask;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);
+ int len, rc;
+ Mask access_mode = 0;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeWindowAttributesReq);
+ access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & CWEventMask) ? DixReceiveAccess : 0;
+ access_mode |= (stuff->valueMask & ~CWEventMask) ? DixSetAttrAccess : 0;
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, access_mode);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeWindowAttributesReq));
+ if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))
+ return BadLength;
+ return ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin,
+ stuff->valueMask,
+ (XID *) &stuff[1],
+ client);
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ xGetWindowAttributesReply wa;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ memset(&wa, 0, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply));
+ GetWindowAttributes(pWin, client, &wa);
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply), &wa);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcDestroyWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if (pWin->parent) {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pWin->parent->drawable.id, client,
+ DixRemoveAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcDestroySubwindows(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixRemoveAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ DestroySubwindows(pWin, client);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeSaveSet(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xChangeSaveSetReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeSaveSetReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if (client->clientAsMask == (CLIENT_BITS(pWin->drawable.id)))
+ return BadMatch;
+ if ((stuff->mode == SetModeInsert) || (stuff->mode == SetModeDelete))
+ return AlterSaveSetForClient(client, pWin, stuff->mode, FALSE, TRUE);
+ client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+ return BadValue;
+}
+
+int
+ProcReparentWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin, pParent;
+ REQUEST(xReparentWindowReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReparentWindowReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pParent, stuff->parent, client, DixAddAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pParent->drawable))
+ return BadMatch;
+ if ((pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative) &&
+ (pParent->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth))
+ return BadMatch;
+ if ((pWin->drawable.class != InputOnly) &&
+ (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))
+ return BadMatch;
+ return ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,
+ (short)stuff->x, (short)stuff->y, client);
+}
+
+int
+ProcMapWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixShowAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ MapWindow(pWin, client);
+ /* update cache to say it is mapped */
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcMapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ MapSubwindows(pWin, client);
+ /* update cache to say it is mapped */
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcUnmapWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixHideAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
+ /* update cache to say it is mapped */
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcUnmapSubwindows(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ UnmapSubwindows(pWin);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcConfigureWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xConfigureWindowReq);
+ int len, rc;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xConfigureWindowReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,
+ DixManageAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xConfigureWindowReq));
+ if (Ones((Mask)stuff->mask) != len)
+ return BadLength;
+ return ConfigureWindow(pWin, (Mask)stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], client);
+}
+
+int
+ProcCirculateWindow(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xCirculateWindowReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCirculateWindowReq);
+ if ((stuff->direction != RaiseLowest) &&
+ (stuff->direction != LowerHighest))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->direction;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ CirculateWindow(pWin, (int)stuff->direction, client);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+GetGeometry(ClientPtr client, xGetGeometryReply *rep)
+{
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->id, client, M_ANY, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep->type = X_Reply;
+ rep->length = 0;
+ rep->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep->root = pDraw->pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+ rep->depth = pDraw->depth;
+ rep->width = pDraw->width;
+ rep->height = pDraw->height;
+
+ if (WindowDrawable(pDraw->type))
+ {
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+ rep->x = pWin->origin.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ rep->y = pWin->origin.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ rep->borderWidth = pWin->borderWidth;
+ }
+ else /* DRAWABLE_PIXMAP */
+ {
+ rep->x = rep->y = rep->borderWidth = 0;
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcGetGeometry(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGetGeometryReply rep;
+ int status;
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply));
+ if ((status = GetGeometry(client, &rep)) != Success)
+ return status;
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetGeometryReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+/* Do not return the clipboard window in ProcQueryTree, cause this may cause
+ the clipboard client being closed when connecting through xdmcp.
+*/
+extern Window g_iClipboardWindow;
+
+#endif
+
+int
+ProcQueryTree(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xQueryTreeReply reply;
+ int rc, numChildren = 0;
+ WindowPtr pChild, pWin, pHead;
+ Window *childIDs = (Window *)NULL;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixListAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply));
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ if (pWin->parent)
+ reply.parent = pWin->parent->drawable.id;
+ else
+ reply.parent = (Window)None;
+ pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);
+ for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
+#ifdef WIN32
+ if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)
+#endif
+ numChildren++;
+ if (numChildren)
+ {
+ int curChild = 0;
+
+ childIDs = malloc(numChildren * sizeof(Window));
+ if (!childIDs)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
+#ifdef WIN32
+ if (pChild->drawable.id!=g_iClipboardWindow)
+#endif
+ childIDs[curChild++] = pChild->drawable.id;
+ }
+
+ reply.nChildren = numChildren;
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(numChildren * sizeof(Window));
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTreeReply), &reply);
+ if (numChildren)
+ {
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, numChildren * sizeof(Window), childIDs);
+ free(childIDs);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcInternAtom(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ Atom atom;
+ char *tchar;
+ REQUEST(xInternAtomReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xInternAtomReq, stuff->nbytes);
+ if ((stuff->onlyIfExists != xTrue) && (stuff->onlyIfExists != xFalse))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->onlyIfExists;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ tchar = (char *) &stuff[1];
+ atom = MakeAtom(tchar, stuff->nbytes, !stuff->onlyIfExists);
+ if (atom != BAD_RESOURCE)
+ {
+ xInternAtomReply reply;
+ memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xInternAtomReply));
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.length = 0;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.atom = atom;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xInternAtomReply), &reply);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetAtomName(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ const char *str;
+ xGetAtomNameReply reply;
+ int len;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ if ( (str = NameForAtom(stuff->id)) )
+ {
+ len = strlen(str);
+ memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply));
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.nameLength = len;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetAtomNameReply), &reply);
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, len, str);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+ return BadAtom;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcGrabServer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+ if (grabState != GrabNone && client != grabClient)
+ {
+ ResetCurrentRequest(client);
+ client->sequence--;
+ BITSET(grabWaiters, client->index);
+ IgnoreClient(client);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ rc = OnlyListenToOneClient(client);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ grabState = GrabKickout;
+ grabClient = client;
+
+ if (ServerGrabCallback)
+ {
+ ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;
+ grabinfo.client = client;
+ grabinfo.grabstate = SERVER_GRABBED;
+ CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static void
+UngrabServer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ grabState = GrabNone;
+ ListenToAllClients();
+ for (i = mskcnt; --i >= 0 && !grabWaiters[i]; )
+ ;
+ if (i >= 0)
+ {
+ i <<= 5;
+ while (!GETBIT(grabWaiters, i))
+ i++;
+ BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, i);
+ AttendClient(clients[i]);
+ }
+
+ if (ServerGrabCallback)
+ {
+ ServerGrabInfoRec grabinfo;
+ grabinfo.client = client;
+ grabinfo.grabstate = SERVER_UNGRABBED;
+ CallCallbacks(&ServerGrabCallback, (pointer)&grabinfo);
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcUngrabServer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+ UngrabServer(client);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcTranslateCoords(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xTranslateCoordsReq);
+
+ WindowPtr pWin, pDst;
+ xTranslateCoordsReply rep;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xTranslateCoordsReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->srcWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pDst, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ if (!SAME_SCREENS(pWin->drawable, pDst->drawable))
+ {
+ rep.sameScreen = xFalse;
+ rep.child = None;
+ rep.dstX = rep.dstY = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ INT16 x, y;
+ rep.sameScreen = xTrue;
+ rep.child = None;
+ /* computing absolute coordinates -- adjust to destination later */
+ x = pWin->drawable.x + stuff->srcX;
+ y = pWin->drawable.y + stuff->srcY;
+ pWin = pDst->firstChild;
+ while (pWin)
+ {
+ BoxRec box;
+ if ((pWin->mapped) &&
+ (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+ (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
+ wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+ (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+ (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
+ wBorderWidth (pWin))
+ /* When a window is shaped, a further check
+ * is made to see if the point is inside
+ * borderSize
+ */
+ && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) ||
+ RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))
+
+ && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+ RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
+ x - pWin->drawable.x,
+ y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))
+ )
+ {
+ rep.child = pWin->drawable.id;
+ pWin = (WindowPtr) NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ pWin = pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ /* adjust to destination coordinates */
+ rep.dstX = x - pDst->drawable.x;
+ rep.dstY = y - pDst->drawable.y;
+ }
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xTranslateCoordsReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcOpenFont(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int err;
+ REQUEST(xOpenFontReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xOpenFontReq, stuff->nbytes);
+ client->errorValue = stuff->fid;
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->fid, client);
+ err = OpenFont(client, stuff->fid, (Mask) 0,
+ stuff->nbytes, (char *)&stuff[1]);
+ if (err == Success)
+ {
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ return err;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCloseFont(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ FontPtr pFont;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, stuff->id, RT_FONT,
+ client, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryFont(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xQueryFontReply *reply;
+ FontPtr pFont;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ {
+ xCharInfo *pmax = FONTINKMAX(pFont);
+ xCharInfo *pmin = FONTINKMIN(pFont);
+ int nprotoxcistructs;
+ int rlength;
+
+ nprotoxcistructs = (
+ pmax->rightSideBearing == pmin->rightSideBearing &&
+ pmax->leftSideBearing == pmin->leftSideBearing &&
+ pmax->descent == pmin->descent &&
+ pmax->ascent == pmin->ascent &&
+ pmax->characterWidth == pmin->characterWidth) ?
+ 0 : N2dChars(pFont);
+
+ rlength = sizeof(xQueryFontReply) +
+ FONTINFONPROPS(FONTCHARSET(pFont)) * sizeof(xFontProp) +
+ nprotoxcistructs * sizeof(xCharInfo);
+ reply = calloc(1, rlength);
+ if(!reply)
+ {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ reply->type = X_Reply;
+ reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply));
+ reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ QueryFont( pFont, reply, nprotoxcistructs);
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, rlength, reply);
+ free(reply);
+ return Success;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryTextExtents(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xQueryTextExtentsReply reply;
+ FontPtr pFont;
+ ExtentInfoRec info;
+ unsigned long length;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xQueryTextExtentsReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryTextExtentsReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupFontable(&pFont, stuff->fid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ length = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReq));
+ length = length << 1;
+ if (stuff->oddLength)
+ {
+ if (length == 0)
+ return BadLength;
+ length--;
+ }
+ if (!QueryTextExtents(pFont, length, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1], &info))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.length = 0;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.drawDirection = info.drawDirection;
+ reply.fontAscent = info.fontAscent;
+ reply.fontDescent = info.fontDescent;
+ reply.overallAscent = info.overallAscent;
+ reply.overallDescent = info.overallDescent;
+ reply.overallWidth = info.overallWidth;
+ reply.overallLeft = info.overallLeft;
+ reply.overallRight = info.overallRight;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryTextExtentsReply), &reply);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcListFonts(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xListFontsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsReq, stuff->nbytes);
+
+ return ListFonts(client, (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
+ stuff->maxNames);
+}
+
+int
+ProcListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xListFontsWithInfoReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xListFontsWithInfoReq, stuff->nbytes);
+
+ return StartListFontsWithInfo(client, stuff->nbytes,
+ (unsigned char *) &stuff[1], stuff->maxNames);
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+dixDestroyPixmap(pointer value, XID pid)
+{
+ PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr)value;
+ return (*pPixmap->drawable.pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap);
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreatePixmap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PixmapPtr pMap;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ REQUEST(xCreatePixmapReq);
+ DepthPtr pDepth;
+ int i, rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreatePixmapReq);
+ client->errorValue = stuff->pid;
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);
+
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (!stuff->width || !stuff->height)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = 0;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->width > 32767 || stuff->height > 32767)
+ {
+ /* It is allowed to try and allocate a pixmap which is larger than
+ * 32767 in either dimension. However, all of the framebuffer code
+ * is buggy and does not reliably draw to such big pixmaps, basically
+ * because the Region data structure operates with signed shorts
+ * for the rectangles in it.
+ *
+ * Furthermore, several places in the X server computes the
+ * size in bytes of the pixmap and tries to store it in an
+ * integer. This integer can overflow and cause the allocated size
+ * to be much smaller.
+ *
+ * So, such big pixmaps are rejected here with a BadAlloc
+ */
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ if (stuff->depth != 1)
+ {
+ pDepth = pDraw->pScreen->allowedDepths;
+ for (i=0; i<pDraw->pScreen->numDepths; i++, pDepth++)
+ if (pDepth->depth == stuff->depth)
+ goto CreatePmap;
+ client->errorValue = stuff->depth;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+CreatePmap:
+ pMap = (PixmapPtr)(*pDraw->pScreen->CreatePixmap)
+ (pDraw->pScreen, stuff->width,
+ stuff->height, stuff->depth, 0);
+ if (pMap)
+ {
+ pMap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
+ pMap->drawable.id = stuff->pid;
+ /* security creation/labeling check */
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP,
+ pMap, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if (AddResource(stuff->pid, RT_PIXMAP, (pointer)pMap))
+ return Success;
+ (*pDraw->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pMap);
+ }
+ return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcFreePixmap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PixmapPtr pMap;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pMap, stuff->id, RT_PIXMAP, client,
+ DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreateGC(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int error, rc;
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ unsigned len;
+ REQUEST(xCreateGCReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xCreateGCReq);
+ client->errorValue = stuff->gc;
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gc, client);
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, 0,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xCreateGCReq));
+ if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))
+ return BadLength;
+ pGC = (GC *)CreateGC(pDraw, stuff->mask, (XID *) &stuff[1], &error,
+ stuff->gc, client);
+ if (error != Success)
+ return error;
+ if (!AddResource(stuff->gc, RT_GC, (pointer)pGC))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeGC(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GC *pGC;
+ int result;
+ unsigned len;
+ REQUEST(xChangeGCReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xChangeGCReq);
+
+ result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xChangeGCReq));
+ if (len != Ones(stuff->mask))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ return ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, stuff->mask, (CARD32 *) &stuff[1]);
+}
+
+int
+ProcCopyGC(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GC *dstGC;
+ GC *pGC;
+ int result;
+ REQUEST(xCopyGCReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyGCReq);
+
+ result = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->srcGC, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+ result = dixLookupGC(&dstGC, stuff->dstGC, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+ if ((dstGC->pScreen != pGC->pScreen) || (dstGC->depth != pGC->depth))
+ return BadMatch;
+ if (stuff->mask & ~GCAllBits)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ return CopyGC(pGC, dstGC, stuff->mask);
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetDashes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GC *pGC;
+ int result;
+ REQUEST(xSetDashesReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xSetDashesReq, stuff->nDashes);
+ if (stuff->nDashes == 0)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = 0;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+
+ /* If there's an error, either there's no sensible errorValue,
+ * or there was a dash segment of 0. */
+ client->errorValue = 0;
+ return SetDashes(pGC, stuff->dashOffset, stuff->nDashes,
+ (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetClipRectangles(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int nr, result;
+ GC *pGC;
+ REQUEST(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
+ if ((stuff->ordering != Unsorted) && (stuff->ordering != YSorted) &&
+ (stuff->ordering != YXSorted) && (stuff->ordering != YXBanded))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->ordering;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ result = dixLookupGC(&pGC,stuff->gc, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+
+ nr = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetClipRectanglesReq);
+ if (nr & 4)
+ return BadLength;
+ nr >>= 3;
+ return SetClipRects(pGC, stuff->xOrigin, stuff->yOrigin,
+ nr, (xRectangle *)&stuff[1], (int)stuff->ordering);
+}
+
+int
+ProcFreeGC(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GC *pGC;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupGC(&pGC, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcClearToBackground(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xClearAreaReq);
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xClearAreaReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if (pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->window;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->exposures != xTrue) && (stuff->exposures != xFalse))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->exposures;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ClearToBackground)(pWin, stuff->x, stuff->y,
+ stuff->width, stuff->height,
+ (Bool)stuff->exposures);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCopyArea(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DrawablePtr pDst;
+ DrawablePtr pSrc;
+ GC *pGC;
+ REQUEST(xCopyAreaReq);
+ RegionPtr pRgn;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyAreaReq);
+
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pDst, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pSrc, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if ((pDst->pScreen != pSrc->pScreen) || (pDst->depth != pSrc->depth))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ pSrc = pDst;
+
+ pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyArea)(pSrc, pDst, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,
+ stuff->width, stuff->height,
+ stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY);
+ if (pGC->graphicsExposures)
+ {
+ (*pDst->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)
+ (client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyArea, 0);
+ if (pRgn)
+ RegionDestroy(pRgn);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCopyPlane(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DrawablePtr psrcDraw, pdstDraw;
+ GC *pGC;
+ REQUEST(xCopyPlaneReq);
+ RegionPtr pRgn;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyPlaneReq);
+
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->dstDrawable, pdstDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (stuff->dstDrawable != stuff->srcDrawable)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&psrcDraw, stuff->srcDrawable, client, 0,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (pdstDraw->pScreen != psrcDraw->pScreen)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->dstDrawable;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ psrcDraw = pdstDraw;
+
+ /* Check to see if stuff->bitPlane has exactly ONE good bit set */
+ if(stuff->bitPlane == 0 || (stuff->bitPlane & (stuff->bitPlane - 1)) ||
+ (stuff->bitPlane > (1L << (psrcDraw->depth - 1))))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->bitPlane;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ pRgn = (*pGC->ops->CopyPlane)(psrcDraw, pdstDraw, pGC, stuff->srcX, stuff->srcY,
+ stuff->width, stuff->height,
+ stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY, stuff->bitPlane);
+ if (pGC->graphicsExposures)
+ {
+ (*pdstDraw->pScreen->SendGraphicsExpose)
+ (client, pRgn, stuff->dstDrawable, X_CopyPlane, 0);
+ if (pRgn)
+ RegionDestroy(pRgn);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyPoint(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int npoint;
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ REQUEST(xPolyPointReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyPointReq);
+ if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) &&
+ (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyPointReq));
+ if (npoint)
+ (*pGC->ops->PolyPoint)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint,
+ (xPoint *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyLine(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int npoint;
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ REQUEST(xPolyLineReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyLineReq);
+ if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) &&
+ (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyLineReq));
+ if (npoint > 1)
+ (*pGC->ops->Polylines)(pDraw, pGC, stuff->coordMode, npoint,
+ (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolySegment(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int nsegs;
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ REQUEST(xPolySegmentReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolySegmentReq);
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ nsegs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolySegmentReq);
+ if (nsegs & 4)
+ return BadLength;
+ nsegs >>= 3;
+ if (nsegs)
+ (*pGC->ops->PolySegment)(pDraw, pGC, nsegs, (xSegment *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyRectangle (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int nrects;
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ REQUEST(xPolyRectangleReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyRectangleReq);
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ nrects = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyRectangleReq);
+ if (nrects & 4)
+ return BadLength;
+ nrects >>= 3;
+ if (nrects)
+ (*pGC->ops->PolyRectangle)(pDraw, pGC,
+ nrects, (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyArc(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int narcs;
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ REQUEST(xPolyArcReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyArcReq);
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyArcReq);
+ if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))
+ return BadLength;
+ narcs /= sizeof(xArc);
+ if (narcs)
+ (*pGC->ops->PolyArc)(pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcFillPoly(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int things;
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ REQUEST(xFillPolyReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFillPolyReq);
+ if ((stuff->shape != Complex) && (stuff->shape != Nonconvex) &&
+ (stuff->shape != Convex))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->shape;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->coordMode != CoordModeOrigin) &&
+ (stuff->coordMode != CoordModePrevious))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->coordMode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ things = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFillPolyReq));
+ if (things)
+ (*pGC->ops->FillPolygon) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->shape,
+ stuff->coordMode, things,
+ (DDXPointPtr) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyFillRectangle(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int things;
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ REQUEST(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ things = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillRectangleReq);
+ if (things & 4)
+ return BadLength;
+ things >>= 3;
+
+ if (things)
+ (*pGC->ops->PolyFillRect) (pDraw, pGC, things,
+ (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyFillArc(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int narcs;
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ REQUEST(xPolyFillArcReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyFillArcReq);
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ narcs = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyFillArcReq);
+ if (narcs % sizeof(xArc))
+ return BadLength;
+ narcs /= sizeof(xArc);
+ if (narcs)
+ (*pGC->ops->PolyFillArc) (pDraw, pGC, narcs, (xArc *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN
+
+int
+ServerOrder (void)
+{
+ int whichbyte = 1;
+
+ if (*((char *) &whichbyte))
+ return LSBFirst;
+ return MSBFirst;
+}
+
+#define ClientOrder(client) ((client)->swapped ? !ServerOrder() : ServerOrder())
+
+void
+ReformatImage (char *base, int nbytes, int bpp, int order)
+{
+ switch (bpp) {
+ case 1: /* yuck */
+ if (BITMAP_BIT_ORDER != order)
+ BitOrderInvert ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
+#if IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != BITMAP_BIT_ORDER && BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT != 8
+ ReformatImage (base, nbytes, BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT, order);
+#endif
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ break; /* yuck */
+ case 8:
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)
+ TwoByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
+ break;
+ case 32:
+ if (IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER != order)
+ FourByteSwap ((unsigned char *) base, nbytes);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+#else
+#define ReformatImage(b,n,bpp,o)
+#endif
+
+/* 64-bit server notes: the protocol restricts padding of images to
+ * 8-, 16-, or 32-bits. We would like to have 64-bits for the server
+ * to use internally. Removes need for internal alignment checking.
+ * All of the PutImage functions could be changed individually, but
+ * as currently written, they call other routines which require things
+ * to be 64-bit padded on scanlines, so we changed things here.
+ * If an image would be padded differently for 64- versus 32-, then
+ * copy each scanline to a 64-bit padded scanline.
+ * Also, we need to make sure that the image is aligned on a 64-bit
+ * boundary, even if the scanlines are padded to our satisfaction.
+ */
+int
+ProcPutImage(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GC *pGC;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ long length; /* length of scanline server padded */
+ long lengthProto; /* length of scanline protocol padded */
+ char *tmpImage;
+ REQUEST(xPutImageReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPutImageReq);
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (stuff->format == XYBitmap)
+ {
+ if ((stuff->depth != 1) ||
+ (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))
+ return BadMatch;
+ length = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);
+ }
+ else if (stuff->format == XYPixmap)
+ {
+ if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) ||
+ (stuff->leftPad >= (unsigned int)screenInfo.bitmapScanlinePad))
+ return BadMatch;
+ length = BitmapBytePad(stuff->width + stuff->leftPad);
+ length *= stuff->depth;
+ }
+ else if (stuff->format == ZPixmap)
+ {
+ if ((pDraw->depth != stuff->depth) || (stuff->leftPad != 0))
+ return BadMatch;
+ length = PixmapBytePad(stuff->width, stuff->depth);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->format;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ tmpImage = (char *)&stuff[1];
+ lengthProto = length;
+
+ if ((bytes_to_int32(lengthProto * stuff->height) +
+ bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xPutImageReq))) != client->req_len)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ ReformatImage (tmpImage, lengthProto * stuff->height,
+ stuff->format == ZPixmap ? BitsPerPixel (stuff->depth) : 1,
+ ClientOrder(client));
+
+ (*pGC->ops->PutImage) (pDraw, pGC, stuff->depth, stuff->dstX, stuff->dstY,
+ stuff->width, stuff->height,
+ stuff->leftPad, stuff->format, tmpImage);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+DoGetImage(ClientPtr client, int format, Drawable drawable,
+ int x, int y, int width, int height,
+ Mask planemask, xGetImageReply **im_return)
+{
+ DrawablePtr pDraw, pBoundingDraw;
+ int nlines, linesPerBuf, rc;
+ int linesDone;
+ /* coordinates relative to the bounding drawable */
+ int relx, rely;
+ long widthBytesLine, length;
+ Mask plane = 0;
+ char *pBuf;
+ xGetImageReply xgi;
+ RegionPtr pVisibleRegion = NULL;
+
+ if ((format != XYPixmap) && (format != ZPixmap))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = format;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawable, client, 0, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ memset(&xgi, 0, sizeof(xGetImageReply));
+
+ relx = x;
+ rely = y;
+
+ if(pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+ {
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
+
+ /* "If the drawable is a window, the window must be viewable ... or a
+ * BadMatch error results" */
+ if (!pWin->viewable)
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ relx += pDraw->x;
+ rely += pDraw->y;
+
+ if (pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) {
+ PixmapPtr pPix = (*pDraw->pScreen->GetWindowPixmap) (pWin);
+
+ pBoundingDraw = &pPix->drawable;
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+ relx -= pPix->screen_x;
+ rely -= pPix->screen_y;
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pBoundingDraw = (DrawablePtr)pDraw->pScreen->root;
+ }
+
+ xgi.visual = wVisual (pWin);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pBoundingDraw = pDraw;
+ xgi.visual = None;
+ }
+
+ /* "If the drawable is a pixmap, the given rectangle must be wholly
+ * contained within the pixmap, or a BadMatch error results. If the
+ * drawable is a window [...] it must be the case that if there were no
+ * inferiors or overlapping windows, the specified rectangle of the window
+ * would be fully visible on the screen and wholly contained within the
+ * outside edges of the window, or a BadMatch error results."
+ *
+ * We relax the window case slightly to mean that the rectangle must exist
+ * within the bounds of the window's backing pixmap. In particular, this
+ * means that a GetImage request may succeed or fail with BadMatch depending
+ * on whether any of its ancestor windows are redirected. */
+ if(relx < 0 || relx + width > (int)pBoundingDraw->width ||
+ rely < 0 || rely + height > (int)pBoundingDraw->height)
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ xgi.type = X_Reply;
+ xgi.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ xgi.depth = pDraw->depth;
+ if(format == ZPixmap)
+ {
+ widthBytesLine = PixmapBytePad(width, pDraw->depth);
+ length = widthBytesLine * height;
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ widthBytesLine = BitmapBytePad(width);
+ plane = ((Mask)1) << (pDraw->depth - 1);
+ /* only planes asked for */
+ length = widthBytesLine * height *
+ Ones(planemask & (plane | (plane - 1)));
+
+ }
+
+ xgi.length = length;
+
+ if (im_return) {
+ pBuf = calloc(1, sz_xGetImageReply + length);
+ if (!pBuf)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if (widthBytesLine == 0)
+ linesPerBuf = 0;
+ else
+ linesPerBuf = height;
+ *im_return = (xGetImageReply *)pBuf;
+ *(xGetImageReply *)pBuf = xgi;
+ pBuf += sz_xGetImageReply;
+ } else {
+ xgi.length = bytes_to_int32(xgi.length);
+ if (widthBytesLine == 0 || height == 0)
+ linesPerBuf = 0;
+ else if (widthBytesLine >= IMAGE_BUFSIZE)
+ linesPerBuf = 1;
+ else
+ {
+ linesPerBuf = IMAGE_BUFSIZE / widthBytesLine;
+ if (linesPerBuf > height)
+ linesPerBuf = height;
+ }
+ length = linesPerBuf * widthBytesLine;
+ if (linesPerBuf < height)
+ {
+ /* we have to make sure intermediate buffers don't need padding */
+ while ((linesPerBuf > 1) &&
+ (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1)))
+ {
+ linesPerBuf--;
+ length -= widthBytesLine;
+ }
+ while (length & ((1L << LOG2_BYTES_PER_SCANLINE_PAD)-1))
+ {
+ linesPerBuf++;
+ length += widthBytesLine;
+ }
+ }
+ if(!(pBuf = calloc(1, length)))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xGetImageReply), &xgi);
+ }
+
+ if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+ {
+ pVisibleRegion = NotClippedByChildren((WindowPtr)pDraw);
+ if (pVisibleRegion)
+ {
+ RegionTranslate(pVisibleRegion, -pDraw->x, -pDraw->y);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (linesPerBuf == 0)
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ else if (format == ZPixmap)
+ {
+ linesDone = 0;
+ while (height - linesDone > 0)
+ {
+ nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);
+ (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,
+ x,
+ y + linesDone,
+ width,
+ nlines,
+ format,
+ planemask,
+ (pointer) pBuf);
+ if (pVisibleRegion)
+ XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion, widthBytesLine,
+ pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width,
+ nlines, format, pBuf);
+
+ /* Note that this is NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,
+ as we do NOT byte swap */
+ if (!im_return)
+ {
+ ReformatImage (pBuf, (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
+ BitsPerPixel (pDraw->depth),
+ ClientOrder(client));
+
+/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */
+ (void)WriteToClient(client,
+ (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
+ pBuf);
+ }
+ linesDone += nlines;
+ }
+ }
+ else /* XYPixmap */
+ {
+ for (; plane; plane >>= 1)
+ {
+ if (planemask & plane)
+ {
+ linesDone = 0;
+ while (height - linesDone > 0)
+ {
+ nlines = min(linesPerBuf, height - linesDone);
+ (*pDraw->pScreen->GetImage) (pDraw,
+ x,
+ y + linesDone,
+ width,
+ nlines,
+ format,
+ plane,
+ (pointer)pBuf);
+ if (pVisibleRegion)
+ XaceCensorImage(client, pVisibleRegion,
+ widthBytesLine,
+ pDraw, x, y + linesDone, width,
+ nlines, format, pBuf);
+
+ /* Note: NOT a call to WriteSwappedDataToClient,
+ as we do NOT byte swap */
+ if (im_return) {
+ pBuf += nlines * widthBytesLine;
+ } else {
+ ReformatImage (pBuf,
+ (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
+ 1,
+ ClientOrder (client));
+
+/* Don't split me, gcc pukes when you do */
+ (void)WriteToClient(client,
+ (int)(nlines * widthBytesLine),
+ pBuf);
+ }
+ linesDone += nlines;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (pVisibleRegion)
+ RegionDestroy(pVisibleRegion);
+ if (!im_return)
+ free(pBuf);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetImage(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xGetImageReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGetImageReq);
+
+ return DoGetImage(client, stuff->format, stuff->drawable,
+ stuff->x, stuff->y,
+ (int)stuff->width, (int)stuff->height,
+ stuff->planeMask, (xGetImageReply **)NULL);
+}
+
+int
+ProcPolyText(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int err;
+ REQUEST(xPolyTextReq);
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ GC *pGC;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xPolyTextReq);
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ err = PolyText(client,
+ pDraw,
+ pGC,
+ (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
+ ((unsigned char *) stuff) + (client->req_len << 2),
+ stuff->x,
+ stuff->y,
+ stuff->reqType,
+ stuff->drawable);
+
+ if (err == Success)
+ {
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ return err;
+}
+
+int
+ProcImageText8(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int err;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ GC *pGC;
+
+ REQUEST(xImageTextReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars);
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ err = ImageText(client,
+ pDraw,
+ pGC,
+ stuff->nChars,
+ (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
+ stuff->x,
+ stuff->y,
+ stuff->reqType,
+ stuff->drawable);
+
+ if (err == Success)
+ {
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ return err;
+}
+
+int
+ProcImageText16(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int err;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ GC *pGC;
+
+ REQUEST(xImageTextReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xImageTextReq, stuff->nChars << 1);
+ VALIDATE_DRAWABLE_AND_GC(stuff->drawable, pDraw, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ err = ImageText(client,
+ pDraw,
+ pGC,
+ stuff->nChars,
+ (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
+ stuff->x,
+ stuff->y,
+ stuff->reqType,
+ stuff->drawable);
+
+ if (err == Success)
+ {
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ return err;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcCreateColormap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ ColormapPtr pmap;
+ Colormap mid;
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ REQUEST(xCreateColormapReq);
+ int i, result;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateColormapReq);
+
+ if ((stuff->alloc != AllocNone) && (stuff->alloc != AllocAll))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->alloc;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ mid = stuff->mid;
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);
+ result = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+
+ pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ for (i = 0, pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
+ i < pScreen->numVisuals;
+ i++, pVisual++)
+ {
+ if (pVisual->vid != stuff->visual)
+ continue;
+ return CreateColormap(mid, pScreen, pVisual, &pmap,
+ (int)stuff->alloc, client->index);
+ }
+ client->errorValue = stuff->visual;
+ return BadMatch;
+}
+
+int
+ProcFreeColormap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pmap;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ /* Freeing a default colormap is a no-op */
+ if (!(pmap->flags & IsDefault))
+ FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcCopyColormapAndFree(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ Colormap mid;
+ ColormapPtr pSrcMap;
+ REQUEST(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCopyColormapAndFreeReq);
+ mid = stuff->mid;
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(mid, client);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pSrcMap, stuff->srcCmap, RT_COLORMAP,
+ client, DixReadAccess|DixRemoveAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ return CopyColormapAndFree(mid, pSrcMap, client->index);
+ client->errorValue = stuff->srcCmap;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcInstallColormap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixInstallAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ goto out;
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ if (rc == BadValue)
+ rc = BadColor;
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ (*(pcmp->pScreen->InstallColormap)) (pcmp);
+ return Success;
+
+out:
+ client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcUninstallColormap(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->id, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixUninstallAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ goto out;
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ if (rc == BadValue)
+ rc = BadColor;
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ if(pcmp->mid != pcmp->pScreen->defColormap)
+ (*(pcmp->pScreen->UninstallColormap)) (pcmp);
+ return Success;
+
+out:
+ client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcListInstalledColormaps(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xListInstalledColormapsReply *preply;
+ int nummaps, rc;
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.pScreen,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ preply = malloc(sizeof(xListInstalledColormapsReply) +
+ pWin->drawable.pScreen->maxInstalledCmaps *
+ sizeof(Colormap));
+ if(!preply)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ preply->type = X_Reply;
+ preply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ nummaps = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ListInstalledColormaps)
+ (pWin->drawable.pScreen, (Colormap *)&preply[1]);
+ preply->nColormaps = nummaps;
+ preply->length = nummaps;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xListInstalledColormapsReply), preply);
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, nummaps * sizeof(Colormap), &preply[1]);
+ free(preply);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcAllocColor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pmap;
+ int rc;
+ xAllocColorReply acr;
+ REQUEST(xAllocColorReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixAddAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ acr.type = X_Reply;
+ acr.length = 0;
+ acr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ acr.red = stuff->red;
+ acr.green = stuff->green;
+ acr.blue = stuff->blue;
+ acr.pixel = 0;
+ if( (rc = AllocColor(pmap, &acr.red, &acr.green, &acr.blue,
+ &acr.pixel, client->index)) )
+ return rc;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pmap->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorReply), &acr);
+ return Success;
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcAllocNamedColor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xAllocNamedColorReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xAllocNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixAddAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ xAllocNamedColorReply ancr;
+
+ ancr.type = X_Reply;
+ ancr.length = 0;
+ ancr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
+ &ancr.exactRed, &ancr.exactGreen, &ancr.exactBlue))
+ {
+ ancr.screenRed = ancr.exactRed;
+ ancr.screenGreen = ancr.exactGreen;
+ ancr.screenBlue = ancr.exactBlue;
+ ancr.pixel = 0;
+ if( (rc = AllocColor(pcmp,
+ &ancr.screenRed, &ancr.screenGreen, &ancr.screenBlue,
+ &ancr.pixel, client->index)) )
+ return rc;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocNamedColorReply), &ancr);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ return BadName;
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcAllocColorCells (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xAllocColorCellsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorCellsReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixAddAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ xAllocColorCellsReply accr;
+ int npixels, nmasks;
+ long length;
+ Pixel *ppixels, *pmasks;
+
+ npixels = stuff->colors;
+ if (!npixels)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = npixels;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ nmasks = stuff->planes;
+ length = ((long)npixels + (long)nmasks) * sizeof(Pixel);
+ ppixels = malloc(length);
+ if(!ppixels)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ pmasks = ppixels + npixels;
+
+ if( (rc = AllocColorCells(client->index, pcmp, npixels, nmasks,
+ (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels, pmasks)) )
+ {
+ free(ppixels);
+ return rc;
+ }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+ {
+ accr.type = X_Reply;
+ accr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);
+ accr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ accr.nPixels = npixels;
+ accr.nMasks = nmasks;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof (xAllocColorCellsReply), &accr);
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);
+ }
+ free(ppixels);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcAllocColorPlanes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xAllocColorPlanesReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllocColorPlanesReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixAddAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ xAllocColorPlanesReply acpr;
+ int npixels;
+ long length;
+ Pixel *ppixels;
+
+ npixels = stuff->colors;
+ if (!npixels)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = npixels;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->contiguous != xTrue && stuff->contiguous != xFalse)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->contiguous;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ acpr.type = X_Reply;
+ acpr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ acpr.nPixels = npixels;
+ length = (long)npixels * sizeof(Pixel);
+ ppixels = malloc(length);
+ if(!ppixels)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if( (rc = AllocColorPlanes(client->index, pcmp, npixels,
+ (int)stuff->red, (int)stuff->green, (int)stuff->blue,
+ (Bool)stuff->contiguous, ppixels,
+ &acpr.redMask, &acpr.greenMask, &acpr.blueMask)) )
+ {
+ free(ppixels);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ acpr.length = bytes_to_int32(length);
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension || !pcmp->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+ {
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xAllocColorPlanesReply), &acpr);
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) Swap32Write;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, ppixels);
+ }
+ free(ppixels);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcFreeColors(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xFreeColorsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xFreeColorsReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixRemoveAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ int count;
+
+ if(pcmp->flags & AllAllocated)
+ return BadAccess;
+ count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xFreeColorsReq));
+ return FreeColors(pcmp, client->index, count,
+ (Pixel *)&stuff[1], (Pixel)stuff->planeMask);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcStoreColors (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xStoreColorsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xStoreColorsReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ int count;
+
+ count = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xStoreColorsReq);
+ if (count % sizeof(xColorItem))
+ return BadLength;
+ count /= sizeof(xColorItem);
+ return StoreColors(pcmp, count, (xColorItem *)&stuff[1], client);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcStoreNamedColor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xStoreNamedColorReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xStoreNamedColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ xColorItem def;
+
+ if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1],
+ stuff->nbytes, &def.red, &def.green, &def.blue))
+ {
+ def.flags = stuff->flags;
+ def.pixel = stuff->pixel;
+ return StoreColors(pcmp, 1, &def, client);
+ }
+ return BadName;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryColors(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xQueryColorsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xQueryColorsReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ int count;
+ xrgb *prgbs;
+ xQueryColorsReply qcr;
+
+ count = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xQueryColorsReq));
+ prgbs = calloc(1, count * sizeof(xrgb));
+ if(!prgbs && count)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if( (rc = QueryColors(pcmp, count, (Pixel *)&stuff[1], prgbs, client)) )
+ {
+ free(prgbs);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ memset(&qcr, 0, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply));
+ qcr.type = X_Reply;
+ qcr.length = bytes_to_int32(count * sizeof(xrgb));
+ qcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ qcr.nColors = count;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryColorsReply), &qcr);
+ if (count)
+ {
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SQColorsExtend;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, count * sizeof(xrgb), prgbs);
+ }
+ free(prgbs);
+ return Success;
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcLookupColor(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ColormapPtr pcmp;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xLookupColorReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xLookupColorReq, stuff->nbytes);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pcmp, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP, client,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ xLookupColorReply lcr;
+
+ if(OsLookupColor(pcmp->pScreen->myNum, (char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes,
+ &lcr.exactRed, &lcr.exactGreen, &lcr.exactBlue))
+ {
+ lcr.type = X_Reply;
+ lcr.length = 0;
+ lcr.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ lcr.screenRed = lcr.exactRed;
+ lcr.screenGreen = lcr.exactGreen;
+ lcr.screenBlue = lcr.exactBlue;
+ (*pcmp->pScreen->ResolveColor)(&lcr.screenRed,
+ &lcr.screenGreen,
+ &lcr.screenBlue,
+ pcmp->pVisual);
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xLookupColorReply), &lcr);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ return BadName;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreateCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ PixmapPtr src;
+ PixmapPtr msk;
+ unsigned char * srcbits;
+ unsigned char * mskbits;
+ unsigned short width, height;
+ long n;
+ CursorMetricRec cm;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST(xCreateCursorReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateCursorReq);
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&src, stuff->source, RT_PIXMAP, client,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->source;
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&msk, stuff->mask, RT_PIXMAP, client,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ if (stuff->mask != None)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->mask;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ( src->drawable.width != msk->drawable.width
+ || src->drawable.height != msk->drawable.height
+ || src->drawable.depth != 1
+ || msk->drawable.depth != 1)
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ width = src->drawable.width;
+ height = src->drawable.height;
+
+ if ( stuff->x > width
+ || stuff->y > height )
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ n = BitmapBytePad(width)*height;
+ srcbits = calloc(1, n);
+ if (!srcbits)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ mskbits = malloc(n);
+ if (!mskbits)
+ {
+ free(srcbits);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ (* src->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)src, 0, 0, width, height,
+ XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)srcbits);
+ if ( msk == (PixmapPtr)NULL)
+ {
+ unsigned char *bits = mskbits;
+ while (--n >= 0)
+ *bits++ = ~0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* zeroing the (pad) bits helps some ddx cursor handling */
+ memset((char *)mskbits, 0, n);
+ (* msk->drawable.pScreen->GetImage)( (DrawablePtr)msk, 0, 0, width,
+ height, XYPixmap, 1, (pointer)mskbits);
+ }
+ cm.width = width;
+ cm.height = height;
+ cm.xhot = stuff->x;
+ cm.yhot = stuff->y;
+ rc = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm,
+ stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,
+ stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,
+ &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);
+
+ if (rc != Success)
+ goto bail;
+ if (!AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor)) {
+ rc = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+bail:
+ free(srcbits);
+ free(mskbits);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcCreateGlyphCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ int res;
+
+ REQUEST(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xCreateGlyphCursorReq);
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
+
+ res = AllocGlyphCursor(stuff->source, stuff->sourceChar,
+ stuff->mask, stuff->maskChar,
+ stuff->foreRed, stuff->foreGreen, stuff->foreBlue,
+ stuff->backRed, stuff->backGreen, stuff->backBlue,
+ &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);
+ if (res != Success)
+ return res;
+ if (AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor))
+ return Success;
+ return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcFreeCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->id, RT_CURSOR, client,
+ DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ FreeResource(stuff->id, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->id;
+ return rc;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryBestSize (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xQueryBestSizeReply reply;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xQueryBestSizeReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xQueryBestSizeReq);
+
+ if ((stuff->class != CursorShape) &&
+ (stuff->class != TileShape) &&
+ (stuff->class != StippleShape))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->class;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, M_ANY,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if (stuff->class != CursorShape && pDraw->type == UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW)
+ return BadMatch;
+ pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pScreen, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ (* pScreen->QueryBestSize)(stuff->class, &stuff->width,
+ &stuff->height, pScreen);
+ memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply));
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.length = 0;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.width = stuff->width;
+ reply.height = stuff->height;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryBestSizeReply), &reply);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+int
+ProcSetScreenSaver (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc, i, blankingOption, exposureOption;
+ REQUEST(xSetScreenSaverReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetScreenSaverReq);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
+ DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ blankingOption = stuff->preferBlank;
+ if ((blankingOption != DontPreferBlanking) &&
+ (blankingOption != PreferBlanking) &&
+ (blankingOption != DefaultBlanking))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = blankingOption;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ exposureOption = stuff->allowExpose;
+ if ((exposureOption != DontAllowExposures) &&
+ (exposureOption != AllowExposures) &&
+ (exposureOption != DefaultExposures))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = exposureOption;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->timeout < -1)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->timeout;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->interval < -1)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->interval;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if (blankingOption == DefaultBlanking)
+ ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;
+ else
+ ScreenSaverBlanking = blankingOption;
+ if (exposureOption == DefaultExposures)
+ ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;
+ else
+ ScreenSaverAllowExposures = exposureOption;
+
+ if (stuff->timeout >= 0)
+ ScreenSaverTime = stuff->timeout * MILLI_PER_SECOND;
+ else
+ ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;
+ if (stuff->interval >= 0)
+ ScreenSaverInterval = stuff->interval * MILLI_PER_SECOND;
+ else
+ ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;
+
+ SetScreenSaverTimer();
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGetScreenSaverReply rep;
+ int rc, i;
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.timeout = ScreenSaverTime / MILLI_PER_SECOND;
+ rep.interval = ScreenSaverInterval / MILLI_PER_SECOND;
+ rep.preferBlanking = ScreenSaverBlanking;
+ rep.allowExposures = ScreenSaverAllowExposures;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetScreenSaverReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeHosts(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xChangeHostsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xChangeHostsReq, stuff->hostLength);
+
+ if(stuff->mode == HostInsert)
+ return AddHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,
+ stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);
+ if (stuff->mode == HostDelete)
+ return RemoveHost(client, (int)stuff->hostFamily,
+ stuff->hostLength, (pointer)&stuff[1]);
+ client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+ return BadValue;
+}
+
+int
+ProcListHosts(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xListHostsReply reply;
+ int len, nHosts, result;
+ pointer pdata;
+ /* REQUEST(xListHostsReq); */
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xListHostsReq);
+
+ /* untrusted clients can't list hosts */
+ result = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+
+ result = GetHosts(&pdata, &nHosts, &len, &reply.enabled);
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.nHosts = nHosts;
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListHostsReply), &reply);
+ if (nHosts)
+ {
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = (ReplySwapPtr) SLHostsExtend;
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, len, pdata);
+ }
+ free(pdata);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeAccessControl(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSetAccessControlReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetAccessControlReq);
+ if ((stuff->mode != EnableAccess) && (stuff->mode != DisableAccess))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ return ChangeAccessControl(client, stuff->mode == EnableAccess);
+}
+
+/*********************
+ * CloseDownRetainedResources
+ *
+ * Find all clients that are gone and have terminated in RetainTemporary
+ * and destroy their resources.
+ *********************/
+
+static void
+CloseDownRetainedResources(void)
+{
+ int i;
+ ClientPtr client;
+
+ for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)
+ {
+ client = clients[i];
+ if (client && (client->closeDownMode == RetainTemporary)
+ && (client->clientGone))
+ CloseDownClient(client);
+ }
+}
+
+int
+ProcKillClient(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ ClientPtr killclient;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ if (stuff->id == AllTemporary)
+ {
+ CloseDownRetainedResources();
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ rc = dixLookupClient(&killclient, stuff->id, client, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ CloseDownClient(killclient);
+ /* if an LBX proxy gets killed, isItTimeToYield will be set */
+ if (isItTimeToYield || (client == killclient))
+ {
+ /* force yield and return Success, so that Dispatch()
+ * doesn't try to touch client
+ */
+ isItTimeToYield = TRUE;
+ return Success;
+ }
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int
+ProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ unsigned char *ptr;
+ unsigned long nbytes, total;
+ long nfonts;
+ int n;
+ REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);
+
+ nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);
+ total = nbytes;
+ ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];
+ nfonts = stuff->nFonts;
+ while (--nfonts >= 0)
+ {
+ if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))
+ return BadLength;
+ total -= n;
+ ptr += n;
+ }
+ if (total >= 4)
+ return BadLength;
+ return SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);
+}
+
+int
+ProcGetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGetFontPathReply reply;
+ int rc, stringLens, numpaths;
+ unsigned char *bufferStart;
+ /* REQUEST (xReq); */
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+ rc = GetFontPath(client, &numpaths, &stringLens, &bufferStart);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + numpaths);
+ reply.nPaths = numpaths;
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetFontPathReply), &reply);
+ if (stringLens || numpaths)
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, stringLens + numpaths, (char *)bufferStart);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcChangeCloseDownMode(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xSetCloseDownModeReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetCloseDownModeReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_CLIENT_ACCESS, client, client, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if ((stuff->mode == AllTemporary) ||
+ (stuff->mode == RetainPermanent) ||
+ (stuff->mode == RetainTemporary))
+ {
+ client->closeDownMode = stuff->mode;
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+}
+
+int ProcForceScreenSaver(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xForceScreenSaverReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xForceScreenSaverReq);
+
+ if ((stuff->mode != ScreenSaverReset) &&
+ (stuff->mode != ScreenSaverActive))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ rc = dixSaveScreens(client, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, (int)stuff->mode);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int ProcNoOperation(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xReq);
+
+ /* noop -- don't do anything */
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**********************
+ * CloseDownClient
+ *
+ * Client can either mark his resources destroy or retain. If retained and
+ * then killed again, the client is really destroyed.
+ *********************/
+
+char dispatchExceptionAtReset = DE_RESET;
+
+void
+CloseDownClient(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ Bool really_close_down = client->clientGone ||
+ client->closeDownMode == DestroyAll;
+
+ if (!client->clientGone)
+ {
+ /* ungrab server if grabbing client dies */
+ if (grabState != GrabNone && grabClient == client)
+ {
+ UngrabServer(client);
+ }
+ BITCLEAR(grabWaiters, client->index);
+ DeleteClientFromAnySelections(client);
+ ReleaseActiveGrabs(client);
+ DeleteClientFontStuff(client);
+ if (!really_close_down)
+ {
+ /* This frees resources that should never be retained
+ * no matter what the close down mode is. Actually we
+ * could do this unconditionally, but it's probably
+ * better not to traverse all the client's resources
+ * twice (once here, once a few lines down in
+ * FreeClientResources) in the common case of
+ * really_close_down == TRUE.
+ */
+ FreeClientNeverRetainResources(client);
+ client->clientState = ClientStateRetained;
+ if (ClientStateCallback)
+ {
+ NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
+
+ clientinfo.client = client;
+ clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;
+ clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
+ CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
+ }
+ }
+ client->clientGone = TRUE; /* so events aren't sent to client */
+ if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ ClientSignal (client);
+ ProcessWorkQueueZombies();
+ CloseDownConnection(client);
+
+ /* If the client made it to the Running stage, nClients has
+ * been incremented on its behalf, so we need to decrement it
+ * now. If it hasn't gotten to Running, nClients has *not*
+ * been incremented, so *don't* decrement it.
+ */
+ if (client->clientState != ClientStateInitial &&
+ client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating )
+ {
+ --nClients;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (really_close_down)
+ {
+ if (client->clientState == ClientStateRunning && nClients == 0)
+ dispatchException |= dispatchExceptionAtReset;
+
+ client->clientState = ClientStateGone;
+ if (ClientStateCallback)
+ {
+ NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
+
+ clientinfo.client = client;
+ clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;
+ clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
+ CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
+ }
+ FreeClientResources(client);
+ /* Disable client ID tracking. This must be done after
+ * ClientStateCallback. */
+ ReleaseClientIds(client);
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ XSERVER_CLIENT_DISCONNECT(client->index);
+#endif
+ if (client->index < nextFreeClientID)
+ nextFreeClientID = client->index;
+ clients[client->index] = NullClient;
+ SmartLastClient = NullClient;
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+
+ while (!clients[currentMaxClients-1])
+ currentMaxClients--;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+KillAllClients(void)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i=1; i<currentMaxClients; i++)
+ if (clients[i]) {
+ /* Make sure Retained clients are released. */
+ clients[i]->closeDownMode = DestroyAll;
+ CloseDownClient(clients[i]);
+ }
+}
+
+void InitClient(ClientPtr client, int i, pointer ospriv)
+{
+ client->index = i;
+ client->clientAsMask = ((Mask)i) << CLIENTOFFSET;
+ client->closeDownMode = i ? DestroyAll : RetainPermanent;
+ client->requestVector = InitialVector;
+ client->osPrivate = ospriv;
+ QueryMinMaxKeyCodes(&client->minKC,&client->maxKC);
+ client->smart_start_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+ client->smart_stop_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+ client->smart_check_tick = SmartScheduleTime;
+ client->clientIds = NULL;
+}
+
+/************************
+ * int NextAvailableClient(ospriv)
+ *
+ * OS dependent portion can't assign client id's because of CloseDownModes.
+ * Returns NULL if there are no free clients.
+ *************************/
+
+ClientPtr NextAvailableClient(pointer ospriv)
+{
+ int i;
+ ClientPtr client;
+ xReq data;
+
+ i = nextFreeClientID;
+ if (i == MAXCLIENTS)
+ return (ClientPtr)NULL;
+ clients[i] = client = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(ClientRec, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+ if (!client)
+ return (ClientPtr)NULL;
+ InitClient(client, i, ospriv);
+ if (!InitClientResources(client))
+ {
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+ return (ClientPtr)NULL;
+ }
+ data.reqType = 1;
+ data.length = bytes_to_int32(sz_xReq + sz_xConnClientPrefix);
+ if (!InsertFakeRequest(client, (char *)&data, sz_xReq))
+ {
+ FreeClientResources(client);
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(client, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+ return (ClientPtr)NULL;
+ }
+ if (i == currentMaxClients)
+ currentMaxClients++;
+ while ((nextFreeClientID < MAXCLIENTS) && clients[nextFreeClientID])
+ nextFreeClientID++;
+
+ /* Enable client ID tracking. This must be done before
+ * ClientStateCallback. */
+ ReserveClientIds(client);
+
+ if (ClientStateCallback)
+ {
+ NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
+
+ clientinfo.client = client;
+ clientinfo.prefix = (xConnSetupPrefix *)NULL;
+ clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *) NULL;
+ CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
+ }
+ return client;
+}
+
+int
+ProcInitialConnection(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+ xConnClientPrefix *prefix;
+ int whichbyte = 1;
+
+ prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);
+ if ((prefix->byteOrder != 'l') && (prefix->byteOrder != 'B'))
+ return client->noClientException = -1;
+ if (((*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'B')) ||
+ (!(*(char *) &whichbyte) && (prefix->byteOrder == 'l')))
+ {
+ client->swapped = TRUE;
+ SwapConnClientPrefix(prefix);
+ }
+ stuff->reqType = 2;
+ stuff->length += bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto) +
+ bytes_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthString);
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swaps(&stuff->length, whichbyte);
+ }
+ ResetCurrentRequest(client);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+SendConnSetup(ClientPtr client, char *reason)
+{
+ xWindowRoot *root;
+ int i;
+ int numScreens;
+ char* lConnectionInfo;
+ xConnSetupPrefix* lconnSetupPrefix;
+
+ if (reason)
+ {
+ xConnSetupPrefix csp;
+
+ csp.success = xFalse;
+ csp.lengthReason = strlen(reason);
+ csp.length = bytes_to_int32(csp.lengthReason);
+ csp.majorVersion = X_PROTOCOL;
+ csp.minorVersion = X_PROTOCOL_REVISION;
+ if (client->swapped)
+ WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, &csp);
+ else
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, sz_xConnSetupPrefix, (char *) &csp);
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)csp.lengthReason, reason);
+ return client->noClientException = -1;
+ }
+
+ numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
+ lConnectionInfo = ConnectionInfo;
+ lconnSetupPrefix = &connSetupPrefix;
+
+ /* We're about to start speaking X protocol back to the client by
+ * sending the connection setup info. This means the authorization
+ * step is complete, and we can count the client as an
+ * authorized one.
+ */
+ nClients++;
+
+ client->requestVector = client->swapped ? SwappedProcVector : ProcVector;
+ client->sequence = 0;
+ ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridBase = client->clientAsMask;
+ ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->ridMask = RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+#ifdef MATCH_CLIENT_ENDIAN
+ ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->imageByteOrder = ClientOrder (client);
+ ((xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo)->bitmapBitOrder = ClientOrder (client);
+#endif
+ /* fill in the "currentInputMask" */
+ root = (xWindowRoot *)(lConnectionInfo + connBlockScreenStart);
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension)
+ numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
+ else
+ numScreens = ((xConnSetup *)ConnectionInfo)->numRoots;
+#endif
+
+ for (i=0; i<numScreens; i++)
+ {
+ unsigned int j;
+ xDepth *pDepth;
+ WindowPtr pRoot = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
+
+ root->currentInputMask = pRoot->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pRoot);
+ pDepth = (xDepth *)(root + 1);
+ for (j = 0; j < root->nDepths; j++)
+ {
+ pDepth = (xDepth *)(((char *)(pDepth + 1)) +
+ pDepth->nVisuals * sizeof(xVisualType));
+ }
+ root = (xWindowRoot *)pDepth;
+ }
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ WriteSConnSetupPrefix(client, lconnSetupPrefix);
+ WriteSConnectionInfo(client,
+ (unsigned long)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),
+ lConnectionInfo);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xConnSetupPrefix),
+ (char *) lconnSetupPrefix);
+ (void)WriteToClient(client, (int)(lconnSetupPrefix->length << 2),
+ lConnectionInfo);
+ }
+ client->clientState = ClientStateRunning;
+ if (ClientStateCallback)
+ {
+ NewClientInfoRec clientinfo;
+
+ clientinfo.client = client;
+ clientinfo.prefix = lconnSetupPrefix;
+ clientinfo.setup = (xConnSetup *)lConnectionInfo;
+ CallCallbacks((&ClientStateCallback), (pointer)&clientinfo);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcEstablishConnection(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ char *reason, *auth_proto, *auth_string;
+ xConnClientPrefix *prefix;
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ prefix = (xConnClientPrefix *)((char *)stuff + sz_xReq);
+ auth_proto = (char *)prefix + sz_xConnClientPrefix;
+ auth_string = auth_proto + pad_to_int32(prefix->nbytesAuthProto);
+ if ((prefix->majorVersion != X_PROTOCOL) ||
+ (prefix->minorVersion != X_PROTOCOL_REVISION))
+ reason = "Protocol version mismatch";
+ else
+ reason = ClientAuthorized(client,
+ (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthProto,
+ auth_proto,
+ (unsigned short)prefix->nbytesAuthString,
+ auth_string);
+ /*
+ * If Kerberos is being used for this client, the clientState
+ * will be set to ClientStateAuthenticating at this point.
+ * More messages need to be exchanged among the X server, Kerberos
+ * server, and client to figure out if everyone is authorized.
+ * So we don't want to send the connection setup info yet, since
+ * the auth step isn't really done.
+ */
+ if (client->clientState == ClientStateCheckingSecurity)
+ client->clientState = ClientStateCheckedSecurity;
+ else if (client->clientState != ClientStateAuthenticating)
+ return(SendConnSetup(client, reason));
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+SendErrorToClient(ClientPtr client, unsigned majorCode, unsigned minorCode,
+ XID resId, int errorCode)
+{
+ xError rep;
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xError));
+ rep.type = X_Error;
+ rep.errorCode = errorCode;
+ rep.majorCode = majorCode;
+ rep.minorCode = minorCode;
+ rep.resourceID = resId;
+
+ WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *)&rep);
+}
+
+void
+MarkClientException(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ client->noClientException = -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This array encodes the answer to the question "what is the log base 2
+ * of the number of pixels that fit in a scanline pad unit?"
+ * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
+ */
+static int answer[6][4] = {
+ /* pad pad pad pad*/
+ /* 8 16 32 64 */
+
+ { 3, 4, 5 , 6 }, /* 1 bit per pixel */
+ { 1, 2, 3 , 4 }, /* 4 bits per pixel */
+ { 0, 1, 2 , 3 }, /* 8 bits per pixel */
+ { ~0, 0, 1 , 2 }, /* 16 bits per pixel */
+ { ~0, ~0, 0 , 1 }, /* 24 bits per pixel */
+ { ~0, ~0, 0 , 1 } /* 32 bits per pixel */
+};
+
+/*
+ * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the first index for
+ * the answer array above given the number of bits per pixel?"
+ * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
+ */
+static int indexForBitsPerPixel[ 33 ] = {
+ ~0, 0, ~0, ~0, /* 1 bit per pixel */
+ 1, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 4 bits per pixel */
+ 2, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per pixel */
+ ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 3, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per pixel */
+ ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 4, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 24 bits per pixel */
+ ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 5 /* 32 bits per pixel */
+};
+
+/*
+ * This array gives the bytesperPixel value for cases where the number
+ * of bits per pixel is a multiple of 8 but not a power of 2.
+ */
+static int answerBytesPerPixel[ 33 ] = {
+ ~0, 0, ~0, ~0, /* 1 bit per pixel */
+ 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 4 bits per pixel */
+ 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per pixel */
+ ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per pixel */
+ ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 3, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 24 bits per pixel */
+ ~0,~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 0 /* 32 bits per pixel */
+};
+
+/*
+ * This array gives the answer to the question "what is the second index for
+ * the answer array above given the number of bits per scanline pad unit?"
+ * Note that ~0 is an invalid entry (mostly for the benefit of the reader).
+ */
+static int indexForScanlinePad[ 65 ] = {
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 0, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 8 bits per scanline pad unit */
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 1, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 16 bits per scanline pad unit */
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 2, ~0, ~0, ~0, /* 32 bits per scanline pad unit */
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ ~0, ~0, ~0, ~0,
+ 3 /* 64 bits per scanline pad unit */
+};
+
+/*
+ grow the array of screenRecs if necessary.
+ call the device-supplied initialization procedure
+with its screen number, a pointer to its ScreenRec, argc, and argv.
+ return the number of successfully installed screens.
+
+*/
+
+int
+AddScreen(
+ Bool (* pfnInit)(
+ int /*index*/,
+ ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/,
+ int /*argc*/,
+ char ** /*argv*/
+ ),
+ int argc,
+ char **argv)
+{
+
+ int i;
+ int scanlinepad, format, depth, bitsPerPixel, j, k;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+ i = screenInfo.numScreens;
+ if (i == MAXSCREENS)
+ return -1;
+
+ pScreen = (ScreenPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(ScreenRec));
+ if (!pScreen)
+ return -1;
+
+ if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN)) {
+ free (pScreen);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ pScreen->myNum = i;
+ pScreen->totalPixmapSize = 0; /* computed in CreateScratchPixmapForScreen */
+ pScreen->ClipNotify = 0; /* for R4 ddx compatibility */
+ pScreen->CreateScreenResources = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * This loop gets run once for every Screen that gets added,
+ * but thats ok. If the ddx layer initializes the formats
+ * one at a time calling AddScreen() after each, then each
+ * iteration will make it a little more accurate. Worst case
+ * we do this loop N * numPixmapFormats where N is # of screens.
+ * Anyway, this must be called after InitOutput and before the
+ * screen init routine is called.
+ */
+ for (format=0; format<screenInfo.numPixmapFormats; format++)
+ {
+ depth = screenInfo.formats[format].depth;
+ bitsPerPixel = screenInfo.formats[format].bitsPerPixel;
+ scanlinepad = screenInfo.formats[format].scanlinePad;
+ j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ bitsPerPixel ];
+ k = indexForScanlinePad[ scanlinepad ];
+ PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padPixelsLog2 = answer[j][k];
+ PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padRoundUp =
+ (scanlinepad/bitsPerPixel) - 1;
+ j = indexForBitsPerPixel[ 8 ]; /* bits per byte */
+ PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].padBytesLog2 = answer[j][k];
+ PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bitsPerPixel = bitsPerPixel;
+ if (answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel])
+ {
+ PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 1;
+ PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].bytesPerPixel =
+ answerBytesPerPixel[bitsPerPixel];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PixmapWidthPaddingInfo[ depth ].notPower2 = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* This is where screen specific stuff gets initialized. Load the
+ screen structure, call the hardware, whatever.
+ This is also where the default colormap should be allocated and
+ also pixel values for blackPixel, whitePixel, and the cursor
+ Note that InitScreen is NOT allowed to modify argc, argv, or
+ any of the strings pointed to by argv. They may be passed to
+ multiple screens.
+ */
+ screenInfo.screens[i] = pScreen;
+ screenInfo.numScreens++;
+ if (!(*pfnInit)(i, pScreen, argc, argv))
+ {
+ dixFreePrivates(pScreen->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);
+ free(pScreen);
+ screenInfo.numScreens--;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ dixRegisterPrivateKey(&cursorScreenDevPriv[i], PRIVATE_CURSOR, 0);
+
+ return i;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c
index ea3d9e276..45655de78 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c
@@ -1,2112 +1,2112 @@
-/************************************************************************
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-************************************************************************/
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "dixfontstr.h"
-#include "closestr.h"
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
-#include "xf86bigfontsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-extern pointer fosNaturalParams;
-extern FontPtr defaultFont;
-
-static FontPathElementPtr *font_path_elements = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
-static int num_fpes = 0;
-static FPEFunctions *fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
-static int num_fpe_types = 0;
-
-static unsigned char *font_path_string;
-
-static int num_slept_fpes = 0;
-static int size_slept_fpes = 0;
-static FontPathElementPtr *slept_fpes = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
-static FontPatternCachePtr patternCache;
-
-static int
-FontToXError(int err)
-{
- switch (err) {
- case Successful:
- return Success;
- case AllocError:
- return BadAlloc;
- case BadFontName:
- return BadName;
- case BadFontPath:
- case BadFontFormat: /* is there something better? */
- case BadCharRange:
- return BadValue;
- default:
- return err;
- }
-}
-
-static int
-LoadGlyphs(ClientPtr client, FontPtr pfont, unsigned nchars, int item_size,
- unsigned char *data)
-{
- if (fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
- return (*fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
- (client, pfont, 0, nchars, item_size, data);
- else
- return Successful;
-}
-
-/*
- * adding RT_FONT prevents conflict with default cursor font
- */
-Bool
-SetDefaultFont(char *defaultfontname)
-{
- int err;
- FontPtr pf;
- XID fid;
- static FontPtr last_pf;
-
- fid = FakeClientID(0);
- err = OpenFont(serverClient, fid, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,
- (unsigned) strlen(defaultfontname), defaultfontname);
- if (err != Success)
- return FALSE;
- err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pf, fid, RT_FONT, serverClient,
- DixReadAccess);
- if (err == Success) last_pf = pf;
- if (last_pf == (FontPtr) NULL)
- return FALSE;
- defaultFont = last_pf;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * note that the font wakeup queue is not refcounted. this is because
- * an fpe needs to be added when it's inited, and removed when it's finally
- * freed, in order to handle any data that isn't requested, like FS events.
- *
- * since the only thing that should call these routines is the renderer's
- * init_fpe() and free_fpe(), there shouldn't be any problem in using
- * freed data.
- */
-void
-QueueFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
-{
- int i;
- FontPathElementPtr *new;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
- if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
- return;
- }
- }
- if (num_slept_fpes == size_slept_fpes) {
- new = (FontPathElementPtr *)
- realloc(slept_fpes,
- sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * (size_slept_fpes + 4));
- if (!new)
- return;
- slept_fpes = new;
- size_slept_fpes += 4;
- }
- slept_fpes[num_slept_fpes] = fpe;
- num_slept_fpes++;
-}
-
-void
-RemoveFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
-{
- int i,
- j;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
- if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
- for (j = i; j < num_slept_fpes; j++) {
- slept_fpes[j] = slept_fpes[j + 1];
- }
- num_slept_fpes--;
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void
-FontWakeup(pointer data, int count, pointer LastSelectMask)
-{
- int i;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
-
- if (count < 0)
- return;
- /* wake up any fpe's that may be waiting for information */
- for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
- fpe = slept_fpes[i];
- (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].wakeup_fpe) (fpe, LastSelectMask);
- }
-}
-
-/* XXX -- these two funcs may want to be broken into macros */
-static void
-UseFPE(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
-{
- fpe->refcount++;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeFPE (FontPathElementPtr fpe)
-{
- fpe->refcount--;
- if (fpe->refcount == 0) {
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].free_fpe) (fpe);
- free(fpe->name);
- free(fpe);
- }
-}
-
-static Bool
-doOpenFont(ClientPtr client, OFclosurePtr c)
-{
- FontPtr pfont = NullFont;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL;
- ScreenPtr pScr;
- int err = Successful;
- int i;
- char *alias,
- *newname;
- int newlen;
- int aliascount = 20;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
- /*
- * Decide at runtime what FontFormat to use.
- */
- Mask FontFormat =
-
- ((screenInfo.imageByteOrder == LSBFirst) ?
- BitmapFormatByteOrderLSB : BitmapFormatByteOrderMSB) |
-
- ((screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ?
- BitmapFormatBitOrderLSB : BitmapFormatBitOrderMSB) |
-
- BitmapFormatImageRectMin |
-
-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 1
- BitmapFormatScanlinePad8 |
-#endif
-
-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 2
- BitmapFormatScanlinePad16 |
-#endif
-
-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 4
- BitmapFormatScanlinePad32 |
-#endif
-
-#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 8
- BitmapFormatScanlinePad64 |
-#endif
-
- BitmapFormatScanlineUnit8;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- if (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
- {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- }
- err = Successful;
- goto bail;
- }
- while (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].open_font)
- ((pointer) client, fpe, c->flags,
- c->fontname, c->fnamelen, FontFormat,
- BitmapFormatMaskByte |
- BitmapFormatMaskBit |
- BitmapFormatMaskImageRectangle |
- BitmapFormatMaskScanLinePad |
- BitmapFormatMaskScanLineUnit,
- c->fontid, &pfont, &alias,
- c->non_cachable_font && c->non_cachable_font->fpe == fpe ?
- c->non_cachable_font :
- (FontPtr)0);
-
- if (err == FontNameAlias && alias) {
- newlen = strlen(alias);
- newname = (char *) realloc(c->fontname, newlen);
- if (!newname) {
- err = AllocError;
- break;
- }
- memmove(newname, alias, newlen);
- c->fontname = newname;
- c->fnamelen = newlen;
- c->current_fpe = 0;
- if (--aliascount <= 0) {
- /* We've tried resolving this alias 20 times, we're
- * probably stuck in an infinite loop of aliases pointing
- * to each other - time to take emergency exit!
- */
- err = BadImplementation;
- break;
- }
- continue;
- }
- if (err == BadFontName) {
- c->current_fpe++;
- continue;
- }
- if (err == Suspended) {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doOpenFont, c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- if (err != Successful)
- goto bail;
- if (!pfont) {
- err = BadFontName;
- goto bail;
- }
- /* check values for firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, and lastRow */
- if (pfont->info.firstCol > pfont->info.lastCol ||
- pfont->info.firstRow > pfont->info.lastRow ||
- pfont->info.lastCol - pfont->info.firstCol > 255) {
- err = AllocError;
- goto bail;
- }
- if (!pfont->fpe)
- pfont->fpe = fpe;
- pfont->refcnt++;
- if (pfont->refcnt == 1) {
- UseFPE(pfont->fpe);
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- pScr = screenInfo.screens[i];
- if (pScr->RealizeFont)
- {
- if (!(*pScr->RealizeFont) (pScr, pfont))
- {
- CloseFont (pfont, (Font) 0);
- err = AllocError;
- goto bail;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (!AddResource(c->fontid, RT_FONT, (pointer) pfont)) {
- err = AllocError;
- goto bail;
- }
- if (patternCache && pfont != c->non_cachable_font)
- CacheFontPattern(patternCache, c->origFontName, c->origFontNameLen,
- pfont);
-bail:
- if (err != Successful && c->client != serverClient) {
- SendErrorToClient(c->client, X_OpenFont, 0,
- c->fontid, FontToXError(err));
- }
- ClientWakeup(c->client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) {
- FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- }
- free(c->fpe_list);
- free(c->fontname);
- free(c);
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-OpenFont(ClientPtr client, XID fid, Mask flags, unsigned lenfname, char *pfontname)
-{
- OFclosurePtr c;
- int i;
- FontPtr cached = (FontPtr)0;
-
- if (!lenfname || lenfname > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
- return BadName;
- if (patternCache)
- {
-
- /*
- ** Check name cache. If we find a cached version of this font that
- ** is cachable, immediately satisfy the request with it. If we find
- ** a cached version of this font that is non-cachable, we do not
- ** satisfy the request with it. Instead, we pass the FontPtr to the
- ** FPE's open_font code (the fontfile FPE in turn passes the
- ** information to the rasterizer; the fserve FPE ignores it).
- **
- ** Presumably, the font is marked non-cachable because the FPE has
- ** put some licensing restrictions on it. If the FPE, using
- ** whatever logic it relies on, determines that it is willing to
- ** share this existing font with the client, then it has the option
- ** to return the FontPtr we passed it as the newly-opened font.
- ** This allows the FPE to exercise its licensing logic without
- ** having to create another instance of a font that already exists.
- */
-
- cached = FindCachedFontPattern(patternCache, pfontname, lenfname);
- if (cached && cached->info.cachable)
- {
- if (!AddResource(fid, RT_FONT, (pointer) cached))
- return BadAlloc;
- cached->refcnt++;
- return Success;
- }
- }
- c = malloc(sizeof(OFclosureRec));
- if (!c)
- return BadAlloc;
- c->fontname = malloc(lenfname);
- c->origFontName = pfontname;
- c->origFontNameLen = lenfname;
- if (!c->fontname) {
- free(c);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- /*
- * copy the current FPE list, so that if it gets changed by another client
- * while we're blocking, the request still appears atomic
- */
- c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
- if (!c->fpe_list) {
- free(c->fontname);
- free(c);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- memmove(c->fontname, pfontname, lenfname);
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
- c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
- UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- }
- c->client = client;
- c->fontid = fid;
- c->current_fpe = 0;
- c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
- c->fnamelen = lenfname;
- c->flags = flags;
- c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
- c->non_cachable_font = cached;
-
- (void) doOpenFont(client, c);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Decrement font's ref count, and free storage if ref count equals zero
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-CloseFont(pointer value, XID fid)
-{
- int nscr;
- ScreenPtr pscr;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- FontPtr pfont = (FontPtr)value;
-
- if (pfont == NullFont)
- return Success;
- if (--pfont->refcnt == 0) {
- if (patternCache)
- RemoveCachedFontPattern (patternCache, pfont);
- /*
- * since the last reference is gone, ask each screen to free any
- * storage it may have allocated locally for it.
- */
- for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
- if (pscr->UnrealizeFont)
- (*pscr->UnrealizeFont) (pscr, pfont);
- }
- if (pfont == defaultFont)
- defaultFont = NULL;
-#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
- XF86BigfontFreeFontShm(pfont);
-#endif
- fpe = pfont->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].close_font) (fpe, pfont);
- FreeFPE(fpe);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/***====================================================================***/
-
-/**
- * Sets up pReply as the correct QueryFontReply for pFont with the first
- * nProtoCCIStructs char infos.
- *
- * \param pReply caller must allocate this storage
- */
-void
-QueryFont(FontPtr pFont, xQueryFontReply *pReply, int nProtoCCIStructs)
-{
- FontPropPtr pFP;
- int r,
- c,
- i;
- xFontProp *prFP;
- xCharInfo *prCI;
- xCharInfo *charInfos[256];
- unsigned char chars[512];
- int ninfos;
- unsigned long ncols;
- unsigned long count;
-
- /* pr->length set in dispatch */
- pReply->minCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.firstCol;
- pReply->defaultChar = pFont->info.defaultCh;
- pReply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.lastCol;
- pReply->drawDirection = pFont->info.drawDirection;
- pReply->allCharsExist = pFont->info.allExist;
- pReply->minByte1 = pFont->info.firstRow;
- pReply->maxByte1 = pFont->info.lastRow;
- pReply->fontAscent = pFont->info.fontAscent;
- pReply->fontDescent = pFont->info.fontDescent;
-
- pReply->minBounds = pFont->info.ink_minbounds;
- pReply->maxBounds = pFont->info.ink_maxbounds;
-
- pReply->nFontProps = pFont->info.nprops;
- pReply->nCharInfos = nProtoCCIStructs;
-
- for (i = 0, pFP = pFont->info.props, prFP = (xFontProp *) (&pReply[1]);
- i < pFont->info.nprops;
- i++, pFP++, prFP++) {
- prFP->name = pFP->name;
- prFP->value = pFP->value;
- }
-
- ninfos = 0;
- ncols = (unsigned long) (pFont->info.lastCol - pFont->info.firstCol + 1);
- prCI = (xCharInfo *) (prFP);
- for (r = pFont->info.firstRow;
- ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs && r <= (int)pFont->info.lastRow;
- r++) {
- i = 0;
- for (c = pFont->info.firstCol; c <= (int)pFont->info.lastCol; c++) {
- chars[i++] = r;
- chars[i++] = c;
- }
- (*pFont->get_metrics) (pFont, ncols, chars,
- TwoD16Bit, &count, charInfos);
- i = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < (int) count && ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs; i++) {
- *prCI = *charInfos[i];
- prCI++;
- ninfos++;
- }
- }
- return;
-}
-
-static Bool
-doListFontsAndAliases(ClientPtr client, LFclosurePtr c)
-{
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- int err = Successful;
- FontNamesPtr names = NULL;
- char *name, *resolved=NULL;
- int namelen, resolvedlen;
- int nnames;
- int stringLens;
- int i;
- xListFontsReply reply;
- char *bufptr;
- char *bufferStart;
- int aliascount = 0;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
- {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- }
- err = Successful;
- goto bail;
- }
-
- if (!c->current.patlen)
- goto finish;
-
- while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
- err = Successful;
-
- if (!fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
- {
- /* This FPE doesn't support/require list_fonts_and_aliases */
-
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_fonts)
- ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
- c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
- c->names);
-
- if (err == Suspended) {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
- c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- err = BadFontName;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Start of list_fonts_and_aliases functionality. Modeled
- after list_fonts_with_info in that it resolves aliases,
- except that the information collected from FPEs is just
- names, not font info. Each list_next_font_or_alias()
- returns either a name into name/namelen or an alias into
- name/namelen and its target name into resolved/resolvedlen.
- The code at this level then resolves the alias by polling
- the FPEs. */
-
- if (!c->current.list_started) {
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
- ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
- c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
- &c->current.private);
- if (err == Suspended) {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
- c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (err == Successful)
- c->current.list_started = TRUE;
- }
- if (err == Successful) {
- char *tmpname;
- name = 0;
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
- ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &tmpname,
- &resolvedlen, c->current.private);
- if (err == Suspended) {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
- c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (err == FontNameAlias) {
- free(resolved);
- resolved = malloc(resolvedlen + 1);
- if (resolved)
- memmove(resolved, tmpname, resolvedlen + 1);
- }
- }
-
- if (err == Successful)
- {
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- if (c->savedName)
- (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, c->savedName,
- c->savedNameLen);
- }
- else
- (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, name, namelen);
- }
-
- /*
- * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to
- * the start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As
- * soon as a real font is found for the alias, pop back to the
- * old state
- */
- else if (err == FontNameAlias) {
- char tmp_pattern[XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN];
- /*
- * when an alias recurses, we need to give
- * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
- * it again, and assume that the error returned
- * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
- * is complete.
- */
- memmove(tmp_pattern, resolved, resolvedlen);
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- char *tmpname;
- int tmpnamelen;
-
- tmpname = 0;
- (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
- ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen,
- &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, c->current.private);
- if (--aliascount <= 0)
- {
- err = BadFontName;
- goto ContBadFontName;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- c->saved = c->current;
- c->haveSaved = TRUE;
- free(c->savedName);
- c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);
- if (c->savedName)
- memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
- c->savedNameLen = namelen;
- aliascount = 20;
- }
- memmove(c->current.pattern, tmp_pattern, resolvedlen);
- c->current.patlen = resolvedlen;
- c->current.max_names = c->names->nnames + 1;
- c->current.current_fpe = -1;
- c->current.private = 0;
- err = BadFontName;
- }
- }
- /*
- * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished
- * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've collected enough
- * font names, quit.
- */
- if (err == BadFontName) {
- ContBadFontName: ;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- c->current.current_fpe++;
- err = Successful;
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names ||
- c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) {
- c->haveSaved = FALSE;
- c->current = c->saved;
- /* Give the saved namelist a chance to clean itself up */
- continue;
- }
- }
- if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * send the reply
- */
- if (err != Successful) {
- SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, FontToXError(err));
- goto bail;
- }
-
-finish:
-
- names = c->names;
- nnames = names->nnames;
- client = c->client;
- stringLens = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++)
- stringLens += (names->length[i] <= 255) ? names->length[i] : 0;
-
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
- reply.nFonts = nnames;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- bufptr = bufferStart = malloc(reply.length << 2);
-
- if (!bufptr && reply.length) {
- SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, BadAlloc);
- goto bail;
- }
- /*
- * since WriteToClient long word aligns things, copy to temp buffer and
- * write all at once
- */
- for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) {
- if (names->length[i] > 255)
- reply.nFonts--;
- else
- {
- *bufptr++ = names->length[i];
- memmove( bufptr, names->names[i], names->length[i]);
- bufptr += names->length[i];
- }
- }
- nnames = reply.nFonts;
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFonts];
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, sizeof(xListFontsReply), &reply);
- (void) WriteToClient(client, stringLens + nnames, bufferStart);
- free(bufferStart);
-
-bail:
- ClientWakeup(client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
- FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- free(c->fpe_list);
- free(c->savedName);
- FreeFontNames(names);
- free(c);
- }
- free(resolved);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-ListFonts(ClientPtr client, unsigned char *pattern, unsigned length,
- unsigned max_names)
-{
- int i;
- LFclosurePtr c;
-
- /*
- * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
- * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
- * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
- * a list containing zero fontnames.
- */
- if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (i != Success)
- return i;
-
- if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))
- return BadAlloc;
- c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
- if (!c->fpe_list) {
- free(c);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- c->names = MakeFontNamesRecord(max_names < 100 ? max_names : 100);
- if (!c->names)
- {
- free(c->fpe_list);
- free(c);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- memmove( c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
- c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
- UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- }
- c->client = client;
- c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
- c->current.patlen = length;
- c->current.current_fpe = 0;
- c->current.max_names = max_names;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- c->current.private = 0;
- c->haveSaved = FALSE;
- c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
- c->savedName = 0;
- doListFontsAndAliases(client, c);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-doListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, LFWIclosurePtr c)
-{
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- int err = Successful;
- char *name;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
- int namelen;
- int numFonts;
- FontInfoRec fontInfo,
- *pFontInfo;
- xListFontsWithInfoReply *reply;
- int length;
- xFontProp *pFP;
- int i;
- int aliascount = 0;
- xListFontsWithInfoReply finalReply;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
- {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- }
- err = Successful;
- goto bail;
- }
- client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFontsWithInfo];
- if (!c->current.patlen)
- goto finish;
- while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
- {
- fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
- err = Successful;
- if (!c->current.list_started)
- {
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_with_info)
- (client, fpe, c->current.pattern, c->current.patlen,
- c->current.max_names, &c->current.private);
- if (err == Suspended)
- {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (err == Successful)
- c->current.list_started = TRUE;
- }
- if (err == Successful)
- {
- name = 0;
- pFontInfo = &fontInfo;
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
- (client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &pFontInfo,
- &numFonts, c->current.private);
- if (err == Suspended)
- {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
- ClientSleep(client,
- (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- /*
- * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to the
- * start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As soon as a real
- * font is found for the alias, pop back to the old state
- */
- if (err == FontNameAlias)
- {
- /*
- * when an alias recurses, we need to give
- * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
- * it again, and assume that the error returned
- * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
- * is complete.
- */
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- char *tmpname;
- int tmpnamelen;
- FontInfoPtr tmpFontInfo;
-
- tmpname = 0;
- tmpFontInfo = &fontInfo;
- (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
- (client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, &tmpFontInfo,
- &numFonts, c->current.private);
- if (--aliascount <= 0)
- {
- err = BadFontName;
- goto ContBadFontName;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- c->saved = c->current;
- c->haveSaved = TRUE;
- c->savedNumFonts = numFonts;
- free(c->savedName);
- c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);
- if (c->savedName)
- memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
- aliascount = 20;
- }
- memmove(c->current.pattern, name, namelen);
- c->current.patlen = namelen;
- c->current.max_names = 1;
- c->current.current_fpe = 0;
- c->current.private = 0;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- }
- /*
- * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished
- * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've sent enough font
- * names, quit. Always wait for BadFontName to let the FPE
- * have a chance to clean up.
- */
- else if (err == BadFontName)
- {
- ContBadFontName: ;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- c->current.current_fpe++;
- err = Successful;
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- if (c->current.max_names == 0 ||
- c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes)
- {
- c->haveSaved = FALSE;
- c->saved.max_names -= (1 - c->current.max_names);
- c->current = c->saved;
- }
- }
- else if (c->current.max_names == 0)
- break;
- }
- else if (err == Successful)
- {
- length = sizeof(*reply) + pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp);
- reply = c->reply;
- if (c->length < length)
- {
- reply = (xListFontsWithInfoReply *) realloc(c->reply, length);
- if (!reply)
- {
- err = AllocError;
- break;
- }
- memset((char*)reply + c->length, 0, length - c->length);
- c->reply = reply;
- c->length = length;
- }
- if (c->haveSaved)
- {
- numFonts = c->savedNumFonts;
- name = c->savedName;
- namelen = strlen(name);
- }
- reply->type = X_Reply;
- reply->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof *reply - sizeof(xGenericReply) +
- pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp) +
- namelen);
- reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- reply->nameLength = namelen;
- reply->minBounds = pFontInfo->ink_minbounds;
- reply->maxBounds = pFontInfo->ink_maxbounds;
- reply->minCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->firstCol;
- reply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->lastCol;
- reply->defaultChar = pFontInfo->defaultCh;
- reply->nFontProps = pFontInfo->nprops;
- reply->drawDirection = pFontInfo->drawDirection;
- reply->minByte1 = pFontInfo->firstRow;
- reply->maxByte1 = pFontInfo->lastRow;
- reply->allCharsExist = pFontInfo->allExist;
- reply->fontAscent = pFontInfo->fontAscent;
- reply->fontDescent = pFontInfo->fontDescent;
- reply->nReplies = numFonts;
- pFP = (xFontProp *) (reply + 1);
- for (i = 0; i < pFontInfo->nprops; i++)
- {
- pFP->name = pFontInfo->props[i].name;
- pFP->value = pFontInfo->props[i].value;
- pFP++;
- }
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, reply);
- (void) WriteToClient(client, namelen, name);
- if (pFontInfo == &fontInfo)
- {
- free(fontInfo.props);
- free(fontInfo.isStringProp);
- }
- --c->current.max_names;
- }
- }
-finish:
- length = sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply);
- memset((char *) &finalReply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply));
- finalReply.type = X_Reply;
- finalReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- finalReply.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply)
- - sizeof(xGenericReply));
- WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, &finalReply);
-bail:
- ClientWakeup(client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
- FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- free(c->reply);
- free(c->fpe_list);
- free(c->savedName);
- free(c);
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-StartListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, int length, unsigned char *pattern,
- int max_names)
-{
- int i;
- LFWIclosurePtr c;
-
- /*
- * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
- * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
- * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
- * a list containing zero fontnames.
- */
- if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (i != Success)
- return i;
-
- if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))
- goto badAlloc;
- c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
- if (!c->fpe_list)
- {
- free(c);
- goto badAlloc;
- }
- memmove(c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
- {
- c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
- UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
- }
- c->client = client;
- c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
- c->reply = 0;
- c->length = 0;
- c->current.patlen = length;
- c->current.current_fpe = 0;
- c->current.max_names = max_names;
- c->current.list_started = FALSE;
- c->current.private = 0;
- c->savedNumFonts = 0;
- c->haveSaved = FALSE;
- c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
- c->savedName = 0;
- doListFontsWithInfo(client, c);
- return Success;
-badAlloc:
- return BadAlloc;
-}
-
-#define TextEltHeader 2
-#define FontShiftSize 5
-static ChangeGCVal clearGC[] = { NullPixmap };
-#define clearGCmask (GCClipMask)
-
-int
-doPolyText(ClientPtr client, PTclosurePtr c)
-{
- FontPtr pFont = c->pGC->font, oldpFont;
- int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */
- enum { NEVER_SLEPT, START_SLEEP, SLEEPING } client_state = NEVER_SLEPT;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- GC *origGC = NULL;
- int itemSize = c->reqType == X_PolyText8 ? 1 : 2;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
-
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
- {
- /* Client has died, but we cannot bail out right now. We
- need to clean up after the work we did when going to
- sleep. Setting the drawable pointer to 0 makes this
- happen without any attempts to render or perform other
- unnecessary activities. */
- c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
- }
- else
- {
- err = Success;
- goto bail;
- }
- }
-
- /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)
- {
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
- if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
- /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask
- the FPE code to clean up after client and avoid further
- rendering while we clean up after ourself. */
- fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
- }
- }
-
- client_state = ClientIsAsleep(client) ? SLEEPING : NEVER_SLEPT;
-
- while (c->endReq - c->pElt > TextEltHeader)
- {
- if (*c->pElt == FontChange)
- {
- Font fid;
- if (c->endReq - c->pElt < FontShiftSize)
- {
- err = BadLength;
- goto bail;
- }
-
- oldpFont = pFont;
-
- fid = ((Font)*(c->pElt+4)) /* big-endian */
- | ((Font)*(c->pElt+3)) << 8
- | ((Font)*(c->pElt+2)) << 16
- | ((Font)*(c->pElt+1)) << 24;
- err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, fid, RT_FONT,
- client, DixUseAccess);
- if (err != Success)
- {
- /* restore pFont for step 4 (described below) */
- pFont = oldpFont;
-
- /* If we're in START_SLEEP mode, the following step
- shortens the request... in the unlikely event that
- the fid somehow becomes valid before we come through
- again to actually execute the polytext, which would
- then mess up our refcounting scheme badly. */
- c->err = err;
- c->endReq = c->pElt;
-
- goto bail;
- }
-
- /* Step 3 (described below) on our new font */
- if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
- pFont->refcnt++;
- else
- {
- if (pFont != c->pGC->font && c->pDraw)
- {
- ChangeGCVal val;
- val.ptr = pFont;
- ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, GCFont, &val);
- ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
- }
-
- /* Undo the refcnt++ we performed when going to sleep */
- if (client_state == SLEEPING)
- (void)CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
- }
- c->pElt += FontShiftSize;
- }
- else /* print a string */
- {
- unsigned char *pNextElt;
- pNextElt = c->pElt + TextEltHeader + (*c->pElt) * itemSize;
- if ( pNextElt > c->endReq)
- {
- err = BadLength;
- goto bail;
- }
- if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
- {
- c->pElt = pNextElt;
- continue;
- }
- if (c->pDraw)
- {
- lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, *c->pElt, itemSize,
- c->pElt + TextEltHeader);
- }
- else lgerr = Successful;
-
- if (lgerr == Suspended)
- {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {
- int len;
- GC *pGC;
- PTclosurePtr new_closure;
-
- /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to do a few things
- to ensure successful and atomic-appearing execution of the
- remainder of the request. First, copy the remainder of the
- request into a safe malloc'd area. Second, create a scratch GC
- to use for the remainder of the request. Third, mark all fonts
- referenced in the remainder of the request to prevent their
- deallocation. Fourth, make the original GC look like the
- request has completed... set its font to the final font value
- from this request. These GC manipulations are for the unlikely
- (but possible) event that some other client is using the GC.
- Steps 3 and 4 are performed by running this procedure through
- the remainder of the request in a special no-render mode
- indicated by client_state = START_SLEEP. */
-
- /* Step 1 */
- /* Allocate a malloc'd closure structure to replace
- the local one we were passed */
- new_closure = malloc(sizeof(PTclosureRec));
- if (!new_closure)
- {
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- *new_closure = *c;
- c = new_closure;
-
- len = c->endReq - c->pElt;
- c->data = malloc(len);
- if (!c->data)
- {
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- memmove(c->data, c->pElt, len);
- c->pElt = c->data;
- c->endReq = c->pElt + len;
-
- /* Step 2 */
-
- pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
- if (!pGC)
- {
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction |
- GCPlaneMask | GCForeground |
- GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
- GCTile | GCStipple |
- GCTileStipXOrigin |
- GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
- GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
- GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) !=
- Success)
- {
- FreeScratchGC(pGC);
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- origGC = c->pGC;
- c->pGC = pGC;
- ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
-
- ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doPolyText, c);
-
- /* Set up to perform steps 3 and 4 */
- client_state = START_SLEEP;
- continue; /* on to steps 3 and 4 */
- }
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (lgerr != Successful)
- {
- err = FontToXError(lgerr);
- goto bail;
- }
- if (c->pDraw)
- {
- c->xorg += *((INT8 *)(c->pElt + 1)); /* must be signed */
- if (c->reqType == X_PolyText8)
- c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
- *c->pElt, (char *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));
- else
- c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
- *c->pElt, (unsigned short *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));
- }
- c->pElt = pNextElt;
- }
- }
-
-bail:
-
- if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
- {
- /* Step 4 */
- if (pFont != origGC->font)
- {
- ChangeGCVal val;
- val.ptr = pFont;
- ChangeGC(NullClient, origGC, GCFont, &val);
- ValidateGC(c->pDraw, origGC);
- }
-
- /* restore pElt pointer for execution of remainder of the request */
- c->pElt = c->data;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- if (c->err != Success) err = c->err;
- if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension || !c->pGC->pScreen->myNum)
-#endif
- SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
- }
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
- {
- ClientWakeup(c->client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
-
- /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
- CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
- c->pGC->font = NullFont;
-
- FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- }
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-PolyText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, unsigned char *pElt,
- unsigned char *endReq, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
-{
- PTclosureRec local_closure;
-
- local_closure.pElt = pElt;
- local_closure.endReq = endReq;
- local_closure.client = client;
- local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
- local_closure.xorg = xorg;
- local_closure.yorg = yorg;
- local_closure.reqType = reqType;
- local_closure.pGC = pGC;
- local_closure.did = did;
- local_closure.err = Success;
-
- (void) doPolyText(client, &local_closure);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-#undef TextEltHeader
-#undef FontShiftSize
-
-int
-doImageText(ClientPtr client, ITclosurePtr c)
-{
- int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- int itemSize = c->reqType == X_ImageText8 ? 1 : 2;
- Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
- Bool finished = FALSE;
-
- c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
-
- if (client->clientGone)
- {
- fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- err = Success;
- goto bail;
- }
-
- /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)
- {
- DrawablePtr pDraw;
- dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
- if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
- /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask
- the FPE code to clean up after client. */
- fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- err = Success;
- goto bail;
- }
- }
-
- lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, c->nChars, itemSize, c->data);
- if (lgerr == Suspended)
- {
- if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {
- GC *pGC;
- unsigned char *data;
- ITclosurePtr new_closure;
-
- /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to
- save some state. Similar problem to that handled
- in doPolyText, but much simpler because the
- request structure is much simpler. */
-
- new_closure = malloc(sizeof(ITclosureRec));
- if (!new_closure)
- {
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- *new_closure = *c;
- c = new_closure;
-
- data = malloc(c->nChars * itemSize);
- if (!data)
- {
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- memmove(data, c->data, c->nChars * itemSize);
- c->data = data;
-
- pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
- if (!pGC)
- {
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | GCPlaneMask |
- GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
- GCTile | GCStipple | GCTileStipXOrigin |
- GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
- GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
- GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != Success)
- {
- FreeScratchGC(pGC);
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- c->pGC = pGC;
- ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
-
- ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doImageText, c);
- }
- else
- goto xinerama_sleep;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if (lgerr != Successful)
- {
- err = FontToXError(lgerr);
- goto bail;
- }
- if (c->pDraw)
- {
- if (c->reqType == X_ImageText8)
- (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
- c->nChars, (char *) c->data);
- else
- (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
- c->nChars, (unsigned short *) c->data);
- }
-
-bail:
-
- if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
- SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
- }
- if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
- {
- ClientWakeup(c->client);
- finished = TRUE;
-xinerama_sleep:
- if (finished || fromDispatch) {
- ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
-
- /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
- CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
- c->pGC->font = NullFont;
-
- FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
- free(c->data);
- free(c);
- }
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-ImageText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, int nChars,
- unsigned char *data, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
-{
- ITclosureRec local_closure;
-
- local_closure.client = client;
- local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
- local_closure.pGC = pGC;
- local_closure.nChars = nChars;
- local_closure.data = data;
- local_closure.xorg = xorg;
- local_closure.yorg = yorg;
- local_closure.reqType = reqType;
- local_closure.did = did;
-
- (void) doImageText(client, &local_closure);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/* does the necessary magic to figure out the fpe type */
-static int
-DetermineFPEType(char *pathname)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
- if ((*fpe_functions[i].name_check) (pathname))
- return i;
- }
- return -1;
-}
-
-
-static void
-FreeFontPath(FontPathElementPtr *list, int n, Bool force)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
- if (force) {
- /* Sanity check that all refcounts will be 0 by the time
- we get to the end of the list. */
- int found = 1; /* the first reference is us */
- int j;
- for (j = i+1; j < n; j++) {
- if (list[j] == list[i])
- found++;
- }
- if (list[i]->refcount != found) {
- list[i]->refcount = found; /* ensure it will get freed */
- }
- }
- FreeFPE(list[i]);
- }
- free(list);
-}
-
-static FontPathElementPtr
-find_existing_fpe(FontPathElementPtr *list, int num, unsigned char *name, int len)
-{
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
- fpe = list[i];
- if (fpe->name_length == len && memcmp(name, fpe->name, len) == 0)
- return fpe;
- }
- return (FontPathElementPtr) 0;
-}
-
-
-static int
-SetFontPathElements(int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *bad, Bool persist)
-{
- int i, err = 0;
- int valid_paths = 0;
- unsigned int len;
- unsigned char *cp = paths;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL, *fplist;
-
- fplist = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * npaths);
- if (!fplist) {
- *bad = 0;
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
- if (fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook)
- (*fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) ();
- }
- for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
- {
- len = (unsigned int) (*cp++);
-
- if (len == 0)
- {
- if (persist)
- ErrorF("[dix] Removing empty element from the valid list of fontpaths\n");
- err = BadValue;
- }
- else
- {
- /* if it's already in our active list, just reset it */
- /*
- * note that this can miss FPE's in limbo -- may be worth catching
- * them, though it'd muck up refcounting
- */
- fpe = find_existing_fpe(font_path_elements, num_fpes, cp, len);
- if (fpe)
- {
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].reset_fpe) (fpe);
- if (err == Successful)
- {
- UseFPE(fpe);/* since it'll be decref'd later when freed
- * from the old list */
- }
- else
- fpe = 0;
- }
- /* if error or can't do it, act like it's a new one */
- if (!fpe)
- {
- fpe = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementRec));
- if (!fpe)
- {
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- fpe->name = malloc(len + 1);
- if (!fpe->name)
- {
- free(fpe);
- err = BadAlloc;
- goto bail;
- }
- fpe->refcount = 1;
-
- strncpy(fpe->name, (char *) cp, (int) len);
- fpe->name[len] = '\0';
- fpe->name_length = len;
- fpe->type = DetermineFPEType(fpe->name);
- if (fpe->type == -1)
- err = BadValue;
- else
- err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].init_fpe) (fpe);
- if (err != Successful)
- {
- if (persist)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] Could not init font path element %s, removing from list!\n",
- fpe->name);
- }
- free(fpe->name);
- free(fpe);
- }
- }
- }
- if (err != Successful)
- {
- if (!persist)
- goto bail;
- }
- else
- {
- fplist[valid_paths++] = fpe;
- }
- cp += len;
- }
-
- FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, FALSE);
- font_path_elements = fplist;
- if (patternCache)
- EmptyFontPatternCache(patternCache);
- num_fpes = valid_paths;
-
- return Success;
-bail:
- *bad = i;
- while (--valid_paths >= 0)
- FreeFPE(fplist[valid_paths]);
- free(fplist);
- return FontToXError(err);
-}
-
-int
-SetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int npaths, unsigned char *paths)
-{
- int err = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixManageAccess);
- if (err != Success)
- return err;
-
- if (npaths == 0) {
- if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success)
- return BadValue;
- } else {
- int bad;
- err = SetFontPathElements(npaths, paths, &bad, FALSE);
- client->errorValue = bad;
- }
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-SetDefaultFontPath(char *path)
-{
- char *temp_path,
- *start,
- *end;
- unsigned char *cp,
- *pp,
- *nump,
- *newpath;
- int num = 1,
- len,
- err,
- size = 0,
- bad;
-
- /* ensure temp_path contains "built-ins" */
- start = path;
- while (1) {
- start = strstr(start, "built-ins");
- if (start == NULL)
- break;
- end = start + strlen("built-ins");
- if ((start == path || start[-1] == ',') && (!*end || *end == ','))
- break;
- start = end;
- }
- if (!start) {
- if (asprintf(&temp_path, "%s%sbuilt-ins", path, *path ? "," : "")
- == -1)
- temp_path = NULL;
- } else {
- temp_path = strdup(path);
- }
- if (!temp_path)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- /* get enough for string, plus values -- use up commas */
- len = strlen(temp_path) + 1;
- nump = cp = newpath = malloc(len);
- if (!newpath) {
- free(temp_path);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pp = (unsigned char *) temp_path;
- cp++;
- while (*pp) {
- if (*pp == ',') {
- *nump = (unsigned char) size;
- nump = cp++;
- pp++;
- num++;
- size = 0;
- } else {
- *cp++ = *pp++;
- size++;
- }
- }
- *nump = (unsigned char) size;
-
- err = SetFontPathElements(num, newpath, &bad, TRUE);
-
- free(newpath);
- free(temp_path);
-
- return err;
-}
-
-int
-GetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int *count, int *length, unsigned char **result)
-{
- int i;
- unsigned char *c;
- int len;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
-
- i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (i != Success)
- return i;
-
- len = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
- fpe = font_path_elements[i];
- len += fpe->name_length + 1;
- }
- font_path_string = (unsigned char *) realloc(font_path_string, len);
- if (!font_path_string)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- c = font_path_string;
- *length = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
- fpe = font_path_elements[i];
- *c = fpe->name_length;
- *length += *c++;
- memmove(c, fpe->name, fpe->name_length);
- c += fpe->name_length;
- }
- *count = num_fpes;
- *result = font_path_string;
- return Success;
-}
-
-void
-DeleteClientFontStuff(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i;
- FontPathElementPtr fpe;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
- {
- fpe = font_path_elements[i];
- if (fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died)
- (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
- }
-}
-
-void
-InitFonts (void)
-{
- patternCache = MakeFontPatternCache();
-
- register_fpe_functions();
-}
-
-int
-GetDefaultPointSize (void)
-{
- return 120;
-}
-
-
-FontResolutionPtr
-GetClientResolutions (int *num)
-{
- static struct _FontResolution res;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- res.x_resolution = (pScreen->width * 25.4) / pScreen->mmWidth;
- /*
- * XXX - we'll want this as long as bitmap instances are prevalent
- so that we can match them from scalable fonts
- */
- if (res.x_resolution < 88)
- res.x_resolution = 75;
- else
- res.x_resolution = 100;
- res.y_resolution = (pScreen->height * 25.4) / pScreen->mmHeight;
- if (res.y_resolution < 88)
- res.y_resolution = 75;
- else
- res.y_resolution = 100;
- res.point_size = 120;
- *num = 1;
- return &res;
-}
-
-/*
- * returns the type index of the new fpe
- *
- * should be called (only once!) by each type of fpe when initialized
- */
-
-int
-RegisterFPEFunctions(NameCheckFunc name_func,
- InitFpeFunc init_func,
- FreeFpeFunc free_func,
- ResetFpeFunc reset_func,
- OpenFontFunc open_func,
- CloseFontFunc close_func,
- ListFontsFunc list_func,
- StartLfwiFunc start_lfwi_func,
- NextLfwiFunc next_lfwi_func,
- WakeupFpeFunc wakeup_func,
- ClientDiedFunc client_died,
- LoadGlyphsFunc load_glyphs,
- StartLaFunc start_list_alias_func,
- NextLaFunc next_list_alias_func,
- SetPathFunc set_path_func)
-{
- FPEFunctions *new;
-
- /* grow the list */
- new = (FPEFunctions *) realloc(fpe_functions,
- (num_fpe_types + 1) * sizeof(FPEFunctions));
- if (!new)
- return -1;
- fpe_functions = new;
-
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].name_check = name_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].open_font = open_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].close_font = close_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].wakeup_fpe = wakeup_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_fonts = list_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_with_info =
- start_lfwi_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_with_info =
- next_lfwi_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].init_fpe = init_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].free_fpe = free_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].reset_fpe = reset_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].client_died = client_died;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].load_glyphs = load_glyphs;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_and_aliases =
- start_list_alias_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_or_alias =
- next_list_alias_func;
- fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].set_path_hook = set_path_func;
-
- return num_fpe_types++;
-}
-
-void
-FreeFonts(void)
-{
- if (patternCache) {
- FreeFontPatternCache(patternCache);
- patternCache = 0;
- }
- FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, TRUE);
- font_path_elements = 0;
- num_fpes = 0;
- free(fpe_functions);
- num_fpe_types = 0;
- fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
-}
-
-/* convenience functions for FS interface */
-
-FontPtr
-find_old_font(XID id)
-{
- pointer pFont;
- dixLookupResourceByType(&pFont, id, RT_NONE, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
- return (FontPtr)pFont;
-}
-
-Font
-GetNewFontClientID(void)
-{
- return FakeClientID(0);
-}
-
-int
-StoreFontClientFont(FontPtr pfont, Font id)
-{
- return AddResource(id, RT_NONE, (pointer) pfont);
-}
-
-void
-DeleteFontClientID(Font id)
-{
- FreeResource(id, RT_NONE);
-}
-
-int
-client_auth_generation(ClientPtr client)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int fs_handlers_installed = 0;
-static unsigned int last_server_gen;
-
-int
-init_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler)
-{
- /* if server has reset, make sure the b&w handlers are reinstalled */
- if (last_server_gen < serverGeneration) {
- last_server_gen = serverGeneration;
- fs_handlers_installed = 0;
- }
- if (fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
- if (!RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler,
- FontWakeup, (pointer) 0))
- return AllocError;
- fs_handlers_installed++;
- }
- QueueFontWakeup(fpe);
- return Successful;
-}
-
-void
-remove_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler, Bool all)
-{
- if (all) {
- /* remove the handlers if no one else is using them */
- if (--fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
- RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, FontWakeup,
- (pointer) 0);
- }
- }
- RemoveFontWakeup(fpe);
-}
+/************************************************************************
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+************************************************************************/
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "closestr.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
+#include "xf86bigfontsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+extern pointer fosNaturalParams;
+extern FontPtr defaultFont;
+
+static FontPathElementPtr *font_path_elements = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
+static int num_fpes = 0;
+static FPEFunctions *fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
+static int num_fpe_types = 0;
+
+static unsigned char *font_path_string;
+
+static int num_slept_fpes = 0;
+static int size_slept_fpes = 0;
+static FontPathElementPtr *slept_fpes = (FontPathElementPtr *) 0;
+static FontPatternCachePtr patternCache;
+
+static int
+FontToXError(int err)
+{
+ switch (err) {
+ case Successful:
+ return Success;
+ case AllocError:
+ return BadAlloc;
+ case BadFontName:
+ return BadName;
+ case BadFontPath:
+ case BadFontFormat: /* is there something better? */
+ case BadCharRange:
+ return BadValue;
+ default:
+ return err;
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+LoadGlyphs(ClientPtr client, FontPtr pfont, unsigned nchars, int item_size,
+ unsigned char *data)
+{
+ if (fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
+ return (*fpe_functions[pfont->fpe->type].load_glyphs)
+ (client, pfont, 0, nchars, item_size, data);
+ else
+ return Successful;
+}
+
+/*
+ * adding RT_FONT prevents conflict with default cursor font
+ */
+Bool
+SetDefaultFont(char *defaultfontname)
+{
+ int err;
+ FontPtr pf;
+ XID fid;
+ static FontPtr last_pf;
+
+ fid = FakeClientID(0);
+ err = OpenFont(serverClient, fid, FontLoadAll | FontOpenSync,
+ (unsigned) strlen(defaultfontname), defaultfontname);
+ if (err != Success)
+ return FALSE;
+ err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pf, fid, RT_FONT, serverClient,
+ DixReadAccess);
+ if (err == Success) last_pf = pf;
+ if (last_pf == (FontPtr) NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ defaultFont = last_pf;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * note that the font wakeup queue is not refcounted. this is because
+ * an fpe needs to be added when it's inited, and removed when it's finally
+ * freed, in order to handle any data that isn't requested, like FS events.
+ *
+ * since the only thing that should call these routines is the renderer's
+ * init_fpe() and free_fpe(), there shouldn't be any problem in using
+ * freed data.
+ */
+void
+QueueFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+ int i;
+ FontPathElementPtr *new;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
+ if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ if (num_slept_fpes == size_slept_fpes) {
+ new = (FontPathElementPtr *)
+ realloc(slept_fpes,
+ sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * (size_slept_fpes + 4));
+ if (!new)
+ return;
+ slept_fpes = new;
+ size_slept_fpes += 4;
+ }
+ slept_fpes[num_slept_fpes] = fpe;
+ num_slept_fpes++;
+}
+
+void
+RemoveFontWakeup(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+ int i,
+ j;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
+ if (slept_fpes[i] == fpe) {
+ for (j = i; j < num_slept_fpes; j++) {
+ slept_fpes[j] = slept_fpes[j + 1];
+ }
+ num_slept_fpes--;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+FontWakeup(pointer data, int count, pointer LastSelectMask)
+{
+ int i;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+
+ if (count < 0)
+ return;
+ /* wake up any fpe's that may be waiting for information */
+ for (i = 0; i < num_slept_fpes; i++) {
+ fpe = slept_fpes[i];
+ (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].wakeup_fpe) (fpe, LastSelectMask);
+ }
+}
+
+/* XXX -- these two funcs may want to be broken into macros */
+static void
+UseFPE(FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+ fpe->refcount++;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeFPE (FontPathElementPtr fpe)
+{
+ fpe->refcount--;
+ if (fpe->refcount == 0) {
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].free_fpe) (fpe);
+ free(fpe->name);
+ free(fpe);
+ }
+}
+
+static Bool
+doOpenFont(ClientPtr client, OFclosurePtr c)
+{
+ FontPtr pfont = NullFont;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL;
+ ScreenPtr pScr;
+ int err = Successful;
+ int i;
+ char *alias,
+ *newname;
+ int newlen;
+ int aliascount = 20;
+ Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+ Bool finished = FALSE;
+ /*
+ * Decide at runtime what FontFormat to use.
+ */
+ Mask FontFormat =
+
+ ((screenInfo.imageByteOrder == LSBFirst) ?
+ BitmapFormatByteOrderLSB : BitmapFormatByteOrderMSB) |
+
+ ((screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ?
+ BitmapFormatBitOrderLSB : BitmapFormatBitOrderMSB) |
+
+ BitmapFormatImageRectMin |
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 1
+ BitmapFormatScanlinePad8 |
+#endif
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 2
+ BitmapFormatScanlinePad16 |
+#endif
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 4
+ BitmapFormatScanlinePad32 |
+#endif
+
+#if GLYPHPADBYTES == 8
+ BitmapFormatScanlinePad64 |
+#endif
+
+ BitmapFormatScanlineUnit8;
+
+ c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ if (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ }
+ err = Successful;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ while (c->current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current_fpe];
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].open_font)
+ ((pointer) client, fpe, c->flags,
+ c->fontname, c->fnamelen, FontFormat,
+ BitmapFormatMaskByte |
+ BitmapFormatMaskBit |
+ BitmapFormatMaskImageRectangle |
+ BitmapFormatMaskScanLinePad |
+ BitmapFormatMaskScanLineUnit,
+ c->fontid, &pfont, &alias,
+ c->non_cachable_font && c->non_cachable_font->fpe == fpe ?
+ c->non_cachable_font :
+ (FontPtr)0);
+
+ if (err == FontNameAlias && alias) {
+ newlen = strlen(alias);
+ newname = (char *) realloc(c->fontname, newlen);
+ if (!newname) {
+ err = AllocError;
+ break;
+ }
+ memmove(newname, alias, newlen);
+ c->fontname = newname;
+ c->fnamelen = newlen;
+ c->current_fpe = 0;
+ if (--aliascount <= 0) {
+ /* We've tried resolving this alias 20 times, we're
+ * probably stuck in an infinite loop of aliases pointing
+ * to each other - time to take emergency exit!
+ */
+ err = BadImplementation;
+ break;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (err == BadFontName) {
+ c->current_fpe++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (err == Suspended) {
+ if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doOpenFont, c);
+ else
+ goto xinerama_sleep;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (err != Successful)
+ goto bail;
+ if (!pfont) {
+ err = BadFontName;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ /* check values for firstCol, lastCol, firstRow, and lastRow */
+ if (pfont->info.firstCol > pfont->info.lastCol ||
+ pfont->info.firstRow > pfont->info.lastRow ||
+ pfont->info.lastCol - pfont->info.firstCol > 255) {
+ err = AllocError;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (!pfont->fpe)
+ pfont->fpe = fpe;
+ pfont->refcnt++;
+ if (pfont->refcnt == 1) {
+ UseFPE(pfont->fpe);
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+ pScr = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ if (pScr->RealizeFont)
+ {
+ if (!(*pScr->RealizeFont) (pScr, pfont))
+ {
+ CloseFont (pfont, (Font) 0);
+ err = AllocError;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (!AddResource(c->fontid, RT_FONT, (pointer) pfont)) {
+ err = AllocError;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (patternCache && pfont != c->non_cachable_font)
+ CacheFontPattern(patternCache, c->origFontName, c->origFontNameLen,
+ pfont);
+bail:
+ if (err != Successful && c->client != serverClient) {
+ SendErrorToClient(c->client, X_OpenFont, 0,
+ c->fontid, FontToXError(err));
+ }
+ ClientWakeup(c->client);
+ finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+ if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+ for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++) {
+ FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ }
+ free(c->fpe_list);
+ free(c->fontname);
+ free(c);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+OpenFont(ClientPtr client, XID fid, Mask flags, unsigned lenfname, char *pfontname)
+{
+ OFclosurePtr c;
+ int i;
+ FontPtr cached = (FontPtr)0;
+
+ if (!lenfname || lenfname > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
+ return BadName;
+ if (patternCache)
+ {
+
+ /*
+ ** Check name cache. If we find a cached version of this font that
+ ** is cachable, immediately satisfy the request with it. If we find
+ ** a cached version of this font that is non-cachable, we do not
+ ** satisfy the request with it. Instead, we pass the FontPtr to the
+ ** FPE's open_font code (the fontfile FPE in turn passes the
+ ** information to the rasterizer; the fserve FPE ignores it).
+ **
+ ** Presumably, the font is marked non-cachable because the FPE has
+ ** put some licensing restrictions on it. If the FPE, using
+ ** whatever logic it relies on, determines that it is willing to
+ ** share this existing font with the client, then it has the option
+ ** to return the FontPtr we passed it as the newly-opened font.
+ ** This allows the FPE to exercise its licensing logic without
+ ** having to create another instance of a font that already exists.
+ */
+
+ cached = FindCachedFontPattern(patternCache, pfontname, lenfname);
+ if (cached && cached->info.cachable)
+ {
+ if (!AddResource(fid, RT_FONT, (pointer) cached))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ cached->refcnt++;
+ return Success;
+ }
+ }
+ c = malloc(sizeof(OFclosureRec));
+ if (!c)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ c->fontname = malloc(lenfname);
+ c->origFontName = pfontname;
+ c->origFontNameLen = lenfname;
+ if (!c->fontname) {
+ free(c);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ /*
+ * copy the current FPE list, so that if it gets changed by another client
+ * while we're blocking, the request still appears atomic
+ */
+ c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
+ if (!c->fpe_list) {
+ free(c->fontname);
+ free(c);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ memmove(c->fontname, pfontname, lenfname);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+ c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
+ UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ }
+ c->client = client;
+ c->fontid = fid;
+ c->current_fpe = 0;
+ c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
+ c->fnamelen = lenfname;
+ c->flags = flags;
+ c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
+ c->non_cachable_font = cached;
+
+ (void) doOpenFont(client, c);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Decrement font's ref count, and free storage if ref count equals zero
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+CloseFont(pointer value, XID fid)
+{
+ int nscr;
+ ScreenPtr pscr;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ FontPtr pfont = (FontPtr)value;
+
+ if (pfont == NullFont)
+ return Success;
+ if (--pfont->refcnt == 0) {
+ if (patternCache)
+ RemoveCachedFontPattern (patternCache, pfont);
+ /*
+ * since the last reference is gone, ask each screen to free any
+ * storage it may have allocated locally for it.
+ */
+ for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++) {
+ pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+ if (pscr->UnrealizeFont)
+ (*pscr->UnrealizeFont) (pscr, pfont);
+ }
+ if (pfont == defaultFont)
+ defaultFont = NULL;
+#ifdef XF86BIGFONT
+ XF86BigfontFreeFontShm(pfont);
+#endif
+ fpe = pfont->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].close_font) (fpe, pfont);
+ FreeFPE(fpe);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/***====================================================================***/
+
+/**
+ * Sets up pReply as the correct QueryFontReply for pFont with the first
+ * nProtoCCIStructs char infos.
+ *
+ * \param pReply caller must allocate this storage
+ */
+void
+QueryFont(FontPtr pFont, xQueryFontReply *pReply, int nProtoCCIStructs)
+{
+ FontPropPtr pFP;
+ int r,
+ c,
+ i;
+ xFontProp *prFP;
+ xCharInfo *prCI;
+ xCharInfo *charInfos[256];
+ unsigned char chars[512];
+ int ninfos;
+ unsigned long ncols;
+ unsigned long count;
+
+ /* pr->length set in dispatch */
+ pReply->minCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.firstCol;
+ pReply->defaultChar = pFont->info.defaultCh;
+ pReply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFont->info.lastCol;
+ pReply->drawDirection = pFont->info.drawDirection;
+ pReply->allCharsExist = pFont->info.allExist;
+ pReply->minByte1 = pFont->info.firstRow;
+ pReply->maxByte1 = pFont->info.lastRow;
+ pReply->fontAscent = pFont->info.fontAscent;
+ pReply->fontDescent = pFont->info.fontDescent;
+
+ pReply->minBounds = pFont->info.ink_minbounds;
+ pReply->maxBounds = pFont->info.ink_maxbounds;
+
+ pReply->nFontProps = pFont->info.nprops;
+ pReply->nCharInfos = nProtoCCIStructs;
+
+ for (i = 0, pFP = pFont->info.props, prFP = (xFontProp *) (&pReply[1]);
+ i < pFont->info.nprops;
+ i++, pFP++, prFP++) {
+ prFP->name = pFP->name;
+ prFP->value = pFP->value;
+ }
+
+ ninfos = 0;
+ ncols = (unsigned long) (pFont->info.lastCol - pFont->info.firstCol + 1);
+ prCI = (xCharInfo *) (prFP);
+ for (r = pFont->info.firstRow;
+ ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs && r <= (int)pFont->info.lastRow;
+ r++) {
+ i = 0;
+ for (c = pFont->info.firstCol; c <= (int)pFont->info.lastCol; c++) {
+ chars[i++] = r;
+ chars[i++] = c;
+ }
+ (*pFont->get_metrics) (pFont, ncols, chars,
+ TwoD16Bit, &count, charInfos);
+ i = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < (int) count && ninfos < nProtoCCIStructs; i++) {
+ *prCI = *charInfos[i];
+ prCI++;
+ ninfos++;
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+}
+
+static Bool
+doListFontsAndAliases(ClientPtr client, LFclosurePtr c)
+{
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ int err = Successful;
+ FontNamesPtr names = NULL;
+ char *name, *resolved=NULL;
+ int namelen, resolvedlen;
+ int nnames;
+ int stringLens;
+ int i;
+ xListFontsReply reply;
+ char *bufptr;
+ char *bufferStart;
+ int aliascount = 0;
+ Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+ Bool finished = FALSE;
+
+ c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ }
+ err = Successful;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ if (!c->current.patlen)
+ goto finish;
+
+ while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes) {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+ err = Successful;
+
+ if (!fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
+ {
+ /* This FPE doesn't support/require list_fonts_and_aliases */
+
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_fonts)
+ ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
+ c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
+ c->names);
+
+ if (err == Suspended) {
+ if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
+ c);
+ else
+ goto xinerama_sleep;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ err = BadFontName;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Start of list_fonts_and_aliases functionality. Modeled
+ after list_fonts_with_info in that it resolves aliases,
+ except that the information collected from FPEs is just
+ names, not font info. Each list_next_font_or_alias()
+ returns either a name into name/namelen or an alias into
+ name/namelen and its target name into resolved/resolvedlen.
+ The code at this level then resolves the alias by polling
+ the FPEs. */
+
+ if (!c->current.list_started) {
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_and_aliases)
+ ((pointer) c->client, fpe, c->current.pattern,
+ c->current.patlen, c->current.max_names - c->names->nnames,
+ &c->current.private);
+ if (err == Suspended) {
+ if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
+ c);
+ else
+ goto xinerama_sleep;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == Successful)
+ c->current.list_started = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == Successful) {
+ char *tmpname;
+ name = 0;
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
+ ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &tmpname,
+ &resolvedlen, c->current.private);
+ if (err == Suspended) {
+ if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsAndAliases,
+ c);
+ else
+ goto xinerama_sleep;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == FontNameAlias) {
+ free(resolved);
+ resolved = malloc(resolvedlen + 1);
+ if (resolved)
+ memmove(resolved, tmpname, resolvedlen + 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (err == Successful)
+ {
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ if (c->savedName)
+ (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, c->savedName,
+ c->savedNameLen);
+ }
+ else
+ (void)AddFontNamesName(c->names, name, namelen);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to
+ * the start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As
+ * soon as a real font is found for the alias, pop back to the
+ * old state
+ */
+ else if (err == FontNameAlias) {
+ char tmp_pattern[XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN];
+ /*
+ * when an alias recurses, we need to give
+ * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
+ * it again, and assume that the error returned
+ * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
+ * is complete.
+ */
+ memmove(tmp_pattern, resolved, resolvedlen);
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ char *tmpname;
+ int tmpnamelen;
+
+ tmpname = 0;
+ (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_or_alias)
+ ((pointer) c->client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen,
+ &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, c->current.private);
+ if (--aliascount <= 0)
+ {
+ err = BadFontName;
+ goto ContBadFontName;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ c->saved = c->current;
+ c->haveSaved = TRUE;
+ free(c->savedName);
+ c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);
+ if (c->savedName)
+ memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
+ c->savedNameLen = namelen;
+ aliascount = 20;
+ }
+ memmove(c->current.pattern, tmp_pattern, resolvedlen);
+ c->current.patlen = resolvedlen;
+ c->current.max_names = c->names->nnames + 1;
+ c->current.current_fpe = -1;
+ c->current.private = 0;
+ err = BadFontName;
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished
+ * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've collected enough
+ * font names, quit.
+ */
+ if (err == BadFontName) {
+ ContBadFontName: ;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ c->current.current_fpe++;
+ err = Successful;
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names ||
+ c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes) {
+ c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+ c->current = c->saved;
+ /* Give the saved namelist a chance to clean itself up */
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if (c->names->nnames == c->current.max_names)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * send the reply
+ */
+ if (err != Successful) {
+ SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, FontToXError(err));
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+finish:
+
+ names = c->names;
+ nnames = names->nnames;
+ client = c->client;
+ stringLens = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++)
+ stringLens += (names->length[i] <= 255) ? names->length[i] : 0;
+
+ memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsReply));
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
+ reply.nFonts = nnames;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ bufptr = bufferStart = malloc(reply.length << 2);
+
+ if (!bufptr && reply.length) {
+ SendErrorToClient(client, X_ListFonts, 0, 0, BadAlloc);
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ /*
+ * since WriteToClient long word aligns things, copy to temp buffer and
+ * write all at once
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < nnames; i++) {
+ if (names->length[i] > 255)
+ reply.nFonts--;
+ else
+ {
+ *bufptr++ = names->length[i];
+ memmove( bufptr, names->names[i], names->length[i]);
+ bufptr += names->length[i];
+ }
+ }
+ nnames = reply.nFonts;
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(stringLens + nnames);
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFonts];
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, sizeof(xListFontsReply), &reply);
+ (void) WriteToClient(client, stringLens + nnames, bufferStart);
+ free(bufferStart);
+
+bail:
+ ClientWakeup(client);
+ finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+ if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+ for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
+ FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ free(c->fpe_list);
+ free(c->savedName);
+ FreeFontNames(names);
+ free(c);
+ }
+ free(resolved);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+ListFonts(ClientPtr client, unsigned char *pattern, unsigned length,
+ unsigned max_names)
+{
+ int i;
+ LFclosurePtr c;
+
+ /*
+ * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
+ * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
+ * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
+ * a list containing zero fontnames.
+ */
+ if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (i != Success)
+ return i;
+
+ if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
+ if (!c->fpe_list) {
+ free(c);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ c->names = MakeFontNamesRecord(max_names < 100 ? max_names : 100);
+ if (!c->names)
+ {
+ free(c->fpe_list);
+ free(c);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ memmove( c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+ c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
+ UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ }
+ c->client = client;
+ c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
+ c->current.patlen = length;
+ c->current.current_fpe = 0;
+ c->current.max_names = max_names;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ c->current.private = 0;
+ c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+ c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
+ c->savedName = 0;
+ doListFontsAndAliases(client, c);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+doListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, LFWIclosurePtr c)
+{
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ int err = Successful;
+ char *name;
+ Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+ Bool finished = FALSE;
+ int namelen;
+ int numFonts;
+ FontInfoRec fontInfo,
+ *pFontInfo;
+ xListFontsWithInfoReply *reply;
+ int length;
+ xFontProp *pFP;
+ int i;
+ int aliascount = 0;
+ xListFontsWithInfoReply finalReply;
+
+ c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ if (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ }
+ err = Successful;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ client->pSwapReplyFunc = ReplySwapVector[X_ListFontsWithInfo];
+ if (!c->current.patlen)
+ goto finish;
+ while (c->current.current_fpe < c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ fpe = c->fpe_list[c->current.current_fpe];
+ err = Successful;
+ if (!c->current.list_started)
+ {
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].start_list_fonts_with_info)
+ (client, fpe, c->current.pattern, c->current.patlen,
+ c->current.max_names, &c->current.private);
+ if (err == Suspended)
+ {
+ if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);
+ else
+ goto xinerama_sleep;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == Successful)
+ c->current.list_started = TRUE;
+ }
+ if (err == Successful)
+ {
+ name = 0;
+ pFontInfo = &fontInfo;
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
+ (client, fpe, &name, &namelen, &pFontInfo,
+ &numFonts, c->current.private);
+ if (err == Suspended)
+ {
+ if (!ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ ClientSleep(client,
+ (ClientSleepProcPtr)doListFontsWithInfo, c);
+ else
+ goto xinerama_sleep;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * When we get an alias back, save our state and reset back to the
+ * start of the FPE looking for the specified name. As soon as a real
+ * font is found for the alias, pop back to the old state
+ */
+ if (err == FontNameAlias)
+ {
+ /*
+ * when an alias recurses, we need to give
+ * the last FPE a chance to clean up; so we call
+ * it again, and assume that the error returned
+ * is BadFontName, indicating the alias resolution
+ * is complete.
+ */
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ char *tmpname;
+ int tmpnamelen;
+ FontInfoPtr tmpFontInfo;
+
+ tmpname = 0;
+ tmpFontInfo = &fontInfo;
+ (void) (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].list_next_font_with_info)
+ (client, fpe, &tmpname, &tmpnamelen, &tmpFontInfo,
+ &numFonts, c->current.private);
+ if (--aliascount <= 0)
+ {
+ err = BadFontName;
+ goto ContBadFontName;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ c->saved = c->current;
+ c->haveSaved = TRUE;
+ c->savedNumFonts = numFonts;
+ free(c->savedName);
+ c->savedName = malloc(namelen + 1);
+ if (c->savedName)
+ memmove(c->savedName, name, namelen + 1);
+ aliascount = 20;
+ }
+ memmove(c->current.pattern, name, namelen);
+ c->current.patlen = namelen;
+ c->current.max_names = 1;
+ c->current.current_fpe = 0;
+ c->current.private = 0;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ }
+ /*
+ * At the end of this FPE, step to the next. If we've finished
+ * processing an alias, pop state back. If we've sent enough font
+ * names, quit. Always wait for BadFontName to let the FPE
+ * have a chance to clean up.
+ */
+ else if (err == BadFontName)
+ {
+ ContBadFontName: ;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ c->current.current_fpe++;
+ err = Successful;
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ if (c->current.max_names == 0 ||
+ c->current.current_fpe == c->num_fpes)
+ {
+ c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+ c->saved.max_names -= (1 - c->current.max_names);
+ c->current = c->saved;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (c->current.max_names == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (err == Successful)
+ {
+ length = sizeof(*reply) + pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp);
+ reply = c->reply;
+ if (c->length < length)
+ {
+ reply = (xListFontsWithInfoReply *) realloc(c->reply, length);
+ if (!reply)
+ {
+ err = AllocError;
+ break;
+ }
+ memset((char*)reply + c->length, 0, length - c->length);
+ c->reply = reply;
+ c->length = length;
+ }
+ if (c->haveSaved)
+ {
+ numFonts = c->savedNumFonts;
+ name = c->savedName;
+ namelen = strlen(name);
+ }
+ reply->type = X_Reply;
+ reply->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof *reply - sizeof(xGenericReply) +
+ pFontInfo->nprops * sizeof(xFontProp) +
+ namelen);
+ reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply->nameLength = namelen;
+ reply->minBounds = pFontInfo->ink_minbounds;
+ reply->maxBounds = pFontInfo->ink_maxbounds;
+ reply->minCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->firstCol;
+ reply->maxCharOrByte2 = pFontInfo->lastCol;
+ reply->defaultChar = pFontInfo->defaultCh;
+ reply->nFontProps = pFontInfo->nprops;
+ reply->drawDirection = pFontInfo->drawDirection;
+ reply->minByte1 = pFontInfo->firstRow;
+ reply->maxByte1 = pFontInfo->lastRow;
+ reply->allCharsExist = pFontInfo->allExist;
+ reply->fontAscent = pFontInfo->fontAscent;
+ reply->fontDescent = pFontInfo->fontDescent;
+ reply->nReplies = numFonts;
+ pFP = (xFontProp *) (reply + 1);
+ for (i = 0; i < pFontInfo->nprops; i++)
+ {
+ pFP->name = pFontInfo->props[i].name;
+ pFP->value = pFontInfo->props[i].value;
+ pFP++;
+ }
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, reply);
+ (void) WriteToClient(client, namelen, name);
+ if (pFontInfo == &fontInfo)
+ {
+ free(fontInfo.props);
+ free(fontInfo.isStringProp);
+ }
+ --c->current.max_names;
+ }
+ }
+finish:
+ length = sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply);
+ memset((char *) &finalReply, 0, sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply));
+ finalReply.type = X_Reply;
+ finalReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ finalReply.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xListFontsWithInfoReply)
+ - sizeof(xGenericReply));
+ WriteSwappedDataToClient(client, length, &finalReply);
+bail:
+ ClientWakeup(client);
+ finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+ if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+ for (i = 0; i < c->num_fpes; i++)
+ FreeFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ free(c->reply);
+ free(c->fpe_list);
+ free(c->savedName);
+ free(c);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+StartListFontsWithInfo(ClientPtr client, int length, unsigned char *pattern,
+ int max_names)
+{
+ int i;
+ LFWIclosurePtr c;
+
+ /*
+ * The right error to return here would be BadName, however the
+ * specification does not allow for a Name error on this request.
+ * Perhaps a better solution would be to return a nil list, i.e.
+ * a list containing zero fontnames.
+ */
+ if (length > XLFDMAXFONTNAMELEN)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (i != Success)
+ return i;
+
+ if (!(c = malloc(sizeof *c)))
+ goto badAlloc;
+ c->fpe_list = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * num_fpes);
+ if (!c->fpe_list)
+ {
+ free(c);
+ goto badAlloc;
+ }
+ memmove(c->current.pattern, pattern, length);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
+ {
+ c->fpe_list[i] = font_path_elements[i];
+ UseFPE(c->fpe_list[i]);
+ }
+ c->client = client;
+ c->num_fpes = num_fpes;
+ c->reply = 0;
+ c->length = 0;
+ c->current.patlen = length;
+ c->current.current_fpe = 0;
+ c->current.max_names = max_names;
+ c->current.list_started = FALSE;
+ c->current.private = 0;
+ c->savedNumFonts = 0;
+ c->haveSaved = FALSE;
+ c->from_dispatch = TRUE;
+ c->savedName = 0;
+ doListFontsWithInfo(client, c);
+ return Success;
+badAlloc:
+ return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+#define TextEltHeader 2
+#define FontShiftSize 5
+static ChangeGCVal clearGC[] = { NullPixmap };
+#define clearGCmask (GCClipMask)
+
+int
+doPolyText(ClientPtr client, PTclosurePtr c)
+{
+ FontPtr pFont = c->pGC->font, oldpFont;
+ int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */
+ enum { NEVER_SLEPT, START_SLEEP, SLEEPING } client_state = NEVER_SLEPT;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ GC *origGC = NULL;
+ int itemSize = c->reqType == X_PolyText8 ? 1 : 2;
+ Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+ Bool finished = FALSE;
+
+ c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+
+ if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ {
+ /* Client has died, but we cannot bail out right now. We
+ need to clean up after the work we did when going to
+ sleep. Setting the drawable pointer to 0 makes this
+ happen without any attempts to render or perform other
+ unnecessary activities. */
+ c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err = Success;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
+ if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)
+ {
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
+ /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask
+ the FPE code to clean up after client and avoid further
+ rendering while we clean up after ourself. */
+ fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ c->pDraw = (DrawablePtr)0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ client_state = ClientIsAsleep(client) ? SLEEPING : NEVER_SLEPT;
+
+ while (c->endReq - c->pElt > TextEltHeader)
+ {
+ if (*c->pElt == FontChange)
+ {
+ Font fid;
+ if (c->endReq - c->pElt < FontShiftSize)
+ {
+ err = BadLength;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ oldpFont = pFont;
+
+ fid = ((Font)*(c->pElt+4)) /* big-endian */
+ | ((Font)*(c->pElt+3)) << 8
+ | ((Font)*(c->pElt+2)) << 16
+ | ((Font)*(c->pElt+1)) << 24;
+ err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFont, fid, RT_FONT,
+ client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (err != Success)
+ {
+ /* restore pFont for step 4 (described below) */
+ pFont = oldpFont;
+
+ /* If we're in START_SLEEP mode, the following step
+ shortens the request... in the unlikely event that
+ the fid somehow becomes valid before we come through
+ again to actually execute the polytext, which would
+ then mess up our refcounting scheme badly. */
+ c->err = err;
+ c->endReq = c->pElt;
+
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ /* Step 3 (described below) on our new font */
+ if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
+ pFont->refcnt++;
+ else
+ {
+ if (pFont != c->pGC->font && c->pDraw)
+ {
+ ChangeGCVal val;
+ val.ptr = pFont;
+ ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, GCFont, &val);
+ ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
+ }
+
+ /* Undo the refcnt++ we performed when going to sleep */
+ if (client_state == SLEEPING)
+ (void)CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
+ }
+ c->pElt += FontShiftSize;
+ }
+ else /* print a string */
+ {
+ unsigned char *pNextElt;
+ pNextElt = c->pElt + TextEltHeader + (*c->pElt) * itemSize;
+ if ( pNextElt > c->endReq)
+ {
+ err = BadLength;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
+ {
+ c->pElt = pNextElt;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c->pDraw)
+ {
+ lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, *c->pElt, itemSize,
+ c->pElt + TextEltHeader);
+ }
+ else lgerr = Successful;
+
+ if (lgerr == Suspended)
+ {
+ if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {
+ int len;
+ GC *pGC;
+ PTclosurePtr new_closure;
+
+ /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to do a few things
+ to ensure successful and atomic-appearing execution of the
+ remainder of the request. First, copy the remainder of the
+ request into a safe malloc'd area. Second, create a scratch GC
+ to use for the remainder of the request. Third, mark all fonts
+ referenced in the remainder of the request to prevent their
+ deallocation. Fourth, make the original GC look like the
+ request has completed... set its font to the final font value
+ from this request. These GC manipulations are for the unlikely
+ (but possible) event that some other client is using the GC.
+ Steps 3 and 4 are performed by running this procedure through
+ the remainder of the request in a special no-render mode
+ indicated by client_state = START_SLEEP. */
+
+ /* Step 1 */
+ /* Allocate a malloc'd closure structure to replace
+ the local one we were passed */
+ new_closure = malloc(sizeof(PTclosureRec));
+ if (!new_closure)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ *new_closure = *c;
+ c = new_closure;
+
+ len = c->endReq - c->pElt;
+ c->data = malloc(len);
+ if (!c->data)
+ {
+ free(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ memmove(c->data, c->pElt, len);
+ c->pElt = c->data;
+ c->endReq = c->pElt + len;
+
+ /* Step 2 */
+
+ pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
+ if (!pGC)
+ {
+ free(c->data);
+ free(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction |
+ GCPlaneMask | GCForeground |
+ GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
+ GCTile | GCStipple |
+ GCTileStipXOrigin |
+ GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
+ GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
+ GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) !=
+ Success)
+ {
+ FreeScratchGC(pGC);
+ free(c->data);
+ free(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ origGC = c->pGC;
+ c->pGC = pGC;
+ ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
+
+ ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doPolyText, c);
+
+ /* Set up to perform steps 3 and 4 */
+ client_state = START_SLEEP;
+ continue; /* on to steps 3 and 4 */
+ }
+ else
+ goto xinerama_sleep;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (lgerr != Successful)
+ {
+ err = FontToXError(lgerr);
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (c->pDraw)
+ {
+ c->xorg += *((INT8 *)(c->pElt + 1)); /* must be signed */
+ if (c->reqType == X_PolyText8)
+ c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+ *c->pElt, (char *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));
+ else
+ c->xorg = (* c->pGC->ops->PolyText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+ *c->pElt, (unsigned short *) (c->pElt + TextEltHeader));
+ }
+ c->pElt = pNextElt;
+ }
+ }
+
+bail:
+
+ if (client_state == START_SLEEP)
+ {
+ /* Step 4 */
+ if (pFont != origGC->font)
+ {
+ ChangeGCVal val;
+ val.ptr = pFont;
+ ChangeGC(NullClient, origGC, GCFont, &val);
+ ValidateGC(c->pDraw, origGC);
+ }
+
+ /* restore pElt pointer for execution of remainder of the request */
+ c->pElt = c->data;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (c->err != Success) err = c->err;
+ if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension || !c->pGC->pScreen->myNum)
+#endif
+ SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
+ }
+ if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ {
+ ClientWakeup(c->client);
+ finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+ if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+ ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
+
+ /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
+ CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
+ c->pGC->font = NullFont;
+
+ FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
+ free(c->data);
+ free(c);
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+PolyText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, unsigned char *pElt,
+ unsigned char *endReq, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
+{
+ PTclosureRec local_closure;
+
+ local_closure.pElt = pElt;
+ local_closure.endReq = endReq;
+ local_closure.client = client;
+ local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
+ local_closure.xorg = xorg;
+ local_closure.yorg = yorg;
+ local_closure.reqType = reqType;
+ local_closure.pGC = pGC;
+ local_closure.did = did;
+ local_closure.err = Success;
+
+ (void) doPolyText(client, &local_closure);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+#undef TextEltHeader
+#undef FontShiftSize
+
+int
+doImageText(ClientPtr client, ITclosurePtr c)
+{
+ int err = Success, lgerr; /* err is in X error, not font error, space */
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ int itemSize = c->reqType == X_ImageText8 ? 1 : 2;
+ Bool fromDispatch = c->from_dispatch;
+ Bool finished = FALSE;
+
+ c->from_dispatch = FALSE;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ {
+ fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ err = Success;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure our drawable hasn't disappeared while we slept. */
+ if (ClientIsAsleep(client) && c->pDraw)
+ {
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, c->did, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (c->pDraw != pDraw) {
+ /* Our drawable has disappeared. Treat like client died... ask
+ the FPE code to clean up after client. */
+ fpe = c->pGC->font->fpe;
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ err = Success;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ }
+
+ lgerr = LoadGlyphs(client, c->pGC->font, c->nChars, itemSize, c->data);
+ if (lgerr == Suspended)
+ {
+ if (!ClientIsAsleep(client)) {
+ GC *pGC;
+ unsigned char *data;
+ ITclosurePtr new_closure;
+
+ /* We're putting the client to sleep. We need to
+ save some state. Similar problem to that handled
+ in doPolyText, but much simpler because the
+ request structure is much simpler. */
+
+ new_closure = malloc(sizeof(ITclosureRec));
+ if (!new_closure)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ *new_closure = *c;
+ c = new_closure;
+
+ data = malloc(c->nChars * itemSize);
+ if (!data)
+ {
+ free(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ memmove(data, c->data, c->nChars * itemSize);
+ c->data = data;
+
+ pGC = GetScratchGC(c->pGC->depth, c->pGC->pScreen);
+ if (!pGC)
+ {
+ free(c->data);
+ free(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if ((err = CopyGC(c->pGC, pGC, GCFunction | GCPlaneMask |
+ GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle |
+ GCTile | GCStipple | GCTileStipXOrigin |
+ GCTileStipYOrigin | GCFont |
+ GCSubwindowMode | GCClipXOrigin |
+ GCClipYOrigin | GCClipMask)) != Success)
+ {
+ FreeScratchGC(pGC);
+ free(c->data);
+ free(c);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ c->pGC = pGC;
+ ValidateGC(c->pDraw, c->pGC);
+
+ ClientSleep(client, (ClientSleepProcPtr)doImageText, c);
+ }
+ else
+ goto xinerama_sleep;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (lgerr != Successful)
+ {
+ err = FontToXError(lgerr);
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (c->pDraw)
+ {
+ if (c->reqType == X_ImageText8)
+ (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText8)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+ c->nChars, (char *) c->data);
+ else
+ (* c->pGC->ops->ImageText16)(c->pDraw, c->pGC, c->xorg, c->yorg,
+ c->nChars, (unsigned short *) c->data);
+ }
+
+bail:
+
+ if (err != Success && c->client != serverClient) {
+ SendErrorToClient(c->client, c->reqType, 0, 0, err);
+ }
+ if (ClientIsAsleep(client))
+ {
+ ClientWakeup(c->client);
+ finished = TRUE;
+xinerama_sleep:
+ if (finished || fromDispatch) {
+ ChangeGC(NullClient, c->pGC, clearGCmask, clearGC);
+
+ /* Unreference the font from the scratch GC */
+ CloseFont(c->pGC->font, (Font)0);
+ c->pGC->font = NullFont;
+
+ FreeScratchGC(c->pGC);
+ free(c->data);
+ free(c);
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+ImageText(ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC, int nChars,
+ unsigned char *data, int xorg, int yorg, int reqType, XID did)
+{
+ ITclosureRec local_closure;
+
+ local_closure.client = client;
+ local_closure.pDraw = pDraw;
+ local_closure.pGC = pGC;
+ local_closure.nChars = nChars;
+ local_closure.data = data;
+ local_closure.xorg = xorg;
+ local_closure.yorg = yorg;
+ local_closure.reqType = reqType;
+ local_closure.did = did;
+
+ (void) doImageText(client, &local_closure);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/* does the necessary magic to figure out the fpe type */
+static int
+DetermineFPEType(char *pathname)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
+ if ((*fpe_functions[i].name_check) (pathname))
+ return i;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+FreeFontPath(FontPathElementPtr *list, int n, Bool force)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ if (force) {
+ /* Sanity check that all refcounts will be 0 by the time
+ we get to the end of the list. */
+ int found = 1; /* the first reference is us */
+ int j;
+ for (j = i+1; j < n; j++) {
+ if (list[j] == list[i])
+ found++;
+ }
+ if (list[i]->refcount != found) {
+ list[i]->refcount = found; /* ensure it will get freed */
+ }
+ }
+ FreeFPE(list[i]);
+ }
+ free(list);
+}
+
+static FontPathElementPtr
+find_existing_fpe(FontPathElementPtr *list, int num, unsigned char *name, int len)
+{
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
+ fpe = list[i];
+ if (fpe->name_length == len && memcmp(name, fpe->name, len) == 0)
+ return fpe;
+ }
+ return (FontPathElementPtr) 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+SetFontPathElements(int npaths, unsigned char *paths, int *bad, Bool persist)
+{
+ int i, err = 0;
+ int valid_paths = 0;
+ unsigned int len;
+ unsigned char *cp = paths;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe = NULL, *fplist;
+
+ fplist = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementPtr) * npaths);
+ if (!fplist) {
+ *bad = 0;
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpe_types; i++) {
+ if (fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook)
+ (*fpe_functions[i].set_path_hook) ();
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
+ {
+ len = (unsigned int) (*cp++);
+
+ if (len == 0)
+ {
+ if (persist)
+ ErrorF("[dix] Removing empty element from the valid list of fontpaths\n");
+ err = BadValue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* if it's already in our active list, just reset it */
+ /*
+ * note that this can miss FPE's in limbo -- may be worth catching
+ * them, though it'd muck up refcounting
+ */
+ fpe = find_existing_fpe(font_path_elements, num_fpes, cp, len);
+ if (fpe)
+ {
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].reset_fpe) (fpe);
+ if (err == Successful)
+ {
+ UseFPE(fpe);/* since it'll be decref'd later when freed
+ * from the old list */
+ }
+ else
+ fpe = 0;
+ }
+ /* if error or can't do it, act like it's a new one */
+ if (!fpe)
+ {
+ fpe = malloc(sizeof(FontPathElementRec));
+ if (!fpe)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ fpe->name = malloc(len + 1);
+ if (!fpe->name)
+ {
+ free(fpe);
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ fpe->refcount = 1;
+
+ strncpy(fpe->name, (char *) cp, (int) len);
+ fpe->name[len] = '\0';
+ fpe->name_length = len;
+ fpe->type = DetermineFPEType(fpe->name);
+ if (fpe->type == -1)
+ err = BadValue;
+ else
+ err = (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].init_fpe) (fpe);
+ if (err != Successful)
+ {
+ if (persist)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] Could not init font path element %s, removing from list!\n",
+ fpe->name);
+ }
+ free(fpe->name);
+ free(fpe);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (err != Successful)
+ {
+ if (!persist)
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ fplist[valid_paths++] = fpe;
+ }
+ cp += len;
+ }
+
+ FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, FALSE);
+ font_path_elements = fplist;
+ if (patternCache)
+ EmptyFontPatternCache(patternCache);
+ num_fpes = valid_paths;
+
+ return Success;
+bail:
+ *bad = i;
+ while (--valid_paths >= 0)
+ FreeFPE(fplist[valid_paths]);
+ free(fplist);
+ return FontToXError(err);
+}
+
+int
+SetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int npaths, unsigned char *paths)
+{
+ int err = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixManageAccess);
+ if (err != Success)
+ return err;
+
+ if (npaths == 0) {
+ if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success)
+ return BadValue;
+ } else {
+ int bad;
+ err = SetFontPathElements(npaths, paths, &bad, FALSE);
+ client->errorValue = bad;
+ }
+ return err;
+}
+
+int
+SetDefaultFontPath(char *path)
+{
+ char *temp_path,
+ *start,
+ *end;
+ unsigned char *cp,
+ *pp,
+ *nump,
+ *newpath;
+ int num = 1,
+ len,
+ err,
+ size = 0,
+ bad;
+
+ /* ensure temp_path contains "built-ins" */
+ start = path;
+ while (1) {
+ start = strstr(start, "built-ins");
+ if (start == NULL)
+ break;
+ end = start + strlen("built-ins");
+ if ((start == path || start[-1] == ',') && (!*end || *end == ','))
+ break;
+ start = end;
+ }
+ if (!start) {
+ if (asprintf(&temp_path, "%s%sbuilt-ins", path, *path ? "," : "")
+ == -1)
+ temp_path = NULL;
+ } else {
+ temp_path = strdup(path);
+ }
+ if (!temp_path)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /* get enough for string, plus values -- use up commas */
+ len = strlen(temp_path) + 1;
+ nump = cp = newpath = malloc(len);
+ if (!newpath) {
+ free(temp_path);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pp = (unsigned char *) temp_path;
+ cp++;
+ while (*pp) {
+ if (*pp == ',') {
+ *nump = (unsigned char) size;
+ nump = cp++;
+ pp++;
+ num++;
+ size = 0;
+ } else {
+ *cp++ = *pp++;
+ size++;
+ }
+ }
+ *nump = (unsigned char) size;
+
+ err = SetFontPathElements(num, newpath, &bad, TRUE);
+
+ free(newpath);
+ free(temp_path);
+
+ return err;
+}
+
+int
+GetFontPath(ClientPtr client, int *count, int *length, unsigned char **result)
+{
+ int i;
+ unsigned char *c;
+ int len;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+
+ i = XaceHook(XACE_SERVER_ACCESS, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (i != Success)
+ return i;
+
+ len = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+ fpe = font_path_elements[i];
+ len += fpe->name_length + 1;
+ }
+ font_path_string = (unsigned char *) realloc(font_path_string, len);
+ if (!font_path_string)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ c = font_path_string;
+ *length = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++) {
+ fpe = font_path_elements[i];
+ *c = fpe->name_length;
+ *length += *c++;
+ memmove(c, fpe->name, fpe->name_length);
+ c += fpe->name_length;
+ }
+ *count = num_fpes;
+ *result = font_path_string;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+void
+DeleteClientFontStuff(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int i;
+ FontPathElementPtr fpe;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_fpes; i++)
+ {
+ fpe = font_path_elements[i];
+ if (fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died)
+ (*fpe_functions[fpe->type].client_died) ((pointer) client, fpe);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+InitFonts (void)
+{
+ patternCache = MakeFontPatternCache();
+
+ register_fpe_functions();
+}
+
+int
+GetDefaultPointSize (void)
+{
+ return 120;
+}
+
+
+FontResolutionPtr
+GetClientResolutions (int *num)
+{
+ static struct _FontResolution res;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+ res.x_resolution = (pScreen->width * 25.4) / pScreen->mmWidth;
+ /*
+ * XXX - we'll want this as long as bitmap instances are prevalent
+ so that we can match them from scalable fonts
+ */
+ if (res.x_resolution < 88)
+ res.x_resolution = 75;
+ else
+ res.x_resolution = 100;
+ res.y_resolution = (pScreen->height * 25.4) / pScreen->mmHeight;
+ if (res.y_resolution < 88)
+ res.y_resolution = 75;
+ else
+ res.y_resolution = 100;
+ res.point_size = 120;
+ *num = 1;
+ return &res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * returns the type index of the new fpe
+ *
+ * should be called (only once!) by each type of fpe when initialized
+ */
+
+int
+RegisterFPEFunctions(NameCheckFunc name_func,
+ InitFpeFunc init_func,
+ FreeFpeFunc free_func,
+ ResetFpeFunc reset_func,
+ OpenFontFunc open_func,
+ CloseFontFunc close_func,
+ ListFontsFunc list_func,
+ StartLfwiFunc start_lfwi_func,
+ NextLfwiFunc next_lfwi_func,
+ WakeupFpeFunc wakeup_func,
+ ClientDiedFunc client_died,
+ LoadGlyphsFunc load_glyphs,
+ StartLaFunc start_list_alias_func,
+ NextLaFunc next_list_alias_func,
+ SetPathFunc set_path_func)
+{
+ FPEFunctions *new;
+
+ /* grow the list */
+ new = (FPEFunctions *) realloc(fpe_functions,
+ (num_fpe_types + 1) * sizeof(FPEFunctions));
+ if (!new)
+ return -1;
+ fpe_functions = new;
+
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].name_check = name_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].open_font = open_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].close_font = close_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].wakeup_fpe = wakeup_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_fonts = list_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_with_info =
+ start_lfwi_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_with_info =
+ next_lfwi_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].init_fpe = init_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].free_fpe = free_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].reset_fpe = reset_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].client_died = client_died;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].load_glyphs = load_glyphs;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].start_list_fonts_and_aliases =
+ start_list_alias_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].list_next_font_or_alias =
+ next_list_alias_func;
+ fpe_functions[num_fpe_types].set_path_hook = set_path_func;
+
+ return num_fpe_types++;
+}
+
+void
+FreeFonts(void)
+{
+ if (patternCache) {
+ FreeFontPatternCache(patternCache);
+ patternCache = 0;
+ }
+ FreeFontPath(font_path_elements, num_fpes, TRUE);
+ font_path_elements = 0;
+ num_fpes = 0;
+ free(fpe_functions);
+ num_fpe_types = 0;
+ fpe_functions = (FPEFunctions *) 0;
+}
+
+/* convenience functions for FS interface */
+
+FontPtr
+find_old_font(XID id)
+{
+ pointer pFont;
+ dixLookupResourceByType(&pFont, id, RT_NONE, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+ return (FontPtr)pFont;
+}
+
+Font
+GetNewFontClientID(void)
+{
+ return FakeClientID(0);
+}
+
+int
+StoreFontClientFont(FontPtr pfont, Font id)
+{
+ return AddResource(id, RT_NONE, (pointer) pfont);
+}
+
+void
+DeleteFontClientID(Font id)
+{
+ FreeResource(id, RT_NONE);
+}
+
+int
+client_auth_generation(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int fs_handlers_installed = 0;
+static unsigned int last_server_gen;
+
+int
+init_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler)
+{
+ /* if server has reset, make sure the b&w handlers are reinstalled */
+ if (last_server_gen < serverGeneration) {
+ last_server_gen = serverGeneration;
+ fs_handlers_installed = 0;
+ }
+ if (fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
+ if (!RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler,
+ FontWakeup, (pointer) 0))
+ return AllocError;
+ fs_handlers_installed++;
+ }
+ QueueFontWakeup(fpe);
+ return Successful;
+}
+
+void
+remove_fs_handlers(FontPathElementPtr fpe, BlockHandlerProcPtr block_handler, Bool all)
+{
+ if (all) {
+ /* remove the handlers if no one else is using them */
+ if (--fs_handlers_installed == 0) {
+ RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(block_handler, FontWakeup,
+ (pointer) 0);
+ }
+ }
+ RemoveFontWakeup(fpe);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c b/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c
index 5fbaa4cf9..dafe94207 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/eventconvert.c
@@ -1,763 +1,763 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * @file eventconvert.c
- * This file contains event conversion routines from InternalEvent to the
- * matching protocol events.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
-
-#include "dix.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "eventconvert.h"
-#include "xiquerydevice.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-
-static int countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first);
-static int getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv);
-static int eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count);
-static int eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *ev, xEvent **dcce);
-static int eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
-static int eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
-
-/* Do not use, read comments below */
-BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
-
-/**
- * Hack to allow detectable autorepeat for core and XI1 events.
- * The sequence number is unused until we send to the client and can be
- * misused to store data. More or less, anyway.
- *
- * Do not use this. It may change any time without warning, eat your babies
- * and piss on your cat.
- */
-static void
-EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(xEvent *event, BOOL on)
-{
- event->u.u.sequenceNumber = on;
-}
-
-/**
- * Check if the event was marked as a repeat event before.
- * NOTE: This is a nasty hack and should NOT be used by anyone else but
- * TryClientEvents.
- */
-BOOL
-EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event)
-{
- return !!event->u.u.sequenceNumber;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event to the respective core event.
- *
- * Return values:
- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
- * BadMatch .. The event has no core equivalent.
- *
- * @param[in] event The event to convert into a core event.
- * @param[in] core The memory location to store the core event at.
- * @return Success or the matching error code.
- */
-int
-EventToCore(InternalEvent *event, xEvent **core_out, int *count_out)
-{
- xEvent *core = NULL;
- int count = 0;
- int ret = BadImplementation;
-
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- {
- DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
- /* Don't create core motion event if neither x nor y are
- * present */
- if (!BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 0) &&
- !BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 1))
- {
- ret = BadMatch;
- goto out;
- }
- }
- /* fallthrough */
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- {
- DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
-
- if (e->detail.key > 0xFF)
- {
- ret = BadMatch;
- goto out;
- }
-
- core = calloc(1, sizeof(*core));
- if (!core)
- return BadAlloc;
- count = 1;
- core->u.u.type = e->type - ET_KeyPress + KeyPress;
- core->u.u.detail = e->detail.key & 0xFF;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.time = e->time;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX = e->root_x;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY = e->root_y;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.state = e->corestate&0xffff;
- core->u.keyButtonPointer.root = e->root;
- EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(core,
- (e->type == ET_KeyPress &&
- e->key_repeat));
- ret = Success;
- }
- break;
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- case ET_RawKeyPress:
- case ET_RawKeyRelease:
- case ET_RawButtonPress:
- case ET_RawButtonRelease:
- case ET_RawMotion:
- ret = BadMatch;
- break;
- default:
- /* XXX: */
- ErrorF("[dix] EventToCore: Not implemented yet \n");
- ret = BadImplementation;
- }
-
-out:
- *core_out = core;
- *count_out = count;
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event to the respective XI 1.x event and store it in
- * xi. xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
- * count returns the number of events in xi. If count is 1, and the type of
- * xi is GenericEvent, then xi may be larger than 32 bytes.
- *
- * Return values:
- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
- * BadMatch .. The event has no XI equivalent.
- *
- * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI 1 event.
- * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI event.
- * @param[out] count Number of elements in xi.
- *
- * @return Success or the error code.
- */
-int
-EventToXI(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
-{
- switch (ev->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- return eventToKeyButtonPointer(&ev->device_event, xi, count);
- case ET_DeviceChanged:
- case ET_RawKeyPress:
- case ET_RawKeyRelease:
- case ET_RawButtonPress:
- case ET_RawButtonRelease:
- case ET_RawMotion:
- *count = 0;
- *xi = NULL;
- return BadMatch;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
- return BadImplementation;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event to the respective XI 2.x event and store it in xi.
- * xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
- *
- * Return values:
- * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
- * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
- * BadMatch .. The event has no XI2 equivalent.
- *
- * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI2 event
- * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI2 event.
- *
- * @return Success or the error code.
- */
-int
-EventToXI2(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
-{
- switch (ev->any.type)
- {
- /* Enter/FocusIn are for grabs. We don't need an actual event, since
- * the real events delivered are triggered elsewhere */
- case ET_Enter:
- case ET_FocusIn:
- *xi = NULL;
- return Success;
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- return eventToDeviceEvent(&ev->device_event, xi);
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- *xi = NULL;
- return BadMatch;
- case ET_DeviceChanged:
- return eventToDeviceChanged(&ev->changed_event, xi);
- case ET_RawKeyPress:
- case ET_RawKeyRelease:
- case ET_RawButtonPress:
- case ET_RawButtonRelease:
- case ET_RawMotion:
- return eventToRawEvent(&ev->raw_event, xi);
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI2: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
- return BadImplementation;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
-{
- int num_events;
- int first; /* dummy */
- deviceKeyButtonPointer *kbp;
-
- /* Sorry, XI 1.x protocol restrictions. */
- if (ev->detail.button > 0xFF || ev->deviceid >= 0x80)
- {
- *count = 0;
- return Success;
- }
-
- num_events = (countValuators(ev, &first) + 5)/6; /* valuator ev */
- if (num_events <= 0)
- {
- switch (ev->type)
- {
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- /* no axes is ok */
- break;
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- *count = 0;
- return BadMatch;
- default:
- *count = 0;
- return BadImplementation;
- }
- }
-
- num_events++; /* the actual event event */
-
- *xi = calloc(num_events, sizeof(xEvent));
- if (!(*xi))
- {
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- kbp = (deviceKeyButtonPointer*)(*xi);
- kbp->detail = ev->detail.button;
- kbp->time = ev->time;
- kbp->root = ev->root;
- kbp->root_x = ev->root_x;
- kbp->root_y = ev->root_y;
- kbp->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- kbp->state = ev->corestate;
- EventSetKeyRepeatFlag((xEvent*)kbp,
- (ev->type == ET_KeyPress && ev->key_repeat));
-
- if (num_events > 1)
- kbp->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
-
- switch(ev->type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: kbp->type = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: kbp->type = DeviceButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: kbp->type = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: kbp->type = DeviceKeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: kbp->type = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
- case ET_ProximityIn: kbp->type = ProximityIn; break;
- case ET_ProximityOut: kbp->type = ProximityOut; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- if (num_events > 1)
- {
- getValuatorEvents(ev, (deviceValuator*)(kbp + 1));
- }
-
- *count = num_events;
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Set first to the first valuator in the event ev and return the number of
- * valuators from first to the last set valuator.
- */
-static int
-countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first)
-{
- int first_valuator = -1, last_valuator = -1, num_valuators = 0;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
- {
- if (first_valuator == -1)
- first_valuator = i;
- last_valuator = i;
- }
- }
-
- if (first_valuator != -1)
- {
- num_valuators = last_valuator - first_valuator + 1;
- *first = first_valuator;
- }
-
- return num_valuators;
-}
-
-static int
-getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv)
-{
- int i;
- int state = 0;
- int first_valuator, num_valuators;
-
-
- num_valuators = countValuators(ev, &first_valuator);
- if (num_valuators > 0)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
- dixLookupDevice(&dev, ev->deviceid, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
- /* State needs to be assembled BEFORE the device is updated. */
- state = (dev && dev->key) ? XkbStateFieldFromRec(&dev->key->xkbInfo->state) : 0;
- state |= (dev && dev->button) ? (dev->button->state) : 0;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i += 6, xv++) {
- INT32 *valuators = &xv->valuator0; // Treat all 6 vals as an array
- int j;
-
- xv->type = DeviceValuator;
- xv->first_valuator = first_valuator + i;
- xv->num_valuators = ((num_valuators - i) > 6) ? 6 : (num_valuators - i);
- xv->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- xv->device_state = state;
-
- /* Unset valuators in masked valuator events have the proper data values
- * in the case of an absolute axis in between two set valuators. */
- for (j = 0; j < xv->num_valuators; j++)
- valuators[j] = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + j];
-
- if (i + 6 < num_valuators)
- xv->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
- }
-
- return (num_valuators + 5) / 6;
-}
-
-
-static int
-appendKeyInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIKeyInfo* info)
-{
- uint32_t *kc;
- int i;
-
- info->type = XIKeyClass;
- info->num_keycodes = dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1;
- info->length = sizeof(xXIKeyInfo)/4 + info->num_keycodes;
- info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
-
- kc = (uint32_t*)&info[1];
- for (i = 0; i < info->num_keycodes; i++)
- *kc++ = i + dce->keys.min_keycode;
-
- return info->length * 4;
-}
-
-static int
-appendButtonInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIButtonInfo *info)
-{
- unsigned char *bits;
- int mask_len;
-
- mask_len = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
-
- info->type = XIButtonClass;
- info->num_buttons = dce->buttons.num_buttons;
- info->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xXIButtonInfo)) +
- info->num_buttons + mask_len;
- info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
-
- bits = (unsigned char*)&info[1];
- memset(bits, 0, mask_len * 4);
- /* FIXME: is_down? */
-
- bits += mask_len * 4;
- memcpy(bits, dce->buttons.names, dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom));
-
- return info->length * 4;
-}
-
-static int
-appendValuatorInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIValuatorInfo *info, int axisnumber)
-{
- info->type = XIValuatorClass;
- info->length = sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo)/4;
- info->label = dce->valuators[axisnumber].name;
- info->min.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].min;
- info->min.frac = 0;
- info->max.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].max;
- info->max.frac = 0;
- /* FIXME: value */
- info->value.integral = 0;
- info->value.frac = 0;
- info->resolution = dce->valuators[axisnumber].resolution;
- info->number = axisnumber;
- info->mode = dce->valuators[axisnumber].mode;
- info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
-
- return info->length * 4;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xEvent **xi)
-{
- xXIDeviceChangedEvent *dcce;
- int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceChangedEvent);
- int nkeys;
- char *ptr;
-
- if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
- {
- len += sizeof(xXIButtonInfo);
- len += dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom); /* button names */
- len += pad_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
- }
- if (dce->num_valuators)
- len += sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo) * dce->num_valuators;
-
- nkeys = (dce->keys.max_keycode > 0) ?
- dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1 : 0;
- if (nkeys > 0)
- {
- len += sizeof(xXIKeyInfo);
- len += sizeof(CARD32) * nkeys; /* keycodes */
- }
-
- dcce = calloc(1, len);
- if (!dcce)
- {
- ErrorF("[Xi] BadAlloc in SendDeviceChangedEvent.\n");
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- dcce->type = GenericEvent;
- dcce->extension = IReqCode;
- dcce->evtype = XI_DeviceChanged;
- dcce->time = dce->time;
- dcce->deviceid = dce->deviceid;
- dcce->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
- dcce->reason = (dce->flags & DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE) ? XIDeviceChange : XISlaveSwitch;
- dcce->num_classes = 0;
- dcce->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
-
- ptr = (char*)&dcce[1];
- if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
- {
- dcce->num_classes++;
- ptr += appendButtonInfo(dce, (xXIButtonInfo*)ptr);
- }
-
- if (nkeys)
- {
- dcce->num_classes++;
- ptr += appendKeyInfo(dce, (xXIKeyInfo*)ptr);
- }
-
- if (dce->num_valuators)
- {
- int i;
-
- dcce->num_classes += dce->num_valuators;
- for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
- ptr += appendValuatorInfo(dce, (xXIValuatorInfo*)ptr, i);
- }
-
- *xi = (xEvent*)dcce;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int count_bits(unsigned char* ptr, int len)
-{
- int bits = 0;
- unsigned int i;
- unsigned char x;
-
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- {
- x = ptr[i];
- while(x > 0)
- {
- bits += (x & 0x1);
- x >>= 1;
- }
- }
- return bits;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
-{
- int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceEvent);
- xXIDeviceEvent *xde;
- int i, btlen, vallen;
- char *ptr;
- FP3232 *axisval;
-
- /* FIXME: this should just send the buttons we have, not MAX_BUTTONs. Same
- * with MAX_VALUATORS below */
- /* btlen is in 4 byte units */
- btlen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_BUTTONS));
- len += btlen * 4; /* buttonmask len */
-
-
- vallen = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask)/sizeof(ev->valuators.mask[0]));
- len += vallen * 2 * sizeof(uint32_t); /* axisvalues */
- vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
- len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
-
- *xi = calloc(1, len);
- xde = (xXIDeviceEvent*)*xi;
- xde->type = GenericEvent;
- xde->extension = IReqCode;
- xde->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
- xde->time = ev->time;
- xde->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
- xde->detail = ev->detail.button;
- xde->root = ev->root;
- xde->buttons_len = btlen;
- xde->valuators_len = vallen;
- xde->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- xde->sourceid = ev->sourceid;
- xde->root_x = FP1616(ev->root_x, ev->root_x_frac);
- xde->root_y = FP1616(ev->root_y, ev->root_y_frac);
-
- if (ev->key_repeat)
- xde->flags |= XIKeyRepeat;
-
- xde->mods.base_mods = ev->mods.base;
- xde->mods.latched_mods = ev->mods.latched;
- xde->mods.locked_mods = ev->mods.locked;
- xde->mods.effective_mods = ev->mods.effective;
-
- xde->group.base_group = ev->group.base;
- xde->group.latched_group = ev->group.latched;
- xde->group.locked_group = ev->group.locked;
- xde->group.effective_group = ev->group.effective;
-
- ptr = (char*)&xde[1];
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->buttons) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->buttons, i))
- SetBit(ptr, i);
- }
-
- ptr += xde->buttons_len * 4;
- axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + xde->valuators_len * 4);
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(ptr, i);
- axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
- axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
- axisval++;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
-{
- xXIRawEvent* raw;
- int vallen, nvals;
- int i, len = sizeof(xXIRawEvent);
- char *ptr;
- FP3232 *axisval;
-
- nvals = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask));
- len += nvals * sizeof(FP3232) * 2; /* 8 byte per valuator, once
- raw, once processed */
- vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
- len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
-
- *xi = calloc(1, len);
- raw = (xXIRawEvent*)*xi;
- raw->type = GenericEvent;
- raw->extension = IReqCode;
- raw->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
- raw->time = ev->time;
- raw->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
- raw->detail = ev->detail.button;
- raw->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
- raw->valuators_len = vallen;
-
- ptr = (char*)&raw[1];
- axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + raw->valuators_len * 4);
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
- {
- if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(ptr, i);
- axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
- axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
- (axisval + nvals)->integral = ev->valuators.data_raw[i];
- (axisval + nvals)->frac = ev->valuators.data_raw_frac[i];
- axisval++;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the corresponding core type for the given event or 0 if no core
- * equivalent exists.
- */
-int
-GetCoreType(InternalEvent *event)
-{
- int coretype = 0;
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: coretype = MotionNotify; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: coretype = ButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: coretype = ButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: coretype = KeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: coretype = KeyRelease; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return coretype;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the corresponding XI 1.x type for the given event or 0 if no
- * equivalent exists.
- */
-int
-GetXIType(InternalEvent *event)
-{
- int xitype = 0;
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: xitype = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: xitype = DeviceButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: xitype = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: xitype = DeviceKeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: xitype = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
- case ET_ProximityIn: xitype = ProximityIn; break;
- case ET_ProximityOut: xitype = ProximityOut; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return xitype;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the corresponding XI 2.x type for the given event or 0 if no
- * equivalent exists.
- */
-int
-GetXI2Type(InternalEvent *event)
-{
- int xi2type = 0;
-
- switch(event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_Motion: xi2type = XI_Motion; break;
- case ET_ButtonPress: xi2type = XI_ButtonPress; break;
- case ET_ButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_ButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_KeyPress: xi2type = XI_KeyPress; break;
- case ET_KeyRelease: xi2type = XI_KeyRelease; break;
- case ET_Enter: xi2type = XI_Enter; break;
- case ET_Leave: xi2type = XI_Leave; break;
- case ET_Hierarchy: xi2type = XI_HierarchyChanged; break;
- case ET_DeviceChanged: xi2type = XI_DeviceChanged; break;
- case ET_RawKeyPress: xi2type = XI_RawKeyPress; break;
- case ET_RawKeyRelease: xi2type = XI_RawKeyRelease; break;
- case ET_RawButtonPress: xi2type = XI_RawButtonPress; break;
- case ET_RawButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_RawButtonRelease; break;
- case ET_RawMotion: xi2type = XI_RawMotion; break;
- case ET_FocusIn: xi2type = XI_FocusIn; break;
- case ET_FocusOut: xi2type = XI_FocusOut; break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- return xi2type;
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2009 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file eventconvert.c
+ * This file contains event conversion routines from InternalEvent to the
+ * matching protocol events.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+
+#include "dix.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+#include "xiquerydevice.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+
+static int countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first);
+static int getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv);
+static int eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count);
+static int eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *ev, xEvent **dcce);
+static int eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
+static int eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi);
+
+/* Do not use, read comments below */
+BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
+
+/**
+ * Hack to allow detectable autorepeat for core and XI1 events.
+ * The sequence number is unused until we send to the client and can be
+ * misused to store data. More or less, anyway.
+ *
+ * Do not use this. It may change any time without warning, eat your babies
+ * and piss on your cat.
+ */
+static void
+EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(xEvent *event, BOOL on)
+{
+ event->u.u.sequenceNumber = on;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the event was marked as a repeat event before.
+ * NOTE: This is a nasty hack and should NOT be used by anyone else but
+ * TryClientEvents.
+ */
+BOOL
+EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event)
+{
+ return !!event->u.u.sequenceNumber;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event to the respective core event.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
+ * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
+ * BadMatch .. The event has no core equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event The event to convert into a core event.
+ * @param[in] core The memory location to store the core event at.
+ * @return Success or the matching error code.
+ */
+int
+EventToCore(InternalEvent *event, xEvent **core_out, int *count_out)
+{
+ xEvent *core = NULL;
+ int count = 0;
+ int ret = BadImplementation;
+
+ switch(event->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion:
+ {
+ DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
+ /* Don't create core motion event if neither x nor y are
+ * present */
+ if (!BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 0) &&
+ !BitIsOn(e->valuators.mask, 1))
+ {
+ ret = BadMatch;
+ goto out;
+ }
+ }
+ /* fallthrough */
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ {
+ DeviceEvent *e = &event->device_event;
+
+ if (e->detail.key > 0xFF)
+ {
+ ret = BadMatch;
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ core = calloc(1, sizeof(*core));
+ if (!core)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ count = 1;
+ core->u.u.type = e->type - ET_KeyPress + KeyPress;
+ core->u.u.detail = e->detail.key & 0xFF;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.time = e->time;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootX = e->root_x;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.rootY = e->root_y;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.state = e->corestate&0xffff;
+ core->u.keyButtonPointer.root = e->root;
+ EventSetKeyRepeatFlag(core,
+ (e->type == ET_KeyPress &&
+ e->key_repeat));
+ ret = Success;
+ }
+ break;
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ case ET_RawKeyPress:
+ case ET_RawKeyRelease:
+ case ET_RawButtonPress:
+ case ET_RawButtonRelease:
+ case ET_RawMotion:
+ ret = BadMatch;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* XXX: */
+ ErrorF("[dix] EventToCore: Not implemented yet \n");
+ ret = BadImplementation;
+ }
+
+out:
+ *core_out = core;
+ *count_out = count;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event to the respective XI 1.x event and store it in
+ * xi. xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
+ * count returns the number of events in xi. If count is 1, and the type of
+ * xi is GenericEvent, then xi may be larger than 32 bytes.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
+ * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
+ * BadMatch .. The event has no XI equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI 1 event.
+ * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI event.
+ * @param[out] count Number of elements in xi.
+ *
+ * @return Success or the error code.
+ */
+int
+EventToXI(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
+{
+ switch (ev->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ return eventToKeyButtonPointer(&ev->device_event, xi, count);
+ case ET_DeviceChanged:
+ case ET_RawKeyPress:
+ case ET_RawKeyRelease:
+ case ET_RawButtonPress:
+ case ET_RawButtonRelease:
+ case ET_RawMotion:
+ *count = 0;
+ *xi = NULL;
+ return BadMatch;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event to the respective XI 2.x event and store it in xi.
+ * xi is allocated on demand and must be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * Return values:
+ * Success ... core contains the matching core event.
+ * BadValue .. One or more values in the internal event are invalid.
+ * BadMatch .. The event has no XI2 equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ev The event to convert into an XI2 event
+ * @param[out] xi Future memory location for the XI2 event.
+ *
+ * @return Success or the error code.
+ */
+int
+EventToXI2(InternalEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
+{
+ switch (ev->any.type)
+ {
+ /* Enter/FocusIn are for grabs. We don't need an actual event, since
+ * the real events delivered are triggered elsewhere */
+ case ET_Enter:
+ case ET_FocusIn:
+ *xi = NULL;
+ return Success;
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ return eventToDeviceEvent(&ev->device_event, xi);
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ *xi = NULL;
+ return BadMatch;
+ case ET_DeviceChanged:
+ return eventToDeviceChanged(&ev->changed_event, xi);
+ case ET_RawKeyPress:
+ case ET_RawKeyRelease:
+ case ET_RawButtonPress:
+ case ET_RawButtonRelease:
+ case ET_RawMotion:
+ return eventToRawEvent(&ev->raw_event, xi);
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ErrorF("[dix] EventToXI2: Not implemented for %d \n", ev->any.type);
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToKeyButtonPointer(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi, int *count)
+{
+ int num_events;
+ int first; /* dummy */
+ deviceKeyButtonPointer *kbp;
+
+ /* Sorry, XI 1.x protocol restrictions. */
+ if (ev->detail.button > 0xFF || ev->deviceid >= 0x80)
+ {
+ *count = 0;
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ num_events = (countValuators(ev, &first) + 5)/6; /* valuator ev */
+ if (num_events <= 0)
+ {
+ switch (ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ /* no axes is ok */
+ break;
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ *count = 0;
+ return BadMatch;
+ default:
+ *count = 0;
+ return BadImplementation;
+ }
+ }
+
+ num_events++; /* the actual event event */
+
+ *xi = calloc(num_events, sizeof(xEvent));
+ if (!(*xi))
+ {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ kbp = (deviceKeyButtonPointer*)(*xi);
+ kbp->detail = ev->detail.button;
+ kbp->time = ev->time;
+ kbp->root = ev->root;
+ kbp->root_x = ev->root_x;
+ kbp->root_y = ev->root_y;
+ kbp->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+ kbp->state = ev->corestate;
+ EventSetKeyRepeatFlag((xEvent*)kbp,
+ (ev->type == ET_KeyPress && ev->key_repeat));
+
+ if (num_events > 1)
+ kbp->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
+
+ switch(ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion: kbp->type = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
+ case ET_ButtonPress: kbp->type = DeviceButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_ButtonRelease: kbp->type = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_KeyPress: kbp->type = DeviceKeyPress; break;
+ case ET_KeyRelease: kbp->type = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
+ case ET_ProximityIn: kbp->type = ProximityIn; break;
+ case ET_ProximityOut: kbp->type = ProximityOut; break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (num_events > 1)
+ {
+ getValuatorEvents(ev, (deviceValuator*)(kbp + 1));
+ }
+
+ *count = num_events;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Set first to the first valuator in the event ev and return the number of
+ * valuators from first to the last set valuator.
+ */
+static int
+countValuators(DeviceEvent *ev, int *first)
+{
+ int first_valuator = -1, last_valuator = -1, num_valuators = 0;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
+ {
+ if (first_valuator == -1)
+ first_valuator = i;
+ last_valuator = i;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (first_valuator != -1)
+ {
+ num_valuators = last_valuator - first_valuator + 1;
+ *first = first_valuator;
+ }
+
+ return num_valuators;
+}
+
+static int
+getValuatorEvents(DeviceEvent *ev, deviceValuator *xv)
+{
+ int i;
+ int state = 0;
+ int first_valuator, num_valuators;
+
+
+ num_valuators = countValuators(ev, &first_valuator);
+ if (num_valuators > 0)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
+ dixLookupDevice(&dev, ev->deviceid, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
+ /* State needs to be assembled BEFORE the device is updated. */
+ state = (dev && dev->key) ? XkbStateFieldFromRec(&dev->key->xkbInfo->state) : 0;
+ state |= (dev && dev->button) ? (dev->button->state) : 0;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i += 6, xv++) {
+ INT32 *valuators = &xv->valuator0; // Treat all 6 vals as an array
+ int j;
+
+ xv->type = DeviceValuator;
+ xv->first_valuator = first_valuator + i;
+ xv->num_valuators = ((num_valuators - i) > 6) ? 6 : (num_valuators - i);
+ xv->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+ xv->device_state = state;
+
+ /* Unset valuators in masked valuator events have the proper data values
+ * in the case of an absolute axis in between two set valuators. */
+ for (j = 0; j < xv->num_valuators; j++)
+ valuators[j] = ev->valuators.data[xv->first_valuator + j];
+
+ if (i + 6 < num_valuators)
+ xv->deviceid |= MORE_EVENTS;
+ }
+
+ return (num_valuators + 5) / 6;
+}
+
+
+static int
+appendKeyInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIKeyInfo* info)
+{
+ uint32_t *kc;
+ int i;
+
+ info->type = XIKeyClass;
+ info->num_keycodes = dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1;
+ info->length = sizeof(xXIKeyInfo)/4 + info->num_keycodes;
+ info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+
+ kc = (uint32_t*)&info[1];
+ for (i = 0; i < info->num_keycodes; i++)
+ *kc++ = i + dce->keys.min_keycode;
+
+ return info->length * 4;
+}
+
+static int
+appendButtonInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIButtonInfo *info)
+{
+ unsigned char *bits;
+ int mask_len;
+
+ mask_len = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
+
+ info->type = XIButtonClass;
+ info->num_buttons = dce->buttons.num_buttons;
+ info->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xXIButtonInfo)) +
+ info->num_buttons + mask_len;
+ info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+
+ bits = (unsigned char*)&info[1];
+ memset(bits, 0, mask_len * 4);
+ /* FIXME: is_down? */
+
+ bits += mask_len * 4;
+ memcpy(bits, dce->buttons.names, dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom));
+
+ return info->length * 4;
+}
+
+static int
+appendValuatorInfo(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xXIValuatorInfo *info, int axisnumber)
+{
+ info->type = XIValuatorClass;
+ info->length = sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo)/4;
+ info->label = dce->valuators[axisnumber].name;
+ info->min.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].min;
+ info->min.frac = 0;
+ info->max.integral = dce->valuators[axisnumber].max;
+ info->max.frac = 0;
+ /* FIXME: value */
+ info->value.integral = 0;
+ info->value.frac = 0;
+ info->resolution = dce->valuators[axisnumber].resolution;
+ info->number = axisnumber;
+ info->mode = dce->valuators[axisnumber].mode;
+ info->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+
+ return info->length * 4;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToDeviceChanged(DeviceChangedEvent *dce, xEvent **xi)
+{
+ xXIDeviceChangedEvent *dcce;
+ int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceChangedEvent);
+ int nkeys;
+ char *ptr;
+
+ if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
+ {
+ len += sizeof(xXIButtonInfo);
+ len += dce->buttons.num_buttons * sizeof(Atom); /* button names */
+ len += pad_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(dce->buttons.num_buttons));
+ }
+ if (dce->num_valuators)
+ len += sizeof(xXIValuatorInfo) * dce->num_valuators;
+
+ nkeys = (dce->keys.max_keycode > 0) ?
+ dce->keys.max_keycode - dce->keys.min_keycode + 1 : 0;
+ if (nkeys > 0)
+ {
+ len += sizeof(xXIKeyInfo);
+ len += sizeof(CARD32) * nkeys; /* keycodes */
+ }
+
+ dcce = calloc(1, len);
+ if (!dcce)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[Xi] BadAlloc in SendDeviceChangedEvent.\n");
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ dcce->type = GenericEvent;
+ dcce->extension = IReqCode;
+ dcce->evtype = XI_DeviceChanged;
+ dcce->time = dce->time;
+ dcce->deviceid = dce->deviceid;
+ dcce->sourceid = dce->sourceid;
+ dcce->reason = (dce->flags & DEVCHANGE_DEVICE_CHANGE) ? XIDeviceChange : XISlaveSwitch;
+ dcce->num_classes = 0;
+ dcce->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
+
+ ptr = (char*)&dcce[1];
+ if (dce->buttons.num_buttons)
+ {
+ dcce->num_classes++;
+ ptr += appendButtonInfo(dce, (xXIButtonInfo*)ptr);
+ }
+
+ if (nkeys)
+ {
+ dcce->num_classes++;
+ ptr += appendKeyInfo(dce, (xXIKeyInfo*)ptr);
+ }
+
+ if (dce->num_valuators)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ dcce->num_classes += dce->num_valuators;
+ for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
+ ptr += appendValuatorInfo(dce, (xXIValuatorInfo*)ptr, i);
+ }
+
+ *xi = (xEvent*)dcce;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int count_bits(unsigned char* ptr, int len)
+{
+ int bits = 0;
+ unsigned int i;
+ unsigned char x;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ x = ptr[i];
+ while(x > 0)
+ {
+ bits += (x & 0x1);
+ x >>= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return bits;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToDeviceEvent(DeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
+{
+ int len = sizeof(xXIDeviceEvent);
+ xXIDeviceEvent *xde;
+ int i, btlen, vallen;
+ char *ptr;
+ FP3232 *axisval;
+
+ /* FIXME: this should just send the buttons we have, not MAX_BUTTONs. Same
+ * with MAX_VALUATORS below */
+ /* btlen is in 4 byte units */
+ btlen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_BUTTONS));
+ len += btlen * 4; /* buttonmask len */
+
+
+ vallen = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask)/sizeof(ev->valuators.mask[0]));
+ len += vallen * 2 * sizeof(uint32_t); /* axisvalues */
+ vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
+ len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
+
+ *xi = calloc(1, len);
+ xde = (xXIDeviceEvent*)*xi;
+ xde->type = GenericEvent;
+ xde->extension = IReqCode;
+ xde->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
+ xde->time = ev->time;
+ xde->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
+ xde->detail = ev->detail.button;
+ xde->root = ev->root;
+ xde->buttons_len = btlen;
+ xde->valuators_len = vallen;
+ xde->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+ xde->sourceid = ev->sourceid;
+ xde->root_x = FP1616(ev->root_x, ev->root_x_frac);
+ xde->root_y = FP1616(ev->root_y, ev->root_y_frac);
+
+ if (ev->key_repeat)
+ xde->flags |= XIKeyRepeat;
+
+ xde->mods.base_mods = ev->mods.base;
+ xde->mods.latched_mods = ev->mods.latched;
+ xde->mods.locked_mods = ev->mods.locked;
+ xde->mods.effective_mods = ev->mods.effective;
+
+ xde->group.base_group = ev->group.base;
+ xde->group.latched_group = ev->group.latched;
+ xde->group.locked_group = ev->group.locked;
+ xde->group.effective_group = ev->group.effective;
+
+ ptr = (char*)&xde[1];
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->buttons) * 8; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(ev->buttons, i))
+ SetBit(ptr, i);
+ }
+
+ ptr += xde->buttons_len * 4;
+ axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + xde->valuators_len * 4);
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
+ {
+ SetBit(ptr, i);
+ axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
+ axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
+ axisval++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+eventToRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, xEvent **xi)
+{
+ xXIRawEvent* raw;
+ int vallen, nvals;
+ int i, len = sizeof(xXIRawEvent);
+ char *ptr;
+ FP3232 *axisval;
+
+ nvals = count_bits(ev->valuators.mask, sizeof(ev->valuators.mask));
+ len += nvals * sizeof(FP3232) * 2; /* 8 byte per valuator, once
+ raw, once processed */
+ vallen = bytes_to_int32(bits_to_bytes(MAX_VALUATORS));
+ len += vallen * 4; /* valuators mask */
+
+ *xi = calloc(1, len);
+ raw = (xXIRawEvent*)*xi;
+ raw->type = GenericEvent;
+ raw->extension = IReqCode;
+ raw->evtype = GetXI2Type((InternalEvent*)ev);
+ raw->time = ev->time;
+ raw->length = bytes_to_int32(len - sizeof(xEvent));
+ raw->detail = ev->detail.button;
+ raw->deviceid = ev->deviceid;
+ raw->valuators_len = vallen;
+
+ ptr = (char*)&raw[1];
+ axisval = (FP3232*)(ptr + raw->valuators_len * 4);
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(ev->valuators.mask) * 8; i++)
+ {
+ if (BitIsOn(ev->valuators.mask, i))
+ {
+ SetBit(ptr, i);
+ axisval->integral = ev->valuators.data[i];
+ axisval->frac = ev->valuators.data_frac[i];
+ (axisval + nvals)->integral = ev->valuators.data_raw[i];
+ (axisval + nvals)->frac = ev->valuators.data_raw_frac[i];
+ axisval++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the corresponding core type for the given event or 0 if no core
+ * equivalent exists.
+ */
+int
+GetCoreType(InternalEvent *event)
+{
+ int coretype = 0;
+ switch(event->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion: coretype = MotionNotify; break;
+ case ET_ButtonPress: coretype = ButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_ButtonRelease: coretype = ButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_KeyPress: coretype = KeyPress; break;
+ case ET_KeyRelease: coretype = KeyRelease; break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return coretype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the corresponding XI 1.x type for the given event or 0 if no
+ * equivalent exists.
+ */
+int
+GetXIType(InternalEvent *event)
+{
+ int xitype = 0;
+ switch(event->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion: xitype = DeviceMotionNotify; break;
+ case ET_ButtonPress: xitype = DeviceButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_ButtonRelease: xitype = DeviceButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_KeyPress: xitype = DeviceKeyPress; break;
+ case ET_KeyRelease: xitype = DeviceKeyRelease; break;
+ case ET_ProximityIn: xitype = ProximityIn; break;
+ case ET_ProximityOut: xitype = ProximityOut; break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return xitype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the corresponding XI 2.x type for the given event or 0 if no
+ * equivalent exists.
+ */
+int
+GetXI2Type(InternalEvent *event)
+{
+ int xi2type = 0;
+
+ switch(event->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion: xi2type = XI_Motion; break;
+ case ET_ButtonPress: xi2type = XI_ButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_ButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_ButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_KeyPress: xi2type = XI_KeyPress; break;
+ case ET_KeyRelease: xi2type = XI_KeyRelease; break;
+ case ET_Enter: xi2type = XI_Enter; break;
+ case ET_Leave: xi2type = XI_Leave; break;
+ case ET_Hierarchy: xi2type = XI_HierarchyChanged; break;
+ case ET_DeviceChanged: xi2type = XI_DeviceChanged; break;
+ case ET_RawKeyPress: xi2type = XI_RawKeyPress; break;
+ case ET_RawKeyRelease: xi2type = XI_RawKeyRelease; break;
+ case ET_RawButtonPress: xi2type = XI_RawButtonPress; break;
+ case ET_RawButtonRelease: xi2type = XI_RawButtonRelease; break;
+ case ET_RawMotion: xi2type = XI_RawMotion; break;
+ case ET_FocusIn: xi2type = XI_FocusIn; break;
+ case ET_FocusOut: xi2type = XI_FocusOut; break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return xi2type;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/events.c b/xorg-server/dix/events.c
index 050bb96e4..d991abe95 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/events.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/events.c
@@ -1,6061 +1,6061 @@
-/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2003-2005, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/** @file events.c
- * This file handles event delivery and a big part of the server-side protocol
- * handling (the parts for input devices).
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-#include "globals.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
-#include <sys/types.h>
-typedef const char *string;
-#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "dixgrabs.h"
-#include "dispatch.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/ge.h>
-#include "geext.h"
-#include "geint.h"
-
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "enterleave.h"
-#include "eventconvert.h"
-
-/* Extension events type numbering starts at EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE. */
-#define NoSuchEvent 0x80000000 /* so doesn't match NoEventMask */
-#define StructureAndSubMask ( StructureNotifyMask | SubstructureNotifyMask )
-#define AllButtonsMask ( \
- Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask )
-#define MotionMask ( \
- PointerMotionMask | Button1MotionMask | \
- Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask | Button4MotionMask | \
- Button5MotionMask | ButtonMotionMask )
-#define PropagateMask ( \
- KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
- MotionMask )
-#define PointerGrabMask ( \
- ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
- EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | \
- PointerMotionHintMask | KeymapStateMask | \
- MotionMask )
-#define AllModifiersMask ( \
- ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \
- Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask )
-#define LastEventMask OwnerGrabButtonMask
-#define AllEventMasks (LastEventMask|(LastEventMask-1))
-
-
-/* @return the core event type or 0 if the event is not a core event */
-static inline int
-core_get_type(const xEvent *event)
-{
- int type = event->u.u.type;
-
- return ((type & EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE) || type == GenericEvent) ? 0 : type;
-}
-
-/* @return the XI2 event type or 0 if the event is not a XI2 event */
-static inline int
-xi2_get_type(const xEvent *event)
-{
- xGenericEvent* e = (xGenericEvent*)event;
-
- return (e->type != GenericEvent || e->extension != IReqCode) ? 0 : e->evtype;
-}
-
-/**
- * Used to indicate a implicit passive grab created by a ButtonPress event.
- * See DeliverEventsToWindow().
- */
-#define ImplicitGrabMask (1 << 7)
-
-#define WID(w) ((w) ? ((w)->drawable.id) : 0)
-
-#define XE_KBPTR (xE->u.keyButtonPointer)
-
-
-CallbackListPtr EventCallback;
-CallbackListPtr DeviceEventCallback;
-
-#define DNPMCOUNT 8
-
-Mask DontPropagateMasks[DNPMCOUNT];
-static int DontPropagateRefCnts[DNPMCOUNT];
-
-static void CheckVirtualMotion( DeviceIntPtr pDev, QdEventPtr qe, WindowPtr pWin);
-static void CheckPhysLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr cursor,
- Bool generateEvents,
- Bool confineToScreen,
- ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/** Key repeat hack. Do not use but in TryClientEvents */
-extern BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
-
-/**
- * Main input device struct.
- * inputInfo.pointer
- * is the core pointer. Referred to as "virtual core pointer", "VCP",
- * "core pointer" or inputInfo.pointer. The VCP is the first master
- * pointer device and cannot be deleted.
- *
- * inputInfo.keyboard
- * is the core keyboard ("virtual core keyboard", "VCK", "core keyboard").
- * See inputInfo.pointer.
- *
- * inputInfo.devices
- * linked list containing all devices including VCP and VCK.
- *
- * inputInfo.off_devices
- * Devices that have not been initialized and are thus turned off.
- *
- * inputInfo.numDevices
- * Total number of devices.
- *
- * inputInfo.all_devices
- * Virtual device used for XIAllDevices passive grabs. This device is
- * not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
- * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
- * reference.
- *
- * inputInfo.all_master_devices
- * Virtual device used for XIAllMasterDevices passive grabs. This device
- * is not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
- * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
- * reference.
- */
-InputInfo inputInfo;
-
-EventSyncInfoRec syncEvents;
-
-/**
- * The root window the given device is currently on.
- */
-#define RootWindow(sprite) sprite->spriteTrace[0]
-
-static xEvent* swapEvent = NULL;
-static int swapEventLen = 0;
-
-void
-NotImplemented(xEvent *from, xEvent *to)
-{
- FatalError("Not implemented");
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert the given event type from an XI event to a core event.
- * @param[in] The XI 1.x event type.
- * @return The matching core event type or 0 if there is none.
- */
-int
-XItoCoreType(int xitype)
-{
- int coretype = 0;
- if (xitype == DeviceMotionNotify)
- coretype = MotionNotify;
- else if (xitype == DeviceButtonPress)
- coretype = ButtonPress;
- else if (xitype == DeviceButtonRelease)
- coretype = ButtonRelease;
- else if (xitype == DeviceKeyPress)
- coretype = KeyPress;
- else if (xitype == DeviceKeyRelease)
- coretype = KeyRelease;
-
- return coretype;
-}
-
-/**
- * @return true if the device owns a cursor, false if device shares a cursor
- * sprite with another device.
- */
-Bool
-DevHasCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- return pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner;
-}
-
-/*
- * @return true if a device is a pointer, check is the same as used by XI to
- * fill the 'use' field.
- */
-Bool
-IsPointerDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER) ||
- (dev->valuator && dev->button) ||
- (dev->valuator && !dev->key);
-}
-
-/*
- * @return true if a device is a keyboard, check is the same as used by XI to
- * fill the 'use' field.
- *
- * Some pointer devices have keys as well (e.g. multimedia keys). Try to not
- * count them as keyboard devices.
- */
-Bool
-IsKeyboardDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return (dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD) ||
- ((dev->key && dev->kbdfeed) && !IsPointerDevice(dev));
-}
-
-Bool
-IsMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return dev->type == MASTER_POINTER || dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD;
-}
-
-Bool
-IsFloating(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == NULL;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Max event opcode.
- */
-extern int lastEvent;
-
-extern int DeviceMotionNotify;
-
-#define CantBeFiltered NoEventMask
-/**
- * Event masks for each event type.
- *
- * One set of filters for each device, initialized by memcpy of
- * default_filter in InitEvents.
- *
- * Filters are used whether a given event may be delivered to a client,
- * usually in the form of if (window-event-mask & filter); then deliver event.
- *
- * One notable filter is for PointerMotion/DevicePointerMotion events. Each
- * time a button is pressed, the filter is modified to also contain the
- * matching ButtonXMotion mask.
- */
-static Mask filters[MAXDEVICES][128];
-
-static const Mask default_filter[128] =
-{
- NoSuchEvent, /* 0 */
- NoSuchEvent, /* 1 */
- KeyPressMask, /* KeyPress */
- KeyReleaseMask, /* KeyRelease */
- ButtonPressMask, /* ButtonPress */
- ButtonReleaseMask, /* ButtonRelease */
- PointerMotionMask, /* MotionNotify (initial state) */
- EnterWindowMask, /* EnterNotify */
- LeaveWindowMask, /* LeaveNotify */
- FocusChangeMask, /* FocusIn */
- FocusChangeMask, /* FocusOut */
- KeymapStateMask, /* KeymapNotify */
- ExposureMask, /* Expose */
- CantBeFiltered, /* GraphicsExpose */
- CantBeFiltered, /* NoExpose */
- VisibilityChangeMask, /* VisibilityNotify */
- SubstructureNotifyMask, /* CreateNotify */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* DestroyNotify */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* UnmapNotify */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* MapNotify */
- SubstructureRedirectMask, /* MapRequest */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* ReparentNotify */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* ConfigureNotify */
- SubstructureRedirectMask, /* ConfigureRequest */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* GravityNotify */
- ResizeRedirectMask, /* ResizeRequest */
- StructureAndSubMask, /* CirculateNotify */
- SubstructureRedirectMask, /* CirculateRequest */
- PropertyChangeMask, /* PropertyNotify */
- CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionClear */
- CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionRequest */
- CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionNotify */
- ColormapChangeMask, /* ColormapNotify */
- CantBeFiltered, /* ClientMessage */
- CantBeFiltered /* MappingNotify */
-};
-
-/**
- * For the given event, return the matching event filter. This filter may then
- * be AND'ed with the selected event mask.
- *
- * For XI2 events, the returned filter is simply the byte containing the event
- * mask we're interested in. E.g. for a mask of (1 << 13), this would be
- * byte[1].
- *
- * @param[in] dev The device the event belongs to, may be NULL.
- * @param[in] event The event to get the filter for. Only the type of the
- * event matters, or the extension + evtype for GenericEvents.
- * @return The filter mask for the given event.
- *
- * @see GetEventMask
- */
-Mask
-GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event)
-{
- int evtype = 0;
-
- if (event->u.u.type != GenericEvent)
- return filters[dev ? dev->id : 0][event->u.u.type];
- else if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))
- return (1 << (evtype % 8));
- ErrorF("[dix] Unknown event type %d. No filter\n", event->u.u.type);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the windows complete XI2 mask for the given XI2 event type.
- */
-Mask
-GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev)
-{
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- int filter;
- int evtype;
-
- if (!inputMasks || xi2_get_type(ev) == 0)
- return 0;
-
- evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)ev)->evtype;
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, ev);
-
- return ((inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][evtype/8] & filter) ||
- inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] ||
- (inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] && IsMaster(dev)));
-}
-
-Mask
-GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event, InputClients* other)
-{
- int evtype;
-
- /* XI2 filters are only ever 8 bit, so let's return a 8 bit mask */
- if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))
- {
- int byte = evtype / 8;
- return (other->xi2mask[dev->id][byte] |
- other->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][byte] |
- (IsMaster(dev)? other->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][byte] : 0));
- } else if (core_get_type(event) != 0)
- return other->mask[XIAllDevices];
- else
- return other->mask[dev->id];
-}
-
-
-static CARD8 criticalEvents[32] =
-{
- 0x7c, 0x30, 0x40 /* key, button, expose, and configure events */
-};
-
-static void
-SyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, int x, int y) {
- int screenno = 0;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- screenno = dev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
-#endif
- PostSyntheticMotion(dev, x, y, screenno,
- (syncEvents.playingEvents) ? syncEvents.time.milliseconds : currentTime.milliseconds);
-
-}
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-static void PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev);
-
-static Bool
-pointOnScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- return x >= pScreen->x && x < pScreen->x + pScreen->width &&
- y >= pScreen->y && y < pScreen->y + pScreen->height;
-}
-
-static Bool
-XineramaSetCursorPosition(
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int x,
- int y,
- Bool generateEvent
-){
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- int i;
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- /* x,y are in Screen 0 coordinates. We need to decide what Screen
- to send the message too and what the coordinates relative to
- that screen are. */
-
- pScreen = pSprite->screen;
- x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
-
- if(!pointOnScreen(pScreen, x, y))
- {
- FOR_NSCREENS(i)
- {
- if(i == pScreen->myNum)
- continue;
- if(pointOnScreen(screenInfo.screens[i], x, y))
- {
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- pSprite->screen = pScreen;
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y = y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- x -= pScreen->x;
- y -= pScreen->y;
-
- return (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(pDev, pScreen, x, y, generateEvent);
-}
-
-
-static void
-XineramaConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- BoxRec newBox;
-
- pScreen = pSprite->screen;
- newBox = pSprite->physLimits;
-
- /* Translate the constraining box to the screen
- the sprite is actually on */
- newBox.x1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;
- newBox.x2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;
- newBox.y1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;
- newBox.y2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;
-
- (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &newBox);
-}
-
-
-static Bool
-XineramaSetWindowPntrs(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- if(pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
- int i;
- FOR_NSCREENS(i)
- pSprite->windows[i] = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
- } else {
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- int rc, i;
-
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, pWin->drawable.id,
- XRT_WINDOW, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return FALSE;
-
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(pSprite->windows + i, win->info[i].id,
- serverClient, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success) /* window is being unmapped */
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Bool generateEvents)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
-
- if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
- return;
-
- i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
-
- RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg1,
- &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
- off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- while(i--) {
- x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- if(x || y)
- RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, x, y);
-
- RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg1, &pSprite->Reg1,
- &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
-
- off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
- }
-
- pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pSprite->Reg1);
-
- if(RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg1) > 1)
- pSprite->hotShape = &pSprite->Reg1;
- else
- pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
-
- pSprite->confined = FALSE;
- pSprite->confineWin = (pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) ? NullWindow : pWin;
-
- CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, FALSE, NULL);
-}
-
-#endif /* PANORAMIX */
-
-/**
- * Modifies the filter for the given protocol event type to the given masks.
- *
- * There's only two callers: UpdateDeviceState() and XI's SetMaskForExtEvent().
- * The latter initialises masks for the matching XI events, it's a once-off
- * setting.
- * UDS however changes the mask for MotionNotify and DeviceMotionNotify each
- * time a button is pressed to include the matching ButtonXMotion mask in the
- * filter.
- *
- * @param[in] deviceid The device to modify the filter for.
- * @param[in] mask The new filter mask.
- * @param[in] event Protocol event type.
- */
-void
-SetMaskForEvent(int deviceid, Mask mask, int event)
-{
- if (deviceid < 0 || deviceid >= MAXDEVICES)
- FatalError("SetMaskForEvent: bogus device id");
- filters[deviceid][event] = mask;
-}
-
-void
-SetCriticalEvent(int event)
-{
- if (event >= 128)
- FatalError("SetCriticalEvent: bogus event number");
- criticalEvents[event >> 3] |= 1 << (event & 7);
-}
-
-void
-ConfineToShape(DeviceIntPtr pDev, RegionPtr shape, int *px, int *py)
-{
- BoxRec box;
- int x = *px, y = *py;
- int incx = 1, incy = 1;
- SpritePtr pSprite;
-
- pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- if (RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box))
- return;
- box = *RegionExtents(shape);
- /* this is rather crude */
- do {
- x += incx;
- if (x >= box.x2)
- {
- incx = -1;
- x = *px - 1;
- }
- else if (x < box.x1)
- {
- incx = 1;
- x = *px;
- y += incy;
- if (y >= box.y2)
- {
- incy = -1;
- y = *py - 1;
- }
- else if (y < box.y1)
- return; /* should never get here! */
- }
- } while (!RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box));
- *px = x;
- *py = y;
-}
-
-static void
-CheckPhysLimits(
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr cursor,
- Bool generateEvents,
- Bool confineToScreen, /* unused if PanoramiX on */
- ScreenPtr pScreen) /* unused if PanoramiX on */
-{
- HotSpot new;
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- if (!cursor)
- return;
- new = pSprite->hotPhys;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- /* I don't care what the DDX has to say about it */
- pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
- else
-#endif
- {
- if (pScreen)
- new.pScreen = pScreen;
- else
- pScreen = new.pScreen;
- (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, pScreen, cursor, &pSprite->hotLimits,
- &pSprite->physLimits);
- pSprite->confined = confineToScreen;
- (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
- }
-
- /* constrain the pointer to those limits */
- if (new.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
- new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
- else
- if (new.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
- new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
- if (new.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
- new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
- else
- if (new.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
- new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hotShape)
- ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &new.x, &new.y);
- if ((
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- noPanoramiXExtension &&
-#endif
- (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)) ||
- (new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y))
- {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- {
- if (pScreen && ((new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y)))
- XineramaSetCursorPosition (pDev, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
- }
- else
-#endif
- {
- if (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- pSprite->hotPhys = new;
- (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)
- (pDev, pScreen, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
- }
- if (!generateEvents)
- SyntheticMotion(pDev, new.x, new.y);
- }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* Tell DDX what the limits are */
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- XineramaConstrainCursor(pDev);
-#endif
-}
-
-static void
-CheckVirtualMotion(
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- QdEventPtr qe,
- WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- RegionPtr reg = NULL;
- DeviceEvent *ev = NULL;
-
- if (qe)
- {
- ev = &qe->event->device_event;
- switch(ev->type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- pSprite->hot.pScreen = qe->pScreen;
- pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
- pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
- pWin = pDev->deviceGrab.grab ? pDev->deviceGrab.grab->confineTo : NullWindow;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- if (pWin)
- {
- BoxRec lims;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
-
- if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
- return;
-
- i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
-
- RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg2,
- &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
- off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- while(i--) {
- x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- if(x || y)
- RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, x, y);
-
- RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg2, &pSprite->Reg2,
- &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
-
- off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
- }
- } else
-#endif
- {
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pWin->drawable.pScreen)
- {
- pSprite->hot.pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->hot.y = 0;
- }
- }
-
- lims = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);
- if (pSprite->hot.x < lims.x1)
- pSprite->hot.x = lims.x1;
- else if (pSprite->hot.x >= lims.x2)
- pSprite->hot.x = lims.x2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hot.y < lims.y1)
- pSprite->hot.y = lims.y1;
- else if (pSprite->hot.y >= lims.y2)
- pSprite->hot.y = lims.y2 - 1;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- {
- if (RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg2) > 1)
- reg = &pSprite->Reg2;
-
- } else
-#endif
- {
- if (wBoundingShape(pWin))
- reg = &pWin->borderSize;
- }
-
- if (reg)
- ConfineToShape(pDev, reg, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
-
- if (qe && ev)
- {
- qe->pScreen = pSprite->hot.pScreen;
- ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
- ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
- }
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (noPanoramiXExtension) /* No typo. Only set the root win if disabled */
-#endif
- RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;
-}
-
-static void
-ConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, Bool generateEvents, Bool confineToScreen)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
- {
- CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, (QdEventPtr)NULL, pWin);
- SyntheticMotion(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
- }
- else
- {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, pWin, generateEvents);
- return;
- }
-#endif
- pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);
- pSprite->hotShape = wBoundingShape(pWin) ? &pWin->borderSize
- : NullRegion;
- CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents,
- confineToScreen, pWin->drawable.pScreen);
- }
-}
-
-Bool
-PointerConfinedToScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->confined;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the sprite cursor to the given cursor.
- *
- * ChangeToCursor() will display the new cursor and free the old cursor (if
- * applicable). If the provided cursor is already the updated cursor, nothing
- * happens.
- */
-static void
-ChangeToCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CursorPtr cursor)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- if (cursor != pSprite->current)
- {
- if ((pSprite->current->bits->xhot != cursor->bits->xhot) ||
- (pSprite->current->bits->yhot != cursor->bits->yhot))
- CheckPhysLimits(pDev, cursor, FALSE, pSprite->confined,
- (ScreenPtr)NULL);
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* XXX: is this really necessary?? (whot) */
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- pScreen = pSprite->screen;
- else
-#endif
- pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
-
- (*pScreen->DisplayCursor)(pDev, pScreen, cursor);
- FreeCursor(pSprite->current, (Cursor)0);
- pSprite->current = cursor;
- pSprite->current->refcnt++;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * @returns true if b is a descendent of a
- */
-Bool
-IsParent(WindowPtr a, WindowPtr b)
-{
- for (b = b->parent; b; b = b->parent)
- if (b == a) return TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the cursor displayed on the screen.
- *
- * Called whenever a cursor may have changed shape or position.
- */
-static void
-PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- WindowPtr win;
- GrabPtr grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
-
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
- return;
- if (grab)
- {
- if (grab->cursor)
- {
- ChangeToCursor(pDev, grab->cursor);
- return;
- }
- if (IsParent(grab->window, pSprite->win))
- win = pSprite->win;
- else
- win = grab->window;
- }
- else
- win = pSprite->win;
- for (; win; win = win->parent)
- {
- if (win->optional)
- {
- pCursor = WindowGetDeviceCursor(win, pDev);
- if (!pCursor && win->optional->cursor != NullCursor)
- pCursor = win->optional->cursor;
- if (pCursor)
- {
- ChangeToCursor(pDev, pCursor);
- return;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @param dev device which you want to know its current root window
- * @return root window where dev's sprite is located
- */
-WindowPtr
-GetCurrentRootWindow(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- return RootWindow(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
-}
-
-/**
- * @return window underneath the cursor sprite.
- */
-WindowPtr
-GetSpriteWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
-}
-
-/**
- * @return current sprite cursor.
- */
-CursorPtr
-GetSpriteCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->current;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set x/y current sprite position in screen coordinates.
- */
-void
-GetSpritePosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *px, int *py)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- *px = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
- *py = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
-}
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-int
-XineramaGetCursorScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
- } else {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-#endif /* PANORAMIX */
-
-#define TIMESLOP (5 * 60 * 1000) /* 5 minutes */
-
-static void
-MonthChangedOrBadTime(InternalEvent *ev)
-{
- /* If the ddx/OS is careless about not processing timestamped events from
- * different sources in sorted order, then it's possible for time to go
- * backwards when it should not. Here we ensure a decent time.
- */
- if ((currentTime.milliseconds - ev->any.time) > TIMESLOP)
- currentTime.months++;
- else
- ev->any.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
-}
-
-static void
-NoticeTime(InternalEvent *ev)
-{
- if (ev->any.time < currentTime.milliseconds)
- MonthChangedOrBadTime(ev);
- currentTime.milliseconds = ev->any.time;
- lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
-}
-
-void
-NoticeEventTime(InternalEvent *ev)
-{
- if (!syncEvents.playingEvents)
- NoticeTime(ev);
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************
- * The following procedures deal with synchronous events *
- **************************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * EnqueueEvent is a device's processInputProc if a device is frozen.
- * Instead of delivering the events to the client, the event is tacked onto a
- * linked list for later delivery.
- */
-void
-EnqueueEvent(InternalEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)
-{
- QdEventPtr tail = *syncEvents.pendtail;
- QdEventPtr qe;
- SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;
- int eventlen;
- DeviceEvent *event = &ev->device_event;
-
- NoticeTime((InternalEvent*)event);
-
- /* Fix for key repeating bug. */
- if (device->key != NULL && device->key->xkbInfo != NULL &&
- event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
- AccessXCancelRepeatKey(device->key->xkbInfo, event->detail.key);
-
- if (DeviceEventCallback)
- {
- DeviceEventInfoRec eventinfo;
-
- /* The RECORD spec says that the root window field of motion events
- * must be valid. At this point, it hasn't been filled in yet, so
- * we do it here. The long expression below is necessary to get
- * the current root window; the apparently reasonable alternative
- * GetCurrentRootWindow()->drawable.id doesn't give you the right
- * answer on the first motion event after a screen change because
- * the data that GetCurrentRootWindow relies on hasn't been
- * updated yet.
- */
- if (ev->any.type == ET_Motion)
- ev->device_event.root = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
-
- eventinfo.event = ev;
- eventinfo.device = device;
- CallCallbacks(&DeviceEventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
- }
-
- if (event->type == ET_Motion)
- {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- event->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- event->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
-#endif
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = event->root_x;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y = event->root_y;
- /* do motion compression, but not if from different devices */
- if (tail &&
- (tail->event->any.type == ET_Motion) &&
- (tail->device == device) &&
- (tail->pScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen))
- {
- DeviceEvent *tailev = &tail->event->device_event;
- tailev->root_x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
- tailev->root_y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
- tailev->time = event->time;
- tail->months = currentTime.months;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- eventlen = event->length;
-
- qe = malloc(sizeof(QdEventRec) + eventlen);
- if (!qe)
- return;
- qe->next = (QdEventPtr)NULL;
- qe->device = device;
- qe->pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
- qe->months = currentTime.months;
- qe->event = (InternalEvent *)(qe + 1);
- memcpy(qe->event, event, eventlen);
- if (tail)
- syncEvents.pendtail = &tail->next;
- *syncEvents.pendtail = qe;
-}
-
-/**
- * Run through the list of events queued up in syncEvents.
- * For each event do:
- * If the device for this event is not frozen anymore, take it and process it
- * as usually.
- * After that, check if there's any devices in the list that are not frozen.
- * If there is none, we're done. If there is at least one device that is not
- * frozen, then re-run from the beginning of the event queue.
- */
-static void
-PlayReleasedEvents(void)
-{
- QdEventPtr *prev, qe;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
-
- prev = &syncEvents.pending;
- while ( (qe = *prev) )
- {
- if (!qe->device->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
- {
- *prev = qe->next;
- pDev = qe->device;
- if (*syncEvents.pendtail == *prev)
- syncEvents.pendtail = prev;
- if (qe->event->any.type == ET_Motion)
- CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, qe, NullWindow);
- syncEvents.time.months = qe->months;
- syncEvents.time.milliseconds = qe->event->any.time;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
- will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
- to the DIX layer */
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- DeviceEvent *ev = &qe->event->device_event;
- switch(ev->type)
- {
- case ET_Motion:
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- case ET_ProximityIn:
- case ET_ProximityOut:
- ev->root_x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x -
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->x;
- ev->root_y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y -
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->y;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- }
-#endif
- (*qe->device->public.processInputProc)(qe->event, qe->device);
- free(qe);
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev && dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen; dev = dev->next)
- ;
- if (!dev)
- break;
- /* Playing the event may have unfrozen another device. */
- /* So to play it safe, restart at the head of the queue */
- prev = &syncEvents.pending;
- }
- else
- prev = &qe->next;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Freeze or thaw the given devices. The device's processing proc is
- * switched to either the real processing proc (in case of thawing) or an
- * enqueuing processing proc (usually EnqueueEvent()).
- *
- * @param dev The device to freeze/thaw
- * @param frozen True to freeze or false to thaw.
- */
-static void
-FreezeThaw(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool frozen)
-{
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen = frozen;
- if (frozen)
- dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.enqueueInputProc;
- else
- dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.realInputProc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Unfreeze devices and replay all events to the respective clients.
- *
- * ComputeFreezes takes the first event in the device's frozen event queue. It
- * runs up the sprite tree (spriteTrace) and searches for the window to replay
- * the events from. If it is found, it checks for passive grabs one down from
- * the window or delivers the events.
- */
-static void
-ComputeFreezes(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr replayDev = syncEvents.replayDev;
- WindowPtr w;
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- FreezeThaw(dev, dev->deviceGrab.sync.other ||
- (dev->deviceGrab.sync.state >= FROZEN));
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents || (!replayDev && !syncEvents.pending))
- return;
- syncEvents.playingEvents = TRUE;
- if (replayDev)
- {
- DeviceEvent* event = replayDev->deviceGrab.sync.event;
-
- syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
-
- w = XYToWindow(replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite,
- event->root_x, event->root_y);
- if (!CheckDeviceGrabs(replayDev, event, syncEvents.replayWin))
- {
- if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event))
- DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w);
- else
- DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab,
- NullWindow, replayDev);
- }
- }
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (!dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
- {
- PlayReleasedEvents();
- break;
- }
- }
- syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(dev))
- {
- /* the following may have been skipped during replay,
- so do it now */
- if ((grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
- {
- if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen !=
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
- ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
- }
- else
- ConfineCursorToWindow(dev,
- dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
- TRUE, FALSE);
- PostNewCursor(dev);
- }
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef RANDR
-void
-ScreenRestructured (ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (!DevHasCursor(pDev))
- continue;
-
- /* GrabDevice doesn't have a confineTo field, so we don't need to
- * worry about it. */
- if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
- {
- if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
- != pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
- }
- else
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
- TRUE, FALSE);
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-static void
-CheckGrabForSyncs(DeviceIntPtr thisDev, Bool thisMode, Bool otherMode)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = thisDev->deviceGrab.grab;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
-
- if (thisMode == GrabModeSync)
- thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
- else
- { /* free both if same client owns both */
- thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = THAWED;
- if (thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
- (CLIENT_BITS(thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
- CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
- thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
-
- if (IsMaster(thisDev))
- {
- dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);
- if (otherMode == GrabModeSync)
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
- else
- { /* free both if same client owns both */
- if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
- (CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
- CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- }
- ComputeFreezes();
-}
-
-/**
- * Save the device's master device id. This needs to be done
- * if a client directly grabs a slave device that is attached to a master. For
- * the duration of the grab, the device is detached, ungrabbing re-attaches it
- * though.
- *
- * We store the ID of the master device only in case the master disappears
- * while the device has a grab.
- */
-static void
-DetachFromMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- if (IsFloating(dev))
- return;
-
- dev->saved_master_id = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED)->id;
-
- AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL);
-}
-
-static void
-ReattachToOldMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr master = NULL;
-
- if (IsMaster(dev))
- return;
-
- dixLookupDevice(&master, dev->saved_master_id, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
-
- if (master)
- {
- AttachDevice(serverClient, dev, master);
- dev->saved_master_id = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Activate a pointer grab on the given device. A pointer grab will cause all
- * core pointer events of this device to be delivered to the grabbing client only.
- * No other device will send core events to the grab client while the grab is
- * on, but core events will be sent to other clients.
- * Can cause the cursor to change if a grab cursor is set.
- *
- * Note that parameter autoGrab may be (True & ImplicitGrabMask) if the grab
- * is an implicit grab caused by a ButtonPress event.
- *
- * @param mouse The device to grab.
- * @param grab The grab structure, needs to be setup.
- * @param autoGrab True if the grab was caused by a button down event and not
- * explicitely by a client.
- */
-void
-ActivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse, GrabPtr grab,
- TimeStamp time, Bool autoGrab)
-{
- GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &mouse->deviceGrab;
- WindowPtr oldWin = (grabinfo->grab) ?
- grabinfo->grab->window
- : mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
- Bool isPassive = autoGrab & ~ImplicitGrabMask;
-
- /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
- if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
- !(autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask) && !IsMaster(mouse))
- DetachFromMaster(mouse);
-
- if (grab->confineTo)
- {
- if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
- != mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
- mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
- ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, grab->confineTo, FALSE, TRUE);
- }
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
- mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
- grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
- else
- grabinfo->grabTime = time;
- if (grab->cursor)
- grab->cursor->refcnt++;
- grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
- grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
- grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = isPassive;
- grabinfo->implicitGrab = autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask;
- PostNewCursor(mouse);
- CheckGrabForSyncs(mouse,(Bool)grab->pointerMode, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode);
-}
-
-/**
- * Delete grab on given device, update the sprite.
- *
- * Extension devices are set up for ActivateKeyboardGrab().
- */
-void
-DeactivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- Bool wasImplicit = (mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
- mouse->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
-
- mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- mouse->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
- mouse->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
- mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, grab->window,
- mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win, NotifyUngrab);
- if (grab->confineTo)
- ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse), FALSE, FALSE);
- PostNewCursor(mouse);
- if (grab->cursor)
- FreeCursor(grab->cursor, (Cursor)0);
-
- if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
- ReattachToOldMaster(mouse);
-
- ComputeFreezes();
-}
-
-/**
- * Activate a keyboard grab on the given device.
- *
- * Extension devices have ActivateKeyboardGrab() set as their grabbing proc.
- */
-void
-ActivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd, GrabPtr grab, TimeStamp time, Bool passive)
-{
- GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &keybd->deviceGrab;
- WindowPtr oldWin;
-
- /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
- if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
- !(passive & ImplicitGrabMask) &&
- !IsMaster(keybd))
- DetachFromMaster(keybd);
-
- if (grabinfo->grab)
- oldWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
- else if (keybd->focus)
- oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
- else
- oldWin = keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
- if (oldWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
- oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
- if (keybd->valuator)
- keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
- if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
- grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
- else
- grabinfo->grabTime = time;
- grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
- grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
- grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = passive;
- grabinfo->implicitGrab = passive & ImplicitGrabMask;
- CheckGrabForSyncs(keybd, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode, (Bool)grab->pointerMode);
-}
-
-/**
- * Delete keyboard grab for the given device.
- */
-void
-DeactivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- WindowPtr focusWin = keybd->focus ? keybd->focus->win
- : keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
- Bool wasImplicit = (keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
- keybd->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
-
- if (focusWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
- focusWin = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
- if (keybd->valuator)
- keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- keybd->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
- keybd->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
- keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
-
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, grab->window, focusWin, NotifyUngrab);
-
- if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
- ReattachToOldMaster(keybd);
-
- ComputeFreezes();
-}
-
-void
-AllowSome(ClientPtr client,
- TimeStamp time,
- DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
- int newState)
-{
- Bool thisGrabbed, otherGrabbed, othersFrozen, thisSynced;
- TimeStamp grabTime;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- GrabInfoPtr devgrabinfo,
- grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
-
- thisGrabbed = grabinfo->grab && SameClient(grabinfo->grab, client);
- thisSynced = FALSE;
- otherGrabbed = FALSE;
- othersFrozen = FALSE;
- grabTime = grabinfo->grabTime;
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
-
- if (dev == thisDev)
- continue;
- if (devgrabinfo->grab && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
- {
- if (!(thisGrabbed || otherGrabbed) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(devgrabinfo->grabTime, grabTime) == LATER))
- grabTime = devgrabinfo->grabTime;
- otherGrabbed = TRUE;
- if (grabinfo->sync.other == devgrabinfo->grab)
- thisSynced = TRUE;
- if (devgrabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN)
- othersFrozen = TRUE;
- }
- }
- if (!((thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) || thisSynced))
- return;
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabTime) == EARLIER))
- return;
- switch (newState)
- {
- case THAWED: /* Async */
- if (thisGrabbed)
- grabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
- if (thisSynced)
- grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- ComputeFreezes();
- break;
- case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT: /* Sync */
- if (thisGrabbed)
- {
- grabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT;
- if (thisSynced)
- grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- ComputeFreezes();
- }
- break;
- case THAWED_BOTH: /* AsyncBoth */
- if (othersFrozen)
- {
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
- if (devgrabinfo->grab
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
- if (devgrabinfo->sync.other &&
- SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- ComputeFreezes();
- }
- break;
- case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT: /* SyncBoth */
- if (othersFrozen)
- {
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
- if (devgrabinfo->grab
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT;
- if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- ComputeFreezes();
- }
- break;
- case NOT_GRABBED: /* Replay */
- if (thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_WITH_EVENT)
- {
- if (thisSynced)
- grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- syncEvents.replayDev = thisDev;
- syncEvents.replayWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
- (*grabinfo->DeactivateGrab)(thisDev);
- syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- }
- break;
- case THAW_OTHERS: /* AsyncOthers */
- if (othersFrozen)
- {
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev == thisDev)
- continue;
- devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
- if (devgrabinfo->grab
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
- if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
- && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
- devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
- }
- ComputeFreezes();
- }
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for AllowEvents request.
- *
- * Release some events from a frozen device.
- */
-int
-ProcAllowEvents(ClientPtr client)
-{
- TimeStamp time;
- DeviceIntPtr mouse = NULL;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = NULL;
- REQUEST(xAllowEventsReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowEventsReq);
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
-
- mouse = PickPointer(client);
- keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
-
- switch (stuff->mode)
- {
- case ReplayPointer:
- AllowSome(client, time, mouse, NOT_GRABBED);
- break;
- case SyncPointer:
- AllowSome(client, time, mouse, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
- break;
- case AsyncPointer:
- AllowSome(client, time, mouse, THAWED);
- break;
- case ReplayKeyboard:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, NOT_GRABBED);
- break;
- case SyncKeyboard:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
- break;
- case AsyncKeyboard:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED);
- break;
- case SyncBoth:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT);
- break;
- case AsyncBoth:
- AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED_BOTH);
- break;
- default:
- client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deactivate grabs from any device that has been grabbed by the client.
- */
-void
-ReleaseActiveGrabs(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- Bool done;
-
- /* XXX CloseDownClient should remove passive grabs before
- * releasing active grabs.
- */
- do {
- done = TRUE;
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
- {
- (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
- done = FALSE;
- }
- }
- } while (!done);
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************
- * The following procedures deal with delivering events *
- **************************************************************************/
-
-/**
- * Deliver the given events to the given client.
- *
- * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
- * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
- *
- * TryClientEvents() is the last station before actually writing the events to
- * the socket. Anything that is not filtered here, will get delivered to the
- * client.
- * An event is only delivered if
- * - mask and filter match up.
- * - no other client has a grab on the device that caused the event.
- *
- *
- * @param client The target client to deliver to.
- * @param dev The device the event came from. May be NULL.
- * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
- * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
- * @param mask Event mask as set by the window.
- * @param filter Mask based on event type.
- * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
- *
- * @return 1 if event was delivered, 0 if not or -1 if grab was not set by the
- * client.
- */
-int
-TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents,
- int count, Mask mask, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
-{
- int type;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF("[dix] Event([%d, %d], mask=0x%lx), client=%d%s",
- pEvents->u.u.type, pEvents->u.u.detail, mask,
- client ? client->index : -1,
- (client && client->clientGone) ? " (gone)" : "");
-#endif
-
- if (!client || client == serverClient || client->clientGone) {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" not delivered to fake/dead client\n");
-#endif
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (filter != CantBeFiltered && !(mask & filter))
- {
- #ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" filtered\n");
- #endif
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
- {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" not delivered due to grab\n");
-#endif
- return -1; /* don't send, but notify caller */
- }
-
- type = pEvents->u.u.type;
- if (type == MotionNotify)
- {
- if (mask & PointerMotionHintMask)
- {
- if (WID(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow) ==
- pEvents->u.keyButtonPointer.event)
- {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF("[dix] \n");
- ErrorF("[dix] motionHintWindow == keyButtonPointer.event\n");
-#endif
- return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- }
- pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyHint;
- }
- else
- {
- pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyNormal;
- }
- }
- else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify)
- {
- if (MaybeSendDeviceMotionNotifyHint((deviceKeyButtonPointer*)pEvents,
- mask) != 0)
- return 1;
- } else if (type == KeyPress)
- {
- if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
- {
- if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
- {
- xEvent release = *pEvents;
- release.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
- WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &release);
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" (plus fake core release for repeat)");
-#endif
- } else
- {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
-#endif
- }
- }
-
- } else if (type == DeviceKeyPress)
- {
- if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
- {
- if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
- {
- deviceKeyButtonPointer release = *(deviceKeyButtonPointer *)pEvents;
- release.type = DeviceKeyRelease;
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" (plus fake xi1 release for repeat)");
-#endif
- WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *) &release);
- }
- else {
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
-#endif
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (BitIsOn(criticalEvents, type))
- {
- if (client->smart_priority < SMART_MAX_PRIORITY)
- client->smart_priority++;
- SetCriticalOutputPending();
- }
-
- WriteEventsToClient(client, count, pEvents);
-#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
- ErrorF("[dix] delivered\n");
-#endif
- return 1;
-}
-
-static BOOL
-ActivateImplicitGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client, WindowPtr win,
- xEvent *event, Mask deliveryMask)
-{
- GrabRec tempGrab;
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks;
- CARD8 type = event->u.u.type;
- GrabType grabtype;
-
- if (type == ButtonPress)
- grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- else if (type == DeviceButtonPress)
- grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
- else if ((type = xi2_get_type(event)) == XI_ButtonPress)
- grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
- else
- return FALSE;
-
- memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
- tempGrab.device = dev;
- tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
- tempGrab.window = win;
- tempGrab.ownerEvents = (deliveryMask & OwnerGrabButtonMask) ? TRUE : FALSE;
- tempGrab.eventMask = deliveryMask;
- tempGrab.keyboardMode = GrabModeAsync;
- tempGrab.pointerMode = GrabModeAsync;
- tempGrab.confineTo = NullWindow;
- tempGrab.cursor = NullCursor;
- tempGrab.type = type;
- tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;
-
- /* get the XI and XI2 device mask */
- inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- tempGrab.deviceMask = (inputMasks) ? inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id]: 0;
-
- if (inputMasks)
- memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, inputMasks->xi2mask,
- sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
-
- (*dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab,
- currentTime, TRUE | ImplicitGrabMask);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-enum EventDeliveryState {
- EVENT_DELIVERED, /**< Event has been delivered to a client */
- EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED, /**< Event was not delivered to any client */
- EVENT_SKIP, /**< Event can be discarded by the caller */
- EVENT_REJECTED, /**< Event was rejected for delivery to the client */
-};
-
-/**
- * Attempt event delivery to the client owning the window.
- */
-static enum EventDeliveryState
-DeliverToWindowOwner(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,
- xEvent *events, int count, Mask filter,
- GrabPtr grab)
-{
- /* if nobody ever wants to see this event, skip some work */
- if (filter != CantBeFiltered &&
- !((wOtherEventMasks(win)|win->eventMask) & filter))
- return EVENT_SKIP;
-
- if (IsInterferingGrab(wClient(win), dev, events))
- return EVENT_SKIP;
-
- if (!XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(win), win, events, count))
- {
- int attempt = TryClientEvents(wClient(win), dev, events,
- count, win->eventMask,
- filter, grab);
- if (attempt > 0)
- return EVENT_DELIVERED;
- if (attempt < 0)
- return EVENT_REJECTED;
- }
-
- return EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Get the list of clients that should be tried for event delivery on the
- * given window.
- *
- * @return 1 if the client list should be traversed, zero if the event
- * should be skipped.
- */
-static Bool
-GetClientsForDelivery(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,
- xEvent *events, Mask filter, InputClients **clients)
-{
- int rc = 0;
-
- if (core_get_type(events) != 0)
- *clients = (InputClients *)wOtherClients(win);
- else if (xi2_get_type(events) != 0)
- {
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- /* Has any client selected for the event? */
- if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(dev, win, events))
- goto out;
- *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;
- } else {
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- /* Has any client selected for the event? */
- if (!inputMasks ||
- !(inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))
- goto out;
-
- *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;
- }
-
- rc = 1;
-out:
- return rc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Try delivery on each client in inputclients, provided the event mask
- * accepts it and there is no interfering core grab..
- */
-static enum EventDeliveryState
-DeliverEventToInputClients(DeviceIntPtr dev, InputClients *inputclients,
- WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,
- int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,
- ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)
-{
- int attempt;
- enum EventDeliveryState rc = EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;
-
- for (; inputclients; inputclients = inputclients->next)
- {
- Mask mask;
- ClientPtr client = rClient(inputclients);
-
- if (IsInterferingGrab(client, dev, events))
- continue;
-
- mask = GetEventMask(dev, events, inputclients);
-
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, client, win,
- events, count))
- /* do nothing */;
- else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(client, dev,
- events, count,
- mask, filter, grab)) )
- {
- if (attempt > 0)
- {
- rc = EVENT_DELIVERED;
- *client_return = client;
- *mask_return = mask;
- /* Success overrides non-success, so if we've been
- * successful on one client, return that */
- } else if (rc == EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED)
- rc = EVENT_REJECTED;
- }
- }
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Deliver events to clients registered on the window.
- *
- * @param client_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient.
- * @param mask_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient's event
- * mask for this event.
- */
-static enum EventDeliveryState
-DeliverEventToWindowMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,
- int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,
- ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)
-{
- InputClients *clients;
-
- if (!GetClientsForDelivery(dev, win, events, filter, &clients))
- return EVENT_SKIP;
-
- return DeliverEventToInputClients(dev, clients, win, events, count, filter,
- grab, client_return, mask_return);
-
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Deliver events to a window. At this point, we do not yet know if the event
- * actually needs to be delivered. May activate a grab if the event is a
- * button press.
- *
- * Core events are always delivered to the window owner. If the filter is
- * something other than CantBeFiltered, the event is also delivered to other
- * clients with the matching mask on the window.
- *
- * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
- * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
- *
- * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
- * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
- * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
- * @param filter Mask based on event type.
- * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
- *
- * @return a positive number if at least one successful delivery has been
- * made, 0 if no events were delivered, or a negative number if the event
- * has not been delivered _and_ rejected by at least one client.
- */
-int
-DeliverEventsToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, xEvent
- *pEvents, int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
-{
- int deliveries = 0, nondeliveries = 0;
- ClientPtr client = NullClient;
- Mask deliveryMask = 0; /* If a grab occurs due to a button press, then
- this mask is the mask of the grab. */
- int type = pEvents->u.u.type;
-
- /* Deliver to window owner */
- if ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || core_get_type(pEvents) != 0)
- {
- enum EventDeliveryState rc;
-
- rc = DeliverToWindowOwner(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter, grab);
-
- switch(rc)
- {
- case EVENT_SKIP:
- return 0;
- case EVENT_REJECTED:
- nondeliveries--;
- break;
- case EVENT_DELIVERED:
- /* We delivered to the owner, with our event mask */
- deliveries++;
- client = wClient(pWin);
- deliveryMask = pWin->eventMask;
- break;
- case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* CantBeFiltered means only window owner gets the event */
- if (filter != CantBeFiltered)
- {
- enum EventDeliveryState rc;
-
- rc = DeliverEventToWindowMask(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter,
- grab, &client, &deliveryMask);
-
- switch(rc)
- {
- case EVENT_SKIP:
- return 0;
- case EVENT_REJECTED:
- nondeliveries--;
- break;
- case EVENT_DELIVERED:
- deliveries++;
- break;
- case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (deliveries)
- {
- /*
- * Note that since core events are delivered first, an implicit grab may
- * be activated on a core grab, stopping the XI events.
- */
- if (!grab && ActivateImplicitGrab(pDev, client, pWin, pEvents, deliveryMask))
- /* grab activated */;
- else if (type == MotionNotify)
- pDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = pWin;
- else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify || type == DeviceButtonPress)
- CheckDeviceGrabAndHintWindow (pWin, type,
- (deviceKeyButtonPointer*) pEvents,
- grab, client, deliveryMask);
- return deliveries;
- }
- return nondeliveries;
-}
-
-void
-DeliverRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- if (grab)
- DeliverGrabbedEvent((InternalEvent*)ev, device, FALSE);
- else { /* deliver to all root windows */
- xEvent *xi;
- int i;
- int filter;
-
- i = EventToXI2((InternalEvent*)ev, (xEvent**)&xi);
- if (i != Success)
- {
- ErrorF("[Xi] %s: XI2 conversion failed in %s (%d)\n",
- __FUNCTION__, device->name, i);
- return;
- }
-
- filter = GetEventFilter(device, xi);
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- DeliverEventsToWindow(device, screenInfo.screens[i]->root, xi, 1,
- filter, NullGrab);
- free(xi);
- }
-}
-
-/* If the event goes to dontClient, don't send it and return 0. if
- send works, return 1 or if send didn't work, return 2.
- Only works for core events.
-*/
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-static int
-XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
- ClientPtr client,
- GrabPtr grab,
- Mask mask,
- Mask filter
-){
- if ((client) && (client != serverClient) && (!client->clientGone) &&
- ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || (mask & filter)))
- {
- if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) return -1;
- else return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Try to deliver events to the interested parties.
- *
- * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
- * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
- * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
- * @param filter Mask based on event type.
- * @param dontClient Don't deliver to the dontClient.
- */
-int
-MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *pEvents,
- int count, Mask filter, ClientPtr dontClient)
-{
- OtherClients *other;
-
-
- if (pWin->eventMask & filter)
- {
- if (wClient(pWin) == dontClient)
- return 0;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
- wClient(pWin), NullGrab, pWin->eventMask, filter);
-#endif
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count))
- return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- return TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), NULL, pEvents, count,
- pWin->eventMask, filter, NullGrab);
- }
- for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->mask & filter)
- {
- if (SameClient(other, dontClient))
- return 0;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
- rClient(other), NullGrab, other->mask, filter);
-#endif
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin, pEvents,
- count))
- return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- return TryClientEvents(rClient(other), NULL, pEvents, count,
- other->mask, filter, NullGrab);
- }
- }
- return 2;
-}
-
-static Window FindChildForEvent(SpritePtr pSprite, WindowPtr event)
-{
- WindowPtr w = DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);
- Window child = None;
-
- /* If the search ends up past the root should the child field be
- set to none or should the value in the argument be passed
- through. It probably doesn't matter since everyone calls
- this function with child == None anyway. */
- while (w)
- {
- /* If the source window is same as event window, child should be
- none. Don't bother going all all the way back to the root. */
-
- if (w == event)
- {
- child = None;
- break;
- }
-
- if (w->parent == event)
- {
- child = w->drawable.id;
- break;
- }
- w = w->parent;
- }
- return child;
-}
-
-/**
- * Adjust event fields to comply with the window properties.
- *
- * @param xE Event to be modified in place
- * @param pWin The window to get the information from.
- * @param child Child window setting for event (if applicable)
- * @param calcChild If True, calculate the child window.
- */
-void
-FixUpEventFromWindow(
- SpritePtr pSprite,
- xEvent *xE,
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Window child,
- Bool calcChild)
-{
- int evtype;
-
- if (calcChild)
- child = FindChildForEvent(pSprite, pWin);
-
- if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(xE)))
- {
- xXIDeviceEvent* event = (xXIDeviceEvent*)xE;
-
- switch (evtype)
- {
- case XI_RawKeyPress:
- case XI_RawKeyRelease:
- case XI_RawButtonPress:
- case XI_RawButtonRelease:
- case XI_RawMotion:
- case XI_DeviceChanged:
- case XI_HierarchyChanged:
- case XI_PropertyEvent:
- return;
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- event->root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;
- event->event = pWin->drawable.id;
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
- {
- event->event_x = event->root_x - FP1616(pWin->drawable.x, 0);
- event->event_y = event->root_y - FP1616(pWin->drawable.y, 0);
- event->child = child;
- } else
- {
- event->event_x = 0;
- event->event_y = 0;
- event->child = None;
- }
-
- if (event->evtype == XI_Enter || event->evtype == XI_Leave ||
- event->evtype == XI_FocusIn || event->evtype == XI_FocusOut)
- ((xXIEnterEvent*)event)->same_screen =
- (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen);
-
- } else
- {
- XE_KBPTR.root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;
- XE_KBPTR.event = pWin->drawable.id;
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
- {
- XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xTrue;
- XE_KBPTR.child = child;
- XE_KBPTR.eventX =
- XE_KBPTR.rootX - pWin->drawable.x;
- XE_KBPTR.eventY =
- XE_KBPTR.rootY - pWin->drawable.y;
- }
- else
- {
- XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xFalse;
- XE_KBPTR.child = None;
- XE_KBPTR.eventX = 0;
- XE_KBPTR.eventY = 0;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Check if a given event is deliverable at all on a given window.
- *
- * This function only checks if any client wants it, not for a specific
- * client.
- *
- * @param[in] dev The device this event is being sent for.
- * @param[in] event The event that is to be sent.
- * @param[in] win The current event window.
- *
- * @return Bitmask of ::EVENT_XI2_MASK, ::EVENT_XI1_MASK, ::EVENT_CORE_MASK, and
- * ::EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK.
- */
-int
-EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event, WindowPtr win)
-{
- int rc = 0;
- int filter = 0;
- int type;
- OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
- xEvent ev;
-
- /* XXX: this makes me gag */
- type = GetXI2Type(event);
- ev.u.u.type = GenericEvent; /* GetEventFilter only cares about type and evtype*/
- ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->extension = IReqCode;
- ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->evtype = type;
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
- if (type && inputMasks &&
- ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] & filter) ||
- ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] & filter) && IsMaster(dev)) ||
- (inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][type/8] & filter)))
- rc |= EVENT_XI2_MASK;
-
- type = GetXIType(event);
- ev.u.u.type = type;
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
-
- /* Check for XI mask */
- if (type && inputMasks &&
- (inputMasks->deliverableEvents[dev->id] & filter) &&
- (inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))
- rc |= EVENT_XI1_MASK;
-
- /* Check for XI DontPropagate mask */
- if (type && inputMasks &&
- (inputMasks->dontPropagateMask[dev->id] & filter))
- rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
-
- /* Check for core mask */
- type = GetCoreType(event);
- if (type && (win->deliverableEvents & filter) &&
- ((wOtherEventMasks(win) | win->eventMask) & filter))
- rc |= EVENT_CORE_MASK;
-
- /* Check for core DontPropagate mask */
- if (type && (filter & wDontPropagateMask(win)))
- rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deliver events caused by input devices.
- *
- * For events from a non-grabbed, non-focus device, DeliverDeviceEvents is
- * called directly from the processInputProc.
- * For grabbed devices, DeliverGrabbedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
- * DeliverDeviceEvents.
- * For focused events, DeliverFocusedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
- * DeliverDeviceEvents.
- *
- * @param pWin Window to deliver event to.
- * @param event The events to deliver, not yet in wire format.
- * @param grab Possible grab on a device.
- * @param stopAt Don't recurse up to the root window.
- * @param dev The device that is responsible for the event.
- *
- * @see DeliverGrabbedEvent
- * @see DeliverFocusedEvent
- */
-int
-DeliverDeviceEvents(WindowPtr pWin, InternalEvent *event, GrabPtr grab,
- WindowPtr stopAt, DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- Window child = None;
- Mask filter;
- int deliveries = 0;
- xEvent *xE = NULL, *core = NULL;
- int rc, mask, count = 0;
-
- verify_internal_event(event);
-
- while (pWin)
- {
- if ((mask = EventIsDeliverable(dev, event, pWin)))
- {
- /* XI2 events first */
- if (mask & EVENT_XI2_MASK)
- {
- xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
- rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- /* XXX: XACE */
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xi2);
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, pWin, child, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xi2, 1,
- filter, grab);
- free(xi2);
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DDE (%d).\n",
- dev->name, rc);
- }
-
- /* XI events */
- if (mask & EVENT_XI1_MASK)
- {
- rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, xE, count) == Success) {
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xE);
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, pWin, child, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xE, count,
- filter, grab);
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- dev->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
- /* Core event */
- if ((mask & EVENT_CORE_MASK) && IsMaster(dev) && dev->coreEvents)
- {
- rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, core, count) == Success) {
- filter = GetEventFilter(dev, core);
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, pWin, child, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, core,
- count, filter, grab);
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: Core conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d).\n",
- dev->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
- if ((deliveries < 0) || (pWin == stopAt) ||
- (mask & EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK))
- {
- deliveries = 0;
- goto unwind;
- }
- }
-
- child = pWin->drawable.id;
- pWin = pWin->parent;
- }
-
-unwind:
- free(core);
- free(xE);
- return deliveries;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deliver event to a window and it's immediate parent. Used for most window
- * events (CreateNotify, ConfigureNotify, etc.). Not useful for events that
- * propagate up the tree or extension events
- *
- * In case of a ReparentNotify event, the event will be delivered to the
- * otherParent as well.
- *
- * @param pWin Window to deliver events to.
- * @param xE Events to deliver.
- * @param count number of events in xE.
- * @param otherParent Used for ReparentNotify events.
- */
-int
-DeliverEvents(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *xE, int count,
- WindowPtr otherParent)
-{
- DeviceIntRec dummy;
- int deliveries;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
- return count;
-#endif
-
- if (!count)
- return 0;
-
- dummy.id = XIAllDevices;
-
- switch (xE->u.u.type)
- {
- case DestroyNotify:
- case UnmapNotify:
- case MapNotify:
- case MapRequest:
- case ReparentNotify:
- case ConfigureNotify:
- case ConfigureRequest:
- case GravityNotify:
- case CirculateNotify:
- case CirculateRequest:
- xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->drawable.id;
- break;
- }
-
- switch (xE->u.u.type)
- {
- case DestroyNotify:
- case UnmapNotify:
- case MapNotify:
- case ReparentNotify:
- case ConfigureNotify:
- case GravityNotify:
- case CirculateNotify:
- break;
- default:
- {
- Mask filter;
- filter = GetEventFilter(&dummy, xE);
- return DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, filter,
- NullGrab);
- }
- }
-
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count,
- StructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
- if (pWin->parent)
- {
- xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->parent->drawable.id;
- deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin->parent, xE, count,
- SubstructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
- if (xE->u.u.type == ReparentNotify)
- {
- xE->u.destroyNotify.event = otherParent->drawable.id;
- deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy,
- otherParent, xE, count, SubstructureNotifyMask,
- NullGrab);
- }
- }
- return deliveries;
-}
-
-
-static Bool
-PointInBorderSize(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)
-{
- BoxRec box;
-
- if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))
- return TRUE;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
- XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) {
- SpritePtr pSprite = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite;
- int i;
-
- FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
- if(RegionContainsPoint(&pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize,
- x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x,
- y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y,
- &box))
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-#endif
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Traversed from the root window to the window at the position x/y. While
- * traversing, it sets up the traversal history in the spriteTrace array.
- * After completing, the spriteTrace history is set in the following way:
- * spriteTrace[0] ... root window
- * spriteTrace[1] ... top level window that encloses x/y
- * ...
- * spriteTrace[spriteTraceGood - 1] ... window at x/y
- *
- * @returns the window at the given coordinates.
- */
-WindowPtr
-XYToWindow(SpritePtr pSprite, int x, int y)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- BoxRec box;
-
- pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; /* root window still there */
- pWin = RootWindow(pSprite)->firstChild;
- while (pWin)
- {
- if ((pWin->mapped) &&
- (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
- wBorderWidth(pWin)) &&
- (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
- (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
- wBorderWidth (pWin))
- /* When a window is shaped, a further check
- * is made to see if the point is inside
- * borderSize
- */
- && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) || PointInBorderSize(pWin, x, y))
- && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
- x - pWin->drawable.x,
- y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))
-#ifdef ROOTLESS
- /* In rootless mode windows may be offscreen, even when
- * they're in X's stack. (E.g. if the native window system
- * implements some form of virtual desktop system).
- */
- && !pWin->rootlessUnhittable
-#endif
- )
- {
- if (pSprite->spriteTraceGood >= pSprite->spriteTraceSize)
- {
- pSprite->spriteTraceSize += 10;
- pSprite->spriteTrace = realloc(pSprite->spriteTrace,
- pSprite->spriteTraceSize*sizeof(WindowPtr));
- }
- pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood++] = pWin;
- pWin = pWin->firstChild;
- }
- else
- pWin = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- return DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);
-}
-
-/**
- * Ungrab a currently FocusIn grabbed device and grab the device on the
- * given window. If the win given is the NoneWin, the device is ungrabbed if
- * applicable and FALSE is returned.
- *
- * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-BOOL
-ActivateFocusInGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
-{
- BOOL rc = FALSE;
- DeviceEvent event;
-
- if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)
- {
- if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||
- dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||
- dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
- IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
- return FALSE;
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
- (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
- }
-
- if (win == NoneWin || win == PointerRootWin)
- return FALSE;
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- event.header = ET_Internal;
- event.type = ET_FocusIn;
- event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
- event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
- event.deviceid = dev->id;
- event.sourceid = dev->id;
- event.detail.button = 0;
- rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,
- TRUE) != NULL);
- if (rc)
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Ungrab a currently Enter grabbed device and grab the device for the given
- * window.
- *
- * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static BOOL
-ActivateEnterGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
-{
- BOOL rc = FALSE;
- DeviceEvent event;
-
- if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)
- {
- if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||
- dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||
- dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
- IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
- return FALSE;
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
- (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
- }
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- event.header = ET_Internal;
- event.type = ET_Enter;
- event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
- event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
- event.deviceid = dev->id;
- event.sourceid = dev->id;
- event.detail.button = 0;
- rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,
- TRUE) != NULL);
- if (rc)
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveGrab);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the sprite coordinates based on the event. Update the cursor
- * position, then update the event with the new coordinates that may have been
- * changed. If the window underneath the sprite has changed, change to new
- * cursor and send enter/leave events.
- *
- * CheckMotion() will not do anything and return FALSE if the event is not a
- * pointer event.
- *
- * @return TRUE if the sprite has moved or FALSE otherwise.
- */
-Bool
-CheckMotion(DeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- WindowPtr prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin;
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- verify_internal_event((InternalEvent *)ev);
-
- if (!pSprite)
- return FALSE;
-
- prevSpriteWin = pSprite->win;
-
- if (ev && !syncEvents.playingEvents)
- {
- /* GetPointerEvents() guarantees that pointer events have the correct
- rootX/Y set already. */
- switch (ev->type)
- {
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- case ET_Motion:
- break;
- default:
- /* all other events return FALSE */
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- {
- /* Motion events entering DIX get translated to Screen 0
- coordinates. Replayed events have already been
- translated since they've entered DIX before */
- ev->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- ev->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- } else
-#endif
- {
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- {
- pSprite->hot.pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
- RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) =
- pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;
- }
- }
-
- pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
- pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
- if (pSprite->hot.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
- pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
- else if (pSprite->hot.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
- pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hot.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
- pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
- else if (pSprite->hot.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
- pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hotShape)
- ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
- pSprite->hotPhys = pSprite->hot;
-
- if ((pSprite->hotPhys.x != ev->root_x) ||
- (pSprite->hotPhys.y != ev->root_y))
- {
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- {
- XineramaSetCursorPosition(
- pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
- } else
-#endif
- {
- (*pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(
- pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen,
- pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
- }
- }
-
- ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
- ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
- }
-
- newSpriteWin = XYToWindow(pSprite, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
-
- if (newSpriteWin != prevSpriteWin)
- {
- int sourceid;
- if (!ev) {
- UpdateCurrentTimeIf();
- sourceid = pDev->id; /* when from WindowsRestructured */
- } else
- sourceid = ev->sourceid;
-
- if (prevSpriteWin != NullWindow) {
- if (!ActivateEnterGrab(pDev, prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin))
- DoEnterLeaveEvents(pDev, sourceid, prevSpriteWin,
- newSpriteWin, NotifyNormal);
- }
- /* set pSprite->win after ActivateEnterGrab, otherwise
- sprite window == grab_window and no enter/leave events are
- sent. */
- pSprite->win = newSpriteWin;
- PostNewCursor(pDev);
- return FALSE;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Windows have restructured, we need to update the sprite position and the
- * sprite's cursor.
- */
-void
-WindowsRestructured(void)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.devices;
- while(pDev)
- {
- if (IsMaster(pDev) || IsFloating(pDev))
- CheckMotion(NULL, pDev);
- pDev = pDev->next;
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-/* This was added to support reconfiguration under Xdmx. The problem is
- * that if the 0th screen (i.e., screenInfo.screens[0]) is moved to an origin
- * other than 0,0, the information in the private sprite structure must
- * be updated accordingly, or XYToWindow (and other routines) will not
- * compute correctly. */
-void ReinitializeRootWindow(WindowPtr win, int xoff, int yoff)
-{
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- SpritePtr pSprite;
-
- if (noPanoramiXExtension) return;
-
- pDev = inputInfo.devices;
- while(pDev)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- pSprite->hot.x -= xoff;
- pSprite->hot.y -= yoff;
-
- pSprite->hotPhys.x -= xoff;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y -= yoff;
-
- pSprite->hotLimits.x1 -= xoff;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y1 -= yoff;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 -= xoff;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 -= yoff;
-
- if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg1))
- RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, xoff, yoff);
- if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg2))
- RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, xoff, yoff);
-
- /* FIXME: if we call ConfineCursorToWindow, must we do anything else? */
- if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) {
- if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
- != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = pSprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
- } else
- ConfineCursorToWindow(
- pDev,
- pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
- TRUE, FALSE);
-
- }
- pDev = pDev->next;
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Initialize a sprite for the given device and set it to some sane values. If
- * the device already has a sprite alloc'd, don't realloc but just reset to
- * default values.
- * If a window is supplied, the sprite will be initialized with the window's
- * cursor and positioned in the center of the window's screen. The root window
- * is a good choice to pass in here.
- *
- * It's a good idea to call it only for pointer devices, unless you have a
- * really talented keyboard.
- *
- * @param pDev The device to initialize.
- * @param pWin The window where to generate the sprite in.
- *
- */
-void
-InitializeSprite(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
-
- if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr it;
-
- pDev->spriteInfo->sprite = (SpritePtr)calloc(1, sizeof(SpriteRec));
- if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- FatalError("InitializeSprite: failed to allocate sprite struct");
-
- /* We may have paired another device with this device before our
- * device had a actual sprite. We need to check for this and reset the
- * sprite field for all paired devices.
- *
- * The VCK is always paired with the VCP before the VCP has a sprite.
- */
- for (it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
- {
- if (it->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
- it->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- }
- if (inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
- inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- }
-
- pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
-
- pScreen = (pWin) ? pWin->drawable.pScreen : (ScreenPtr)NULL;
- pSprite->hot.pScreen = pScreen;
- pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
- if (pScreen)
- {
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = pScreen->width / 2;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y = pScreen->height / 2;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
- }
-
- pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
- pSprite->win = pWin;
-
- if (pWin)
- {
- pCursor = wCursor(pWin);
- pSprite->spriteTrace = (WindowPtr *)calloc(1, 32*sizeof(WindowPtr));
- if (!pSprite->spriteTrace)
- FatalError("Failed to allocate spriteTrace");
- pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 32;
-
- RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pWin;
- pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
-
- pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = pScreen;
- pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
-
- } else {
- pCursor = NullCursor;
- pSprite->spriteTrace = NULL;
- pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 0;
- pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 0;
- pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
- pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
- }
- if (pCursor)
- pCursor->refcnt++;
- if (pSprite->current)
- FreeCursor(pSprite->current, None);
- pSprite->current = pCursor;
-
- if (pScreen)
- {
- (*pScreen->RealizeCursor) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
- (*pScreen->CursorLimits) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current,
- &pSprite->hotLimits, &pSprite->physLimits);
- pSprite->confined = FALSE;
-
- (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen,
- &pSprite->physLimits);
- (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->hot.x,
- pSprite->hot.y,
- FALSE);
- (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
- }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
- pSprite->confineWin = NullWindow;
- pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
- pSprite->screen = pScreen;
- /* gotta UNINIT these someplace */
- RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg1);
- RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg2);
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the mouse sprite info when the server switches from a pScreen to another.
- * Otherwise, the pScreen of the mouse sprite is never updated when we switch
- * from a pScreen to another. Never updating the pScreen of the mouse sprite
- * implies that windows that are in pScreen whose pScreen->myNum >0 will never
- * get pointer events. This is because in CheckMotion(), sprite.hotPhys.pScreen
- * always points to the first pScreen it has been set by
- * DefineInitialRootWindow().
- *
- * Calling this function is useful for use cases where the server
- * has more than one pScreen.
- * This function is similar to DefineInitialRootWindow() but it does not
- * reset the mouse pointer position.
- * @param win must be the new pScreen we are switching to.
- */
-void
-UpdateSpriteForScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = NULL;
- WindowPtr win = NULL;
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- if (!pScreen)
- return ;
-
- if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
- return;
-
- pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- win = pScreen->root;
-
- pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
- pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
- pSprite->win = win;
- pCursor = wCursor(win);
- if (pCursor)
- pCursor->refcnt++;
- if (pSprite->current)
- FreeCursor(pSprite->current, 0);
- pSprite->current = pCursor;
- pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
- pSprite->spriteTrace[0] = win;
- (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev,
- pScreen,
- pSprite->current,
- &pSprite->hotLimits,
- &pSprite->physLimits);
- pSprite->confined = FALSE;
- (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
- (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
- pSprite->screen = pScreen;
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * This does not take any shortcuts, and even ignores its argument, since
- * it does not happen very often, and one has to walk up the tree since
- * this might be a newly instantiated cursor for an intermediate window
- * between the one the pointer is in and the one that the last cursor was
- * instantiated from.
- */
-void
-WindowHasNewCursor(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
-
- for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- PostNewCursor(pDev);
-}
-
-void
-NewCurrentScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr newScreen, int x, int y)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- pSprite->hotPhys.x = x;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y = y;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- pSprite->hotPhys.x += newScreen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- pSprite->hotPhys.y += newScreen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- if (newScreen != pSprite->screen) {
- pSprite->screen = newScreen;
- /* Make sure we tell the DDX to update its copy of the screen */
- if(pSprite->confineWin)
- XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
- pSprite->confineWin, TRUE);
- else
- XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, TRUE);
- /* if the pointer wasn't confined, the DDX won't get
- told of the pointer warp so we reposition it here */
- if(!syncEvents.playingEvents)
- (*pSprite->screen->SetCursorPosition)(
- pDev,
- pSprite->screen,
- pSprite->hotPhys.x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x -
- pSprite->screen->x,
- pSprite->hotPhys.y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y -
- pSprite->screen->y, FALSE);
- }
- } else
-#endif
- if (newScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, newScreen->root, TRUE, FALSE);
-}
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-
-static Bool
-XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- int x,
- int y
-)
-{
- BoxRec box;
- int i, xoff, yoff;
-
- if (!pWin->realized) return FALSE;
-
- if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box))
- return TRUE;
-
- if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) return FALSE;
-
- xoff = x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- yoff = y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
-
- FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
- pWin = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i];
- x = xoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
- y = yoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
-
- if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box)
- && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
- x - pWin->drawable.x,
- y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))
- return TRUE;
-
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static int
-XineramaWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr dest = NULL;
- int x, y, rc;
- SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
- REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
-
-
- if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
- y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
-
- if (stuff->srcWid != None)
- {
- int winX, winY;
- XID winID = stuff->srcWid;
- WindowPtr source;
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- winX = source->drawable.x;
- winY = source->drawable.y;
- if(source == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
- winX -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- winY -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
- if (x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
- y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
- (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
- winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
- (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
- winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
- !XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
- return Success;
- }
- if (dest) {
- x = dest->drawable.x;
- y = dest->drawable.y;
- if(dest == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
- x -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- y -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
- }
-
- x += stuff->dstX;
- y += stuff->dstY;
-
- if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
- x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
- else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
- x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
- if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
- y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
- else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
- y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hotShape)
- ConfineToShape(PickPointer(client), pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
-
- XineramaSetCursorPosition(PickPointer(client), x, y, TRUE);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for WarpPointer request.
- * Warps the cursor position to the coordinates given in the request.
- */
-int
-ProcWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr dest = NULL;
- int x, y, rc;
- ScreenPtr newScreen;
- DeviceIntPtr dev, tmp;
- SpritePtr pSprite;
-
- REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xWarpPointerReq);
-
- dev = PickPointer(client);
-
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
- if (GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- }
-
- if (dev->lastSlave)
- dev = dev->lastSlave;
- pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
- return XineramaWarpPointer(client);
-#endif
-
- if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
- y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
-
- if (stuff->srcWid != None)
- {
- int winX, winY;
- XID winID = stuff->srcWid;
- WindowPtr source;
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- winX = source->drawable.x;
- winY = source->drawable.y;
- if (source->drawable.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen ||
- x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
- y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
- (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
- winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
- (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
- winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
- !PointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
- return Success;
- }
- if (dest)
- {
- x = dest->drawable.x;
- y = dest->drawable.y;
- newScreen = dest->drawable.pScreen;
- } else
- newScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
-
- x += stuff->dstX;
- y += stuff->dstY;
-
- if (x < 0)
- x = 0;
- else if (x >= newScreen->width)
- x = newScreen->width - 1;
- if (y < 0)
- y = 0;
- else if (y >= newScreen->height)
- y = newScreen->height - 1;
-
- if (newScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
- {
- if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
- x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
- else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
- x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
- if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
- y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
- else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
- y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
- if (pSprite->hotShape)
- ConfineToShape(dev, pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
- (*newScreen->SetCursorPosition)(dev, newScreen, x, y, TRUE);
- }
- else if (!PointerConfinedToScreen(dev))
- {
- NewCurrentScreen(dev, newScreen, x, y);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-static Bool
-BorderSizeNotEmpty(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- if(RegionNotEmpty(&pWin->borderSize))
- return TRUE;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) {
- int i;
-
- FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
- if(RegionNotEmpty(&pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]->borderSize))
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-#endif
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- * "CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow" checks to see if the event passed in causes a
- * passive grab set on the window to be activated.
- * If activate is true and a passive grab is found, it will be activated,
- * and the event will be delivered to the client.
- *
- * @param pWin The window that may be subject to a passive grab.
- * @param device Device that caused the event.
- * @param event The current device event.
- * @param checkCore Check for core grabs too.
- * @param activate If a grab is found, activate it and deliver the event.
- */
-
-GrabPtr
-CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr device,
- InternalEvent *event,
- BOOL checkCore,
- BOOL activate)
-{
- SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;
- GrabPtr grab = wPassiveGrabs(pWin);
- GrabRec tempGrab;
- GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
-#define CORE_MATCH 0x1
-#define XI_MATCH 0x2
-#define XI2_MATCH 0x4
- int match = 0;
-
- if (!grab)
- return NULL;
- /* Fill out the grab details, but leave the type for later before
- * comparing */
- switch (event->any.type)
- {
- case ET_KeyPress:
- case ET_KeyRelease:
- tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.key;
- break;
- case ET_ButtonPress:
- case ET_ButtonRelease:
- tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.button;
- break;
- default:
- tempGrab.detail.exact = 0;
- break;
- }
- tempGrab.window = pWin;
- tempGrab.device = device;
- tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
- for (; grab; grab = grab->next)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr gdev;
- XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = NULL;
- xEvent *xE = NULL;
- int count, rc;
-
- gdev= grab->modifierDevice;
- if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- {
- if (IsPointerDevice(device))
- gdev = GetPairedDevice(device);
- else
- gdev = device;
- } else if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
- {
- /* if the device is an attached slave device, gdev must be the
- * attached master keyboard. Since the slave may have been
- * reattached after the grab, the modifier device may not be the
- * same. */
- if (!IsMaster(grab->device) && !IsFloating(device))
- gdev = GetMaster(device, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
- }
-
-
- if (gdev && gdev->key)
- xkbi= gdev->key->xkbInfo;
- tempGrab.modifierDevice = grab->modifierDevice;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = xkbi ? xkbi->state.grab_mods : 0;
-
- /* Check for XI2 and XI grabs first */
- tempGrab.type = GetXI2Type(event);
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
- if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE))
- match = XI2_MATCH;
-
- if (!match)
- {
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
- if ((tempGrab.type = GetXIType(event)) &&
- (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE)))
- match = XI_MATCH;
- }
-
- /* Check for a core grab (ignore the device when comparing) */
- if (!match && checkCore)
- {
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- if ((tempGrab.type = GetCoreType(event)) &&
- (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, TRUE)))
- match = CORE_MATCH;
- }
-
- if (!match || (grab->confineTo &&
- (!grab->confineTo->realized ||
- !BorderSizeNotEmpty(device, grab->confineTo))))
- continue;
-
- grabinfo = &device->deviceGrab;
- /* In some cases a passive core grab may exist, but the client
- * already has a core grab on some other device. In this case we
- * must not get the grab, otherwise we may never ungrab the
- * device.
- */
-
- if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- {
- DeviceIntPtr other;
- BOOL interfering = FALSE;
-
- /* A passive grab may have been created for a different device
- than it is assigned to at this point in time.
- Update the grab's device and modifier device to reflect the
- current state.
- Since XGrabDeviceButton requires to specify the
- modifierDevice explicitly, we don't override this choice.
- */
- if (tempGrab.type < GenericEvent)
- {
- grab->device = device;
- grab->modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(device);
- }
-
- for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
- {
- GrabPtr othergrab = other->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (othergrab && othergrab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE &&
- SameClient(grab, rClient(othergrab)) &&
- ((IsPointerDevice(grab->device) &&
- IsPointerDevice(othergrab->device)) ||
- (IsKeyboardDevice(grab->device) &&
- IsKeyboardDevice(othergrab->device))))
- {
- interfering = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (interfering)
- continue;
- }
-
- if (!activate)
- {
- return grab;
- }
- else if (!GetXIType(event) && !GetCoreType(event))
- {
- ErrorF("Event type %d in CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow is neither"
- " XI 1.x nor core\n", event->any.type);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* The only consumers of corestate are Xi 1.x and core events, which
- * are guaranteed to come from DeviceEvents. */
- if (match & (XI_MATCH | CORE_MATCH))
- {
- event->device_event.corestate &= 0x1f00;
- event->device_event.corestate |= tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact &
- (~0x1f00);
- }
-
- if (match & CORE_MATCH)
- {
- rc = EventToCore(event, &xE, &count);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed in CPGFW "
- "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
- continue;
- }
- } else if (match & XI2_MATCH)
- {
- rc = EventToXI2(event, &xE);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in CPGFW "
- "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
- continue;
- }
- count = 1;
- } else
- {
- rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in CPGFW "
- "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- (*grabinfo->ActivateGrab)(device, grab, currentTime, TRUE);
-
- if (xE)
- {
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, grab->window, None, TRUE);
-
- /* XXX: XACE? */
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), device, xE, count,
- GetEventFilter(device, xE),
- GetEventFilter(device, xE), grab);
- }
-
- if (grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_NO_EVENT)
- {
- if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
- grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;
- grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
- }
-
- free(xE);
- return grab;
- }
- return NULL;
-#undef CORE_MATCH
-#undef XI_MATCH
-#undef XI2_MATCH
-}
-
-/**
- * CheckDeviceGrabs handles both keyboard and pointer events that may cause
- * a passive grab to be activated.
- *
- * If the event is a keyboard event, the ancestors of the focus window are
- * traced down and tried to see if they have any passive grabs to be
- * activated. If the focus window itself is reached and it's descendants
- * contain the pointer, the ancestors of the window that the pointer is in
- * are then traced down starting at the focus window, otherwise no grabs are
- * activated.
- * If the event is a pointer event, the ancestors of the window that the
- * pointer is in are traced down starting at the root until CheckPassiveGrabs
- * causes a passive grab to activate or all the windows are
- * tried. PRH
- *
- * If a grab is activated, the event has been sent to the client already!
- *
- * The event we pass in must always be an XI event. From this, we then emulate
- * the core event and then check for grabs.
- *
- * @param device The device that caused the event.
- * @param xE The event to handle (Device{Button|Key}Press).
- * @param count Number of events in list.
- * @return TRUE if a grab has been activated or false otherwise.
-*/
-
-Bool
-CheckDeviceGrabs(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceEvent *event, WindowPtr ancestor)
-{
- int i;
- WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
- FocusClassPtr focus = IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event) ? NULL : device->focus;
- BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(device) && device->coreEvents);
- Bool ret = FALSE;
-
- if (event->type != ET_ButtonPress &&
- event->type != ET_KeyPress)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (event->type == ET_ButtonPress
- && (device->button->buttonsDown != 1))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (device->deviceGrab.grab)
- return FALSE;
-
- i = 0;
- if (ancestor)
- {
- while (i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)
- if (device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i++] == ancestor)
- break;
- if (i == device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)
- goto out;
- }
-
- if (focus)
- {
- for (; i < focus->traceGood; i++)
- {
- pWin = focus->trace[i];
- if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,
- sendCore, TRUE))
- {
- ret = TRUE;
- goto out;
- }
- }
-
- if ((focus->win == NoneWin) ||
- (i >= device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) ||
- (pWin && pWin != device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i-1]))
- goto out;
- }
-
- for (; i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++)
- {
- pWin = device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i];
- if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,
- sendCore, TRUE))
- {
- ret = TRUE;
- goto out;
- }
- }
-
-out:
- if (ret == TRUE && event->type == ET_KeyPress)
- device->deviceGrab.activatingKey = event->detail.key;
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Called for keyboard events to deliver event to whatever client owns the
- * focus.
- *
- * The event is delivered to the keyboard's focus window, the root window or
- * to the window owning the input focus.
- *
- * @param keybd The keyboard originating the event.
- * @param event The event, not yet in wire format.
- * @param window Window underneath the sprite.
- */
-void
-DeliverFocusedEvent(DeviceIntPtr keybd, InternalEvent *event, WindowPtr window)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr ptr;
- WindowPtr focus = keybd->focus->win;
- BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(keybd) && keybd->coreEvents);
- xEvent *core = NULL, *xE = NULL, *xi2 = NULL;
- int count, rc;
- int deliveries = 0;
-
- if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
- focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
- if (!focus)
- return;
- if (focus == PointerRootWin)
- {
- DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, NullWindow, keybd);
- return;
- }
- if ((focus == window) || IsParent(focus, window))
- {
- if (DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, focus, keybd))
- return;
- }
-
- /* just deliver it to the focus window */
- ptr = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
-
-
- rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- /* XXX: XACE */
- int filter = GetEventFilter(keybd, xi2);
- FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xi2, focus, None, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xi2, 1,
- filter, NullGrab);
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
-
- rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
- if (rc == Success &&
- XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, xE, count) == Success)
- {
- FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xE, focus, None, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xE, count,
- GetEventFilter(keybd, xE),
- NullGrab);
-
- if (deliveries > 0)
- goto unwind;
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
-
- if (sendCore)
- {
- rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
- if (rc == Success) {
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, core, count) == Success) {
- FixUpEventFromWindow(keybd->spriteInfo->sprite, core, focus,
- None, FALSE);
- deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, core, count,
- GetEventFilter(keybd, core),
- NullGrab);
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
-unwind:
- free(core);
- free(xE);
- free(xi2);
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deliver an event from a device that is currently grabbed. Uses
- * DeliverDeviceEvents() for further delivery if a ownerEvents is set on the
- * grab. If not, TryClientEvents() is used.
- *
- * @param deactivateGrab True if the device's grab should be deactivated.
- *
- * @return The number of events delivered.
- */
-int
-DeliverGrabbedEvent(InternalEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
- Bool deactivateGrab)
-{
- GrabPtr grab;
- GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
- int deliveries = 0;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- SpritePtr pSprite = thisDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- BOOL sendCore = FALSE;
- int rc, count = 0;
- xEvent *xi = NULL;
- xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
- xEvent *core = NULL;
-
- grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
- grab = grabinfo->grab;
-
- if (grab->ownerEvents)
- {
- WindowPtr focus;
-
- /* Hack: Some pointer device have a focus class. So we need to check
- * for the type of event, to see if we really want to deliver it to
- * the focus window. For pointer events, the answer is no.
- */
- if (IsPointerEvent(event))
- focus = PointerRootWin;
- else if (thisDev->focus)
- {
- focus = thisDev->focus->win;
- if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
- focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
- }
- else
- focus = PointerRootWin;
- if (focus == PointerRootWin)
- deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab,
- NullWindow, thisDev);
- else if (focus && (focus == pSprite->win ||
- IsParent(focus, pSprite->win)))
- deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, focus,
- thisDev);
- else if (focus)
- deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(focus, event, grab, focus,
- thisDev);
- }
- if (!deliveries)
- {
- Mask mask;
-
- /* XXX: In theory, we could pass the internal events through to
- * everything and only convert just before hitting the wire. We can't
- * do that yet, so DGE is the last stop for internal events. From here
- * onwards, we deal with core/XI events.
- */
-
- mask = grab->eventMask;
-
- sendCore = (IsMaster(thisDev) && thisDev->coreEvents);
- /* try core event */
- if (sendCore && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- {
- rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, grab->window, None, TRUE);
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
- grab->window, core, count) ||
- XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
- grab->window, core, count))
- deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- else if (!IsInterferingGrab(rClient(grab), thisDev, core))
- {
- deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
- core, count, mask,
- GetEventFilter(thisDev, core),
- grab);
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] DeliverGrabbedEvent. Core conversion failed.\n");
- }
-
- if (!deliveries)
- {
- rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- int evtype = xi2_get_type(xi2);
- mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] |
- grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] |
- grab->xi2mask[thisDev->id][evtype/8];
- /* try XI2 event */
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, grab->window, None, TRUE);
- /* XXX: XACE */
- deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, xi2, 1, mask,
- GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi2), grab);
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
- if (!deliveries)
- {
- rc = EventToXI(event, &xi, &count);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- /* try XI event */
- if (grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab &&
- grabinfo->implicitGrab)
- mask = grab->deviceMask;
- else
- mask = grab->eventMask;
-
- FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi, grab->window, None, TRUE);
-
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
- grab->window, xi, count) ||
- XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
- grab->window, xi, count))
- deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
- else
- {
- deliveries =
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
- xi, count,
- mask,
- GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi),
- grab);
- }
- } else if (rc != BadMatch)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
- thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
- }
-
- if (deliveries && (event->any.type == ET_Motion))
- thisDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = grab->window;
- }
- if (deliveries && !deactivateGrab && event->any.type != ET_Motion)
- {
- switch (grabinfo->sync.state)
- {
- case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT:
- dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);
- if (dev)
- {
- FreezeThaw(dev, TRUE);
- if ((dev->deviceGrab.sync.state == FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT) &&
- (CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource) ==
- CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.grab->resource)))
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
- else
- dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
- }
- /* fall through */
- case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT:
- grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
- FreezeThaw(thisDev, TRUE);
- if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
- grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));
- *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- free(core);
- free(xi);
- free(xi2);
-
- return deliveries;
-}
-
-/* This function is used to set the key pressed or key released state -
- this is only used when the pressing of keys does not cause
- the device's processInputProc to be called, as in for example Mouse Keys.
-*/
-void
-FixKeyState (DeviceEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr keybd)
-{
- int key = event->detail.key;
-
- if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) {
- DebugF("FixKeyState: Key %d %s\n",key,
- ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) ? "down" : "up"));
- }
-
- if (event->type == ET_KeyPress)
- set_key_down(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);
- else if (event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
- set_key_up(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);
- else
- FatalError("Impossible keyboard event");
-}
-
-#define AtMostOneClient \
- (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask | ButtonPressMask)
-#define ManagerMask \
- (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask)
-
-/**
- * Recalculate which events may be deliverable for the given window.
- * Recalculated mask is used for quicker determination which events may be
- * delivered to a window.
- *
- * The otherEventMasks on a WindowOptional is the combination of all event
- * masks set by all clients on the window.
- * deliverableEventMask is the combination of the eventMask and the
- * otherEventMask plus the events that may be propagated to the parent.
- *
- * Traverses to siblings and parents of the window.
- */
-void
-RecalculateDeliverableEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- OtherClients *others;
- WindowPtr pChild;
-
- pChild = pWin;
- while (1)
- {
- if (pChild->optional)
- {
- pChild->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
- for (others = wOtherClients(pChild); others; others = others->next)
- {
- pChild->optional->otherEventMasks |= others->mask;
- }
- }
- pChild->deliverableEvents = pChild->eventMask|
- wOtherEventMasks(pChild);
- if (pChild->parent)
- pChild->deliverableEvents |=
- (pChild->parent->deliverableEvents &
- ~wDontPropagateMask(pChild) & PropagateMask);
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- break;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param value must conform to DeleteType
- */
-int
-OtherClientGone(pointer value, XID id)
-{
- OtherClientsPtr other, prev;
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;
-
- prev = 0;
- for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (other->resource == id)
- {
- if (prev)
- prev->next = other->next;
- else
- {
- if (!(pWin->optional->otherClients = other->next))
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);
- }
- free(other);
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
- return Success;
- }
- prev = other;
- }
- FatalError("client not on event list");
- /*NOTREACHED*/
- return -1; /* make compiler happy */
-}
-
-int
-EventSelectForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, Mask mask)
-{
- Mask check;
- OtherClients * others;
- DeviceIntPtr dev;
- int rc;
-
- if (mask & ~AllEventMasks)
- {
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- check = (mask & ManagerMask);
- if (check) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,
- RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixManageAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- check = (mask & AtMostOneClient);
- if (check & (pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)))
- { /* It is illegal for two different
- clients to select on any of the
- events for AtMostOneClient. However,
- it is OK, for some client to
- continue selecting on one of those
- events. */
- if ((wClient(pWin) != client) && (check & pWin->eventMask))
- return BadAccess;
- for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
- {
- if (!SameClient(others, client) && (check & others->mask))
- return BadAccess;
- }
- }
- if (wClient (pWin) == client)
- {
- check = pWin->eventMask;
- pWin->eventMask = mask;
- }
- else
- {
- for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
- {
- if (SameClient(others, client))
- {
- check = others->mask;
- if (mask == 0)
- {
- FreeResource(others->resource, RT_NONE);
- return Success;
- }
- else
- others->mask = mask;
- goto maskSet;
- }
- }
- check = 0;
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
- others = malloc(sizeof(OtherClients));
- if (!others)
- return BadAlloc;
- others->mask = mask;
- others->resource = FakeClientID(client->index);
- others->next = pWin->optional->otherClients;
- pWin->optional->otherClients = others;
- if (!AddResource(others->resource, RT_OTHERCLIENT, (pointer)pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-maskSet:
- if ((mask & PointerMotionHintMask) && !(check & PointerMotionHintMask))
- {
- for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
- {
- if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
- dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- }
- }
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-EventSuppressForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client,
- Mask mask, Bool *checkOptional)
-{
- int i, free;
-
- if (mask & ~PropagateMask)
- {
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (pWin->dontPropagate)
- DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
- if (!mask)
- i = 0;
- else
- {
- for (i = DNPMCOUNT, free = 0; --i > 0; )
- {
- if (!DontPropagateRefCnts[i])
- free = i;
- else if (mask == DontPropagateMasks[i])
- break;
- }
- if (!i && free)
- {
- i = free;
- DontPropagateMasks[i] = mask;
- }
- }
- if (i || !mask)
- {
- pWin->dontPropagate = i;
- if (i)
- DontPropagateRefCnts[i]++;
- if (pWin->optional)
- {
- pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
- *checkOptional = TRUE;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- if (pWin->dontPropagate)
- DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]++;
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- pWin->dontPropagate = 0;
- pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
- }
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Assembles an EnterNotify or LeaveNotify and sends it event to the client.
- * Uses the paired keyboard to get some additional information.
- */
-void
-CoreEnterLeaveEvent(
- DeviceIntPtr mouse,
- int type,
- int mode,
- int detail,
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Window child)
-{
- xEvent event;
- WindowPtr focus;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd;
- GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- Mask mask;
-
- keybd = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
-
- if ((pWin == mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) &&
- (detail != NotifyInferior))
- mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- if (grab)
- {
- mask = (pWin == grab->window) ? grab->eventMask : 0;
- if (grab->ownerEvents)
- mask |= EventMaskForClient(pWin, rClient(grab));
- }
- else
- {
- mask = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin);
- }
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = type;
- event.u.u.detail = detail;
- event.u.enterLeave.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- event.u.enterLeave.rootX = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x;
- event.u.enterLeave.rootY = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y;
- /* Counts on the same initial structure of crossing & button events! */
- FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, &event, pWin, None, FALSE);
- /* Enter/Leave events always set child */
- event.u.enterLeave.child = child;
- event.u.enterLeave.flags = event.u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen ?
- ELFlagSameScreen : 0;
- event.u.enterLeave.state = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state & 0x1f00) : 0;
- if (keybd)
- event.u.enterLeave.state |=
- XkbGrabStateFromRec(&keybd->key->xkbInfo->state);
- event.u.enterLeave.mode = mode;
- focus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : None;
- if ((focus != NoneWin) &&
- ((pWin == focus) || (focus == PointerRootWin) ||
- IsParent(focus, pWin)))
- event.u.enterLeave.flags |= ELFlagFocus;
-
- if ((mask & GetEventFilter(mouse, &event)))
- {
- if (grab)
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, &event, 1, mask,
- GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), grab);
- else
- DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, &event, 1,
- GetEventFilter(mouse, &event),
- NullGrab);
- }
-
- if ((type == EnterNotify) && (mask & KeymapStateMask))
- {
- xKeymapEvent ke;
- ClientPtr client = grab ? rClient(grab) : wClient(pWin);
- if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess))
- memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);
- else
- memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&keybd->key->down[1], 31);
-
- ke.type = KeymapNotify;
- if (grab)
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), keybd, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
- mask, KeymapStateMask, grab);
- else
- DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
- KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
- }
-}
-
-void
-DeviceEnterLeaveEvent(
- DeviceIntPtr mouse,
- int sourceid,
- int type,
- int mode,
- int detail,
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Window child)
-{
- GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- xXIEnterEvent *event;
- int filter;
- int btlen, len, i;
- DeviceIntPtr kbd;
-
- if ((mode == XINotifyPassiveGrab && type == XI_Leave) ||
- (mode == XINotifyPassiveUngrab && type == XI_Enter))
- return;
-
- btlen = (mouse->button) ? bits_to_bytes(mouse->button->numButtons) : 0;
- btlen = bytes_to_int32(btlen);
- len = sizeof(xXIEnterEvent) + btlen * 4;
-
- event = calloc(1, len);
- event->type = GenericEvent;
- event->extension = IReqCode;
- event->evtype = type;
- event->length = (len - sizeof(xEvent))/4;
- event->buttons_len = btlen;
- event->detail = detail;
- event->time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- event->deviceid = mouse->id;
- event->sourceid = sourceid;
- event->mode = mode;
- event->root_x = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x, 0);
- event->root_y = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y, 0);
-
- for (i = 0; mouse && mouse->button && i < mouse->button->numButtons; i++)
- if (BitIsOn(mouse->button->down, i))
- SetBit(&event[1], i);
-
- kbd = GetMaster(mouse, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
- if (kbd && kbd->key)
- {
- event->mods.base_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_mods;
- event->mods.latched_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_mods;
- event->mods.locked_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_mods;
-
- event->group.base_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_group;
- event->group.latched_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_group;
- event->group.locked_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_group;
- }
-
- FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, (xEvent*)event, pWin,
- None, FALSE);
-
- filter = GetEventFilter(mouse, (xEvent*)event);
-
- if (grab)
- {
- Mask mask;
- mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] |
- grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] |
- grab->xi2mask[mouse->id][type/8];
- TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, (xEvent*)event, 1, mask,
- filter, grab);
- } else {
- if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event))
- goto out;
- DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event, 1, filter,
- NullGrab);
- }
-
-out:
- free(event);
-}
-
-void
-CoreFocusEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int mode, int detail, WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- xEvent event;
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.focus.mode = mode;
- event.u.u.type = type;
- event.u.u.detail = detail;
- event.u.focus.window = pWin->drawable.id;
-
- DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &event, 1,
- GetEventFilter(dev, &event), NullGrab);
- if ((type == FocusIn) &&
- ((pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & KeymapStateMask))
- {
- xKeymapEvent ke;
- ClientPtr client = wClient(pWin);
- if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixReadAccess))
- memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);
- else
- memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&dev->key->down[1], 31);
-
- ke.type = KeymapNotify;
- DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
- KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the input focus to the given window. Subsequent keyboard events will be
- * delivered to the given window.
- *
- * Usually called from ProcSetInputFocus as result of a client request. If so,
- * the device is the inputInfo.keyboard.
- * If called from ProcXSetInputFocus as result of a client xinput request, the
- * device is set to the device specified by the client.
- *
- * @param client Client that requested input focus change.
- * @param dev Focus device.
- * @param focusID The window to obtain the focus. Can be PointerRoot or None.
- * @param revertTo Specifies where the focus reverts to when window becomes
- * unviewable.
- * @param ctime Specifies the time.
- * @param followOK True if pointer is allowed to follow the keyboard.
- */
-int
-SetInputFocus(
- ClientPtr client,
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- Window focusID,
- CARD8 revertTo,
- Time ctime,
- Bool followOK)
-{
- FocusClassPtr focus;
- WindowPtr focusWin;
- int mode, rc;
- TimeStamp time;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd; /* used for FollowKeyboard or FollowKeyboardWin */
-
-
- UpdateCurrentTime();
- if ((revertTo != RevertToParent) &&
- (revertTo != RevertToPointerRoot) &&
- (revertTo != RevertToNone) &&
- ((revertTo != RevertToFollowKeyboard) || !followOK))
- {
- client->errorValue = revertTo;
- return BadValue;
- }
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
-
- if (IsKeyboardDevice(dev))
- keybd = dev;
- else
- keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
-
- if ((focusID == None) || (focusID == PointerRoot))
- focusWin = (WindowPtr)(long)focusID;
- else if ((focusID == FollowKeyboard) && followOK)
- {
- focusWin = keybd->focus->win;
- }
- else {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&focusWin, focusID, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- /* It is a match error to try to set the input focus to an
- unviewable window. */
- if(!focusWin->realized)
- return BadMatch;
- }
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixSetFocusAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return Success;
-
- focus = dev->focus;
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, focus->time) == EARLIER))
- return Success;
- mode = (dev->deviceGrab.grab) ? NotifyWhileGrabbed : NotifyNormal;
- if (focus->win == FollowKeyboardWin)
- {
- if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin))
- DoFocusEvents(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin, mode);
- } else
- {
- if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, focus->win, focusWin))
- DoFocusEvents(dev, focus->win, focusWin, mode);
- }
- focus->time = time;
- focus->revert = revertTo;
- if (focusID == FollowKeyboard)
- focus->win = FollowKeyboardWin;
- else
- focus->win = focusWin;
- if ((focusWin == NoneWin) || (focusWin == PointerRootWin))
- focus->traceGood = 0;
- else
- {
- int depth = 0;
- WindowPtr pWin;
-
- for (pWin = focusWin; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) depth++;
- if (depth > focus->traceSize)
- {
- focus->traceSize = depth+1;
- focus->trace = realloc(focus->trace,
- focus->traceSize * sizeof(WindowPtr));
- }
- focus->traceGood = depth;
- for (pWin = focusWin, depth--; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent, depth--)
- focus->trace[depth] = pWin;
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for SetInputFocus request.
- *
- * Sets the input focus for the virtual core keyboard.
- */
-int
-ProcSetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- REQUEST(xSetInputFocusReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetInputFocusReq);
-
- return SetInputFocus(client, kbd, stuff->focus,
- stuff->revertTo, stuff->time, FALSE);
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GetInputFocus request.
- *
- * Sends the current input focus for the client's keyboard back to the
- * client.
- */
-int
-ProcGetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
- xGetInputFocusReply rep;
- FocusClassPtr focus = kbd->focus;
- int rc;
- /* REQUEST(xReq); */
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetFocusAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- if (focus->win == NoneWin)
- rep.focus = None;
- else if (focus->win == PointerRootWin)
- rep.focus = PointerRoot;
- else rep.focus = focus->win->drawable.id;
- rep.revertTo = focus->revert;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabPointer request.
- *
- * Sets an active grab on the client's ClientPointer and returns success
- * status to client.
- */
-int
-ProcGrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGrabPointerReply rep;
- DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
- GrabPtr grab;
- GrabMask mask;
- WindowPtr confineTo;
- CursorPtr oldCursor;
- REQUEST(xGrabPointerReq);
- TimeStamp time;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabPointerReq);
- UpdateCurrentTime();
-
- if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (stuff->confineTo == None)
- confineTo = NullWindow;
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
- DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply));
- oldCursor = NullCursor;
- grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- if (grab)
- {
- if (grab->confineTo && !confineTo)
- ConfineCursorToWindow(device, GetCurrentRootWindow(device), FALSE,
- FALSE);
- oldCursor = grab->cursor;
- }
-
- mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
-
- rc = GrabDevice(client, device, stuff->pointerMode, stuff->keyboardMode,
- stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, stuff->time,
- &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, stuff->cursor,
- stuff->confineTo, &rep.status);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (oldCursor && rep.status == GrabSuccess)
- FreeCursor (oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for ChangeActivePointerGrab request.
- *
- * Changes properties of the grab hold by the client. If the client does not
- * hold an active grab on the device, nothing happens.
- */
-int
-ProcChangeActivePointerGrab(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr device;
- GrabPtr grab;
- CursorPtr newCursor, oldCursor;
- REQUEST(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
- TimeStamp time;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
- if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->cursor == None)
- newCursor = NullCursor;
- else
- {
- int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&newCursor, stuff->cursor,
- RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return rc;
- }
- }
-
- device = PickPointer(client);
- grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- if (!grab)
- return Success;
- if (!SameClient(grab, client))
- return Success;
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) == EARLIER))
- return Success;
- oldCursor = grab->cursor;
- grab->cursor = newCursor;
- if (newCursor)
- newCursor->refcnt++;
- PostNewCursor(device);
- if (oldCursor)
- FreeCursor(oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
- grab->eventMask = stuff->eventMask;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabPointer request.
- *
- * Deletes a pointer grab on a device the client has grabbed.
- */
-int
-ProcUngrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
- GrabPtr grab;
- TimeStamp time;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- UpdateCurrentTime();
- grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
- (grab) && SameClient(grab, client))
- (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Sets a grab on the given device.
- *
- * Called from ProcGrabKeyboard to work on the client's keyboard.
- * Called from ProcXGrabDevice to work on the device specified by the client.
- *
- * The parameters this_mode and other_mode represent the keyboard_mode and
- * pointer_mode parameters of XGrabKeyboard().
- * See man page for details on all the parameters
- *
- * @param client Client that owns the grab.
- * @param dev The device to grab.
- * @param this_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
- * @param other_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
- * @param status Return code to be returned to the caller.
- *
- * @returns Success or BadValue.
- */
-int
-GrabDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
- unsigned pointer_mode, unsigned keyboard_mode, Window grabWindow,
- unsigned ownerEvents, Time ctime, GrabMask *mask,
- int grabtype, Cursor curs, Window confineToWin, CARD8 *status)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
- GrabPtr grab;
- TimeStamp time;
- Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
- int rc;
- GrabInfoPtr grabInfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
- CursorPtr cursor;
-
- UpdateCurrentTime();
- if ((keyboard_mode != GrabModeSync) && (keyboard_mode != GrabModeAsync))
- {
- client->errorValue = keyboard_mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((pointer_mode != GrabModeSync) && (pointer_mode != GrabModeAsync))
- {
- client->errorValue = pointer_mode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((ownerEvents != xFalse) && (ownerEvents != xTrue))
- {
- client->errorValue = ownerEvents;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (confineToWin == None)
- confineTo = NullWindow;
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, confineToWin, client,
- DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
-
- if (curs == None)
- cursor = NullCursor;
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, curs, RT_CURSOR,
- client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = curs;
- return rc;
- }
- access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
- }
-
- if (keyboard_mode == GrabModeSync || pointer_mode == GrabModeSync)
- access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
- grab = grabInfo->grab;
- if (grab && grab->grabtype != grabtype)
- *status = AlreadyGrabbed;
- if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
- *status = AlreadyGrabbed;
- else if ((!pWin->realized) ||
- (confineTo &&
- !(confineTo->realized
- && BorderSizeNotEmpty(dev, confineTo))))
- *status = GrabNotViewable;
- else if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabInfo->grabTime) == EARLIER))
- *status = GrabInvalidTime;
- else if (grabInfo->sync.frozen &&
- grabInfo->sync.other && !SameClient(grabInfo->sync.other, client))
- *status = GrabFrozen;
- else
- {
- GrabRec tempGrab;
-
- /* Otherwise segfaults happen on grabbed MPX devices */
- memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
-
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
- tempGrab.window = pWin;
- tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
- tempGrab.ownerEvents = ownerEvents;
- tempGrab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;
- tempGrab.pointerMode = pointer_mode;
- if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- tempGrab.eventMask = mask->core;
- else if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI)
- tempGrab.eventMask = mask->xi;
- else
- memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, mask->xi2mask, sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
- tempGrab.device = dev;
- tempGrab.cursor = cursor;
- tempGrab.confineTo = confineTo;
- tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;
- (*grabInfo->ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab, time, FALSE);
- *status = GrabSuccess;
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKeyboard request.
- *
- * Grabs the client's keyboard and returns success status to client.
- */
-int
-ProcGrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xGrabKeyboardReply rep;
- REQUEST(xGrabKeyboardReq);
- int result;
- DeviceIntPtr keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
- GrabMask mask;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyboardReq);
-
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply));
- mask.core = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;
-
- result = GrabDevice(client, keyboard, stuff->pointerMode,
- stuff->keyboardMode, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents,
- stuff->time, &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, None, None,
- &rep.status);
-
- if (result != Success)
- return result;
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply), &rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKeyboard request.
- *
- * Deletes a possible grab on the client's keyboard.
- */
-int
-ProcUngrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr device = PickKeyboard(client);
- GrabPtr grab;
- TimeStamp time;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
- UpdateCurrentTime();
-
- grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
-
- time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
- if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
- (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
- (grab) && SameClient(grab, client) && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
- (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for QueryPointer request.
- *
- * Returns the current state and position of the client's ClientPointer to the
- * client.
- */
-int
-ProcQueryPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryPointerReply rep;
- WindowPtr pWin, t;
- DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
- DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
- SpritePtr pSprite;
- int rc;
- REQUEST(xResourceReq);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
- return rc;
-
- keyboard = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
-
- pSprite = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite;
- if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
- MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
- memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply));
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.mask = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state) : 0;
- rep.mask |= XkbStateFieldFromRec(&keyboard->key->xkbInfo->state);
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.root = (GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse))->drawable.id;
- rep.rootX = pSprite->hot.x;
- rep.rootY = pSprite->hot.y;
- rep.child = None;
- if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
- {
- rep.sameScreen = xTrue;
- rep.winX = pSprite->hot.x - pWin->drawable.x;
- rep.winY = pSprite->hot.y - pWin->drawable.y;
- for (t = pSprite->win; t; t = t->parent)
- if (t->parent == pWin)
- {
- rep.child = t->drawable.id;
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- rep.sameScreen = xFalse;
- rep.winX = 0;
- rep.winY = 0;
- }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- rep.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- rep.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- if(stuff->id == rep.root) {
- rep.winX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- rep.winY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- if (rc == BadAccess) {
- rep.mask = 0;
- rep.child = None;
- rep.rootX = 0;
- rep.rootY = 0;
- rep.winX = 0;
- rep.winY = 0;
- }
-
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply), &rep);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Initializes the device list and the DIX sprite to sane values. Allocates
- * trace memory used for quick window traversal.
- */
-void
-InitEvents(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- inputInfo.numDevices = 0;
- inputInfo.devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- inputInfo.off_devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- inputInfo.keyboard = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- inputInfo.pointer = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
- {
- memcpy(&filters[i], default_filter, sizeof(default_filter));
- }
-
- syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
- syncEvents.replayWin = NullWindow;
- while (syncEvents.pending)
- {
- QdEventPtr next = syncEvents.pending->next;
- free(syncEvents.pending);
- syncEvents.pending = next;
- }
- syncEvents.pendtail = &syncEvents.pending;
- syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
- syncEvents.time.months = 0;
- syncEvents.time.milliseconds = 0; /* hardly matters */
- currentTime.months = 0;
- currentTime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
- lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
- for (i = 0; i < DNPMCOUNT; i++)
- {
- DontPropagateMasks[i] = 0;
- DontPropagateRefCnts[i] = 0;
- }
-
- InputEventList = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
- if (!InputEventList)
- FatalError("[dix] Failed to allocate input event list.\n");
-}
-
-void
-CloseDownEvents(void)
-{
- FreeEventList(InputEventList, GetMaximumEventsNum());
- InputEventList = NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for SendEvent request.
- *
- * Locates the window to send the event to and forwards the event.
- */
-int
-ProcSendEvent(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- WindowPtr effectiveFocus = NullWindow; /* only set if dest==InputFocus */
- DeviceIntPtr dev = PickPointer(client);
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
- SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
- REQUEST(xSendEventReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSendEventReq);
-
- /* The client's event type must be a core event type or one defined by an
- extension. */
-
- if ( ! ((stuff->event.u.u.type > X_Reply &&
- stuff->event.u.u.type < LASTEvent) ||
- (stuff->event.u.u.type >= EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE &&
- stuff->event.u.u.type < (unsigned)lastEvent)))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.type;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->event.u.u.type == ClientMessage &&
- stuff->event.u.u.detail != 8 &&
- stuff->event.u.u.detail != 16 &&
- stuff->event.u.u.detail != 32)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.detail;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->eventMask & ~AllEventMasks)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
- return BadValue;
- }
-
- if (stuff->destination == PointerWindow)
- pWin = pSprite->win;
- else if (stuff->destination == InputFocus)
- {
- WindowPtr inputFocus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : NoneWin;
-
- if (inputFocus == NoneWin)
- return Success;
-
- /* If the input focus is PointerRootWin, send the event to where
- the pointer is if possible, then perhaps propogate up to root. */
- if (inputFocus == PointerRootWin)
- inputFocus = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
-
- if (IsParent(inputFocus, pSprite->win))
- {
- effectiveFocus = inputFocus;
- pWin = pSprite->win;
- }
- else
- effectiveFocus = pWin = inputFocus;
- }
- else
- dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->destination, client, DixSendAccess);
-
- if (!pWin)
- return BadWindow;
- if ((stuff->propagate != xFalse) && (stuff->propagate != xTrue))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->propagate;
- return BadValue;
- }
- stuff->event.u.u.type |= 0x80;
- if (stuff->propagate)
- {
- for (;pWin; pWin = pWin->parent)
- {
- if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin,
- &stuff->event, 1))
- return Success;
- if (DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin,
- &stuff->event, 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab))
- return Success;
- if (pWin == effectiveFocus)
- return Success;
- stuff->eventMask &= ~wDontPropagateMask(pWin);
- if (!stuff->eventMask)
- break;
- }
- }
- else if (!XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, &stuff->event, 1))
- DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &stuff->event,
- 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab);
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKey request.
- *
- * Deletes a passive grab for the given key. Works on the
- * client's keyboard.
- */
-int
-ProcUngrabKey(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xUngrabKeyReq);
- WindowPtr pWin;
- GrabRec tempGrab;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabKeyReq);
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
- (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
- && (stuff->key != AnyKey))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->key;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
- (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
- return BadValue;
- }
- tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
- tempGrab.device = keybd;
- tempGrab.window = pWin;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
- tempGrab.type = KeyPress;
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->key;
- tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
-
- if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
- return BadAlloc;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKey request.
- *
- * Creates a grab for the client's keyboard and adds it to the list of passive
- * grabs.
- */
-int
-ProcGrabKey(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- REQUEST(xGrabKeyReq);
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
- int rc;
- GrabParameters param;
- GrabMask mask;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyReq);
-
- memset(&param, 0, sizeof(param));
- param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
- param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
- param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
- param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
-
- rc = CheckGrabValues(client, &param);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
- (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
- && (stuff->key != AnyKey))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->key;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
-
- mask.core = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask);
-
- grab = CreateGrab(client->index, keybd, keybd, pWin, GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask,
- &param, KeyPress, stuff->key, NullWindow, NullCursor);
- if (!grab)
- return BadAlloc;
- return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for GrabButton request.
- *
- * Creates a grab for the client's ClientPointer and adds it as a passive grab
- * to the list.
- */
-int
-ProcGrabButton(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
- REQUEST(xGrabButtonReq);
- CursorPtr cursor;
- GrabPtr grab;
- DeviceIntPtr ptr, modifierDevice;
- Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
- GrabMask mask;
- GrabParameters param;
- int rc;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabButtonReq);
- if ((stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeSync) &&
- (stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeAsync))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->pointerMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeSync) &&
- (stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeAsync))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->keyboardMode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
- (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if ((stuff->ownerEvents != xFalse) && (stuff->ownerEvents != xTrue))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->ownerEvents;
- return BadValue;
- }
- if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- if (stuff->confineTo == None)
- confineTo = NullWindow;
- else {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
- DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- if (stuff->cursor == None)
- cursor = NullCursor;
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
- client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return rc;
- }
- access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
- }
-
- ptr = PickPointer(client);
- modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
- if (stuff->pointerMode == GrabModeSync ||
- stuff->keyboardMode == GrabModeSync)
- access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, access_mode);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- memset(&param, 0, sizeof(param));
- param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
- param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
- param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
- param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
-
- mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
-
- grab = CreateGrab(client->index, ptr, modifierDevice, pWin,
- GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, &param, ButtonPress,
- stuff->button, confineTo, cursor);
- if (!grab)
- return BadAlloc;
- return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabButton request.
- *
- * Deletes a passive grab on the client's ClientPointer from the list.
- */
-int
-ProcUngrabButton(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xUngrabButtonReq);
- WindowPtr pWin;
- GrabRec tempGrab;
- int rc;
- DeviceIntPtr ptr;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabButtonReq);
- if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
- (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
- return BadValue;
- }
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- ptr = PickPointer(client);
-
- tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
- tempGrab.device = ptr;
- tempGrab.window = pWin;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
- tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
- tempGrab.type = ButtonPress;
- tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->button;
- tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
- tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
- tempGrab.next = NULL;
-
- if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
- return BadAlloc;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deactivate any grab that may be on the window, remove the focus.
- * Delete any XInput extension events from the window too. Does not change the
- * window mask. Use just before the window is deleted.
- *
- * If freeResources is set, passive grabs on the window are deleted.
- *
- * @param pWin The window to delete events from.
- * @param freeResources True if resources associated with the window should be
- * deleted.
- */
-void
-DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(WindowPtr pWin, Bool freeResources)
-{
- WindowPtr parent;
- DeviceIntPtr mouse = inputInfo.pointer;
- DeviceIntPtr keybd = inputInfo.keyboard;
- FocusClassPtr focus;
- OtherClientsPtr oc;
- GrabPtr passive;
- GrabPtr grab;
-
-
- /* Deactivate any grabs performed on this window, before making any
- input focus changes. */
- grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab &&
- ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
- (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
-
-
- /* Deactivating a keyboard grab should cause focus events. */
- grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab && (grab->window == pWin))
- (*keybd->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(keybd);
-
- /* And now the real devices */
- for (mouse = inputInfo.devices; mouse; mouse = mouse->next)
- {
- grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab && ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
- (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
- }
-
-
- for (keybd = inputInfo.devices; keybd; keybd = keybd->next)
- {
- if (IsKeyboardDevice(keybd))
- {
- focus = keybd->focus;
-
- /* If the focus window is a root window (ie. has no parent) then don't
- delete the focus from it. */
-
- if ((pWin == focus->win) && (pWin->parent != NullWindow))
- {
- int focusEventMode = NotifyNormal;
-
- /* If a grab is in progress, then alter the mode of focus events. */
-
- if (keybd->deviceGrab.grab)
- focusEventMode = NotifyWhileGrabbed;
-
- switch (focus->revert)
- {
- case RevertToNone:
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, NoneWin, focusEventMode);
- focus->win = NoneWin;
- focus->traceGood = 0;
- break;
- case RevertToParent:
- parent = pWin;
- do
- {
- parent = parent->parent;
- focus->traceGood--;
- } while (!parent->realized
- /* This would be a good protocol change -- windows being reparented
- during SaveSet processing would cause the focus to revert to the
- nearest enclosing window which will survive the death of the exiting
- client, instead of ending up reverting to a dying window and thence
- to None
- */
-#ifdef NOTDEF
- || wClient(parent)->clientGone
-#endif
- );
- if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, parent))
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, parent, focusEventMode);
- focus->win = parent;
- focus->revert = RevertToNone;
- break;
- case RevertToPointerRoot:
- if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin))
- DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin, focusEventMode);
- focus->win = PointerRootWin;
- focus->traceGood = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (IsPointerDevice(keybd))
- {
- if (keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
- keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
- }
- }
-
- if (freeResources)
- {
- if (pWin->dontPropagate)
- DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
- while ( (oc = wOtherClients(pWin)) )
- FreeResource(oc->resource, RT_NONE);
- while ( (passive = wPassiveGrabs(pWin)) )
- FreeResource(passive->resource, RT_NONE);
- }
-
- DeleteWindowFromAnyExtEvents(pWin, freeResources);
-}
-
-/**
- * Call this whenever some window at or below pWin has changed geometry. If
- * there is a grab on the window, the cursor will be re-confined into the
- * window.
- */
-void
-CheckCursorConfinement(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- GrabPtr grab;
- WindowPtr confineTo;
- DeviceIntPtr pDev;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) return;
-#endif
-
- for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
- {
- if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab && (confineTo = grab->confineTo))
- {
- if (!BorderSizeNotEmpty(pDev, confineTo))
- (*pDev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(pDev);
- else if ((pWin == confineTo) || IsParent(pWin, confineTo))
- ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-Mask
-EventMaskForClient(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
-{
- OtherClientsPtr other;
-
- if (wClient (pWin) == client)
- return pWin->eventMask;
- for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
- {
- if (SameClient(other, client))
- return other->mask;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Server-side protocol handling for RecolorCursor request.
- */
-int
-ProcRecolorCursor(ClientPtr client)
-{
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- int rc, nscr;
- ScreenPtr pscr;
- Bool displayed;
- SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
- REQUEST(xRecolorCursorReq);
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecolorCursorReq);
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
- client, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return rc;
- }
-
- pCursor->foreRed = stuff->foreRed;
- pCursor->foreGreen = stuff->foreGreen;
- pCursor->foreBlue = stuff->foreBlue;
-
- pCursor->backRed = stuff->backRed;
- pCursor->backGreen = stuff->backGreen;
- pCursor->backBlue = stuff->backBlue;
-
- for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
- {
- pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
- displayed = (pscr == pSprite->screen);
- else
-#endif
- displayed = (pscr == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen);
- ( *pscr->RecolorCursor)(PickPointer(client), pscr, pCursor,
- (pCursor == pSprite->current) && displayed);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Write the given events to a client, swapping the byte order if necessary.
- * To swap the byte ordering, a callback is called that has to be set up for
- * the given event type.
- *
- * In the case of DeviceMotionNotify trailed by DeviceValuators, the events
- * can be more than one. Usually it's just one event.
- *
- * Do not modify the event structure passed in. See comment below.
- *
- * @param pClient Client to send events to.
- * @param count Number of events.
- * @param events The event list.
- */
-void
-WriteEventsToClient(ClientPtr pClient, int count, xEvent *events)
-{
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- xEvent eventCopy;
-#endif
- xEvent *eventTo, *eventFrom;
- int i,
- eventlength = sizeof(xEvent);
-
- if (!pClient || pClient == serverClient || pClient->clientGone)
- return;
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- if ((events[i].u.u.type & 0x7f) != KeymapNotify)
- events[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;
-
- /* Let XKB rewrite the state, as it depends on client preferences. */
- XkbFilterEvents(pClient, count, events);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
- (screenInfo.screens[0]->x || screenInfo.screens[0]->y))
- {
- switch(events->u.u.type) {
- case MotionNotify:
- case ButtonPress:
- case ButtonRelease:
- case KeyPress:
- case KeyRelease:
- case EnterNotify:
- case LeaveNotify:
- /*
- When multiple clients want the same event DeliverEventsToWindow
- passes the same event structure multiple times so we can't
- modify the one passed to us
- */
- count = 1; /* should always be 1 */
- memcpy(&eventCopy, events, sizeof(xEvent));
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- if(eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.event ==
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.root)
- {
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
- events = &eventCopy;
- break;
- default: break;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- if (EventCallback)
- {
- EventInfoRec eventinfo;
- eventinfo.client = pClient;
- eventinfo.events = events;
- eventinfo.count = count;
- CallCallbacks(&EventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
- }
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- if (XSERVER_SEND_EVENT_ENABLED()) {
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- XSERVER_SEND_EVENT(pClient->index, events[i].u.u.type, &events[i]);
- }
- }
-#endif
- /* Just a safety check to make sure we only have one GenericEvent, it just
- * makes things easier for me right now. (whot) */
- for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
- {
- if (events[i].u.u.type == GenericEvent)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] TryClientEvents: Only one GenericEvent at a time.\n");
- return;
- }
- }
-
- if (events->u.u.type == GenericEvent)
- {
- eventlength += ((xGenericEvent*)events)->length * 4;
- }
-
- if(pClient->swapped)
- {
- if (eventlength > swapEventLen)
- {
- swapEventLen = eventlength;
- swapEvent = realloc(swapEvent, swapEventLen);
- if (!swapEvent)
- {
- FatalError("WriteEventsToClient: Out of memory.\n");
- return;
- }
- }
-
- for(i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- eventFrom = &events[i];
- eventTo = swapEvent;
-
- /* Remember to strip off the leading bit of type in case
- this event was sent with "SendEvent." */
- (*EventSwapVector[eventFrom->u.u.type & 0177])
- (eventFrom, eventTo);
-
- WriteToClient(pClient, eventlength, (char *)eventTo);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* only one GenericEvent, remember? that means either count is 1 and
- * eventlength is arbitrary or eventlength is 32 and count doesn't
- * matter. And we're all set. Woohoo. */
- WriteToClient(pClient, count * eventlength, (char *) events);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the client pointer for the given client.
- *
- * A client can have exactly one ClientPointer. Each time a
- * request/reply/event is processed and the choice of devices is ambiguous
- * (e.g. QueryPointer request), the server will pick the ClientPointer (see
- * PickPointer()).
- * If a keyboard is needed, the first keyboard paired with the CP is used.
- */
-int
-SetClientPointer(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr device)
-{
- int rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, device, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
-
- if (!IsMaster(device))
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] Need master device for ClientPointer. This is a bug.\n");
- return BadDevice;
- } else if (!device->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] Device %d does not have a sprite. "
- "Cannot be ClientPointer\n", device->id);
- return BadDevice;
- }
- client->clientPtr = device;
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* PickPointer will pick an appropriate pointer for the given client.
- *
- * An "appropriate device" is (in order of priority):
- * 1) A device the given client has a core grab on.
- * 2) A device set as ClientPointer for the given client.
- * 3) The first master device.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-PickPointer(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
-
- /* First, check if the client currently has a grab on a device. Even
- * keyboards count. */
- for(it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
- {
- GrabPtr grab = it->deviceGrab.grab;
- if (grab && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && SameClient(grab, client))
- {
- it = GetMaster(it, MASTER_POINTER);
- return it; /* Always return a core grabbed device */
- }
- }
-
- if (!client->clientPtr)
- {
- it = inputInfo.devices;
- while (it)
- {
- if (IsMaster(it) && it->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
- {
- client->clientPtr = it;
- break;
- }
- it = it->next;
- }
- }
- return client->clientPtr;
-}
-
-/* PickKeyboard will pick an appropriate keyboard for the given client by
- * searching the list of devices for the keyboard device that is paired with
- * the client's pointer.
- */
-DeviceIntPtr
-PickKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
- DeviceIntPtr kbd = GetMaster(ptr, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
-
- if (!kbd)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] ClientPointer not paired with a keyboard. This "
- "is a bug.\n");
- }
-
- return kbd;
-}
-
-/* A client that has one or more core grabs does not get core events from
- * devices it does not have a grab on. Legacy applications behave bad
- * otherwise because they are not used to it and the events interfere.
- * Only applies for core events.
- *
- * Return true if a core event from the device would interfere and should not
- * be delivered.
- */
-Bool
-IsInterferingGrab(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* event)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
-
- switch(event->u.u.type)
- {
- case KeyPress:
- case KeyRelease:
- case ButtonPress:
- case ButtonRelease:
- case MotionNotify:
- case EnterNotify:
- case LeaveNotify:
- break;
- default:
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
- return FALSE;
-
- while(it)
- {
- if (it != dev)
- {
- if (it->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(it->deviceGrab.grab, client)
- && !it->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab)
- {
- if ((IsPointerDevice(it) && IsPointerDevice(dev)) ||
- (IsKeyboardDevice(it) && IsKeyboardDevice(dev)))
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- it = it->next;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2005, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/** @file events.c
+ * This file handles event delivery and a big part of the server-side protocol
+ * handling (the parts for input devices).
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+#include "globals.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+#include <sys/types.h>
+typedef const char *string;
+#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+#include "dispatch.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/ge.h>
+#include "geext.h"
+#include "geint.h"
+
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "enterleave.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+
+/* Extension events type numbering starts at EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE. */
+#define NoSuchEvent 0x80000000 /* so doesn't match NoEventMask */
+#define StructureAndSubMask ( StructureNotifyMask | SubstructureNotifyMask )
+#define AllButtonsMask ( \
+ Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask )
+#define MotionMask ( \
+ PointerMotionMask | Button1MotionMask | \
+ Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask | Button4MotionMask | \
+ Button5MotionMask | ButtonMotionMask )
+#define PropagateMask ( \
+ KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
+ MotionMask )
+#define PointerGrabMask ( \
+ ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | \
+ EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | \
+ PointerMotionHintMask | KeymapStateMask | \
+ MotionMask )
+#define AllModifiersMask ( \
+ ShiftMask | LockMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod2Mask | \
+ Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask | Mod5Mask )
+#define LastEventMask OwnerGrabButtonMask
+#define AllEventMasks (LastEventMask|(LastEventMask-1))
+
+
+/* @return the core event type or 0 if the event is not a core event */
+static inline int
+core_get_type(const xEvent *event)
+{
+ int type = event->u.u.type;
+
+ return ((type & EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE) || type == GenericEvent) ? 0 : type;
+}
+
+/* @return the XI2 event type or 0 if the event is not a XI2 event */
+static inline int
+xi2_get_type(const xEvent *event)
+{
+ xGenericEvent* e = (xGenericEvent*)event;
+
+ return (e->type != GenericEvent || e->extension != IReqCode) ? 0 : e->evtype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Used to indicate a implicit passive grab created by a ButtonPress event.
+ * See DeliverEventsToWindow().
+ */
+#define ImplicitGrabMask (1 << 7)
+
+#define WID(w) ((w) ? ((w)->drawable.id) : 0)
+
+#define XE_KBPTR (xE->u.keyButtonPointer)
+
+
+CallbackListPtr EventCallback;
+CallbackListPtr DeviceEventCallback;
+
+#define DNPMCOUNT 8
+
+Mask DontPropagateMasks[DNPMCOUNT];
+static int DontPropagateRefCnts[DNPMCOUNT];
+
+static void CheckVirtualMotion( DeviceIntPtr pDev, QdEventPtr qe, WindowPtr pWin);
+static void CheckPhysLimits(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ CursorPtr cursor,
+ Bool generateEvents,
+ Bool confineToScreen,
+ ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/** Key repeat hack. Do not use but in TryClientEvents */
+extern BOOL EventIsKeyRepeat(xEvent *event);
+
+/**
+ * Main input device struct.
+ * inputInfo.pointer
+ * is the core pointer. Referred to as "virtual core pointer", "VCP",
+ * "core pointer" or inputInfo.pointer. The VCP is the first master
+ * pointer device and cannot be deleted.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.keyboard
+ * is the core keyboard ("virtual core keyboard", "VCK", "core keyboard").
+ * See inputInfo.pointer.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.devices
+ * linked list containing all devices including VCP and VCK.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.off_devices
+ * Devices that have not been initialized and are thus turned off.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.numDevices
+ * Total number of devices.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.all_devices
+ * Virtual device used for XIAllDevices passive grabs. This device is
+ * not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
+ * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
+ * reference.
+ *
+ * inputInfo.all_master_devices
+ * Virtual device used for XIAllMasterDevices passive grabs. This device
+ * is not part of the inputInfo.devices list and mostly unset except for
+ * the deviceid. It exists because passivegrabs need a valid device
+ * reference.
+ */
+InputInfo inputInfo;
+
+EventSyncInfoRec syncEvents;
+
+/**
+ * The root window the given device is currently on.
+ */
+#define RootWindow(sprite) sprite->spriteTrace[0]
+
+static xEvent* swapEvent = NULL;
+static int swapEventLen = 0;
+
+void
+NotImplemented(xEvent *from, xEvent *to)
+{
+ FatalError("Not implemented");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert the given event type from an XI event to a core event.
+ * @param[in] The XI 1.x event type.
+ * @return The matching core event type or 0 if there is none.
+ */
+int
+XItoCoreType(int xitype)
+{
+ int coretype = 0;
+ if (xitype == DeviceMotionNotify)
+ coretype = MotionNotify;
+ else if (xitype == DeviceButtonPress)
+ coretype = ButtonPress;
+ else if (xitype == DeviceButtonRelease)
+ coretype = ButtonRelease;
+ else if (xitype == DeviceKeyPress)
+ coretype = KeyPress;
+ else if (xitype == DeviceKeyRelease)
+ coretype = KeyRelease;
+
+ return coretype;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return true if the device owns a cursor, false if device shares a cursor
+ * sprite with another device.
+ */
+Bool
+DevHasCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner;
+}
+
+/*
+ * @return true if a device is a pointer, check is the same as used by XI to
+ * fill the 'use' field.
+ */
+Bool
+IsPointerDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ return (dev->type == MASTER_POINTER) ||
+ (dev->valuator && dev->button) ||
+ (dev->valuator && !dev->key);
+}
+
+/*
+ * @return true if a device is a keyboard, check is the same as used by XI to
+ * fill the 'use' field.
+ *
+ * Some pointer devices have keys as well (e.g. multimedia keys). Try to not
+ * count them as keyboard devices.
+ */
+Bool
+IsKeyboardDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ return (dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD) ||
+ ((dev->key && dev->kbdfeed) && !IsPointerDevice(dev));
+}
+
+Bool
+IsMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ return dev->type == MASTER_POINTER || dev->type == MASTER_KEYBOARD;
+}
+
+Bool
+IsFloating(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ return GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Max event opcode.
+ */
+extern int lastEvent;
+
+extern int DeviceMotionNotify;
+
+#define CantBeFiltered NoEventMask
+/**
+ * Event masks for each event type.
+ *
+ * One set of filters for each device, initialized by memcpy of
+ * default_filter in InitEvents.
+ *
+ * Filters are used whether a given event may be delivered to a client,
+ * usually in the form of if (window-event-mask & filter); then deliver event.
+ *
+ * One notable filter is for PointerMotion/DevicePointerMotion events. Each
+ * time a button is pressed, the filter is modified to also contain the
+ * matching ButtonXMotion mask.
+ */
+static Mask filters[MAXDEVICES][128];
+
+static const Mask default_filter[128] =
+{
+ NoSuchEvent, /* 0 */
+ NoSuchEvent, /* 1 */
+ KeyPressMask, /* KeyPress */
+ KeyReleaseMask, /* KeyRelease */
+ ButtonPressMask, /* ButtonPress */
+ ButtonReleaseMask, /* ButtonRelease */
+ PointerMotionMask, /* MotionNotify (initial state) */
+ EnterWindowMask, /* EnterNotify */
+ LeaveWindowMask, /* LeaveNotify */
+ FocusChangeMask, /* FocusIn */
+ FocusChangeMask, /* FocusOut */
+ KeymapStateMask, /* KeymapNotify */
+ ExposureMask, /* Expose */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* GraphicsExpose */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* NoExpose */
+ VisibilityChangeMask, /* VisibilityNotify */
+ SubstructureNotifyMask, /* CreateNotify */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* DestroyNotify */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* UnmapNotify */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* MapNotify */
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, /* MapRequest */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* ReparentNotify */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* ConfigureNotify */
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, /* ConfigureRequest */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* GravityNotify */
+ ResizeRedirectMask, /* ResizeRequest */
+ StructureAndSubMask, /* CirculateNotify */
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, /* CirculateRequest */
+ PropertyChangeMask, /* PropertyNotify */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionClear */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionRequest */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* SelectionNotify */
+ ColormapChangeMask, /* ColormapNotify */
+ CantBeFiltered, /* ClientMessage */
+ CantBeFiltered /* MappingNotify */
+};
+
+/**
+ * For the given event, return the matching event filter. This filter may then
+ * be AND'ed with the selected event mask.
+ *
+ * For XI2 events, the returned filter is simply the byte containing the event
+ * mask we're interested in. E.g. for a mask of (1 << 13), this would be
+ * byte[1].
+ *
+ * @param[in] dev The device the event belongs to, may be NULL.
+ * @param[in] event The event to get the filter for. Only the type of the
+ * event matters, or the extension + evtype for GenericEvents.
+ * @return The filter mask for the given event.
+ *
+ * @see GetEventMask
+ */
+Mask
+GetEventFilter(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event)
+{
+ int evtype = 0;
+
+ if (event->u.u.type != GenericEvent)
+ return filters[dev ? dev->id : 0][event->u.u.type];
+ else if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))
+ return (1 << (evtype % 8));
+ ErrorF("[dix] Unknown event type %d. No filter\n", event->u.u.type);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the windows complete XI2 mask for the given XI2 event type.
+ */
+Mask
+GetWindowXI2Mask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent* ev)
+{
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+ int filter;
+ int evtype;
+
+ if (!inputMasks || xi2_get_type(ev) == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ evtype = ((xGenericEvent*)ev)->evtype;
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, ev);
+
+ return ((inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][evtype/8] & filter) ||
+ inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] ||
+ (inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] && IsMaster(dev)));
+}
+
+Mask
+GetEventMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *event, InputClients* other)
+{
+ int evtype;
+
+ /* XI2 filters are only ever 8 bit, so let's return a 8 bit mask */
+ if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(event)))
+ {
+ int byte = evtype / 8;
+ return (other->xi2mask[dev->id][byte] |
+ other->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][byte] |
+ (IsMaster(dev)? other->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][byte] : 0));
+ } else if (core_get_type(event) != 0)
+ return other->mask[XIAllDevices];
+ else
+ return other->mask[dev->id];
+}
+
+
+static CARD8 criticalEvents[32] =
+{
+ 0x7c, 0x30, 0x40 /* key, button, expose, and configure events */
+};
+
+static void
+SyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr dev, int x, int y) {
+ int screenno = 0;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ screenno = dev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
+#endif
+ PostSyntheticMotion(dev, x, y, screenno,
+ (syncEvents.playingEvents) ? syncEvents.time.milliseconds : currentTime.milliseconds);
+
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+static void PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev);
+
+static Bool
+pointOnScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ return x >= pScreen->x && x < pScreen->x + pScreen->width &&
+ y >= pScreen->y && y < pScreen->y + pScreen->height;
+}
+
+static Bool
+XineramaSetCursorPosition(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Bool generateEvent
+){
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ int i;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ /* x,y are in Screen 0 coordinates. We need to decide what Screen
+ to send the message too and what the coordinates relative to
+ that screen are. */
+
+ pScreen = pSprite->screen;
+ x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+
+ if(!pointOnScreen(pScreen, x, y))
+ {
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i)
+ {
+ if(i == pScreen->myNum)
+ continue;
+ if(pointOnScreen(screenInfo.screens[i], x, y))
+ {
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pSprite->screen = pScreen;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y = y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ x -= pScreen->x;
+ y -= pScreen->y;
+
+ return (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(pDev, pScreen, x, y, generateEvent);
+}
+
+
+static void
+XineramaConstrainCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ BoxRec newBox;
+
+ pScreen = pSprite->screen;
+ newBox = pSprite->physLimits;
+
+ /* Translate the constraining box to the screen
+ the sprite is actually on */
+ newBox.x1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;
+ newBox.x2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - pScreen->x;
+ newBox.y1 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;
+ newBox.y2 += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - pScreen->y;
+
+ (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &newBox);
+}
+
+
+static Bool
+XineramaSetWindowPntrs(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ if(pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
+ int i;
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i)
+ pSprite->windows[i] = screenInfo.screens[i]->root;
+ } else {
+ PanoramiXRes *win;
+ int rc, i;
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, pWin->drawable.id,
+ XRT_WINDOW, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(pSprite->windows + i, win->info[i].id,
+ serverClient, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) /* window is being unmapped */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Bool generateEvents)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
+
+ if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
+ return;
+
+ i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
+
+ RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg1,
+ &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+ off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+ off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+ while(i--) {
+ x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+ y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+ if(x || y)
+ RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, x, y);
+
+ RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg1, &pSprite->Reg1,
+ &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+
+ off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+ off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+ }
+
+ pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pSprite->Reg1);
+
+ if(RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg1) > 1)
+ pSprite->hotShape = &pSprite->Reg1;
+ else
+ pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
+
+ pSprite->confined = FALSE;
+ pSprite->confineWin = (pWin == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) ? NullWindow : pWin;
+
+ CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents, FALSE, NULL);
+}
+
+#endif /* PANORAMIX */
+
+/**
+ * Modifies the filter for the given protocol event type to the given masks.
+ *
+ * There's only two callers: UpdateDeviceState() and XI's SetMaskForExtEvent().
+ * The latter initialises masks for the matching XI events, it's a once-off
+ * setting.
+ * UDS however changes the mask for MotionNotify and DeviceMotionNotify each
+ * time a button is pressed to include the matching ButtonXMotion mask in the
+ * filter.
+ *
+ * @param[in] deviceid The device to modify the filter for.
+ * @param[in] mask The new filter mask.
+ * @param[in] event Protocol event type.
+ */
+void
+SetMaskForEvent(int deviceid, Mask mask, int event)
+{
+ if (deviceid < 0 || deviceid >= MAXDEVICES)
+ FatalError("SetMaskForEvent: bogus device id");
+ filters[deviceid][event] = mask;
+}
+
+void
+SetCriticalEvent(int event)
+{
+ if (event >= 128)
+ FatalError("SetCriticalEvent: bogus event number");
+ criticalEvents[event >> 3] |= 1 << (event & 7);
+}
+
+void
+ConfineToShape(DeviceIntPtr pDev, RegionPtr shape, int *px, int *py)
+{
+ BoxRec box;
+ int x = *px, y = *py;
+ int incx = 1, incy = 1;
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+
+ pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ if (RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box))
+ return;
+ box = *RegionExtents(shape);
+ /* this is rather crude */
+ do {
+ x += incx;
+ if (x >= box.x2)
+ {
+ incx = -1;
+ x = *px - 1;
+ }
+ else if (x < box.x1)
+ {
+ incx = 1;
+ x = *px;
+ y += incy;
+ if (y >= box.y2)
+ {
+ incy = -1;
+ y = *py - 1;
+ }
+ else if (y < box.y1)
+ return; /* should never get here! */
+ }
+ } while (!RegionContainsPoint(shape, x, y, &box));
+ *px = x;
+ *py = y;
+}
+
+static void
+CheckPhysLimits(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ CursorPtr cursor,
+ Bool generateEvents,
+ Bool confineToScreen, /* unused if PanoramiX on */
+ ScreenPtr pScreen) /* unused if PanoramiX on */
+{
+ HotSpot new;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ if (!cursor)
+ return;
+ new = pSprite->hotPhys;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ /* I don't care what the DDX has to say about it */
+ pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pScreen)
+ new.pScreen = pScreen;
+ else
+ pScreen = new.pScreen;
+ (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev, pScreen, cursor, &pSprite->hotLimits,
+ &pSprite->physLimits);
+ pSprite->confined = confineToScreen;
+ (* pScreen->ConstrainCursor)(pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
+ }
+
+ /* constrain the pointer to those limits */
+ if (new.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+ new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+ else
+ if (new.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+ new.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+ if (new.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+ new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+ else
+ if (new.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+ new.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hotShape)
+ ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &new.x, &new.y);
+ if ((
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ noPanoramiXExtension &&
+#endif
+ (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)) ||
+ (new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y))
+ {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ {
+ if (pScreen && ((new.x != pSprite->hotPhys.x) || (new.y != pSprite->hotPhys.y)))
+ XineramaSetCursorPosition (pDev, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ pSprite->hotPhys = new;
+ (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition)
+ (pDev, pScreen, new.x, new.y, generateEvents);
+ }
+ if (!generateEvents)
+ SyntheticMotion(pDev, new.x, new.y);
+ }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* Tell DDX what the limits are */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ XineramaConstrainCursor(pDev);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+CheckVirtualMotion(
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ QdEventPtr qe,
+ WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ RegionPtr reg = NULL;
+ DeviceEvent *ev = NULL;
+
+ if (qe)
+ {
+ ev = &qe->event->device_event;
+ switch(ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ pSprite->hot.pScreen = qe->pScreen;
+ pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
+ pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
+ pWin = pDev->deviceGrab.grab ? pDev->deviceGrab.grab->confineTo : NullWindow;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (pWin)
+ {
+ BoxRec lims;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ int x, y, off_x, off_y, i;
+
+ if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin))
+ return;
+
+ i = PanoramiXNumScreens - 1;
+
+ RegionCopy(&pSprite->Reg2,
+ &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+ off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+ off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+ while(i--) {
+ x = off_x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+ y = off_y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+ if(x || y)
+ RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, x, y);
+
+ RegionUnion(&pSprite->Reg2, &pSprite->Reg2,
+ &pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize);
+
+ off_x = screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+ off_y = screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+ }
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+ {
+ pSprite->hot.pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->hot.y = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ lims = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);
+ if (pSprite->hot.x < lims.x1)
+ pSprite->hot.x = lims.x1;
+ else if (pSprite->hot.x >= lims.x2)
+ pSprite->hot.x = lims.x2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hot.y < lims.y1)
+ pSprite->hot.y = lims.y1;
+ else if (pSprite->hot.y >= lims.y2)
+ pSprite->hot.y = lims.y2 - 1;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ {
+ if (RegionNumRects(&pSprite->Reg2) > 1)
+ reg = &pSprite->Reg2;
+
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (wBoundingShape(pWin))
+ reg = &pWin->borderSize;
+ }
+
+ if (reg)
+ ConfineToShape(pDev, reg, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
+
+ if (qe && ev)
+ {
+ qe->pScreen = pSprite->hot.pScreen;
+ ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
+ ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension) /* No typo. Only set the root win if disabled */
+#endif
+ RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;
+}
+
+static void
+ConfineCursorToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, Bool generateEvents, Bool confineToScreen)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ {
+ CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, (QdEventPtr)NULL, pWin);
+ SyntheticMotion(pDev, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, pWin, generateEvents);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+ pSprite->hotLimits = *RegionExtents(&pWin->borderSize);
+ pSprite->hotShape = wBoundingShape(pWin) ? &pWin->borderSize
+ : NullRegion;
+ CheckPhysLimits(pDev, pSprite->current, generateEvents,
+ confineToScreen, pWin->drawable.pScreen);
+ }
+}
+
+Bool
+PointerConfinedToScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->confined;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the sprite cursor to the given cursor.
+ *
+ * ChangeToCursor() will display the new cursor and free the old cursor (if
+ * applicable). If the provided cursor is already the updated cursor, nothing
+ * happens.
+ */
+static void
+ChangeToCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CursorPtr cursor)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+ if (cursor != pSprite->current)
+ {
+ if ((pSprite->current->bits->xhot != cursor->bits->xhot) ||
+ (pSprite->current->bits->yhot != cursor->bits->yhot))
+ CheckPhysLimits(pDev, cursor, FALSE, pSprite->confined,
+ (ScreenPtr)NULL);
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* XXX: is this really necessary?? (whot) */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ pScreen = pSprite->screen;
+ else
+#endif
+ pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+
+ (*pScreen->DisplayCursor)(pDev, pScreen, cursor);
+ FreeCursor(pSprite->current, (Cursor)0);
+ pSprite->current = cursor;
+ pSprite->current->refcnt++;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @returns true if b is a descendent of a
+ */
+Bool
+IsParent(WindowPtr a, WindowPtr b)
+{
+ for (b = b->parent; b; b = b->parent)
+ if (b == a) return TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the cursor displayed on the screen.
+ *
+ * Called whenever a cursor may have changed shape or position.
+ */
+static void
+PostNewCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ WindowPtr win;
+ GrabPtr grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ return;
+ if (grab)
+ {
+ if (grab->cursor)
+ {
+ ChangeToCursor(pDev, grab->cursor);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (IsParent(grab->window, pSprite->win))
+ win = pSprite->win;
+ else
+ win = grab->window;
+ }
+ else
+ win = pSprite->win;
+ for (; win; win = win->parent)
+ {
+ if (win->optional)
+ {
+ pCursor = WindowGetDeviceCursor(win, pDev);
+ if (!pCursor && win->optional->cursor != NullCursor)
+ pCursor = win->optional->cursor;
+ if (pCursor)
+ {
+ ChangeToCursor(pDev, pCursor);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @param dev device which you want to know its current root window
+ * @return root window where dev's sprite is located
+ */
+WindowPtr
+GetCurrentRootWindow(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ return RootWindow(dev->spriteInfo->sprite);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return window underneath the cursor sprite.
+ */
+WindowPtr
+GetSpriteWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return current sprite cursor.
+ */
+CursorPtr
+GetSpriteCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->current;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set x/y current sprite position in screen coordinates.
+ */
+void
+GetSpritePosition(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int *px, int *py)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ *px = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+ *py = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+int
+XineramaGetCursorScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ return pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->myNum;
+ } else {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* PANORAMIX */
+
+#define TIMESLOP (5 * 60 * 1000) /* 5 minutes */
+
+static void
+MonthChangedOrBadTime(InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+ /* If the ddx/OS is careless about not processing timestamped events from
+ * different sources in sorted order, then it's possible for time to go
+ * backwards when it should not. Here we ensure a decent time.
+ */
+ if ((currentTime.milliseconds - ev->any.time) > TIMESLOP)
+ currentTime.months++;
+ else
+ ev->any.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+}
+
+static void
+NoticeTime(InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+ if (ev->any.time < currentTime.milliseconds)
+ MonthChangedOrBadTime(ev);
+ currentTime.milliseconds = ev->any.time;
+ lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
+}
+
+void
+NoticeEventTime(InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+ if (!syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ NoticeTime(ev);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * The following procedures deal with synchronous events *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * EnqueueEvent is a device's processInputProc if a device is frozen.
+ * Instead of delivering the events to the client, the event is tacked onto a
+ * linked list for later delivery.
+ */
+void
+EnqueueEvent(InternalEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)
+{
+ QdEventPtr tail = *syncEvents.pendtail;
+ QdEventPtr qe;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ int eventlen;
+ DeviceEvent *event = &ev->device_event;
+
+ NoticeTime((InternalEvent*)event);
+
+ /* Fix for key repeating bug. */
+ if (device->key != NULL && device->key->xkbInfo != NULL &&
+ event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
+ AccessXCancelRepeatKey(device->key->xkbInfo, event->detail.key);
+
+ if (DeviceEventCallback)
+ {
+ DeviceEventInfoRec eventinfo;
+
+ /* The RECORD spec says that the root window field of motion events
+ * must be valid. At this point, it hasn't been filled in yet, so
+ * we do it here. The long expression below is necessary to get
+ * the current root window; the apparently reasonable alternative
+ * GetCurrentRootWindow()->drawable.id doesn't give you the right
+ * answer on the first motion event after a screen change because
+ * the data that GetCurrentRootWindow relies on hasn't been
+ * updated yet.
+ */
+ if (ev->any.type == ET_Motion)
+ ev->device_event.root = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+
+ eventinfo.event = ev;
+ eventinfo.device = device;
+ CallCallbacks(&DeviceEventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
+ }
+
+ if (event->type == ET_Motion)
+ {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ event->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ event->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ }
+#endif
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = event->root_x;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y = event->root_y;
+ /* do motion compression, but not if from different devices */
+ if (tail &&
+ (tail->event->any.type == ET_Motion) &&
+ (tail->device == device) &&
+ (tail->pScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen))
+ {
+ DeviceEvent *tailev = &tail->event->device_event;
+ tailev->root_x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+ tailev->root_y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+ tailev->time = event->time;
+ tail->months = currentTime.months;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ eventlen = event->length;
+
+ qe = malloc(sizeof(QdEventRec) + eventlen);
+ if (!qe)
+ return;
+ qe->next = (QdEventPtr)NULL;
+ qe->device = device;
+ qe->pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+ qe->months = currentTime.months;
+ qe->event = (InternalEvent *)(qe + 1);
+ memcpy(qe->event, event, eventlen);
+ if (tail)
+ syncEvents.pendtail = &tail->next;
+ *syncEvents.pendtail = qe;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Run through the list of events queued up in syncEvents.
+ * For each event do:
+ * If the device for this event is not frozen anymore, take it and process it
+ * as usually.
+ * After that, check if there's any devices in the list that are not frozen.
+ * If there is none, we're done. If there is at least one device that is not
+ * frozen, then re-run from the beginning of the event queue.
+ */
+static void
+PlayReleasedEvents(void)
+{
+ QdEventPtr *prev, qe;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+ prev = &syncEvents.pending;
+ while ( (qe = *prev) )
+ {
+ if (!qe->device->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
+ {
+ *prev = qe->next;
+ pDev = qe->device;
+ if (*syncEvents.pendtail == *prev)
+ syncEvents.pendtail = prev;
+ if (qe->event->any.type == ET_Motion)
+ CheckVirtualMotion(pDev, qe, NullWindow);
+ syncEvents.time.months = qe->months;
+ syncEvents.time.milliseconds = qe->event->any.time;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
+ will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
+ to the DIX layer */
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ DeviceEvent *ev = &qe->event->device_event;
+ switch(ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_Motion:
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ case ET_ProximityIn:
+ case ET_ProximityOut:
+ ev->root_x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x -
+ pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->x;
+ ev->root_y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y -
+ pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->screen->y;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+#endif
+ (*qe->device->public.processInputProc)(qe->event, qe->device);
+ free(qe);
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev && dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen; dev = dev->next)
+ ;
+ if (!dev)
+ break;
+ /* Playing the event may have unfrozen another device. */
+ /* So to play it safe, restart at the head of the queue */
+ prev = &syncEvents.pending;
+ }
+ else
+ prev = &qe->next;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Freeze or thaw the given devices. The device's processing proc is
+ * switched to either the real processing proc (in case of thawing) or an
+ * enqueuing processing proc (usually EnqueueEvent()).
+ *
+ * @param dev The device to freeze/thaw
+ * @param frozen True to freeze or false to thaw.
+ */
+static void
+FreezeThaw(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool frozen)
+{
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen = frozen;
+ if (frozen)
+ dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.enqueueInputProc;
+ else
+ dev->public.processInputProc = dev->public.realInputProc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Unfreeze devices and replay all events to the respective clients.
+ *
+ * ComputeFreezes takes the first event in the device's frozen event queue. It
+ * runs up the sprite tree (spriteTrace) and searches for the window to replay
+ * the events from. If it is found, it checks for passive grabs one down from
+ * the window or delivers the events.
+ */
+static void
+ComputeFreezes(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr replayDev = syncEvents.replayDev;
+ WindowPtr w;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ FreezeThaw(dev, dev->deviceGrab.sync.other ||
+ (dev->deviceGrab.sync.state >= FROZEN));
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents || (!replayDev && !syncEvents.pending))
+ return;
+ syncEvents.playingEvents = TRUE;
+ if (replayDev)
+ {
+ DeviceEvent* event = replayDev->deviceGrab.sync.event;
+
+ syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+
+ w = XYToWindow(replayDev->spriteInfo->sprite,
+ event->root_x, event->root_y);
+ if (!CheckDeviceGrabs(replayDev, event, syncEvents.replayWin))
+ {
+ if (replayDev->focus && !IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event))
+ DeliverFocusedEvent(replayDev, (InternalEvent*)event, w);
+ else
+ DeliverDeviceEvents(w, (InternalEvent*)event, NullGrab,
+ NullWindow, replayDev);
+ }
+ }
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (!dev->deviceGrab.sync.frozen)
+ {
+ PlayReleasedEvents();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(dev))
+ {
+ /* the following may have been skipped during replay,
+ so do it now */
+ if ((grab = dev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
+ {
+ if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen !=
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(dev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+ }
+ else
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(dev,
+ dev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
+ TRUE, FALSE);
+ PostNewCursor(dev);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef RANDR
+void
+ScreenRestructured (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (!DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ continue;
+
+ /* GrabDevice doesn't have a confineTo field, so we don't need to
+ * worry about it. */
+ if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo)
+ {
+ if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
+ != pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+ }
+ else
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
+ pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
+ TRUE, FALSE);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+CheckGrabForSyncs(DeviceIntPtr thisDev, Bool thisMode, Bool otherMode)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = thisDev->deviceGrab.grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+
+ if (thisMode == GrabModeSync)
+ thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
+ else
+ { /* free both if same client owns both */
+ thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.state = THAWED;
+ if (thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
+ (CLIENT_BITS(thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
+ CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
+ thisDev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+
+ if (IsMaster(thisDev))
+ {
+ dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);
+ if (otherMode == GrabModeSync)
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
+ else
+ { /* free both if same client owns both */
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other &&
+ (CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.sync.other->resource) ==
+ CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource)))
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ }
+ ComputeFreezes();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Save the device's master device id. This needs to be done
+ * if a client directly grabs a slave device that is attached to a master. For
+ * the duration of the grab, the device is detached, ungrabbing re-attaches it
+ * though.
+ *
+ * We store the ID of the master device only in case the master disappears
+ * while the device has a grab.
+ */
+static void
+DetachFromMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ if (IsFloating(dev))
+ return;
+
+ dev->saved_master_id = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_ATTACHED)->id;
+
+ AttachDevice(NULL, dev, NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+ReattachToOldMaster(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr master = NULL;
+
+ if (IsMaster(dev))
+ return;
+
+ dixLookupDevice(&master, dev->saved_master_id, serverClient, DixUseAccess);
+
+ if (master)
+ {
+ AttachDevice(serverClient, dev, master);
+ dev->saved_master_id = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Activate a pointer grab on the given device. A pointer grab will cause all
+ * core pointer events of this device to be delivered to the grabbing client only.
+ * No other device will send core events to the grab client while the grab is
+ * on, but core events will be sent to other clients.
+ * Can cause the cursor to change if a grab cursor is set.
+ *
+ * Note that parameter autoGrab may be (True & ImplicitGrabMask) if the grab
+ * is an implicit grab caused by a ButtonPress event.
+ *
+ * @param mouse The device to grab.
+ * @param grab The grab structure, needs to be setup.
+ * @param autoGrab True if the grab was caused by a button down event and not
+ * explicitely by a client.
+ */
+void
+ActivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse, GrabPtr grab,
+ TimeStamp time, Bool autoGrab)
+{
+ GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &mouse->deviceGrab;
+ WindowPtr oldWin = (grabinfo->grab) ?
+ grabinfo->grab->window
+ : mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+ Bool isPassive = autoGrab & ~ImplicitGrabMask;
+
+ /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
+ if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
+ !(autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask) && !IsMaster(mouse))
+ DetachFromMaster(mouse);
+
+ if (grab->confineTo)
+ {
+ if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
+ != mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.x =
+ mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, grab->confineTo, FALSE, TRUE);
+ }
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
+ mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
+ else
+ grabinfo->grabTime = time;
+ if (grab->cursor)
+ grab->cursor->refcnt++;
+ grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
+ grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
+ grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = isPassive;
+ grabinfo->implicitGrab = autoGrab & ImplicitGrabMask;
+ PostNewCursor(mouse);
+ CheckGrabForSyncs(mouse,(Bool)grab->pointerMode, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete grab on given device, update the sprite.
+ *
+ * Extension devices are set up for ActivateKeyboardGrab().
+ */
+void
+DeactivatePointerGrab(DeviceIntPtr mouse)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ Bool wasImplicit = (mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
+ mouse->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
+
+ mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ mouse->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
+ mouse->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
+ mouse->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(mouse, mouse->id, grab->window,
+ mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->win, NotifyUngrab);
+ if (grab->confineTo)
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(mouse, GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse), FALSE, FALSE);
+ PostNewCursor(mouse);
+ if (grab->cursor)
+ FreeCursor(grab->cursor, (Cursor)0);
+
+ if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
+ ReattachToOldMaster(mouse);
+
+ ComputeFreezes();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Activate a keyboard grab on the given device.
+ *
+ * Extension devices have ActivateKeyboardGrab() set as their grabbing proc.
+ */
+void
+ActivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd, GrabPtr grab, TimeStamp time, Bool passive)
+{
+ GrabInfoPtr grabinfo = &keybd->deviceGrab;
+ WindowPtr oldWin;
+
+ /* slave devices need to float for the duration of the grab. */
+ if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2 &&
+ !(passive & ImplicitGrabMask) &&
+ !IsMaster(keybd))
+ DetachFromMaster(keybd);
+
+ if (grabinfo->grab)
+ oldWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
+ else if (keybd->focus)
+ oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
+ else
+ oldWin = keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+ if (oldWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ oldWin = keybd->focus->win;
+ if (keybd->valuator)
+ keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, oldWin, grab->window, NotifyGrab);
+ if (syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ grabinfo->grabTime = syncEvents.time;
+ else
+ grabinfo->grabTime = time;
+ grabinfo->activeGrab = *grab;
+ grabinfo->grab = &grabinfo->activeGrab;
+ grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab = passive;
+ grabinfo->implicitGrab = passive & ImplicitGrabMask;
+ CheckGrabForSyncs(keybd, (Bool)grab->keyboardMode, (Bool)grab->pointerMode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete keyboard grab for the given device.
+ */
+void
+DeactivateKeyboardGrab(DeviceIntPtr keybd)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ WindowPtr focusWin = keybd->focus ? keybd->focus->win
+ : keybd->spriteInfo->sprite->win;
+ Bool wasImplicit = (keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab &&
+ keybd->deviceGrab.implicitGrab);
+
+ if (focusWin == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ focusWin = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
+ if (keybd->valuator)
+ keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ keybd->deviceGrab.grab = NullGrab;
+ keybd->deviceGrab.sync.state = NOT_GRABBED;
+ keybd->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab = FALSE;
+
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.sync.other == grab)
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, grab->window, focusWin, NotifyUngrab);
+
+ if (!wasImplicit && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
+ ReattachToOldMaster(keybd);
+
+ ComputeFreezes();
+}
+
+void
+AllowSome(ClientPtr client,
+ TimeStamp time,
+ DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
+ int newState)
+{
+ Bool thisGrabbed, otherGrabbed, othersFrozen, thisSynced;
+ TimeStamp grabTime;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ GrabInfoPtr devgrabinfo,
+ grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
+
+ thisGrabbed = grabinfo->grab && SameClient(grabinfo->grab, client);
+ thisSynced = FALSE;
+ otherGrabbed = FALSE;
+ othersFrozen = FALSE;
+ grabTime = grabinfo->grabTime;
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+
+ if (dev == thisDev)
+ continue;
+ if (devgrabinfo->grab && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+ {
+ if (!(thisGrabbed || otherGrabbed) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(devgrabinfo->grabTime, grabTime) == LATER))
+ grabTime = devgrabinfo->grabTime;
+ otherGrabbed = TRUE;
+ if (grabinfo->sync.other == devgrabinfo->grab)
+ thisSynced = TRUE;
+ if (devgrabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN)
+ othersFrozen = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!((thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state >= FROZEN) || thisSynced))
+ return;
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabTime) == EARLIER))
+ return;
+ switch (newState)
+ {
+ case THAWED: /* Async */
+ if (thisGrabbed)
+ grabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
+ if (thisSynced)
+ grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ break;
+ case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT: /* Sync */
+ if (thisGrabbed)
+ {
+ grabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT;
+ if (thisSynced)
+ grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ }
+ break;
+ case THAWED_BOTH: /* AsyncBoth */
+ if (othersFrozen)
+ {
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+ if (devgrabinfo->grab
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
+ if (devgrabinfo->sync.other &&
+ SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ }
+ break;
+ case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT: /* SyncBoth */
+ if (othersFrozen)
+ {
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+ if (devgrabinfo->grab
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.state = FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT;
+ if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ }
+ break;
+ case NOT_GRABBED: /* Replay */
+ if (thisGrabbed && grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_WITH_EVENT)
+ {
+ if (thisSynced)
+ grabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ syncEvents.replayDev = thisDev;
+ syncEvents.replayWin = grabinfo->grab->window;
+ (*grabinfo->DeactivateGrab)(thisDev);
+ syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ }
+ break;
+ case THAW_OTHERS: /* AsyncOthers */
+ if (othersFrozen)
+ {
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev == thisDev)
+ continue;
+ devgrabinfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+ if (devgrabinfo->grab
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->grab, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.state = THAWED;
+ if (devgrabinfo->sync.other
+ && SameClient(devgrabinfo->sync.other, client))
+ devgrabinfo->sync.other = NullGrab;
+ }
+ ComputeFreezes();
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for AllowEvents request.
+ *
+ * Release some events from a frozen device.
+ */
+int
+ProcAllowEvents(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ TimeStamp time;
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse = NULL;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = NULL;
+ REQUEST(xAllowEventsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xAllowEventsReq);
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+
+ mouse = PickPointer(client);
+ keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+
+ switch (stuff->mode)
+ {
+ case ReplayPointer:
+ AllowSome(client, time, mouse, NOT_GRABBED);
+ break;
+ case SyncPointer:
+ AllowSome(client, time, mouse, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
+ break;
+ case AsyncPointer:
+ AllowSome(client, time, mouse, THAWED);
+ break;
+ case ReplayKeyboard:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, NOT_GRABBED);
+ break;
+ case SyncKeyboard:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT);
+ break;
+ case AsyncKeyboard:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED);
+ break;
+ case SyncBoth:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT);
+ break;
+ case AsyncBoth:
+ AllowSome(client, time, keybd, THAWED_BOTH);
+ break;
+ default:
+ client->errorValue = stuff->mode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deactivate grabs from any device that has been grabbed by the client.
+ */
+void
+ReleaseActiveGrabs(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ Bool done;
+
+ /* XXX CloseDownClient should remove passive grabs before
+ * releasing active grabs.
+ */
+ do {
+ done = TRUE;
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
+ {
+ (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
+ done = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ } while (!done);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * The following procedures deal with delivering events *
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Deliver the given events to the given client.
+ *
+ * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
+ * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
+ *
+ * TryClientEvents() is the last station before actually writing the events to
+ * the socket. Anything that is not filtered here, will get delivered to the
+ * client.
+ * An event is only delivered if
+ * - mask and filter match up.
+ * - no other client has a grab on the device that caused the event.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param client The target client to deliver to.
+ * @param dev The device the event came from. May be NULL.
+ * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
+ * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
+ * @param mask Event mask as set by the window.
+ * @param filter Mask based on event type.
+ * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if event was delivered, 0 if not or -1 if grab was not set by the
+ * client.
+ */
+int
+TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents,
+ int count, Mask mask, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
+{
+ int type;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF("[dix] Event([%d, %d], mask=0x%lx), client=%d%s",
+ pEvents->u.u.type, pEvents->u.u.detail, mask,
+ client ? client->index : -1,
+ (client && client->clientGone) ? " (gone)" : "");
+#endif
+
+ if (!client || client == serverClient || client->clientGone) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" not delivered to fake/dead client\n");
+#endif
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (filter != CantBeFiltered && !(mask & filter))
+ {
+ #ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" filtered\n");
+ #endif
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
+ {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" not delivered due to grab\n");
+#endif
+ return -1; /* don't send, but notify caller */
+ }
+
+ type = pEvents->u.u.type;
+ if (type == MotionNotify)
+ {
+ if (mask & PointerMotionHintMask)
+ {
+ if (WID(dev->valuator->motionHintWindow) ==
+ pEvents->u.keyButtonPointer.event)
+ {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF("[dix] \n");
+ ErrorF("[dix] motionHintWindow == keyButtonPointer.event\n");
+#endif
+ return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ }
+ pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyHint;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pEvents->u.u.detail = NotifyNormal;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify)
+ {
+ if (MaybeSendDeviceMotionNotifyHint((deviceKeyButtonPointer*)pEvents,
+ mask) != 0)
+ return 1;
+ } else if (type == KeyPress)
+ {
+ if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
+ {
+ if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
+ {
+ xEvent release = *pEvents;
+ release.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
+ WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &release);
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" (plus fake core release for repeat)");
+#endif
+ } else
+ {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ } else if (type == DeviceKeyPress)
+ {
+ if (EventIsKeyRepeat(pEvents))
+ {
+ if (!_XkbWantsDetectableAutoRepeat(client))
+ {
+ deviceKeyButtonPointer release = *(deviceKeyButtonPointer *)pEvents;
+ release.type = DeviceKeyRelease;
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" (plus fake xi1 release for repeat)");
+#endif
+ WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *) &release);
+ }
+ else {
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF(" (detectable autorepeat for core)");
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (BitIsOn(criticalEvents, type))
+ {
+ if (client->smart_priority < SMART_MAX_PRIORITY)
+ client->smart_priority++;
+ SetCriticalOutputPending();
+ }
+
+ WriteEventsToClient(client, count, pEvents);
+#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
+ ErrorF("[dix] delivered\n");
+#endif
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static BOOL
+ActivateImplicitGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, ClientPtr client, WindowPtr win,
+ xEvent *event, Mask deliveryMask)
+{
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks;
+ CARD8 type = event->u.u.type;
+ GrabType grabtype;
+
+ if (type == ButtonPress)
+ grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ else if (type == DeviceButtonPress)
+ grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
+ else if ((type = xi2_get_type(event)) == XI_ButtonPress)
+ grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+
+ memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+ tempGrab.device = dev;
+ tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+ tempGrab.window = win;
+ tempGrab.ownerEvents = (deliveryMask & OwnerGrabButtonMask) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+ tempGrab.eventMask = deliveryMask;
+ tempGrab.keyboardMode = GrabModeAsync;
+ tempGrab.pointerMode = GrabModeAsync;
+ tempGrab.confineTo = NullWindow;
+ tempGrab.cursor = NullCursor;
+ tempGrab.type = type;
+ tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;
+
+ /* get the XI and XI2 device mask */
+ inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+ tempGrab.deviceMask = (inputMasks) ? inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id]: 0;
+
+ if (inputMasks)
+ memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, inputMasks->xi2mask,
+ sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
+
+ (*dev->deviceGrab.ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab,
+ currentTime, TRUE | ImplicitGrabMask);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+enum EventDeliveryState {
+ EVENT_DELIVERED, /**< Event has been delivered to a client */
+ EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED, /**< Event was not delivered to any client */
+ EVENT_SKIP, /**< Event can be discarded by the caller */
+ EVENT_REJECTED, /**< Event was rejected for delivery to the client */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Attempt event delivery to the client owning the window.
+ */
+static enum EventDeliveryState
+DeliverToWindowOwner(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,
+ xEvent *events, int count, Mask filter,
+ GrabPtr grab)
+{
+ /* if nobody ever wants to see this event, skip some work */
+ if (filter != CantBeFiltered &&
+ !((wOtherEventMasks(win)|win->eventMask) & filter))
+ return EVENT_SKIP;
+
+ if (IsInterferingGrab(wClient(win), dev, events))
+ return EVENT_SKIP;
+
+ if (!XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(win), win, events, count))
+ {
+ int attempt = TryClientEvents(wClient(win), dev, events,
+ count, win->eventMask,
+ filter, grab);
+ if (attempt > 0)
+ return EVENT_DELIVERED;
+ if (attempt < 0)
+ return EVENT_REJECTED;
+ }
+
+ return EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the list of clients that should be tried for event delivery on the
+ * given window.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if the client list should be traversed, zero if the event
+ * should be skipped.
+ */
+static Bool
+GetClientsForDelivery(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win,
+ xEvent *events, Mask filter, InputClients **clients)
+{
+ int rc = 0;
+
+ if (core_get_type(events) != 0)
+ *clients = (InputClients *)wOtherClients(win);
+ else if (xi2_get_type(events) != 0)
+ {
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+ /* Has any client selected for the event? */
+ if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(dev, win, events))
+ goto out;
+ *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;
+ } else {
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+ /* Has any client selected for the event? */
+ if (!inputMasks ||
+ !(inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))
+ goto out;
+
+ *clients = inputMasks->inputClients;
+ }
+
+ rc = 1;
+out:
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Try delivery on each client in inputclients, provided the event mask
+ * accepts it and there is no interfering core grab..
+ */
+static enum EventDeliveryState
+DeliverEventToInputClients(DeviceIntPtr dev, InputClients *inputclients,
+ WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,
+ int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,
+ ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)
+{
+ int attempt;
+ enum EventDeliveryState rc = EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED;
+
+ for (; inputclients; inputclients = inputclients->next)
+ {
+ Mask mask;
+ ClientPtr client = rClient(inputclients);
+
+ if (IsInterferingGrab(client, dev, events))
+ continue;
+
+ mask = GetEventMask(dev, events, inputclients);
+
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, client, win,
+ events, count))
+ /* do nothing */;
+ else if ( (attempt = TryClientEvents(client, dev,
+ events, count,
+ mask, filter, grab)) )
+ {
+ if (attempt > 0)
+ {
+ rc = EVENT_DELIVERED;
+ *client_return = client;
+ *mask_return = mask;
+ /* Success overrides non-success, so if we've been
+ * successful on one client, return that */
+ } else if (rc == EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED)
+ rc = EVENT_REJECTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Deliver events to clients registered on the window.
+ *
+ * @param client_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient.
+ * @param mask_return On successful delivery, set to the recipient's event
+ * mask for this event.
+ */
+static enum EventDeliveryState
+DeliverEventToWindowMask(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr win, xEvent *events,
+ int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab,
+ ClientPtr *client_return, Mask *mask_return)
+{
+ InputClients *clients;
+
+ if (!GetClientsForDelivery(dev, win, events, filter, &clients))
+ return EVENT_SKIP;
+
+ return DeliverEventToInputClients(dev, clients, win, events, count, filter,
+ grab, client_return, mask_return);
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Deliver events to a window. At this point, we do not yet know if the event
+ * actually needs to be delivered. May activate a grab if the event is a
+ * button press.
+ *
+ * Core events are always delivered to the window owner. If the filter is
+ * something other than CantBeFiltered, the event is also delivered to other
+ * clients with the matching mask on the window.
+ *
+ * More than one event may be delivered at a time. This is the case with
+ * DeviceMotionNotifies which may be followed by DeviceValuator events.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
+ * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
+ * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
+ * @param filter Mask based on event type.
+ * @param grab Possible grab on the device that caused the event.
+ *
+ * @return a positive number if at least one successful delivery has been
+ * made, 0 if no events were delivered, or a negative number if the event
+ * has not been delivered _and_ rejected by at least one client.
+ */
+int
+DeliverEventsToWindow(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin, xEvent
+ *pEvents, int count, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
+{
+ int deliveries = 0, nondeliveries = 0;
+ ClientPtr client = NullClient;
+ Mask deliveryMask = 0; /* If a grab occurs due to a button press, then
+ this mask is the mask of the grab. */
+ int type = pEvents->u.u.type;
+
+ /* Deliver to window owner */
+ if ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || core_get_type(pEvents) != 0)
+ {
+ enum EventDeliveryState rc;
+
+ rc = DeliverToWindowOwner(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter, grab);
+
+ switch(rc)
+ {
+ case EVENT_SKIP:
+ return 0;
+ case EVENT_REJECTED:
+ nondeliveries--;
+ break;
+ case EVENT_DELIVERED:
+ /* We delivered to the owner, with our event mask */
+ deliveries++;
+ client = wClient(pWin);
+ deliveryMask = pWin->eventMask;
+ break;
+ case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* CantBeFiltered means only window owner gets the event */
+ if (filter != CantBeFiltered)
+ {
+ enum EventDeliveryState rc;
+
+ rc = DeliverEventToWindowMask(pDev, pWin, pEvents, count, filter,
+ grab, &client, &deliveryMask);
+
+ switch(rc)
+ {
+ case EVENT_SKIP:
+ return 0;
+ case EVENT_REJECTED:
+ nondeliveries--;
+ break;
+ case EVENT_DELIVERED:
+ deliveries++;
+ break;
+ case EVENT_NOT_DELIVERED:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (deliveries)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Note that since core events are delivered first, an implicit grab may
+ * be activated on a core grab, stopping the XI events.
+ */
+ if (!grab && ActivateImplicitGrab(pDev, client, pWin, pEvents, deliveryMask))
+ /* grab activated */;
+ else if (type == MotionNotify)
+ pDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = pWin;
+ else if (type == DeviceMotionNotify || type == DeviceButtonPress)
+ CheckDeviceGrabAndHintWindow (pWin, type,
+ (deviceKeyButtonPointer*) pEvents,
+ grab, client, deliveryMask);
+ return deliveries;
+ }
+ return nondeliveries;
+}
+
+void
+DeliverRawEvent(RawDeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr device)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ if (grab)
+ DeliverGrabbedEvent((InternalEvent*)ev, device, FALSE);
+ else { /* deliver to all root windows */
+ xEvent *xi;
+ int i;
+ int filter;
+
+ i = EventToXI2((InternalEvent*)ev, (xEvent**)&xi);
+ if (i != Success)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[Xi] %s: XI2 conversion failed in %s (%d)\n",
+ __FUNCTION__, device->name, i);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ filter = GetEventFilter(device, xi);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(device, screenInfo.screens[i]->root, xi, 1,
+ filter, NullGrab);
+ free(xi);
+ }
+}
+
+/* If the event goes to dontClient, don't send it and return 0. if
+ send works, return 1 or if send didn't work, return 2.
+ Only works for core events.
+*/
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+static int
+XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
+ ClientPtr client,
+ GrabPtr grab,
+ Mask mask,
+ Mask filter
+){
+ if ((client) && (client != serverClient) && (!client->clientGone) &&
+ ((filter == CantBeFiltered) || (mask & filter)))
+ {
+ if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client)) return -1;
+ else return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Try to deliver events to the interested parties.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window that would get the event.
+ * @param pEvents The events to be delivered.
+ * @param count Number of elements in pEvents.
+ * @param filter Mask based on event type.
+ * @param dontClient Don't deliver to the dontClient.
+ */
+int
+MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *pEvents,
+ int count, Mask filter, ClientPtr dontClient)
+{
+ OtherClients *other;
+
+
+ if (pWin->eventMask & filter)
+ {
+ if (wClient(pWin) == dontClient)
+ return 0;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
+ wClient(pWin), NullGrab, pWin->eventMask, filter);
+#endif
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, wClient(pWin), pWin, pEvents, count))
+ return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ return TryClientEvents(wClient(pWin), NULL, pEvents, count,
+ pWin->eventMask, filter, NullGrab);
+ }
+ for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (other->mask & filter)
+ {
+ if (SameClient(other, dontClient))
+ return 0;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return XineramaTryClientEventsResult(
+ rClient(other), NullGrab, other->mask, filter);
+#endif
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(other), pWin, pEvents,
+ count))
+ return 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ return TryClientEvents(rClient(other), NULL, pEvents, count,
+ other->mask, filter, NullGrab);
+ }
+ }
+ return 2;
+}
+
+static Window FindChildForEvent(SpritePtr pSprite, WindowPtr event)
+{
+ WindowPtr w = DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);
+ Window child = None;
+
+ /* If the search ends up past the root should the child field be
+ set to none or should the value in the argument be passed
+ through. It probably doesn't matter since everyone calls
+ this function with child == None anyway. */
+ while (w)
+ {
+ /* If the source window is same as event window, child should be
+ none. Don't bother going all all the way back to the root. */
+
+ if (w == event)
+ {
+ child = None;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (w->parent == event)
+ {
+ child = w->drawable.id;
+ break;
+ }
+ w = w->parent;
+ }
+ return child;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust event fields to comply with the window properties.
+ *
+ * @param xE Event to be modified in place
+ * @param pWin The window to get the information from.
+ * @param child Child window setting for event (if applicable)
+ * @param calcChild If True, calculate the child window.
+ */
+void
+FixUpEventFromWindow(
+ SpritePtr pSprite,
+ xEvent *xE,
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Window child,
+ Bool calcChild)
+{
+ int evtype;
+
+ if (calcChild)
+ child = FindChildForEvent(pSprite, pWin);
+
+ if ((evtype = xi2_get_type(xE)))
+ {
+ xXIDeviceEvent* event = (xXIDeviceEvent*)xE;
+
+ switch (evtype)
+ {
+ case XI_RawKeyPress:
+ case XI_RawKeyRelease:
+ case XI_RawButtonPress:
+ case XI_RawButtonRelease:
+ case XI_RawMotion:
+ case XI_DeviceChanged:
+ case XI_HierarchyChanged:
+ case XI_PropertyEvent:
+ return;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ event->root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;
+ event->event = pWin->drawable.id;
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+ {
+ event->event_x = event->root_x - FP1616(pWin->drawable.x, 0);
+ event->event_y = event->root_y - FP1616(pWin->drawable.y, 0);
+ event->child = child;
+ } else
+ {
+ event->event_x = 0;
+ event->event_y = 0;
+ event->child = None;
+ }
+
+ if (event->evtype == XI_Enter || event->evtype == XI_Leave ||
+ event->evtype == XI_FocusIn || event->evtype == XI_FocusOut)
+ ((xXIEnterEvent*)event)->same_screen =
+ (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen);
+
+ } else
+ {
+ XE_KBPTR.root = RootWindow(pSprite)->drawable.id;
+ XE_KBPTR.event = pWin->drawable.id;
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+ {
+ XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xTrue;
+ XE_KBPTR.child = child;
+ XE_KBPTR.eventX =
+ XE_KBPTR.rootX - pWin->drawable.x;
+ XE_KBPTR.eventY =
+ XE_KBPTR.rootY - pWin->drawable.y;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ XE_KBPTR.sameScreen = xFalse;
+ XE_KBPTR.child = None;
+ XE_KBPTR.eventX = 0;
+ XE_KBPTR.eventY = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if a given event is deliverable at all on a given window.
+ *
+ * This function only checks if any client wants it, not for a specific
+ * client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dev The device this event is being sent for.
+ * @param[in] event The event that is to be sent.
+ * @param[in] win The current event window.
+ *
+ * @return Bitmask of ::EVENT_XI2_MASK, ::EVENT_XI1_MASK, ::EVENT_CORE_MASK, and
+ * ::EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK.
+ */
+int
+EventIsDeliverable(DeviceIntPtr dev, InternalEvent* event, WindowPtr win)
+{
+ int rc = 0;
+ int filter = 0;
+ int type;
+ OtherInputMasks *inputMasks = wOtherInputMasks(win);
+ xEvent ev;
+
+ /* XXX: this makes me gag */
+ type = GetXI2Type(event);
+ ev.u.u.type = GenericEvent; /* GetEventFilter only cares about type and evtype*/
+ ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->extension = IReqCode;
+ ((xGenericEvent*)&ev)->evtype = type;
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
+ if (type && inputMasks &&
+ ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] & filter) ||
+ ((inputMasks->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] & filter) && IsMaster(dev)) ||
+ (inputMasks->xi2mask[dev->id][type/8] & filter)))
+ rc |= EVENT_XI2_MASK;
+
+ type = GetXIType(event);
+ ev.u.u.type = type;
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, &ev);
+
+ /* Check for XI mask */
+ if (type && inputMasks &&
+ (inputMasks->deliverableEvents[dev->id] & filter) &&
+ (inputMasks->inputEvents[dev->id] & filter))
+ rc |= EVENT_XI1_MASK;
+
+ /* Check for XI DontPropagate mask */
+ if (type && inputMasks &&
+ (inputMasks->dontPropagateMask[dev->id] & filter))
+ rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
+
+ /* Check for core mask */
+ type = GetCoreType(event);
+ if (type && (win->deliverableEvents & filter) &&
+ ((wOtherEventMasks(win) | win->eventMask) & filter))
+ rc |= EVENT_CORE_MASK;
+
+ /* Check for core DontPropagate mask */
+ if (type && (filter & wDontPropagateMask(win)))
+ rc |= EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK;
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deliver events caused by input devices.
+ *
+ * For events from a non-grabbed, non-focus device, DeliverDeviceEvents is
+ * called directly from the processInputProc.
+ * For grabbed devices, DeliverGrabbedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
+ * DeliverDeviceEvents.
+ * For focused events, DeliverFocusedEvent is called first, and _may_ call
+ * DeliverDeviceEvents.
+ *
+ * @param pWin Window to deliver event to.
+ * @param event The events to deliver, not yet in wire format.
+ * @param grab Possible grab on a device.
+ * @param stopAt Don't recurse up to the root window.
+ * @param dev The device that is responsible for the event.
+ *
+ * @see DeliverGrabbedEvent
+ * @see DeliverFocusedEvent
+ */
+int
+DeliverDeviceEvents(WindowPtr pWin, InternalEvent *event, GrabPtr grab,
+ WindowPtr stopAt, DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ Window child = None;
+ Mask filter;
+ int deliveries = 0;
+ xEvent *xE = NULL, *core = NULL;
+ int rc, mask, count = 0;
+
+ verify_internal_event(event);
+
+ while (pWin)
+ {
+ if ((mask = EventIsDeliverable(dev, event, pWin)))
+ {
+ /* XI2 events first */
+ if (mask & EVENT_XI2_MASK)
+ {
+ xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
+ rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ /* XXX: XACE */
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xi2);
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, pWin, child, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xi2, 1,
+ filter, grab);
+ free(xi2);
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DDE (%d).\n",
+ dev->name, rc);
+ }
+
+ /* XI events */
+ if (mask & EVENT_XI1_MASK)
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, xE, count) == Success) {
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, xE);
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, pWin, child, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, xE, count,
+ filter, grab);
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ dev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ }
+
+ /* Core event */
+ if ((mask & EVENT_CORE_MASK) && IsMaster(dev) && dev->coreEvents)
+ {
+ rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, dev, pWin, core, count) == Success) {
+ filter = GetEventFilter(dev, core);
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, pWin, child, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, core,
+ count, filter, grab);
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: Core conversion failed in DDE (%d, %d).\n",
+ dev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ }
+
+ if ((deliveries < 0) || (pWin == stopAt) ||
+ (mask & EVENT_DONT_PROPAGATE_MASK))
+ {
+ deliveries = 0;
+ goto unwind;
+ }
+ }
+
+ child = pWin->drawable.id;
+ pWin = pWin->parent;
+ }
+
+unwind:
+ free(core);
+ free(xE);
+ return deliveries;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deliver event to a window and it's immediate parent. Used for most window
+ * events (CreateNotify, ConfigureNotify, etc.). Not useful for events that
+ * propagate up the tree or extension events
+ *
+ * In case of a ReparentNotify event, the event will be delivered to the
+ * otherParent as well.
+ *
+ * @param pWin Window to deliver events to.
+ * @param xE Events to deliver.
+ * @param count number of events in xE.
+ * @param otherParent Used for ReparentNotify events.
+ */
+int
+DeliverEvents(WindowPtr pWin, xEvent *xE, int count,
+ WindowPtr otherParent)
+{
+ DeviceIntRec dummy;
+ int deliveries;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum)
+ return count;
+#endif
+
+ if (!count)
+ return 0;
+
+ dummy.id = XIAllDevices;
+
+ switch (xE->u.u.type)
+ {
+ case DestroyNotify:
+ case UnmapNotify:
+ case MapNotify:
+ case MapRequest:
+ case ReparentNotify:
+ case ConfigureNotify:
+ case ConfigureRequest:
+ case GravityNotify:
+ case CirculateNotify:
+ case CirculateRequest:
+ xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->drawable.id;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (xE->u.u.type)
+ {
+ case DestroyNotify:
+ case UnmapNotify:
+ case MapNotify:
+ case ReparentNotify:
+ case ConfigureNotify:
+ case GravityNotify:
+ case CirculateNotify:
+ break;
+ default:
+ {
+ Mask filter;
+ filter = GetEventFilter(&dummy, xE);
+ return DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count, filter,
+ NullGrab);
+ }
+ }
+
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin, xE, count,
+ StructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
+ if (pWin->parent)
+ {
+ xE->u.destroyNotify.event = pWin->parent->drawable.id;
+ deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy, pWin->parent, xE, count,
+ SubstructureNotifyMask, NullGrab);
+ if (xE->u.u.type == ReparentNotify)
+ {
+ xE->u.destroyNotify.event = otherParent->drawable.id;
+ deliveries += DeliverEventsToWindow(&dummy,
+ otherParent, xE, count, SubstructureNotifyMask,
+ NullGrab);
+ }
+ }
+ return deliveries;
+}
+
+
+static Bool
+PointInBorderSize(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)
+{
+ BoxRec box;
+
+ if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderSize, x, y, &box))
+ return TRUE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
+ XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) {
+ SpritePtr pSprite = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ int i;
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
+ if(RegionContainsPoint(&pSprite->windows[i]->borderSize,
+ x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[i]->x,
+ y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[i]->y,
+ &box))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Traversed from the root window to the window at the position x/y. While
+ * traversing, it sets up the traversal history in the spriteTrace array.
+ * After completing, the spriteTrace history is set in the following way:
+ * spriteTrace[0] ... root window
+ * spriteTrace[1] ... top level window that encloses x/y
+ * ...
+ * spriteTrace[spriteTraceGood - 1] ... window at x/y
+ *
+ * @returns the window at the given coordinates.
+ */
+WindowPtr
+XYToWindow(SpritePtr pSprite, int x, int y)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ BoxRec box;
+
+ pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1; /* root window still there */
+ pWin = RootWindow(pSprite)->firstChild;
+ while (pWin)
+ {
+ if ((pWin->mapped) &&
+ (x >= pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+ (x < pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width +
+ wBorderWidth(pWin)) &&
+ (y >= pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin)) &&
+ (y < pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height +
+ wBorderWidth (pWin))
+ /* When a window is shaped, a further check
+ * is made to see if the point is inside
+ * borderSize
+ */
+ && (!wBoundingShape(pWin) || PointInBorderSize(pWin, x, y))
+ && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+ RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
+ x - pWin->drawable.x,
+ y - pWin->drawable.y, &box))
+#ifdef ROOTLESS
+ /* In rootless mode windows may be offscreen, even when
+ * they're in X's stack. (E.g. if the native window system
+ * implements some form of virtual desktop system).
+ */
+ && !pWin->rootlessUnhittable
+#endif
+ )
+ {
+ if (pSprite->spriteTraceGood >= pSprite->spriteTraceSize)
+ {
+ pSprite->spriteTraceSize += 10;
+ pSprite->spriteTrace = realloc(pSprite->spriteTrace,
+ pSprite->spriteTraceSize*sizeof(WindowPtr));
+ }
+ pSprite->spriteTrace[pSprite->spriteTraceGood++] = pWin;
+ pWin = pWin->firstChild;
+ }
+ else
+ pWin = pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ return DeepestSpriteWin(pSprite);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ungrab a currently FocusIn grabbed device and grab the device on the
+ * given window. If the win given is the NoneWin, the device is ungrabbed if
+ * applicable and FALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+BOOL
+ActivateFocusInGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
+{
+ BOOL rc = FALSE;
+ DeviceEvent event;
+
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)
+ {
+ if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||
+ dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||
+ dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
+ IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
+ return FALSE;
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
+ (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
+ }
+
+ if (win == NoneWin || win == PointerRootWin)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ event.header = ET_Internal;
+ event.type = ET_FocusIn;
+ event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+ event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+ event.deviceid = dev->id;
+ event.sourceid = dev->id;
+ event.detail.button = 0;
+ rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,
+ TRUE) != NULL);
+ if (rc)
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ungrab a currently Enter grabbed device and grab the device for the given
+ * window.
+ *
+ * @returns TRUE if the device has been grabbed, or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static BOOL
+ActivateEnterGrab(DeviceIntPtr dev, WindowPtr old, WindowPtr win)
+{
+ BOOL rc = FALSE;
+ DeviceEvent event;
+
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab)
+ {
+ if (!dev->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab ||
+ dev->deviceGrab.grab->type != XI_Enter ||
+ dev->deviceGrab.grab->window == win ||
+ IsParent(dev->deviceGrab.grab->window, win))
+ return FALSE;
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveUngrab);
+ (*dev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(dev);
+ }
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ event.header = ET_Internal;
+ event.type = ET_Enter;
+ event.length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+ event.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+ event.deviceid = dev->id;
+ event.sourceid = dev->id;
+ event.detail.button = 0;
+ rc = (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(win, dev, (InternalEvent *) &event, FALSE,
+ TRUE) != NULL);
+ if (rc)
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(dev, dev->id, old, win, XINotifyPassiveGrab);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the sprite coordinates based on the event. Update the cursor
+ * position, then update the event with the new coordinates that may have been
+ * changed. If the window underneath the sprite has changed, change to new
+ * cursor and send enter/leave events.
+ *
+ * CheckMotion() will not do anything and return FALSE if the event is not a
+ * pointer event.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if the sprite has moved or FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+CheckMotion(DeviceEvent *ev, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ WindowPtr prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ verify_internal_event((InternalEvent *)ev);
+
+ if (!pSprite)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ prevSpriteWin = pSprite->win;
+
+ if (ev && !syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ {
+ /* GetPointerEvents() guarantees that pointer events have the correct
+ rootX/Y set already. */
+ switch (ev->type)
+ {
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ case ET_Motion:
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* all other events return FALSE */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ {
+ /* Motion events entering DIX get translated to Screen 0
+ coordinates. Replayed events have already been
+ translated since they've entered DIX before */
+ ev->root_x += pSprite->screen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ ev->root_y += pSprite->screen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ {
+ pSprite->hot.pScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+ RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) =
+ pSprite->hot.pScreen->root;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pSprite->hot.x = ev->root_x;
+ pSprite->hot.y = ev->root_y;
+ if (pSprite->hot.x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+ pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+ else if (pSprite->hot.x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+ pSprite->hot.x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hot.y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+ pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+ else if (pSprite->hot.y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+ pSprite->hot.y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hotShape)
+ ConfineToShape(pDev, pSprite->hotShape, &pSprite->hot.x, &pSprite->hot.y);
+ pSprite->hotPhys = pSprite->hot;
+
+ if ((pSprite->hotPhys.x != ev->root_x) ||
+ (pSprite->hotPhys.y != ev->root_y))
+ {
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ {
+ XineramaSetCursorPosition(
+ pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ (*pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->SetCursorPosition)(
+ pDev, pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen,
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x, pSprite->hotPhys.y, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ ev->root_x = pSprite->hot.x;
+ ev->root_y = pSprite->hot.y;
+ }
+
+ newSpriteWin = XYToWindow(pSprite, pSprite->hot.x, pSprite->hot.y);
+
+ if (newSpriteWin != prevSpriteWin)
+ {
+ int sourceid;
+ if (!ev) {
+ UpdateCurrentTimeIf();
+ sourceid = pDev->id; /* when from WindowsRestructured */
+ } else
+ sourceid = ev->sourceid;
+
+ if (prevSpriteWin != NullWindow) {
+ if (!ActivateEnterGrab(pDev, prevSpriteWin, newSpriteWin))
+ DoEnterLeaveEvents(pDev, sourceid, prevSpriteWin,
+ newSpriteWin, NotifyNormal);
+ }
+ /* set pSprite->win after ActivateEnterGrab, otherwise
+ sprite window == grab_window and no enter/leave events are
+ sent. */
+ pSprite->win = newSpriteWin;
+ PostNewCursor(pDev);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Windows have restructured, we need to update the sprite position and the
+ * sprite's cursor.
+ */
+void
+WindowsRestructured(void)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.devices;
+ while(pDev)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(pDev) || IsFloating(pDev))
+ CheckMotion(NULL, pDev);
+ pDev = pDev->next;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+/* This was added to support reconfiguration under Xdmx. The problem is
+ * that if the 0th screen (i.e., screenInfo.screens[0]) is moved to an origin
+ * other than 0,0, the information in the private sprite structure must
+ * be updated accordingly, or XYToWindow (and other routines) will not
+ * compute correctly. */
+void ReinitializeRootWindow(WindowPtr win, int xoff, int yoff)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension) return;
+
+ pDev = inputInfo.devices;
+ while(pDev)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ pSprite->hot.x -= xoff;
+ pSprite->hot.y -= yoff;
+
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x -= xoff;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y -= yoff;
+
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x1 -= xoff;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y1 -= yoff;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 -= xoff;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 -= yoff;
+
+ if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg1))
+ RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg1, xoff, yoff);
+ if (RegionNotEmpty(&pSprite->Reg2))
+ RegionTranslate(&pSprite->Reg2, xoff, yoff);
+
+ /* FIXME: if we call ConfineCursorToWindow, must we do anything else? */
+ if ((grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab) && grab->confineTo) {
+ if (grab->confineTo->drawable.pScreen
+ != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = pSprite->hotPhys.y = 0;
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, grab->confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+ } else
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(
+ pDev,
+ pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen->root,
+ TRUE, FALSE);
+
+ }
+ pDev = pDev->next;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a sprite for the given device and set it to some sane values. If
+ * the device already has a sprite alloc'd, don't realloc but just reset to
+ * default values.
+ * If a window is supplied, the sprite will be initialized with the window's
+ * cursor and positioned in the center of the window's screen. The root window
+ * is a good choice to pass in here.
+ *
+ * It's a good idea to call it only for pointer devices, unless you have a
+ * really talented keyboard.
+ *
+ * @param pDev The device to initialize.
+ * @param pWin The window where to generate the sprite in.
+ *
+ */
+void
+InitializeSprite(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+
+ if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr it;
+
+ pDev->spriteInfo->sprite = (SpritePtr)calloc(1, sizeof(SpriteRec));
+ if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ FatalError("InitializeSprite: failed to allocate sprite struct");
+
+ /* We may have paired another device with this device before our
+ * device had a actual sprite. We need to check for this and reset the
+ * sprite field for all paired devices.
+ *
+ * The VCK is always paired with the VCP before the VCP has a sprite.
+ */
+ for (it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
+ {
+ if (it->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
+ it->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ }
+ if (inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->paired == pDev)
+ inputInfo.keyboard->spriteInfo->sprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ }
+
+ pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ pDev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = TRUE;
+
+ pScreen = (pWin) ? pWin->drawable.pScreen : (ScreenPtr)NULL;
+ pSprite->hot.pScreen = pScreen;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
+ if (pScreen)
+ {
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = pScreen->width / 2;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y = pScreen->height / 2;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
+ }
+
+ pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
+ pSprite->win = pWin;
+
+ if (pWin)
+ {
+ pCursor = wCursor(pWin);
+ pSprite->spriteTrace = (WindowPtr *)calloc(1, 32*sizeof(WindowPtr));
+ if (!pSprite->spriteTrace)
+ FatalError("Failed to allocate spriteTrace");
+ pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 32;
+
+ RootWindow(pDev->spriteInfo->sprite) = pWin;
+ pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
+
+ pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = pScreen;
+ pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
+
+ } else {
+ pCursor = NullCursor;
+ pSprite->spriteTrace = NULL;
+ pSprite->spriteTraceSize = 0;
+ pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 0;
+ pSprite->pEnqueueScreen = screenInfo.screens[0];
+ pSprite->pDequeueScreen = pSprite->pEnqueueScreen;
+ }
+ if (pCursor)
+ pCursor->refcnt++;
+ if (pSprite->current)
+ FreeCursor(pSprite->current, None);
+ pSprite->current = pCursor;
+
+ if (pScreen)
+ {
+ (*pScreen->RealizeCursor) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
+ (*pScreen->CursorLimits) ( pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current,
+ &pSprite->hotLimits, &pSprite->physLimits);
+ pSprite->confined = FALSE;
+
+ (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen,
+ &pSprite->physLimits);
+ (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->hot.x,
+ pSprite->hot.y,
+ FALSE);
+ (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
+ }
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
+ pSprite->confineWin = NullWindow;
+ pSprite->hotShape = NullRegion;
+ pSprite->screen = pScreen;
+ /* gotta UNINIT these someplace */
+ RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg1);
+ RegionNull(&pSprite->Reg2);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the mouse sprite info when the server switches from a pScreen to another.
+ * Otherwise, the pScreen of the mouse sprite is never updated when we switch
+ * from a pScreen to another. Never updating the pScreen of the mouse sprite
+ * implies that windows that are in pScreen whose pScreen->myNum >0 will never
+ * get pointer events. This is because in CheckMotion(), sprite.hotPhys.pScreen
+ * always points to the first pScreen it has been set by
+ * DefineInitialRootWindow().
+ *
+ * Calling this function is useful for use cases where the server
+ * has more than one pScreen.
+ * This function is similar to DefineInitialRootWindow() but it does not
+ * reset the mouse pointer position.
+ * @param win must be the new pScreen we are switching to.
+ */
+void
+UpdateSpriteForScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = NULL;
+ WindowPtr win = NULL;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ if (!pScreen)
+ return ;
+
+ if (!pDev->spriteInfo->sprite)
+ return;
+
+ pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ win = pScreen->root;
+
+ pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen = pScreen;
+ pSprite->hot = pSprite->hotPhys;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = pScreen->height;
+ pSprite->win = win;
+ pCursor = wCursor(win);
+ if (pCursor)
+ pCursor->refcnt++;
+ if (pSprite->current)
+ FreeCursor(pSprite->current, 0);
+ pSprite->current = pCursor;
+ pSprite->spriteTraceGood = 1;
+ pSprite->spriteTrace[0] = win;
+ (*pScreen->CursorLimits) (pDev,
+ pScreen,
+ pSprite->current,
+ &pSprite->hotLimits,
+ &pSprite->physLimits);
+ pSprite->confined = FALSE;
+ (*pScreen->ConstrainCursor) (pDev, pScreen, &pSprite->physLimits);
+ (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pSprite->current);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y1 = -screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.x2 = PanoramiXPixWidth - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ pSprite->hotLimits.y2 = PanoramiXPixHeight - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ pSprite->physLimits = pSprite->hotLimits;
+ pSprite->screen = pScreen;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * This does not take any shortcuts, and even ignores its argument, since
+ * it does not happen very often, and one has to walk up the tree since
+ * this might be a newly instantiated cursor for an intermediate window
+ * between the one the pointer is in and the one that the last cursor was
+ * instantiated from.
+ */
+void
+WindowHasNewCursor(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+ for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ PostNewCursor(pDev);
+}
+
+void
+NewCurrentScreen(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr newScreen, int x, int y)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = pDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x = x;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y = y;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x += newScreen->x - screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y += newScreen->y - screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ if (newScreen != pSprite->screen) {
+ pSprite->screen = newScreen;
+ /* Make sure we tell the DDX to update its copy of the screen */
+ if(pSprite->confineWin)
+ XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev,
+ pSprite->confineWin, TRUE);
+ else
+ XineramaConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, screenInfo.screens[0]->root, TRUE);
+ /* if the pointer wasn't confined, the DDX won't get
+ told of the pointer warp so we reposition it here */
+ if(!syncEvents.playingEvents)
+ (*pSprite->screen->SetCursorPosition)(
+ pDev,
+ pSprite->screen,
+ pSprite->hotPhys.x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x -
+ pSprite->screen->x,
+ pSprite->hotPhys.y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y -
+ pSprite->screen->y, FALSE);
+ }
+ } else
+#endif
+ if (newScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, newScreen->root, TRUE, FALSE);
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+
+static Bool
+XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ int x,
+ int y
+)
+{
+ BoxRec box;
+ int i, xoff, yoff;
+
+ if (!pWin->realized) return FALSE;
+
+ if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if(!XineramaSetWindowPntrs(inputInfo.pointer, pWin)) return FALSE;
+
+ xoff = x + screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ yoff = y + screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
+ pWin = inputInfo.pointer->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i];
+ x = xoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->x;
+ y = yoff - screenInfo.screens[i]->y;
+
+ if(RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip, x, y, &box)
+ && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+ RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
+ x - pWin->drawable.x,
+ y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static int
+XineramaWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr dest = NULL;
+ int x, y, rc;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+ REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
+
+
+ if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+ y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+
+ if (stuff->srcWid != None)
+ {
+ int winX, winY;
+ XID winID = stuff->srcWid;
+ WindowPtr source;
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ winX = source->drawable.x;
+ winY = source->drawable.y;
+ if(source == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
+ winX -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ winY -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ }
+ if (x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
+ y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
+ (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
+ winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
+ (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
+ winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
+ !XineramaPointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
+ return Success;
+ }
+ if (dest) {
+ x = dest->drawable.x;
+ y = dest->drawable.y;
+ if(dest == screenInfo.screens[0]->root) {
+ x -= screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ y -= screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ }
+ }
+
+ x += stuff->dstX;
+ y += stuff->dstY;
+
+ if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+ x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+ else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+ x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+ if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+ y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+ else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+ y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hotShape)
+ ConfineToShape(PickPointer(client), pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
+
+ XineramaSetCursorPosition(PickPointer(client), x, y, TRUE);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for WarpPointer request.
+ * Warps the cursor position to the coordinates given in the request.
+ */
+int
+ProcWarpPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr dest = NULL;
+ int x, y, rc;
+ ScreenPtr newScreen;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev, tmp;
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+
+ REQUEST(xWarpPointerReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xWarpPointerReq);
+
+ dev = PickPointer(client);
+
+ for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
+ if (GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_ATTACHED) == dev) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (dev->lastSlave)
+ dev = dev->lastSlave;
+ pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ return XineramaWarpPointer(client);
+#endif
+
+ if (stuff->dstWid != None) {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&dest, stuff->dstWid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ x = pSprite->hotPhys.x;
+ y = pSprite->hotPhys.y;
+
+ if (stuff->srcWid != None)
+ {
+ int winX, winY;
+ XID winID = stuff->srcWid;
+ WindowPtr source;
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&source, winID, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ winX = source->drawable.x;
+ winY = source->drawable.y;
+ if (source->drawable.pScreen != pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen ||
+ x < winX + stuff->srcX ||
+ y < winY + stuff->srcY ||
+ (stuff->srcWidth != 0 &&
+ winX + stuff->srcX + (int)stuff->srcWidth < x) ||
+ (stuff->srcHeight != 0 &&
+ winY + stuff->srcY + (int)stuff->srcHeight < y) ||
+ !PointInWindowIsVisible(source, x, y))
+ return Success;
+ }
+ if (dest)
+ {
+ x = dest->drawable.x;
+ y = dest->drawable.y;
+ newScreen = dest->drawable.pScreen;
+ } else
+ newScreen = pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen;
+
+ x += stuff->dstX;
+ y += stuff->dstY;
+
+ if (x < 0)
+ x = 0;
+ else if (x >= newScreen->width)
+ x = newScreen->width - 1;
+ if (y < 0)
+ y = 0;
+ else if (y >= newScreen->height)
+ y = newScreen->height - 1;
+
+ if (newScreen == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen)
+ {
+ if (x < pSprite->physLimits.x1)
+ x = pSprite->physLimits.x1;
+ else if (x >= pSprite->physLimits.x2)
+ x = pSprite->physLimits.x2 - 1;
+ if (y < pSprite->physLimits.y1)
+ y = pSprite->physLimits.y1;
+ else if (y >= pSprite->physLimits.y2)
+ y = pSprite->physLimits.y2 - 1;
+ if (pSprite->hotShape)
+ ConfineToShape(dev, pSprite->hotShape, &x, &y);
+ (*newScreen->SetCursorPosition)(dev, newScreen, x, y, TRUE);
+ }
+ else if (!PointerConfinedToScreen(dev))
+ {
+ NewCurrentScreen(dev, newScreen, x, y);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static Bool
+BorderSizeNotEmpty(DeviceIntPtr pDev, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ if(RegionNotEmpty(&pWin->borderSize))
+ return TRUE;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && XineramaSetWindowPntrs(pDev, pWin)) {
+ int i;
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD_SKIP(i) {
+ if(RegionNotEmpty(&pDev->spriteInfo->sprite->windows[i]->borderSize))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * "CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow" checks to see if the event passed in causes a
+ * passive grab set on the window to be activated.
+ * If activate is true and a passive grab is found, it will be activated,
+ * and the event will be delivered to the client.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window that may be subject to a passive grab.
+ * @param device Device that caused the event.
+ * @param event The current device event.
+ * @param checkCore Check for core grabs too.
+ * @param activate If a grab is found, activate it and deliver the event.
+ */
+
+GrabPtr
+CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ DeviceIntPtr device,
+ InternalEvent *event,
+ BOOL checkCore,
+ BOOL activate)
+{
+ SpritePtr pSprite = device->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ GrabPtr grab = wPassiveGrabs(pWin);
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+ GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
+#define CORE_MATCH 0x1
+#define XI_MATCH 0x2
+#define XI2_MATCH 0x4
+ int match = 0;
+
+ if (!grab)
+ return NULL;
+ /* Fill out the grab details, but leave the type for later before
+ * comparing */
+ switch (event->any.type)
+ {
+ case ET_KeyPress:
+ case ET_KeyRelease:
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.key;
+ break;
+ case ET_ButtonPress:
+ case ET_ButtonRelease:
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = event->device_event.detail.button;
+ break;
+ default:
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ tempGrab.window = pWin;
+ tempGrab.device = device;
+ tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+ for (; grab; grab = grab->next)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr gdev;
+ XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = NULL;
+ xEvent *xE = NULL;
+ int count, rc;
+
+ gdev= grab->modifierDevice;
+ if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ {
+ if (IsPointerDevice(device))
+ gdev = GetPairedDevice(device);
+ else
+ gdev = device;
+ } else if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI2)
+ {
+ /* if the device is an attached slave device, gdev must be the
+ * attached master keyboard. Since the slave may have been
+ * reattached after the grab, the modifier device may not be the
+ * same. */
+ if (!IsMaster(grab->device) && !IsFloating(device))
+ gdev = GetMaster(device, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+ }
+
+
+ if (gdev && gdev->key)
+ xkbi= gdev->key->xkbInfo;
+ tempGrab.modifierDevice = grab->modifierDevice;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = xkbi ? xkbi->state.grab_mods : 0;
+
+ /* Check for XI2 and XI grabs first */
+ tempGrab.type = GetXI2Type(event);
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI2;
+ if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE))
+ match = XI2_MATCH;
+
+ if (!match)
+ {
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_XI;
+ if ((tempGrab.type = GetXIType(event)) &&
+ (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, FALSE)))
+ match = XI_MATCH;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a core grab (ignore the device when comparing) */
+ if (!match && checkCore)
+ {
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ if ((tempGrab.type = GetCoreType(event)) &&
+ (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab, TRUE)))
+ match = CORE_MATCH;
+ }
+
+ if (!match || (grab->confineTo &&
+ (!grab->confineTo->realized ||
+ !BorderSizeNotEmpty(device, grab->confineTo))))
+ continue;
+
+ grabinfo = &device->deviceGrab;
+ /* In some cases a passive core grab may exist, but the client
+ * already has a core grab on some other device. In this case we
+ * must not get the grab, otherwise we may never ungrab the
+ * device.
+ */
+
+ if (grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr other;
+ BOOL interfering = FALSE;
+
+ /* A passive grab may have been created for a different device
+ than it is assigned to at this point in time.
+ Update the grab's device and modifier device to reflect the
+ current state.
+ Since XGrabDeviceButton requires to specify the
+ modifierDevice explicitly, we don't override this choice.
+ */
+ if (tempGrab.type < GenericEvent)
+ {
+ grab->device = device;
+ grab->modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(device);
+ }
+
+ for (other = inputInfo.devices; other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ GrabPtr othergrab = other->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (othergrab && othergrab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE &&
+ SameClient(grab, rClient(othergrab)) &&
+ ((IsPointerDevice(grab->device) &&
+ IsPointerDevice(othergrab->device)) ||
+ (IsKeyboardDevice(grab->device) &&
+ IsKeyboardDevice(othergrab->device))))
+ {
+ interfering = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (interfering)
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (!activate)
+ {
+ return grab;
+ }
+ else if (!GetXIType(event) && !GetCoreType(event))
+ {
+ ErrorF("Event type %d in CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow is neither"
+ " XI 1.x nor core\n", event->any.type);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* The only consumers of corestate are Xi 1.x and core events, which
+ * are guaranteed to come from DeviceEvents. */
+ if (match & (XI_MATCH | CORE_MATCH))
+ {
+ event->device_event.corestate &= 0x1f00;
+ event->device_event.corestate |= tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact &
+ (~0x1f00);
+ }
+
+ if (match & CORE_MATCH)
+ {
+ rc = EventToCore(event, &xE, &count);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed in CPGFW "
+ "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ continue;
+ }
+ } else if (match & XI2_MATCH)
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI2(event, &xE);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in CPGFW "
+ "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ continue;
+ }
+ count = 1;
+ } else
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in CPGFW "
+ "(%d, %d).\n", device->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ (*grabinfo->ActivateGrab)(device, grab, currentTime, TRUE);
+
+ if (xE)
+ {
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xE, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+
+ /* XXX: XACE? */
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), device, xE, count,
+ GetEventFilter(device, xE),
+ GetEventFilter(device, xE), grab);
+ }
+
+ if (grabinfo->sync.state == FROZEN_NO_EVENT)
+ {
+ if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
+ grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;
+ grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
+ }
+
+ free(xE);
+ return grab;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+#undef CORE_MATCH
+#undef XI_MATCH
+#undef XI2_MATCH
+}
+
+/**
+ * CheckDeviceGrabs handles both keyboard and pointer events that may cause
+ * a passive grab to be activated.
+ *
+ * If the event is a keyboard event, the ancestors of the focus window are
+ * traced down and tried to see if they have any passive grabs to be
+ * activated. If the focus window itself is reached and it's descendants
+ * contain the pointer, the ancestors of the window that the pointer is in
+ * are then traced down starting at the focus window, otherwise no grabs are
+ * activated.
+ * If the event is a pointer event, the ancestors of the window that the
+ * pointer is in are traced down starting at the root until CheckPassiveGrabs
+ * causes a passive grab to activate or all the windows are
+ * tried. PRH
+ *
+ * If a grab is activated, the event has been sent to the client already!
+ *
+ * The event we pass in must always be an XI event. From this, we then emulate
+ * the core event and then check for grabs.
+ *
+ * @param device The device that caused the event.
+ * @param xE The event to handle (Device{Button|Key}Press).
+ * @param count Number of events in list.
+ * @return TRUE if a grab has been activated or false otherwise.
+*/
+
+Bool
+CheckDeviceGrabs(DeviceIntPtr device, DeviceEvent *event, WindowPtr ancestor)
+{
+ int i;
+ WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
+ FocusClassPtr focus = IsPointerEvent((InternalEvent*)event) ? NULL : device->focus;
+ BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(device) && device->coreEvents);
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+ if (event->type != ET_ButtonPress &&
+ event->type != ET_KeyPress)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (event->type == ET_ButtonPress
+ && (device->button->buttonsDown != 1))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (device->deviceGrab.grab)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ i = 0;
+ if (ancestor)
+ {
+ while (i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)
+ if (device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i++] == ancestor)
+ break;
+ if (i == device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood)
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ if (focus)
+ {
+ for (; i < focus->traceGood; i++)
+ {
+ pWin = focus->trace[i];
+ if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,
+ sendCore, TRUE))
+ {
+ ret = TRUE;
+ goto out;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((focus->win == NoneWin) ||
+ (i >= device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood) ||
+ (pWin && pWin != device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i-1]))
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ for (; i < device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTraceGood; i++)
+ {
+ pWin = device->spriteInfo->sprite->spriteTrace[i];
+ if (CheckPassiveGrabsOnWindow(pWin, device, (InternalEvent *) event,
+ sendCore, TRUE))
+ {
+ ret = TRUE;
+ goto out;
+ }
+ }
+
+out:
+ if (ret == TRUE && event->type == ET_KeyPress)
+ device->deviceGrab.activatingKey = event->detail.key;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called for keyboard events to deliver event to whatever client owns the
+ * focus.
+ *
+ * The event is delivered to the keyboard's focus window, the root window or
+ * to the window owning the input focus.
+ *
+ * @param keybd The keyboard originating the event.
+ * @param event The event, not yet in wire format.
+ * @param window Window underneath the sprite.
+ */
+void
+DeliverFocusedEvent(DeviceIntPtr keybd, InternalEvent *event, WindowPtr window)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr;
+ WindowPtr focus = keybd->focus->win;
+ BOOL sendCore = (IsMaster(keybd) && keybd->coreEvents);
+ xEvent *core = NULL, *xE = NULL, *xi2 = NULL;
+ int count, rc;
+ int deliveries = 0;
+
+ if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
+ if (!focus)
+ return;
+ if (focus == PointerRootWin)
+ {
+ DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, NullWindow, keybd);
+ return;
+ }
+ if ((focus == window) || IsParent(focus, window))
+ {
+ if (DeliverDeviceEvents(window, event, NullGrab, focus, keybd))
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* just deliver it to the focus window */
+ ptr = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
+
+
+ rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ /* XXX: XACE */
+ int filter = GetEventFilter(keybd, xi2);
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xi2, focus, None, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xi2, 1,
+ filter, NullGrab);
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
+
+ rc = EventToXI(event, &xE, &count);
+ if (rc == Success &&
+ XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, xE, count) == Success)
+ {
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(ptr->spriteInfo->sprite, xE, focus, None, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, xE, count,
+ GetEventFilter(keybd, xE),
+ NullGrab);
+
+ if (deliveries > 0)
+ goto unwind;
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
+
+ if (sendCore)
+ {
+ rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, NULL, keybd, focus, core, count) == Success) {
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(keybd->spriteInfo->sprite, core, focus,
+ None, FALSE);
+ deliveries = DeliverEventsToWindow(keybd, focus, core, count,
+ GetEventFilter(keybd, core),
+ NullGrab);
+ }
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: core conversion failed DFE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ keybd->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ }
+
+unwind:
+ free(core);
+ free(xE);
+ free(xi2);
+ return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deliver an event from a device that is currently grabbed. Uses
+ * DeliverDeviceEvents() for further delivery if a ownerEvents is set on the
+ * grab. If not, TryClientEvents() is used.
+ *
+ * @param deactivateGrab True if the device's grab should be deactivated.
+ *
+ * @return The number of events delivered.
+ */
+int
+DeliverGrabbedEvent(InternalEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr thisDev,
+ Bool deactivateGrab)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ GrabInfoPtr grabinfo;
+ int deliveries = 0;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = thisDev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ BOOL sendCore = FALSE;
+ int rc, count = 0;
+ xEvent *xi = NULL;
+ xEvent *xi2 = NULL;
+ xEvent *core = NULL;
+
+ grabinfo = &thisDev->deviceGrab;
+ grab = grabinfo->grab;
+
+ if (grab->ownerEvents)
+ {
+ WindowPtr focus;
+
+ /* Hack: Some pointer device have a focus class. So we need to check
+ * for the type of event, to see if we really want to deliver it to
+ * the focus window. For pointer events, the answer is no.
+ */
+ if (IsPointerEvent(event))
+ focus = PointerRootWin;
+ else if (thisDev->focus)
+ {
+ focus = thisDev->focus->win;
+ if (focus == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ focus = inputInfo.keyboard->focus->win;
+ }
+ else
+ focus = PointerRootWin;
+ if (focus == PointerRootWin)
+ deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab,
+ NullWindow, thisDev);
+ else if (focus && (focus == pSprite->win ||
+ IsParent(focus, pSprite->win)))
+ deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(pSprite->win, event, grab, focus,
+ thisDev);
+ else if (focus)
+ deliveries = DeliverDeviceEvents(focus, event, grab, focus,
+ thisDev);
+ }
+ if (!deliveries)
+ {
+ Mask mask;
+
+ /* XXX: In theory, we could pass the internal events through to
+ * everything and only convert just before hitting the wire. We can't
+ * do that yet, so DGE is the last stop for internal events. From here
+ * onwards, we deal with core/XI events.
+ */
+
+ mask = grab->eventMask;
+
+ sendCore = (IsMaster(thisDev) && thisDev->coreEvents);
+ /* try core event */
+ if (sendCore && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ {
+ rc = EventToCore(event, &core, &count);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, core, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
+ grab->window, core, count) ||
+ XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
+ grab->window, core, count))
+ deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ else if (!IsInterferingGrab(rClient(grab), thisDev, core))
+ {
+ deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
+ core, count, mask,
+ GetEventFilter(thisDev, core),
+ grab);
+ }
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] DeliverGrabbedEvent. Core conversion failed.\n");
+ }
+
+ if (!deliveries)
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI2(event, &xi2);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ int evtype = xi2_get_type(xi2);
+ mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][evtype/8] |
+ grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][evtype/8] |
+ grab->xi2mask[thisDev->id][evtype/8];
+ /* try XI2 event */
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi2, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+ /* XXX: XACE */
+ deliveries = TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev, xi2, 1, mask,
+ GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi2), grab);
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI2 conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ }
+
+ if (!deliveries)
+ {
+ rc = EventToXI(event, &xi, &count);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ /* try XI event */
+ if (grabinfo->fromPassiveGrab &&
+ grabinfo->implicitGrab)
+ mask = grab->deviceMask;
+ else
+ mask = grab->eventMask;
+
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(pSprite, xi, grab->window, None, TRUE);
+
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, 0, thisDev,
+ grab->window, xi, count) ||
+ XaceHook(XACE_RECEIVE_ACCESS, rClient(grab),
+ grab->window, xi, count))
+ deliveries = 1; /* don't send, but pretend we did */
+ else
+ {
+ deliveries =
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), thisDev,
+ xi, count,
+ mask,
+ GetEventFilter(thisDev, xi),
+ grab);
+ }
+ } else if (rc != BadMatch)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: XI conversion failed in DGE (%d, %d). Skipping delivery.\n",
+ thisDev->name, event->any.type, rc);
+ }
+
+ if (deliveries && (event->any.type == ET_Motion))
+ thisDev->valuator->motionHintWindow = grab->window;
+ }
+ if (deliveries && !deactivateGrab && event->any.type != ET_Motion)
+ {
+ switch (grabinfo->sync.state)
+ {
+ case FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT:
+ dev = GetPairedDevice(thisDev);
+ if (dev)
+ {
+ FreezeThaw(dev, TRUE);
+ if ((dev->deviceGrab.sync.state == FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT) &&
+ (CLIENT_BITS(grab->resource) ==
+ CLIENT_BITS(dev->deviceGrab.grab->resource)))
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.state = FROZEN_NO_EVENT;
+ else
+ dev->deviceGrab.sync.other = grab;
+ }
+ /* fall through */
+ case FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT:
+ grabinfo->sync.state = FROZEN_WITH_EVENT;
+ FreezeThaw(thisDev, TRUE);
+ if (!grabinfo->sync.event)
+ grabinfo->sync.event = calloc(1, sizeof(InternalEvent));
+ *grabinfo->sync.event = event->device_event;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(core);
+ free(xi);
+ free(xi2);
+
+ return deliveries;
+}
+
+/* This function is used to set the key pressed or key released state -
+ this is only used when the pressing of keys does not cause
+ the device's processInputProc to be called, as in for example Mouse Keys.
+*/
+void
+FixKeyState (DeviceEvent *event, DeviceIntPtr keybd)
+{
+ int key = event->detail.key;
+
+ if (event->type == ET_KeyPress) {
+ DebugF("FixKeyState: Key %d %s\n",key,
+ ((event->type == ET_KeyPress) ? "down" : "up"));
+ }
+
+ if (event->type == ET_KeyPress)
+ set_key_down(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);
+ else if (event->type == ET_KeyRelease)
+ set_key_up(keybd, key, KEY_PROCESSED);
+ else
+ FatalError("Impossible keyboard event");
+}
+
+#define AtMostOneClient \
+ (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask | ButtonPressMask)
+#define ManagerMask \
+ (SubstructureRedirectMask | ResizeRedirectMask)
+
+/**
+ * Recalculate which events may be deliverable for the given window.
+ * Recalculated mask is used for quicker determination which events may be
+ * delivered to a window.
+ *
+ * The otherEventMasks on a WindowOptional is the combination of all event
+ * masks set by all clients on the window.
+ * deliverableEventMask is the combination of the eventMask and the
+ * otherEventMask plus the events that may be propagated to the parent.
+ *
+ * Traverses to siblings and parents of the window.
+ */
+void
+RecalculateDeliverableEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ OtherClients *others;
+ WindowPtr pChild;
+
+ pChild = pWin;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (pChild->optional)
+ {
+ pChild->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
+ for (others = wOtherClients(pChild); others; others = others->next)
+ {
+ pChild->optional->otherEventMasks |= others->mask;
+ }
+ }
+ pChild->deliverableEvents = pChild->eventMask|
+ wOtherEventMasks(pChild);
+ if (pChild->parent)
+ pChild->deliverableEvents |=
+ (pChild->parent->deliverableEvents &
+ ~wDontPropagateMask(pChild) & PropagateMask);
+ if (pChild->firstChild)
+ {
+ pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
+ pChild = pChild->parent;
+ if (pChild == pWin)
+ break;
+ pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+OtherClientGone(pointer value, XID id)
+{
+ OtherClientsPtr other, prev;
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;
+
+ prev = 0;
+ for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (other->resource == id)
+ {
+ if (prev)
+ prev->next = other->next;
+ else
+ {
+ if (!(pWin->optional->otherClients = other->next))
+ CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);
+ }
+ free(other);
+ RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ prev = other;
+ }
+ FatalError("client not on event list");
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ return -1; /* make compiler happy */
+}
+
+int
+EventSelectForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, Mask mask)
+{
+ Mask check;
+ OtherClients * others;
+ DeviceIntPtr dev;
+ int rc;
+
+ if (mask & ~AllEventMasks)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ check = (mask & ManagerMask);
+ if (check) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,
+ RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixManageAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ check = (mask & AtMostOneClient);
+ if (check & (pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)))
+ { /* It is illegal for two different
+ clients to select on any of the
+ events for AtMostOneClient. However,
+ it is OK, for some client to
+ continue selecting on one of those
+ events. */
+ if ((wClient(pWin) != client) && (check & pWin->eventMask))
+ return BadAccess;
+ for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
+ {
+ if (!SameClient(others, client) && (check & others->mask))
+ return BadAccess;
+ }
+ }
+ if (wClient (pWin) == client)
+ {
+ check = pWin->eventMask;
+ pWin->eventMask = mask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (others = wOtherClients (pWin); others; others = others->next)
+ {
+ if (SameClient(others, client))
+ {
+ check = others->mask;
+ if (mask == 0)
+ {
+ FreeResource(others->resource, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ others->mask = mask;
+ goto maskSet;
+ }
+ }
+ check = 0;
+ if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ others = malloc(sizeof(OtherClients));
+ if (!others)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ others->mask = mask;
+ others->resource = FakeClientID(client->index);
+ others->next = pWin->optional->otherClients;
+ pWin->optional->otherClients = others;
+ if (!AddResource(others->resource, RT_OTHERCLIENT, (pointer)pWin))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+maskSet:
+ if ((mask & PointerMotionHintMask) && !(check & PointerMotionHintMask))
+ {
+ for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
+ {
+ if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
+ dev->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ }
+ }
+ RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+EventSuppressForWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client,
+ Mask mask, Bool *checkOptional)
+{
+ int i, free;
+
+ if (mask & ~PropagateMask)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (pWin->dontPropagate)
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
+ if (!mask)
+ i = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ for (i = DNPMCOUNT, free = 0; --i > 0; )
+ {
+ if (!DontPropagateRefCnts[i])
+ free = i;
+ else if (mask == DontPropagateMasks[i])
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!i && free)
+ {
+ i = free;
+ DontPropagateMasks[i] = mask;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i || !mask)
+ {
+ pWin->dontPropagate = i;
+ if (i)
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[i]++;
+ if (pWin->optional)
+ {
+ pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
+ *checkOptional = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+ {
+ if (pWin->dontPropagate)
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]++;
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ pWin->dontPropagate = 0;
+ pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = mask;
+ }
+ RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Assembles an EnterNotify or LeaveNotify and sends it event to the client.
+ * Uses the paired keyboard to get some additional information.
+ */
+void
+CoreEnterLeaveEvent(
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse,
+ int type,
+ int mode,
+ int detail,
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Window child)
+{
+ xEvent event;
+ WindowPtr focus;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd;
+ GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ Mask mask;
+
+ keybd = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
+
+ if ((pWin == mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow) &&
+ (detail != NotifyInferior))
+ mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ if (grab)
+ {
+ mask = (pWin == grab->window) ? grab->eventMask : 0;
+ if (grab->ownerEvents)
+ mask |= EventMaskForClient(pWin, rClient(grab));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ mask = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin);
+ }
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = type;
+ event.u.u.detail = detail;
+ event.u.enterLeave.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ event.u.enterLeave.rootX = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x;
+ event.u.enterLeave.rootY = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y;
+ /* Counts on the same initial structure of crossing & button events! */
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, &event, pWin, None, FALSE);
+ /* Enter/Leave events always set child */
+ event.u.enterLeave.child = child;
+ event.u.enterLeave.flags = event.u.keyButtonPointer.sameScreen ?
+ ELFlagSameScreen : 0;
+ event.u.enterLeave.state = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state & 0x1f00) : 0;
+ if (keybd)
+ event.u.enterLeave.state |=
+ XkbGrabStateFromRec(&keybd->key->xkbInfo->state);
+ event.u.enterLeave.mode = mode;
+ focus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : None;
+ if ((focus != NoneWin) &&
+ ((pWin == focus) || (focus == PointerRootWin) ||
+ IsParent(focus, pWin)))
+ event.u.enterLeave.flags |= ELFlagFocus;
+
+ if ((mask & GetEventFilter(mouse, &event)))
+ {
+ if (grab)
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, &event, 1, mask,
+ GetEventFilter(mouse, &event), grab);
+ else
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, &event, 1,
+ GetEventFilter(mouse, &event),
+ NullGrab);
+ }
+
+ if ((type == EnterNotify) && (mask & KeymapStateMask))
+ {
+ xKeymapEvent ke;
+ ClientPtr client = grab ? rClient(grab) : wClient(pWin);
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, keybd, DixReadAccess))
+ memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);
+ else
+ memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&keybd->key->down[1], 31);
+
+ ke.type = KeymapNotify;
+ if (grab)
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), keybd, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
+ mask, KeymapStateMask, grab);
+ else
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
+ KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+DeviceEnterLeaveEvent(
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse,
+ int sourceid,
+ int type,
+ int mode,
+ int detail,
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Window child)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ xXIEnterEvent *event;
+ int filter;
+ int btlen, len, i;
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd;
+
+ if ((mode == XINotifyPassiveGrab && type == XI_Leave) ||
+ (mode == XINotifyPassiveUngrab && type == XI_Enter))
+ return;
+
+ btlen = (mouse->button) ? bits_to_bytes(mouse->button->numButtons) : 0;
+ btlen = bytes_to_int32(btlen);
+ len = sizeof(xXIEnterEvent) + btlen * 4;
+
+ event = calloc(1, len);
+ event->type = GenericEvent;
+ event->extension = IReqCode;
+ event->evtype = type;
+ event->length = (len - sizeof(xEvent))/4;
+ event->buttons_len = btlen;
+ event->detail = detail;
+ event->time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ event->deviceid = mouse->id;
+ event->sourceid = sourceid;
+ event->mode = mode;
+ event->root_x = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.x, 0);
+ event->root_y = FP1616(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite->hot.y, 0);
+
+ for (i = 0; mouse && mouse->button && i < mouse->button->numButtons; i++)
+ if (BitIsOn(mouse->button->down, i))
+ SetBit(&event[1], i);
+
+ kbd = GetMaster(mouse, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+ if (kbd && kbd->key)
+ {
+ event->mods.base_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_mods;
+ event->mods.latched_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_mods;
+ event->mods.locked_mods = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_mods;
+
+ event->group.base_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.base_group;
+ event->group.latched_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.latched_group;
+ event->group.locked_group = kbd->key->xkbInfo->state.locked_group;
+ }
+
+ FixUpEventFromWindow(mouse->spriteInfo->sprite, (xEvent*)event, pWin,
+ None, FALSE);
+
+ filter = GetEventFilter(mouse, (xEvent*)event);
+
+ if (grab)
+ {
+ Mask mask;
+ mask = grab->xi2mask[XIAllDevices][type/8] |
+ grab->xi2mask[XIAllMasterDevices][type/8] |
+ grab->xi2mask[mouse->id][type/8];
+ TryClientEvents(rClient(grab), mouse, (xEvent*)event, 1, mask,
+ filter, grab);
+ } else {
+ if (!GetWindowXI2Mask(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event))
+ goto out;
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(mouse, pWin, (xEvent*)event, 1, filter,
+ NullGrab);
+ }
+
+out:
+ free(event);
+}
+
+void
+CoreFocusEvent(DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int mode, int detail, WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ xEvent event;
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.focus.mode = mode;
+ event.u.u.type = type;
+ event.u.u.detail = detail;
+ event.u.focus.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &event, 1,
+ GetEventFilter(dev, &event), NullGrab);
+ if ((type == FocusIn) &&
+ ((pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & KeymapStateMask))
+ {
+ xKeymapEvent ke;
+ ClientPtr client = wClient(pWin);
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixReadAccess))
+ memset((char *)&ke.map[0], 0, 31);
+ else
+ memmove((char *)&ke.map[0], (char *)&dev->key->down[1], 31);
+
+ ke.type = KeymapNotify;
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, (xEvent *)&ke, 1,
+ KeymapStateMask, NullGrab);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the input focus to the given window. Subsequent keyboard events will be
+ * delivered to the given window.
+ *
+ * Usually called from ProcSetInputFocus as result of a client request. If so,
+ * the device is the inputInfo.keyboard.
+ * If called from ProcXSetInputFocus as result of a client xinput request, the
+ * device is set to the device specified by the client.
+ *
+ * @param client Client that requested input focus change.
+ * @param dev Focus device.
+ * @param focusID The window to obtain the focus. Can be PointerRoot or None.
+ * @param revertTo Specifies where the focus reverts to when window becomes
+ * unviewable.
+ * @param ctime Specifies the time.
+ * @param followOK True if pointer is allowed to follow the keyboard.
+ */
+int
+SetInputFocus(
+ ClientPtr client,
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ Window focusID,
+ CARD8 revertTo,
+ Time ctime,
+ Bool followOK)
+{
+ FocusClassPtr focus;
+ WindowPtr focusWin;
+ int mode, rc;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd; /* used for FollowKeyboard or FollowKeyboardWin */
+
+
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+ if ((revertTo != RevertToParent) &&
+ (revertTo != RevertToPointerRoot) &&
+ (revertTo != RevertToNone) &&
+ ((revertTo != RevertToFollowKeyboard) || !followOK))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = revertTo;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
+
+ if (IsKeyboardDevice(dev))
+ keybd = dev;
+ else
+ keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
+
+ if ((focusID == None) || (focusID == PointerRoot))
+ focusWin = (WindowPtr)(long)focusID;
+ else if ((focusID == FollowKeyboard) && followOK)
+ {
+ focusWin = keybd->focus->win;
+ }
+ else {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&focusWin, focusID, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ /* It is a match error to try to set the input focus to an
+ unviewable window. */
+ if(!focusWin->realized)
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixSetFocusAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return Success;
+
+ focus = dev->focus;
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, focus->time) == EARLIER))
+ return Success;
+ mode = (dev->deviceGrab.grab) ? NotifyWhileGrabbed : NotifyNormal;
+ if (focus->win == FollowKeyboardWin)
+ {
+ if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin))
+ DoFocusEvents(dev, keybd->focus->win, focusWin, mode);
+ } else
+ {
+ if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(dev, focus->win, focusWin))
+ DoFocusEvents(dev, focus->win, focusWin, mode);
+ }
+ focus->time = time;
+ focus->revert = revertTo;
+ if (focusID == FollowKeyboard)
+ focus->win = FollowKeyboardWin;
+ else
+ focus->win = focusWin;
+ if ((focusWin == NoneWin) || (focusWin == PointerRootWin))
+ focus->traceGood = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ int depth = 0;
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+
+ for (pWin = focusWin; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent) depth++;
+ if (depth > focus->traceSize)
+ {
+ focus->traceSize = depth+1;
+ focus->trace = realloc(focus->trace,
+ focus->traceSize * sizeof(WindowPtr));
+ }
+ focus->traceGood = depth;
+ for (pWin = focusWin, depth--; pWin; pWin = pWin->parent, depth--)
+ focus->trace[depth] = pWin;
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for SetInputFocus request.
+ *
+ * Sets the input focus for the virtual core keyboard.
+ */
+int
+ProcSetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ REQUEST(xSetInputFocusReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSetInputFocusReq);
+
+ return SetInputFocus(client, kbd, stuff->focus,
+ stuff->revertTo, stuff->time, FALSE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GetInputFocus request.
+ *
+ * Sends the current input focus for the client's keyboard back to the
+ * client.
+ */
+int
+ProcGetInputFocus(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ xGetInputFocusReply rep;
+ FocusClassPtr focus = kbd->focus;
+ int rc;
+ /* REQUEST(xReq); */
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, kbd, DixGetFocusAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ if (focus->win == NoneWin)
+ rep.focus = None;
+ else if (focus->win == PointerRootWin)
+ rep.focus = PointerRoot;
+ else rep.focus = focus->win->drawable.id;
+ rep.revertTo = focus->revert;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGetInputFocusReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabPointer request.
+ *
+ * Sets an active grab on the client's ClientPointer and returns success
+ * status to client.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGrabPointerReply rep;
+ DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ GrabMask mask;
+ WindowPtr confineTo;
+ CursorPtr oldCursor;
+ REQUEST(xGrabPointerReq);
+ TimeStamp time;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabPointerReq);
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+
+ if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if (stuff->confineTo == None)
+ confineTo = NullWindow;
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
+ DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply));
+ oldCursor = NullCursor;
+ grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ if (grab)
+ {
+ if (grab->confineTo && !confineTo)
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(device, GetCurrentRootWindow(device), FALSE,
+ FALSE);
+ oldCursor = grab->cursor;
+ }
+
+ mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
+
+ rc = GrabDevice(client, device, stuff->pointerMode, stuff->keyboardMode,
+ stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents, stuff->time,
+ &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, stuff->cursor,
+ stuff->confineTo, &rep.status);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (oldCursor && rep.status == GrabSuccess)
+ FreeCursor (oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabPointerReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for ChangeActivePointerGrab request.
+ *
+ * Changes properties of the grab hold by the client. If the client does not
+ * hold an active grab on the device, nothing happens.
+ */
+int
+ProcChangeActivePointerGrab(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr device;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ CursorPtr newCursor, oldCursor;
+ REQUEST(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
+ TimeStamp time;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xChangeActivePointerGrabReq);
+ if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->cursor == None)
+ newCursor = NullCursor;
+ else
+ {
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&newCursor, stuff->cursor,
+ RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ device = PickPointer(client);
+ grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ if (!grab)
+ return Success;
+ if (!SameClient(grab, client))
+ return Success;
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->time);
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) == EARLIER))
+ return Success;
+ oldCursor = grab->cursor;
+ grab->cursor = newCursor;
+ if (newCursor)
+ newCursor->refcnt++;
+ PostNewCursor(device);
+ if (oldCursor)
+ FreeCursor(oldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+ grab->eventMask = stuff->eventMask;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabPointer request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a pointer grab on a device the client has grabbed.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr device = PickPointer(client);
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+ grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
+ (grab) && SameClient(grab, client))
+ (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets a grab on the given device.
+ *
+ * Called from ProcGrabKeyboard to work on the client's keyboard.
+ * Called from ProcXGrabDevice to work on the device specified by the client.
+ *
+ * The parameters this_mode and other_mode represent the keyboard_mode and
+ * pointer_mode parameters of XGrabKeyboard().
+ * See man page for details on all the parameters
+ *
+ * @param client Client that owns the grab.
+ * @param dev The device to grab.
+ * @param this_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
+ * @param other_mode GrabModeSync or GrabModeAsync
+ * @param status Return code to be returned to the caller.
+ *
+ * @returns Success or BadValue.
+ */
+int
+GrabDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ unsigned pointer_mode, unsigned keyboard_mode, Window grabWindow,
+ unsigned ownerEvents, Time ctime, GrabMask *mask,
+ int grabtype, Cursor curs, Window confineToWin, CARD8 *status)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
+ int rc;
+ GrabInfoPtr grabInfo = &dev->deviceGrab;
+ CursorPtr cursor;
+
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+ if ((keyboard_mode != GrabModeSync) && (keyboard_mode != GrabModeAsync))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = keyboard_mode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((pointer_mode != GrabModeSync) && (pointer_mode != GrabModeAsync))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pointer_mode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((ownerEvents != xFalse) && (ownerEvents != xTrue))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = ownerEvents;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (confineToWin == None)
+ confineTo = NullWindow;
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, confineToWin, client,
+ DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ if (curs == None)
+ cursor = NullCursor;
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, curs, RT_CURSOR,
+ client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = curs;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
+ }
+
+ if (keyboard_mode == GrabModeSync || pointer_mode == GrabModeSync)
+ access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, access_mode);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(ctime);
+ grab = grabInfo->grab;
+ if (grab && grab->grabtype != grabtype)
+ *status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+ if (grab && !SameClient(grab, client))
+ *status = AlreadyGrabbed;
+ else if ((!pWin->realized) ||
+ (confineTo &&
+ !(confineTo->realized
+ && BorderSizeNotEmpty(dev, confineTo))))
+ *status = GrabNotViewable;
+ else if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) == LATER) ||
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, grabInfo->grabTime) == EARLIER))
+ *status = GrabInvalidTime;
+ else if (grabInfo->sync.frozen &&
+ grabInfo->sync.other && !SameClient(grabInfo->sync.other, client))
+ *status = GrabFrozen;
+ else
+ {
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+
+ /* Otherwise segfaults happen on grabbed MPX devices */
+ memset(&tempGrab, 0, sizeof(GrabRec));
+
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+ tempGrab.window = pWin;
+ tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+ tempGrab.ownerEvents = ownerEvents;
+ tempGrab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;
+ tempGrab.pointerMode = pointer_mode;
+ if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ tempGrab.eventMask = mask->core;
+ else if (grabtype == GRABTYPE_XI)
+ tempGrab.eventMask = mask->xi;
+ else
+ memcpy(tempGrab.xi2mask, mask->xi2mask, sizeof(tempGrab.xi2mask));
+ tempGrab.device = dev;
+ tempGrab.cursor = cursor;
+ tempGrab.confineTo = confineTo;
+ tempGrab.grabtype = grabtype;
+ (*grabInfo->ActivateGrab)(dev, &tempGrab, time, FALSE);
+ *status = GrabSuccess;
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKeyboard request.
+ *
+ * Grabs the client's keyboard and returns success status to client.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xGrabKeyboardReply rep;
+ REQUEST(xGrabKeyboardReq);
+ int result;
+ DeviceIntPtr keyboard = PickKeyboard(client);
+ GrabMask mask;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyboardReq);
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply));
+ mask.core = KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;
+
+ result = GrabDevice(client, keyboard, stuff->pointerMode,
+ stuff->keyboardMode, stuff->grabWindow, stuff->ownerEvents,
+ stuff->time, &mask, GRABTYPE_CORE, None, None,
+ &rep.status);
+
+ if (result != Success)
+ return result;
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xGrabKeyboardReply), &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKeyboard request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a possible grab on the client's keyboard.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr device = PickKeyboard(client);
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+
+ grab = device->deviceGrab.grab;
+
+ time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->id);
+ if ((CompareTimeStamps(time, currentTime) != LATER) &&
+ (CompareTimeStamps(time, device->deviceGrab.grabTime) != EARLIER) &&
+ (grab) && SameClient(grab, client) && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE)
+ (*device->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(device);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for QueryPointer request.
+ *
+ * Returns the current state and position of the client's ClientPointer to the
+ * client.
+ */
+int
+ProcQueryPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xQueryPointerReply rep;
+ WindowPtr pWin, t;
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse = PickPointer(client);
+ DeviceIntPtr keyboard;
+ SpritePtr pSprite;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xResourceReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xResourceReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->id, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, mouse, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success && rc != BadAccess)
+ return rc;
+
+ keyboard = GetPairedDevice(mouse);
+
+ pSprite = mouse->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ if (mouse->valuator->motionHintWindow)
+ MaybeStopHint(mouse, client);
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.mask = mouse->button ? (mouse->button->state) : 0;
+ rep.mask |= XkbStateFieldFromRec(&keyboard->key->xkbInfo->state);
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.root = (GetCurrentRootWindow(mouse))->drawable.id;
+ rep.rootX = pSprite->hot.x;
+ rep.rootY = pSprite->hot.y;
+ rep.child = None;
+ if (pSprite->hot.pScreen == pWin->drawable.pScreen)
+ {
+ rep.sameScreen = xTrue;
+ rep.winX = pSprite->hot.x - pWin->drawable.x;
+ rep.winY = pSprite->hot.y - pWin->drawable.y;
+ for (t = pSprite->win; t; t = t->parent)
+ if (t->parent == pWin)
+ {
+ rep.child = t->drawable.id;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rep.sameScreen = xFalse;
+ rep.winX = 0;
+ rep.winY = 0;
+ }
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ rep.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ rep.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ if(stuff->id == rep.root) {
+ rep.winX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ rep.winY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (rc == BadAccess) {
+ rep.mask = 0;
+ rep.child = None;
+ rep.rootX = 0;
+ rep.rootY = 0;
+ rep.winX = 0;
+ rep.winY = 0;
+ }
+
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryPointerReply), &rep);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the device list and the DIX sprite to sane values. Allocates
+ * trace memory used for quick window traversal.
+ */
+void
+InitEvents(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ inputInfo.numDevices = 0;
+ inputInfo.devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ inputInfo.off_devices = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ inputInfo.keyboard = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ inputInfo.pointer = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++)
+ {
+ memcpy(&filters[i], default_filter, sizeof(default_filter));
+ }
+
+ syncEvents.replayDev = (DeviceIntPtr)NULL;
+ syncEvents.replayWin = NullWindow;
+ while (syncEvents.pending)
+ {
+ QdEventPtr next = syncEvents.pending->next;
+ free(syncEvents.pending);
+ syncEvents.pending = next;
+ }
+ syncEvents.pendtail = &syncEvents.pending;
+ syncEvents.playingEvents = FALSE;
+ syncEvents.time.months = 0;
+ syncEvents.time.milliseconds = 0; /* hardly matters */
+ currentTime.months = 0;
+ currentTime.milliseconds = GetTimeInMillis();
+ lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
+ for (i = 0; i < DNPMCOUNT; i++)
+ {
+ DontPropagateMasks[i] = 0;
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+ InputEventList = InitEventList(GetMaximumEventsNum());
+ if (!InputEventList)
+ FatalError("[dix] Failed to allocate input event list.\n");
+}
+
+void
+CloseDownEvents(void)
+{
+ FreeEventList(InputEventList, GetMaximumEventsNum());
+ InputEventList = NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for SendEvent request.
+ *
+ * Locates the window to send the event to and forwards the event.
+ */
+int
+ProcSendEvent(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ WindowPtr effectiveFocus = NullWindow; /* only set if dest==InputFocus */
+ DeviceIntPtr dev = PickPointer(client);
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = GetPairedDevice(dev);
+ SpritePtr pSprite = dev->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ REQUEST(xSendEventReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSendEventReq);
+
+ /* The client's event type must be a core event type or one defined by an
+ extension. */
+
+ if ( ! ((stuff->event.u.u.type > X_Reply &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.type < LASTEvent) ||
+ (stuff->event.u.u.type >= EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.type < (unsigned)lastEvent)))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.type;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->event.u.u.type == ClientMessage &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.detail != 8 &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.detail != 16 &&
+ stuff->event.u.u.detail != 32)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->event.u.u.detail;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->eventMask & ~AllEventMasks)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if (stuff->destination == PointerWindow)
+ pWin = pSprite->win;
+ else if (stuff->destination == InputFocus)
+ {
+ WindowPtr inputFocus = (keybd) ? keybd->focus->win : NoneWin;
+
+ if (inputFocus == NoneWin)
+ return Success;
+
+ /* If the input focus is PointerRootWin, send the event to where
+ the pointer is if possible, then perhaps propogate up to root. */
+ if (inputFocus == PointerRootWin)
+ inputFocus = GetCurrentRootWindow(dev);
+
+ if (IsParent(inputFocus, pSprite->win))
+ {
+ effectiveFocus = inputFocus;
+ pWin = pSprite->win;
+ }
+ else
+ effectiveFocus = pWin = inputFocus;
+ }
+ else
+ dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->destination, client, DixSendAccess);
+
+ if (!pWin)
+ return BadWindow;
+ if ((stuff->propagate != xFalse) && (stuff->propagate != xTrue))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->propagate;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ stuff->event.u.u.type |= 0x80;
+ if (stuff->propagate)
+ {
+ for (;pWin; pWin = pWin->parent)
+ {
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin,
+ &stuff->event, 1))
+ return Success;
+ if (DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin,
+ &stuff->event, 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab))
+ return Success;
+ if (pWin == effectiveFocus)
+ return Success;
+ stuff->eventMask &= ~wDontPropagateMask(pWin);
+ if (!stuff->eventMask)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!XaceHook(XACE_SEND_ACCESS, client, NULL, pWin, &stuff->event, 1))
+ DeliverEventsToWindow(dev, pWin, &stuff->event,
+ 1, stuff->eventMask, NullGrab);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabKey request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a passive grab for the given key. Works on the
+ * client's keyboard.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabKey(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xUngrabKeyReq);
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabKeyReq);
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
+ && (stuff->key != AnyKey))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->key;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+ (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+ tempGrab.device = keybd;
+ tempGrab.window = pWin;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(keybd);
+ tempGrab.type = KeyPress;
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->key;
+ tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+
+ if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabKey request.
+ *
+ * Creates a grab for the client's keyboard and adds it to the list of passive
+ * grabs.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabKey(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ REQUEST(xGrabKeyReq);
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = PickKeyboard(client);
+ int rc;
+ GrabParameters param;
+ GrabMask mask;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabKeyReq);
+
+ memset(&param, 0, sizeof(param));
+ param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
+ param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
+ param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
+ param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
+
+ rc = CheckGrabValues(client, &param);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (((stuff->key > keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code) ||
+ (stuff->key < keybd->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code))
+ && (stuff->key != AnyKey))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->key;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+
+ mask.core = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask);
+
+ grab = CreateGrab(client->index, keybd, keybd, pWin, GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask,
+ &param, KeyPress, stuff->key, NullWindow, NullCursor);
+ if (!grab)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for GrabButton request.
+ *
+ * Creates a grab for the client's ClientPointer and adds it as a passive grab
+ * to the list.
+ */
+int
+ProcGrabButton(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin, confineTo;
+ REQUEST(xGrabButtonReq);
+ CursorPtr cursor;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr, modifierDevice;
+ Mask access_mode = DixGrabAccess;
+ GrabMask mask;
+ GrabParameters param;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xGrabButtonReq);
+ if ((stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeSync) &&
+ (stuff->pointerMode != GrabModeAsync))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->pointerMode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeSync) &&
+ (stuff->keyboardMode != GrabModeAsync))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->keyboardMode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+ (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if ((stuff->ownerEvents != xFalse) && (stuff->ownerEvents != xTrue))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->ownerEvents;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ if (stuff->eventMask & ~PointerGrabMask)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->eventMask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if (stuff->confineTo == None)
+ confineTo = NullWindow;
+ else {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&confineTo, stuff->confineTo, client,
+ DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if (stuff->cursor == None)
+ cursor = NullCursor;
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
+ client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
+ }
+
+ ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
+ if (stuff->pointerMode == GrabModeSync ||
+ stuff->keyboardMode == GrabModeSync)
+ access_mode |= DixFreezeAccess;
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, ptr, access_mode);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ memset(&param, 0, sizeof(param));
+ param.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ param.ownerEvents = stuff->ownerEvents;
+ param.this_device_mode = stuff->keyboardMode;
+ param.other_devices_mode = stuff->pointerMode;
+ param.modifiers = stuff->modifiers;
+
+ mask.core = stuff->eventMask;
+
+ grab = CreateGrab(client->index, ptr, modifierDevice, pWin,
+ GRABTYPE_CORE, &mask, &param, ButtonPress,
+ stuff->button, confineTo, cursor);
+ if (!grab)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return AddPassiveGrabToList(client, grab);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for UngrabButton request.
+ *
+ * Deletes a passive grab on the client's ClientPointer from the list.
+ */
+int
+ProcUngrabButton(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xUngrabButtonReq);
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ GrabRec tempGrab;
+ int rc;
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xUngrabButtonReq);
+ if ((stuff->modifiers != AnyModifier) &&
+ (stuff->modifiers & ~AllModifiersMask))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->modifiers;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->grabWindow, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ ptr = PickPointer(client);
+
+ tempGrab.resource = client->clientAsMask;
+ tempGrab.device = ptr;
+ tempGrab.window = pWin;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.exact = stuff->modifiers;
+ tempGrab.modifiersDetail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.modifierDevice = GetPairedDevice(ptr);
+ tempGrab.type = ButtonPress;
+ tempGrab.detail.exact = stuff->button;
+ tempGrab.grabtype = GRABTYPE_CORE;
+ tempGrab.detail.pMask = NULL;
+ tempGrab.next = NULL;
+
+ if (!DeletePassiveGrabFromList(&tempGrab))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deactivate any grab that may be on the window, remove the focus.
+ * Delete any XInput extension events from the window too. Does not change the
+ * window mask. Use just before the window is deleted.
+ *
+ * If freeResources is set, passive grabs on the window are deleted.
+ *
+ * @param pWin The window to delete events from.
+ * @param freeResources True if resources associated with the window should be
+ * deleted.
+ */
+void
+DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(WindowPtr pWin, Bool freeResources)
+{
+ WindowPtr parent;
+ DeviceIntPtr mouse = inputInfo.pointer;
+ DeviceIntPtr keybd = inputInfo.keyboard;
+ FocusClassPtr focus;
+ OtherClientsPtr oc;
+ GrabPtr passive;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+
+
+ /* Deactivate any grabs performed on this window, before making any
+ input focus changes. */
+ grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab &&
+ ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
+ (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
+
+
+ /* Deactivating a keyboard grab should cause focus events. */
+ grab = keybd->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab && (grab->window == pWin))
+ (*keybd->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(keybd);
+
+ /* And now the real devices */
+ for (mouse = inputInfo.devices; mouse; mouse = mouse->next)
+ {
+ grab = mouse->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab && ((grab->window == pWin) || (grab->confineTo == pWin)))
+ (*mouse->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(mouse);
+ }
+
+
+ for (keybd = inputInfo.devices; keybd; keybd = keybd->next)
+ {
+ if (IsKeyboardDevice(keybd))
+ {
+ focus = keybd->focus;
+
+ /* If the focus window is a root window (ie. has no parent) then don't
+ delete the focus from it. */
+
+ if ((pWin == focus->win) && (pWin->parent != NullWindow))
+ {
+ int focusEventMode = NotifyNormal;
+
+ /* If a grab is in progress, then alter the mode of focus events. */
+
+ if (keybd->deviceGrab.grab)
+ focusEventMode = NotifyWhileGrabbed;
+
+ switch (focus->revert)
+ {
+ case RevertToNone:
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, NoneWin, focusEventMode);
+ focus->win = NoneWin;
+ focus->traceGood = 0;
+ break;
+ case RevertToParent:
+ parent = pWin;
+ do
+ {
+ parent = parent->parent;
+ focus->traceGood--;
+ } while (!parent->realized
+ /* This would be a good protocol change -- windows being reparented
+ during SaveSet processing would cause the focus to revert to the
+ nearest enclosing window which will survive the death of the exiting
+ client, instead of ending up reverting to a dying window and thence
+ to None
+ */
+#ifdef NOTDEF
+ || wClient(parent)->clientGone
+#endif
+ );
+ if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, parent))
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, parent, focusEventMode);
+ focus->win = parent;
+ focus->revert = RevertToNone;
+ break;
+ case RevertToPointerRoot:
+ if (!ActivateFocusInGrab(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin))
+ DoFocusEvents(keybd, pWin, PointerRootWin, focusEventMode);
+ focus->win = PointerRootWin;
+ focus->traceGood = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (IsPointerDevice(keybd))
+ {
+ if (keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow == pWin)
+ keybd->valuator->motionHintWindow = NullWindow;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (freeResources)
+ {
+ if (pWin->dontPropagate)
+ DontPropagateRefCnts[pWin->dontPropagate]--;
+ while ( (oc = wOtherClients(pWin)) )
+ FreeResource(oc->resource, RT_NONE);
+ while ( (passive = wPassiveGrabs(pWin)) )
+ FreeResource(passive->resource, RT_NONE);
+ }
+
+ DeleteWindowFromAnyExtEvents(pWin, freeResources);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Call this whenever some window at or below pWin has changed geometry. If
+ * there is a grab on the window, the cursor will be re-confined into the
+ * window.
+ */
+void
+CheckCursorConfinement(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ WindowPtr confineTo;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum) return;
+#endif
+
+ for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
+ {
+ if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
+ {
+ grab = pDev->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab && (confineTo = grab->confineTo))
+ {
+ if (!BorderSizeNotEmpty(pDev, confineTo))
+ (*pDev->deviceGrab.DeactivateGrab)(pDev);
+ else if ((pWin == confineTo) || IsParent(pWin, confineTo))
+ ConfineCursorToWindow(pDev, confineTo, TRUE, TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+Mask
+EventMaskForClient(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ OtherClientsPtr other;
+
+ if (wClient (pWin) == client)
+ return pWin->eventMask;
+ for (other = wOtherClients(pWin); other; other = other->next)
+ {
+ if (SameClient(other, client))
+ return other->mask;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Server-side protocol handling for RecolorCursor request.
+ */
+int
+ProcRecolorCursor(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ int rc, nscr;
+ ScreenPtr pscr;
+ Bool displayed;
+ SpritePtr pSprite = PickPointer(client)->spriteInfo->sprite;
+ REQUEST(xRecolorCursorReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRecolorCursorReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor, RT_CURSOR,
+ client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ pCursor->foreRed = stuff->foreRed;
+ pCursor->foreGreen = stuff->foreGreen;
+ pCursor->foreBlue = stuff->foreBlue;
+
+ pCursor->backRed = stuff->backRed;
+ pCursor->backGreen = stuff->backGreen;
+ pCursor->backBlue = stuff->backBlue;
+
+ for (nscr = 0; nscr < screenInfo.numScreens; nscr++)
+ {
+ pscr = screenInfo.screens[nscr];
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ displayed = (pscr == pSprite->screen);
+ else
+#endif
+ displayed = (pscr == pSprite->hotPhys.pScreen);
+ ( *pscr->RecolorCursor)(PickPointer(client), pscr, pCursor,
+ (pCursor == pSprite->current) && displayed);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Write the given events to a client, swapping the byte order if necessary.
+ * To swap the byte ordering, a callback is called that has to be set up for
+ * the given event type.
+ *
+ * In the case of DeviceMotionNotify trailed by DeviceValuators, the events
+ * can be more than one. Usually it's just one event.
+ *
+ * Do not modify the event structure passed in. See comment below.
+ *
+ * @param pClient Client to send events to.
+ * @param count Number of events.
+ * @param events The event list.
+ */
+void
+WriteEventsToClient(ClientPtr pClient, int count, xEvent *events)
+{
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ xEvent eventCopy;
+#endif
+ xEvent *eventTo, *eventFrom;
+ int i,
+ eventlength = sizeof(xEvent);
+
+ if (!pClient || pClient == serverClient || pClient->clientGone)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ if ((events[i].u.u.type & 0x7f) != KeymapNotify)
+ events[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;
+
+ /* Let XKB rewrite the state, as it depends on client preferences. */
+ XkbFilterEvents(pClient, count, events);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension &&
+ (screenInfo.screens[0]->x || screenInfo.screens[0]->y))
+ {
+ switch(events->u.u.type) {
+ case MotionNotify:
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ case EnterNotify:
+ case LeaveNotify:
+ /*
+ When multiple clients want the same event DeliverEventsToWindow
+ passes the same event structure multiple times so we can't
+ modify the one passed to us
+ */
+ count = 1; /* should always be 1 */
+ memcpy(&eventCopy, events, sizeof(xEvent));
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.rootY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ if(eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.event ==
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.root)
+ {
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventX += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ eventCopy.u.keyButtonPointer.eventY += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ }
+ events = &eventCopy;
+ break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (EventCallback)
+ {
+ EventInfoRec eventinfo;
+ eventinfo.client = pClient;
+ eventinfo.events = events;
+ eventinfo.count = count;
+ CallCallbacks(&EventCallback, (pointer)&eventinfo);
+ }
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ if (XSERVER_SEND_EVENT_ENABLED()) {
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ XSERVER_SEND_EVENT(pClient->index, events[i].u.u.type, &events[i]);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Just a safety check to make sure we only have one GenericEvent, it just
+ * makes things easier for me right now. (whot) */
+ for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ if (events[i].u.u.type == GenericEvent)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] TryClientEvents: Only one GenericEvent at a time.\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (events->u.u.type == GenericEvent)
+ {
+ eventlength += ((xGenericEvent*)events)->length * 4;
+ }
+
+ if(pClient->swapped)
+ {
+ if (eventlength > swapEventLen)
+ {
+ swapEventLen = eventlength;
+ swapEvent = realloc(swapEvent, swapEventLen);
+ if (!swapEvent)
+ {
+ FatalError("WriteEventsToClient: Out of memory.\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for(i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ eventFrom = &events[i];
+ eventTo = swapEvent;
+
+ /* Remember to strip off the leading bit of type in case
+ this event was sent with "SendEvent." */
+ (*EventSwapVector[eventFrom->u.u.type & 0177])
+ (eventFrom, eventTo);
+
+ WriteToClient(pClient, eventlength, (char *)eventTo);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* only one GenericEvent, remember? that means either count is 1 and
+ * eventlength is arbitrary or eventlength is 32 and count doesn't
+ * matter. And we're all set. Woohoo. */
+ WriteToClient(pClient, count * eventlength, (char *) events);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the client pointer for the given client.
+ *
+ * A client can have exactly one ClientPointer. Each time a
+ * request/reply/event is processed and the choice of devices is ambiguous
+ * (e.g. QueryPointer request), the server will pick the ClientPointer (see
+ * PickPointer()).
+ * If a keyboard is needed, the first keyboard paired with the CP is used.
+ */
+int
+SetClientPointer(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr device)
+{
+ int rc = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, device, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (!IsMaster(device))
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] Need master device for ClientPointer. This is a bug.\n");
+ return BadDevice;
+ } else if (!device->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] Device %d does not have a sprite. "
+ "Cannot be ClientPointer\n", device->id);
+ return BadDevice;
+ }
+ client->clientPtr = device;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* PickPointer will pick an appropriate pointer for the given client.
+ *
+ * An "appropriate device" is (in order of priority):
+ * 1) A device the given client has a core grab on.
+ * 2) A device set as ClientPointer for the given client.
+ * 3) The first master device.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+PickPointer(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
+
+ /* First, check if the client currently has a grab on a device. Even
+ * keyboards count. */
+ for(it = inputInfo.devices; it; it = it->next)
+ {
+ GrabPtr grab = it->deviceGrab.grab;
+ if (grab && grab->grabtype == GRABTYPE_CORE && SameClient(grab, client))
+ {
+ it = GetMaster(it, MASTER_POINTER);
+ return it; /* Always return a core grabbed device */
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!client->clientPtr)
+ {
+ it = inputInfo.devices;
+ while (it)
+ {
+ if (IsMaster(it) && it->spriteInfo->spriteOwner)
+ {
+ client->clientPtr = it;
+ break;
+ }
+ it = it->next;
+ }
+ }
+ return client->clientPtr;
+}
+
+/* PickKeyboard will pick an appropriate keyboard for the given client by
+ * searching the list of devices for the keyboard device that is paired with
+ * the client's pointer.
+ */
+DeviceIntPtr
+PickKeyboard(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr ptr = PickPointer(client);
+ DeviceIntPtr kbd = GetMaster(ptr, MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+
+ if (!kbd)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] ClientPointer not paired with a keyboard. This "
+ "is a bug.\n");
+ }
+
+ return kbd;
+}
+
+/* A client that has one or more core grabs does not get core events from
+ * devices it does not have a grab on. Legacy applications behave bad
+ * otherwise because they are not used to it and the events interfere.
+ * Only applies for core events.
+ *
+ * Return true if a core event from the device would interfere and should not
+ * be delivered.
+ */
+Bool
+IsInterferingGrab(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent* event)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr it = inputInfo.devices;
+
+ switch(event->u.u.type)
+ {
+ case KeyPress:
+ case KeyRelease:
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ case MotionNotify:
+ case EnterNotify:
+ case LeaveNotify:
+ break;
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (dev->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(dev->deviceGrab.grab, client))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ while(it)
+ {
+ if (it != dev)
+ {
+ if (it->deviceGrab.grab && SameClient(it->deviceGrab.grab, client)
+ && !it->deviceGrab.fromPassiveGrab)
+ {
+ if ((IsPointerDevice(it) && IsPointerDevice(dev)) ||
+ (IsKeyboardDevice(it) && IsKeyboardDevice(dev)))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ it = it->next;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/extension.c b/xorg-server/dix/extension.c
index bdd240b9f..c7bbac5ff 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/extension.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/extension.c
@@ -1,360 +1,360 @@
-/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "dispatch.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "registry.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#define LAST_EVENT 128
-#define LAST_ERROR 255
-
-static ExtensionEntry **extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;
-
-int lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;
-static int lastError = FirstExtensionError;
-static unsigned int NumExtensions = 0;
-
-ExtensionEntry *
-AddExtension(char *name, int NumEvents, int NumErrors,
- int (*MainProc)(ClientPtr c1),
- int (*SwappedMainProc)(ClientPtr c2),
- void (*CloseDownProc)(ExtensionEntry *e),
- unsigned short (*MinorOpcodeProc)(ClientPtr c3))
-{
- int i;
- ExtensionEntry *ext, **newexts;
-
- if (!MainProc || !SwappedMainProc || !MinorOpcodeProc)
- return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
- if ((lastEvent + NumEvents > LAST_EVENT) ||
- (unsigned)(lastError + NumErrors > LAST_ERROR)) {
- LogMessage(X_ERROR, "Not enabling extension %s: maximum number of "
- "events or errors exceeded.\n", name);
- return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
- }
-
- ext = calloc(sizeof (ExtensionEntry), 1);
- if (!ext)
- return NULL;
- if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION)) {
- free(ext);
- return NULL;
- }
- ext->name = strdup(name);
- ext->num_aliases = 0;
- ext->aliases = (char **)NULL;
- if (!ext->name)
- {
- dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
- free(ext);
- return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
- }
- i = NumExtensions;
- newexts = (ExtensionEntry **) realloc(extensions,
- (i + 1) * sizeof(ExtensionEntry *));
- if (!newexts)
- {
- free(ext->name);
- dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
- free(ext);
- return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
- }
- NumExtensions++;
- extensions = newexts;
- extensions[i] = ext;
- ext->index = i;
- ext->base = i + EXTENSION_BASE;
- ext->CloseDown = CloseDownProc;
- ext->MinorOpcode = MinorOpcodeProc;
- ProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = MainProc;
- SwappedProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = SwappedMainProc;
- if (NumEvents)
- {
- ext->eventBase = lastEvent;
- ext->eventLast = lastEvent + NumEvents;
- lastEvent += NumEvents;
- }
- else
- {
- ext->eventBase = 0;
- ext->eventLast = 0;
- }
- if (NumErrors)
- {
- ext->errorBase = lastError;
- ext->errorLast = lastError + NumErrors;
- lastError += NumErrors;
- }
- else
- {
- ext->errorBase = 0;
- ext->errorLast = 0;
- }
-
- RegisterExtensionNames(ext);
- return ext;
-}
-
-Bool AddExtensionAlias(char *alias, ExtensionEntry *ext)
-{
- char *name;
- char **aliases;
-
- if (!ext)
- return FALSE ;
- aliases = (char **)realloc(ext->aliases,
- (ext->num_aliases + 1) * sizeof(char *));
- if (!aliases)
- return FALSE;
- ext->aliases = aliases;
- name = strdup(alias);
- if (!name)
- return FALSE;
- ext->aliases[ext->num_aliases] = name;
- ext->num_aliases++;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static int
-FindExtension(char *extname, int len)
-{
- int i, j;
-
- for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
- {
- if ((strlen(extensions[i]->name) == len) &&
- !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->name, len))
- break;
- for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
- {
- if ((strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) == len) &&
- !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len))
- break;
- }
- if (j >= 0) break;
- }
- return ((i == NumExtensions) ? -1 : i);
-}
-
-/*
- * CheckExtension returns the extensions[] entry for the requested
- * extension name. Maybe this could just return a Bool instead?
- */
-ExtensionEntry *
-CheckExtension(const char *extname)
-{
- int n;
-
- n = FindExtension((char*)extname, strlen(extname));
- if (n != -1)
- return extensions[n];
- else
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- * Added as part of Xace.
- */
-ExtensionEntry *
-GetExtensionEntry(int major)
-{
- if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)
- return NULL;
- major -= EXTENSION_BASE;
- if (major >= NumExtensions)
- return NULL;
- return extensions[major];
-}
-
-unsigned short
-StandardMinorOpcode(ClientPtr client)
-{
- return ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->data;
-}
-
-unsigned short
-MinorOpcodeOfRequest(ClientPtr client)
-{
- unsigned char major;
-
- major = ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType;
- if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)
- return 0;
- major -= EXTENSION_BASE;
- if (major >= NumExtensions)
- return 0;
- return (*extensions[major]->MinorOpcode)(client);
-}
-
-void
-CloseDownExtensions(void)
-{
- int i,j;
-
- for (i = NumExtensions - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- if (extensions[i]->CloseDown)
- extensions[i]->CloseDown(extensions[i]);
- NumExtensions = i;
- free(extensions[i]->name);
- for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
- free(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);
- free(extensions[i]->aliases);
- dixFreePrivates(extensions[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
- free(extensions[i]);
- }
- free(extensions);
- extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;
- lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;
- lastError = FirstExtensionError;
-}
-
-int
-ProcQueryExtension(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xQueryExtensionReply reply;
- int i;
- REQUEST(xQueryExtensionReq);
-
- REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xQueryExtensionReq, stuff->nbytes);
-
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.major_opcode = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
- if ( ! NumExtensions )
- reply.present = xFalse;
- else
- {
- i = FindExtension((char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes);
- if (i < 0 || XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]))
- reply.present = xFalse;
- else
- {
- reply.present = xTrue;
- reply.major_opcode = extensions[i]->base;
- reply.first_event = extensions[i]->eventBase;
- reply.first_error = extensions[i]->errorBase;
- }
- }
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply), &reply);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-ProcListExtensions(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xListExtensionsReply reply;
- char *bufptr, *buffer;
- int total_length = 0;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
-
- memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply));
- reply.type = X_Reply;
- reply.nExtensions = 0;
- reply.length = 0;
- reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- buffer = NULL;
-
- if ( NumExtensions )
- {
- int i, j;
-
- for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
- {
- /* call callbacks to find out whether to show extension */
- if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)
- continue;
-
- total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->name) + 1;
- reply.nExtensions += 1 + extensions[i]->num_aliases;
- for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
- total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) + 1;
- }
- reply.length = bytes_to_int32(total_length);
- buffer = bufptr = malloc(total_length);
- if (!buffer)
- return BadAlloc;
- for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
- {
- int len;
- if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)
- continue;
-
- *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->name);
- memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->name, len);
- bufptr += len;
- for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
- {
- *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);
- memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len);
- bufptr += len;
- }
- }
- }
- WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply), &reply);
- if (reply.length)
- WriteToClient(client, total_length, buffer);
-
- free(buffer);
- return Success;
-}
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "dispatch.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "registry.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#define LAST_EVENT 128
+#define LAST_ERROR 255
+
+static ExtensionEntry **extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;
+
+int lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;
+static int lastError = FirstExtensionError;
+static unsigned int NumExtensions = 0;
+
+ExtensionEntry *
+AddExtension(char *name, int NumEvents, int NumErrors,
+ int (*MainProc)(ClientPtr c1),
+ int (*SwappedMainProc)(ClientPtr c2),
+ void (*CloseDownProc)(ExtensionEntry *e),
+ unsigned short (*MinorOpcodeProc)(ClientPtr c3))
+{
+ int i;
+ ExtensionEntry *ext, **newexts;
+
+ if (!MainProc || !SwappedMainProc || !MinorOpcodeProc)
+ return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
+ if ((lastEvent + NumEvents > LAST_EVENT) ||
+ (unsigned)(lastError + NumErrors > LAST_ERROR)) {
+ LogMessage(X_ERROR, "Not enabling extension %s: maximum number of "
+ "events or errors exceeded.\n", name);
+ return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
+ }
+
+ ext = calloc(sizeof (ExtensionEntry), 1);
+ if (!ext)
+ return NULL;
+ if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION)) {
+ free(ext);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ ext->name = strdup(name);
+ ext->num_aliases = 0;
+ ext->aliases = (char **)NULL;
+ if (!ext->name)
+ {
+ dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
+ free(ext);
+ return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
+ }
+ i = NumExtensions;
+ newexts = (ExtensionEntry **) realloc(extensions,
+ (i + 1) * sizeof(ExtensionEntry *));
+ if (!newexts)
+ {
+ free(ext->name);
+ dixFreePrivates(ext->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
+ free(ext);
+ return((ExtensionEntry *) NULL);
+ }
+ NumExtensions++;
+ extensions = newexts;
+ extensions[i] = ext;
+ ext->index = i;
+ ext->base = i + EXTENSION_BASE;
+ ext->CloseDown = CloseDownProc;
+ ext->MinorOpcode = MinorOpcodeProc;
+ ProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = MainProc;
+ SwappedProcVector[i + EXTENSION_BASE] = SwappedMainProc;
+ if (NumEvents)
+ {
+ ext->eventBase = lastEvent;
+ ext->eventLast = lastEvent + NumEvents;
+ lastEvent += NumEvents;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ext->eventBase = 0;
+ ext->eventLast = 0;
+ }
+ if (NumErrors)
+ {
+ ext->errorBase = lastError;
+ ext->errorLast = lastError + NumErrors;
+ lastError += NumErrors;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ext->errorBase = 0;
+ ext->errorLast = 0;
+ }
+
+ RegisterExtensionNames(ext);
+ return ext;
+}
+
+Bool AddExtensionAlias(char *alias, ExtensionEntry *ext)
+{
+ char *name;
+ char **aliases;
+
+ if (!ext)
+ return FALSE ;
+ aliases = (char **)realloc(ext->aliases,
+ (ext->num_aliases + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+ if (!aliases)
+ return FALSE;
+ ext->aliases = aliases;
+ name = strdup(alias);
+ if (!name)
+ return FALSE;
+ ext->aliases[ext->num_aliases] = name;
+ ext->num_aliases++;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static int
+FindExtension(char *extname, int len)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
+ {
+ if ((strlen(extensions[i]->name) == len) &&
+ !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->name, len))
+ break;
+ for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
+ {
+ if ((strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) == len) &&
+ !strncmp(extname, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len))
+ break;
+ }
+ if (j >= 0) break;
+ }
+ return ((i == NumExtensions) ? -1 : i);
+}
+
+/*
+ * CheckExtension returns the extensions[] entry for the requested
+ * extension name. Maybe this could just return a Bool instead?
+ */
+ExtensionEntry *
+CheckExtension(const char *extname)
+{
+ int n;
+
+ n = FindExtension((char*)extname, strlen(extname));
+ if (n != -1)
+ return extensions[n];
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Added as part of Xace.
+ */
+ExtensionEntry *
+GetExtensionEntry(int major)
+{
+ if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)
+ return NULL;
+ major -= EXTENSION_BASE;
+ if (major >= NumExtensions)
+ return NULL;
+ return extensions[major];
+}
+
+unsigned short
+StandardMinorOpcode(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->data;
+}
+
+unsigned short
+MinorOpcodeOfRequest(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ unsigned char major;
+
+ major = ((xReq *)client->requestBuffer)->reqType;
+ if (major < EXTENSION_BASE)
+ return 0;
+ major -= EXTENSION_BASE;
+ if (major >= NumExtensions)
+ return 0;
+ return (*extensions[major]->MinorOpcode)(client);
+}
+
+void
+CloseDownExtensions(void)
+{
+ int i,j;
+
+ for (i = NumExtensions - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ if (extensions[i]->CloseDown)
+ extensions[i]->CloseDown(extensions[i]);
+ NumExtensions = i;
+ free(extensions[i]->name);
+ for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
+ free(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);
+ free(extensions[i]->aliases);
+ dixFreePrivates(extensions[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_EXTENSION);
+ free(extensions[i]);
+ }
+ free(extensions);
+ extensions = (ExtensionEntry **)NULL;
+ lastEvent = EXTENSION_EVENT_BASE;
+ lastError = FirstExtensionError;
+}
+
+int
+ProcQueryExtension(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xQueryExtensionReply reply;
+ int i;
+ REQUEST(xQueryExtensionReq);
+
+ REQUEST_FIXED_SIZE(xQueryExtensionReq, stuff->nbytes);
+
+ memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply));
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.length = 0;
+ reply.major_opcode = 0;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ if ( ! NumExtensions )
+ reply.present = xFalse;
+ else
+ {
+ i = FindExtension((char *)&stuff[1], stuff->nbytes);
+ if (i < 0 || XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]))
+ reply.present = xFalse;
+ else
+ {
+ reply.present = xTrue;
+ reply.major_opcode = extensions[i]->base;
+ reply.first_event = extensions[i]->eventBase;
+ reply.first_error = extensions[i]->errorBase;
+ }
+ }
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xQueryExtensionReply), &reply);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcListExtensions(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xListExtensionsReply reply;
+ char *bufptr, *buffer;
+ int total_length = 0;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xReq);
+
+ memset(&reply, 0, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply));
+ reply.type = X_Reply;
+ reply.nExtensions = 0;
+ reply.length = 0;
+ reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ buffer = NULL;
+
+ if ( NumExtensions )
+ {
+ int i, j;
+
+ for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
+ {
+ /* call callbacks to find out whether to show extension */
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)
+ continue;
+
+ total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->name) + 1;
+ reply.nExtensions += 1 + extensions[i]->num_aliases;
+ for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
+ total_length += strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]) + 1;
+ }
+ reply.length = bytes_to_int32(total_length);
+ buffer = bufptr = malloc(total_length);
+ if (!buffer)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ for (i=0; i<NumExtensions; i++)
+ {
+ int len;
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_EXT_ACCESS, client, extensions[i]) != Success)
+ continue;
+
+ *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->name);
+ memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->name, len);
+ bufptr += len;
+ for (j = extensions[i]->num_aliases; --j >= 0;)
+ {
+ *bufptr++ = len = strlen(extensions[i]->aliases[j]);
+ memmove(bufptr, extensions[i]->aliases[j], len);
+ bufptr += len;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ WriteReplyToClient(client, sizeof(xListExtensionsReply), &reply);
+ if (reply.length)
+ WriteToClient(client, total_length, buffer);
+
+ free(buffer);
+ return Success;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c
index 7e901942f..12f8ac7d0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/getevents.c
@@ -1,1397 +1,1397 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation
- * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone
- * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
- * Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/keysym.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <math.h>
-
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "eventconvert.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <pixman.h>
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#include <math.h>
-
-float roundf(float f)
-{
- return ((f<0.0f) ? ceil(f-.5) : floor (f+.5));
-}
-double roundd(double f)
-{
- return ((f<0.0) ? ceil(f-.5) : floor (f+.5));
-}
-#define lroundf(val) ((int)roundf(val))
-#define lround(val) ((int)roundd(val))
-#endif
-
-/* Number of motion history events to store. */
-#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256
-
-/**
- * InputEventList is the storage for input events generated by
- * QueuePointerEvents, QueueKeyboardEvents, and QueueProximityEvents.
- * This list is allocated on startup by the DIX.
- */
-InternalEvent* InputEventList = NULL;
-
-/**
- * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history.
- */
-int
-GetMotionHistorySize(void)
-{
- return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE;
-}
-
-void
-set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
-{
- if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
- SetBit(pDev->button->down, button);
- else
- SetBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
-}
-
-void
-set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
-{
- if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
- ClearBit(pDev->button->down, button);
- else
- ClearBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
-}
-
-Bool
-button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
-{
- Bool ret = FALSE;
-
- if (type & BUTTON_PROCESSED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->down, button);
- if (type & BUTTON_POSTED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->postdown, button);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-void
-set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
-{
- if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
- SetBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
- else
- SetBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
-}
-
-void
-set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
-{
- if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
- ClearBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
- else
- ClearBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
-}
-
-Bool
-key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
-{
- Bool ret = FALSE;
-
- if (type & KEY_PROCESSED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->down, key_code);
- if (type & KEY_POSTED)
- ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static Bool
-key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code)
-{
- return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] &
- (1 << (key_code & 7)));
-}
-
-static void
-init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms)
-{
- memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- event->header = ET_Internal;
- event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
- event->time = ms;
- event->deviceid = dev->id;
- event->sourceid = dev->id;
-}
-
-static void
-init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail)
-{
- memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent));
- event->header = ET_Internal;
- event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent);
- event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type;
- event->time = ms;
- event->deviceid = dev->id;
- event->sourceid = dev->id;
- event->detail.button = detail;
-}
-
-static void
-set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, ValuatorMask *mask, int32_t* data)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
- data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-static void
-set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- /* Set the data to the previous value for unset absolute axes. The values
- * may be used when sent as part of an XI 1.x valuator event. */
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
- SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i);
- event->valuators.data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- event->valuators.data_frac[i] =
- dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16);
- }
- else if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
- event->valuators.data[i] = dev->valuator->axisVal[i];
- }
-}
-
-void
-CreateClassesChangedEvent(InternalEvent* event,
- DeviceIntPtr master,
- DeviceIntPtr slave,
- int type)
-{
- int i;
- DeviceChangedEvent *dce;
- CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis();
-
- dce = &event->changed_event;
- memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent));
- dce->deviceid = slave->id;
- dce->masterid = master->id;
- dce->header = ET_Internal;
- dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent);
- dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged;
- dce->time = ms;
- dce->flags = type;
- dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH;
- dce->sourceid = slave->id;
-
- if (slave->button)
- {
- dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons;
- for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++)
- dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i];
- }
- if (slave->valuator)
- {
- dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes;
- for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
- {
- dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
- dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
- dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
- dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->axes[i].mode;
- dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label;
- }
- }
- if (slave->key)
- {
- dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
- dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges.
- */
-static int
-rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to,
- int defmax)
-{
- int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return;
- float value;
-
- if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) {
- fmin = from->min_value;
- fmax = from->max_value;
- }
- if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) {
- tmin = to->min_value;
- tmax = to->max_value;
- }
-
- if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) {
- if (remainder_return)
- *remainder_return = remainder;
- return coord;
- }
-
- if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */
- if (remainder_return)
- *remainder_return = 0.0;
- return 0;
- }
-
- value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin;
- coord_return = lroundf(value);
- if (remainder_return)
- *remainder_return = value - coord_return;
- return coord_return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD
- * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected
- * without loss of precision.
- *
- * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this
- * function.
- */
-static void
-updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
- int i;
- DeviceIntPtr lastSlave;
-
- /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual
- * position of the pointer */
- pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0];
- pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1];
- pDev->last.remainder[0] = master->last.remainder[0];
- pDev->last.remainder[1] = master->last.remainder[1];
-
- if (!pDev->valuator)
- return;
-
- /* scale back to device coordinates */
- if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0)
- pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0],
- &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
- if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1)
- pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1],
- &pDev->last.remainder[1], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
-
- /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old
- * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one,
- * last.valuators is reset to 0.
- */
- if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) {
- for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) {
- if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes)
- {
- pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0;
- pDev->last.remainder[i] = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- pDev->last.valuators[i] =
- rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i],
- pDev->last.remainder[i],
- &pDev->last.remainder[i],
- lastSlave->valuator->axes + i,
- pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0);
- }
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Allocate the motion history buffer.
- */
-void
-AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- int size;
- free(pDev->valuator->motion);
-
- if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1)
- return;
-
- /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all
- * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators.
- * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val))
- */
- if (IsMaster(pDev))
- size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS;
- else {
- ValuatorClassPtr v = pDev->valuator;
- int numAxes;
- /* XI1 doesn't understand mixed mode devices */
- for (numAxes = 0; numAxes < v->numAxes; numAxes++)
- if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, numAxes) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
- break;
- size = sizeof(INT32) * numAxes;
- }
-
- size += sizeof(Time);
-
- pDev->valuator->motion = calloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size);
- pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0;
- pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0;
- if (!pDev->valuator->motion)
- ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n",
- pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
-}
-
-/**
- * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer.
- * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we
- * sort of ignore this.
- *
- * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords.
- */
-int
-GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start,
- unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core)
-{
- char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff;
- int i = 0, ret = 0;
- int j, coord;
- Time current;
- /* The size of a single motion event. */
- int size;
- int dflt;
- AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */
- INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */
- INT16 *corebuf;
- AxisInfo core_axis = {0};
-
- if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
- return 0;
-
- if (core && !pScreen)
- return 0;
-
- if (IsMaster(pDev))
- size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time);
- else
- size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
-
- *buff = malloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
- if (!(*buff))
- return 0;
- obuff = (char *)*buff;
-
- for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion;
- i != pDev->valuator->last_motion;
- i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) {
- /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which
- * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've
- * written so far. */
- ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size);
- memcpy(&current, ibuff, sizeof(Time));
-
- if (current > stop) {
- return ret;
- }
- else if (current >= start) {
- if (core)
- {
- memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
-
- icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
- corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
-
- /* fetch x coordinate + range */
- memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
-
- /* scale to screen coords */
- to = &core_axis;
- to->max_value = pScreen->width;
- coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width);
-
- memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
- corebuf++;
-
- /* fetch y coordinate + range */
- memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
-
- to->max_value = pScreen->height;
- coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height);
- memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
-
- } else if (IsMaster(pDev))
- {
- memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
-
- ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
- icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
- for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++)
- {
- if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
- break;
-
- /* fetch min/max/coordinate */
- memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
- memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
-
- to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL;
-
- /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */
- if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
- from.max_value = pScreen->width;
- else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
- from.max_value = pScreen->height;
-
- if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
- dflt = pScreen->width;
- else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
- dflt = pScreen->height;
- else
- dflt = 0;
-
- /* scale from stored range into current range */
- coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0);
- memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32));
- ocbuf++;
- }
- } else
- memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size);
-
- /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the
- * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */
- if (core)
- obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time);
- else
- obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
- ret++;
- }
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of
- * valuators.
- *
- * Layout of the history buffer:
- * for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn]
- * for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn]
- *
- * For events that have some valuators unset:
- * min_val == max_val == val == 0.
- */
-static void
-updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, ValuatorMask *mask,
- int *valuators)
-{
- char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion;
- ValuatorClassPtr v;
- int i;
-
- if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
- return;
-
- v = pDev->valuator;
- if (IsMaster(pDev))
- {
- buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
- v->last_motion;
-
- memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
- buff += sizeof(Time);
-
- memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS);
-
- for (i = 0; i < v->numAxes; i++)
- {
- /* XI1 doesn't support mixed mode devices */
- if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
- break;
- if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32);
- continue;
- }
- memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- }
- } else
- {
-
- buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
- pDev->valuator->last_motion;
-
- memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
- buff += sizeof(Time);
-
- memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes);
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAX_VALUATORS; i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- continue;
- }
- memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
- buff += sizeof(INT32);
- }
- }
-
- pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) %
- pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
- /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */
- if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion)
- pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) %
- pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents
- * and GetPointerEvents will ever return.
- *
- * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit.
- */
-int
-GetMaximumEventsNum(void) {
- /* One raw event
- * One device event
- * One possible device changed event
- */
- return 3;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to
- * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct.
- */
-static void
-clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val)
-{
- AxisInfoPtr axis;
-
- if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
- return;
-
- axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum;
-
- /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */
- if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value)
- return;
-
- if (*val < axis->min_value)
- *val = axis->min_value;
- if (*val > axis->max_value)
- *val = axis->max_value;
-}
-
-/**
- * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds.
- */
-static void
-clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- int val = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- clipAxis(pDev, i, &val);
- valuator_mask_set(mask, i, val);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this
- * is done in the event processing).
- * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary.
- *
- * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event array.
- * @param dev The slave device that generated an event.
- * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT
- * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of
- * events if a DCCE was generated.
- * @return The updated @events pointer.
- */
-InternalEvent*
-UpdateFromMaster(InternalEvent* events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events)
-{
- DeviceIntPtr master;
-
- master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ? MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD);
-
- if (master && master->last.slave != dev)
- {
- CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type);
- if (IsPointerDevice(master))
- {
- updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev);
- master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators;
- }
- master->last.slave = dev;
- (*num_events)++;
- events++;
- }
- return events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators.
- *
- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
- * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
- * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
- * @first+@num.
- */
-static void
-moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
- *x = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
- else
- *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
- *y = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
- else
- *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
-
- clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
- clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
-
- for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- dev->last.valuators[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators.
- *
- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
- * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
- * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
- * @first+@num.
- */
-static void
-moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int i;
-
- *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
- *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
- *x += valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
- *y += valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
-
- /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually
- * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the
- * limits to be able to change screens. */
- if (dev->valuator && (IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev))) {
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 0) == Absolute)
- clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 1) == Absolute)
- clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
- }
-
- /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */
- for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- {
- dev->last.valuators[i] += valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
- if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
- clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
- valuator_mask_set(mask, i, dev->last.valuators[i]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme.
- *
- * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
- * @param valuators Valuator mask
- * @param ms Current time.
- */
-static void
-accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask* valuators, CARD32 ms)
-{
- if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc)
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, valuators, ms);
-}
-
-/**
- * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we
- * just do all the screen crossing, etc.
- *
- * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call
- * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if
- * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed.
- *
- * The coordinates provided are always absolute. The parameter mode whether
- * it was relative or absolute movement that landed us at those coordinates.
- *
- * @param dev The device to be moved.
- * @param mode Movement mode (Absolute or Relative)
- * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified.
- * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on.
- * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
- * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
- * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above.
- * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above.
- */
-static void
-positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode,
- int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac,
- ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac)
-{
- int old_screenx, old_screeny;
-
- /* scale x&y to screen */
- if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) {
- *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac,
- dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width);
- } else {
- *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0];
- *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0];
- }
-
- if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) {
- *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac,
- dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height);
- } else {
- *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1];
- *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1];
- }
-
- /* Hit the left screen edge? */
- if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f)
- {
- *screenx_frac = 0.0f;
- x_frac = 0.0f;
- }
- if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f)
- {
- *screeny_frac = 0.0f;
- y_frac = 0.0f;
- }
-
-
- old_screenx = *screenx;
- old_screeny = *screeny;
- /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping
- * to the current screen. */
- miPointerSetPosition(dev, mode, screenx, screeny);
-
- if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) {
- DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
- master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx;
- master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny;
- master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac;
- master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac;
- }
-
- if (dev->valuator)
- {
- /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */
- if(*screenx != old_screenx)
- {
- scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
- *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL,
- dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
- }
- if(*screeny != old_screeny)
- {
- scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
- *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL,
- dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
- }
- }
-
- /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */
- dev->last.valuators[0] = *x;
- dev->last.valuators[1] = *y;
- dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac;
- dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac;
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its
- * master device.
- * @param dev Slave device to update.
- * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators to append to history.
- * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history.
- * @param ms Current time
- */
-static void
-updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask, CARD32 ms)
-{
- if (!dev->valuator)
- return;
-
- updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
- if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
- {
- DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
- updateMotionHistory(master, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
- }
-}
-
-static void
-queueEventList(DeviceIntPtr device, InternalEvent *events, int nevents)
-{
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
- mieqEnqueue(device, &events[i]);
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate internal events representing this keyboard event and enqueue
- * them on the event queue.
- *
- * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
- *
- * FIXME: flags for relative/abs motion?
- *
- * @param device The device to generate the event for
- * @param type Event type, one of KeyPress or KeyRelease
- * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key
- * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
- *
- */
-void
-QueueKeyboardEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
- int keycode, const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int nevents;
-
- nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(InputEventList, device, type, keycode, mask);
- queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns a set of InternalEvents for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally
- * also with valuator events.
- *
- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event list in the first
- * place via InitEventList(), and for freeing it.
- *
- * @return the number of events written into events.
- */
-int
-GetKeyboardEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type,
- int key_code, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
- int num_events = 0;
- CARD32 ms = 0;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- RawDeviceEvent *raw;
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- /* refuse events from disabled devices */
- if (!pDev || !pDev->enabled)
- return 0;
-
- if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed ||
- (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) ||
- (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255))
- return 0;
-
- num_events = 1;
-
- events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events);
-
- /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */
- if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) {
- /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key,
- * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */
- if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat ||
- !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) ||
- pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code])
- return 0;
- }
-
- ms = GetTimeInMillis();
-
- raw = &events->raw_event;
- events++;
- num_events++;
-
- valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
-
- init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code);
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
-
- event = &events->device_event;
- init_event(pDev, event, ms);
- event->detail.key = key_code;
-
- if (type == KeyPress) {
- event->type = ET_KeyPress;
- set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
- }
- else if (type == KeyRelease) {
- event->type = ET_KeyRelease;
- set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
- }
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
-
- return num_events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialize an event array large enough for num_events arrays.
- * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and
- * GetKeyboardEvents().
- *
- * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
- */
-InternalEvent*
-InitEventList(int num_events)
-{
- InternalEvent *events = calloc(num_events, sizeof(InternalEvent));
- return events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Free an event list.
- *
- * @param list The list to be freed.
- * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
- */
-void
-FreeEventList(InternalEvent *list, int num_events)
-{
- free(list);
-}
-
-/**
- * Transform vector x/y according to matrix m and drop the rounded coords
- * back into x/y.
- */
-static void
-transform(struct pixman_f_transform *m, int *x, int *y)
-{
- struct pixman_f_vector p;
-
- p.v[0] = *x;
- p.v[1] = *y;
- p.v[2] = 1;
-
- pixman_f_transform_point(m, &p);
-
-
- *x = lround(p.v[0]);
- *y = lround(p.v[1]);
-}
-
-static void
-transformAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int x, y, ox, oy;
-
- ox = x = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 0) :
- dev->last.valuators[0];
- oy = y = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 1) :
- dev->last.valuators[1];
-
- transform(&dev->transform, &x, &y);
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) || ox != x)
- valuator_mask_set(mask, 0, x);
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) || oy != y)
- valuator_mask_set(mask, 1, y);
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate internal events representing this pointer event and enqueue them
- * on the event queue.
- *
- * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
- *
- * @param device The device to generate the event for
- * @param type Event type, one of ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, MotionNotify
- * @param buttons Button number of the buttons modified. Must be 0 for
- * MotionNotify
- * @param flags Event modification flags
- * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
- */
-void
-QueuePointerEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
- int buttons, int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int nevents;
-
- nevents = GetPointerEvents(InputEventList, device, type, buttons, flags, mask);
- queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate a series of InternalEvents representing pointer motion, or
- * button presses.
- *
- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first
- * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
- *
- * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and
- * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords.
- *
- * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords.
- * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords.
- *
- * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined.
- *
- * @return the number of events written into events.
- */
-int
-GetPointerEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons,
- int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
- int num_events = 1;
- CARD32 ms;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- RawDeviceEvent *raw;
- int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */
- cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */
- float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac;
- ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- /* refuse events from disabled devices */
- if (!pDev->enabled)
- return 0;
-
- if (!scr)
- return 0;
-
- switch (type)
- {
- case MotionNotify:
- if (!mask_in || valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask_in) <= 0)
- return 0;
- break;
- case ButtonPress:
- case ButtonRelease:
- if (!pDev->button || !buttons)
- return 0;
- break;
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-
- ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */
-
- events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
-
- valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
-
- if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)
- {
- raw = &events->raw_event;
- events++;
- num_events++;
-
- init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons);
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
- }
-
- if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE)
- {
- if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */
- {
- int scaled;
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
- {
- scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 0),
- 0.0, &x_frac, NULL,
- pDev->valuator->axes + 0,
- scr->width);
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, scaled);
- }
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
- {
- scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 1),
- 0.0, &y_frac, NULL,
- pDev->valuator->axes + 1,
- scr->height);
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, scaled);
- }
- }
-
- transformAbsolute(pDev, &mask);
- moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
- } else {
- if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) {
- accelPointer(pDev, &mask, ms);
- /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part
- * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */
- x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0];
- y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1];
- }
- moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
- }
-
- if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)
- set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
-
- positionSprite(pDev, (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE) ? Absolute : Relative,
- &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac);
- updateHistory(pDev, &mask, ms);
-
- /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, x);
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
- valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, y);
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- event = &events->device_event;
- init_event(pDev, event, ms);
-
- if (type == MotionNotify) {
- event->type = ET_Motion;
- event->detail.button = 0;
- }
- else {
- if (type == ButtonPress) {
- event->type = ET_ButtonPress;
- set_button_down(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
- }
- else if (type == ButtonRelease) {
- event->type = ET_ButtonRelease;
- set_button_up(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
- }
- event->detail.button = buttons;
- }
-
- event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */
- event->root_y = cy;
- event->root_x_frac = cx_frac;
- event->root_y_frac = cy_frac;
-
- set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
-
- return num_events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate internal events representing this proximity event and enqueue
- * them on the event queue.
- *
- * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
- *
- * @param device The device to generate the event for
- * @param type Event type, one of ProximityIn or ProximityOut
- * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key
- * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
- *
- */
-void
-QueueProximityEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
- const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- int nevents;
-
- nevents = GetProximityEvents(InputEventList, device, type, mask);
- queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate ProximityIn/ProximityOut InternalEvents, accompanied by
- * valuators.
- *
- * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first place via
- * InitEventList(), and for freeing it.
- *
- * @return the number of events written into events.
- */
-int
-GetProximityEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, const ValuatorMask *mask_in)
-{
- int num_events = 1, i;
- DeviceEvent *event;
- ValuatorMask mask;
-
- /* refuse events from disabled devices */
- if (!pDev->enabled)
- return 0;
-
- /* Sanity checks. */
- if ((type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut) || !mask_in)
- return 0;
- if (!pDev->valuator)
- return 0;
-
- valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
-
- /* ignore relative axes for proximity. */
- for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(&mask); i++)
- {
- if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, i) &&
- valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) == Relative)
- valuator_mask_unset(&mask, i);
- }
-
- /* FIXME: posting proximity events with relative valuators only results
- * in an empty event, EventToXI() will fail to convert → no event sent
- * to client. */
-
- events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
-
- event = &events->device_event;
- init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis());
- event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut;
-
- clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
-
- set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
-
- return num_events;
-}
-
-/**
- * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer.
- *
- * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need
- * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds.
- */
-void
-PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- int x,
- int y,
- int screen,
- unsigned long time)
-{
- DeviceEvent ev;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
- will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
- to the DIX layer. */
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[screen]->x;
- y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[screen]->y;
- }
-#endif
-
- memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
- init_event(pDev, &ev, time);
- ev.root_x = x;
- ev.root_y = y;
- ev.type = ET_Motion;
- ev.time = time;
-
- /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */
- (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev);
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2006 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2006-2007 Daniel Stone
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Authors: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ * Peter Hutterer <peter.hutterer@who-t.net>
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/keysym.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+#include "eventconvert.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XKBproto.h>
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
+#include <pixman.h>
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "listdev.h" /* for sizing up DeviceClassesChangedEvent */
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#include <math.h>
+
+float roundf(float f)
+{
+ return ((f<0.0f) ? ceil(f-.5) : floor (f+.5));
+}
+double roundd(double f)
+{
+ return ((f<0.0) ? ceil(f-.5) : floor (f+.5));
+}
+#define lroundf(val) ((int)roundf(val))
+#define lround(val) ((int)roundd(val))
+#endif
+
+/* Number of motion history events to store. */
+#define MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE 256
+
+/**
+ * InputEventList is the storage for input events generated by
+ * QueuePointerEvents, QueueKeyboardEvents, and QueueProximityEvents.
+ * This list is allocated on startup by the DIX.
+ */
+InternalEvent* InputEventList = NULL;
+
+/**
+ * Pick some arbitrary size for Xi motion history.
+ */
+int
+GetMotionHistorySize(void)
+{
+ return MOTION_HISTORY_SIZE;
+}
+
+void
+set_button_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
+{
+ if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
+ SetBit(pDev->button->down, button);
+ else
+ SetBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
+}
+
+void
+set_button_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
+{
+ if (type == BUTTON_PROCESSED)
+ ClearBit(pDev->button->down, button);
+ else
+ ClearBit(pDev->button->postdown, button);
+}
+
+Bool
+button_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int button, int type)
+{
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+ if (type & BUTTON_PROCESSED)
+ ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->down, button);
+ if (type & BUTTON_POSTED)
+ ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->button->postdown, button);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void
+set_key_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+ if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
+ SetBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
+ else
+ SetBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
+}
+
+void
+set_key_up(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+ if (type == KEY_PROCESSED)
+ ClearBit(pDev->key->down, key_code);
+ else
+ ClearBit(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
+}
+
+Bool
+key_is_down(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code, int type)
+{
+ Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+ if (type & KEY_PROCESSED)
+ ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->down, key_code);
+ if (type & KEY_POSTED)
+ ret = ret || BitIsOn(pDev->key->postdown, key_code);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static Bool
+key_autorepeats(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int key_code)
+{
+ return !!(pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeats[key_code >> 3] &
+ (1 << (key_code & 7)));
+}
+
+static void
+init_event(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, Time ms)
+{
+ memset(event, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ event->header = ET_Internal;
+ event->length = sizeof(DeviceEvent);
+ event->time = ms;
+ event->deviceid = dev->id;
+ event->sourceid = dev->id;
+}
+
+static void
+init_raw(DeviceIntPtr dev, RawDeviceEvent *event, Time ms, int type, int detail)
+{
+ memset(event, 0, sizeof(RawDeviceEvent));
+ event->header = ET_Internal;
+ event->length = sizeof(RawDeviceEvent);
+ event->type = ET_RawKeyPress - ET_KeyPress + type;
+ event->time = ms;
+ event->deviceid = dev->id;
+ event->sourceid = dev->id;
+ event->detail.button = detail;
+}
+
+static void
+set_raw_valuators(RawDeviceEvent *event, ValuatorMask *mask, int32_t* data)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
+ data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+set_valuators(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceEvent* event, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ /* Set the data to the previous value for unset absolute axes. The values
+ * may be used when sent as part of an XI 1.x valuator event. */
+ for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ SetBit(event->valuators.mask, i);
+ if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
+ SetBit(event->valuators.mode, i);
+ event->valuators.data[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ event->valuators.data_frac[i] =
+ dev->last.remainder[i] * (1 << 16) * (1 << 16);
+ }
+ else if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
+ event->valuators.data[i] = dev->valuator->axisVal[i];
+ }
+}
+
+void
+CreateClassesChangedEvent(InternalEvent* event,
+ DeviceIntPtr master,
+ DeviceIntPtr slave,
+ int type)
+{
+ int i;
+ DeviceChangedEvent *dce;
+ CARD32 ms = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+ dce = &event->changed_event;
+ memset(dce, 0, sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent));
+ dce->deviceid = slave->id;
+ dce->masterid = master->id;
+ dce->header = ET_Internal;
+ dce->length = sizeof(DeviceChangedEvent);
+ dce->type = ET_DeviceChanged;
+ dce->time = ms;
+ dce->flags = type;
+ dce->flags |= DEVCHANGE_SLAVE_SWITCH;
+ dce->sourceid = slave->id;
+
+ if (slave->button)
+ {
+ dce->buttons.num_buttons = slave->button->numButtons;
+ for (i = 0; i < dce->buttons.num_buttons; i++)
+ dce->buttons.names[i] = slave->button->labels[i];
+ }
+ if (slave->valuator)
+ {
+ dce->num_valuators = slave->valuator->numAxes;
+ for (i = 0; i < dce->num_valuators; i++)
+ {
+ dce->valuators[i].min = slave->valuator->axes[i].min_value;
+ dce->valuators[i].max = slave->valuator->axes[i].max_value;
+ dce->valuators[i].resolution = slave->valuator->axes[i].resolution;
+ dce->valuators[i].mode = slave->valuator->axes[i].mode;
+ dce->valuators[i].name = slave->valuator->axes[i].label;
+ }
+ }
+ if (slave->key)
+ {
+ dce->keys.min_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->min_key_code;
+ dce->keys.max_keycode = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc->max_key_code;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Rescale the coord between the two axis ranges.
+ */
+static int
+rescaleValuatorAxis(int coord, float remainder, float *remainder_return, AxisInfoPtr from, AxisInfoPtr to,
+ int defmax)
+{
+ int fmin = 0, tmin = 0, fmax = defmax, tmax = defmax, coord_return;
+ float value;
+
+ if(from && from->min_value < from->max_value) {
+ fmin = from->min_value;
+ fmax = from->max_value;
+ }
+ if(to && to->min_value < to->max_value) {
+ tmin = to->min_value;
+ tmax = to->max_value;
+ }
+
+ if(fmin == tmin && fmax == tmax) {
+ if (remainder_return)
+ *remainder_return = remainder;
+ return coord;
+ }
+
+ if(fmax == fmin) { /* avoid division by 0 */
+ if (remainder_return)
+ *remainder_return = 0.0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ value = (coord + remainder - fmin) * (tmax - tmin) / (fmax - fmin) + tmin;
+ coord_return = lroundf(value);
+ if (remainder_return)
+ *remainder_return = value - coord_return;
+ return coord_return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update all coordinates when changing to a different SD
+ * to ensure that relative reporting will work as expected
+ * without loss of precision.
+ *
+ * pDev->last.valuators will be in absolute device coordinates after this
+ * function.
+ */
+static void
+updateSlaveDeviceCoords(DeviceIntPtr master, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
+ int i;
+ DeviceIntPtr lastSlave;
+
+ /* master->last.valuators[0]/[1] is in screen coords and the actual
+ * position of the pointer */
+ pDev->last.valuators[0] = master->last.valuators[0];
+ pDev->last.valuators[1] = master->last.valuators[1];
+ pDev->last.remainder[0] = master->last.remainder[0];
+ pDev->last.remainder[1] = master->last.remainder[1];
+
+ if (!pDev->valuator)
+ return;
+
+ /* scale back to device coordinates */
+ if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 0)
+ pDev->last.valuators[0] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[0], pDev->last.remainder[0],
+ &pDev->last.remainder[0], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
+ if(pDev->valuator->numAxes > 1)
+ pDev->last.valuators[1] = rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[1], pDev->last.remainder[1],
+ &pDev->last.remainder[1], NULL, pDev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
+
+ /* calculate the other axis as well based on info from the old
+ * slave-device. If the old slave had less axes than this one,
+ * last.valuators is reset to 0.
+ */
+ if ((lastSlave = master->last.slave) && lastSlave->valuator) {
+ for (i = 2; i < pDev->valuator->numAxes; i++) {
+ if (i >= lastSlave->valuator->numAxes)
+ {
+ pDev->last.valuators[i] = 0;
+ pDev->last.remainder[i] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pDev->last.valuators[i] =
+ rescaleValuatorAxis(pDev->last.valuators[i],
+ pDev->last.remainder[i],
+ &pDev->last.remainder[i],
+ lastSlave->valuator->axes + i,
+ pDev->valuator->axes + i, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the motion history buffer.
+ */
+void
+AllocateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ int size;
+ free(pDev->valuator->motion);
+
+ if (pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents < 1)
+ return;
+
+ /* An MD must have a motion history size large enough to keep all
+ * potential valuators, plus the respective range of the valuators.
+ * 3 * INT32 for (min_val, max_val, curr_val))
+ */
+ if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ size = sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS;
+ else {
+ ValuatorClassPtr v = pDev->valuator;
+ int numAxes;
+ /* XI1 doesn't understand mixed mode devices */
+ for (numAxes = 0; numAxes < v->numAxes; numAxes++)
+ if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, numAxes) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
+ break;
+ size = sizeof(INT32) * numAxes;
+ }
+
+ size += sizeof(Time);
+
+ pDev->valuator->motion = calloc(pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents, size);
+ pDev->valuator->first_motion = 0;
+ pDev->valuator->last_motion = 0;
+ if (!pDev->valuator->motion)
+ ErrorF("[dix] %s: Failed to alloc motion history (%d bytes).\n",
+ pDev->name, size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Dump the motion history between start and stop into the supplied buffer.
+ * Only records the event for a given screen in theory, but in practice, we
+ * sort of ignore this.
+ *
+ * If core is set, we only generate x/y, in INT16, scaled to screen coords.
+ */
+int
+GetMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, xTimecoord **buff, unsigned long start,
+ unsigned long stop, ScreenPtr pScreen, BOOL core)
+{
+ char *ibuff = NULL, *obuff;
+ int i = 0, ret = 0;
+ int j, coord;
+ Time current;
+ /* The size of a single motion event. */
+ int size;
+ int dflt;
+ AxisInfo from, *to; /* for scaling */
+ INT32 *ocbuf, *icbuf; /* pointer to coordinates for copying */
+ INT16 *corebuf;
+ AxisInfo core_axis = {0};
+
+ if (!pDev->valuator || !pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (core && !pScreen)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ size = (sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(Time);
+ else
+ size = (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
+
+ *buff = malloc(size * pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents);
+ if (!(*buff))
+ return 0;
+ obuff = (char *)*buff;
+
+ for (i = pDev->valuator->first_motion;
+ i != pDev->valuator->last_motion;
+ i = (i + 1) % pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents) {
+ /* We index the input buffer by which element we're accessing, which
+ * is not monotonic, and the output buffer by how many events we've
+ * written so far. */
+ ibuff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion + (i * size);
+ memcpy(&current, ibuff, sizeof(Time));
+
+ if (current > stop) {
+ return ret;
+ }
+ else if (current >= start) {
+ if (core)
+ {
+ memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
+
+ icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
+ corebuf = (INT16*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
+
+ /* fetch x coordinate + range */
+ memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+ /* scale to screen coords */
+ to = &core_axis;
+ to->max_value = pScreen->width;
+ coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->width);
+
+ memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
+ corebuf++;
+
+ /* fetch y coordinate + range */
+ memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+ to->max_value = pScreen->height;
+ coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, pScreen->height);
+ memcpy(corebuf, &coord, sizeof(INT16));
+
+ } else if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ {
+ memcpy(obuff, ibuff, sizeof(Time)); /* copy timestamp */
+
+ ocbuf = (INT32*)(obuff + sizeof(Time));
+ icbuf = (INT32*)(ibuff + sizeof(Time));
+ for (j = 0; j < MAX_VALUATORS; j++)
+ {
+ if (j >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
+ break;
+
+ /* fetch min/max/coordinate */
+ memcpy(&from.min_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&from.max_value, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+ memcpy(&coord, icbuf++, sizeof(INT32));
+
+ to = (j < pDev->valuator->numAxes) ? &pDev->valuator->axes[j] : NULL;
+
+ /* x/y scaled to screen if no range is present */
+ if (j == 0 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
+ from.max_value = pScreen->width;
+ else if (j == 1 && (from.max_value < from.min_value))
+ from.max_value = pScreen->height;
+
+ if (j == 0 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
+ dflt = pScreen->width;
+ else if (j == 1 && (to->max_value < to->min_value))
+ dflt = pScreen->height;
+ else
+ dflt = 0;
+
+ /* scale from stored range into current range */
+ coord = rescaleValuatorAxis(coord, 0.0, NULL, &from, to, 0);
+ memcpy(ocbuf, &coord, sizeof(INT32));
+ ocbuf++;
+ }
+ } else
+ memcpy(obuff, ibuff, size);
+
+ /* don't advance by size here. size may be different to the
+ * actually written size if the MD has less valuators than MAX */
+ if (core)
+ obuff += sizeof(INT32) + sizeof(Time);
+ else
+ obuff += (sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(Time);
+ ret++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Update the motion history for a specific device, with the list of
+ * valuators.
+ *
+ * Layout of the history buffer:
+ * for SDs: [time] [val0] [val1] ... [valn]
+ * for MDs: [time] [min_val0] [max_val0] [val0] [min_val1] ... [valn]
+ *
+ * For events that have some valuators unset:
+ * min_val == max_val == val == 0.
+ */
+static void
+updateMotionHistory(DeviceIntPtr pDev, CARD32 ms, ValuatorMask *mask,
+ int *valuators)
+{
+ char *buff = (char *) pDev->valuator->motion;
+ ValuatorClassPtr v;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents)
+ return;
+
+ v = pDev->valuator;
+ if (IsMaster(pDev))
+ {
+ buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
+ v->last_motion;
+
+ memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
+ buff += sizeof(Time);
+
+ memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * 3 * MAX_VALUATORS);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < v->numAxes; i++)
+ {
+ /* XI1 doesn't support mixed mode devices */
+ if (valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) != valuator_get_mode(pDev, 0))
+ break;
+ if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ buff += 3 * sizeof(INT32);
+ continue;
+ }
+ memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].min_value, sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ memcpy(buff, &v->axes[i].max_value, sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ }
+ } else
+ {
+
+ buff += ((sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes) + sizeof(CARD32)) *
+ pDev->valuator->last_motion;
+
+ memcpy(buff, &ms, sizeof(Time));
+ buff += sizeof(Time);
+
+ memset(buff, 0, sizeof(INT32) * pDev->valuator->numAxes);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < MAX_VALUATORS; i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_size(mask) <= i || !valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ continue;
+ }
+ memcpy(buff, &valuators[i], sizeof(INT32));
+ buff += sizeof(INT32);
+ }
+ }
+
+ pDev->valuator->last_motion = (pDev->valuator->last_motion + 1) %
+ pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+ /* If we're wrapping around, just keep the circular buffer going. */
+ if (pDev->valuator->first_motion == pDev->valuator->last_motion)
+ pDev->valuator->first_motion = (pDev->valuator->first_motion + 1) %
+ pDev->valuator->numMotionEvents;
+
+ return;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Returns the maximum number of events GetKeyboardEvents
+ * and GetPointerEvents will ever return.
+ *
+ * This MUST be absolutely constant, from init until exit.
+ */
+int
+GetMaximumEventsNum(void) {
+ /* One raw event
+ * One device event
+ * One possible device changed event
+ */
+ return 3;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Clip an axis to its bounds, which are declared in the call to
+ * InitValuatorAxisClassStruct.
+ */
+static void
+clipAxis(DeviceIntPtr pDev, int axisNum, int *val)
+{
+ AxisInfoPtr axis;
+
+ if (axisNum >= pDev->valuator->numAxes)
+ return;
+
+ axis = pDev->valuator->axes + axisNum;
+
+ /* If a value range is defined, clip. If not, do nothing */
+ if (axis->max_value <= axis->min_value)
+ return;
+
+ if (*val < axis->min_value)
+ *val = axis->min_value;
+ if (*val > axis->max_value)
+ *val = axis->max_value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip every axis in the list of valuators to its bounds.
+ */
+static void
+clipValuators(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ int val = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ clipAxis(pDev, i, &val);
+ valuator_mask_set(mask, i, val);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create the DCCE event (does not update the master's device state yet, this
+ * is done in the event processing).
+ * Pull in the coordinates from the MD if necessary.
+ *
+ * @param events Pointer to a pre-allocated event array.
+ * @param dev The slave device that generated an event.
+ * @param type Either DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT and/or DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT
+ * @param num_events The current number of events, returns the number of
+ * events if a DCCE was generated.
+ * @return The updated @events pointer.
+ */
+InternalEvent*
+UpdateFromMaster(InternalEvent* events, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, int *num_events)
+{
+ DeviceIntPtr master;
+
+ master = GetMaster(dev, (type & DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT) ? MASTER_POINTER : MASTER_KEYBOARD);
+
+ if (master && master->last.slave != dev)
+ {
+ CreateClassesChangedEvent(events, master, dev, type);
+ if (IsPointerDevice(master))
+ {
+ updateSlaveDeviceCoords(master, dev);
+ master->last.numValuators = dev->last.numValuators;
+ }
+ master->last.slave = dev;
+ (*num_events)++;
+ events++;
+ }
+ return events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the device's pointer to the position given in the valuators.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
+ * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
+ * @first+@num.
+ */
+static void
+moveAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
+ *x = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
+ else
+ *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+ *y = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
+ else
+ *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+ clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
+ clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
+
+ for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ dev->last.valuators[i] = valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Move the device's pointer by the values given in @valuators.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param x Returns the x position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param y Returns the y position of the pointer after the move.
+ * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators.
+ * @param valuators Valuator data for each axis between @first and
+ * @first+@num.
+ */
+static void
+moveRelative(DeviceIntPtr dev, int *x, int *y, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ *x = dev->last.valuators[0];
+ *y = dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
+ *x += valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
+ *y += valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
+
+ /* if attached, clip both x and y to the defined limits (usually
+ * co-ord space limit). If it is attached, we need x/y to go over the
+ * limits to be able to change screens. */
+ if (dev->valuator && (IsMaster(dev) || !IsFloating(dev))) {
+ if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 0) == Absolute)
+ clipAxis(dev, 0, x);
+ if (valuator_get_mode(dev, 1) == Absolute)
+ clipAxis(dev, 1, y);
+ }
+
+ /* calc other axes, clip, drop back into valuators */
+ for (i = 2; i < valuator_mask_size(mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ {
+ dev->last.valuators[i] += valuator_mask_get(mask, i);
+ if (valuator_get_mode(dev, i) == Absolute)
+ clipAxis(dev, i, &dev->last.valuators[i]);
+ valuator_mask_set(mask, i, dev->last.valuators[i]);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Accelerate the data in valuators based on the device's acceleration scheme.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device which's pointer is to be moved.
+ * @param valuators Valuator mask
+ * @param ms Current time.
+ */
+static void
+accelPointer(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask* valuators, CARD32 ms)
+{
+ if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc)
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc(dev, valuators, ms);
+}
+
+/**
+ * If we have HW cursors, this actually moves the visible sprite. If not, we
+ * just do all the screen crossing, etc.
+ *
+ * We scale from device to screen coordinates here, call
+ * miPointerSetPosition() and then scale back into device coordinates (if
+ * needed). miPSP will change x/y if the screen was crossed.
+ *
+ * The coordinates provided are always absolute. The parameter mode whether
+ * it was relative or absolute movement that landed us at those coordinates.
+ *
+ * @param dev The device to be moved.
+ * @param mode Movement mode (Absolute or Relative)
+ * @param x Pointer to current x-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param y Pointer to current y-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param x_frac Fractional part of current x-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param y_frac Fractional part of current y-axis value, may be modified.
+ * @param scr Screen the device's sprite is currently on.
+ * @param screenx Screen x coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
+ * @param screeny Screen y coordinate the sprite is on after the update.
+ * @param screenx_frac Fractional part of screen x coordinate, as above.
+ * @param screeny_frac Fractional part of screen y coordinate, as above.
+ */
+static void
+positionSprite(DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode,
+ int *x, int *y, float x_frac, float y_frac,
+ ScreenPtr scr, int *screenx, int *screeny, float *screenx_frac, float *screeny_frac)
+{
+ int old_screenx, old_screeny;
+
+ /* scale x&y to screen */
+ if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 0) {
+ *screenx = rescaleValuatorAxis(*x, x_frac, screenx_frac,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 0, NULL, scr->width);
+ } else {
+ *screenx = dev->last.valuators[0];
+ *screenx_frac = dev->last.remainder[0];
+ }
+
+ if (dev->valuator && dev->valuator->numAxes > 1) {
+ *screeny = rescaleValuatorAxis(*y, y_frac, screeny_frac,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 1, NULL, scr->height);
+ } else {
+ *screeny = dev->last.valuators[1];
+ *screeny_frac = dev->last.remainder[1];
+ }
+
+ /* Hit the left screen edge? */
+ if (*screenx <= 0 && *screenx_frac < 0.0f)
+ {
+ *screenx_frac = 0.0f;
+ x_frac = 0.0f;
+ }
+ if (*screeny <= 0 && *screeny_frac < 0.0f)
+ {
+ *screeny_frac = 0.0f;
+ y_frac = 0.0f;
+ }
+
+
+ old_screenx = *screenx;
+ old_screeny = *screeny;
+ /* This takes care of crossing screens for us, as well as clipping
+ * to the current screen. */
+ miPointerSetPosition(dev, mode, screenx, screeny);
+
+ if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev)) {
+ DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
+ master->last.valuators[0] = *screenx;
+ master->last.valuators[1] = *screeny;
+ master->last.remainder[0] = *screenx_frac;
+ master->last.remainder[1] = *screeny_frac;
+ }
+
+ if (dev->valuator)
+ {
+ /* Crossed screen? Scale back to device coordiantes */
+ if(*screenx != old_screenx)
+ {
+ scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+ *x = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screenx, *screenx_frac, &x_frac, NULL,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 0, scr->width);
+ }
+ if(*screeny != old_screeny)
+ {
+ scr = miPointerGetScreen(dev);
+ *y = rescaleValuatorAxis(*screeny, *screeny_frac, &y_frac, NULL,
+ dev->valuator->axes + 1, scr->height);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* dropy x/y (device coordinates) back into valuators for next event */
+ dev->last.valuators[0] = *x;
+ dev->last.valuators[1] = *y;
+ dev->last.remainder[0] = x_frac;
+ dev->last.remainder[1] = y_frac;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the motion history for the device and (if appropriate) for its
+ * master device.
+ * @param dev Slave device to update.
+ * @param mask Bit mask of valid valuators to append to history.
+ * @param num Total number of valuators to append to history.
+ * @param ms Current time
+ */
+static void
+updateHistory(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask, CARD32 ms)
+{
+ if (!dev->valuator)
+ return;
+
+ updateMotionHistory(dev, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
+ if(!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
+ {
+ DeviceIntPtr master = GetMaster(dev, MASTER_POINTER);
+ updateMotionHistory(master, ms, mask, dev->last.valuators);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+queueEventList(DeviceIntPtr device, InternalEvent *events, int nevents)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
+ mieqEnqueue(device, &events[i]);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate internal events representing this keyboard event and enqueue
+ * them on the event queue.
+ *
+ * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
+ *
+ * FIXME: flags for relative/abs motion?
+ *
+ * @param device The device to generate the event for
+ * @param type Event type, one of KeyPress or KeyRelease
+ * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key
+ * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
+ *
+ */
+void
+QueueKeyboardEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
+ int keycode, const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int nevents;
+
+ nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(InputEventList, device, type, keycode, mask);
+ queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns a set of InternalEvents for KeyPress/KeyRelease, optionally
+ * also with valuator events.
+ *
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the event list in the first
+ * place via InitEventList(), and for freeing it.
+ *
+ * @return the number of events written into events.
+ */
+int
+GetKeyboardEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type,
+ int key_code, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
+ int num_events = 0;
+ CARD32 ms = 0;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ RawDeviceEvent *raw;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+ if (!pDev || !pDev->enabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (!events ||!pDev->key || !pDev->focus || !pDev->kbdfeed ||
+ (type != KeyPress && type != KeyRelease) ||
+ (key_code < 8 || key_code > 255))
+ return 0;
+
+ num_events = 1;
+
+ events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_KEYBOARD_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+ /* Handle core repeating, via press/release/press/release. */
+ if (type == KeyPress && key_is_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED)) {
+ /* If autorepeating is disabled either globally or just for that key,
+ * or we have a modifier, don't generate a repeat event. */
+ if (!pDev->kbdfeed->ctrl.autoRepeat ||
+ !key_autorepeats(pDev, key_code) ||
+ pDev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[key_code])
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ ms = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+ raw = &events->raw_event;
+ events++;
+ num_events++;
+
+ valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
+
+ init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, key_code);
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
+
+ clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
+
+ event = &events->device_event;
+ init_event(pDev, event, ms);
+ event->detail.key = key_code;
+
+ if (type == KeyPress) {
+ event->type = ET_KeyPress;
+ set_key_down(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
+ }
+ else if (type == KeyRelease) {
+ event->type = ET_KeyRelease;
+ set_key_up(pDev, key_code, KEY_POSTED);
+ }
+
+ clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+ set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
+
+ return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an event array large enough for num_events arrays.
+ * This event list is to be passed into GetPointerEvents() and
+ * GetKeyboardEvents().
+ *
+ * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
+ */
+InternalEvent*
+InitEventList(int num_events)
+{
+ InternalEvent *events = calloc(num_events, sizeof(InternalEvent));
+ return events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free an event list.
+ *
+ * @param list The list to be freed.
+ * @param num_events Number of elements in list.
+ */
+void
+FreeEventList(InternalEvent *list, int num_events)
+{
+ free(list);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Transform vector x/y according to matrix m and drop the rounded coords
+ * back into x/y.
+ */
+static void
+transform(struct pixman_f_transform *m, int *x, int *y)
+{
+ struct pixman_f_vector p;
+
+ p.v[0] = *x;
+ p.v[1] = *y;
+ p.v[2] = 1;
+
+ pixman_f_transform_point(m, &p);
+
+
+ *x = lround(p.v[0]);
+ *y = lround(p.v[1]);
+}
+
+static void
+transformAbsolute(DeviceIntPtr dev, ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int x, y, ox, oy;
+
+ ox = x = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 0) :
+ dev->last.valuators[0];
+ oy = y = valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) ? valuator_mask_get(mask, 1) :
+ dev->last.valuators[1];
+
+ transform(&dev->transform, &x, &y);
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) || ox != x)
+ valuator_mask_set(mask, 0, x);
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1) || oy != y)
+ valuator_mask_set(mask, 1, y);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate internal events representing this pointer event and enqueue them
+ * on the event queue.
+ *
+ * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
+ *
+ * @param device The device to generate the event for
+ * @param type Event type, one of ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, MotionNotify
+ * @param buttons Button number of the buttons modified. Must be 0 for
+ * MotionNotify
+ * @param flags Event modification flags
+ * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
+ */
+void
+QueuePointerEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
+ int buttons, int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int nevents;
+
+ nevents = GetPointerEvents(InputEventList, device, type, buttons, flags, mask);
+ queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate a series of InternalEvents representing pointer motion, or
+ * button presses.
+ *
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first
+ * place via InitEventList() and GetMaximumEventsNum(), and for freeing it.
+ *
+ * In the generated events rootX/Y will be in absolute screen coords and
+ * the valuator information in the absolute or relative device coords.
+ *
+ * last.valuators[x] of the device is always in absolute device coords.
+ * last.valuators[x] of the master device is in absolute screen coords.
+ *
+ * master->last.valuators[x] for x > 2 is undefined.
+ *
+ * @return the number of events written into events.
+ */
+int
+GetPointerEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, int buttons,
+ int flags, const ValuatorMask *mask_in) {
+ int num_events = 1;
+ CARD32 ms;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ RawDeviceEvent *raw;
+ int x = 0, y = 0, /* device coords */
+ cx, cy; /* only screen coordinates */
+ float x_frac = 0.0, y_frac = 0.0, cx_frac, cy_frac;
+ ScreenPtr scr = miPointerGetScreen(pDev);
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+ if (!pDev->enabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (!scr)
+ return 0;
+
+ switch (type)
+ {
+ case MotionNotify:
+ if (!mask_in || valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask_in) <= 0)
+ return 0;
+ break;
+ case ButtonPress:
+ case ButtonRelease:
+ if (!pDev->button || !buttons)
+ return 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ ms = GetTimeInMillis(); /* before pointer update to help precision */
+
+ events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+ valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
+
+ if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)
+ {
+ raw = &events->raw_event;
+ events++;
+ num_events++;
+
+ init_raw(pDev, raw, ms, type, buttons);
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data_raw);
+ }
+
+ if (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE)
+ {
+ if (flags & POINTER_SCREEN) /* valuators are in screen coords */
+ {
+ int scaled;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
+ {
+ scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 0),
+ 0.0, &x_frac, NULL,
+ pDev->valuator->axes + 0,
+ scr->width);
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, scaled);
+ }
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
+ {
+ scaled = rescaleValuatorAxis(valuator_mask_get(&mask, 1),
+ 0.0, &y_frac, NULL,
+ pDev->valuator->axes + 1,
+ scr->height);
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, scaled);
+ }
+ }
+
+ transformAbsolute(pDev, &mask);
+ moveAbsolute(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
+ } else {
+ if (flags & POINTER_ACCELERATE) {
+ accelPointer(pDev, &mask, ms);
+ /* The pointer acceleration code modifies the fractional part
+ * in-place, so we need to extract this information first */
+ x_frac = pDev->last.remainder[0];
+ y_frac = pDev->last.remainder[1];
+ }
+ moveRelative(pDev, &x, &y, &mask);
+ }
+
+ if ((flags & POINTER_NORAW) == 0)
+ set_raw_valuators(raw, &mask, raw->valuators.data);
+
+ positionSprite(pDev, (flags & POINTER_ABSOLUTE) ? Absolute : Relative,
+ &x, &y, x_frac, y_frac, scr, &cx, &cy, &cx_frac, &cy_frac);
+ updateHistory(pDev, &mask, ms);
+
+ /* Update the valuators with the true value sent to the client*/
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 0))
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, 0, x);
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, 1))
+ valuator_mask_set(&mask, 1, y);
+
+ clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+ event = &events->device_event;
+ init_event(pDev, event, ms);
+
+ if (type == MotionNotify) {
+ event->type = ET_Motion;
+ event->detail.button = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (type == ButtonPress) {
+ event->type = ET_ButtonPress;
+ set_button_down(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
+ }
+ else if (type == ButtonRelease) {
+ event->type = ET_ButtonRelease;
+ set_button_up(pDev, buttons, BUTTON_POSTED);
+ }
+ event->detail.button = buttons;
+ }
+
+ event->root_x = cx; /* root_x/y always in screen coords */
+ event->root_y = cy;
+ event->root_x_frac = cx_frac;
+ event->root_y_frac = cy_frac;
+
+ set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
+
+ return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate internal events representing this proximity event and enqueue
+ * them on the event queue.
+ *
+ * This function is not reentrant. Disable signals before calling.
+ *
+ * @param device The device to generate the event for
+ * @param type Event type, one of ProximityIn or ProximityOut
+ * @param keycode Key code of the pressed/released key
+ * @param mask Valuator mask for valuators present for this event.
+ *
+ */
+void
+QueueProximityEvents(DeviceIntPtr device, int type,
+ const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ int nevents;
+
+ nevents = GetProximityEvents(InputEventList, device, type, mask);
+ queueEventList(device, InputEventList, nevents);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate ProximityIn/ProximityOut InternalEvents, accompanied by
+ * valuators.
+ *
+ * The DDX is responsible for allocating the events in the first place via
+ * InitEventList(), and for freeing it.
+ *
+ * @return the number of events written into events.
+ */
+int
+GetProximityEvents(InternalEvent *events, DeviceIntPtr pDev, int type, const ValuatorMask *mask_in)
+{
+ int num_events = 1, i;
+ DeviceEvent *event;
+ ValuatorMask mask;
+
+ /* refuse events from disabled devices */
+ if (!pDev->enabled)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Sanity checks. */
+ if ((type != ProximityIn && type != ProximityOut) || !mask_in)
+ return 0;
+ if (!pDev->valuator)
+ return 0;
+
+ valuator_mask_copy(&mask, mask_in);
+
+ /* ignore relative axes for proximity. */
+ for (i = 0; i < valuator_mask_size(&mask); i++)
+ {
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(&mask, i) &&
+ valuator_get_mode(pDev, i) == Relative)
+ valuator_mask_unset(&mask, i);
+ }
+
+ /* FIXME: posting proximity events with relative valuators only results
+ * in an empty event, EventToXI() will fail to convert → no event sent
+ * to client. */
+
+ events = UpdateFromMaster(events, pDev, DEVCHANGE_POINTER_EVENT, &num_events);
+
+ event = &events->device_event;
+ init_event(pDev, event, GetTimeInMillis());
+ event->type = (type == ProximityIn) ? ET_ProximityIn : ET_ProximityOut;
+
+ clipValuators(pDev, &mask);
+
+ set_valuators(pDev, event, &mask);
+
+ return num_events;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Synthesize a single motion event for the core pointer.
+ *
+ * Used in cursor functions, e.g. when cursor confinement changes, and we need
+ * to shift the pointer to get it inside the new bounds.
+ */
+void
+PostSyntheticMotion(DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ int screen,
+ unsigned long time)
+{
+ DeviceEvent ev;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* Translate back to the sprite screen since processInputProc
+ will translate from sprite screen to screen 0 upon reentry
+ to the DIX layer. */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x - screenInfo.screens[screen]->x;
+ y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y - screenInfo.screens[screen]->y;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(DeviceEvent));
+ init_event(pDev, &ev, time);
+ ev.root_x = x;
+ ev.root_y = y;
+ ev.type = ET_Motion;
+ ev.time = time;
+
+ /* FIXME: MD/SD considerations? */
+ (*pDev->public.processInputProc)((InternalEvent*)&ev, pDev);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c b/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c
index 4565e6e68..49e175822 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c
@@ -1,586 +1,586 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2008 Daniel Stone
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include "dix-config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "xkbstr.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-
-/* Check if a button map change is okay with the device.
- * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy. */
-static int
-check_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, CARD32 *errval_out,
- ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i, ret;
-
- if (!dev || !dev->button)
- {
- client->errorValue = (dev) ? dev->id : 0;
- return BadDevice;
- }
-
- ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = dev->id;
- return ret;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
- if (dev->button->map[i + 1] != map[i] && dev->button->down[i + 1])
- return MappingBusy;
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void
-do_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i;
- xEvent core_mn;
- deviceMappingNotify xi_mn;
-
- /* The map in ButtonClassRec refers to button numbers, whereas the
- * protocol is zero-indexed. Sigh. */
- memcpy(&(dev->button->map[1]), map, len);
-
- core_mn.u.u.type = MappingNotify;
- core_mn.u.mappingNotify.request = MappingPointer;
-
- /* 0 is the server client. */
- for (i = 1; i < currentMaxClients; i++) {
- /* Don't send irrelevant events to naïve clients. */
- if (!clients[i] || clients[i]->clientState != ClientStateRunning)
- continue;
-
- if (!XIShouldNotify(clients[i], dev))
- continue;
-
- WriteEventsToClient(clients[i], 1, &core_mn);
- }
-
- xi_mn.type = DeviceMappingNotify;
- xi_mn.request = MappingPointer;
- xi_mn.deviceid = dev->id;
- xi_mn.time = GetTimeInMillis();
-
- SendEventToAllWindows(dev, DeviceMappingNotifyMask, (xEvent *) &xi_mn, 1);
-}
-
-/*
- * Does what it says on the box, both for core and Xi.
- *
- * Faithfully reports any errors encountered while trying to apply the map
- * to the requested device, faithfully ignores any errors encountered while
- * trying to apply the map to its master/slaves.
- */
-int
-ApplyPointerMapping(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)
-{
- int ret;
-
- /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */
- ret = check_butmap_change(dev, map, len, &client->errorValue, client);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
- do_butmap_change(dev, map, len, client);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Check if a modifier map change is okay with the device.
- * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy; this particular
- * caveat can be removed with LegalModifier, as we have no other reason to
- * set MappingFailed. Sigh. */
-static int
-check_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modmap)
-{
- int ret, i;
- XkbDescPtr xkb;
-
- ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
-
- if (!dev->key)
- return BadMatch;
- xkb = dev->key->xkbInfo->desc;
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
- if (!modmap[i])
- continue;
-
- /* Check that all the new modifiers fall within the advertised
- * keycode range. */
- if (i < xkb->min_key_code || i > xkb->max_key_code) {
- client->errorValue = i;
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the mapping is okay with the DDX. */
- if (!LegalModifier(i, dev)) {
- client->errorValue = i;
- return MappingFailed;
- }
-
- /* None of the new modifiers may be down while we change the
- * map. */
- if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {
- client->errorValue = i;
- return MappingBusy;
- }
- }
-
- /* None of the old modifiers may be down while we change the map,
- * either. */
- for (i = xkb->min_key_code; i < xkb->max_key_code; i++) {
- if (!xkb->map->modmap[i])
- continue;
- if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {
- client->errorValue = i;
- return MappingBusy;
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-check_modmap_change_slave(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr master,
- DeviceIntPtr slave, CARD8 *modmap)
-{
- XkbDescPtr master_xkb, slave_xkb;
- int i, j;
-
- if (!slave->key || !master->key)
- return 0;
-
- master_xkb = master->key->xkbInfo->desc;
- slave_xkb = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc;
-
- /* Ignore devices with a clearly different keymap. */
- if (slave_xkb->min_key_code != master_xkb->min_key_code ||
- slave_xkb->max_key_code != master_xkb->max_key_code)
- return 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
- if (!modmap[i])
- continue;
-
- /* If we have different symbols for any modifier on an
- * extended keyboard, ignore the whole remap request. */
- for (j = 0;
- j < XkbKeyNumSyms(slave_xkb, i) &&
- j < XkbKeyNumSyms(master_xkb, i);
- j++)
- if (XkbKeySymsPtr(slave_xkb, i)[j] != XkbKeySymsPtr(master_xkb, i)[j])
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (check_modmap_change(client, slave, modmap) != Success)
- return 0;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Actually change the modifier map, and send notifications. Cannot fail. */
-static void
-do_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *modmap)
-{
- XkbApplyMappingChange(dev, NULL, 0, 0, modmap, serverClient);
-}
-
-/* Rebuild modmap (key -> mod) from map (mod -> key). */
-static int build_modmap_from_modkeymap(CARD8 *modmap, KeyCode *modkeymap,
- int max_keys_per_mod)
-{
- int i, len = max_keys_per_mod * 8;
-
- memset(modmap, 0, MAP_LENGTH);
-
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
- if (!modkeymap[i])
- continue;
-
- if (modkeymap[i] >= MAP_LENGTH)
- return BadValue;
-
- if (modmap[modkeymap[i]])
- return BadValue;
-
- modmap[modkeymap[i]] = 1 << (i / max_keys_per_mod);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-change_modmap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modkeymap,
- int max_keys_per_mod)
-{
- int ret;
- CARD8 modmap[MAP_LENGTH];
- DeviceIntPtr tmp;
-
- ret = build_modmap_from_modkeymap(modmap, modkeymap, max_keys_per_mod);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
-
- /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */
- ret = check_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
- do_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);
-
- /* Change any attached masters/slaves. */
- if (IsMaster(dev)) {
- for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
- if (!IsMaster(tmp) && GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == dev)
- if (check_modmap_change_slave(client, dev, tmp, modmap))
- do_modmap_change(client, tmp, modmap);
- }
- }
- else if (!IsFloating(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD)->lastSlave == dev) {
- /* If this fails, expect the results to be weird. */
- if (check_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap))
- do_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-int generate_modkeymap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
- KeyCode **modkeymap_out, int *max_keys_per_mod_out)
-{
- CARD8 keys_per_mod[8];
- int max_keys_per_mod;
- KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
- int i, j, ret;
-
- ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (ret != Success)
- return ret;
-
- if (!dev->key)
- return BadMatch;
-
- /* Count the number of keys per modifier to determine how wide we
- * should make the map. */
- max_keys_per_mod = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
- keys_per_mod[i] = 0;
- for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
- for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
- if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {
- if (++keys_per_mod[j] > max_keys_per_mod)
- max_keys_per_mod = keys_per_mod[j];
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (max_keys_per_mod != 0) {
- modkeymap = calloc(max_keys_per_mod * 8, sizeof(KeyCode));
- if (!modkeymap)
- return BadAlloc;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
- keys_per_mod[i] = 0;
-
- for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
- for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
- if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {
- modkeymap[(j * max_keys_per_mod) + keys_per_mod[j]] = i;
- keys_per_mod[j]++;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- *max_keys_per_mod_out = max_keys_per_mod;
- *modkeymap_out = modkeymap;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Duplicate the InputAttributes in the most obvious way.
- * No special memory handling is used to give drivers the maximum
- * flexibility with the data. Drivers should be able to call realloc on the
- * product string if needed and perform similar operations.
- */
-InputAttributes*
-DuplicateInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
- InputAttributes *new_attr;
- int ntags = 0;
- char **tags, **new_tags;
-
- if (!attrs)
- return NULL;
-
- if (!(new_attr = calloc(1, sizeof(InputAttributes))))
- goto unwind;
-
- if (attrs->product && !(new_attr->product = strdup(attrs->product)))
- goto unwind;
- if (attrs->vendor && !(new_attr->vendor = strdup(attrs->vendor)))
- goto unwind;
- if (attrs->device && !(new_attr->device = strdup(attrs->device)))
- goto unwind;
- if (attrs->pnp_id && !(new_attr->pnp_id = strdup(attrs->pnp_id)))
- goto unwind;
- if (attrs->usb_id && !(new_attr->usb_id = strdup(attrs->usb_id)))
- goto unwind;
-
- new_attr->flags = attrs->flags;
-
- if ((tags = attrs->tags))
- {
- while(*tags++)
- ntags++;
-
- new_attr->tags = calloc(ntags + 1, sizeof(char*));
- if (!new_attr->tags)
- goto unwind;
-
- tags = attrs->tags;
- new_tags = new_attr->tags;
-
- while(*tags)
- {
- *new_tags = strdup(*tags);
- if (!*new_tags)
- goto unwind;
-
- tags++;
- new_tags++;
- }
- }
-
- return new_attr;
-
-unwind:
- FreeInputAttributes(new_attr);
- return NULL;
-}
-
-void
-FreeInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
- char **tags;
-
- if (!attrs)
- return;
-
- free(attrs->product);
- free(attrs->vendor);
- free(attrs->device);
- free(attrs->pnp_id);
- free(attrs->usb_id);
-
- if ((tags = attrs->tags))
- while(*tags)
- free(*tags++);
-
- free(attrs->tags);
- free(attrs);
-}
-
-/**
- * Alloc a valuator mask large enough for num_valuators.
- */
-ValuatorMask*
-valuator_mask_new(int num_valuators)
-{
- /* alloc a fixed size mask for now and ignore num_valuators. in the
- * flying-car future, when we can dynamically alloc the masks and are
- * not constrained by signals, we can start using num_valuators */
- ValuatorMask *mask = calloc(1, sizeof(ValuatorMask));
- mask->last_bit = -1;
- return mask;
-}
-
-void
-valuator_mask_free(ValuatorMask **mask)
-{
- free(*mask);
- *mask = NULL;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Sets a range of valuators between first_valuator and num_valuators with
- * the data in the valuators array. All other values are set to 0.
- */
-void
-valuator_mask_set_range(ValuatorMask *mask, int first_valuator, int num_valuators,
- const int* valuators)
-{
- int i;
-
- valuator_mask_zero(mask);
-
- for (i = first_valuator; i < min(first_valuator + num_valuators, MAX_VALUATORS); i++)
- valuator_mask_set(mask, i, valuators[i - first_valuator]);
-}
-
-/**
- * Reset mask to zero.
- */
-void
-valuator_mask_zero(ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- memset(mask, 0, sizeof(*mask));
- mask->last_bit = -1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the current size of the mask (i.e. the highest number of
- * valuators currently set + 1).
- */
-int
-valuator_mask_size(const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- return mask->last_bit + 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the number of valuators set in the given mask.
- */
-int
-valuator_mask_num_valuators(const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
- return CountBits(mask->mask, min(mask->last_bit + 1, MAX_VALUATORS));
-}
-
-/**
- * Return true if the valuator is set in the mask, or false otherwise.
- */
-int
-valuator_mask_isset(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
-{
- return mask->last_bit >= valuator && BitIsOn(mask->mask, valuator);
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the valuator to the given data.
- */
-void
-valuator_mask_set(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator, int data)
-{
- mask->last_bit = max(valuator, mask->last_bit);
- SetBit(mask->mask, valuator);
- mask->valuators[valuator] = data;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the requested valuator value. If the mask bit is not set for the
- * given valuator, the returned value is undefined.
- */
-int
-valuator_mask_get(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
-{
- return mask->valuators[valuator];
-}
-
-/**
- * Remove the valuator from the mask.
- */
-void
-valuator_mask_unset(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
-{
- if (mask->last_bit >= valuator) {
- int i, lastbit = -1;
-
- ClearBit(mask->mask, valuator);
- mask->valuators[valuator] = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i <= mask->last_bit; i++)
- if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
- lastbit = max(lastbit, i);
- mask->last_bit = lastbit;
- }
-}
-
-void
-valuator_mask_copy(ValuatorMask *dest, const ValuatorMask *src)
-{
- if (src)
- memcpy(dest, src, sizeof(*dest));
- else
- valuator_mask_zero(dest);
-}
-
-int
-CountBits(const uint8_t *mask, int len)
-{
- int i;
- int ret = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- if (BitIsOn(mask, i))
- ret++;
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Verifies sanity of the event. If the event is not an internal event,
- * memdumps the first 32 bytes of event to the log, a backtrace, then kill
- * the server.
- */
-void verify_internal_event(const InternalEvent *ev)
-{
- if (ev && ev->any.header != ET_Internal)
- {
- int i;
- unsigned char *data = (unsigned char*)ev;
-
- ErrorF("dix: invalid event type %d\n", ev->any.header);
-
- for (i = 0; i < sizeof(xEvent); i++, data++)
- {
- ErrorF("%02hhx ", *data);
-
- if ((i % 8) == 7)
- ErrorF("\n");
- }
-
- xorg_backtrace();
- FatalError("Wrong event type %d. Aborting server\n", ev->any.header);
- }
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright © 2008 Daniel Stone
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Daniel Stone <daniel@fooishbar.org>
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include "dix-config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "xkbstr.h"
+#include "inpututils.h"
+#include "eventstr.h"
+
+/* Check if a button map change is okay with the device.
+ * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy. */
+static int
+check_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, CARD32 *errval_out,
+ ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int i, ret;
+
+ if (!dev || !dev->button)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = (dev) ? dev->id : 0;
+ return BadDevice;
+ }
+
+ ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = dev->id;
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ if (dev->button->map[i + 1] != map[i] && dev->button->down[i + 1])
+ return MappingBusy;
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static void
+do_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int i;
+ xEvent core_mn;
+ deviceMappingNotify xi_mn;
+
+ /* The map in ButtonClassRec refers to button numbers, whereas the
+ * protocol is zero-indexed. Sigh. */
+ memcpy(&(dev->button->map[1]), map, len);
+
+ core_mn.u.u.type = MappingNotify;
+ core_mn.u.mappingNotify.request = MappingPointer;
+
+ /* 0 is the server client. */
+ for (i = 1; i < currentMaxClients; i++) {
+ /* Don't send irrelevant events to naïve clients. */
+ if (!clients[i] || clients[i]->clientState != ClientStateRunning)
+ continue;
+
+ if (!XIShouldNotify(clients[i], dev))
+ continue;
+
+ WriteEventsToClient(clients[i], 1, &core_mn);
+ }
+
+ xi_mn.type = DeviceMappingNotify;
+ xi_mn.request = MappingPointer;
+ xi_mn.deviceid = dev->id;
+ xi_mn.time = GetTimeInMillis();
+
+ SendEventToAllWindows(dev, DeviceMappingNotifyMask, (xEvent *) &xi_mn, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Does what it says on the box, both for core and Xi.
+ *
+ * Faithfully reports any errors encountered while trying to apply the map
+ * to the requested device, faithfully ignores any errors encountered while
+ * trying to apply the map to its master/slaves.
+ */
+int
+ApplyPointerMapping(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int ret;
+
+ /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */
+ ret = check_butmap_change(dev, map, len, &client->errorValue, client);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+ do_butmap_change(dev, map, len, client);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* Check if a modifier map change is okay with the device.
+ * Returns -1 for BadValue, as it collides with MappingBusy; this particular
+ * caveat can be removed with LegalModifier, as we have no other reason to
+ * set MappingFailed. Sigh. */
+static int
+check_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modmap)
+{
+ int ret, i;
+ XkbDescPtr xkb;
+
+ ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixManageAccess);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+
+ if (!dev->key)
+ return BadMatch;
+ xkb = dev->key->xkbInfo->desc;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
+ if (!modmap[i])
+ continue;
+
+ /* Check that all the new modifiers fall within the advertised
+ * keycode range. */
+ if (i < xkb->min_key_code || i > xkb->max_key_code) {
+ client->errorValue = i;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure the mapping is okay with the DDX. */
+ if (!LegalModifier(i, dev)) {
+ client->errorValue = i;
+ return MappingFailed;
+ }
+
+ /* None of the new modifiers may be down while we change the
+ * map. */
+ if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {
+ client->errorValue = i;
+ return MappingBusy;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* None of the old modifiers may be down while we change the map,
+ * either. */
+ for (i = xkb->min_key_code; i < xkb->max_key_code; i++) {
+ if (!xkb->map->modmap[i])
+ continue;
+ if (key_is_down(dev, i, KEY_POSTED | KEY_PROCESSED)) {
+ client->errorValue = i;
+ return MappingBusy;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+check_modmap_change_slave(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr master,
+ DeviceIntPtr slave, CARD8 *modmap)
+{
+ XkbDescPtr master_xkb, slave_xkb;
+ int i, j;
+
+ if (!slave->key || !master->key)
+ return 0;
+
+ master_xkb = master->key->xkbInfo->desc;
+ slave_xkb = slave->key->xkbInfo->desc;
+
+ /* Ignore devices with a clearly different keymap. */
+ if (slave_xkb->min_key_code != master_xkb->min_key_code ||
+ slave_xkb->max_key_code != master_xkb->max_key_code)
+ return 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
+ if (!modmap[i])
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we have different symbols for any modifier on an
+ * extended keyboard, ignore the whole remap request. */
+ for (j = 0;
+ j < XkbKeyNumSyms(slave_xkb, i) &&
+ j < XkbKeyNumSyms(master_xkb, i);
+ j++)
+ if (XkbKeySymsPtr(slave_xkb, i)[j] != XkbKeySymsPtr(master_xkb, i)[j])
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (check_modmap_change(client, slave, modmap) != Success)
+ return 0;
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* Actually change the modifier map, and send notifications. Cannot fail. */
+static void
+do_modmap_change(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *modmap)
+{
+ XkbApplyMappingChange(dev, NULL, 0, 0, modmap, serverClient);
+}
+
+/* Rebuild modmap (key -> mod) from map (mod -> key). */
+static int build_modmap_from_modkeymap(CARD8 *modmap, KeyCode *modkeymap,
+ int max_keys_per_mod)
+{
+ int i, len = max_keys_per_mod * 8;
+
+ memset(modmap, 0, MAP_LENGTH);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ if (!modkeymap[i])
+ continue;
+
+ if (modkeymap[i] >= MAP_LENGTH)
+ return BadValue;
+
+ if (modmap[modkeymap[i]])
+ return BadValue;
+
+ modmap[modkeymap[i]] = 1 << (i / max_keys_per_mod);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+change_modmap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, KeyCode *modkeymap,
+ int max_keys_per_mod)
+{
+ int ret;
+ CARD8 modmap[MAP_LENGTH];
+ DeviceIntPtr tmp;
+
+ ret = build_modmap_from_modkeymap(modmap, modkeymap, max_keys_per_mod);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+
+ /* If we can't perform the change on the requested device, bail out. */
+ ret = check_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+ do_modmap_change(client, dev, modmap);
+
+ /* Change any attached masters/slaves. */
+ if (IsMaster(dev)) {
+ for (tmp = inputInfo.devices; tmp; tmp = tmp->next) {
+ if (!IsMaster(tmp) && GetMaster(tmp, MASTER_KEYBOARD) == dev)
+ if (check_modmap_change_slave(client, dev, tmp, modmap))
+ do_modmap_change(client, tmp, modmap);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!IsFloating(dev) && GetMaster(dev, MASTER_KEYBOARD)->lastSlave == dev) {
+ /* If this fails, expect the results to be weird. */
+ if (check_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap))
+ do_modmap_change(client, dev->master, modmap);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int generate_modkeymap(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ KeyCode **modkeymap_out, int *max_keys_per_mod_out)
+{
+ CARD8 keys_per_mod[8];
+ int max_keys_per_mod;
+ KeyCode *modkeymap = NULL;
+ int i, j, ret;
+
+ ret = XaceHook(XACE_DEVICE_ACCESS, client, dev, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+
+ if (!dev->key)
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ /* Count the number of keys per modifier to determine how wide we
+ * should make the map. */
+ max_keys_per_mod = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ keys_per_mod[i] = 0;
+ for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
+ if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {
+ if (++keys_per_mod[j] > max_keys_per_mod)
+ max_keys_per_mod = keys_per_mod[j];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (max_keys_per_mod != 0) {
+ modkeymap = calloc(max_keys_per_mod * 8, sizeof(KeyCode));
+ if (!modkeymap)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ keys_per_mod[i] = 0;
+
+ for (i = 8; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
+ if (dev->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[i] & (1 << j)) {
+ modkeymap[(j * max_keys_per_mod) + keys_per_mod[j]] = i;
+ keys_per_mod[j]++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *max_keys_per_mod_out = max_keys_per_mod;
+ *modkeymap_out = modkeymap;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate the InputAttributes in the most obvious way.
+ * No special memory handling is used to give drivers the maximum
+ * flexibility with the data. Drivers should be able to call realloc on the
+ * product string if needed and perform similar operations.
+ */
+InputAttributes*
+DuplicateInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+ InputAttributes *new_attr;
+ int ntags = 0;
+ char **tags, **new_tags;
+
+ if (!attrs)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (!(new_attr = calloc(1, sizeof(InputAttributes))))
+ goto unwind;
+
+ if (attrs->product && !(new_attr->product = strdup(attrs->product)))
+ goto unwind;
+ if (attrs->vendor && !(new_attr->vendor = strdup(attrs->vendor)))
+ goto unwind;
+ if (attrs->device && !(new_attr->device = strdup(attrs->device)))
+ goto unwind;
+ if (attrs->pnp_id && !(new_attr->pnp_id = strdup(attrs->pnp_id)))
+ goto unwind;
+ if (attrs->usb_id && !(new_attr->usb_id = strdup(attrs->usb_id)))
+ goto unwind;
+
+ new_attr->flags = attrs->flags;
+
+ if ((tags = attrs->tags))
+ {
+ while(*tags++)
+ ntags++;
+
+ new_attr->tags = calloc(ntags + 1, sizeof(char*));
+ if (!new_attr->tags)
+ goto unwind;
+
+ tags = attrs->tags;
+ new_tags = new_attr->tags;
+
+ while(*tags)
+ {
+ *new_tags = strdup(*tags);
+ if (!*new_tags)
+ goto unwind;
+
+ tags++;
+ new_tags++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return new_attr;
+
+unwind:
+ FreeInputAttributes(new_attr);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+FreeInputAttributes(InputAttributes *attrs)
+{
+ char **tags;
+
+ if (!attrs)
+ return;
+
+ free(attrs->product);
+ free(attrs->vendor);
+ free(attrs->device);
+ free(attrs->pnp_id);
+ free(attrs->usb_id);
+
+ if ((tags = attrs->tags))
+ while(*tags)
+ free(*tags++);
+
+ free(attrs->tags);
+ free(attrs);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Alloc a valuator mask large enough for num_valuators.
+ */
+ValuatorMask*
+valuator_mask_new(int num_valuators)
+{
+ /* alloc a fixed size mask for now and ignore num_valuators. in the
+ * flying-car future, when we can dynamically alloc the masks and are
+ * not constrained by signals, we can start using num_valuators */
+ ValuatorMask *mask = calloc(1, sizeof(ValuatorMask));
+ mask->last_bit = -1;
+ return mask;
+}
+
+void
+valuator_mask_free(ValuatorMask **mask)
+{
+ free(*mask);
+ *mask = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Sets a range of valuators between first_valuator and num_valuators with
+ * the data in the valuators array. All other values are set to 0.
+ */
+void
+valuator_mask_set_range(ValuatorMask *mask, int first_valuator, int num_valuators,
+ const int* valuators)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ valuator_mask_zero(mask);
+
+ for (i = first_valuator; i < min(first_valuator + num_valuators, MAX_VALUATORS); i++)
+ valuator_mask_set(mask, i, valuators[i - first_valuator]);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reset mask to zero.
+ */
+void
+valuator_mask_zero(ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ memset(mask, 0, sizeof(*mask));
+ mask->last_bit = -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the current size of the mask (i.e. the highest number of
+ * valuators currently set + 1).
+ */
+int
+valuator_mask_size(const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ return mask->last_bit + 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the number of valuators set in the given mask.
+ */
+int
+valuator_mask_num_valuators(const ValuatorMask *mask)
+{
+ return CountBits(mask->mask, min(mask->last_bit + 1, MAX_VALUATORS));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return true if the valuator is set in the mask, or false otherwise.
+ */
+int
+valuator_mask_isset(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
+{
+ return mask->last_bit >= valuator && BitIsOn(mask->mask, valuator);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the valuator to the given data.
+ */
+void
+valuator_mask_set(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator, int data)
+{
+ mask->last_bit = max(valuator, mask->last_bit);
+ SetBit(mask->mask, valuator);
+ mask->valuators[valuator] = data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the requested valuator value. If the mask bit is not set for the
+ * given valuator, the returned value is undefined.
+ */
+int
+valuator_mask_get(const ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
+{
+ return mask->valuators[valuator];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove the valuator from the mask.
+ */
+void
+valuator_mask_unset(ValuatorMask *mask, int valuator)
+{
+ if (mask->last_bit >= valuator) {
+ int i, lastbit = -1;
+
+ ClearBit(mask->mask, valuator);
+ mask->valuators[valuator] = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i <= mask->last_bit; i++)
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, i))
+ lastbit = max(lastbit, i);
+ mask->last_bit = lastbit;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+valuator_mask_copy(ValuatorMask *dest, const ValuatorMask *src)
+{
+ if (src)
+ memcpy(dest, src, sizeof(*dest));
+ else
+ valuator_mask_zero(dest);
+}
+
+int
+CountBits(const uint8_t *mask, int len)
+{
+ int i;
+ int ret = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ if (BitIsOn(mask, i))
+ ret++;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Verifies sanity of the event. If the event is not an internal event,
+ * memdumps the first 32 bytes of event to the log, a backtrace, then kill
+ * the server.
+ */
+void verify_internal_event(const InternalEvent *ev)
+{
+ if (ev && ev->any.header != ET_Internal)
+ {
+ int i;
+ unsigned char *data = (unsigned char*)ev;
+
+ ErrorF("dix: invalid event type %d\n", ev->any.header);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(xEvent); i++, data++)
+ {
+ ErrorF("%02hhx ", *data);
+
+ if ((i % 8) == 7)
+ ErrorF("\n");
+ }
+
+ xorg_backtrace();
+ FatalError("Wrong event type %d. Aborting server\n", ev->any.header);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/main.c b/xorg-server/dix/main.c
index 2fc39b5f0..7a5a34c33 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/main.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/main.c
@@ -1,408 +1,408 @@
-/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#include <version-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xos.h> /* for unistd.h */
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include <pixman.h>
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "extension.h"
-#include "colormap.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "selection.h"
-#include <X11/fonts/font.h>
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "hotplug.h"
-#include "site.h"
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "registry.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#else
-#include "dixevents.h" /* InitEvents() */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DPMSExtension
-#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h>
-#include "dpmsproc.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _DEBUG
-#include <crtdbg.h>
-#endif
-
-extern void Dispatch(void);
-
-#ifdef XQUARTZ
-#include <pthread.h>
-
-BOOL serverRunning = FALSE;
-pthread_mutex_t serverRunningMutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
-pthread_cond_t serverRunningCond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
-
-int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]);
-
-int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
-#else
-int main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
-#endif
-{
- int i;
- HWEventQueueType alwaysCheckForInput[2];
- #ifdef _DEBUG
- //int TmpFlag=_CrtSetDbgFlag( _CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG);
-
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_ALLOC_MEM_DF;
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_DELAY_FREE_MEM_DF;
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_ALWAYS_DF;
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_CRT_DF;
- //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF;
-
- //_CrtSetDbgFlag(TmpFlag);
- #endif
-
- ptw32_processInitialize();
- display = "0";
-
- #ifdef WIN32
-
- if (InitWSA()<0)
- {
- printf("Error initialising WSA\n");
- return -1;
- }
- /* In Win32 we have different threads call Xlib functions (depending
- on the commandline options given).
- XInitThreads has to be called before
- any xlib function is called (aoccording to the man page) */
- XInitThreads();
- /* change the current directory to the directory where the vcxsrv.exe executable is installed.
- This is needed because the font directories are relative to the current directory.
- */
- {
- char ModuleFilename[MAX_PATH];
- char *pSlash;
- GetModuleFileName(NULL,ModuleFilename,sizeof(ModuleFilename));
- pSlash=strrchr(ModuleFilename,'\\');
- if (pSlash)
- {
- *pSlash='\0';
- chdir(ModuleFilename);
- }
- }
- #endif
-
- InitRegions();
-
- CheckUserParameters(argc, argv, envp);
-
- CheckUserAuthorization();
-
- InitConnectionLimits();
-
- ProcessCommandLine(argc, argv);
-
- alwaysCheckForInput[0] = 0;
- alwaysCheckForInput[1] = 1;
- while(1)
- {
- serverGeneration++;
- ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;
- ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;
- ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;
- ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;
-#ifdef DPMSExtension
- DPMSStandbyTime = DPMSSuspendTime = DPMSOffTime = ScreenSaverTime;
- DPMSEnabled = TRUE;
- DPMSPowerLevel = 0;
-#endif
- InitBlockAndWakeupHandlers();
- /* Perform any operating system dependent initializations you'd like */
- OsInit();
- if(serverGeneration == 1)
- {
- CreateWellKnownSockets();
- for (i=1; i<MAXCLIENTS; i++)
- clients[i] = NullClient;
- serverClient = calloc(sizeof(ClientRec), 1);
- if (!serverClient)
- FatalError("couldn't create server client");
- InitClient(serverClient, 0, (pointer)NULL);
- }
- else
- ResetWellKnownSockets ();
- clients[0] = serverClient;
- currentMaxClients = 1;
-
- /* Initialize privates before first allocation */
- dixResetPrivates();
-
- /* Initialize server client devPrivates, to be reallocated as
- * more client privates are registered
- */
- if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT))
- FatalError("failed to create server client privates");
-
- if (!InitClientResources(serverClient)) /* for root resources */
- FatalError("couldn't init server resources");
-
- SetInputCheck(&alwaysCheckForInput[0], &alwaysCheckForInput[1]);
- screenInfo.numScreens = 0;
-
- InitAtoms();
- InitEvents();
- InitSelections();
- InitGlyphCaching();
- dixResetRegistry();
- ResetFontPrivateIndex();
- InitCallbackManager();
- InitOutput(&screenInfo, argc, argv);
-
- if (screenInfo.numScreens < 1)
- FatalError("no screens found");
- InitExtensions(argc, argv);
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- {
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- if (!CreateScratchPixmapsForScreen(i))
- FatalError("failed to create scratch pixmaps");
- if (pScreen->CreateScreenResources &&
- !(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources)(pScreen))
- FatalError("failed to create screen resources");
- if (!CreateGCperDepth(i))
- FatalError("failed to create scratch GCs");
- if (!CreateDefaultStipple(i))
- FatalError("failed to create default stipple");
- if (!CreateRootWindow(pScreen))
- FatalError("failed to create root window");
- }
-
- InitFonts();
- if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success) {
- ErrorF("[dix] failed to set default font path '%s'", defaultFontPath);
- }
- if (!SetDefaultFont(defaultTextFont)) {
- FatalError("could not open default font '%s'", defaultTextFont);
- }
-
- if (!(rootCursor = CreateRootCursor(NULL, 0))) {
- FatalError("could not open default cursor font '%s'",
- defaultCursorFont);
- }
-
-#ifdef DPMSExtension
- /* check all screens, looking for DPMS Capabilities */
- DPMSCapableFlag = DPMSSupported();
- if (!DPMSCapableFlag)
- DPMSEnabled = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /*
- * Consolidate window and colourmap information for each screen
- */
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- PanoramiXConsolidate();
-#endif
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- InitRootWindow(screenInfo.screens[i]->root);
-
- InitCoreDevices();
- InitInput(argc, argv);
- InitAndStartDevices();
- ReserveClientIds(serverClient);
-
- dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, ScreenSaverReset);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- if (!PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()) {
- FatalError("could not create connection block info");
- }
- } else
-#endif
- {
- if (!CreateConnectionBlock()) {
- FatalError("could not create connection block info");
- }
- }
-
-#ifdef XQUARTZ
- /* Let the other threads know the server is done with its init */
- pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);
- serverRunning = TRUE;
- pthread_cond_broadcast(&serverRunningCond);
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);
-#endif
-
- NotifyParentProcess();
-
- #ifdef _MSC_VER
- // initialise here because doing it in InitInput failes because keyboard device is not started yet then
- winInitializeModeKeyStates ();
- #endif
-
- Dispatch();
-
-#ifdef XQUARTZ
- /* Let the other threads know the server is no longer running */
- pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);
- serverRunning = FALSE;
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);
-#endif
-
- UndisplayDevices();
-
- /* Now free up whatever must be freed */
- if (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON)
- dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_OFF, ScreenSaverReset);
- FreeScreenSaverTimer();
- CloseDownExtensions();
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- {
- Bool remember_it = noPanoramiXExtension;
- noPanoramiXExtension = TRUE;
- FreeAllResources();
- noPanoramiXExtension = remember_it;
- }
-#else
- FreeAllResources();
-#endif
-
- CloseInput();
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- screenInfo.screens[i]->root = NullWindow;
- CloseDownDevices();
- CloseDownEvents();
-
- for (i = screenInfo.numScreens - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- FreeScratchPixmapsForScreen(i);
- FreeGCperDepth(i);
- FreeDefaultStipple(i);
- (* screenInfo.screens[i]->CloseScreen)(i, screenInfo.screens[i]);
- dixFreePrivates(screenInfo.screens[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);
- free(screenInfo.screens[i]);
- screenInfo.numScreens = i;
- }
-
- ReleaseClientIds(serverClient);
- dixFreePrivates(serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
- serverClient->devPrivates = NULL;
-
- FreeFonts();
-
- FreeAuditTimer();
-
- if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)
- {
- CloseWellKnownConnections();
- }
-
- OsCleanup((dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) != 0);
-
- if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)
- {
- ddxGiveUp(EXIT_NO_ERROR);
- break;
- }
-
- free(ConnectionInfo);
- ConnectionInfo = NULL;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#include <version-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xos.h> /* for unistd.h */
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <pixman.h>
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "extension.h"
+#include "colormap.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "selection.h"
+#include <X11/fonts/font.h>
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "hotplug.h"
+#include "site.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "registry.h"
+#include "client.h"
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#else
+#include "dixevents.h" /* InitEvents() */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DPMSExtension
+#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h>
+#include "dpmsproc.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#include <crtdbg.h>
+#endif
+
+extern void Dispatch(void);
+
+#ifdef XQUARTZ
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+BOOL serverRunning = FALSE;
+pthread_mutex_t serverRunningMutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+pthread_cond_t serverRunningCond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
+
+int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[]);
+
+int dix_main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
+#else
+int main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
+#endif
+{
+ int i;
+ HWEventQueueType alwaysCheckForInput[2];
+ #ifdef _DEBUG
+ //int TmpFlag=_CrtSetDbgFlag( _CRTDBG_REPORT_FLAG);
+
+ //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_ALLOC_MEM_DF;
+ //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_DELAY_FREE_MEM_DF;
+ //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_ALWAYS_DF;
+ //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_CHECK_CRT_DF;
+ //TmpFlag|=_CRTDBG_LEAK_CHECK_DF;
+
+ //_CrtSetDbgFlag(TmpFlag);
+ #endif
+
+ ptw32_processInitialize();
+ display = "0";
+
+ #ifdef WIN32
+
+ if (InitWSA()<0)
+ {
+ printf("Error initialising WSA\n");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ /* In Win32 we have different threads call Xlib functions (depending
+ on the commandline options given).
+ XInitThreads has to be called before
+ any xlib function is called (aoccording to the man page) */
+ XInitThreads();
+ /* change the current directory to the directory where the vcxsrv.exe executable is installed.
+ This is needed because the font directories are relative to the current directory.
+ */
+ {
+ char ModuleFilename[MAX_PATH];
+ char *pSlash;
+ GetModuleFileName(NULL,ModuleFilename,sizeof(ModuleFilename));
+ pSlash=strrchr(ModuleFilename,'\\');
+ if (pSlash)
+ {
+ *pSlash='\0';
+ chdir(ModuleFilename);
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ InitRegions();
+
+ CheckUserParameters(argc, argv, envp);
+
+ CheckUserAuthorization();
+
+ InitConnectionLimits();
+
+ ProcessCommandLine(argc, argv);
+
+ alwaysCheckForInput[0] = 0;
+ alwaysCheckForInput[1] = 1;
+ while(1)
+ {
+ serverGeneration++;
+ ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime;
+ ScreenSaverInterval = defaultScreenSaverInterval;
+ ScreenSaverBlanking = defaultScreenSaverBlanking;
+ ScreenSaverAllowExposures = defaultScreenSaverAllowExposures;
+#ifdef DPMSExtension
+ DPMSStandbyTime = DPMSSuspendTime = DPMSOffTime = ScreenSaverTime;
+ DPMSEnabled = TRUE;
+ DPMSPowerLevel = 0;
+#endif
+ InitBlockAndWakeupHandlers();
+ /* Perform any operating system dependent initializations you'd like */
+ OsInit();
+ if(serverGeneration == 1)
+ {
+ CreateWellKnownSockets();
+ for (i=1; i<MAXCLIENTS; i++)
+ clients[i] = NullClient;
+ serverClient = calloc(sizeof(ClientRec), 1);
+ if (!serverClient)
+ FatalError("couldn't create server client");
+ InitClient(serverClient, 0, (pointer)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ ResetWellKnownSockets ();
+ clients[0] = serverClient;
+ currentMaxClients = 1;
+
+ /* Initialize privates before first allocation */
+ dixResetPrivates();
+
+ /* Initialize server client devPrivates, to be reallocated as
+ * more client privates are registered
+ */
+ if (!dixAllocatePrivates(&serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT))
+ FatalError("failed to create server client privates");
+
+ if (!InitClientResources(serverClient)) /* for root resources */
+ FatalError("couldn't init server resources");
+
+ SetInputCheck(&alwaysCheckForInput[0], &alwaysCheckForInput[1]);
+ screenInfo.numScreens = 0;
+
+ InitAtoms();
+ InitEvents();
+ InitSelections();
+ InitGlyphCaching();
+ dixResetRegistry();
+ ResetFontPrivateIndex();
+ InitCallbackManager();
+ InitOutput(&screenInfo, argc, argv);
+
+ if (screenInfo.numScreens < 1)
+ FatalError("no screens found");
+ InitExtensions(argc, argv);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ if (!CreateScratchPixmapsForScreen(i))
+ FatalError("failed to create scratch pixmaps");
+ if (pScreen->CreateScreenResources &&
+ !(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources)(pScreen))
+ FatalError("failed to create screen resources");
+ if (!CreateGCperDepth(i))
+ FatalError("failed to create scratch GCs");
+ if (!CreateDefaultStipple(i))
+ FatalError("failed to create default stipple");
+ if (!CreateRootWindow(pScreen))
+ FatalError("failed to create root window");
+ }
+
+ InitFonts();
+ if (SetDefaultFontPath(defaultFontPath) != Success) {
+ ErrorF("[dix] failed to set default font path '%s'", defaultFontPath);
+ }
+ if (!SetDefaultFont(defaultTextFont)) {
+ FatalError("could not open default font '%s'", defaultTextFont);
+ }
+
+ if (!(rootCursor = CreateRootCursor(NULL, 0))) {
+ FatalError("could not open default cursor font '%s'",
+ defaultCursorFont);
+ }
+
+#ifdef DPMSExtension
+ /* check all screens, looking for DPMS Capabilities */
+ DPMSCapableFlag = DPMSSupported();
+ if (!DPMSCapableFlag)
+ DPMSEnabled = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /*
+ * Consolidate window and colourmap information for each screen
+ */
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ PanoramiXConsolidate();
+#endif
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ InitRootWindow(screenInfo.screens[i]->root);
+
+ InitCoreDevices();
+ InitInput(argc, argv);
+ InitAndStartDevices();
+ ReserveClientIds(serverClient);
+
+ dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER, ScreenSaverReset);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ if (!PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()) {
+ FatalError("could not create connection block info");
+ }
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (!CreateConnectionBlock()) {
+ FatalError("could not create connection block info");
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef XQUARTZ
+ /* Let the other threads know the server is done with its init */
+ pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);
+ serverRunning = TRUE;
+ pthread_cond_broadcast(&serverRunningCond);
+ pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);
+#endif
+
+ NotifyParentProcess();
+
+ #ifdef _MSC_VER
+ // initialise here because doing it in InitInput failes because keyboard device is not started yet then
+ winInitializeModeKeyStates ();
+ #endif
+
+ Dispatch();
+
+#ifdef XQUARTZ
+ /* Let the other threads know the server is no longer running */
+ pthread_mutex_lock(&serverRunningMutex);
+ serverRunning = FALSE;
+ pthread_mutex_unlock(&serverRunningMutex);
+#endif
+
+ UndisplayDevices();
+
+ /* Now free up whatever must be freed */
+ if (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON)
+ dixSaveScreens(serverClient, SCREEN_SAVER_OFF, ScreenSaverReset);
+ FreeScreenSaverTimer();
+ CloseDownExtensions();
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ {
+ Bool remember_it = noPanoramiXExtension;
+ noPanoramiXExtension = TRUE;
+ FreeAllResources();
+ noPanoramiXExtension = remember_it;
+ }
+#else
+ FreeAllResources();
+#endif
+
+ CloseInput();
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ screenInfo.screens[i]->root = NullWindow;
+ CloseDownDevices();
+ CloseDownEvents();
+
+ for (i = screenInfo.numScreens - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ FreeScratchPixmapsForScreen(i);
+ FreeGCperDepth(i);
+ FreeDefaultStipple(i);
+ (* screenInfo.screens[i]->CloseScreen)(i, screenInfo.screens[i]);
+ dixFreePrivates(screenInfo.screens[i]->devPrivates, PRIVATE_SCREEN);
+ free(screenInfo.screens[i]);
+ screenInfo.numScreens = i;
+ }
+
+ ReleaseClientIds(serverClient);
+ dixFreePrivates(serverClient->devPrivates, PRIVATE_CLIENT);
+ serverClient->devPrivates = NULL;
+
+ FreeFonts();
+
+ FreeAuditTimer();
+
+ if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)
+ {
+ CloseWellKnownConnections();
+ }
+
+ OsCleanup((dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) != 0);
+
+ if (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE)
+ {
+ ddxGiveUp(EXIT_NO_ERROR);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free(ConnectionInfo);
+ ConnectionInfo = NULL;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c
index 992bc2bf1..fe655d5f4 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/ptrveloc.c
@@ -1,1277 +1,1277 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum simon dot thum at gmx dot de
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
-#endif
-
-#include <math.h>
-#include <ptrveloc.h>
-#include <exevents.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include <os.h>
-
-#include <xserver-properties.h>
-
-/*****************************************************************************
- * Predictable pointer acceleration
- *
- * 2006-2009 by Simon Thum (simon [dot] thum [at] gmx de)
- *
- * Serves 3 complementary functions:
- * 1) provide a sophisticated ballistic velocity estimate to improve
- * the relation between velocity (of the device) and acceleration
- * 2) make arbitrary acceleration profiles possible
- * 3) decelerate by two means (constant and adaptive) if enabled
- *
- * Important concepts are the
- *
- * - Scheme
- * which selects the basic algorithm
- * (see devices.c/InitPointerAccelerationScheme)
- * - Profile
- * which returns an acceleration
- * for a given velocity
- *
- * The profile can be selected by the user at runtime.
- * The classic profile is intended to cleanly perform old-style
- * function selection (threshold =/!= 0)
- *
- ****************************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define inline __inline
-#define lrintf(val) ((int)val)
-#endif
-
-/* fwds */
-int
-SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
-static float
-SimpleSmoothProfile(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float velocity,
- float threshold, float acc);
-static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
-GetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
-static BOOL
-InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
- DeviceVelocityPtr,
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
-static BOOL
-DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
-
-/*#define PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING*/
-
-#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
-#define DebugAccelF ErrorF
-#else
-#define DebugAccelF(...) /* */
-#endif
-
-/********************************
- * Init/Uninit
- *******************************/
-
-/* some int which is not a profile number */
-#define PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE (-100)
-
-/**
- * Init DeviceVelocity struct so it should match the average case
- */
-void
-InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- memset(vel, 0, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
-
- vel->corr_mul = 10.0; /* dots per 10 milisecond should be usable */
- vel->const_acceleration = 1.0; /* no acceleration/deceleration */
- vel->reset_time = 300;
- vel->use_softening = 1;
- vel->min_acceleration = 1.0; /* don't decelerate */
- vel->max_rel_diff = 0.2;
- vel->max_diff = 1.0;
- vel->initial_range = 2;
- vel->average_accel = TRUE;
- SetAccelerationProfile(vel, AccelProfileClassic);
- InitTrackers(vel, 16);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Clean up DeviceVelocityRec
- */
-void
-FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel){
- free(vel->tracker);
- SetAccelerationProfile(vel, PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Init predictable scheme
- */
-Bool
-InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
- ValuatorAccelerationPtr protoScheme) {
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- ValuatorAccelerationRec scheme;
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData;
- scheme = *protoScheme;
- vel = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
- schemeData = calloc(1, sizeof(PredictableAccelSchemeRec));
- if (!vel || !schemeData)
- return FALSE;
- InitVelocityData(vel);
- schemeData->vel = vel;
- scheme.accelData = schemeData;
- if (!InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev, vel, schemeData))
- return FALSE;
- /* all fine, assign scheme to device */
- dev->valuator->accelScheme = scheme;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Uninit scheme
- */
-void
-AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (vel) {
- /* the proper guarantee would be that we're not inside of
- * AccelSchemeProc(), but that seems impossible. Schemes don't get
- * switched often anyway.
- */
- OsBlockSignals();
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc = NULL;
- FreeVelocityData(vel);
- free(vel);
- DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev,
- (PredictableAccelSchemePtr) dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
- free(dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData = NULL;
- OsReleaseSignals();
- }
-}
-
-
-/*************************
- * Input property support
- ************************/
-
-/**
- * choose profile
- */
-static int
-AccelSetProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- int profile, *ptr = &profile;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER))
- return Success;
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!vel)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToInt(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if(checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
-
- if (GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile) == NULL)
- return BadValue;
- } else
- SetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- int profile = vel->statistics.profile_number;
- Atom prop_profile_number = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_profile_number, XA_INTEGER, 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &profile, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_profile_number, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetProfileProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- * constant deceleration
- */
-static int
-AccelSetDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- float v, *ptr = &v;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION))
- return Success;
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!vel)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if(checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
- return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
- }
-
- if(v >= 1.0f)
- vel->const_acceleration = 1/v;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- float fval = 1.0/vel->const_acceleration;
- Atom prop_const_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_const_decel,
- XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_const_decel, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * adaptive deceleration
- */
-static int
-AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr veloc;
- float v, *ptr = &v;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION))
- return Success;
-
- veloc = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!veloc)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if(checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
- return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
- }
-
- if(v >= 1.0f)
- veloc->min_acceleration = 1/v;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- float fval = 1.0/vel->min_acceleration;
- Atom prop_adapt_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_adapt_decel, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_adapt_decel, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * velocity scaling
- */
-static int
-AccelSetScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
- XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- float v, *ptr = &v;
- int rc;
- int nelem = 1;
-
- if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING))
- return Success;
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (!vel)
- return BadValue;
- rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
-
- if (checkOnly)
- {
- if (rc)
- return rc;
-
- return (v > 0) ? Success : BadValue;
- }
-
- if(v > 0)
- vel->corr_mul = v;
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static long
-AccelInitScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
-{
- float fval = vel->corr_mul;
- Atom prop_velo_scale = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
-
- XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_velo_scale, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
- PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
- XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_velo_scale, FALSE);
- return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetScaleProperty, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-static BOOL
-InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData)
-{
- int num_handlers = 4;
- if(!vel)
- return FALSE;
-
- schemeData->prop_handlers = calloc(num_handlers, sizeof(long));
- if (!schemeData->prop_handlers)
- return FALSE;
- schemeData->num_prop_handlers = num_handlers;
- schemeData->prop_handlers[0] = AccelInitProfileProperty(dev, vel);
- schemeData->prop_handlers[1] = AccelInitDecelProperty(dev, vel);
- schemeData->prop_handlers[2] = AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(dev, vel);
- schemeData->prop_handlers[3] = AccelInitScaleProperty(dev, vel);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-BOOL
-DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- PredictableAccelSchemePtr scheme)
-{
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
- Atom prop;
- int i;
-
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
- prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
- XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
-
- vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- if (vel) {
- for (i = 0; i < scheme->num_prop_handlers; i++)
- if (scheme->prop_handlers[i])
- XIUnregisterPropertyHandler(dev, scheme->prop_handlers[i]);
- }
-
- free(scheme->prop_handlers);
- scheme->prop_handlers = NULL;
- scheme->num_prop_handlers = 0;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*********************
- * Tracking logic
- ********************/
-
-void
-InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker)
-{
- if(ntracker < 1){
- ErrorF("(dix ptracc) invalid number of trackers\n");
- return;
- }
- free(vel->tracker);
- vel->tracker = (MotionTrackerPtr)calloc(ntracker, sizeof(MotionTracker));
- vel->num_tracker = ntracker;
-}
-
-enum directions {
- N = (1 << 0),
- NE = (1 << 1),
- E = (1 << 2),
- SE = (1 << 3),
- S = (1 << 4),
- SW = (1 << 5),
- W = (1 << 6),
- NW = (1 << 7),
- UNDEFINED = 0xFF
-};
-/**
- * return a bit field of possible directions.
- * There's no reason against widening to more precise directions (<45 degrees),
- * should it not perform well. All this is needed for is sort out non-linear
- * motion, so precision isn't paramount. However, one should not flag direction
- * too narrow, since it would then cut the linear segment to zero size way too
- * often.
- *
- * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for
- * this movement.
- */
-static int
-DoGetDirection(int dx, int dy){
- int dir = 0;
-
- /* on insignificant mickeys, flag 135 degrees */
- if(abs(dx) < 2 && abs(dy) < 2){
- /* first check diagonal cases */
- if(dx > 0 && dy > 0)
- dir = E | SE | S;
- else if(dx > 0 && dy < 0)
- dir = N | NE | E;
- else if(dx < 0 && dy < 0)
- dir = W | NW | N;
- else if(dx < 0 && dy > 0)
- dir = W | SW | S;
- /* check axis-aligned directions */
- else if(dx > 0)
- dir = NE | E | SE;
- else if(dx < 0)
- dir = NW | W | SW;
- else if(dy > 0)
- dir = SE | S | SW;
- else if(dy < 0)
- dir = NE | N | NW;
- else
- dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */
- } else { /* compute angle and set appropriate flags */
- float r;
- int i1, i2;
-
-#ifdef _ISOC99_SOURCE
- r = atan2f(dy, dx);
-#else
- r = atan2(dy, dx);
-#endif
- /* find direction.
- *
- * Add 360° to avoid r become negative since C has no well-defined
- * modulo for such cases. Then divide by 45° to get the octant
- * number, e.g.
- * 0 <= r <= 1 is [0-45]°
- * 1 <= r <= 2 is [45-90]°
- * etc.
- * But we add extra 90° to match up with our N, S, etc. defines up
- * there, rest stays the same.
- */
- r = (r+(M_PI*2.5))/(M_PI/4);
- /* this intends to flag 2 directions (45 degrees),
- * except on very well-aligned mickeys. */
- i1 = (int)(r+0.1) % 8;
- i2 = (int)(r+0.9) % 8;
- if(i1 < 0 || i1 > 7 || i2 < 0 || i2 > 7)
- dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */
- else
- dir = (1 << i1 | 1 << i2);
- }
- return dir;
-}
-
-#define DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE 5
-#define DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE (DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE*2+1)
-
-/* cache DoGetDirection().
- * To avoid excessive use of direction calculation, cache the values for
- * [-5..5] for both x/y. Anything outside of that is calcualted on the fly.
- *
- * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for
- * this movement.
- */
-static int
-GetDirection(int dx, int dy){
- static int cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE][DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE];
- int dir;
- if (abs(dx) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE &&
- abs(dy) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE) {
- /* cacheable */
- dir = cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy];
- if(dir == 0) {
- dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
- cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy] = dir;
- }
- }else{
- /* non-cacheable */
- dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
- }
-
- return dir;
-}
-
-#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE
-#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE
-
-
-/* convert offset (age) to array index */
-#define TRACKER_INDEX(s, d) (((s)->num_tracker + (s)->cur_tracker - (d)) % (s)->num_tracker)
-#define TRACKER(s, d) &(s)->tracker[TRACKER_INDEX(s,d)]
-
-/**
- * Add the delta motion to each tracker, then reset the latest tracker to
- * 0/0 and set it as the current one.
- */
-static inline void
-FeedTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int cur_t)
-{
- int n;
- for(n = 0; n < vel->num_tracker; n++){
- vel->tracker[n].dx += dx;
- vel->tracker[n].dy += dy;
- }
- n = (vel->cur_tracker + 1) % vel->num_tracker;
- vel->tracker[n].dx = 0;
- vel->tracker[n].dy = 0;
- vel->tracker[n].time = cur_t;
- vel->tracker[n].dir = GetDirection(dx, dy);
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) motion [dx: %i dy: %i dir:%i diff: %i]\n",
- dx, dy, vel->tracker[n].dir,
- cur_t - vel->tracker[vel->cur_tracker].time);
- vel->cur_tracker = n;
-}
-
-/**
- * calc velocity for given tracker, with
- * velocity scaling.
- * This assumes linear motion.
- */
-static float
-CalcTracker(const MotionTracker *tracker, int cur_t){
- float dist = sqrt(tracker->dx * tracker->dx + tracker->dy * tracker->dy);
- int dtime = cur_t - tracker->time;
- if(dtime > 0)
- return dist / dtime;
- else
- return 0;/* synonymous for NaN, since we're not C99 */
-}
-
-/* find the most plausible velocity. That is, the most distant
- * (in time) tracker which isn't too old, the movement vector was
- * in the same octant, and where the velocity is within an
- * acceptable range to the inital velocity.
- *
- * @return The tracker's velocity or 0 if the above conditions are unmet
- */
-static float
-QueryTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int cur_t){
- int offset, dir = UNDEFINED, used_offset = -1, age_ms;
- /* initial velocity: a low-offset, valid velocity */
- float initial_velocity = 0, result = 0, velocity_diff;
- float velocity_factor = vel->corr_mul * vel->const_acceleration; /* premultiply */
- /* loop from current to older data */
- for(offset = 1; offset < vel->num_tracker; offset++){
- MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, offset);
- float tracker_velocity;
-
- age_ms = cur_t - tracker->time;
-
- /* bail out if data is too old and protect from overrun */
- if (age_ms >= vel->reset_time || age_ms < 0) {
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too old\n");
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * this heuristic avoids using the linear-motion velocity formula
- * in CalcTracker() on motion that isn't exactly linear. So to get
- * even more precision we could subdivide as a final step, so possible
- * non-linearities are accounted for.
- */
- dir &= tracker->dir;
- if(dir == 0){ /* we've changed octant of movement (e.g. NE → NW) */
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: no longer linear\n");
- /* instead of breaking it we might also inspect the partition after,
- * but actual improvement with this is probably rare. */
- break;
- }
-
- tracker_velocity = CalcTracker(tracker, cur_t) * velocity_factor;
-
- if ((initial_velocity == 0 || offset <= vel->initial_range) && tracker_velocity != 0) {
- /* set initial velocity and result */
- result = initial_velocity = tracker_velocity;
- used_offset = offset;
- } else if (initial_velocity != 0 && tracker_velocity != 0) {
- velocity_diff = fabs(initial_velocity - tracker_velocity);
-
- if (velocity_diff > vel->max_diff &&
- velocity_diff/(initial_velocity + tracker_velocity) >= vel->max_rel_diff) {
- /* we're not in range, quit - it won't get better. */
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too different:"
- " old %2.2f initial %2.2f diff: %2.2f\n",
- tracker_velocity, initial_velocity, velocity_diff);
- break;
- }
- /* we're in range with the initial velocity,
- * so this result is likely better
- * (it contains more information). */
- result = tracker_velocity;
- used_offset = offset;
- }
- }
- if(offset == vel->num_tracker){
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: last tracker in effect\n");
- used_offset = vel->num_tracker-1;
- }
-#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
- if(used_offset >= 0){
- MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, used_offset);
- DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) result: offset %i [dx: %i dy: %i diff: %i]\n",
- used_offset, tracker->dx, tracker->dy, cur_t - tracker->time);
- }
-#endif
- return result;
-}
-
-#undef TRACKER_INDEX
-#undef TRACKER
-
-/**
- * Perform velocity approximation based on 2D 'mickeys' (mouse motion delta).
- * return true if non-visible state reset is suggested
- */
-BOOL
-ProcessVelocityData2D(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int dx,
- int dy,
- int time)
-{
- float velocity;
-
- vel->last_velocity = vel->velocity;
-
- FeedTrackers(vel, dx, dy, time);
-
- velocity = QueryTrackers(vel, time);
-
- vel->velocity = velocity;
- return velocity == 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * this flattens significant ( > 1) mickeys a little bit for more steady
- * constant-velocity response
- */
-static inline float
-ApplySimpleSoftening(int prev_delta, int delta)
-{
- float result = delta;
-
- if (delta < -1 || delta > 1) {
- if (delta > prev_delta)
- result -= 0.5;
- else if (delta < prev_delta)
- result += 0.5;
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Soften the delta based on previous deltas stored in vel.
- *
- * @param[in,out] fdx Delta X, modified in-place.
- * @param[in,out] fdx Delta Y, modified in-place.
- */
-static void
-ApplySoftening(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float* fdx,
- float* fdy)
-{
- if (vel->use_softening) {
- *fdx = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dx, *fdx);
- *fdy = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dy, *fdy);
- }
-}
-
-static void
-ApplyConstantDeceleration(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float *fdx, float *fdy)
-{
- *fdx *= vel->const_acceleration;
- *fdy *= vel->const_acceleration;
-}
-
-/*
- * compute the acceleration for given velocity and enforce min_acceleartion
- */
-float
-BasicComputeAcceleration(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc){
-
- float result;
- result = vel->Profile(dev, vel, velocity, threshold, acc);
-
- /* enforce min_acceleration */
- if (result < vel->min_acceleration)
- result = vel->min_acceleration;
- return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * Compute acceleration. Takes into account averaging, nv-reset, etc.
- * If the velocity has changed, an average is taken of 6 velocity factors:
- * current velocity, last velocity and 4 times the average between the two.
- */
-static float
-ComputeAcceleration(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float threshold,
- float acc){
- float result;
-
- if(vel->velocity <= 0){
- DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile skipped\n");
- /*
- * If we have no idea about device velocity, don't pretend it.
- */
- return 1;
- }
-
- if(vel->average_accel && vel->velocity != vel->last_velocity){
- /* use simpson's rule to average acceleration between
- * current and previous velocity.
- * Though being the more natural choice, it causes a minor delay
- * in comparison, so it can be disabled. */
- result = BasicComputeAcceleration(
- dev, vel, vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
- result += BasicComputeAcceleration(
- dev, vel, vel->last_velocity, threshold, acc);
- result += 4.0f * BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
- (vel->last_velocity + vel->velocity) / 2,
- threshold, acc);
- result /= 6.0f;
- DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile average [%.2f ... %.2f] is %.3f\n",
- vel->velocity, vel->last_velocity, result);
- }else{
- result = BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
- vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
- DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile sample [%.2f] is %.3f\n",
- vel->velocity, res);
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-/*****************************************
- * Acceleration functions and profiles
- ****************************************/
-
-/**
- * Polynomial function similar previous one, but with f(1) = 1
- */
-static float
-PolynomialAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float ignored,
- float acc)
-{
- return pow(velocity, (acc - 1.0) * 0.5);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * returns acceleration for velocity.
- * This profile selects the two functions like the old scheme did
- */
-static float
-ClassicProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- if (threshold > 0) {
- return SimpleSmoothProfile (dev,
- vel,
- velocity,
- threshold,
- acc);
- } else {
- return PolynomialAccelerationProfile (dev,
- vel,
- velocity,
- 0,
- acc);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Power profile
- * This has a completely smooth transition curve, i.e. no jumps in the
- * derivatives.
- *
- * This has the expense of overall response dependency on min-acceleration.
- * In effect, min_acceleration mimics const_acceleration in this profile.
- */
-static float
-PowerProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- float vel_dist;
-
- acc = (acc-1.0) * 0.1f + 1.0; /* without this, acc of 2 is unuseable */
-
- if (velocity <= threshold)
- return vel->min_acceleration;
- vel_dist = velocity - threshold;
- return (pow(acc, vel_dist)) * vel->min_acceleration;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * just a smooth function in [0..1] -> [0..1]
- * - point symmetry at 0.5
- * - f'(0) = f'(1) = 0
- * - starts faster than a sinoid
- * - smoothness C1 (Cinf if you dare to ignore endpoints)
- */
-static inline float
-CalcPenumbralGradient(float x){
- x *= 2.0f;
- x -= 1.0f;
- return 0.5f + (x * sqrt(1.0f - x*x) + asin(x))/M_PI;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * acceleration function similar to classic accelerated/unaccelerated,
- * but with smooth transition in between (and towards zero for adaptive dec.).
- */
-static float
-SimpleSmoothProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- if(velocity < 1.0f)
- return CalcPenumbralGradient(0.5 + velocity*0.5) * 2.0f - 1.0f;
- if(threshold < 1.0f)
- threshold = 1.0f;
- if (velocity <= threshold)
- return 1;
- velocity /= threshold;
- if (velocity >= acc)
- return acc;
- else
- return 1.0f + (CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity/acc) * (acc - 1.0f));
-}
-
-
-/**
- * This profile uses the first half of the penumbral gradient as a start
- * and then scales linearly.
- */
-static float
-SmoothLinearProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- float res, nv;
-
- if(acc > 1.0f)
- acc -= 1.0f; /*this is so acc = 1 is no acceleration */
- else
- return 1.0f;
-
- nv = (velocity - threshold) * acc * 0.5f;
-
- if(nv < 0){
- res = 0;
- }else if(nv < 2){
- res = CalcPenumbralGradient(nv*0.25f)*2.0f;
- }else{
- nv -= 2.0f;
- res = nv * 2.0f / M_PI /* steepness of gradient at 0.5 */
- + 1.0f; /* gradient crosses 2|1 */
- }
- res += vel->min_acceleration;
- return res;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * From 0 to threshold, the response graduates smoothly from min_accel to
- * acceleration. Beyond threshold it is exactly the specified acceleration.
- */
-static float
-SmoothLimitedProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- float res;
-
- if(velocity >= threshold || threshold == 0.0f)
- return acc;
-
- velocity /= threshold; /* should be [0..1[ now */
-
- res = CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity) * (acc - vel->min_acceleration);
-
- return vel->min_acceleration + res;
-}
-
-
-static float
-LinearProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- return acc * velocity;
-}
-
-static float
-NoProfile(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- float velocity,
- float threshold,
- float acc)
-{
- return 1.0f;
-}
-
-static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
-GetAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int profile_num)
-{
- switch(profile_num){
- case AccelProfileClassic:
- return ClassicProfile;
- case AccelProfileDeviceSpecific:
- return vel->deviceSpecificProfile;
- case AccelProfilePolynomial:
- return PolynomialAccelerationProfile;
- case AccelProfileSmoothLinear:
- return SmoothLinearProfile;
- case AccelProfileSimple:
- return SimpleSmoothProfile;
- case AccelProfilePower:
- return PowerProfile;
- case AccelProfileLinear:
- return LinearProfile;
- case AccelProfileSmoothLimited:
- return SmoothLimitedProfile;
- case AccelProfileNone:
- return NoProfile;
- default:
- return NULL;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the profile by number.
- * Intended to make profiles exchangeable at runtime.
- * If you created a profile, give it a number here and in the header to
- * make it selectable. In case some profile-specific init is needed, here
- * would be a good place, since FreeVelocityData() also calls this with
- * PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE.
- *
- * returns FALSE if profile number is unavailable, TRUE otherwise.
- */
-int
-SetAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- int profile_num)
-{
- PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile;
- profile = GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile_num);
-
- if(profile == NULL && profile_num != PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Here one could free old profile-private data */
- free(vel->profile_private);
- vel->profile_private = NULL;
- /* Here one could init profile-private data */
- vel->Profile = profile;
- vel->statistics.profile_number = profile_num;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**********************************************
- * driver interaction
- **********************************************/
-
-
-/**
- * device-specific profile
- *
- * The device-specific profile is intended as a hook for a driver
- * which may want to provide an own acceleration profile.
- * It should not rely on profile-private data, instead
- * it should do init/uninit in the driver (ie. with DEVICE_INIT and friends).
- * Users may override or choose it.
- */
-void
-SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile(
- DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
- PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile)
-{
- if(vel)
- vel->deviceSpecificProfile = profile;
-}
-
-/**
- * Use this function to obtain a DeviceVelocityPtr for a device. Will return NULL if
- * the predictable acceleration scheme is not in effect.
- */
-DeviceVelocityPtr
-GetDevicePredictableAccelData(
- DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
- /*sanity check*/
- if(!dev){
- ErrorF("[dix] accel: DeviceIntPtr was NULL");
- return NULL;
- }
- if( dev->valuator &&
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc ==
- acceleratePointerPredictable &&
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData != NULL){
-
- return ((PredictableAccelSchemePtr)
- dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData)->vel;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/********************************
- * acceleration schemes
- *******************************/
-
-/**
- * Modifies valuators in-place.
- * This version employs a velocity approximation algorithm to
- * enable fine-grained predictable acceleration profiles.
- */
-void
-acceleratePointerPredictable(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- ValuatorMask* val,
- CARD32 evtime)
-{
- int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
- DeviceVelocityPtr velocitydata = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
- Bool soften = TRUE;
-
- if (!velocitydata)
- return;
-
- if (velocitydata->statistics.profile_number == AccelProfileNone &&
- velocitydata->const_acceleration == 1.0f) {
- return; /*we're inactive anyway, so skip the whole thing.*/
- }
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
- dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
- }
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
- dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
- }
-
- if (dx || dy){
- /* reset non-visible state? */
- if (ProcessVelocityData2D(velocitydata, dx , dy, evtime)) {
- soften = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
- float mult;
-
- /* invoke acceleration profile to determine acceleration */
- mult = ComputeAcceleration (dev, velocitydata,
- dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold,
- (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num /
- (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
-
- if(mult != 1.0f || velocitydata->const_acceleration != 1.0f) {
- float fdx = dx,
- fdy = dy;
-
- if (mult > 1.0f && soften)
- ApplySoftening(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);
- ApplyConstantDeceleration(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);
-
- /* Calculate the new delta (with accel) and drop it back
- * into the valuator masks */
- if (dx) {
- float tmp;
- tmp = mult * fdx + dev->last.remainder[0];
- /* Since it may not be apparent: lrintf() does not offer
- * strong statements about rounding; however because we
- * process each axis conditionally, there's no danger
- * of a toggling remainder. Its lack of guarantees likely
- * makes it faster on the average target. */
- tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
- valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[0] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
- }
- if (dy) {
- float tmp;
- tmp = mult * fdy + dev->last.remainder[1];
- tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
- valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[1] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
- }
- DebugAccelF("pos (%i | %i) remainders x: %.3f y: %.3f delta x:%.3f y:%.3f\n",
- *px, *py, dev->last.remainder[0], dev->last.remainder[1], fdx, fdy);
- }
- }
- }
- /* remember last motion delta (for softening/slow movement treatment) */
- velocitydata->last_dx = dx;
- velocitydata->last_dy = dy;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Originally a part of xf86PostMotionEvent; modifies valuators
- * in-place. Retained mostly for embedded scenarios.
- */
-void
-acceleratePointerLightweight(
- DeviceIntPtr dev,
- ValuatorMask* val,
- CARD32 ignored)
-{
- float mult = 0.0, tmpf;
- int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
- dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
- }
-
- if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
- dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
- }
-
- if (!dx && !dy)
- return;
-
- if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
- /* modeled from xf86Events.c */
- if (dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
- if ((abs(dx) + abs(dy)) >= dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
- tmpf = ((float)dx *
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
- dev->last.remainder[0];
- if (dx) {
- tmpi = (int) tmpf;
- valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
- }
-
- tmpf = ((float)dy *
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
- dev->last.remainder[1];
- if (dy) {
- tmpi = (int) tmpf;
- valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- mult = pow((float)dx * (float)dx + (float)dy * (float)dy,
- ((float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) /
- (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) - 1.0) /
- 2.0) / 2.0;
- if (dx) {
- tmpf = mult * (float)dx +
- dev->last.remainder[0];
- tmpi = (int) tmpf;
- valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
- }
- if (dy) {
- tmpf = mult * (float)dy +
- dev->last.remainder[1];
- tmpi = (int)tmpf;
- valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
- dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
- }
- }
- }
-}
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2006-2009 Simon Thum simon dot thum at gmx dot de
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
+#endif
+
+#include <math.h>
+#include <ptrveloc.h>
+#include <exevents.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include <os.h>
+
+#include <xserver-properties.h>
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Predictable pointer acceleration
+ *
+ * 2006-2009 by Simon Thum (simon [dot] thum [at] gmx de)
+ *
+ * Serves 3 complementary functions:
+ * 1) provide a sophisticated ballistic velocity estimate to improve
+ * the relation between velocity (of the device) and acceleration
+ * 2) make arbitrary acceleration profiles possible
+ * 3) decelerate by two means (constant and adaptive) if enabled
+ *
+ * Important concepts are the
+ *
+ * - Scheme
+ * which selects the basic algorithm
+ * (see devices.c/InitPointerAccelerationScheme)
+ * - Profile
+ * which returns an acceleration
+ * for a given velocity
+ *
+ * The profile can be selected by the user at runtime.
+ * The classic profile is intended to cleanly perform old-style
+ * function selection (threshold =/!= 0)
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define inline __inline
+#define lrintf(val) ((int)val)
+#endif
+
+/* fwds */
+int
+SetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
+static float
+SimpleSmoothProfile(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float velocity,
+ float threshold, float acc);
+static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
+GetAccelerationProfile(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int profile_num);
+static BOOL
+InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr,
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
+static BOOL
+DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(DeviceIntPtr,
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr);
+
+/*#define PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING*/
+
+#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
+#define DebugAccelF ErrorF
+#else
+#define DebugAccelF(...) /* */
+#endif
+
+/********************************
+ * Init/Uninit
+ *******************************/
+
+/* some int which is not a profile number */
+#define PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE (-100)
+
+/**
+ * Init DeviceVelocity struct so it should match the average case
+ */
+void
+InitVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ memset(vel, 0, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
+
+ vel->corr_mul = 10.0; /* dots per 10 milisecond should be usable */
+ vel->const_acceleration = 1.0; /* no acceleration/deceleration */
+ vel->reset_time = 300;
+ vel->use_softening = 1;
+ vel->min_acceleration = 1.0; /* don't decelerate */
+ vel->max_rel_diff = 0.2;
+ vel->max_diff = 1.0;
+ vel->initial_range = 2;
+ vel->average_accel = TRUE;
+ SetAccelerationProfile(vel, AccelProfileClassic);
+ InitTrackers(vel, 16);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Clean up DeviceVelocityRec
+ */
+void
+FreeVelocityData(DeviceVelocityPtr vel){
+ free(vel->tracker);
+ SetAccelerationProfile(vel, PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Init predictable scheme
+ */
+Bool
+InitPredictableAccelerationScheme(DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ ValuatorAccelerationPtr protoScheme) {
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ ValuatorAccelerationRec scheme;
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData;
+ scheme = *protoScheme;
+ vel = calloc(1, sizeof(DeviceVelocityRec));
+ schemeData = calloc(1, sizeof(PredictableAccelSchemeRec));
+ if (!vel || !schemeData)
+ return FALSE;
+ InitVelocityData(vel);
+ schemeData->vel = vel;
+ scheme.accelData = schemeData;
+ if (!InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev, vel, schemeData))
+ return FALSE;
+ /* all fine, assign scheme to device */
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme = scheme;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Uninit scheme
+ */
+void
+AccelerationDefaultCleanup(DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (vel) {
+ /* the proper guarantee would be that we're not inside of
+ * AccelSchemeProc(), but that seems impossible. Schemes don't get
+ * switched often anyway.
+ */
+ OsBlockSignals();
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc = NULL;
+ FreeVelocityData(vel);
+ free(vel);
+ DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(dev,
+ (PredictableAccelSchemePtr) dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
+ free(dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData);
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData = NULL;
+ OsReleaseSignals();
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*************************
+ * Input property support
+ ************************/
+
+/**
+ * choose profile
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+ XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ int profile, *ptr = &profile;
+ int rc;
+ int nelem = 1;
+
+ if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER))
+ return Success;
+
+ vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (!vel)
+ return BadValue;
+ rc = XIPropToInt(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+ if(checkOnly)
+ {
+ if (rc)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile) == NULL)
+ return BadValue;
+ } else
+ SetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitProfileProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ int profile = vel->statistics.profile_number;
+ Atom prop_profile_number = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
+
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_profile_number, XA_INTEGER, 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &profile, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_profile_number, FALSE);
+ return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetProfileProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * constant deceleration
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+ XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ float v, *ptr = &v;
+ int rc;
+ int nelem = 1;
+
+ if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION))
+ return Success;
+
+ vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (!vel)
+ return BadValue;
+ rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+ if(checkOnly)
+ {
+ if (rc)
+ return rc;
+ return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if(v >= 1.0f)
+ vel->const_acceleration = 1/v;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ float fval = 1.0/vel->const_acceleration;
+ Atom prop_const_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_const_decel,
+ XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_const_decel, FALSE);
+ return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * adaptive deceleration
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+ XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr veloc;
+ float v, *ptr = &v;
+ int rc;
+ int nelem = 1;
+
+ if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION))
+ return Success;
+
+ veloc = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (!veloc)
+ return BadValue;
+ rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+ if(checkOnly)
+ {
+ if (rc)
+ return rc;
+ return (v >= 1.0f) ? Success : BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if(v >= 1.0f)
+ veloc->min_acceleration = 1/v;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ float fval = 1.0/vel->min_acceleration;
+ Atom prop_adapt_decel = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
+
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_adapt_decel, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_adapt_decel, FALSE);
+ return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetAdaptDecelProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * velocity scaling
+ */
+static int
+AccelSetScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, Atom atom,
+ XIPropertyValuePtr val, BOOL checkOnly)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ float v, *ptr = &v;
+ int rc;
+ int nelem = 1;
+
+ if (atom != XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING))
+ return Success;
+
+ vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (!vel)
+ return BadValue;
+ rc = XIPropToFloat(val, &nelem, &ptr);
+
+ if (checkOnly)
+ {
+ if (rc)
+ return rc;
+
+ return (v > 0) ? Success : BadValue;
+ }
+
+ if(v > 0)
+ vel->corr_mul = v;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static long
+AccelInitScaleProperty(DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceVelocityPtr vel)
+{
+ float fval = vel->corr_mul;
+ Atom prop_velo_scale = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
+
+ XIChangeDeviceProperty(dev, prop_velo_scale, XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT), 32,
+ PropModeReplace, 1, &fval, FALSE);
+ XISetDevicePropertyDeletable(dev, prop_velo_scale, FALSE);
+ return XIRegisterPropertyHandler(dev, AccelSetScaleProperty, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+static BOOL
+InitializePredictableAccelerationProperties(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr schemeData)
+{
+ int num_handlers = 4;
+ if(!vel)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ schemeData->prop_handlers = calloc(num_handlers, sizeof(long));
+ if (!schemeData->prop_handlers)
+ return FALSE;
+ schemeData->num_prop_handlers = num_handlers;
+ schemeData->prop_handlers[0] = AccelInitProfileProperty(dev, vel);
+ schemeData->prop_handlers[1] = AccelInitDecelProperty(dev, vel);
+ schemeData->prop_handlers[2] = AccelInitAdaptDecelProperty(dev, vel);
+ schemeData->prop_handlers[3] = AccelInitScaleProperty(dev, vel);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL
+DeletePredictableAccelerationProperties(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ PredictableAccelSchemePtr scheme)
+{
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel;
+ Atom prop;
+ int i;
+
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
+ XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
+ XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
+ XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+ prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
+ XIDeleteDeviceProperty(dev, prop, FALSE);
+
+ vel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ if (vel) {
+ for (i = 0; i < scheme->num_prop_handlers; i++)
+ if (scheme->prop_handlers[i])
+ XIUnregisterPropertyHandler(dev, scheme->prop_handlers[i]);
+ }
+
+ free(scheme->prop_handlers);
+ scheme->prop_handlers = NULL;
+ scheme->num_prop_handlers = 0;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*********************
+ * Tracking logic
+ ********************/
+
+void
+InitTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int ntracker)
+{
+ if(ntracker < 1){
+ ErrorF("(dix ptracc) invalid number of trackers\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ free(vel->tracker);
+ vel->tracker = (MotionTrackerPtr)calloc(ntracker, sizeof(MotionTracker));
+ vel->num_tracker = ntracker;
+}
+
+enum directions {
+ N = (1 << 0),
+ NE = (1 << 1),
+ E = (1 << 2),
+ SE = (1 << 3),
+ S = (1 << 4),
+ SW = (1 << 5),
+ W = (1 << 6),
+ NW = (1 << 7),
+ UNDEFINED = 0xFF
+};
+/**
+ * return a bit field of possible directions.
+ * There's no reason against widening to more precise directions (<45 degrees),
+ * should it not perform well. All this is needed for is sort out non-linear
+ * motion, so precision isn't paramount. However, one should not flag direction
+ * too narrow, since it would then cut the linear segment to zero size way too
+ * often.
+ *
+ * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for
+ * this movement.
+ */
+static int
+DoGetDirection(int dx, int dy){
+ int dir = 0;
+
+ /* on insignificant mickeys, flag 135 degrees */
+ if(abs(dx) < 2 && abs(dy) < 2){
+ /* first check diagonal cases */
+ if(dx > 0 && dy > 0)
+ dir = E | SE | S;
+ else if(dx > 0 && dy < 0)
+ dir = N | NE | E;
+ else if(dx < 0 && dy < 0)
+ dir = W | NW | N;
+ else if(dx < 0 && dy > 0)
+ dir = W | SW | S;
+ /* check axis-aligned directions */
+ else if(dx > 0)
+ dir = NE | E | SE;
+ else if(dx < 0)
+ dir = NW | W | SW;
+ else if(dy > 0)
+ dir = SE | S | SW;
+ else if(dy < 0)
+ dir = NE | N | NW;
+ else
+ dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */
+ } else { /* compute angle and set appropriate flags */
+ float r;
+ int i1, i2;
+
+#ifdef _ISOC99_SOURCE
+ r = atan2f(dy, dx);
+#else
+ r = atan2(dy, dx);
+#endif
+ /* find direction.
+ *
+ * Add 360° to avoid r become negative since C has no well-defined
+ * modulo for such cases. Then divide by 45° to get the octant
+ * number, e.g.
+ * 0 <= r <= 1 is [0-45]°
+ * 1 <= r <= 2 is [45-90]°
+ * etc.
+ * But we add extra 90° to match up with our N, S, etc. defines up
+ * there, rest stays the same.
+ */
+ r = (r+(M_PI*2.5))/(M_PI/4);
+ /* this intends to flag 2 directions (45 degrees),
+ * except on very well-aligned mickeys. */
+ i1 = (int)(r+0.1) % 8;
+ i2 = (int)(r+0.9) % 8;
+ if(i1 < 0 || i1 > 7 || i2 < 0 || i2 > 7)
+ dir = UNDEFINED; /* shouldn't happen */
+ else
+ dir = (1 << i1 | 1 << i2);
+ }
+ return dir;
+}
+
+#define DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE 5
+#define DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE (DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE*2+1)
+
+/* cache DoGetDirection().
+ * To avoid excessive use of direction calculation, cache the values for
+ * [-5..5] for both x/y. Anything outside of that is calcualted on the fly.
+ *
+ * @return A bitmask for N, NE, S, SE, etc. indicating the directions for
+ * this movement.
+ */
+static int
+GetDirection(int dx, int dy){
+ static int cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE][DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE];
+ int dir;
+ if (abs(dx) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE &&
+ abs(dy) <= DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE) {
+ /* cacheable */
+ dir = cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy];
+ if(dir == 0) {
+ dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
+ cache[DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dx][DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE+dy] = dir;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* non-cacheable */
+ dir = DoGetDirection(dx, dy);
+ }
+
+ return dir;
+}
+
+#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_RANGE
+#undef DIRECTION_CACHE_SIZE
+
+
+/* convert offset (age) to array index */
+#define TRACKER_INDEX(s, d) (((s)->num_tracker + (s)->cur_tracker - (d)) % (s)->num_tracker)
+#define TRACKER(s, d) &(s)->tracker[TRACKER_INDEX(s,d)]
+
+/**
+ * Add the delta motion to each tracker, then reset the latest tracker to
+ * 0/0 and set it as the current one.
+ */
+static inline void
+FeedTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int dx, int dy, int cur_t)
+{
+ int n;
+ for(n = 0; n < vel->num_tracker; n++){
+ vel->tracker[n].dx += dx;
+ vel->tracker[n].dy += dy;
+ }
+ n = (vel->cur_tracker + 1) % vel->num_tracker;
+ vel->tracker[n].dx = 0;
+ vel->tracker[n].dy = 0;
+ vel->tracker[n].time = cur_t;
+ vel->tracker[n].dir = GetDirection(dx, dy);
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) motion [dx: %i dy: %i dir:%i diff: %i]\n",
+ dx, dy, vel->tracker[n].dir,
+ cur_t - vel->tracker[vel->cur_tracker].time);
+ vel->cur_tracker = n;
+}
+
+/**
+ * calc velocity for given tracker, with
+ * velocity scaling.
+ * This assumes linear motion.
+ */
+static float
+CalcTracker(const MotionTracker *tracker, int cur_t){
+ float dist = sqrt(tracker->dx * tracker->dx + tracker->dy * tracker->dy);
+ int dtime = cur_t - tracker->time;
+ if(dtime > 0)
+ return dist / dtime;
+ else
+ return 0;/* synonymous for NaN, since we're not C99 */
+}
+
+/* find the most plausible velocity. That is, the most distant
+ * (in time) tracker which isn't too old, the movement vector was
+ * in the same octant, and where the velocity is within an
+ * acceptable range to the inital velocity.
+ *
+ * @return The tracker's velocity or 0 if the above conditions are unmet
+ */
+static float
+QueryTrackers(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, int cur_t){
+ int offset, dir = UNDEFINED, used_offset = -1, age_ms;
+ /* initial velocity: a low-offset, valid velocity */
+ float initial_velocity = 0, result = 0, velocity_diff;
+ float velocity_factor = vel->corr_mul * vel->const_acceleration; /* premultiply */
+ /* loop from current to older data */
+ for(offset = 1; offset < vel->num_tracker; offset++){
+ MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, offset);
+ float tracker_velocity;
+
+ age_ms = cur_t - tracker->time;
+
+ /* bail out if data is too old and protect from overrun */
+ if (age_ms >= vel->reset_time || age_ms < 0) {
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too old\n");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * this heuristic avoids using the linear-motion velocity formula
+ * in CalcTracker() on motion that isn't exactly linear. So to get
+ * even more precision we could subdivide as a final step, so possible
+ * non-linearities are accounted for.
+ */
+ dir &= tracker->dir;
+ if(dir == 0){ /* we've changed octant of movement (e.g. NE → NW) */
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: no longer linear\n");
+ /* instead of breaking it we might also inspect the partition after,
+ * but actual improvement with this is probably rare. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ tracker_velocity = CalcTracker(tracker, cur_t) * velocity_factor;
+
+ if ((initial_velocity == 0 || offset <= vel->initial_range) && tracker_velocity != 0) {
+ /* set initial velocity and result */
+ result = initial_velocity = tracker_velocity;
+ used_offset = offset;
+ } else if (initial_velocity != 0 && tracker_velocity != 0) {
+ velocity_diff = fabs(initial_velocity - tracker_velocity);
+
+ if (velocity_diff > vel->max_diff &&
+ velocity_diff/(initial_velocity + tracker_velocity) >= vel->max_rel_diff) {
+ /* we're not in range, quit - it won't get better. */
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: tracker too different:"
+ " old %2.2f initial %2.2f diff: %2.2f\n",
+ tracker_velocity, initial_velocity, velocity_diff);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* we're in range with the initial velocity,
+ * so this result is likely better
+ * (it contains more information). */
+ result = tracker_velocity;
+ used_offset = offset;
+ }
+ }
+ if(offset == vel->num_tracker){
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) query: last tracker in effect\n");
+ used_offset = vel->num_tracker-1;
+ }
+#ifdef PTRACCEL_DEBUGGING
+ if(used_offset >= 0){
+ MotionTracker *tracker = TRACKER(vel, used_offset);
+ DebugAccelF("(dix prtacc) result: offset %i [dx: %i dy: %i diff: %i]\n",
+ used_offset, tracker->dx, tracker->dy, cur_t - tracker->time);
+ }
+#endif
+ return result;
+}
+
+#undef TRACKER_INDEX
+#undef TRACKER
+
+/**
+ * Perform velocity approximation based on 2D 'mickeys' (mouse motion delta).
+ * return true if non-visible state reset is suggested
+ */
+BOOL
+ProcessVelocityData2D(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ int dx,
+ int dy,
+ int time)
+{
+ float velocity;
+
+ vel->last_velocity = vel->velocity;
+
+ FeedTrackers(vel, dx, dy, time);
+
+ velocity = QueryTrackers(vel, time);
+
+ vel->velocity = velocity;
+ return velocity == 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * this flattens significant ( > 1) mickeys a little bit for more steady
+ * constant-velocity response
+ */
+static inline float
+ApplySimpleSoftening(int prev_delta, int delta)
+{
+ float result = delta;
+
+ if (delta < -1 || delta > 1) {
+ if (delta > prev_delta)
+ result -= 0.5;
+ else if (delta < prev_delta)
+ result += 0.5;
+ }
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Soften the delta based on previous deltas stored in vel.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] fdx Delta X, modified in-place.
+ * @param[in,out] fdx Delta Y, modified in-place.
+ */
+static void
+ApplySoftening(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float* fdx,
+ float* fdy)
+{
+ if (vel->use_softening) {
+ *fdx = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dx, *fdx);
+ *fdy = ApplySimpleSoftening(vel->last_dy, *fdy);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+ApplyConstantDeceleration(DeviceVelocityPtr vel, float *fdx, float *fdy)
+{
+ *fdx *= vel->const_acceleration;
+ *fdy *= vel->const_acceleration;
+}
+
+/*
+ * compute the acceleration for given velocity and enforce min_acceleartion
+ */
+float
+BasicComputeAcceleration(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc){
+
+ float result;
+ result = vel->Profile(dev, vel, velocity, threshold, acc);
+
+ /* enforce min_acceleration */
+ if (result < vel->min_acceleration)
+ result = vel->min_acceleration;
+ return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute acceleration. Takes into account averaging, nv-reset, etc.
+ * If the velocity has changed, an average is taken of 6 velocity factors:
+ * current velocity, last velocity and 4 times the average between the two.
+ */
+static float
+ComputeAcceleration(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc){
+ float result;
+
+ if(vel->velocity <= 0){
+ DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile skipped\n");
+ /*
+ * If we have no idea about device velocity, don't pretend it.
+ */
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if(vel->average_accel && vel->velocity != vel->last_velocity){
+ /* use simpson's rule to average acceleration between
+ * current and previous velocity.
+ * Though being the more natural choice, it causes a minor delay
+ * in comparison, so it can be disabled. */
+ result = BasicComputeAcceleration(
+ dev, vel, vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
+ result += BasicComputeAcceleration(
+ dev, vel, vel->last_velocity, threshold, acc);
+ result += 4.0f * BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
+ (vel->last_velocity + vel->velocity) / 2,
+ threshold, acc);
+ result /= 6.0f;
+ DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile average [%.2f ... %.2f] is %.3f\n",
+ vel->velocity, vel->last_velocity, result);
+ }else{
+ result = BasicComputeAcceleration(dev, vel,
+ vel->velocity, threshold, acc);
+ DebugAccelF("(dix ptracc) profile sample [%.2f] is %.3f\n",
+ vel->velocity, res);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************
+ * Acceleration functions and profiles
+ ****************************************/
+
+/**
+ * Polynomial function similar previous one, but with f(1) = 1
+ */
+static float
+PolynomialAccelerationProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float ignored,
+ float acc)
+{
+ return pow(velocity, (acc - 1.0) * 0.5);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * returns acceleration for velocity.
+ * This profile selects the two functions like the old scheme did
+ */
+static float
+ClassicProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ if (threshold > 0) {
+ return SimpleSmoothProfile (dev,
+ vel,
+ velocity,
+ threshold,
+ acc);
+ } else {
+ return PolynomialAccelerationProfile (dev,
+ vel,
+ velocity,
+ 0,
+ acc);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Power profile
+ * This has a completely smooth transition curve, i.e. no jumps in the
+ * derivatives.
+ *
+ * This has the expense of overall response dependency on min-acceleration.
+ * In effect, min_acceleration mimics const_acceleration in this profile.
+ */
+static float
+PowerProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ float vel_dist;
+
+ acc = (acc-1.0) * 0.1f + 1.0; /* without this, acc of 2 is unuseable */
+
+ if (velocity <= threshold)
+ return vel->min_acceleration;
+ vel_dist = velocity - threshold;
+ return (pow(acc, vel_dist)) * vel->min_acceleration;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * just a smooth function in [0..1] -> [0..1]
+ * - point symmetry at 0.5
+ * - f'(0) = f'(1) = 0
+ * - starts faster than a sinoid
+ * - smoothness C1 (Cinf if you dare to ignore endpoints)
+ */
+static inline float
+CalcPenumbralGradient(float x){
+ x *= 2.0f;
+ x -= 1.0f;
+ return 0.5f + (x * sqrt(1.0f - x*x) + asin(x))/M_PI;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * acceleration function similar to classic accelerated/unaccelerated,
+ * but with smooth transition in between (and towards zero for adaptive dec.).
+ */
+static float
+SimpleSmoothProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ if(velocity < 1.0f)
+ return CalcPenumbralGradient(0.5 + velocity*0.5) * 2.0f - 1.0f;
+ if(threshold < 1.0f)
+ threshold = 1.0f;
+ if (velocity <= threshold)
+ return 1;
+ velocity /= threshold;
+ if (velocity >= acc)
+ return acc;
+ else
+ return 1.0f + (CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity/acc) * (acc - 1.0f));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * This profile uses the first half of the penumbral gradient as a start
+ * and then scales linearly.
+ */
+static float
+SmoothLinearProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ float res, nv;
+
+ if(acc > 1.0f)
+ acc -= 1.0f; /*this is so acc = 1 is no acceleration */
+ else
+ return 1.0f;
+
+ nv = (velocity - threshold) * acc * 0.5f;
+
+ if(nv < 0){
+ res = 0;
+ }else if(nv < 2){
+ res = CalcPenumbralGradient(nv*0.25f)*2.0f;
+ }else{
+ nv -= 2.0f;
+ res = nv * 2.0f / M_PI /* steepness of gradient at 0.5 */
+ + 1.0f; /* gradient crosses 2|1 */
+ }
+ res += vel->min_acceleration;
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * From 0 to threshold, the response graduates smoothly from min_accel to
+ * acceleration. Beyond threshold it is exactly the specified acceleration.
+ */
+static float
+SmoothLimitedProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ float res;
+
+ if(velocity >= threshold || threshold == 0.0f)
+ return acc;
+
+ velocity /= threshold; /* should be [0..1[ now */
+
+ res = CalcPenumbralGradient(velocity) * (acc - vel->min_acceleration);
+
+ return vel->min_acceleration + res;
+}
+
+
+static float
+LinearProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ return acc * velocity;
+}
+
+static float
+NoProfile(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ float velocity,
+ float threshold,
+ float acc)
+{
+ return 1.0f;
+}
+
+static PointerAccelerationProfileFunc
+GetAccelerationProfile(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ int profile_num)
+{
+ switch(profile_num){
+ case AccelProfileClassic:
+ return ClassicProfile;
+ case AccelProfileDeviceSpecific:
+ return vel->deviceSpecificProfile;
+ case AccelProfilePolynomial:
+ return PolynomialAccelerationProfile;
+ case AccelProfileSmoothLinear:
+ return SmoothLinearProfile;
+ case AccelProfileSimple:
+ return SimpleSmoothProfile;
+ case AccelProfilePower:
+ return PowerProfile;
+ case AccelProfileLinear:
+ return LinearProfile;
+ case AccelProfileSmoothLimited:
+ return SmoothLimitedProfile;
+ case AccelProfileNone:
+ return NoProfile;
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the profile by number.
+ * Intended to make profiles exchangeable at runtime.
+ * If you created a profile, give it a number here and in the header to
+ * make it selectable. In case some profile-specific init is needed, here
+ * would be a good place, since FreeVelocityData() also calls this with
+ * PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE.
+ *
+ * returns FALSE if profile number is unavailable, TRUE otherwise.
+ */
+int
+SetAccelerationProfile(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ int profile_num)
+{
+ PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile;
+ profile = GetAccelerationProfile(vel, profile_num);
+
+ if(profile == NULL && profile_num != PROFILE_UNINITIALIZE)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Here one could free old profile-private data */
+ free(vel->profile_private);
+ vel->profile_private = NULL;
+ /* Here one could init profile-private data */
+ vel->Profile = profile;
+ vel->statistics.profile_number = profile_num;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**********************************************
+ * driver interaction
+ **********************************************/
+
+
+/**
+ * device-specific profile
+ *
+ * The device-specific profile is intended as a hook for a driver
+ * which may want to provide an own acceleration profile.
+ * It should not rely on profile-private data, instead
+ * it should do init/uninit in the driver (ie. with DEVICE_INIT and friends).
+ * Users may override or choose it.
+ */
+void
+SetDeviceSpecificAccelerationProfile(
+ DeviceVelocityPtr vel,
+ PointerAccelerationProfileFunc profile)
+{
+ if(vel)
+ vel->deviceSpecificProfile = profile;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Use this function to obtain a DeviceVelocityPtr for a device. Will return NULL if
+ * the predictable acceleration scheme is not in effect.
+ */
+DeviceVelocityPtr
+GetDevicePredictableAccelData(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev)
+{
+ /*sanity check*/
+ if(!dev){
+ ErrorF("[dix] accel: DeviceIntPtr was NULL");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if( dev->valuator &&
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelSchemeProc ==
+ acceleratePointerPredictable &&
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData != NULL){
+
+ return ((PredictableAccelSchemePtr)
+ dev->valuator->accelScheme.accelData)->vel;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/********************************
+ * acceleration schemes
+ *******************************/
+
+/**
+ * Modifies valuators in-place.
+ * This version employs a velocity approximation algorithm to
+ * enable fine-grained predictable acceleration profiles.
+ */
+void
+acceleratePointerPredictable(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ ValuatorMask* val,
+ CARD32 evtime)
+{
+ int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
+ DeviceVelocityPtr velocitydata = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
+ Bool soften = TRUE;
+
+ if (!velocitydata)
+ return;
+
+ if (velocitydata->statistics.profile_number == AccelProfileNone &&
+ velocitydata->const_acceleration == 1.0f) {
+ return; /*we're inactive anyway, so skip the whole thing.*/
+ }
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
+ dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
+ dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
+ }
+
+ if (dx || dy){
+ /* reset non-visible state? */
+ if (ProcessVelocityData2D(velocitydata, dx , dy, evtime)) {
+ soften = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
+ float mult;
+
+ /* invoke acceleration profile to determine acceleration */
+ mult = ComputeAcceleration (dev, velocitydata,
+ dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold,
+ (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num /
+ (float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
+
+ if(mult != 1.0f || velocitydata->const_acceleration != 1.0f) {
+ float fdx = dx,
+ fdy = dy;
+
+ if (mult > 1.0f && soften)
+ ApplySoftening(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);
+ ApplyConstantDeceleration(velocitydata, &fdx, &fdy);
+
+ /* Calculate the new delta (with accel) and drop it back
+ * into the valuator masks */
+ if (dx) {
+ float tmp;
+ tmp = mult * fdx + dev->last.remainder[0];
+ /* Since it may not be apparent: lrintf() does not offer
+ * strong statements about rounding; however because we
+ * process each axis conditionally, there's no danger
+ * of a toggling remainder. Its lack of guarantees likely
+ * makes it faster on the average target. */
+ tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[0] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ if (dy) {
+ float tmp;
+ tmp = mult * fdy + dev->last.remainder[1];
+ tmpi = lrintf(tmp);
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[1] = tmp - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ DebugAccelF("pos (%i | %i) remainders x: %.3f y: %.3f delta x:%.3f y:%.3f\n",
+ *px, *py, dev->last.remainder[0], dev->last.remainder[1], fdx, fdy);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* remember last motion delta (for softening/slow movement treatment) */
+ velocitydata->last_dx = dx;
+ velocitydata->last_dy = dy;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Originally a part of xf86PostMotionEvent; modifies valuators
+ * in-place. Retained mostly for embedded scenarios.
+ */
+void
+acceleratePointerLightweight(
+ DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ ValuatorMask* val,
+ CARD32 ignored)
+{
+ float mult = 0.0, tmpf;
+ int dx = 0, dy = 0, tmpi;
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 0)) {
+ dx = valuator_mask_get(val, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (valuator_mask_isset(val, 1)) {
+ dy = valuator_mask_get(val, 1);
+ }
+
+ if (!dx && !dy)
+ return;
+
+ if (dev->ptrfeed && dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) {
+ /* modeled from xf86Events.c */
+ if (dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
+ if ((abs(dx) + abs(dy)) >= dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold) {
+ tmpf = ((float)dx *
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
+ dev->last.remainder[0];
+ if (dx) {
+ tmpi = (int) tmpf;
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+
+ tmpf = ((float)dy *
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)) /
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) +
+ dev->last.remainder[1];
+ if (dy) {
+ tmpi = (int) tmpf;
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ mult = pow((float)dx * (float)dx + (float)dy * (float)dy,
+ ((float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num) /
+ (float)(dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den) - 1.0) /
+ 2.0) / 2.0;
+ if (dx) {
+ tmpf = mult * (float)dx +
+ dev->last.remainder[0];
+ tmpi = (int) tmpf;
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 0, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[0] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ if (dy) {
+ tmpf = mult * (float)dy +
+ dev->last.remainder[1];
+ tmpi = (int)tmpf;
+ valuator_mask_set(val, 1, tmpi);
+ dev->last.remainder[1] = tmpf - (float)tmpi;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/region.c b/xorg-server/dix/region.c
index e5f14c1f7..6820c1eac 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/region.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/region.c
@@ -1,1425 +1,1425 @@
-/***********************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by
-Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "regionstr.h"
-#include <X11/Xprotostr.h>
-#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
-#include "gc.h"
-#include <pixman.h>
-
-#undef assert
-#ifdef REGION_DEBUG
-#define assert(expr) { \
- CARD32 *foo = NULL; \
- if (!(expr)) { \
- ErrorF("Assertion failed file %s, line %d: %s\n", \
- __FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \
- *foo = 0xdeadbeef; /* to get a backtrace */ \
- } \
- }
-#else
-#define assert(expr)
-#endif
-
-#define good(reg) assert(RegionIsValid(reg))
-
-/*
- * The functions in this file implement the Region abstraction used extensively
- * throughout the X11 sample server. A Region is simply a set of disjoint
- * (non-overlapping) rectangles, plus an "extent" rectangle which is the
- * smallest single rectangle that contains all the non-overlapping rectangles.
- *
- * A Region is implemented as a "y-x-banded" array of rectangles. This array
- * imposes two degrees of order. First, all rectangles are sorted by top side
- * y coordinate first (y1), and then by left side x coordinate (x1).
- *
- * Furthermore, the rectangles are grouped into "bands". Each rectangle in a
- * band has the same top y coordinate (y1), and each has the same bottom y
- * coordinate (y2). Thus all rectangles in a band differ only in their left
- * and right side (x1 and x2). Bands are implicit in the array of rectangles:
- * there is no separate list of band start pointers.
- *
- * The y-x band representation does not minimize rectangles. In particular,
- * if a rectangle vertically crosses a band (the rectangle has scanlines in
- * the y1 to y2 area spanned by the band), then the rectangle may be broken
- * down into two or more smaller rectangles stacked one atop the other.
- *
- * ----------- -----------
- * | | | | band 0
- * | | -------- ----------- --------
- * | | | | in y-x banded | | | | band 1
- * | | | | form is | | | |
- * ----------- | | ----------- --------
- * | | | | band 2
- * -------- --------
- *
- * An added constraint on the rectangles is that they must cover as much
- * horizontal area as possible: no two rectangles within a band are allowed
- * to touch.
- *
- * Whenever possible, bands will be merged together to cover a greater vertical
- * distance (and thus reduce the number of rectangles). Two bands can be merged
- * only if the bottom of one touches the top of the other and they have
- * rectangles in the same places (of the same width, of course).
- *
- * Adam de Boor wrote most of the original region code. Joel McCormack
- * substantially modified or rewrote most of the core arithmetic routines,
- * and added RegionValidate in order to support several speed improvements
- * to miValidateTree. Bob Scheifler changed the representation to be more
- * compact when empty or a single rectangle, and did a bunch of gratuitous
- * reformatting.
- */
-
-/* true iff two Boxes overlap */
-#define EXTENTCHECK(r1,r2) \
- (!( ((r1)->x2 <= (r2)->x1) || \
- ((r1)->x1 >= (r2)->x2) || \
- ((r1)->y2 <= (r2)->y1) || \
- ((r1)->y1 >= (r2)->y2) ) )
-
-/* true iff (x,y) is in Box */
-#define INBOX(r,x,y) \
- ( ((r)->x2 > x) && \
- ((r)->x1 <= x) && \
- ((r)->y2 > y) && \
- ((r)->y1 <= y) )
-
-/* true iff Box r1 contains Box r2 */
-#define SUBSUMES(r1,r2) \
- ( ((r1)->x1 <= (r2)->x1) && \
- ((r1)->x2 >= (r2)->x2) && \
- ((r1)->y1 <= (r2)->y1) && \
- ((r1)->y2 >= (r2)->y2) )
-
-#define xallocData(n) malloc(RegionSizeof(n))
-#define xfreeData(reg) if ((reg)->data && (reg)->data->size) free((reg)->data)
-
-#define RECTALLOC_BAIL(pReg,n,bail) \
-if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { goto bail; }
-
-#define RECTALLOC(pReg,n) \
-if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { return FALSE; }
-
-#define ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2) \
-{ \
- pNextRect->x1 = nx1; \
- pNextRect->y1 = ny1; \
- pNextRect->x2 = nx2; \
- pNextRect->y2 = ny2; \
- pNextRect++; \
-}
-
-#define NEWRECT(pReg,pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2) \
-{ \
- if (!(pReg)->data || ((pReg)->data->numRects == (pReg)->data->size))\
- { \
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, 1)) \
- return FALSE; \
- pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg); \
- } \
- ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2); \
- pReg->data->numRects++; \
- assert(pReg->data->numRects<=pReg->data->size); \
-}
-
-
-#define DOWNSIZE(reg,numRects) \
-if (((numRects) < ((reg)->data->size >> 1)) && ((reg)->data->size > 50)) \
-{ \
- RegDataPtr NewData; \
- NewData = (RegDataPtr)realloc((reg)->data, RegionSizeof(numRects)); \
- if (NewData) \
- { \
- NewData->size = (numRects); \
- (reg)->data = NewData; \
- } \
-}
-
-
-BoxRec RegionEmptyBox = {0, 0, 0, 0};
-RegDataRec RegionEmptyData = {0, 0};
-
-RegDataRec RegionBrokenData = {0, 0};
-static RegionRec RegionBrokenRegion = { { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, &RegionBrokenData };
-
-void
-InitRegions (void)
-{
- pixman_region_set_static_pointers (&RegionEmptyBox, &RegionEmptyData, &RegionBrokenData);
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************
- * RegionCreate(rect, size)
- * This routine does a simple malloc to make a structure of
- * REGION of "size" number of rectangles.
- *****************************************************************/
-
-RegionPtr
-RegionCreate(BoxPtr rect, int size)
-{
- RegionPtr pReg;
-
- pReg = (RegionPtr)malloc(sizeof(RegionRec));
- if (!pReg)
- return &RegionBrokenRegion;
-
- RegionInit (pReg, rect, size);
-
- return pReg;
-}
-
-void
-RegionDestroy(RegionPtr pReg)
-{
- pixman_region_fini (pReg);
- if (pReg != &RegionBrokenRegion)
- free(pReg);
-}
-
-void
-RegionPrint(RegionPtr rgn)
-{
- int num, size;
- int i;
- BoxPtr rects;
-
- num = RegionNumRects(rgn);
- size = RegionSize(rgn);
- rects = RegionRects(rgn);
- ErrorF("[mi] num: %d size: %d\n", num, size);
- ErrorF("[mi] extents: %d %d %d %d\n",
- rgn->extents.x1, rgn->extents.y1, rgn->extents.x2, rgn->extents.y2);
- for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
- ErrorF("[mi] %d %d %d %d \n",
- rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1, rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);
- ErrorF("[mi] \n");
-}
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-Bool
-RegionIsValid(RegionPtr reg)
-{
- int i, numRects;
-
- if ((reg->extents.x1 > reg->extents.x2) ||
- (reg->extents.y1 > reg->extents.y2))
- return FALSE;
- numRects = RegionNumRects(reg);
- if (!numRects)
- return ((reg->extents.x1 == reg->extents.x2) &&
- (reg->extents.y1 == reg->extents.y2) &&
- (reg->data->size || (reg->data == &RegionEmptyData)));
- else if (numRects == 1)
- return !reg->data;
- else
- {
- BoxPtr pboxP, pboxN;
- BoxRec box;
-
- pboxP = RegionRects(reg);
- box = *pboxP;
- box.y2 = pboxP[numRects-1].y2;
- pboxN = pboxP + 1;
- for (i = numRects; --i > 0; pboxP++, pboxN++)
- {
- if ((pboxN->x1 >= pboxN->x2) ||
- (pboxN->y1 >= pboxN->y2))
- return FALSE;
- if (pboxN->x1 < box.x1)
- box.x1 = pboxN->x1;
- if (pboxN->x2 > box.x2)
- box.x2 = pboxN->x2;
- if ((pboxN->y1 < pboxP->y1) ||
- ((pboxN->y1 == pboxP->y1) &&
- ((pboxN->x1 < pboxP->x2) || (pboxN->y2 != pboxP->y2))))
- return FALSE;
- }
- return ((box.x1 == reg->extents.x1) &&
- (box.x2 == reg->extents.x2) &&
- (box.y1 == reg->extents.y1) &&
- (box.y2 == reg->extents.y2));
- }
-}
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
-Bool
-RegionBreak (RegionPtr pReg)
-{
- xfreeData (pReg);
- pReg->extents = RegionEmptyBox;
- pReg->data = &RegionBrokenData;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-Bool
-RegionRectAlloc(RegionPtr pRgn, int n)
-{
- RegDataPtr data;
-
- if (!pRgn->data)
- {
- n++;
- pRgn->data = xallocData(n);
- if (!pRgn->data)
- return RegionBreak (pRgn);
- pRgn->data->numRects = 1;
- *RegionBoxptr(pRgn) = pRgn->extents;
- }
- else if (!pRgn->data->size)
- {
- pRgn->data = xallocData(n);
- if (!pRgn->data)
- return RegionBreak (pRgn);
- pRgn->data->numRects = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- if (n == 1)
- {
- n = pRgn->data->numRects;
- if (n > 500) /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */
- n = 250;
- }
- n += pRgn->data->numRects;
- data = (RegDataPtr)realloc(pRgn->data, RegionSizeof(n));
- if (!data)
- return RegionBreak (pRgn);
- pRgn->data = data;
- }
- pRgn->data->size = n;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*======================================================================
- * Generic Region Operator
- *====================================================================*/
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionCoalesce --
- * Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the
- * previous one. We are guaranteed that the current band extends to
- * the end of the rects array. Used only by RegionOp.
- *
- * Results:
- * The new index for the previous band.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * If coalescing takes place:
- * - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields
- * altered.
- * - pReg->data->numRects will be decreased.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-_X_INLINE static int
-RegionCoalesce (
- RegionPtr pReg, /* Region to coalesce */
- int prevStart, /* Index of start of previous band */
- int curStart) /* Index of start of current band */
-{
- BoxPtr pPrevBox; /* Current box in previous band */
- BoxPtr pCurBox; /* Current box in current band */
- int numRects; /* Number rectangles in both bands */
- int y2; /* Bottom of current band */
- /*
- * Figure out how many rectangles are in the band.
- */
- numRects = curStart - prevStart;
- assert(numRects == pReg->data->numRects - curStart);
-
- if (!numRects) return curStart;
-
- /*
- * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous
- * matches the top scanline of the current.
- */
- pPrevBox = RegionBox(pReg, prevStart);
- pCurBox = RegionBox(pReg, curStart);
- if (pPrevBox->y2 != pCurBox->y1) return curStart;
-
- /*
- * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This
- * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they
- * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must
- * have some horizontal space between them.
- */
- y2 = pCurBox->y2;
-
- do {
- if ((pPrevBox->x1 != pCurBox->x1) || (pPrevBox->x2 != pCurBox->x2)) {
- return curStart;
- }
- pPrevBox++;
- pCurBox++;
- numRects--;
- } while (numRects);
-
- /*
- * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box
- * in the previous band to the bottom y of the current band.
- */
- numRects = curStart - prevStart;
- pReg->data->numRects -= numRects;
- do {
- pPrevBox--;
- pPrevBox->y2 = y2;
- numRects--;
- } while (numRects);
- return prevStart;
-}
-
-
-/* Quicky macro to avoid trivial reject procedure calls to RegionCoalesce */
-
-#define Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand) \
- if (curBand - prevBand == newReg->data->numRects - curBand) { \
- prevBand = RegionCoalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand); \
- } else { \
- prevBand = curBand; \
- }
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionAppendNonO --
- * Handle a non-overlapping band for the union and subtract operations.
- * Just adds the (top/bottom-clipped) rectangles into the region.
- * Doesn't have to check for subsumption or anything.
- *
- * Results:
- * None.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * pReg->data->numRects is incremented and the rectangles overwritten
- * with the rectangles we're passed.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-_X_INLINE static Bool
-RegionAppendNonO (
- RegionPtr pReg,
- BoxPtr r,
- BoxPtr rEnd,
- int y1,
- int y2)
-{
- BoxPtr pNextRect;
- int newRects;
-
- newRects = rEnd - r;
-
- assert(y1 < y2);
- assert(newRects != 0);
-
- /* Make sure we have enough space for all rectangles to be added */
- RECTALLOC(pReg, newRects);
- pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);
- pReg->data->numRects += newRects;
- do {
- assert(r->x1 < r->x2);
- ADDRECT(pNextRect, r->x1, y1, r->x2, y2);
- r++;
- } while (r != rEnd);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-#define FindBand(r, rBandEnd, rEnd, ry1) \
-{ \
- ry1 = r->y1; \
- rBandEnd = r+1; \
- while ((rBandEnd != rEnd) && (rBandEnd->y1 == ry1)) { \
- rBandEnd++; \
- } \
-}
-
-#define AppendRegions(newReg, r, rEnd) \
-{ \
- int newRects; \
- if ((newRects = rEnd - r)) { \
- RECTALLOC(newReg, newRects); \
- memmove((char *)RegionTop(newReg),(char *)r, \
- newRects * sizeof(BoxRec)); \
- newReg->data->numRects += newRects; \
- } \
-}
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionOp --
- * Apply an operation to two regions. Called by RegionUnion, RegionInverse,
- * RegionSubtract, RegionIntersect.... Both regions MUST have at least one
- * rectangle, and cannot be the same object.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The new region is overwritten.
- * pOverlap set to TRUE if overlapFunc ever returns TRUE.
- *
- * Notes:
- * The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets.
- * Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides
- * into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region
- * or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with
- * each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the
- * second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It
- * is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though
- * this function provides the boundaries.
- * At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible,
- * to reduce the number of rectangles in the region.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-typedef Bool (*OverlapProcPtr)(
- RegionPtr pReg,
- BoxPtr r1,
- BoxPtr r1End,
- BoxPtr r2,
- BoxPtr r2End,
- short y1,
- short y2,
- Bool *pOverlap);
-
-static Bool
-RegionOp(
- RegionPtr newReg, /* Place to store result */
- RegionPtr reg1, /* First region in operation */
- RegionPtr reg2, /* 2d region in operation */
- OverlapProcPtr overlapFunc, /* Function to call for over-
- * lapping bands */
- Bool appendNon1, /* Append non-overlapping bands */
- /* in region 1 ? */
- Bool appendNon2, /* Append non-overlapping bands */
- /* in region 2 ? */
- Bool *pOverlap)
-{
- BoxPtr r1; /* Pointer into first region */
- BoxPtr r2; /* Pointer into 2d region */
- BoxPtr r1End; /* End of 1st region */
- BoxPtr r2End; /* End of 2d region */
- short ybot; /* Bottom of intersection */
- short ytop; /* Top of intersection */
- RegDataPtr oldData; /* Old data for newReg */
- int prevBand; /* Index of start of
- * previous band in newReg */
- int curBand; /* Index of start of current
- * band in newReg */
- BoxPtr r1BandEnd; /* End of current band in r1 */
- BoxPtr r2BandEnd; /* End of current band in r2 */
- short top; /* Top of non-overlapping band */
- short bot; /* Bottom of non-overlapping band*/
- int r1y1; /* Temps for r1->y1 and r2->y1 */
- int r2y1;
- int newSize;
- int numRects;
-
- /*
- * Break any region computed from a broken region
- */
- if (RegionNar (reg1) || RegionNar(reg2))
- return RegionBreak (newReg);
-
- /*
- * Initialization:
- * set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, save the rectangles
- * of the destination region until the end in case it's one of
- * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating
- * another array of rectangles for it to use.
- */
-
- r1 = RegionRects(reg1);
- newSize = RegionNumRects(reg1);
- r1End = r1 + newSize;
- numRects = RegionNumRects(reg2);
- r2 = RegionRects(reg2);
- r2End = r2 + numRects;
- assert(r1 != r1End);
- assert(r2 != r2End);
-
- oldData = NULL;
- if (((newReg == reg1) && (newSize > 1)) ||
- ((newReg == reg2) && (numRects > 1)))
- {
- oldData = newReg->data;
- newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
- }
- /* guess at new size */
- if (numRects > newSize)
- newSize = numRects;
- newSize <<= 1;
- if (!newReg->data)
- newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
- else if (newReg->data->size)
- newReg->data->numRects = 0;
- if (newSize > newReg->data->size)
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(newReg, newSize))
- return FALSE;
-
- /*
- * Initialize ybot.
- * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending
- * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping
- * band.
- * In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions
- * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent
- * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band.
- * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and
- * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band.
- * For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips
- * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms.
- */
-
- ybot = min(r1->y1, r2->y1);
-
- /*
- * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles
- * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. RegionCoalesce, above.
- * In the beginning, there is no previous band, so prevBand == curBand
- * (curBand is set later on, of course, but the first band will always
- * start at index 0). prevBand and curBand must be indices because of
- * the possible expansion, and resultant moving, of the new region's
- * array of rectangles.
- */
- prevBand = 0;
-
- do {
- /*
- * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a
- * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions
- * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the
- * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their
- * respective regions.
- */
- assert(r1 != r1End);
- assert(r2 != r2End);
-
- FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);
- FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);
-
- /*
- * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any.
- *
- * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the
- * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n
- * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps
- * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times.
- */
- if (r1y1 < r2y1) {
- if (appendNon1) {
- top = max(r1y1, ybot);
- bot = min(r1->y2, r2y1);
- if (top != bot) {
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- }
- }
- ytop = r2y1;
- } else if (r2y1 < r1y1) {
- if (appendNon2) {
- top = max(r2y1, ybot);
- bot = min(r2->y2, r1y1);
- if (top != bot) {
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- }
- }
- ytop = r1y1;
- } else {
- ytop = r1y1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only
- * intersect if ybot > ytop
- */
- ybot = min(r1->y2, r2->y2);
- if (ybot > ytop) {
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- (* overlapFunc)(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot,
- pOverlap);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- }
-
- /*
- * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward
- * in the region to the next band.
- */
- if (r1->y2 == ybot) r1 = r1BandEnd;
- if (r2->y2 == ybot) r2 = r2BandEnd;
-
- } while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);
-
- /*
- * Deal with whichever region (if any) still has rectangles left.
- *
- * We only need to worry about banding and coalescing for the very first
- * band left. After that, we can just group all remaining boxes,
- * regardless of how many bands, into one final append to the list.
- */
-
- if ((r1 != r1End) && appendNon1) {
- /* Do first nonOverlap1Func call, which may be able to coalesce */
- FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, max(r1y1, ybot), r1->y2);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- /* Just append the rest of the boxes */
- AppendRegions(newReg, r1BandEnd, r1End);
-
- } else if ((r2 != r2End) && appendNon2) {
- /* Do first nonOverlap2Func call, which may be able to coalesce */
- FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);
- curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
- RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, max(r2y1, ybot), r2->y2);
- Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
- /* Append rest of boxes */
- AppendRegions(newReg, r2BandEnd, r2End);
- }
-
- free(oldData);
-
- if (!(numRects = newReg->data->numRects))
- {
- xfreeData(newReg);
- newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
- }
- else if (numRects == 1)
- {
- newReg->extents = *RegionBoxptr(newReg);
- xfreeData(newReg);
- newReg->data = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- DOWNSIZE(newReg, numRects);
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionSetExtents --
- * Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by
- * Subtract and Intersect as they can't figure it out along the
- * way or do so easily, as Union can.
- *
- * Results:
- * None.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static void
-RegionSetExtents (RegionPtr pReg)
-{
- BoxPtr pBox, pBoxEnd;
-
- if (!pReg->data)
- return;
- if (!pReg->data->size)
- {
- pReg->extents.x2 = pReg->extents.x1;
- pReg->extents.y2 = pReg->extents.y1;
- return;
- }
-
- pBox = RegionBoxptr(pReg);
- pBoxEnd = RegionEnd(pReg);
-
- /*
- * Since pBox is the first rectangle in the region, it must have the
- * smallest y1 and since pBoxEnd is the last rectangle in the region,
- * it must have the largest y2, because of banding. Initialize x1 and
- * x2 from pBox and pBoxEnd, resp., as good things to initialize them
- * to...
- */
- pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;
- pReg->extents.y1 = pBox->y1;
- pReg->extents.x2 = pBoxEnd->x2;
- pReg->extents.y2 = pBoxEnd->y2;
-
- assert(pReg->extents.y1 < pReg->extents.y2);
- while (pBox <= pBoxEnd) {
- if (pBox->x1 < pReg->extents.x1)
- pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;
- if (pBox->x2 > pReg->extents.x2)
- pReg->extents.x2 = pBox->x2;
- pBox++;
- };
-
- assert(pReg->extents.x1 < pReg->extents.x2);
-}
-
-/*======================================================================
- * Region Intersection
- *====================================================================*/
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionIntersectO --
- * Handle an overlapping band for RegionIntersect.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * Rectangles may be added to the region.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-/*ARGSUSED*/
-
-#define MERGERECT(r) \
-{ \
- if (r->x1 <= x2) { \
- /* Merge with current rectangle */ \
- if (r->x1 < x2) *pOverlap = TRUE; \
- if (x2 < r->x2) x2 = r->x2; \
- } else { \
- /* Add current rectangle, start new one */ \
- NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2); \
- x1 = r->x1; \
- x2 = r->x2; \
- } \
- r++; \
-}
-
-/*======================================================================
- * Region Union
- *====================================================================*/
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionUnionO --
- * Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the
- * left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * pReg is overwritten.
- * pOverlap is set to TRUE if any boxes overlap.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static Bool
-RegionUnionO (
- RegionPtr pReg,
- BoxPtr r1,
- BoxPtr r1End,
- BoxPtr r2,
- BoxPtr r2End,
- short y1,
- short y2,
- Bool *pOverlap)
-{
- BoxPtr pNextRect;
- int x1; /* left and right side of current union */
- int x2;
-
- assert (y1 < y2);
- assert(r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);
-
- pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);
-
- /* Start off current rectangle */
- if (r1->x1 < r2->x1)
- {
- x1 = r1->x1;
- x2 = r1->x2;
- r1++;
- }
- else
- {
- x1 = r2->x1;
- x2 = r2->x2;
- r2++;
- }
- while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End)
- {
- if (r1->x1 < r2->x1) MERGERECT(r1) else MERGERECT(r2);
- }
-
- /* Finish off whoever (if any) is left */
- if (r1 != r1End)
- {
- do
- {
- MERGERECT(r1);
- } while (r1 != r1End);
- }
- else if (r2 != r2End)
- {
- do
- {
- MERGERECT(r2);
- } while (r2 != r2End);
- }
-
- /* Add current rectangle */
- NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*======================================================================
- * Batch Rectangle Union
- *====================================================================*/
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionAppend --
- *
- * "Append" the rgn rectangles onto the end of dstrgn, maintaining
- * knowledge of YX-banding when it's easy. Otherwise, dstrgn just
- * becomes a non-y-x-banded random collection of rectangles, and not
- * yet a true region. After a sequence of appends, the caller must
- * call RegionValidate to ensure that a valid region is constructed.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * dstrgn is modified if rgn has rectangles.
- *
- */
-Bool
-RegionAppend(RegionPtr dstrgn, RegionPtr rgn)
-{
- int numRects, dnumRects, size;
- BoxPtr new, old;
- Bool prepend;
-
- if (RegionNar(rgn))
- return RegionBreak (dstrgn);
-
- if (!rgn->data && (dstrgn->data == &RegionEmptyData))
- {
- dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;
- dstrgn->data = NULL;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- numRects = RegionNumRects(rgn);
- if (!numRects)
- return TRUE;
- prepend = FALSE;
- size = numRects;
- dnumRects = RegionNumRects(dstrgn);
- if (!dnumRects && (size < 200))
- size = 200; /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */
- RECTALLOC(dstrgn, size);
- old = RegionRects(rgn);
- if (!dnumRects)
- dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;
- else if (dstrgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x1)
- {
- BoxPtr first, last;
-
- first = old;
- last = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + (dnumRects - 1);
- if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||
- ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&
- (first->x1 > last->x2)))
- {
- if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)
- dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
- if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)
- dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
- dstrgn->extents.y2 = rgn->extents.y2;
- }
- else
- {
- first = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
- last = old + (numRects - 1);
- if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||
- ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&
- (first->x1 > last->x2)))
- {
- prepend = TRUE;
- if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)
- dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
- if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)
- dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
- dstrgn->extents.y1 = rgn->extents.y1;
- }
- else
- dstrgn->extents.x2 = dstrgn->extents.x1;
- }
- }
- if (prepend)
- {
- new = RegionBox(dstrgn, numRects);
- if (dnumRects == 1)
- *new = *RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
- else
- memmove((char *)new,(char *)RegionBoxptr(dstrgn),
- dnumRects * sizeof(BoxRec));
- new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
- }
- else
- new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + dnumRects;
- if (numRects == 1)
- *new = *old;
- else
- memmove((char *)new, (char *)old, numRects * sizeof(BoxRec));
- dstrgn->data->numRects += numRects;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-#define ExchangeRects(a, b) \
-{ \
- BoxRec t; \
- t = rects[a]; \
- rects[a] = rects[b]; \
- rects[b] = t; \
-}
-
-static void
-QuickSortRects(
- BoxRec rects[],
- int numRects)
-{
- int y1;
- int x1;
- int i, j;
- BoxPtr r;
-
- /* Always called with numRects > 1 */
-
- do
- {
- if (numRects == 2)
- {
- if (rects[0].y1 > rects[1].y1 ||
- (rects[0].y1 == rects[1].y1 && rects[0].x1 > rects[1].x1))
- ExchangeRects(0, 1);
- return;
- }
-
- /* Choose partition element, stick in location 0 */
- ExchangeRects(0, numRects >> 1);
- y1 = rects[0].y1;
- x1 = rects[0].x1;
-
- /* Partition array */
- i = 0;
- j = numRects;
- do
- {
- r = &(rects[i]);
- do
- {
- r++;
- i++;
- } while (i != numRects &&
- (r->y1 < y1 || (r->y1 == y1 && r->x1 < x1)));
- r = &(rects[j]);
- do
- {
- r--;
- j--;
- } while (y1 < r->y1 || (y1 == r->y1 && x1 < r->x1));
- if (i < j)
- ExchangeRects(i, j);
- } while (i < j);
-
- /* Move partition element back to middle */
- ExchangeRects(0, j);
-
- /* Recurse */
- if (numRects-j-1 > 1)
- QuickSortRects(&rects[j+1], numRects-j-1);
- numRects = j;
- } while (numRects > 1);
-}
-
-/*-
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * RegionValidate --
- *
- * Take a ``region'' which is a non-y-x-banded random collection of
- * rectangles, and compute a nice region which is the union of all the
- * rectangles.
- *
- * Results:
- * TRUE if successful.
- *
- * Side Effects:
- * The passed-in ``region'' may be modified.
- * pOverlap set to TRUE if any retangles overlapped, else FALSE;
- *
- * Strategy:
- * Step 1. Sort the rectangles into ascending order with primary key y1
- * and secondary key x1.
- *
- * Step 2. Split the rectangles into the minimum number of proper y-x
- * banded regions. This may require horizontally merging
- * rectangles, and vertically coalescing bands. With any luck,
- * this step in an identity tranformation (ala the Box widget),
- * or a coalescing into 1 box (ala Menus).
- *
- * Step 3. Merge the separate regions down to a single region by calling
- * Union. Maximize the work each Union call does by using
- * a binary merge.
- *
- *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-Bool
-RegionValidate(RegionPtr badreg, Bool *pOverlap)
-{
- /* Descriptor for regions under construction in Step 2. */
- typedef struct {
- RegionRec reg;
- int prevBand;
- int curBand;
- } RegionInfo;
-
- int numRects; /* Original numRects for badreg */
- RegionInfo *ri; /* Array of current regions */
- int numRI; /* Number of entries used in ri */
- int sizeRI; /* Number of entries available in ri */
- int i; /* Index into rects */
- int j; /* Index into ri */
- RegionInfo *rit; /* &ri[j] */
- RegionPtr reg; /* ri[j].reg */
- BoxPtr box; /* Current box in rects */
- BoxPtr riBox; /* Last box in ri[j].reg */
- RegionPtr hreg; /* ri[j_half].reg */
- Bool ret = TRUE;
-
- *pOverlap = FALSE;
- if (!badreg->data)
- {
- good(badreg);
- return TRUE;
- }
- numRects = badreg->data->numRects;
- if (!numRects)
- {
- if (RegionNar(badreg))
- return FALSE;
- good(badreg);
- return TRUE;
- }
- if (badreg->extents.x1 < badreg->extents.x2)
- {
- if ((numRects) == 1)
- {
- xfreeData(badreg);
- badreg->data = (RegDataPtr) NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- DOWNSIZE(badreg, numRects);
- }
- good(badreg);
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Step 1: Sort the rects array into ascending (y1, x1) order */
- QuickSortRects(RegionBoxptr(badreg), numRects);
-
- /* Step 2: Scatter the sorted array into the minimum number of regions */
-
- /* Set up the first region to be the first rectangle in badreg */
- /* Note that step 2 code will never overflow the ri[0].reg rects array */
- ri = (RegionInfo *) malloc(4 * sizeof(RegionInfo));
- if (!ri)
- return RegionBreak (badreg);
- sizeRI = 4;
- numRI = 1;
- ri[0].prevBand = 0;
- ri[0].curBand = 0;
- ri[0].reg = *badreg;
- box = RegionBoxptr(&ri[0].reg);
- ri[0].reg.extents = *box;
- ri[0].reg.data->numRects = 1;
-
- /* Now scatter rectangles into the minimum set of valid regions. If the
- next rectangle to be added to a region would force an existing rectangle
- in the region to be split up in order to maintain y-x banding, just
- forget it. Try the next region. If it doesn't fit cleanly into any
- region, make a new one. */
-
- for (i = numRects; --i > 0;)
- {
- box++;
- /* Look for a region to append box to */
- for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)
- {
- reg = &rit->reg;
- riBox = RegionEnd(reg);
-
- if (box->y1 == riBox->y1 && box->y2 == riBox->y2)
- {
- /* box is in same band as riBox. Merge or append it */
- if (box->x1 <= riBox->x2)
- {
- /* Merge it with riBox */
- if (box->x1 < riBox->x2) *pOverlap = TRUE;
- if (box->x2 > riBox->x2) riBox->x2 = box->x2;
- }
- else
- {
- RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);
- *RegionTop(reg) = *box;
- reg->data->numRects++;
- }
- goto NextRect; /* So sue me */
- }
- else if (box->y1 >= riBox->y2)
- {
- /* Put box into new band */
- if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;
- if (reg->extents.x1 > box->x1) reg->extents.x1 = box->x1;
- Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);
- rit->curBand = reg->data->numRects;
- RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);
- *RegionTop(reg) = *box;
- reg->data->numRects++;
- goto NextRect;
- }
- /* Well, this region was inappropriate. Try the next one. */
- } /* for j */
-
- /* Uh-oh. No regions were appropriate. Create a new one. */
- if (sizeRI == numRI)
- {
- /* Oops, allocate space for new region information */
- sizeRI <<= 1;
- rit = (RegionInfo *) realloc(ri, sizeRI * sizeof(RegionInfo));
- if (!rit)
- goto bail;
- ri = rit;
- rit = &ri[numRI];
- }
- numRI++;
- rit->prevBand = 0;
- rit->curBand = 0;
- rit->reg.extents = *box;
- rit->reg.data = NULL;
- if (!RegionRectAlloc(&rit->reg, (i+numRI) / numRI)) /* MUST force allocation */
- goto bail;
-NextRect: ;
- } /* for i */
-
- /* Make a final pass over each region in order to Coalesce and set
- extents.x2 and extents.y2 */
-
- for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)
- {
- reg = &rit->reg;
- riBox = RegionEnd(reg);
- reg->extents.y2 = riBox->y2;
- if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;
- Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);
- if (reg->data->numRects == 1) /* keep unions happy below */
- {
- xfreeData(reg);
- reg->data = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- /* Step 3: Union all regions into a single region */
- while (numRI > 1)
- {
- int half = numRI/2;
- for (j = numRI & 1; j < (half + (numRI & 1)); j++)
- {
- reg = &ri[j].reg;
- hreg = &ri[j+half].reg;
- if (!RegionOp(reg, reg, hreg, RegionUnionO, TRUE, TRUE, pOverlap))
- ret = FALSE;
- if (hreg->extents.x1 < reg->extents.x1)
- reg->extents.x1 = hreg->extents.x1;
- if (hreg->extents.y1 < reg->extents.y1)
- reg->extents.y1 = hreg->extents.y1;
- if (hreg->extents.x2 > reg->extents.x2)
- reg->extents.x2 = hreg->extents.x2;
- if (hreg->extents.y2 > reg->extents.y2)
- reg->extents.y2 = hreg->extents.y2;
- xfreeData(hreg);
- }
- numRI -= half;
- }
- *badreg = ri[0].reg;
- free(ri);
- good(badreg);
- return ret;
-bail:
- for (i = 0; i < numRI; i++)
- xfreeData(&ri[i].reg);
- free(ri);
- return RegionBreak (badreg);
-}
-
-RegionPtr
-RegionFromRects(int nrects, xRectangle *prect, int ctype)
-{
-
- RegionPtr pRgn;
- RegDataPtr pData;
- BoxPtr pBox;
- int i;
- int x1, y1, x2, y2;
-
- pRgn = RegionCreate(NullBox, 0);
- if (RegionNar (pRgn))
- return pRgn;
- if (!nrects)
- return pRgn;
- if (nrects == 1)
- {
- x1 = prect->x;
- y1 = prect->y;
- if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)
- x2 = MAXSHORT;
- if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)
- y2 = MAXSHORT;
- if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)
- {
- pRgn->extents.x1 = x1;
- pRgn->extents.y1 = y1;
- pRgn->extents.x2 = x2;
- pRgn->extents.y2 = y2;
- pRgn->data = NULL;
- }
- return pRgn;
- }
- pData = xallocData(nrects);
- if (!pData)
- {
- RegionBreak (pRgn);
- return pRgn;
- }
- pBox = (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);
- for (i = nrects; --i >= 0; prect++)
- {
- x1 = prect->x;
- y1 = prect->y;
- if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)
- x2 = MAXSHORT;
- if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)
- y2 = MAXSHORT;
- if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)
- {
- pBox->x1 = x1;
- pBox->y1 = y1;
- pBox->x2 = x2;
- pBox->y2 = y2;
- pBox++;
- }
- }
- if (pBox != (BoxPtr) (pData + 1))
- {
- pData->size = nrects;
- pData->numRects = pBox - (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);
- pRgn->data = pData;
- if (ctype != CT_YXBANDED)
- {
- Bool overlap; /* result ignored */
- pRgn->extents.x1 = pRgn->extents.x2 = 0;
- RegionValidate(pRgn, &overlap);
- }
- else
- RegionSetExtents(pRgn);
- good(pRgn);
- }
- else
- {
- free(pData);
- }
- return pRgn;
-}
+/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by
+Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "regionstr.h"
+#include <X11/Xprotostr.h>
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+#include "gc.h"
+#include <pixman.h>
+
+#undef assert
+#ifdef REGION_DEBUG
+#define assert(expr) { \
+ CARD32 *foo = NULL; \
+ if (!(expr)) { \
+ ErrorF("Assertion failed file %s, line %d: %s\n", \
+ __FILE__, __LINE__, #expr); \
+ *foo = 0xdeadbeef; /* to get a backtrace */ \
+ } \
+ }
+#else
+#define assert(expr)
+#endif
+
+#define good(reg) assert(RegionIsValid(reg))
+
+/*
+ * The functions in this file implement the Region abstraction used extensively
+ * throughout the X11 sample server. A Region is simply a set of disjoint
+ * (non-overlapping) rectangles, plus an "extent" rectangle which is the
+ * smallest single rectangle that contains all the non-overlapping rectangles.
+ *
+ * A Region is implemented as a "y-x-banded" array of rectangles. This array
+ * imposes two degrees of order. First, all rectangles are sorted by top side
+ * y coordinate first (y1), and then by left side x coordinate (x1).
+ *
+ * Furthermore, the rectangles are grouped into "bands". Each rectangle in a
+ * band has the same top y coordinate (y1), and each has the same bottom y
+ * coordinate (y2). Thus all rectangles in a band differ only in their left
+ * and right side (x1 and x2). Bands are implicit in the array of rectangles:
+ * there is no separate list of band start pointers.
+ *
+ * The y-x band representation does not minimize rectangles. In particular,
+ * if a rectangle vertically crosses a band (the rectangle has scanlines in
+ * the y1 to y2 area spanned by the band), then the rectangle may be broken
+ * down into two or more smaller rectangles stacked one atop the other.
+ *
+ * ----------- -----------
+ * | | | | band 0
+ * | | -------- ----------- --------
+ * | | | | in y-x banded | | | | band 1
+ * | | | | form is | | | |
+ * ----------- | | ----------- --------
+ * | | | | band 2
+ * -------- --------
+ *
+ * An added constraint on the rectangles is that they must cover as much
+ * horizontal area as possible: no two rectangles within a band are allowed
+ * to touch.
+ *
+ * Whenever possible, bands will be merged together to cover a greater vertical
+ * distance (and thus reduce the number of rectangles). Two bands can be merged
+ * only if the bottom of one touches the top of the other and they have
+ * rectangles in the same places (of the same width, of course).
+ *
+ * Adam de Boor wrote most of the original region code. Joel McCormack
+ * substantially modified or rewrote most of the core arithmetic routines,
+ * and added RegionValidate in order to support several speed improvements
+ * to miValidateTree. Bob Scheifler changed the representation to be more
+ * compact when empty or a single rectangle, and did a bunch of gratuitous
+ * reformatting.
+ */
+
+/* true iff two Boxes overlap */
+#define EXTENTCHECK(r1,r2) \
+ (!( ((r1)->x2 <= (r2)->x1) || \
+ ((r1)->x1 >= (r2)->x2) || \
+ ((r1)->y2 <= (r2)->y1) || \
+ ((r1)->y1 >= (r2)->y2) ) )
+
+/* true iff (x,y) is in Box */
+#define INBOX(r,x,y) \
+ ( ((r)->x2 > x) && \
+ ((r)->x1 <= x) && \
+ ((r)->y2 > y) && \
+ ((r)->y1 <= y) )
+
+/* true iff Box r1 contains Box r2 */
+#define SUBSUMES(r1,r2) \
+ ( ((r1)->x1 <= (r2)->x1) && \
+ ((r1)->x2 >= (r2)->x2) && \
+ ((r1)->y1 <= (r2)->y1) && \
+ ((r1)->y2 >= (r2)->y2) )
+
+#define xallocData(n) malloc(RegionSizeof(n))
+#define xfreeData(reg) if ((reg)->data && (reg)->data->size) free((reg)->data)
+
+#define RECTALLOC_BAIL(pReg,n,bail) \
+if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \
+ if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { goto bail; }
+
+#define RECTALLOC(pReg,n) \
+if (!(pReg)->data || (((pReg)->data->numRects + (n)) > (pReg)->data->size)) \
+ if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, n)) { return FALSE; }
+
+#define ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2) \
+{ \
+ pNextRect->x1 = nx1; \
+ pNextRect->y1 = ny1; \
+ pNextRect->x2 = nx2; \
+ pNextRect->y2 = ny2; \
+ pNextRect++; \
+}
+
+#define NEWRECT(pReg,pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2) \
+{ \
+ if (!(pReg)->data || ((pReg)->data->numRects == (pReg)->data->size))\
+ { \
+ if (!RegionRectAlloc(pReg, 1)) \
+ return FALSE; \
+ pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg); \
+ } \
+ ADDRECT(pNextRect,nx1,ny1,nx2,ny2); \
+ pReg->data->numRects++; \
+ assert(pReg->data->numRects<=pReg->data->size); \
+}
+
+
+#define DOWNSIZE(reg,numRects) \
+if (((numRects) < ((reg)->data->size >> 1)) && ((reg)->data->size > 50)) \
+{ \
+ RegDataPtr NewData; \
+ NewData = (RegDataPtr)realloc((reg)->data, RegionSizeof(numRects)); \
+ if (NewData) \
+ { \
+ NewData->size = (numRects); \
+ (reg)->data = NewData; \
+ } \
+}
+
+
+BoxRec RegionEmptyBox = {0, 0, 0, 0};
+RegDataRec RegionEmptyData = {0, 0};
+
+RegDataRec RegionBrokenData = {0, 0};
+static RegionRec RegionBrokenRegion = { { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, &RegionBrokenData };
+
+void
+InitRegions (void)
+{
+ pixman_region_set_static_pointers (&RegionEmptyBox, &RegionEmptyData, &RegionBrokenData);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************
+ * RegionCreate(rect, size)
+ * This routine does a simple malloc to make a structure of
+ * REGION of "size" number of rectangles.
+ *****************************************************************/
+
+RegionPtr
+RegionCreate(BoxPtr rect, int size)
+{
+ RegionPtr pReg;
+
+ pReg = (RegionPtr)malloc(sizeof(RegionRec));
+ if (!pReg)
+ return &RegionBrokenRegion;
+
+ RegionInit (pReg, rect, size);
+
+ return pReg;
+}
+
+void
+RegionDestroy(RegionPtr pReg)
+{
+ pixman_region_fini (pReg);
+ if (pReg != &RegionBrokenRegion)
+ free(pReg);
+}
+
+void
+RegionPrint(RegionPtr rgn)
+{
+ int num, size;
+ int i;
+ BoxPtr rects;
+
+ num = RegionNumRects(rgn);
+ size = RegionSize(rgn);
+ rects = RegionRects(rgn);
+ ErrorF("[mi] num: %d size: %d\n", num, size);
+ ErrorF("[mi] extents: %d %d %d %d\n",
+ rgn->extents.x1, rgn->extents.y1, rgn->extents.x2, rgn->extents.y2);
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+ ErrorF("[mi] %d %d %d %d \n",
+ rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1, rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);
+ ErrorF("[mi] \n");
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+Bool
+RegionIsValid(RegionPtr reg)
+{
+ int i, numRects;
+
+ if ((reg->extents.x1 > reg->extents.x2) ||
+ (reg->extents.y1 > reg->extents.y2))
+ return FALSE;
+ numRects = RegionNumRects(reg);
+ if (!numRects)
+ return ((reg->extents.x1 == reg->extents.x2) &&
+ (reg->extents.y1 == reg->extents.y2) &&
+ (reg->data->size || (reg->data == &RegionEmptyData)));
+ else if (numRects == 1)
+ return !reg->data;
+ else
+ {
+ BoxPtr pboxP, pboxN;
+ BoxRec box;
+
+ pboxP = RegionRects(reg);
+ box = *pboxP;
+ box.y2 = pboxP[numRects-1].y2;
+ pboxN = pboxP + 1;
+ for (i = numRects; --i > 0; pboxP++, pboxN++)
+ {
+ if ((pboxN->x1 >= pboxN->x2) ||
+ (pboxN->y1 >= pboxN->y2))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (pboxN->x1 < box.x1)
+ box.x1 = pboxN->x1;
+ if (pboxN->x2 > box.x2)
+ box.x2 = pboxN->x2;
+ if ((pboxN->y1 < pboxP->y1) ||
+ ((pboxN->y1 == pboxP->y1) &&
+ ((pboxN->x1 < pboxP->x2) || (pboxN->y2 != pboxP->y2))))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return ((box.x1 == reg->extents.x1) &&
+ (box.x2 == reg->extents.x2) &&
+ (box.y1 == reg->extents.y1) &&
+ (box.y2 == reg->extents.y2));
+ }
+}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+Bool
+RegionBreak (RegionPtr pReg)
+{
+ xfreeData (pReg);
+ pReg->extents = RegionEmptyBox;
+ pReg->data = &RegionBrokenData;
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+Bool
+RegionRectAlloc(RegionPtr pRgn, int n)
+{
+ RegDataPtr data;
+
+ if (!pRgn->data)
+ {
+ n++;
+ pRgn->data = xallocData(n);
+ if (!pRgn->data)
+ return RegionBreak (pRgn);
+ pRgn->data->numRects = 1;
+ *RegionBoxptr(pRgn) = pRgn->extents;
+ }
+ else if (!pRgn->data->size)
+ {
+ pRgn->data = xallocData(n);
+ if (!pRgn->data)
+ return RegionBreak (pRgn);
+ pRgn->data->numRects = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (n == 1)
+ {
+ n = pRgn->data->numRects;
+ if (n > 500) /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */
+ n = 250;
+ }
+ n += pRgn->data->numRects;
+ data = (RegDataPtr)realloc(pRgn->data, RegionSizeof(n));
+ if (!data)
+ return RegionBreak (pRgn);
+ pRgn->data = data;
+ }
+ pRgn->data->size = n;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ * Generic Region Operator
+ *====================================================================*/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionCoalesce --
+ * Attempt to merge the boxes in the current band with those in the
+ * previous one. We are guaranteed that the current band extends to
+ * the end of the rects array. Used only by RegionOp.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The new index for the previous band.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * If coalescing takes place:
+ * - rectangles in the previous band will have their y2 fields
+ * altered.
+ * - pReg->data->numRects will be decreased.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+_X_INLINE static int
+RegionCoalesce (
+ RegionPtr pReg, /* Region to coalesce */
+ int prevStart, /* Index of start of previous band */
+ int curStart) /* Index of start of current band */
+{
+ BoxPtr pPrevBox; /* Current box in previous band */
+ BoxPtr pCurBox; /* Current box in current band */
+ int numRects; /* Number rectangles in both bands */
+ int y2; /* Bottom of current band */
+ /*
+ * Figure out how many rectangles are in the band.
+ */
+ numRects = curStart - prevStart;
+ assert(numRects == pReg->data->numRects - curStart);
+
+ if (!numRects) return curStart;
+
+ /*
+ * The bands may only be coalesced if the bottom of the previous
+ * matches the top scanline of the current.
+ */
+ pPrevBox = RegionBox(pReg, prevStart);
+ pCurBox = RegionBox(pReg, curStart);
+ if (pPrevBox->y2 != pCurBox->y1) return curStart;
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure the bands have boxes in the same places. This
+ * assumes that boxes have been added in such a way that they
+ * cover the most area possible. I.e. two boxes in a band must
+ * have some horizontal space between them.
+ */
+ y2 = pCurBox->y2;
+
+ do {
+ if ((pPrevBox->x1 != pCurBox->x1) || (pPrevBox->x2 != pCurBox->x2)) {
+ return curStart;
+ }
+ pPrevBox++;
+ pCurBox++;
+ numRects--;
+ } while (numRects);
+
+ /*
+ * The bands may be merged, so set the bottom y of each box
+ * in the previous band to the bottom y of the current band.
+ */
+ numRects = curStart - prevStart;
+ pReg->data->numRects -= numRects;
+ do {
+ pPrevBox--;
+ pPrevBox->y2 = y2;
+ numRects--;
+ } while (numRects);
+ return prevStart;
+}
+
+
+/* Quicky macro to avoid trivial reject procedure calls to RegionCoalesce */
+
+#define Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand) \
+ if (curBand - prevBand == newReg->data->numRects - curBand) { \
+ prevBand = RegionCoalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand); \
+ } else { \
+ prevBand = curBand; \
+ }
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionAppendNonO --
+ * Handle a non-overlapping band for the union and subtract operations.
+ * Just adds the (top/bottom-clipped) rectangles into the region.
+ * Doesn't have to check for subsumption or anything.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * pReg->data->numRects is incremented and the rectangles overwritten
+ * with the rectangles we're passed.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+_X_INLINE static Bool
+RegionAppendNonO (
+ RegionPtr pReg,
+ BoxPtr r,
+ BoxPtr rEnd,
+ int y1,
+ int y2)
+{
+ BoxPtr pNextRect;
+ int newRects;
+
+ newRects = rEnd - r;
+
+ assert(y1 < y2);
+ assert(newRects != 0);
+
+ /* Make sure we have enough space for all rectangles to be added */
+ RECTALLOC(pReg, newRects);
+ pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);
+ pReg->data->numRects += newRects;
+ do {
+ assert(r->x1 < r->x2);
+ ADDRECT(pNextRect, r->x1, y1, r->x2, y2);
+ r++;
+ } while (r != rEnd);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+#define FindBand(r, rBandEnd, rEnd, ry1) \
+{ \
+ ry1 = r->y1; \
+ rBandEnd = r+1; \
+ while ((rBandEnd != rEnd) && (rBandEnd->y1 == ry1)) { \
+ rBandEnd++; \
+ } \
+}
+
+#define AppendRegions(newReg, r, rEnd) \
+{ \
+ int newRects; \
+ if ((newRects = rEnd - r)) { \
+ RECTALLOC(newReg, newRects); \
+ memmove((char *)RegionTop(newReg),(char *)r, \
+ newRects * sizeof(BoxRec)); \
+ newReg->data->numRects += newRects; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionOp --
+ * Apply an operation to two regions. Called by RegionUnion, RegionInverse,
+ * RegionSubtract, RegionIntersect.... Both regions MUST have at least one
+ * rectangle, and cannot be the same object.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The new region is overwritten.
+ * pOverlap set to TRUE if overlapFunc ever returns TRUE.
+ *
+ * Notes:
+ * The idea behind this function is to view the two regions as sets.
+ * Together they cover a rectangle of area that this function divides
+ * into horizontal bands where points are covered only by one region
+ * or by both. For the first case, the nonOverlapFunc is called with
+ * each the band and the band's upper and lower extents. For the
+ * second, the overlapFunc is called to process the entire band. It
+ * is responsible for clipping the rectangles in the band, though
+ * this function provides the boundaries.
+ * At the end of each band, the new region is coalesced, if possible,
+ * to reduce the number of rectangles in the region.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+typedef Bool (*OverlapProcPtr)(
+ RegionPtr pReg,
+ BoxPtr r1,
+ BoxPtr r1End,
+ BoxPtr r2,
+ BoxPtr r2End,
+ short y1,
+ short y2,
+ Bool *pOverlap);
+
+static Bool
+RegionOp(
+ RegionPtr newReg, /* Place to store result */
+ RegionPtr reg1, /* First region in operation */
+ RegionPtr reg2, /* 2d region in operation */
+ OverlapProcPtr overlapFunc, /* Function to call for over-
+ * lapping bands */
+ Bool appendNon1, /* Append non-overlapping bands */
+ /* in region 1 ? */
+ Bool appendNon2, /* Append non-overlapping bands */
+ /* in region 2 ? */
+ Bool *pOverlap)
+{
+ BoxPtr r1; /* Pointer into first region */
+ BoxPtr r2; /* Pointer into 2d region */
+ BoxPtr r1End; /* End of 1st region */
+ BoxPtr r2End; /* End of 2d region */
+ short ybot; /* Bottom of intersection */
+ short ytop; /* Top of intersection */
+ RegDataPtr oldData; /* Old data for newReg */
+ int prevBand; /* Index of start of
+ * previous band in newReg */
+ int curBand; /* Index of start of current
+ * band in newReg */
+ BoxPtr r1BandEnd; /* End of current band in r1 */
+ BoxPtr r2BandEnd; /* End of current band in r2 */
+ short top; /* Top of non-overlapping band */
+ short bot; /* Bottom of non-overlapping band*/
+ int r1y1; /* Temps for r1->y1 and r2->y1 */
+ int r2y1;
+ int newSize;
+ int numRects;
+
+ /*
+ * Break any region computed from a broken region
+ */
+ if (RegionNar (reg1) || RegionNar(reg2))
+ return RegionBreak (newReg);
+
+ /*
+ * Initialization:
+ * set r1, r2, r1End and r2End appropriately, save the rectangles
+ * of the destination region until the end in case it's one of
+ * the two source regions, then mark the "new" region empty, allocating
+ * another array of rectangles for it to use.
+ */
+
+ r1 = RegionRects(reg1);
+ newSize = RegionNumRects(reg1);
+ r1End = r1 + newSize;
+ numRects = RegionNumRects(reg2);
+ r2 = RegionRects(reg2);
+ r2End = r2 + numRects;
+ assert(r1 != r1End);
+ assert(r2 != r2End);
+
+ oldData = NULL;
+ if (((newReg == reg1) && (newSize > 1)) ||
+ ((newReg == reg2) && (numRects > 1)))
+ {
+ oldData = newReg->data;
+ newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
+ }
+ /* guess at new size */
+ if (numRects > newSize)
+ newSize = numRects;
+ newSize <<= 1;
+ if (!newReg->data)
+ newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
+ else if (newReg->data->size)
+ newReg->data->numRects = 0;
+ if (newSize > newReg->data->size)
+ if (!RegionRectAlloc(newReg, newSize))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * Initialize ybot.
+ * In the upcoming loop, ybot and ytop serve different functions depending
+ * on whether the band being handled is an overlapping or non-overlapping
+ * band.
+ * In the case of a non-overlapping band (only one of the regions
+ * has points in the band), ybot is the bottom of the most recent
+ * intersection and thus clips the top of the rectangles in that band.
+ * ytop is the top of the next intersection between the two regions and
+ * serves to clip the bottom of the rectangles in the current band.
+ * For an overlapping band (where the two regions intersect), ytop clips
+ * the top of the rectangles of both regions and ybot clips the bottoms.
+ */
+
+ ybot = min(r1->y1, r2->y1);
+
+ /*
+ * prevBand serves to mark the start of the previous band so rectangles
+ * can be coalesced into larger rectangles. qv. RegionCoalesce, above.
+ * In the beginning, there is no previous band, so prevBand == curBand
+ * (curBand is set later on, of course, but the first band will always
+ * start at index 0). prevBand and curBand must be indices because of
+ * the possible expansion, and resultant moving, of the new region's
+ * array of rectangles.
+ */
+ prevBand = 0;
+
+ do {
+ /*
+ * This algorithm proceeds one source-band (as opposed to a
+ * destination band, which is determined by where the two regions
+ * intersect) at a time. r1BandEnd and r2BandEnd serve to mark the
+ * rectangle after the last one in the current band for their
+ * respective regions.
+ */
+ assert(r1 != r1End);
+ assert(r2 != r2End);
+
+ FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);
+ FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);
+
+ /*
+ * First handle the band that doesn't intersect, if any.
+ *
+ * Note that attention is restricted to one band in the
+ * non-intersecting region at once, so if a region has n
+ * bands between the current position and the next place it overlaps
+ * the other, this entire loop will be passed through n times.
+ */
+ if (r1y1 < r2y1) {
+ if (appendNon1) {
+ top = max(r1y1, ybot);
+ bot = min(r1->y2, r2y1);
+ if (top != bot) {
+ curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+ RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, top, bot);
+ Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+ }
+ }
+ ytop = r2y1;
+ } else if (r2y1 < r1y1) {
+ if (appendNon2) {
+ top = max(r2y1, ybot);
+ bot = min(r2->y2, r1y1);
+ if (top != bot) {
+ curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+ RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, top, bot);
+ Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+ }
+ }
+ ytop = r1y1;
+ } else {
+ ytop = r1y1;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now see if we've hit an intersecting band. The two bands only
+ * intersect if ybot > ytop
+ */
+ ybot = min(r1->y2, r2->y2);
+ if (ybot > ytop) {
+ curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+ (* overlapFunc)(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, r2, r2BandEnd, ytop, ybot,
+ pOverlap);
+ Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we've finished with a band (y2 == ybot) we skip forward
+ * in the region to the next band.
+ */
+ if (r1->y2 == ybot) r1 = r1BandEnd;
+ if (r2->y2 == ybot) r2 = r2BandEnd;
+
+ } while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);
+
+ /*
+ * Deal with whichever region (if any) still has rectangles left.
+ *
+ * We only need to worry about banding and coalescing for the very first
+ * band left. After that, we can just group all remaining boxes,
+ * regardless of how many bands, into one final append to the list.
+ */
+
+ if ((r1 != r1End) && appendNon1) {
+ /* Do first nonOverlap1Func call, which may be able to coalesce */
+ FindBand(r1, r1BandEnd, r1End, r1y1);
+ curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+ RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r1, r1BandEnd, max(r1y1, ybot), r1->y2);
+ Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+ /* Just append the rest of the boxes */
+ AppendRegions(newReg, r1BandEnd, r1End);
+
+ } else if ((r2 != r2End) && appendNon2) {
+ /* Do first nonOverlap2Func call, which may be able to coalesce */
+ FindBand(r2, r2BandEnd, r2End, r2y1);
+ curBand = newReg->data->numRects;
+ RegionAppendNonO(newReg, r2, r2BandEnd, max(r2y1, ybot), r2->y2);
+ Coalesce(newReg, prevBand, curBand);
+ /* Append rest of boxes */
+ AppendRegions(newReg, r2BandEnd, r2End);
+ }
+
+ free(oldData);
+
+ if (!(numRects = newReg->data->numRects))
+ {
+ xfreeData(newReg);
+ newReg->data = &RegionEmptyData;
+ }
+ else if (numRects == 1)
+ {
+ newReg->extents = *RegionBoxptr(newReg);
+ xfreeData(newReg);
+ newReg->data = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DOWNSIZE(newReg, numRects);
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionSetExtents --
+ * Reset the extents of a region to what they should be. Called by
+ * Subtract and Intersect as they can't figure it out along the
+ * way or do so easily, as Union can.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * None.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The region's 'extents' structure is overwritten.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+RegionSetExtents (RegionPtr pReg)
+{
+ BoxPtr pBox, pBoxEnd;
+
+ if (!pReg->data)
+ return;
+ if (!pReg->data->size)
+ {
+ pReg->extents.x2 = pReg->extents.x1;
+ pReg->extents.y2 = pReg->extents.y1;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ pBox = RegionBoxptr(pReg);
+ pBoxEnd = RegionEnd(pReg);
+
+ /*
+ * Since pBox is the first rectangle in the region, it must have the
+ * smallest y1 and since pBoxEnd is the last rectangle in the region,
+ * it must have the largest y2, because of banding. Initialize x1 and
+ * x2 from pBox and pBoxEnd, resp., as good things to initialize them
+ * to...
+ */
+ pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;
+ pReg->extents.y1 = pBox->y1;
+ pReg->extents.x2 = pBoxEnd->x2;
+ pReg->extents.y2 = pBoxEnd->y2;
+
+ assert(pReg->extents.y1 < pReg->extents.y2);
+ while (pBox <= pBoxEnd) {
+ if (pBox->x1 < pReg->extents.x1)
+ pReg->extents.x1 = pBox->x1;
+ if (pBox->x2 > pReg->extents.x2)
+ pReg->extents.x2 = pBox->x2;
+ pBox++;
+ };
+
+ assert(pReg->extents.x1 < pReg->extents.x2);
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ * Region Intersection
+ *====================================================================*/
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionIntersectO --
+ * Handle an overlapping band for RegionIntersect.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * Rectangles may be added to the region.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+
+#define MERGERECT(r) \
+{ \
+ if (r->x1 <= x2) { \
+ /* Merge with current rectangle */ \
+ if (r->x1 < x2) *pOverlap = TRUE; \
+ if (x2 < r->x2) x2 = r->x2; \
+ } else { \
+ /* Add current rectangle, start new one */ \
+ NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2); \
+ x1 = r->x1; \
+ x2 = r->x2; \
+ } \
+ r++; \
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ * Region Union
+ *====================================================================*/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionUnionO --
+ * Handle an overlapping band for the union operation. Picks the
+ * left-most rectangle each time and merges it into the region.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * pReg is overwritten.
+ * pOverlap is set to TRUE if any boxes overlap.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static Bool
+RegionUnionO (
+ RegionPtr pReg,
+ BoxPtr r1,
+ BoxPtr r1End,
+ BoxPtr r2,
+ BoxPtr r2End,
+ short y1,
+ short y2,
+ Bool *pOverlap)
+{
+ BoxPtr pNextRect;
+ int x1; /* left and right side of current union */
+ int x2;
+
+ assert (y1 < y2);
+ assert(r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End);
+
+ pNextRect = RegionTop(pReg);
+
+ /* Start off current rectangle */
+ if (r1->x1 < r2->x1)
+ {
+ x1 = r1->x1;
+ x2 = r1->x2;
+ r1++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ x1 = r2->x1;
+ x2 = r2->x2;
+ r2++;
+ }
+ while (r1 != r1End && r2 != r2End)
+ {
+ if (r1->x1 < r2->x1) MERGERECT(r1) else MERGERECT(r2);
+ }
+
+ /* Finish off whoever (if any) is left */
+ if (r1 != r1End)
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ MERGERECT(r1);
+ } while (r1 != r1End);
+ }
+ else if (r2 != r2End)
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ MERGERECT(r2);
+ } while (r2 != r2End);
+ }
+
+ /* Add current rectangle */
+ NEWRECT(pReg, pNextRect, x1, y1, x2, y2);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*======================================================================
+ * Batch Rectangle Union
+ *====================================================================*/
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionAppend --
+ *
+ * "Append" the rgn rectangles onto the end of dstrgn, maintaining
+ * knowledge of YX-banding when it's easy. Otherwise, dstrgn just
+ * becomes a non-y-x-banded random collection of rectangles, and not
+ * yet a true region. After a sequence of appends, the caller must
+ * call RegionValidate to ensure that a valid region is constructed.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * dstrgn is modified if rgn has rectangles.
+ *
+ */
+Bool
+RegionAppend(RegionPtr dstrgn, RegionPtr rgn)
+{
+ int numRects, dnumRects, size;
+ BoxPtr new, old;
+ Bool prepend;
+
+ if (RegionNar(rgn))
+ return RegionBreak (dstrgn);
+
+ if (!rgn->data && (dstrgn->data == &RegionEmptyData))
+ {
+ dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;
+ dstrgn->data = NULL;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ numRects = RegionNumRects(rgn);
+ if (!numRects)
+ return TRUE;
+ prepend = FALSE;
+ size = numRects;
+ dnumRects = RegionNumRects(dstrgn);
+ if (!dnumRects && (size < 200))
+ size = 200; /* XXX pick numbers out of a hat */
+ RECTALLOC(dstrgn, size);
+ old = RegionRects(rgn);
+ if (!dnumRects)
+ dstrgn->extents = rgn->extents;
+ else if (dstrgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x1)
+ {
+ BoxPtr first, last;
+
+ first = old;
+ last = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + (dnumRects - 1);
+ if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||
+ ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&
+ (first->x1 > last->x2)))
+ {
+ if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)
+ dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
+ if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)
+ dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
+ dstrgn->extents.y2 = rgn->extents.y2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ first = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
+ last = old + (numRects - 1);
+ if ((first->y1 > last->y2) ||
+ ((first->y1 == last->y1) && (first->y2 == last->y2) &&
+ (first->x1 > last->x2)))
+ {
+ prepend = TRUE;
+ if (rgn->extents.x1 < dstrgn->extents.x1)
+ dstrgn->extents.x1 = rgn->extents.x1;
+ if (rgn->extents.x2 > dstrgn->extents.x2)
+ dstrgn->extents.x2 = rgn->extents.x2;
+ dstrgn->extents.y1 = rgn->extents.y1;
+ }
+ else
+ dstrgn->extents.x2 = dstrgn->extents.x1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (prepend)
+ {
+ new = RegionBox(dstrgn, numRects);
+ if (dnumRects == 1)
+ *new = *RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
+ else
+ memmove((char *)new,(char *)RegionBoxptr(dstrgn),
+ dnumRects * sizeof(BoxRec));
+ new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn);
+ }
+ else
+ new = RegionBoxptr(dstrgn) + dnumRects;
+ if (numRects == 1)
+ *new = *old;
+ else
+ memmove((char *)new, (char *)old, numRects * sizeof(BoxRec));
+ dstrgn->data->numRects += numRects;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+#define ExchangeRects(a, b) \
+{ \
+ BoxRec t; \
+ t = rects[a]; \
+ rects[a] = rects[b]; \
+ rects[b] = t; \
+}
+
+static void
+QuickSortRects(
+ BoxRec rects[],
+ int numRects)
+{
+ int y1;
+ int x1;
+ int i, j;
+ BoxPtr r;
+
+ /* Always called with numRects > 1 */
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (numRects == 2)
+ {
+ if (rects[0].y1 > rects[1].y1 ||
+ (rects[0].y1 == rects[1].y1 && rects[0].x1 > rects[1].x1))
+ ExchangeRects(0, 1);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Choose partition element, stick in location 0 */
+ ExchangeRects(0, numRects >> 1);
+ y1 = rects[0].y1;
+ x1 = rects[0].x1;
+
+ /* Partition array */
+ i = 0;
+ j = numRects;
+ do
+ {
+ r = &(rects[i]);
+ do
+ {
+ r++;
+ i++;
+ } while (i != numRects &&
+ (r->y1 < y1 || (r->y1 == y1 && r->x1 < x1)));
+ r = &(rects[j]);
+ do
+ {
+ r--;
+ j--;
+ } while (y1 < r->y1 || (y1 == r->y1 && x1 < r->x1));
+ if (i < j)
+ ExchangeRects(i, j);
+ } while (i < j);
+
+ /* Move partition element back to middle */
+ ExchangeRects(0, j);
+
+ /* Recurse */
+ if (numRects-j-1 > 1)
+ QuickSortRects(&rects[j+1], numRects-j-1);
+ numRects = j;
+ } while (numRects > 1);
+}
+
+/*-
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RegionValidate --
+ *
+ * Take a ``region'' which is a non-y-x-banded random collection of
+ * rectangles, and compute a nice region which is the union of all the
+ * rectangles.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * TRUE if successful.
+ *
+ * Side Effects:
+ * The passed-in ``region'' may be modified.
+ * pOverlap set to TRUE if any retangles overlapped, else FALSE;
+ *
+ * Strategy:
+ * Step 1. Sort the rectangles into ascending order with primary key y1
+ * and secondary key x1.
+ *
+ * Step 2. Split the rectangles into the minimum number of proper y-x
+ * banded regions. This may require horizontally merging
+ * rectangles, and vertically coalescing bands. With any luck,
+ * this step in an identity tranformation (ala the Box widget),
+ * or a coalescing into 1 box (ala Menus).
+ *
+ * Step 3. Merge the separate regions down to a single region by calling
+ * Union. Maximize the work each Union call does by using
+ * a binary merge.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+Bool
+RegionValidate(RegionPtr badreg, Bool *pOverlap)
+{
+ /* Descriptor for regions under construction in Step 2. */
+ typedef struct {
+ RegionRec reg;
+ int prevBand;
+ int curBand;
+ } RegionInfo;
+
+ int numRects; /* Original numRects for badreg */
+ RegionInfo *ri; /* Array of current regions */
+ int numRI; /* Number of entries used in ri */
+ int sizeRI; /* Number of entries available in ri */
+ int i; /* Index into rects */
+ int j; /* Index into ri */
+ RegionInfo *rit; /* &ri[j] */
+ RegionPtr reg; /* ri[j].reg */
+ BoxPtr box; /* Current box in rects */
+ BoxPtr riBox; /* Last box in ri[j].reg */
+ RegionPtr hreg; /* ri[j_half].reg */
+ Bool ret = TRUE;
+
+ *pOverlap = FALSE;
+ if (!badreg->data)
+ {
+ good(badreg);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ numRects = badreg->data->numRects;
+ if (!numRects)
+ {
+ if (RegionNar(badreg))
+ return FALSE;
+ good(badreg);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ if (badreg->extents.x1 < badreg->extents.x2)
+ {
+ if ((numRects) == 1)
+ {
+ xfreeData(badreg);
+ badreg->data = (RegDataPtr) NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DOWNSIZE(badreg, numRects);
+ }
+ good(badreg);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Step 1: Sort the rects array into ascending (y1, x1) order */
+ QuickSortRects(RegionBoxptr(badreg), numRects);
+
+ /* Step 2: Scatter the sorted array into the minimum number of regions */
+
+ /* Set up the first region to be the first rectangle in badreg */
+ /* Note that step 2 code will never overflow the ri[0].reg rects array */
+ ri = (RegionInfo *) malloc(4 * sizeof(RegionInfo));
+ if (!ri)
+ return RegionBreak (badreg);
+ sizeRI = 4;
+ numRI = 1;
+ ri[0].prevBand = 0;
+ ri[0].curBand = 0;
+ ri[0].reg = *badreg;
+ box = RegionBoxptr(&ri[0].reg);
+ ri[0].reg.extents = *box;
+ ri[0].reg.data->numRects = 1;
+
+ /* Now scatter rectangles into the minimum set of valid regions. If the
+ next rectangle to be added to a region would force an existing rectangle
+ in the region to be split up in order to maintain y-x banding, just
+ forget it. Try the next region. If it doesn't fit cleanly into any
+ region, make a new one. */
+
+ for (i = numRects; --i > 0;)
+ {
+ box++;
+ /* Look for a region to append box to */
+ for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)
+ {
+ reg = &rit->reg;
+ riBox = RegionEnd(reg);
+
+ if (box->y1 == riBox->y1 && box->y2 == riBox->y2)
+ {
+ /* box is in same band as riBox. Merge or append it */
+ if (box->x1 <= riBox->x2)
+ {
+ /* Merge it with riBox */
+ if (box->x1 < riBox->x2) *pOverlap = TRUE;
+ if (box->x2 > riBox->x2) riBox->x2 = box->x2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);
+ *RegionTop(reg) = *box;
+ reg->data->numRects++;
+ }
+ goto NextRect; /* So sue me */
+ }
+ else if (box->y1 >= riBox->y2)
+ {
+ /* Put box into new band */
+ if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;
+ if (reg->extents.x1 > box->x1) reg->extents.x1 = box->x1;
+ Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);
+ rit->curBand = reg->data->numRects;
+ RECTALLOC_BAIL(reg, 1, bail);
+ *RegionTop(reg) = *box;
+ reg->data->numRects++;
+ goto NextRect;
+ }
+ /* Well, this region was inappropriate. Try the next one. */
+ } /* for j */
+
+ /* Uh-oh. No regions were appropriate. Create a new one. */
+ if (sizeRI == numRI)
+ {
+ /* Oops, allocate space for new region information */
+ sizeRI <<= 1;
+ rit = (RegionInfo *) realloc(ri, sizeRI * sizeof(RegionInfo));
+ if (!rit)
+ goto bail;
+ ri = rit;
+ rit = &ri[numRI];
+ }
+ numRI++;
+ rit->prevBand = 0;
+ rit->curBand = 0;
+ rit->reg.extents = *box;
+ rit->reg.data = NULL;
+ if (!RegionRectAlloc(&rit->reg, (i+numRI) / numRI)) /* MUST force allocation */
+ goto bail;
+NextRect: ;
+ } /* for i */
+
+ /* Make a final pass over each region in order to Coalesce and set
+ extents.x2 and extents.y2 */
+
+ for (j = numRI, rit = ri; --j >= 0; rit++)
+ {
+ reg = &rit->reg;
+ riBox = RegionEnd(reg);
+ reg->extents.y2 = riBox->y2;
+ if (reg->extents.x2 < riBox->x2) reg->extents.x2 = riBox->x2;
+ Coalesce(reg, rit->prevBand, rit->curBand);
+ if (reg->data->numRects == 1) /* keep unions happy below */
+ {
+ xfreeData(reg);
+ reg->data = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Step 3: Union all regions into a single region */
+ while (numRI > 1)
+ {
+ int half = numRI/2;
+ for (j = numRI & 1; j < (half + (numRI & 1)); j++)
+ {
+ reg = &ri[j].reg;
+ hreg = &ri[j+half].reg;
+ if (!RegionOp(reg, reg, hreg, RegionUnionO, TRUE, TRUE, pOverlap))
+ ret = FALSE;
+ if (hreg->extents.x1 < reg->extents.x1)
+ reg->extents.x1 = hreg->extents.x1;
+ if (hreg->extents.y1 < reg->extents.y1)
+ reg->extents.y1 = hreg->extents.y1;
+ if (hreg->extents.x2 > reg->extents.x2)
+ reg->extents.x2 = hreg->extents.x2;
+ if (hreg->extents.y2 > reg->extents.y2)
+ reg->extents.y2 = hreg->extents.y2;
+ xfreeData(hreg);
+ }
+ numRI -= half;
+ }
+ *badreg = ri[0].reg;
+ free(ri);
+ good(badreg);
+ return ret;
+bail:
+ for (i = 0; i < numRI; i++)
+ xfreeData(&ri[i].reg);
+ free(ri);
+ return RegionBreak (badreg);
+}
+
+RegionPtr
+RegionFromRects(int nrects, xRectangle *prect, int ctype)
+{
+
+ RegionPtr pRgn;
+ RegDataPtr pData;
+ BoxPtr pBox;
+ int i;
+ int x1, y1, x2, y2;
+
+ pRgn = RegionCreate(NullBox, 0);
+ if (RegionNar (pRgn))
+ return pRgn;
+ if (!nrects)
+ return pRgn;
+ if (nrects == 1)
+ {
+ x1 = prect->x;
+ y1 = prect->y;
+ if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)
+ x2 = MAXSHORT;
+ if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)
+ y2 = MAXSHORT;
+ if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)
+ {
+ pRgn->extents.x1 = x1;
+ pRgn->extents.y1 = y1;
+ pRgn->extents.x2 = x2;
+ pRgn->extents.y2 = y2;
+ pRgn->data = NULL;
+ }
+ return pRgn;
+ }
+ pData = xallocData(nrects);
+ if (!pData)
+ {
+ RegionBreak (pRgn);
+ return pRgn;
+ }
+ pBox = (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);
+ for (i = nrects; --i >= 0; prect++)
+ {
+ x1 = prect->x;
+ y1 = prect->y;
+ if ((x2 = x1 + (int) prect->width) > MAXSHORT)
+ x2 = MAXSHORT;
+ if ((y2 = y1 + (int) prect->height) > MAXSHORT)
+ y2 = MAXSHORT;
+ if (x1 != x2 && y1 != y2)
+ {
+ pBox->x1 = x1;
+ pBox->y1 = y1;
+ pBox->x2 = x2;
+ pBox->y2 = y2;
+ pBox++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (pBox != (BoxPtr) (pData + 1))
+ {
+ pData->size = nrects;
+ pData->numRects = pBox - (BoxPtr) (pData + 1);
+ pRgn->data = pData;
+ if (ctype != CT_YXBANDED)
+ {
+ Bool overlap; /* result ignored */
+ pRgn->extents.x1 = pRgn->extents.x2 = 0;
+ RegionValidate(pRgn, &overlap);
+ }
+ else
+ RegionSetExtents(pRgn);
+ good(pRgn);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free(pData);
+ }
+ return pRgn;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/resource.c b/xorg-server/dix/resource.c
index 8950fe2f6..ac76f1d11 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/resource.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/resource.c
@@ -1,964 +1,964 @@
-/************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
-in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-********************************************************/
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:
- * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
- * Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/* Routines to manage various kinds of resources:
- *
- * CreateNewResourceType, CreateNewResourceClass, InitClientResources,
- * FakeClientID, AddResource, FreeResource, FreeClientResources,
- * FreeAllResources, LookupIDByType, LookupIDByClass, GetXIDRange
- */
-
-/*
- * A resource ID is a 32 bit quantity, the upper 2 bits of which are
- * off-limits for client-visible resources. The next 8 bits are
- * used as client ID, and the low 22 bits come from the client.
- * A resource ID is "hashed" by extracting and xoring subfields
- * (varying with the size of the hash table).
- *
- * It is sometimes necessary for the server to create an ID that looks
- * like it belongs to a client. This ID, however, must not be one
- * the client actually can create, or we have the potential for conflict.
- * The 31st bit of the ID is reserved for the server's use for this
- * purpose. By setting CLIENT_ID(id) to the client, the SERVER_BIT to
- * 1, and an otherwise arbitrary ID in the low 22 bits, we can create a
- * resource "owned" by the client.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "colormap.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "dixgrabs.h"
-#include "cursor.h"
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-#include "xace.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "registry.h"
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
-#include <sys/types.h>
-typedef const char *string;
-#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
-
-#define TypeNameString(t) LookupResourceName(t)
-#endif
-
-static void RebuildTable(
- int /*client*/
-);
-
-#define SERVER_MINID 32
-
-#define INITBUCKETS 64
-#define INITHASHSIZE 6
-#define MAXHASHSIZE 11
-
-typedef struct _Resource {
- struct _Resource *next;
- XID id;
- RESTYPE type;
- pointer value;
-} ResourceRec, *ResourcePtr;
-
-typedef struct _ClientResource {
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- int elements;
- int buckets;
- int hashsize; /* log(2)(buckets) */
- XID fakeID;
- XID endFakeID;
-} ClientResourceRec;
-
-RESTYPE lastResourceType;
-static RESTYPE lastResourceClass;
-RESTYPE TypeMask;
-
-struct ResourceType {
- DeleteType deleteFunc;
- int errorValue;
-};
-
-static struct ResourceType *resourceTypes;
-
-static const struct ResourceType predefTypes[] = {
- /* [RT_NONE & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */(DeleteType)NoopDDA,
- /*.errorValue = */BadValue,
- },
- /* [RT_WINDOW & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */DeleteWindow,
- /*.errorValue = */BadWindow,
- },
- /* [RT_PIXMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */dixDestroyPixmap,
- /*.errorValue = */BadPixmap,
- },
- /* [RT_GC & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */FreeGC,
- /*.errorValue = */BadGC,
- },
- /* [RT_FONT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */CloseFont,
- /*.errorValue = */BadFont,
- },
- /* [RT_CURSOR & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */FreeCursor,
- /*.errorValue = */BadCursor,
- },
- /* [RT_COLORMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */FreeColormap,
- /*.errorValue = */BadColor,
- },
- /* [RT_CMAPENTRY & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */FreeClientPixels,
- /*.errorValue = */BadColor,
- },
- /* [RT_OTHERCLIENT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */OtherClientGone,
- /*.errorValue = */BadValue,
- },
- /* [RT_PASSIVEGRAB & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
- /*.deleteFunc = */DeletePassiveGrab,
- /*.errorValue = */BadValue,
- },
-};
-
-CallbackListPtr ResourceStateCallback;
-
-static _X_INLINE void
-CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceState state, ResourceRec *res)
-{
- if (ResourceStateCallback) {
- ResourceStateInfoRec rsi = { state, res->id, res->type, res->value };
- CallCallbacks(&ResourceStateCallback, &rsi);
- }
-}
-
-RESTYPE
-CreateNewResourceType(DeleteType deleteFunc, char *name)
-{
- RESTYPE next = lastResourceType + 1;
- struct ResourceType *types;
-
- if (next & lastResourceClass)
- return 0;
- types = realloc(resourceTypes, (next + 1) * sizeof(*resourceTypes));
- if (!types)
- return 0;
-
- lastResourceType = next;
- resourceTypes = types;
- resourceTypes[next].deleteFunc = deleteFunc;
- resourceTypes[next].errorValue = BadValue;
-
- /* Called even if name is NULL, to remove any previous entry */
- RegisterResourceName(next, name);
-
- return next;
-}
-
-void
-SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RESTYPE type, int errorValue)
-{
- resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].errorValue = errorValue;
-}
-
-RESTYPE
-CreateNewResourceClass(void)
-{
- RESTYPE next = lastResourceClass >> 1;
-
- if (next & lastResourceType)
- return 0;
- lastResourceClass = next;
- TypeMask = next - 1;
- return next;
-}
-
-static ClientResourceRec clientTable[MAXCLIENTS];
-
-/*****************
- * InitClientResources
- * When a new client is created, call this to allocate space
- * in resource table
- *****************/
-
-Bool
-InitClientResources(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int i, j;
-
- if (client == serverClient)
- {
- lastResourceType = RT_LASTPREDEF;
- lastResourceClass = RC_LASTPREDEF;
- TypeMask = RC_LASTPREDEF - 1;
- free(resourceTypes);
- resourceTypes = malloc(sizeof(predefTypes));
- if (!resourceTypes)
- return FALSE;
- memcpy(resourceTypes, predefTypes, sizeof(predefTypes));
- }
- clientTable[i = client->index].resources =
- malloc(INITBUCKETS*sizeof(ResourcePtr));
- if (!clientTable[i].resources)
- return FALSE;
- clientTable[i].buckets = INITBUCKETS;
- clientTable[i].elements = 0;
- clientTable[i].hashsize = INITHASHSIZE;
- /* Many IDs allocated from the server client are visible to clients,
- * so we don't use the SERVER_BIT for them, but we have to start
- * past the magic value constants used in the protocol. For normal
- * clients, we can start from zero, with SERVER_BIT set.
- */
- clientTable[i].fakeID = client->clientAsMask |
- (client->index ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);
- clientTable[i].endFakeID = (clientTable[i].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;
- for (j=0; j<INITBUCKETS; j++)
- {
- clientTable[i].resources[j] = NULL;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-static int
-Hash(int client, XID id)
-{
- id &= RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
- switch (clientTable[client].hashsize)
- {
- case 6:
- return ((int)(0x03F & (id ^ (id>>6) ^ (id>>12))));
- case 7:
- return ((int)(0x07F & (id ^ (id>>7) ^ (id>>13))));
- case 8:
- return ((int)(0x0FF & (id ^ (id>>8) ^ (id>>16))));
- case 9:
- return ((int)(0x1FF & (id ^ (id>>9))));
- case 10:
- return ((int)(0x3FF & (id ^ (id>>10))));
- case 11:
- return ((int)(0x7FF & (id ^ (id>>11))));
- }
- return -1;
-}
-
-static XID
-AvailableID(
- int client,
- XID id,
- XID maxid,
- XID goodid)
-{
- ResourcePtr res;
-
- if ((goodid >= id) && (goodid <= maxid))
- return goodid;
- for (; id <= maxid; id++)
- {
- res = clientTable[client].resources[Hash(client, id)];
- while (res && (res->id != id))
- res = res->next;
- if (!res)
- return id;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-void
-GetXIDRange(int client, Bool server, XID *minp, XID *maxp)
-{
- XID id, maxid;
- ResourcePtr *resp;
- ResourcePtr res;
- int i;
- XID goodid;
-
- id = (Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET;
- if (server)
- id |= client ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID;
- maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
- goodid = 0;
- for (resp = clientTable[client].resources, i = clientTable[client].buckets;
- --i >= 0;)
- {
- for (res = *resp++; res; res = res->next)
- {
- if ((res->id < id) || (res->id > maxid))
- continue;
- if (((res->id - id) >= (maxid - res->id)) ?
- (goodid = AvailableID(client, id, res->id - 1, goodid)) :
- !(goodid = AvailableID(client, res->id + 1, maxid, goodid)))
- maxid = res->id - 1;
- else
- id = res->id + 1;
- }
- }
- if (id > maxid)
- id = maxid = 0;
- *minp = id;
- *maxp = maxid;
-}
-
-/**
- * GetXIDList is called by the XC-MISC extension's MiscGetXIDList function.
- * This function tries to find count unused XIDs for the given client. It
- * puts the IDs in the array pids and returns the number found, which should
- * almost always be the number requested.
- *
- * The circumstances that lead to a call to this function are very rare.
- * Xlib must run out of IDs while trying to generate a request that wants
- * multiple ID's, like the Multi-buffering CreateImageBuffers request.
- *
- * No rocket science in the implementation; just iterate over all
- * possible IDs for the given client and pick the first count IDs
- * that aren't in use. A more efficient algorithm could probably be
- * invented, but this will be used so rarely that this should suffice.
- */
-
-unsigned int
-GetXIDList(ClientPtr pClient, unsigned count, XID *pids)
-{
- unsigned int found = 0;
- XID rc, id = pClient->clientAsMask;
- XID maxid;
- pointer val;
-
- maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
- while ( (found < count) && (id <= maxid) )
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc == BadValue)
- {
- pids[found++] = id;
- }
- id++;
- }
- return found;
-}
-
-/*
- * Return the next usable fake client ID.
- *
- * Normally this is just the next one in line, but if we've used the last
- * in the range, we need to find a new range of safe IDs to avoid
- * over-running another client.
- */
-
-XID
-FakeClientID(int client)
-{
- XID id, maxid;
-
- id = clientTable[client].fakeID++;
- if (id != clientTable[client].endFakeID)
- return id;
- GetXIDRange(client, TRUE, &id, &maxid);
- if (!id) {
- if (!client)
- FatalError("FakeClientID: server internal ids exhausted\n");
- MarkClientException(clients[client]);
- id = ((Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET) | (SERVER_BIT * 3);
- maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
- }
- clientTable[client].fakeID = id + 1;
- clientTable[client].endFakeID = maxid + 1;
- return id;
-}
-
-Bool
-AddResource(XID id, RESTYPE type, pointer value)
-{
- int client;
- ClientResourceRec *rrec;
- ResourcePtr res, *head;
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_ALLOC(id, type, value, TypeNameString(type));
-#endif
- client = CLIENT_ID(id);
- rrec = &clientTable[client];
- if (!rrec->buckets)
- {
- ErrorF("[dix] AddResource(%lx, %x, %lx), client=%d \n",
- (unsigned long)id, type, (unsigned long)value, client);
- FatalError("client not in use\n");
- }
- if ((rrec->elements >= 4*rrec->buckets) &&
- (rrec->hashsize < MAXHASHSIZE))
- RebuildTable(client);
- head = &rrec->resources[Hash(client, id)];
- res = malloc(sizeof(ResourceRec));
- if (!res)
- {
- (*resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(value, id);
- return FALSE;
- }
- res->next = *head;
- res->id = id;
- res->type = type;
- res->value = value;
- *head = res;
- rrec->elements++;
- CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateAdding, res);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-RebuildTable(int client)
-{
- int j;
- ResourcePtr res, next;
- ResourcePtr **tails, *resources;
- ResourcePtr **tptr, *rptr;
-
- /*
- * For now, preserve insertion order, since some ddx layers depend
- * on resources being free in the opposite order they are added.
- */
-
- j = 2 * clientTable[client].buckets;
- tails = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr *));
- if (!tails)
- return;
- resources = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr));
- if (!resources)
- {
- free(tails);
- return;
- }
- for (rptr = resources, tptr = tails; --j >= 0; rptr++, tptr++)
- {
- *rptr = NULL;
- *tptr = rptr;
- }
- clientTable[client].hashsize++;
- for (j = clientTable[client].buckets,
- rptr = clientTable[client].resources;
- --j >= 0;
- rptr++)
- {
- for (res = *rptr; res; res = next)
- {
- next = res->next;
- res->next = NULL;
- tptr = &tails[Hash(client, res->id)];
- **tptr = res;
- *tptr = &res->next;
- }
- }
- free(tails);
- clientTable[client].buckets *= 2;
- free(clientTable[client].resources);
- clientTable[client].resources = resources;
-}
-
-static void
-doFreeResource(ResourcePtr res, Bool skip)
-{
- CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, res);
-
- if (!skip)
- resourceTypes[res->type & TypeMask].deleteFunc(res->value, res->id);
-
- free(res);
-}
-
-void
-FreeResource(XID id, RESTYPE skipDeleteFuncType)
-{
- int cid;
- ResourcePtr res;
- ResourcePtr *prev, *head;
- int *eltptr;
- int elements;
-
- if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
- {
- head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
- eltptr = &clientTable[cid].elements;
-
- prev = head;
- while ( (res = *prev) )
- {
- if (res->id == id)
- {
- RESTYPE rtype = res->type;
-
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,
- res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));
-#endif
- *prev = res->next;
- elements = --*eltptr;
-
- doFreeResource(res, rtype == skipDeleteFuncType);
-
- if (*eltptr != elements)
- prev = head; /* prev may no longer be valid */
- }
- else
- prev = &res->next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void
-FreeResourceByType(XID id, RESTYPE type, Bool skipFree)
-{
- int cid;
- ResourcePtr res;
- ResourcePtr *prev, *head;
- if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
- {
- head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
-
- prev = head;
- while ( (res = *prev) )
- {
- if (res->id == id && res->type == type)
- {
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,
- res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));
-#endif
- *prev = res->next;
- clientTable[cid].elements--;
-
- doFreeResource(res, skipFree);
-
- break;
- }
- else
- prev = &res->next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Change the value associated with a resource id. Caller
- * is responsible for "doing the right thing" with the old
- * data
- */
-
-Bool
-ChangeResourceValue (XID id, RESTYPE rtype, pointer value)
-{
- int cid;
- ResourcePtr res;
-
- if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
- {
- res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
-
- for (; res; res = res->next)
- if ((res->id == id) && (res->type == rtype))
- {
- res->value = value;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Note: if func adds or deletes resources, then func can get called
- * more than once for some resources. If func adds new resources,
- * func might or might not get called for them. func cannot both
- * add and delete an equal number of resources!
- */
-
-void
-FindClientResourcesByType(
- ClientPtr client,
- RESTYPE type,
- FindResType func,
- pointer cdata
-){
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this, next;
- int i, elements;
- int *eltptr;
-
- if (!client)
- client = serverClient;
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
- for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++)
- {
- for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)
- {
- next = this->next;
- if (!type || this->type == type) {
- elements = *eltptr;
- (*func)(this->value, this->id, cdata);
- if (*eltptr != elements)
- next = resources[i]; /* start over */
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-void
-FindAllClientResources(
- ClientPtr client,
- FindAllRes func,
- pointer cdata
-){
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this, next;
- int i, elements;
- int *eltptr;
-
- if (!client)
- client = serverClient;
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
- for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++)
- {
- for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)
- {
- next = this->next;
- elements = *eltptr;
- (*func)(this->value, this->id, this->type, cdata);
- if (*eltptr != elements)
- next = resources[i]; /* start over */
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-pointer
-LookupClientResourceComplex(
- ClientPtr client,
- RESTYPE type,
- FindComplexResType func,
- pointer cdata
-){
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this, next;
- pointer value;
- int i;
-
- if (!client)
- client = serverClient;
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) {
- for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next) {
- next = this->next;
- if (!type || this->type == type) {
- /* workaround func freeing the type as DRI1 does */
- value = this->value;
- if((*func)(value, this->id, cdata))
- return value;
- }
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-void
-FreeClientNeverRetainResources(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this;
- ResourcePtr *prev;
- int j, elements;
- int *eltptr;
-
- if (!client)
- return;
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
- for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++)
- {
- prev = &resources[j];
- while ( (this = *prev) )
- {
- RESTYPE rtype = this->type;
- if (rtype & RC_NEVERRETAIN)
- {
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,
- this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));
-#endif
- *prev = this->next;
- clientTable[client->index].elements--;
- elements = *eltptr;
-
- doFreeResource(this, FALSE);
-
- if (*eltptr != elements)
- prev = &resources[j]; /* prev may no longer be valid */
- }
- else
- prev = &this->next;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void
-FreeClientResources(ClientPtr client)
-{
- ResourcePtr *resources;
- ResourcePtr this;
- int j;
-
- /* This routine shouldn't be called with a null client, but just in
- case ... */
-
- if (!client)
- return;
-
- HandleSaveSet(client);
-
- resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
- for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++)
- {
- /* It may seem silly to update the head of this resource list as
- we delete the members, since the entire list will be deleted any way,
- but there are some resource deletion functions "FreeClientPixels" for
- one which do a LookupID on another resource id (a Colormap id in this
- case), so the resource list must be kept valid up to the point that
- it is deleted, so every time we delete a resource, we must update the
- head, just like in FreeResource. I hope that this doesn't slow down
- mass deletion appreciably. PRH */
-
- ResourcePtr *head;
-
- head = &resources[j];
-
- for (this = *head; this; this = *head)
- {
-#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
- XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,
- this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));
-#endif
- *head = this->next;
- clientTable[client->index].elements--;
-
- doFreeResource(this, FALSE);
- }
- }
- free(clientTable[client->index].resources);
- clientTable[client->index].resources = NULL;
- clientTable[client->index].buckets = 0;
-}
-
-void
-FreeAllResources(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = currentMaxClients; --i >= 0; )
- {
- if (clientTable[i].buckets)
- FreeClientResources(clients[i]);
- }
-}
-
-Bool
-LegalNewID(XID id, ClientPtr client)
-{
- pointer val;
- int rc;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- XID minid, maxid;
-
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- minid = client->clientAsMask | (client->index ?
- SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);
- maxid = (clientTable[client->index].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;
- if ((id >= minid) && (id <= maxid))
- return TRUE;
- }
-#endif /* PANORAMIX */
- if (client->clientAsMask == (id & ~RESOURCE_ID_MASK))
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,
- DixGetAttrAccess);
- return rc == BadValue;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-int
-dixLookupResourceByType(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rtype,
- ClientPtr client, Mask mode)
-{
- int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);
- ResourcePtr res = NULL;
-
- *result = NULL;
- if ((rtype & TypeMask) > lastResourceType)
- return BadImplementation;
-
- if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {
- res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
-
- for (; res; res = res->next)
- if (res->id == id && res->type == rtype)
- break;
- }
- if (!res)
- return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
-
- if (client) {
- client->errorValue = id;
- cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,
- res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);
- if (cid == BadValue)
- return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
- if (cid != Success)
- return cid;
- }
-
- *result = res->value;
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-dixLookupResourceByClass(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rclass,
- ClientPtr client, Mask mode)
-{
- int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);
- ResourcePtr res = NULL;
-
- *result = NULL;
-
- if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {
- res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
-
- for (; res; res = res->next)
- if (res->id == id && (res->type & rclass))
- break;
- }
- if (!res)
- return BadValue;
-
- if (client) {
- client->errorValue = id;
- cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,
- res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);
- if (cid != Success)
- return cid;
- }
-
- *result = res->value;
- return Success;
-}
+/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+/* XSERVER_DTRACE additions:
+ * Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/* Routines to manage various kinds of resources:
+ *
+ * CreateNewResourceType, CreateNewResourceClass, InitClientResources,
+ * FakeClientID, AddResource, FreeResource, FreeClientResources,
+ * FreeAllResources, LookupIDByType, LookupIDByClass, GetXIDRange
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A resource ID is a 32 bit quantity, the upper 2 bits of which are
+ * off-limits for client-visible resources. The next 8 bits are
+ * used as client ID, and the low 22 bits come from the client.
+ * A resource ID is "hashed" by extracting and xoring subfields
+ * (varying with the size of the hash table).
+ *
+ * It is sometimes necessary for the server to create an ID that looks
+ * like it belongs to a client. This ID, however, must not be one
+ * the client actually can create, or we have the potential for conflict.
+ * The 31st bit of the ID is reserved for the server's use for this
+ * purpose. By setting CLIENT_ID(id) to the client, the SERVER_BIT to
+ * 1, and an otherwise arbitrary ID in the low 22 bits, we can create a
+ * resource "owned" by the client.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "colormap.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+#include "cursor.h"
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+#include "xace.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "registry.h"
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+#include <sys/types.h>
+typedef const char *string;
+#include "Xserver-dtrace.h"
+
+#define TypeNameString(t) LookupResourceName(t)
+#endif
+
+static void RebuildTable(
+ int /*client*/
+);
+
+#define SERVER_MINID 32
+
+#define INITBUCKETS 64
+#define INITHASHSIZE 6
+#define MAXHASHSIZE 11
+
+typedef struct _Resource {
+ struct _Resource *next;
+ XID id;
+ RESTYPE type;
+ pointer value;
+} ResourceRec, *ResourcePtr;
+
+typedef struct _ClientResource {
+ ResourcePtr *resources;
+ int elements;
+ int buckets;
+ int hashsize; /* log(2)(buckets) */
+ XID fakeID;
+ XID endFakeID;
+} ClientResourceRec;
+
+RESTYPE lastResourceType;
+static RESTYPE lastResourceClass;
+RESTYPE TypeMask;
+
+struct ResourceType {
+ DeleteType deleteFunc;
+ int errorValue;
+};
+
+static struct ResourceType *resourceTypes;
+
+static const struct ResourceType predefTypes[] = {
+ /* [RT_NONE & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */(DeleteType)NoopDDA,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadValue,
+ },
+ /* [RT_WINDOW & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */DeleteWindow,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadWindow,
+ },
+ /* [RT_PIXMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */dixDestroyPixmap,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadPixmap,
+ },
+ /* [RT_GC & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */FreeGC,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadGC,
+ },
+ /* [RT_FONT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */CloseFont,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadFont,
+ },
+ /* [RT_CURSOR & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */FreeCursor,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadCursor,
+ },
+ /* [RT_COLORMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */FreeColormap,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadColor,
+ },
+ /* [RT_CMAPENTRY & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */FreeClientPixels,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadColor,
+ },
+ /* [RT_OTHERCLIENT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */OtherClientGone,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadValue,
+ },
+ /* [RT_PASSIVEGRAB & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = */ {
+ /*.deleteFunc = */DeletePassiveGrab,
+ /*.errorValue = */BadValue,
+ },
+};
+
+CallbackListPtr ResourceStateCallback;
+
+static _X_INLINE void
+CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceState state, ResourceRec *res)
+{
+ if (ResourceStateCallback) {
+ ResourceStateInfoRec rsi = { state, res->id, res->type, res->value };
+ CallCallbacks(&ResourceStateCallback, &rsi);
+ }
+}
+
+RESTYPE
+CreateNewResourceType(DeleteType deleteFunc, char *name)
+{
+ RESTYPE next = lastResourceType + 1;
+ struct ResourceType *types;
+
+ if (next & lastResourceClass)
+ return 0;
+ types = realloc(resourceTypes, (next + 1) * sizeof(*resourceTypes));
+ if (!types)
+ return 0;
+
+ lastResourceType = next;
+ resourceTypes = types;
+ resourceTypes[next].deleteFunc = deleteFunc;
+ resourceTypes[next].errorValue = BadValue;
+
+ /* Called even if name is NULL, to remove any previous entry */
+ RegisterResourceName(next, name);
+
+ return next;
+}
+
+void
+SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RESTYPE type, int errorValue)
+{
+ resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].errorValue = errorValue;
+}
+
+RESTYPE
+CreateNewResourceClass(void)
+{
+ RESTYPE next = lastResourceClass >> 1;
+
+ if (next & lastResourceType)
+ return 0;
+ lastResourceClass = next;
+ TypeMask = next - 1;
+ return next;
+}
+
+static ClientResourceRec clientTable[MAXCLIENTS];
+
+/*****************
+ * InitClientResources
+ * When a new client is created, call this to allocate space
+ * in resource table
+ *****************/
+
+Bool
+InitClientResources(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ if (client == serverClient)
+ {
+ lastResourceType = RT_LASTPREDEF;
+ lastResourceClass = RC_LASTPREDEF;
+ TypeMask = RC_LASTPREDEF - 1;
+ free(resourceTypes);
+ resourceTypes = malloc(sizeof(predefTypes));
+ if (!resourceTypes)
+ return FALSE;
+ memcpy(resourceTypes, predefTypes, sizeof(predefTypes));
+ }
+ clientTable[i = client->index].resources =
+ malloc(INITBUCKETS*sizeof(ResourcePtr));
+ if (!clientTable[i].resources)
+ return FALSE;
+ clientTable[i].buckets = INITBUCKETS;
+ clientTable[i].elements = 0;
+ clientTable[i].hashsize = INITHASHSIZE;
+ /* Many IDs allocated from the server client are visible to clients,
+ * so we don't use the SERVER_BIT for them, but we have to start
+ * past the magic value constants used in the protocol. For normal
+ * clients, we can start from zero, with SERVER_BIT set.
+ */
+ clientTable[i].fakeID = client->clientAsMask |
+ (client->index ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);
+ clientTable[i].endFakeID = (clientTable[i].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;
+ for (j=0; j<INITBUCKETS; j++)
+ {
+ clientTable[i].resources[j] = NULL;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+static int
+Hash(int client, XID id)
+{
+ id &= RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+ switch (clientTable[client].hashsize)
+ {
+ case 6:
+ return ((int)(0x03F & (id ^ (id>>6) ^ (id>>12))));
+ case 7:
+ return ((int)(0x07F & (id ^ (id>>7) ^ (id>>13))));
+ case 8:
+ return ((int)(0x0FF & (id ^ (id>>8) ^ (id>>16))));
+ case 9:
+ return ((int)(0x1FF & (id ^ (id>>9))));
+ case 10:
+ return ((int)(0x3FF & (id ^ (id>>10))));
+ case 11:
+ return ((int)(0x7FF & (id ^ (id>>11))));
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static XID
+AvailableID(
+ int client,
+ XID id,
+ XID maxid,
+ XID goodid)
+{
+ ResourcePtr res;
+
+ if ((goodid >= id) && (goodid <= maxid))
+ return goodid;
+ for (; id <= maxid; id++)
+ {
+ res = clientTable[client].resources[Hash(client, id)];
+ while (res && (res->id != id))
+ res = res->next;
+ if (!res)
+ return id;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void
+GetXIDRange(int client, Bool server, XID *minp, XID *maxp)
+{
+ XID id, maxid;
+ ResourcePtr *resp;
+ ResourcePtr res;
+ int i;
+ XID goodid;
+
+ id = (Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET;
+ if (server)
+ id |= client ? SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID;
+ maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+ goodid = 0;
+ for (resp = clientTable[client].resources, i = clientTable[client].buckets;
+ --i >= 0;)
+ {
+ for (res = *resp++; res; res = res->next)
+ {
+ if ((res->id < id) || (res->id > maxid))
+ continue;
+ if (((res->id - id) >= (maxid - res->id)) ?
+ (goodid = AvailableID(client, id, res->id - 1, goodid)) :
+ !(goodid = AvailableID(client, res->id + 1, maxid, goodid)))
+ maxid = res->id - 1;
+ else
+ id = res->id + 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (id > maxid)
+ id = maxid = 0;
+ *minp = id;
+ *maxp = maxid;
+}
+
+/**
+ * GetXIDList is called by the XC-MISC extension's MiscGetXIDList function.
+ * This function tries to find count unused XIDs for the given client. It
+ * puts the IDs in the array pids and returns the number found, which should
+ * almost always be the number requested.
+ *
+ * The circumstances that lead to a call to this function are very rare.
+ * Xlib must run out of IDs while trying to generate a request that wants
+ * multiple ID's, like the Multi-buffering CreateImageBuffers request.
+ *
+ * No rocket science in the implementation; just iterate over all
+ * possible IDs for the given client and pick the first count IDs
+ * that aren't in use. A more efficient algorithm could probably be
+ * invented, but this will be used so rarely that this should suffice.
+ */
+
+unsigned int
+GetXIDList(ClientPtr pClient, unsigned count, XID *pids)
+{
+ unsigned int found = 0;
+ XID rc, id = pClient->clientAsMask;
+ XID maxid;
+ pointer val;
+
+ maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+ while ( (found < count) && (id <= maxid) )
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc == BadValue)
+ {
+ pids[found++] = id;
+ }
+ id++;
+ }
+ return found;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the next usable fake client ID.
+ *
+ * Normally this is just the next one in line, but if we've used the last
+ * in the range, we need to find a new range of safe IDs to avoid
+ * over-running another client.
+ */
+
+XID
+FakeClientID(int client)
+{
+ XID id, maxid;
+
+ id = clientTable[client].fakeID++;
+ if (id != clientTable[client].endFakeID)
+ return id;
+ GetXIDRange(client, TRUE, &id, &maxid);
+ if (!id) {
+ if (!client)
+ FatalError("FakeClientID: server internal ids exhausted\n");
+ MarkClientException(clients[client]);
+ id = ((Mask)client << CLIENTOFFSET) | (SERVER_BIT * 3);
+ maxid = id | RESOURCE_ID_MASK;
+ }
+ clientTable[client].fakeID = id + 1;
+ clientTable[client].endFakeID = maxid + 1;
+ return id;
+}
+
+Bool
+AddResource(XID id, RESTYPE type, pointer value)
+{
+ int client;
+ ClientResourceRec *rrec;
+ ResourcePtr res, *head;
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ XSERVER_RESOURCE_ALLOC(id, type, value, TypeNameString(type));
+#endif
+ client = CLIENT_ID(id);
+ rrec = &clientTable[client];
+ if (!rrec->buckets)
+ {
+ ErrorF("[dix] AddResource(%lx, %x, %lx), client=%d \n",
+ (unsigned long)id, type, (unsigned long)value, client);
+ FatalError("client not in use\n");
+ }
+ if ((rrec->elements >= 4*rrec->buckets) &&
+ (rrec->hashsize < MAXHASHSIZE))
+ RebuildTable(client);
+ head = &rrec->resources[Hash(client, id)];
+ res = malloc(sizeof(ResourceRec));
+ if (!res)
+ {
+ (*resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(value, id);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ res->next = *head;
+ res->id = id;
+ res->type = type;
+ res->value = value;
+ *head = res;
+ rrec->elements++;
+ CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateAdding, res);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+RebuildTable(int client)
+{
+ int j;
+ ResourcePtr res, next;
+ ResourcePtr **tails, *resources;
+ ResourcePtr **tptr, *rptr;
+
+ /*
+ * For now, preserve insertion order, since some ddx layers depend
+ * on resources being free in the opposite order they are added.
+ */
+
+ j = 2 * clientTable[client].buckets;
+ tails = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr *));
+ if (!tails)
+ return;
+ resources = malloc(j * sizeof(ResourcePtr));
+ if (!resources)
+ {
+ free(tails);
+ return;
+ }
+ for (rptr = resources, tptr = tails; --j >= 0; rptr++, tptr++)
+ {
+ *rptr = NULL;
+ *tptr = rptr;
+ }
+ clientTable[client].hashsize++;
+ for (j = clientTable[client].buckets,
+ rptr = clientTable[client].resources;
+ --j >= 0;
+ rptr++)
+ {
+ for (res = *rptr; res; res = next)
+ {
+ next = res->next;
+ res->next = NULL;
+ tptr = &tails[Hash(client, res->id)];
+ **tptr = res;
+ *tptr = &res->next;
+ }
+ }
+ free(tails);
+ clientTable[client].buckets *= 2;
+ free(clientTable[client].resources);
+ clientTable[client].resources = resources;
+}
+
+static void
+doFreeResource(ResourcePtr res, Bool skip)
+{
+ CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, res);
+
+ if (!skip)
+ resourceTypes[res->type & TypeMask].deleteFunc(res->value, res->id);
+
+ free(res);
+}
+
+void
+FreeResource(XID id, RESTYPE skipDeleteFuncType)
+{
+ int cid;
+ ResourcePtr res;
+ ResourcePtr *prev, *head;
+ int *eltptr;
+ int elements;
+
+ if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
+ {
+ head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+ eltptr = &clientTable[cid].elements;
+
+ prev = head;
+ while ( (res = *prev) )
+ {
+ if (res->id == id)
+ {
+ RESTYPE rtype = res->type;
+
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,
+ res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));
+#endif
+ *prev = res->next;
+ elements = --*eltptr;
+
+ doFreeResource(res, rtype == skipDeleteFuncType);
+
+ if (*eltptr != elements)
+ prev = head; /* prev may no longer be valid */
+ }
+ else
+ prev = &res->next;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+FreeResourceByType(XID id, RESTYPE type, Bool skipFree)
+{
+ int cid;
+ ResourcePtr res;
+ ResourcePtr *prev, *head;
+ if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
+ {
+ head = &clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+
+ prev = head;
+ while ( (res = *prev) )
+ {
+ if (res->id == id && res->type == type)
+ {
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(res->id, res->type,
+ res->value, TypeNameString(res->type));
+#endif
+ *prev = res->next;
+ clientTable[cid].elements--;
+
+ doFreeResource(res, skipFree);
+
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ prev = &res->next;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change the value associated with a resource id. Caller
+ * is responsible for "doing the right thing" with the old
+ * data
+ */
+
+Bool
+ChangeResourceValue (XID id, RESTYPE rtype, pointer value)
+{
+ int cid;
+ ResourcePtr res;
+
+ if (((cid = CLIENT_ID(id)) < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets)
+ {
+ res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+
+ for (; res; res = res->next)
+ if ((res->id == id) && (res->type == rtype))
+ {
+ res->value = value;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* Note: if func adds or deletes resources, then func can get called
+ * more than once for some resources. If func adds new resources,
+ * func might or might not get called for them. func cannot both
+ * add and delete an equal number of resources!
+ */
+
+void
+FindClientResourcesByType(
+ ClientPtr client,
+ RESTYPE type,
+ FindResType func,
+ pointer cdata
+){
+ ResourcePtr *resources;
+ ResourcePtr this, next;
+ int i, elements;
+ int *eltptr;
+
+ if (!client)
+ client = serverClient;
+
+ resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+ eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
+ for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++)
+ {
+ for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)
+ {
+ next = this->next;
+ if (!type || this->type == type) {
+ elements = *eltptr;
+ (*func)(this->value, this->id, cdata);
+ if (*eltptr != elements)
+ next = resources[i]; /* start over */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+FindAllClientResources(
+ ClientPtr client,
+ FindAllRes func,
+ pointer cdata
+){
+ ResourcePtr *resources;
+ ResourcePtr this, next;
+ int i, elements;
+ int *eltptr;
+
+ if (!client)
+ client = serverClient;
+
+ resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+ eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
+ for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++)
+ {
+ for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next)
+ {
+ next = this->next;
+ elements = *eltptr;
+ (*func)(this->value, this->id, this->type, cdata);
+ if (*eltptr != elements)
+ next = resources[i]; /* start over */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+pointer
+LookupClientResourceComplex(
+ ClientPtr client,
+ RESTYPE type,
+ FindComplexResType func,
+ pointer cdata
+){
+ ResourcePtr *resources;
+ ResourcePtr this, next;
+ pointer value;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!client)
+ client = serverClient;
+
+ resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+ for (i = 0; i < clientTable[client->index].buckets; i++) {
+ for (this = resources[i]; this; this = next) {
+ next = this->next;
+ if (!type || this->type == type) {
+ /* workaround func freeing the type as DRI1 does */
+ value = this->value;
+ if((*func)(value, this->id, cdata))
+ return value;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+
+void
+FreeClientNeverRetainResources(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ResourcePtr *resources;
+ ResourcePtr this;
+ ResourcePtr *prev;
+ int j, elements;
+ int *eltptr;
+
+ if (!client)
+ return;
+
+ resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+ eltptr = &clientTable[client->index].elements;
+ for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++)
+ {
+ prev = &resources[j];
+ while ( (this = *prev) )
+ {
+ RESTYPE rtype = this->type;
+ if (rtype & RC_NEVERRETAIN)
+ {
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,
+ this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));
+#endif
+ *prev = this->next;
+ clientTable[client->index].elements--;
+ elements = *eltptr;
+
+ doFreeResource(this, FALSE);
+
+ if (*eltptr != elements)
+ prev = &resources[j]; /* prev may no longer be valid */
+ }
+ else
+ prev = &this->next;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+FreeClientResources(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ResourcePtr *resources;
+ ResourcePtr this;
+ int j;
+
+ /* This routine shouldn't be called with a null client, but just in
+ case ... */
+
+ if (!client)
+ return;
+
+ HandleSaveSet(client);
+
+ resources = clientTable[client->index].resources;
+ for (j=0; j < clientTable[client->index].buckets; j++)
+ {
+ /* It may seem silly to update the head of this resource list as
+ we delete the members, since the entire list will be deleted any way,
+ but there are some resource deletion functions "FreeClientPixels" for
+ one which do a LookupID on another resource id (a Colormap id in this
+ case), so the resource list must be kept valid up to the point that
+ it is deleted, so every time we delete a resource, we must update the
+ head, just like in FreeResource. I hope that this doesn't slow down
+ mass deletion appreciably. PRH */
+
+ ResourcePtr *head;
+
+ head = &resources[j];
+
+ for (this = *head; this; this = *head)
+ {
+#ifdef XSERVER_DTRACE
+ XSERVER_RESOURCE_FREE(this->id, this->type,
+ this->value, TypeNameString(this->type));
+#endif
+ *head = this->next;
+ clientTable[client->index].elements--;
+
+ doFreeResource(this, FALSE);
+ }
+ }
+ free(clientTable[client->index].resources);
+ clientTable[client->index].resources = NULL;
+ clientTable[client->index].buckets = 0;
+}
+
+void
+FreeAllResources(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = currentMaxClients; --i >= 0; )
+ {
+ if (clientTable[i].buckets)
+ FreeClientResources(clients[i]);
+ }
+}
+
+Bool
+LegalNewID(XID id, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ pointer val;
+ int rc;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ XID minid, maxid;
+
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ minid = client->clientAsMask | (client->index ?
+ SERVER_BIT : SERVER_MINID);
+ maxid = (clientTable[client->index].fakeID | RESOURCE_ID_MASK) + 1;
+ if ((id >= minid) && (id <= maxid))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+#endif /* PANORAMIX */
+ if (client->clientAsMask == (id & ~RESOURCE_ID_MASK))
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByClass(&val, id, RC_ANY, serverClient,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ return rc == BadValue;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int
+dixLookupResourceByType(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rtype,
+ ClientPtr client, Mask mode)
+{
+ int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);
+ ResourcePtr res = NULL;
+
+ *result = NULL;
+ if ((rtype & TypeMask) > lastResourceType)
+ return BadImplementation;
+
+ if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {
+ res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+
+ for (; res; res = res->next)
+ if (res->id == id && res->type == rtype)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!res)
+ return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
+
+ if (client) {
+ client->errorValue = id;
+ cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,
+ res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);
+ if (cid == BadValue)
+ return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
+ if (cid != Success)
+ return cid;
+ }
+
+ *result = res->value;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+dixLookupResourceByClass(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rclass,
+ ClientPtr client, Mask mode)
+{
+ int cid = CLIENT_ID(id);
+ ResourcePtr res = NULL;
+
+ *result = NULL;
+
+ if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {
+ res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
+
+ for (; res; res = res->next)
+ if (res->id == id && (res->type & rclass))
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!res)
+ return BadValue;
+
+ if (client) {
+ client->errorValue = id;
+ cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,
+ res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);
+ if (cid != Success)
+ return cid;
+ }
+
+ *result = res->value;
+ return Success;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/window.c b/xorg-server/dix/window.c
index e74630ca4..1953f025b 100644
--- a/xorg-server/dix/window.c
+++ b/xorg-server/dix/window.c
@@ -1,3886 +1,3886 @@
-/*
-
-Copyright (c) 2006, Red Hat, Inc.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
-the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
-and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
-Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
-paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
-Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
-FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
-DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-documentation.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
-from The Open Group.
-
-
-Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
-
- All Rights Reserved
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
-used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
-ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
-ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
-ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE.
-
-*/
-
-/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
-/*****************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software.
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
-DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
-BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
-WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
-IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
-shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
-dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-******************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dix-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "regionstr.h"
-#include "validate.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "propertyst.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "mivalidate.h"
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "mi.h" /* miPaintWindow */
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
-#include "compint.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-
-#include <X11/Xatom.h> /* must come after server includes */
-
-/******
- * Window stuff for server
- *
- * CreateRootWindow, CreateWindow, ChangeWindowAttributes,
- * GetWindowAttributes, DeleteWindow, DestroySubWindows,
- * HandleSaveSet, ReparentWindow, MapWindow, MapSubWindows,
- * UnmapWindow, UnmapSubWindows, ConfigureWindow, CirculateWindow,
- * ChangeWindowDeviceCursor
- ******/
-
-Bool bgNoneRoot = FALSE;
-
-static unsigned char _back_lsb[4] = {0x88, 0x22, 0x44, 0x11};
-static unsigned char _back_msb[4] = {0x11, 0x44, 0x22, 0x88};
-
-static Bool WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr pCurs);
-static Bool
-WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- DevCursNodePtr* pNode,
- DevCursNodePtr* pPrev);
-
-int screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
-
-static Bool TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind);
-
-#define INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK (CWWinGravity | CWEventMask | \
- CWDontPropagate | CWOverrideRedirect | CWCursor )
-
-#define BOXES_OVERLAP(b1, b2) \
- (!( ((b1)->x2 <= (b2)->x1) || \
- ( ((b1)->x1 >= (b2)->x2)) || \
- ( ((b1)->y2 <= (b2)->y1)) || \
- ( ((b1)->y1 >= (b2)->y2)) ) )
-
-#define RedirectSend(pWin) \
- ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureRedirectMask)
-
-#define SubSend(pWin) \
- ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureNotifyMask)
-
-#define StrSend(pWin) \
- ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & StructureNotifyMask)
-
-#define SubStrSend(pWin,pParent) (StrSend(pWin) || SubSend(pParent))
-
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
-static const char *overlay_win_name = "<composite overlay>";
-#endif
-
-static const char *
-get_window_name(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-#define WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN 512
- PropertyPtr prop;
- static char buf[WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN];
- int len;
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- CompScreenPtr comp_screen = GetCompScreen(pWin->drawable.pScreen);
-
- if (comp_screen && pWin == comp_screen->pOverlayWin)
- return overlay_win_name;
-#endif
-
- for (prop = wUserProps(pWin); prop; prop = prop->next)
- {
- if (prop->propertyName == XA_WM_NAME && prop->type == XA_STRING &&
- prop->data)
- {
- len = min(prop->size, WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN - 1);
- memcpy(buf, prop->data, len);
- buf[len] = '\0';
- return buf;
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-#undef WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN
-}
-
-static void log_window_info(WindowPtr pWin, int depth)
-{
- int i;
- const char *win_name, *visibility;
- BoxPtr rects;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- for (i = 0; i < (depth << 2); i++)
- ErrorF(" ");
-
- win_name = get_window_name(pWin);
- ErrorF("win 0x%.8x (%s), [%d, %d] to [%d, %d]",
- pWin->drawable.id,
- win_name ? win_name : "no name",
- pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,
- pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width,
- pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height);
-
- if (pWin->overrideRedirect)
- ErrorF(" (override redirect)");
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- if (pWin->redirectDraw)
- ErrorF(" (%s compositing: pixmap %x)",
- (pWin->redirectDraw == RedirectDrawAutomatic) ?
- "automatic" : "manual",
- pScreen->GetWindowPixmap(pWin)->drawable.id);
-#endif
-
- switch (pWin->visibility)
- {
- case VisibilityUnobscured:
- visibility = "unobscured";
- break;
- case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:
- visibility = "partially obscured";
- break;
- case VisibilityFullyObscured:
- visibility = "fully obscured";
- break;
- case VisibilityNotViewable:
- visibility = "unviewable";
- break;
- }
- ErrorF(", %s", visibility);
-
- if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pScreen, &pWin->clipList))
- {
- ErrorF(", clip list:");
- rects = REGION_RECTS(&pWin->clipList);
- for (i = 0; i < REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pWin->clipList); i++)
- ErrorF(" [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",
- rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1,
- rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);
- ErrorF("; extents [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",
- pWin->clipList.extents.x1, pWin->clipList.extents.y1,
- pWin->clipList.extents.x2, pWin->clipList.extents.y2);
- }
-
- ErrorF("\n");
-}
-
-void
-PrintWindowTree(void)
-{
- int scrnum, depth;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- WindowPtr pWin;
-
- for (scrnum = 0; scrnum < screenInfo.numScreens; scrnum++)
- {
- pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnum];
- ErrorF("[dix] Dumping windows for screen %d (pixmap %x):\n", scrnum,
- pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable.id);
- pWin = pScreen->root;
- depth = 1;
- while (pWin)
- {
- log_window_info(pWin, depth);
- if (pWin->firstChild)
- {
- pWin = pWin->firstChild;
- depth++;
- continue;
- }
- while (pWin && !pWin->nextSib)
- {
- pWin = pWin->parent;
- depth--;
- }
- if (!pWin)
- break;
- pWin = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- }
-}
-
-int
-TraverseTree(WindowPtr pWin, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)
-{
- int result;
- WindowPtr pChild;
-
- if (!(pChild = pWin))
- return WT_NOMATCH;
- while (1)
- {
- result = (* func)(pChild, data);
- if (result == WT_STOPWALKING)
- return WT_STOPWALKING;
- if ((result == WT_WALKCHILDREN) && pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- break;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
- return WT_NOMATCH;
-}
-
-/*****
- * WalkTree
- * Walk the window tree, for SCREEN, preforming FUNC(pWin, data) on
- * each window. If FUNC returns WT_WALKCHILDREN, traverse the children,
- * if it returns WT_DONTWALKCHILDREN, dont. If it returns WT_STOPWALKING
- * exit WalkTree. Does depth-first traverse.
- *****/
-
-int
-WalkTree(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)
-{
- return(TraverseTree(pScreen->root, func, data));
-}
-
-/* hack for forcing backing store on all windows */
-int defaultBackingStore = NotUseful;
-/* hack to force no backing store */
-Bool disableBackingStore = FALSE;
-Bool enableBackingStore = FALSE;
-
-static void
-SetWindowToDefaults(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;
- pWin->firstChild = NullWindow;
- pWin->lastChild = NullWindow;
-
- pWin->valdata = (ValidatePtr)NULL;
- pWin->optional = (WindowOptPtr)NULL;
- pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
-
- pWin->backingStore = NotUseful;
- pWin->DIXsaveUnder = FALSE;
- pWin->backStorage = (pointer) NULL;
-
- pWin->mapped = FALSE; /* off */
- pWin->realized = FALSE; /* off */
- pWin->viewable = FALSE;
- pWin->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
- pWin->overrideRedirect = FALSE;
- pWin->saveUnder = FALSE;
-
- pWin->bitGravity = ForgetGravity;
- pWin->winGravity = NorthWestGravity;
-
- pWin->eventMask = 0;
- pWin->deliverableEvents = 0;
- pWin->dontPropagate = 0;
- pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;
- pWin->redirectDraw = RedirectDrawNone;
- pWin->forcedBG = FALSE;
-
-#ifdef ROOTLESS
- pWin->rootlessUnhittable = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- pWin->damagedDescendants = FALSE;
-#endif
-}
-
-static void
-MakeRootTile(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- GCPtr pGC;
- unsigned char back[128];
- int len = BitmapBytePad(sizeof(long));
- unsigned char *from, *to;
- int i, j;
-
- pWin->background.pixmap = (*pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pScreen, 4, 4,
- pScreen->rootDepth, 0);
-
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;
- pGC = GetScratchGC(pScreen->rootDepth, pScreen);
- if (!pWin->background.pixmap || !pGC)
- FatalError("could not create root tile");
-
- {
- ChangeGCVal attributes[2];
-
- attributes[0].val = pScreen->whitePixel;
- attributes[1].val = pScreen->blackPixel;
-
- (void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pGC, GCForeground | GCBackground, attributes);
- }
-
- ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC);
-
- from = (screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ? _back_lsb : _back_msb;
- to = back;
-
- for (i = 4; i > 0; i--, from++)
- for (j = len; j > 0; j--)
- *to++ = *from;
-
- (*pGC->ops->PutImage)((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC, 1,
- 0, 0, len, 4, 0, XYBitmap, (char *)back);
-
- FreeScratchGC(pGC);
-
-}
-
-/*****
- * CreateRootWindow
- * Makes a window at initialization time for specified screen
- *****/
-
-Bool
-CreateRootWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- BoxRec box;
- PixmapFormatRec *format;
-
- pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- if (!pWin)
- return FALSE;
-
- pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NULL;
- pScreen->screensaver.wid = FakeClientID(0);
- pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver = NULL;
- screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
-
- pScreen->root = pWin;
-
- pWin->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;
- pWin->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_WINDOW;
-
- pWin->drawable.depth = pScreen->rootDepth;
- for (format = screenInfo.formats;
- format->depth != pScreen->rootDepth;
- format++)
- ;
- pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;
-
- pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
-
- pWin->parent = NullWindow;
- SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);
-
- pWin->optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));
- if (!pWin->optional)
- return FALSE;
-
- pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = 0;
- pWin->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
- pWin->optional->otherClients = NULL;
- pWin->optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;
- pWin->optional->userProps = NULL;
- pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;
- pWin->optional->backingPixel = 0;
- pWin->optional->boundingShape = NULL;
- pWin->optional->clipShape = NULL;
- pWin->optional->inputShape = NULL;
- pWin->optional->inputMasks = NULL;
- pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
- pWin->optional->colormap = pScreen->defColormap;
- pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;
-
- pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;
-
- pWin->drawable.id = FakeClientID(0);
-
- pWin->origin.x = pWin->origin.y = 0;
- pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;
- pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;
- pWin->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.y = 0;
-
- box.x1 = 0;
- box.y1 = 0;
- box.x2 = pScreen->width;
- box.y2 = pScreen->height;
- RegionInit(&pWin->clipList, &box, 1);
- RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);
- RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);
- RegionInit(&pWin->borderClip, &box, 1);
-
- pWin->drawable.class = InputOutput;
- pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;
-
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
-
- pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
- pWin->border.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
- pWin->borderWidth = 0;
-
- /* security creation/labeling check
- */
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, serverClient, pWin->drawable.id,
- RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (disableBackingStore)
- pScreen->backingStoreSupport = NotUseful;
- if (enableBackingStore)
- pScreen->backingStoreSupport = Always;
-
- pScreen->saveUnderSupport = NotUseful;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-InitRootWindow(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- int backFlag = CWBorderPixel | CWCursor | CWBackingStore;
-
- if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))
- return; /* XXX */
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, 0, 0);
-
- pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
- pWin->optional->cursor = rootCursor;
- rootCursor->refcnt++;
-
-
- if (party_like_its_1989) {
- MakeRootTile(pWin);
- backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;
- } else if (pScreen->canDoBGNoneRoot && bgNoneRoot) {
- pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;
- } else {
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
- if (whiteRoot)
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- else
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
- backFlag |= CWBackPixel;
- }
-
- pWin->backingStore = defaultBackingStore;
- pWin->forcedBS = (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful);
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, backFlag);
-
- MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);
-}
-
-/* Set the region to the intersection of the rectangle and the
- * window's winSize. The window is typically the parent of the
- * window from which the region came.
- */
-
-static void
-ClippedRegionFromBox(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr Rgn,
- int x, int y,
- int w, int h)
-{
- BoxRec box = *RegionExtents(&pWin->winSize);
-
- /* we do these calculations to avoid overflows */
- if (x > box.x1)
- box.x1 = x;
- if (y > box.y1)
- box.y1 = y;
- x += w;
- if (x < box.x2)
- box.x2 = x;
- y += h;
- if (y < box.y2)
- box.y2 = y;
- if (box.x1 > box.x2)
- box.x2 = box.x1;
- if (box.y1 > box.y2)
- box.y2 = box.y1;
- RegionReset(Rgn, &box);
- RegionIntersect(Rgn, Rgn, &pWin->winSize);
-}
-
-static RealChildHeadProc realChildHeadProc = NULL;
-
-void
-RegisterRealChildHeadProc (RealChildHeadProc proc)
-{
- realChildHeadProc = proc;
-}
-
-
-WindowPtr
-RealChildHead(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- if (realChildHeadProc) {
- return realChildHeadProc (pWin);
- }
-
- if (!pWin->parent &&
- (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON) &&
- (HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen)))
- return pWin->firstChild;
- else
- return NullWindow;
-}
-
-/*****
- * CreateWindow
- * Makes a window in response to client request
- *****/
-
-WindowPtr
-CreateWindow(Window wid, WindowPtr pParent, int x, int y, unsigned w,
- unsigned h, unsigned bw, unsigned class, Mask vmask, XID *vlist,
- int depth, ClientPtr client, VisualID visual, int *error)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- WindowPtr pHead;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- xEvent event;
- int idepth, ivisual;
- Bool fOK;
- DepthPtr pDepth;
- PixmapFormatRec *format;
- WindowOptPtr ancwopt;
-
- if (class == CopyFromParent)
- class = pParent->drawable.class;
-
- if ((class != InputOutput) && (class != InputOnly))
- {
- *error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = class;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- if ((class != InputOnly) && (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- if ((class == InputOnly) && ((bw != 0) || (depth != 0)))
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
- if ((class == InputOutput) && (depth == 0))
- depth = pParent->drawable.depth;
- ancwopt = pParent->optional;
- if (!ancwopt)
- ancwopt = FindWindowWithOptional(pParent)->optional;
- if (visual == CopyFromParent) {
- visual = ancwopt->visual;
- }
-
- /* Find out if the depth and visual are acceptable for this Screen */
- if ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (depth != pParent->drawable.depth))
- {
- fOK = FALSE;
- for(idepth = 0; idepth < pScreen->numDepths; idepth++)
- {
- pDepth = (DepthPtr) &pScreen->allowedDepths[idepth];
- if ((depth == pDepth->depth) || (depth == 0))
- {
- for (ivisual = 0; ivisual < pDepth->numVids; ivisual++)
- {
- if (visual == pDepth->vids[ivisual])
- {
- fOK = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (fOK == FALSE)
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
- }
-
- if (((vmask & (CWBorderPixmap | CWBorderPixel)) == 0) &&
- (class != InputOnly) &&
- (depth != pParent->drawable.depth))
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- if (((vmask & CWColormap) == 0) &&
- (class != InputOnly) &&
- ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (ancwopt->colormap == None)))
- {
- *error = BadMatch;
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- if (!pWin)
- {
- *error = BadAlloc;
- return NullWindow;
- }
- pWin->drawable = pParent->drawable;
- pWin->drawable.depth = depth;
- if (depth == pParent->drawable.depth)
- pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = pParent->drawable.bitsPerPixel;
- else
- {
- for (format = screenInfo.formats; format->depth != depth; format++)
- ;
- pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;
- }
- if (class == InputOnly)
- pWin->drawable.type = (short) UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW;
- pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
-
- pWin->drawable.id = wid;
- pWin->drawable.class = class;
-
- pWin->parent = pParent;
- SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);
-
- if (visual != ancwopt->visual)
- {
- if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- *error = BadAlloc;
- return NullWindow;
- }
- pWin->optional->visual = visual;
- pWin->optional->colormap = None;
- }
-
- pWin->borderWidth = bw;
-
- /* security creation/labeling check
- */
- *error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, wid, RT_WINDOW, pWin,
- RT_WINDOW, pWin->parent, DixCreateAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (*error != Success) {
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- return NullWindow;
- }
-
- pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
-
- pWin->borderIsPixel = pParent->borderIsPixel;
- pWin->border = pParent->border;
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- pWin->border.pixmap->refcnt++;
-
- pWin->origin.x = x + (int)bw;
- pWin->origin.y = y + (int)bw;
- pWin->drawable.width = w;
- pWin->drawable.height = h;
- pWin->drawable.x = pParent->drawable.x + x + (int)bw;
- pWin->drawable.y = pParent->drawable.y + y + (int)bw;
-
- /* set up clip list correctly for unobscured WindowPtr */
- RegionNull(&pWin->clipList);
- RegionNull(&pWin->borderClip);
- RegionNull(&pWin->winSize);
- RegionNull(&pWin->borderSize);
-
- pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);
- if (pHead)
- {
- pWin->nextSib = pHead->nextSib;
- if (pHead->nextSib)
- pHead->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;
- else
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- pHead->nextSib = pWin;
- pWin->prevSib = pHead;
- }
- else
- {
- pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
- if (pParent->firstChild)
- pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;
- else
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- pParent->firstChild = pWin;
- }
-
- SetWinSize (pWin);
- SetBorderSize (pWin);
-
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))
- {
- *error = BadAlloc;
- DeleteWindow(pWin, None);
- return NullWindow;
- }
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);
-
- if (!(vmask & CWEventMask))
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
-
- if (vmask)
- *error = ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, vmask, vlist, wClient (pWin));
- else
- *error = Success;
-
- if (*error != Success)
- {
- DeleteWindow(pWin, None);
- return NullWindow;
- }
- if (!(vmask & CWBackingStore) && (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful))
- {
- XID value = defaultBackingStore;
- (void)ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, CWBackingStore, &value, wClient (pWin));
- pWin->forcedBS = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (SubSend(pParent))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = CreateNotify;
- event.u.createNotify.window = wid;
- event.u.createNotify.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
- event.u.createNotify.x = x;
- event.u.createNotify.y = y;
- event.u.createNotify.width = w;
- event.u.createNotify.height = h;
- event.u.createNotify.borderWidth = bw;
- event.u.createNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pParent, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- return pWin;
-}
-
-static void
-DisposeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- if (!pWin->optional)
- return;
- /*
- * everything is peachy. Delete the optional record
- * and clean up
- */
- if (pWin->optional->cursor)
- {
- FreeCursor (pWin->optional->cursor, (Cursor)0);
- pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
- }
- else
- pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
-
- if (pWin->optional->deviceCursors)
- {
- DevCursorList pList;
- DevCursorList pPrev;
- pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
- while(pList)
- {
- if (pList->cursor)
- FreeCursor(pList->cursor, (XID)0);
- pPrev = pList;
- pList = pList->next;
- free(pPrev);
- }
- pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
- }
-
- free(pWin->optional);
- pWin->optional = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-FreeWindowResources(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- DeleteWindowFromAnySaveSet(pWin);
- DeleteWindowFromAnySelections(pWin);
- DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pWin, TRUE);
- RegionUninit(&pWin->clipList);
- RegionUninit(&pWin->winSize);
- RegionUninit(&pWin->borderClip);
- RegionUninit(&pWin->borderSize);
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin))
- RegionDestroy(wBoundingShape (pWin));
- if (wClipShape (pWin))
- RegionDestroy(wClipShape (pWin));
- if (wInputShape (pWin))
- RegionDestroy(wInputShape (pWin));
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
-
- DeleteAllWindowProperties(pWin);
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin);
- DisposeWindowOptional (pWin);
-}
-
-static void
-CrushTree(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- WindowPtr pChild, pSib, pParent;
- UnrealizeWindowProcPtr UnrealizeWindow;
- xEvent event;
-
- if (!(pChild = pWin->firstChild))
- return;
- UnrealizeWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;
- while (1)
- {
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- while (1)
- {
- pParent = pChild->parent;
- if (SubStrSend(pChild, pParent))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;
- event.u.destroyNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;
- DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- FreeResource(pChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW);
- pSib = pChild->nextSib;
- pChild->viewable = FALSE;
- if (pChild->realized)
- {
- pChild->realized = FALSE;
- (*UnrealizeWindow)(pChild);
- }
- FreeWindowResources(pChild);
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pChild, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- if ( (pChild = pSib) )
- break;
- pChild = pParent;
- pChild->firstChild = NullWindow;
- pChild->lastChild = NullWindow;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*****
- * DeleteWindow
- * Deletes child of window then window itself
- * If wid is None, don't send any events
- *****/
-
-int
-DeleteWindow(pointer value, XID wid)
- {
- WindowPtr pParent;
- WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;
- xEvent event;
-
- UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
-
- CrushTree(pWin);
-
- pParent = pWin->parent;
- if (wid && pParent && SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;
- event.u.destroyNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
-
- FreeWindowResources(pWin);
- if (pParent)
- {
- if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
- pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
- if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)
- pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->nextSib)
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- else
- pWin->drawable.pScreen->root = NULL;
- dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-DestroySubwindows(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
-{
- /* XXX
- * The protocol is quite clear that each window should be
- * destroyed in turn, however, unmapping all of the first
- * eliminates most of the calls to ValidateTree. So,
- * this implementation is incorrect in that all of the
- * UnmapNotifies occur before all of the DestroyNotifies.
- * If you care, simply delete the call to UnmapSubwindows.
- */
- UnmapSubwindows(pWin);
- while (pWin->lastChild) {
- int rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client,
- pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
- pWin->lastChild, RT_NONE, NULL, DixDestroyAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- FreeResource(pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_NONE);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void
-SetRootWindowBackground(WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen, Mask *index2)
-{
- /* following the protocol: "Changing the background of a root window to
- * None or ParentRelative restores the default background pixmap" */
- if (bgNoneRoot) {
- pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- }
- else if (party_like_its_1989)
- MakeRootTile(pWin);
- else {
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
- if (whiteRoot)
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- else
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
- *index2 = CWBackPixel;
- }
-}
-
-/*****
- * ChangeWindowAttributes
- *
- * The value-mask specifies which attributes are to be changed; the
- * value-list contains one value for each one bit in the mask, from least
- * to most significant bit in the mask.
- *****/
-
-int
-ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)
-{
- XID *pVlist;
- PixmapPtr pPixmap;
- Pixmap pixID;
- CursorPtr pCursor, pOldCursor;
- Cursor cursorID;
- WindowPtr pChild;
- Colormap cmap;
- ColormapPtr pCmap;
- xEvent xE;
- int error, rc;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- Mask index2, tmask, vmaskCopy = 0;
- unsigned int val;
- Bool checkOptional = FALSE, borderRelative = FALSE;
-
- if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (vmask & (~INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK)))
- return BadMatch;
-
- error = Success;
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- pVlist = vlist;
- tmask = vmask;
- while (tmask)
- {
- index2 = (Mask) lowbit (tmask);
- tmask &= ~index2;
- switch (index2)
- {
- case CWBackPixmap:
- pixID = (Pixmap )*pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)
- borderRelative = TRUE;
- if (pixID == None)
- {
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
- if (!pWin->parent)
- SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);
- else {
- pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
- pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
- }
- }
- else if (pixID == ParentRelative)
- {
- if (pWin->parent &&
- pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth)
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
- if (!pWin->parent)
- SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);
- else
- pWin->backgroundState = ParentRelative;
- borderRelative = TRUE;
- /* Note that the parent's backgroundTile's refcnt is NOT
- * incremented. */
- }
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,
- client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||
- (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;
- pWin->background.pixmap = pPixmap;
- pPixmap->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = pixID;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
- break;
- case CWBackPixel:
- if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)
- borderRelative = TRUE;
- if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
- pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
- pWin->background.pixel = (CARD32 ) *pVlist;
- /* background pixel overrides background pixmap,
- so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */
- vmaskCopy &= ~CWBackPixmap;
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWBorderPixmap:
- pixID = (Pixmap ) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (pixID == CopyFromParent)
- {
- if (!pWin->parent ||
- (pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth))
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pWin->parent->borderIsPixel == TRUE) {
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
- pWin->border = pWin->parent->border;
- pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
- index2 = CWBorderPixel;
- break;
- }
- else
- {
- pixID = pWin->parent->border.pixmap->drawable.id;
- }
- }
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,
- client, DixReadAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- {
- if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||
- (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
- pWin->borderIsPixel = FALSE;
- pWin->border.pixmap = pPixmap;
- pPixmap->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = pixID;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- break;
- case CWBorderPixel:
- if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
- (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
- pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
- pWin->border.pixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;
- /* border pixel overrides border pixmap,
- so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */
- vmaskCopy &= ~CWBorderPixmap;
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWBitGravity:
- val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (val > StaticGravity)
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->bitGravity = val;
- break;
- case CWWinGravity:
- val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (val > StaticGravity)
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->winGravity = val;
- break;
- case CWBackingStore:
- val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if ((val != NotUseful) && (val != WhenMapped) && (val != Always))
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->backingStore = val;
- pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;
- break;
- case CWBackingPlanes:
- if (pWin->optional || ((CARD32)*pVlist != (CARD32)~0L)) {
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = (CARD32) *pVlist;
- if ((CARD32)*pVlist == (CARD32)~0L)
- checkOptional = TRUE;
- }
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWBackingPixel:
- if (pWin->optional || (CARD32) *pVlist) {
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->optional->backingPixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;
- if (!*pVlist)
- checkOptional = TRUE;
- }
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWSaveUnder:
- val = (BOOL) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pWin->saveUnder = val;
- break;
- case CWEventMask:
- rc = EventSelectForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist);
- if (rc)
- {
- error = rc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWDontPropagate:
- rc = EventSuppressForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist,
- &checkOptional);
- if (rc)
- {
- error = rc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- pVlist++;
- break;
- case CWOverrideRedirect:
- val = (BOOL ) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))
- {
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = val;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (val == xTrue) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,
- RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixGrabAccess);
- if (rc != Success) {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = pWin->drawable.id;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
- pWin->overrideRedirect = val;
- break;
- case CWColormap:
- cmap = (Colormap) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- if (cmap == CopyFromParent)
- {
- if (pWin->parent &&
- (!pWin->optional ||
- pWin->optional->visual == wVisual (pWin->parent)))
- {
- cmap = wColormap (pWin->parent);
- }
- else
- cmap = None;
- }
- if (cmap == None)
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCmap, cmap, RT_COLORMAP,
- client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = cmap;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (pCmap->pVisual->vid != wVisual (pWin) ||
- pCmap->pScreen != pScreen)
- {
- error = BadMatch;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- if (cmap != wColormap (pWin))
- {
- if (!pWin->optional)
- {
- if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
- else if (pWin->parent && cmap == wColormap (pWin->parent))
- checkOptional = TRUE;
-
- /*
- * propagate the original colormap to any children
- * inheriting it
- */
-
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (!pChild->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pChild))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
-
- pWin->optional->colormap = cmap;
-
- /*
- * check on any children now matching the new colormap
- */
-
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (pChild->optional->colormap == cmap)
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);
- }
-
- xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
- xE.u.colormap.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- xE.u.colormap.colormap = cmap;
- xE.u.colormap.new = xTrue;
- xE.u.colormap.state = IsMapInstalled(cmap, pWin);
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &xE, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- break;
- case CWCursor:
- cursorID = (Cursor ) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- /*
- * install the new
- */
- if ( cursorID == None)
- {
- if (pWin == pWin->drawable.pScreen->root)
- pCursor = rootCursor;
- else
- pCursor = (CursorPtr) None;
- }
- else
- {
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, cursorID,
- RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- error = rc;
- client->errorValue = cursorID;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
-
- if (pCursor != wCursor (pWin))
- {
- /*
- * patch up child windows so they don't lose cursors.
- */
-
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (!pChild->optional && !pChild->cursorIsNone &&
- !MakeWindowOptional (pChild))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
-
- pOldCursor = 0;
- if (pCursor == (CursorPtr) None)
- {
- pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
- if (pWin->optional)
- {
- pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;
- pWin->optional->cursor = (CursorPtr) None;
- checkOptional = TRUE;
- }
- } else {
- if (!pWin->optional)
- {
- if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
- {
- error = BadAlloc;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- }
- else if (pWin->parent && pCursor == wCursor (pWin->parent))
- checkOptional = TRUE;
- pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;
- pWin->optional->cursor = pCursor;
- pCursor->refcnt++;
- pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
- /*
- * check on any children now matching the new cursor
- */
-
- for (pChild=pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (pChild->optional &&
- (pChild->optional->cursor == pCursor))
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);
- }
- }
-
- if (pWin->realized)
- WindowHasNewCursor( pWin);
-
- /* Can't free cursor until here - old cursor
- * is needed in WindowHasNewCursor
- */
- if (pOldCursor)
- FreeCursor (pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);
- }
- break;
- default:
- error = BadValue;
- client->errorValue = vmask;
- goto PatchUp;
- }
- vmaskCopy |= index2;
- }
-PatchUp:
- if (checkOptional)
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);
-
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, vmaskCopy);
-
- /*
- If the border contents have changed, redraw the border.
- Note that this has to be done AFTER pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes
- for the tile to be rotated, and the correct function selected.
- */
- if (((vmaskCopy & (CWBorderPixel | CWBorderPixmap)) || borderRelative)
- && pWin->viewable && HasBorder (pWin))
- {
- RegionRec exposed;
-
- RegionNull(&exposed);
- RegionSubtract(&exposed, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
- miPaintWindow(pWin, &exposed, PW_BORDER);
- RegionUninit(&exposed);
- }
- return error;
-}
-
-
-/*****
- * GetWindowAttributes
- * Notice that this is different than ChangeWindowAttributes
- *****/
-
-void
-GetWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, xGetWindowAttributesReply *wa)
-{
- wa->type = X_Reply;
- wa->bitGravity = pWin->bitGravity;
- wa->winGravity = pWin->winGravity;
- if (pWin->forcedBS && pWin->backingStore != Always)
- wa->backingStore = NotUseful;
- else
- wa->backingStore = pWin->backingStore;
- wa->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply) -
- sizeof(xGenericReply));
- wa->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- wa->backingBitPlanes = wBackingBitPlanes (pWin);
- wa->backingPixel = wBackingPixel (pWin);
- wa->saveUnder = (BOOL)pWin->saveUnder;
- wa->override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- if (!pWin->mapped)
- wa->mapState = IsUnmapped;
- else if (pWin->realized)
- wa->mapState = IsViewable;
- else
- wa->mapState = IsUnviewable;
-
- wa->colormap = wColormap (pWin);
- wa->mapInstalled = (wa->colormap == None) ? xFalse
- : IsMapInstalled(wa->colormap, pWin);
-
- wa->yourEventMask = EventMaskForClient(pWin, client);
- wa->allEventMasks = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks (pWin);
- wa->doNotPropagateMask = wDontPropagateMask (pWin);
- wa->class = pWin->drawable.class;
- wa->visualID = wVisual (pWin);
-}
-
-
-WindowPtr
-MoveWindowInStack(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pNextSib)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;
- WindowPtr pFirstChange = pWin; /* highest window where list changes */
-
- if (pWin->nextSib != pNextSib)
- {
- WindowPtr pOldNextSib = pWin->nextSib;
-
- if (!pNextSib) /* move to bottom */
- {
- if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
- pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
- /* if (pWin->nextSib) */ /* is always True: pNextSib == NULL
- * and pWin->nextSib != pNextSib
- * therefore pWin->nextSib != NULL */
- pFirstChange = pWin->nextSib;
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
- pParent->lastChild->nextSib = pWin;
- pWin->prevSib = pParent->lastChild;
- pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- }
- else if (pParent->firstChild == pNextSib) /* move to top */
- {
- pFirstChange = pWin;
- if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)
- pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->nextSib)
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
- pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
- pWin->prevSib = (WindowPtr ) NULL;
- pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;
- pParent->firstChild = pWin;
- }
- else /* move in middle of list */
- {
- WindowPtr pOldNext = pWin->nextSib;
-
- pFirstChange = NullWindow;
- if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
- pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
- if (pParent->lastChild == pWin) {
- pFirstChange = pWin;
- pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
- }
- if (pWin->nextSib)
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
- pWin->nextSib = pNextSib;
- pWin->prevSib = pNextSib->prevSib;
- if (pNextSib->prevSib)
- pNextSib->prevSib->nextSib = pWin;
- pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;
- if (!pFirstChange) { /* do we know it yet? */
- pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild; /* no, search from top */
- while ((pFirstChange != pWin) && (pFirstChange != pOldNext))
- pFirstChange = pFirstChange->nextSib;
- }
- }
- if(pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pOldNextSib);
- }
-
-#ifdef ROOTLESS
- /*
- * In rootless mode we can't optimize away window restacks.
- * There may be non-X windows around, so even if the window
- * is in the correct position from X's point of view,
- * the underlying window system may want to reorder it.
- */
- else if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pWin->nextSib);
-#endif
-
- return pFirstChange;
-}
-
-void
-SetWinSize (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)
- {
- BoxRec box;
-
- /*
- * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their
- * own geometry, not clipped to their parent
- */
- box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x;
- box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y;
- box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width;
- box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height;
- RegionReset(&pWin->winSize, &box);
- }
- else
-#endif
- ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->winSize,
- pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,
- (int)pWin->drawable.width,
- (int)pWin->drawable.height);
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin) || wClipShape (pWin)) {
- RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, - pWin->drawable.x,
- - pWin->drawable.y);
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin))
- RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,
- wBoundingShape (pWin));
- if (wClipShape (pWin))
- RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,
- wClipShape (pWin));
- RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, pWin->drawable.x,
- pWin->drawable.y);
- }
-}
-
-void
-SetBorderSize (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- int bw;
-
- if (HasBorder (pWin)) {
- bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);
-#ifdef COMPOSITE
- if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)
- {
- BoxRec box;
-
- /*
- * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their
- * own geometry, not clipped to their parent
- */
- box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x - bw;
- box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y - bw;
- box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width + bw;
- box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height + bw;
- RegionReset(&pWin->borderSize, &box);
- }
- else
-#endif
- ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->borderSize,
- pWin->drawable.x - bw, pWin->drawable.y - bw,
- (int)(pWin->drawable.width + (bw<<1)),
- (int)(pWin->drawable.height + (bw<<1)));
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {
- RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, - pWin->drawable.x,
- - pWin->drawable.y);
- RegionIntersect(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,
- wBoundingShape (pWin));
- RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, pWin->drawable.x,
- pWin->drawable.y);
- RegionUnion(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,
- &pWin->winSize);
- }
- } else {
- RegionCopy(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->winSize);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param x,y new window position
- * \param oldx,oldy old window position
- * \param destx,desty position relative to gravity
- */
-
-void
-GravityTranslate (int x, int y, int oldx, int oldy,
- int dw, int dh, unsigned gravity,
- int *destx, int *desty)
-{
- switch (gravity) {
- case NorthGravity:
- *destx = x + dw / 2;
- *desty = y;
- break;
- case NorthEastGravity:
- *destx = x + dw;
- *desty = y;
- break;
- case WestGravity:
- *destx = x;
- *desty = y + dh / 2;
- break;
- case CenterGravity:
- *destx = x + dw / 2;
- *desty = y + dh / 2;
- break;
- case EastGravity:
- *destx = x + dw;
- *desty = y + dh / 2;
- break;
- case SouthWestGravity:
- *destx = x;
- *desty = y + dh;
- break;
- case SouthGravity:
- *destx = x + dw / 2;
- *desty = y + dh;
- break;
- case SouthEastGravity:
- *destx = x + dw;
- *desty = y + dh;
- break;
- case StaticGravity:
- *destx = oldx;
- *desty = oldy;
- break;
- default:
- *destx = x;
- *desty = y;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* XXX need to retile border on each window with ParentRelative origin */
-void
-ResizeChildrenWinSize(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy, int dw, int dh)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- WindowPtr pSib, pChild;
- Bool resized = (dw || dh);
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- for (pSib = pWin->firstChild; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)
- {
- if (resized && (pSib->winGravity > NorthWestGravity))
- {
- int cwsx, cwsy;
-
- cwsx = pSib->origin.x;
- cwsy = pSib->origin.y;
- GravityTranslate (cwsx, cwsy, cwsx - dx, cwsy - dy, dw, dh,
- pSib->winGravity, &cwsx, &cwsy);
- if (cwsx != pSib->origin.x || cwsy != pSib->origin.y)
- {
- xEvent event;
-
- event.u.u.type = GravityNotify;
- event.u.gravity.window = pSib->drawable.id;
- event.u.gravity.x = cwsx - wBorderWidth (pSib);
- event.u.gravity.y = cwsy - wBorderWidth (pSib);
- DeliverEvents (pSib, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- pSib->origin.x = cwsx;
- pSib->origin.y = cwsy;
- }
- }
- pSib->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.x + pSib->origin.x;
- pSib->drawable.y = pWin->drawable.y + pSib->origin.y;
- SetWinSize (pSib);
- SetBorderSize (pSib);
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pSib, pSib->drawable.x, pSib->drawable.y);
-
- if ( (pChild = pSib->firstChild) )
- {
- while (1)
- {
- pChild->drawable.x = pChild->parent->drawable.x +
- pChild->origin.x;
- pChild->drawable.y = pChild->parent->drawable.y +
- pChild->origin.y;
- SetWinSize (pChild);
- SetBorderSize (pChild);
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pChild,
- pChild->drawable.x, pChild->drawable.y);
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pSib))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pSib)
- break;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-#define GET_INT16(m, f) \
- if (m & mask) \
- { \
- f = (INT16) *pVlist;\
- pVlist++; \
- }
-#define GET_CARD16(m, f) \
- if (m & mask) \
- { \
- f = (CARD16) *pVlist;\
- pVlist++;\
- }
-
-#define GET_CARD8(m, f) \
- if (m & mask) \
- { \
- f = (CARD8) *pVlist;\
- pVlist++;\
- }
-
-#define ChangeMask ((Mask)(CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))
-
-#define IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask (CWBorderWidth)
-
-/*
- * IsSiblingAboveMe
- * returns Above if pSib above pMe in stack or Below otherwise
- */
-
-static int
-IsSiblingAboveMe(
- WindowPtr pMe,
- WindowPtr pSib)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
-
- pWin = pMe->parent->firstChild;
- while (pWin)
- {
- if (pWin == pSib)
- return Above;
- else if (pWin == pMe)
- return Below;
- pWin = pWin->nextSib;
- }
- return Below;
-}
-
-static BoxPtr
-WindowExtents(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- BoxPtr pBox)
-{
- pBox->x1 = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- pBox->y1 = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
- pBox->x2 = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width
- + wBorderWidth (pWin);
- pBox->y2 = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height
- + wBorderWidth (pWin);
- return pBox;
-}
-
-#define IS_SHAPED(pWin) (wBoundingShape (pWin) != (RegionPtr) NULL)
-
-static RegionPtr
-MakeBoundingRegion (
- WindowPtr pWin,
- BoxPtr pBox)
-{
- RegionPtr pRgn = RegionCreate(pBox, 1);
- if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {
- RegionTranslate(pRgn, -pWin->origin.x, -pWin->origin.y);
- RegionIntersect(pRgn, pRgn, wBoundingShape (pWin));
- RegionTranslate(pRgn, pWin->origin.x, pWin->origin.y);
- }
- return pRgn;
-}
-
-static Bool
-ShapeOverlap (
- WindowPtr pWin,
- BoxPtr pWinBox,
- WindowPtr pSib,
- BoxPtr pSibBox)
-{
- RegionPtr pWinRgn, pSibRgn;
- Bool ret;
-
- if (!IS_SHAPED(pWin) && !IS_SHAPED(pSib))
- return TRUE;
- pWinRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pWin, pWinBox);
- pSibRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pSib, pSibBox);
- RegionIntersect(pWinRgn, pWinRgn, pSibRgn);
- ret = RegionNotEmpty(pWinRgn);
- RegionDestroy(pWinRgn);
- RegionDestroy(pSibRgn);
- return ret;
-}
-
-static Bool
-AnyWindowOverlapsMe(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- WindowPtr pHead,
- BoxPtr box)
-{
- WindowPtr pSib;
- BoxRec sboxrec;
- BoxPtr sbox;
-
- for (pSib = pWin->prevSib; pSib != pHead; pSib = pSib->prevSib)
- {
- if (pSib->mapped)
- {
- sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);
- if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)
- && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)
- )
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-IOverlapAnyWindow(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- BoxPtr box)
-{
- WindowPtr pSib;
- BoxRec sboxrec;
- BoxPtr sbox;
-
- for (pSib = pWin->nextSib; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)
- {
- if (pSib->mapped)
- {
- sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);
- if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)
- && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)
- )
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * WhereDoIGoInTheStack()
- * Given pWin and pSib and the relationshipe smode, return
- * the window that pWin should go ABOVE.
- * If a pSib is specified:
- * Above: pWin is placed just above pSib
- * Below: pWin is placed just below pSib
- * TopIf: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed
- * at the top of the stack
- * BottomIf: if pWin occludes pSib, then pWin is
- * placed at the bottom of the stack
- * Opposite: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at the
- * top of the stack, else if pWin occludes pSib, then
- * pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
- *
- * If pSib is NULL:
- * Above: pWin is placed at the top of the stack
- * Below: pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
- * TopIf: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at
- * the top of the stack
- * BottomIf: if pWin occludes any sibline, then pWin is placed at
- * the bottom of the stack
- * Opposite: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at
- * the top of the stack, else if pWin occludes any
- * sibling, then pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
- *
- */
-
-static WindowPtr
-WhereDoIGoInTheStack(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- WindowPtr pSib,
- short x,
- short y,
- unsigned short w,
- unsigned short h,
- int smode)
-{
- BoxRec box;
- WindowPtr pHead, pFirst;
-
- if ((pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild) &&
- (pWin == pWin->parent->lastChild))
- return((WindowPtr ) NULL);
- pHead = RealChildHead(pWin->parent);
- pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pWin->parent->firstChild;
- box.x1 = x;
- box.y1 = y;
- box.x2 = x + (int)w;
- box.y2 = y + (int)h;
- switch (smode)
- {
- case Above:
- if (pSib)
- return pSib;
- else if (pWin == pFirst)
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else
- return pFirst;
- case Below:
- if (pSib)
- if (pSib->nextSib != pWin)
- return pSib->nextSib;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else
- return NullWindow;
- case TopIf:
- if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else if (pSib)
- {
- if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above) &&
- (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))
- return pFirst;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- }
- else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))
- return pFirst;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- case BottomIf:
- if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else if (pSib)
- {
- if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Below) &&
- (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))
- return NullWindow;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- }
- else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))
- return NullWindow;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- case Opposite:
- if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
- return pWin->nextSib;
- else if (pSib)
- {
- if (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT)
- {
- if (IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above)
- return pFirst;
- else
- return NullWindow;
- }
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- }
- else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))
- {
- /* If I'm occluded, I can't possibly be the first child
- * if (pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild)
- * return pWin->nextSib;
- */
- return pFirst;
- }
- else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))
- return NullWindow;
- else
- return pWin->nextSib;
- default:
- {
- /* should never happen; make something up. */
- return pWin->nextSib;
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void
-ReflectStackChange(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- WindowPtr pSib,
- VTKind kind)
-{
-/* Note that pSib might be NULL */
-
- Bool WasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
- Bool anyMarked;
- WindowPtr pFirstChange;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- /* if this is a root window, can't be restacked */
- if (!pWin->parent)
- return;
-
- pFirstChange = MoveWindowInStack(pWin, pSib);
-
- if (WasViewable)
- {
- anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pFirstChange,
- &pLayerWin);
- if (pLayerWin != pWin) pFirstChange = pLayerWin;
- if (anyMarked)
- {
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (anyMarked && pWin->drawable.pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);
- }
- if (pWin->realized)
- WindowsRestructured ();
-}
-
-/*****
- * ConfigureWindow
- *****/
-
-int
-ConfigureWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Mask mask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)
-{
-#define RESTACK_WIN 0
-#define MOVE_WIN 1
-#define RESIZE_WIN 2
-#define REBORDER_WIN 3
- WindowPtr pSib = NullWindow;
- WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;
- Window sibwid = 0;
- Mask index2, tmask;
- XID *pVlist;
- short x, y, beforeX, beforeY;
- unsigned short w = pWin->drawable.width,
- h = pWin->drawable.height,
- bw = pWin->borderWidth;
- int rc, action, smode = Above;
- xEvent event;
-
- if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (mask & IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask))
- return BadMatch;
-
- if ((mask & CWSibling) && !(mask & CWStackMode))
- return BadMatch;
-
- pVlist = vlist;
-
- if (pParent)
- {
- x = pWin->drawable.x - pParent->drawable.x - (int)bw;
- y = pWin->drawable.y - pParent->drawable.y - (int)bw;
- }
- else
- {
- x = pWin->drawable.x;
- y = pWin->drawable.y;
- }
- beforeX = x;
- beforeY = y;
- action = RESTACK_WIN;
- if ((mask & (CWX | CWY)) && (!(mask & (CWHeight | CWWidth))))
- {
- GET_INT16(CWX, x);
- GET_INT16(CWY, y);
- action = MOVE_WIN;
- }
- /* or should be resized */
- else if (mask & (CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))
- {
- GET_INT16(CWX, x);
- GET_INT16(CWY, y);
- GET_CARD16(CWWidth, w);
- GET_CARD16 (CWHeight, h);
- if (!w || !h)
- {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return BadValue;
- }
- action = RESIZE_WIN;
- }
- tmask = mask & ~ChangeMask;
- while (tmask)
- {
- index2 = (Mask)lowbit (tmask);
- tmask &= ~index2;
- switch (index2)
- {
- case CWBorderWidth:
- GET_CARD16(CWBorderWidth, bw);
- break;
- case CWSibling:
- sibwid = (Window ) *pVlist;
- pVlist++;
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pSib, sibwid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- {
- client->errorValue = sibwid;
- return rc;
- }
- if (pSib->parent != pParent)
- return BadMatch;
- if (pSib == pWin)
- return BadMatch;
- break;
- case CWStackMode:
- GET_CARD8(CWStackMode, smode);
- if ((smode != TopIf) && (smode != BottomIf) &&
- (smode != Opposite) && (smode != Above) && (smode != Below))
- {
- client->errorValue = smode;
- return BadValue;
- }
- break;
- default:
- client->errorValue = mask;
- return BadValue;
- }
- }
- /* root really can't be reconfigured, so just return */
- if (!pParent)
- return Success;
-
- /* Figure out if the window should be moved. Doesnt
- make the changes to the window if event sent */
-
- if (mask & CWStackMode)
- pSib = WhereDoIGoInTheStack(pWin, pSib, pParent->drawable.x + x,
- pParent->drawable.y + y,
- w + (bw << 1), h + (bw << 1), smode);
- else
- pSib = pWin->nextSib;
-
-
- if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) &&
- (RedirectSend(pParent)
- ))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = ConfigureRequest;
- event.u.configureRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- if (mask & CWSibling)
- event.u.configureRequest.sibling = sibwid;
- else
- event.u.configureRequest.sibling = None;
- if (mask & CWStackMode)
- event.u.u.detail = smode;
- else
- event.u.u.detail = Above;
- event.u.configureRequest.x = x;
- event.u.configureRequest.y = y;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {
- event.u.configureRequest.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- event.u.configureRequest.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
-#endif
- event.u.configureRequest.width = w;
- event.u.configureRequest.height = h;
- event.u.configureRequest.borderWidth = bw;
- event.u.configureRequest.valueMask = mask;
- event.u.configureRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
- SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- return Success;
- }
- if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
- {
- Bool size_change = (w != pWin->drawable.width)
- || (h != pWin->drawable.height);
- if (size_change && ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & ResizeRedirectMask))
- {
- xEvent eventT;
- memset(&eventT, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- eventT.u.u.type = ResizeRequest;
- eventT.u.resizeRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- eventT.u.resizeRequest.width = w;
- eventT.u.resizeRequest.height = h;
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pWin, &eventT, 1,
- ResizeRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- {
- /* if event is delivered, leave the actual size alone. */
- w = pWin->drawable.width;
- h = pWin->drawable.height;
- size_change = FALSE;
- }
- }
- if (!size_change)
- {
- if (mask & (CWX | CWY))
- action = MOVE_WIN;
- else if (mask & (CWStackMode | CWBorderWidth))
- action = RESTACK_WIN;
- else /* really nothing to do */
- return(Success) ;
- }
- }
-
- if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
- /* we've already checked whether there's really a size change */
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- if ((mask & CWX) && (x != beforeX))
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- if ((mask & CWY) && (y != beforeY))
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- if ((mask & CWBorderWidth) && (bw != wBorderWidth (pWin)))
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- if (mask & CWStackMode)
- {
-#ifndef ROOTLESS
- /* See above for why we always reorder in rootless mode. */
- if (pWin->nextSib != pSib)
-#endif
- goto ActuallyDoSomething;
- }
- return Success;
-
-ActuallyDoSomething:
- if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)
- {
- int ret;
- ret = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)(pWin, x, y, w, h, bw, pSib);
- if (ret) {
- client->errorValue = 0;
- return ret;
- }
- }
-
- if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = ConfigureNotify;
- event.u.configureNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- if (pSib)
- event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = pSib->drawable.id;
- else
- event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = None;
- event.u.configureNotify.x = x;
- event.u.configureNotify.y = y;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {
- event.u.configureNotify.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- event.u.configureNotify.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
-#endif
- event.u.configureNotify.width = w;
- event.u.configureNotify.height = h;
- event.u.configureNotify.borderWidth = bw;
- event.u.configureNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- if (mask & CWBorderWidth)
- {
- if (action == RESTACK_WIN)
- {
- action = MOVE_WIN;
- pWin->borderWidth = bw;
- }
- else if ((action == MOVE_WIN) &&
- (beforeX + wBorderWidth (pWin) == x + (int)bw) &&
- (beforeY + wBorderWidth (pWin) == y + (int)bw))
- {
- action = REBORDER_WIN;
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)(pWin, bw);
- }
- else
- pWin->borderWidth = bw;
- }
- if (action == MOVE_WIN)
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin, x, y, pSib,
- (mask & CWBorderWidth) ? VTOther : VTMove);
- else if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ResizeWindow)(pWin, x, y, w, h, pSib);
- else if (mask & CWStackMode)
- ReflectStackChange(pWin, pSib, VTOther);
-
- if (action != RESTACK_WIN)
- CheckCursorConfinement(pWin);
- return Success;
-#undef RESTACK_WIN
-#undef MOVE_WIN
-#undef RESIZE_WIN
-#undef REBORDER_WIN
-}
-
-
-/******
- *
- * CirculateWindow
- * For RaiseLowest, raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is
- * obscured by another child to the top of the stack. For LowerHighest,
- * lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that is obscuring another
- * child to the bottom of the stack. Exposure processing is performed
- *
- ******/
-
-int
-CirculateWindow(WindowPtr pParent, int direction, ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin, pHead, pFirst;
- xEvent event;
- BoxRec box;
-
- pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);
- pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pParent->firstChild;
- if (direction == RaiseLowest)
- {
- for (pWin = pParent->lastChild;
- (pWin != pHead) &&
- !(pWin->mapped &&
- AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));
- pWin = pWin->prevSib) ;
- if (pWin == pHead)
- return Success;
- }
- else
- {
- for (pWin = pFirst;
- pWin &&
- !(pWin->mapped &&
- IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));
- pWin = pWin->nextSib) ;
- if (!pWin)
- return Success;
- }
-
- event.u.circulate.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.circulate.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
- event.u.circulate.event = pParent->drawable.id;
- if (direction == RaiseLowest)
- event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnTop;
- else
- event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnBottom;
-
- if (RedirectSend(pParent))
- {
- event.u.u.type = CirculateRequest;
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
- SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- return Success;
- }
-
- event.u.u.type = CirculateNotify;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- ReflectStackChange(pWin,
- (direction == RaiseLowest) ? pFirst : NullWindow,
- VTStack);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int
-CompareWIDs(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- pointer value) /* must conform to VisitWindowProcPtr */
-{
- Window *wid = (Window *)value;
-
- if (pWin->drawable.id == *wid)
- return WT_STOPWALKING;
- else
- return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-/*****
- * ReparentWindow
- *****/
-
-int
-ReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pParent,
- int x, int y, ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pPrev, pPriorParent;
- Bool WasMapped = (Bool)(pWin->mapped);
- xEvent event;
- int bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- if (TraverseTree(pWin, CompareWIDs, (pointer)&pParent->drawable.id) == WT_STOPWALKING)
- return BadMatch;
- if (!MakeWindowOptional(pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- if (WasMapped)
- UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = ReparentNotify;
- event.u.reparent.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.reparent.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
- event.u.reparent.x = x;
- event.u.reparent.y = y;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pParent->parent) {
- event.u.reparent.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
- event.u.reparent.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
- }
-#endif
- event.u.reparent.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, pParent);
-
- /* take out of sibling chain */
-
- pPriorParent = pPrev = pWin->parent;
- if (pPrev->firstChild == pWin)
- pPrev->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
- if (pPrev->lastChild == pWin)
- pPrev->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
-
- if (pWin->nextSib)
- pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
- if (pWin->prevSib)
- pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
-
- /* insert at begining of pParent */
- pWin->parent = pParent;
- pPrev = RealChildHead(pParent);
- if (pPrev)
- {
- pWin->nextSib = pPrev->nextSib;
- if (pPrev->nextSib)
- pPrev->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;
- else
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- pPrev->nextSib = pWin;
- pWin->prevSib = pPrev;
- }
- else
- {
- pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
- pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;
- if (pParent->firstChild)
- pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;
- else
- pParent->lastChild = pWin;
- pParent->firstChild = pWin;
- }
-
- pWin->origin.x = x + bw;
- pWin->origin.y = y + bw;
- pWin->drawable.x = x + bw + pParent->drawable.x;
- pWin->drawable.y = y + bw + pParent->drawable.y;
-
- /* clip to parent */
- SetWinSize (pWin);
- SetBorderSize (pWin);
-
- if (pScreen->ReparentWindow)
- (*pScreen->ReparentWindow)(pWin, pPriorParent);
- (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);
- ResizeChildrenWinSize(pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-
- CheckWindowOptionalNeed(pWin);
-
- if (WasMapped)
- MapWindow(pWin, client);
- RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void
-RealizeTree(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- WindowPtr pChild;
- RealizeWindowProcPtr Realize;
-
- Realize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->RealizeWindow;
- pChild = pWin;
- while (1)
- {
- if (pChild->mapped)
- {
- pChild->realized = TRUE;
- pChild->viewable = (pChild->drawable.class == InputOutput);
- (* Realize)(pChild);
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- return;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
-}
-
-static WindowPtr windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;
-
-void
-DisableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents == NULL);
-
- windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = pWin;
-}
-
-void
-EnableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents != NULL);
-
- windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = NULL;
-}
-
-static Bool
-MapUnmapEventsEnabled(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- return pWin != windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;
-}
-
-/*****
- * MapWindow
- * If some other client has selected SubStructureReDirect on the parent
- * and override-redirect is xFalse, then a MapRequest event is generated,
- * but the window remains unmapped. Otherwise, the window is mapped and a
- * MapNotify event is generated.
- *****/
-
-int
-MapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
-{
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
-
- WindowPtr pParent;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin;
-
- if (pWin->mapped)
- return Success;
-
- /* general check for permission to map window */
- if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
- pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixShowAccess) != Success)
- return Success;
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- if ( (pParent = pWin->parent) )
- {
- xEvent event;
- Bool anyMarked;
-
- if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) &&
- (RedirectSend(pParent)
- ))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = MapRequest;
- event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
-
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
- SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- return Success;
- }
-
- pWin->mapped = TRUE;
- if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = MapNotify;
- event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
-
- if (!pParent->realized)
- return Success;
- RealizeTree(pWin);
- if (pWin->viewable)
- {
- anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,
- &pLayerWin);
- if (anyMarked)
- {
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);
- }
- WindowsRestructured ();
- }
- else
- {
- RegionRec temp;
-
- pWin->mapped = TRUE;
- pWin->realized = TRUE; /* for roots */
- pWin->viewable = pWin->drawable.class == InputOutput;
- /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
- (*pScreen->RealizeWindow)(pWin);
- if (pScreen->ClipNotify)
- (*pScreen->ClipNotify) (pWin, 0, 0);
- if (pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(NullWindow, pWin, VTMap);
- RegionNull(&temp);
- RegionCopy(&temp, &pWin->clipList);
- (*pScreen->WindowExposures) (pWin, &temp, NullRegion);
- RegionUninit(&temp);
- }
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-/*****
- * MapSubwindows
- * Performs a MapWindow all unmapped children of the window, in top
- * to bottom stacking order.
- *****/
-
-void
-MapSubwindows(WindowPtr pParent, ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- WindowPtr pFirstMapped = NullWindow;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- Mask parentRedirect;
- Mask parentNotify;
- xEvent event;
- Bool anyMarked;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin;
-
- pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
- parentRedirect = RedirectSend(pParent);
- parentNotify = SubSend(pParent);
- anyMarked = FALSE;
- for (pWin = pParent->firstChild; pWin; pWin = pWin->nextSib)
- {
- if (!pWin->mapped)
- {
- if (parentRedirect && !pWin->overrideRedirect)
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = MapRequest;
- event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
-
- if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
- SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
- continue;
- }
-
- pWin->mapped = TRUE;
- if (parentNotify || StrSend(pWin))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = MapNotify;
- event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
-
- if (!pFirstMapped)
- pFirstMapped = pWin;
- if (pParent->realized)
- {
- RealizeTree(pWin);
- if (pWin->viewable)
- {
- anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,
- (WindowPtr *)NULL);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (pFirstMapped)
- {
- pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pParent);
- if (pLayerWin->parent != pParent) {
- anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pLayerWin,
- pLayerWin,
- (WindowPtr *)NULL);
- pFirstMapped = pLayerWin;
- }
- if (anyMarked)
- {
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped, VTMap);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped,
- VTMap);
- WindowsRestructured ();
- }
-}
-
-static void
-UnrealizeTree(
- WindowPtr pWin,
- Bool fromConfigure)
-{
- WindowPtr pChild;
- UnrealizeWindowProcPtr Unrealize;
- MarkUnrealizedWindowProcPtr MarkUnrealizedWindow;
-
- Unrealize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;
- MarkUnrealizedWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->MarkUnrealizedWindow;
- pChild = pWin;
- while (1)
- {
- if (pChild->realized)
- {
- pChild->realized = FALSE;
- pChild->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pChild->drawable.pScreen->myNum) {
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win,
- pChild->drawable.id, XRT_WINDOW,
- serverClient, DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success)
- win->u.win.visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
- }
-#endif
- (* Unrealize)(pChild);
- if (MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
- DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pChild, FALSE);
- if (pChild->viewable)
- {
- pChild->viewable = FALSE;
- (* MarkUnrealizedWindow)(pChild, pWin, fromConfigure);
- pChild->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
- }
- if (pChild->firstChild)
- {
- pChild = pChild->firstChild;
- continue;
- }
- }
- while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
- pChild = pChild->parent;
- if (pChild == pWin)
- return;
- pChild = pChild->nextSib;
- }
-}
-
-/*****
- * UnmapWindow
- * If the window is already unmapped, this request has no effect.
- * Otherwise, the window is unmapped and an UnMapNotify event is
- * generated. Cannot unmap a root window.
- *****/
-
-int
-UnmapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Bool fromConfigure)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent;
- xEvent event;
- Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;
- Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin = pWin;
-
- if ((!pWin->mapped) || (!(pParent = pWin->parent)))
- return Success;
- if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
- {
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;
- event.u.unmapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = fromConfigure;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- if (wasViewable && !fromConfigure)
- {
- pWin->valdata = UnmapValData;
- (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin->nextSib, &pLayerWin);
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- pWin->mapped = FALSE;
- if (wasRealized)
- UnrealizeTree(pWin, fromConfigure);
- if (wasViewable)
- {
- if (!fromConfigure)
- {
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (!fromConfigure && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);
- }
- if (wasRealized && !fromConfigure)
- WindowsRestructured ();
- return Success;
-}
-
-/*****
- * UnmapSubwindows
- * Performs an UnmapWindow request with the specified mode on all mapped
- * children of the window, in bottom to top stacking order.
- *****/
-
-void
-UnmapSubwindows(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- WindowPtr pChild, pHead;
- xEvent event;
- Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;
- Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
- Bool anyMarked = FALSE;
- Mask parentNotify;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin = NULL;
- ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- if (!pWin->firstChild)
- return;
- parentNotify = SubSend(pWin);
- pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);
-
- if (wasViewable)
- pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pWin);
-
- for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
- {
- if (pChild->mapped)
- {
- if (parentNotify || StrSend(pChild))
- {
- event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;
- event.u.unmapNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;
- event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = xFalse;
- DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);
- }
- if (pChild->viewable)
- {
- pChild->valdata = UnmapValData;
- anyMarked = TRUE;
- }
- pChild->mapped = FALSE;
- if (pChild->realized)
- UnrealizeTree(pChild, FALSE);
- if (wasViewable)
- {
- }
- }
- }
- if (wasViewable)
- {
- if (anyMarked)
- {
- if (pLayerWin->parent == pWin)
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pWin);
- else
- {
- WindowPtr ptmp;
- (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pLayerWin,
- (WindowPtr *)NULL);
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);
-
- /* Windows between pWin and pLayerWin may not have been marked */
- ptmp = pWin;
-
- while (ptmp != pLayerWin->parent)
- {
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(ptmp);
- ptmp = ptmp->parent;
- }
- pHead = pWin->firstChild;
- }
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
- }
- if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);
- }
- if (wasRealized)
- WindowsRestructured ();
-}
-
-
-void
-HandleSaveSet(ClientPtr client)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent, pWin;
- int j;
-
- for (j=0; j<client->numSaved; j++)
- {
- pWin = SaveSetWindow(client->saveSet[j]);
-#ifdef XFIXES
- if (SaveSetToRoot(client->saveSet[j]))
- pParent = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root;
- else
-#endif
- {
- pParent = pWin->parent;
- while (pParent && (wClient (pParent) == client))
- pParent = pParent->parent;
- }
- if (pParent)
- {
- if (pParent != pWin->parent)
- {
-#ifdef XFIXES
- /* unmap first so that ReparentWindow doesn't remap */
- if (!SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))
- UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
-#endif
- ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,
- pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.x,
- pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.y,
- client);
- if(!pWin->realized && pWin->mapped)
- pWin->mapped = FALSE;
- }
-#ifdef XFIXES
- if (SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))
-#endif
- MapWindow(pWin, client);
- }
- }
- free(client->saveSet);
- client->numSaved = 0;
- client->saveSet = (SaveSetElt *)NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * \param x,y in root
- */
-Bool
-PointInWindowIsVisible(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)
-{
- BoxRec box;
-
- if (!pWin->realized)
- return FALSE;
- if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip,
- x, y, &box)
- && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
- RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
- x - pWin->drawable.x,
- y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))
- return TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-RegionPtr
-NotClippedByChildren(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- RegionPtr pReg = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);
- if (pWin->parent ||
- screenIsSaved != SCREEN_SAVER_ON ||
- !HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen))
- {
- RegionIntersect(pReg, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
- }
- return pReg;
-}
-
-void
-SendVisibilityNotify(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- xEvent event;
- unsigned int visibility = pWin->visibility;
-
- if (!MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
- return;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- /* This is not quite correct yet, but it's close */
- if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- WindowPtr pWin2;
- int rc, i, Scrnum;
-
- Scrnum = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
-
- win = PanoramiXFindIDByScrnum(XRT_WINDOW, pWin->drawable.id, Scrnum);
-
- if(!win || (win->u.win.visibility == visibility))
- return;
-
- switch(visibility) {
- case VisibilityUnobscured:
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- if(i == Scrnum) continue;
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,
- DixWriteAccess);
-
- if (rc == Success) {
- if(pWin2->visibility == VisibilityPartiallyObscured)
- return;
-
- if(!i) pWin = pWin2;
- }
- }
- break;
- case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:
- if(Scrnum) {
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[0].id, serverClient,
- DixWriteAccess);
- if (rc == Success) pWin = pWin2;
- }
- break;
- case VisibilityFullyObscured:
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- if(i == Scrnum) continue;
-
- rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,
- DixWriteAccess);
-
- if (rc == Success) {
- if(pWin2->visibility != VisibilityFullyObscured)
- return;
-
- if(!i) pWin = pWin2;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-
- win->u.win.visibility = visibility;
- }
-#endif
-
- memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
- event.u.u.type = VisibilityNotify;
- event.u.visibility.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- event.u.visibility.state = visibility;
- DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
-}
-
-#define RANDOM_WIDTH 32
-int
-dixSaveScreens(ClientPtr client, int on, int mode)
-{
- int rc, i, what, type;
-
- if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)
- {
- if (mode == ScreenSaverReset)
- what = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
- else
- what = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;
- type = what;
- }
- else
- {
- what = on;
- type = what;
- if (what == screenIsSaved)
- type = SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
- rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
- DixShowAccess | DixHideAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
- return rc;
- }
- for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- {
- ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
- if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)
- (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, on);
- if (pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)
- {
- if ((*pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)
- (pScreen, type, on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER))
- continue;
- }
- if (type == screenIsSaved)
- continue;
- switch (type) {
- case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
- if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)
- {
- (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what);
- }
- else if (HasSaverWindow (pScreen))
- {
- pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NullWindow;
- FreeResource(pScreen->screensaver.wid, RT_NONE);
- }
- break;
- case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
- if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_TILED)
- {
- WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow;
- /* make it look like screen saver is off, so that
- * NotClippedByChildren will compute a clip list
- * for the root window, so miPaintWindow works
- */
- screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin,
- (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),
- (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),
- pWin->nextSib, VTMove);
- screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;
- }
- /*
- * Call the DDX saver in case it wants to do something
- * at cycle time
- */
- else if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)
- {
- (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, type);
- }
- break;
- case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
- if (ScreenSaverBlanking != DontPreferBlanking)
- {
- if ((* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what))
- {
- pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLANKED;
- continue;
- }
- if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&
- TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_BLACK))
- {
- pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLACK;
- continue;
- }
- }
- if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&
- TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_TILED))
- {
- pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_TILED;
- }
- else
- pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_ISNT_SAVED;
- break;
- }
- }
- screenIsSaved = what;
- if (mode == ScreenSaverReset) {
- if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER) {
- UpdateCurrentTimeIf();
- lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
- }
- SetScreenSaverTimer();
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-int
-SaveScreens(int on, int mode)
-{
- return dixSaveScreens(serverClient, on, mode);
-}
-
-static Bool
-TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind)
-{
- int j;
- int result;
- XID attributes[3];
- Mask mask;
- WindowPtr pWin;
- CursorMetricRec cm;
- unsigned char *srcbits, *mskbits;
- CursorPtr cursor;
- XID cursorID = 0;
- int attri;
-
- mask = 0;
- attri = 0;
- switch (kind) {
- case SCREEN_IS_TILED:
- switch (pScreen->root->backgroundState) {
- case BackgroundPixel:
- attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->background.pixel;
- mask |= CWBackPixel;
- break;
- case BackgroundPixmap:
- attributes[attri++] = None;
- mask |= CWBackPixmap;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- break;
- case SCREEN_IS_BLACK:
- attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->drawable.pScreen->blackPixel;
- mask |= CWBackPixel;
- break;
- }
- mask |= CWOverrideRedirect;
- attributes[attri++] = xTrue;
-
- /*
- * create a blank cursor
- */
-
- cm.width=16;
- cm.height=16;
- cm.xhot=8;
- cm.yhot=8;
- srcbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);
- mskbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);
- if (!srcbits || !mskbits)
- {
- free(srcbits);
- free(mskbits);
- cursor = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- for (j=0; j<BitmapBytePad(32)*16; j++)
- srcbits[j] = mskbits[j] = 0x0;
- result = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- &cursor, serverClient, (XID)0);
- if (cursor)
- {
- cursorID = FakeClientID(0);
- if (AddResource (cursorID, RT_CURSOR, (pointer) cursor))
- {
- attributes[attri] = cursorID;
- mask |= CWCursor;
- }
- else
- cursor = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- free(srcbits);
- free(mskbits);
- }
- }
-
- pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow =
- CreateWindow(pScreen->screensaver.wid,
- pScreen->root,
- -RANDOM_WIDTH, -RANDOM_WIDTH,
- (unsigned short)pScreen->width + RANDOM_WIDTH,
- (unsigned short)pScreen->height + RANDOM_WIDTH,
- 0, InputOutput, mask, attributes, 0, serverClient,
- wVisual (pScreen->root), &result);
-
- if (cursor)
- FreeResource (cursorID, RT_NONE);
-
- if (!pWin)
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
- (pointer)pScreen->screensaver.pWindow))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (mask & CWBackPixmap)
- {
- MakeRootTile (pWin);
- (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWBackPixmap);
- }
- MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * FindWindowWithOptional
- *
- * search ancestors of the given window for an entry containing
- * a WindowOpt structure. Assumptions: some parent will
- * contain the structure.
- */
-
-WindowPtr
-FindWindowWithOptional (WindowPtr w)
-{
- do
- w = w->parent;
- while (!w->optional);
- return w;
-}
-
-/*
- * CheckWindowOptionalNeed
- *
- * check each optional entry in the given window to see if
- * the value is satisfied by the default rules. If so,
- * release the optional record
- */
-
-void
-CheckWindowOptionalNeed (WindowPtr w)
-{
- WindowOptPtr optional;
- WindowOptPtr parentOptional;
-
- if (!w->parent || !w->optional)
- return;
- optional = w->optional;
- if (optional->dontPropagateMask != DontPropagateMasks[w->dontPropagate])
- return;
- if (optional->otherEventMasks != 0)
- return;
- if (optional->otherClients != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->passiveGrabs != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->userProps != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->backingBitPlanes != ~0L)
- return;
- if (optional->backingPixel != 0)
- return;
- if (optional->boundingShape != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->clipShape != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->inputShape != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->inputMasks != NULL)
- return;
- if (optional->deviceCursors != NULL)
- {
- DevCursNodePtr pNode = optional->deviceCursors;
- while(pNode)
- {
- if (pNode->cursor != None)
- return;
- pNode = pNode->next;
- }
- }
-
- parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(w)->optional;
- if (optional->visual != parentOptional->visual)
- return;
- if (optional->cursor != None &&
- (optional->cursor != parentOptional->cursor ||
- w->parent->cursorIsNone))
- return;
- if (optional->colormap != parentOptional->colormap)
- return;
- DisposeWindowOptional (w);
-}
-
-/*
- * MakeWindowOptional
- *
- * create an optional record and initialize it with the default
- * values.
- */
-
-Bool
-MakeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
- WindowOptPtr optional;
- WindowOptPtr parentOptional;
-
- if (pWin->optional)
- return TRUE;
- optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));
- if (!optional)
- return FALSE;
- optional->dontPropagateMask = DontPropagateMasks[pWin->dontPropagate];
- optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
- optional->otherClients = NULL;
- optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;
- optional->userProps = NULL;
- optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;
- optional->backingPixel = 0;
- optional->boundingShape = NULL;
- optional->clipShape = NULL;
- optional->inputShape = NULL;
- optional->inputMasks = NULL;
- optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
-
- parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(pWin)->optional;
- optional->visual = parentOptional->visual;
- if (!pWin->cursorIsNone)
- {
- optional->cursor = parentOptional->cursor;
- optional->cursor->refcnt++;
- }
- else
- {
- optional->cursor = None;
- }
- optional->colormap = parentOptional->colormap;
- pWin->optional = optional;
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Changes the cursor struct for the given device and the given window.
- * A cursor that does not have a device cursor set will use whatever the
- * standard cursor is for the window. If all devices have a cursor set,
- * changing the window cursor (e.g. using XDefineCursor()) will not have any
- * visible effect. Only when one of the device cursors is set to None again,
- * this device's cursor will display the changed standard cursor.
- *
- * CursorIsNone of the window struct is NOT modified if you set a device
- * cursor.
- *
- * Assumption: If there is a node for a device in the list, the device has a
- * cursor. If the cursor is set to None, it is inherited by the parent.
- */
-int
-ChangeWindowDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- DevCursNodePtr pNode, pPrev;
- CursorPtr pOldCursor = NULL;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- WindowPtr pChild;
-
- if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional(pWin))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- /* 1) Check if window has device cursor set
- * Yes: 1.1) swap cursor with given cursor if parent does not have same
- * cursor, free old cursor
- * 1.2) free old cursor, use parent cursor
- * No: 1.1) add node to beginning of list.
- * 1.2) add cursor to node if parent does not have same cursor
- * 1.3) use parent cursor if parent does not have same cursor
- * 2) Patch up children if child has a devcursor
- * 2.1) if child has cursor None, it inherited from parent, set to old
- * cursor
- * 2.2) if child has same cursor as new cursor, remove and set to None
- */
-
- pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-
- if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))
- {
- /* has device cursor */
-
- if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)
- return Success;
-
- pOldCursor = pNode->cursor;
-
- if (!pCursor) /* remove from list */
- {
- if(pPrev)
- pPrev->next = pNode->next;
- else
- /* first item in list */
- pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNode->next;
-
- free(pNode);
- goto out;
- }
-
- } else
- {
- /* no device cursor yet */
- DevCursNodePtr pNewNode;
-
- if (!pCursor)
- return Success;
-
- pNewNode = malloc(sizeof(DevCursNodeRec));
- pNewNode->dev = pDev;
- pNewNode->next = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
- pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNewNode;
- pNode = pNewNode;
-
- }
-
- if (pCursor && WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, pCursor))
- pNode->cursor = None;
- else
- {
- pNode->cursor = pCursor;
- pCursor->refcnt++;
- }
-
- pNode = pPrev = NULL;
- /* fix up children */
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)
- {
- if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pChild, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))
- {
- if (pNode->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */
- {
- pNode->cursor = pOldCursor;
- pOldCursor->refcnt++;
- } else if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)
- {
- pNode->cursor = None;
- FreeCursor(pCursor, (Cursor)0); /* fix up refcnt */
- }
- }
- }
-
-out:
- if (pWin->realized)
- WindowHasNewCursor(pWin);
-
- if (pOldCursor)
- FreeCursor(pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);
-
- /* FIXME: We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX
- (comment taken from ChangeWindowAttributes) */
- (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWCursor);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-/* Get device cursor for given device or None if none is set */
-CursorPtr
-WindowGetDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
- DevCursorList pList;
-
- if (!pWin->optional || !pWin->optional->deviceCursors)
- return NULL;
-
- pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
-
- while(pList)
- {
- if (pList->dev == pDev)
- {
- if (pList->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */
- return WindowGetDeviceCursor(pWin->parent, pDev);
- else
- return pList->cursor;
- }
- pList = pList->next;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Searches for a DevCursorNode for the given window and device. If one is
- * found, return True and set pNode and pPrev to the node and to the node
- * before the node respectively. Otherwise return False.
- * If the device is the first in list, pPrev is set to NULL.
- */
-static Bool
-WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- DevCursNodePtr* pNode,
- DevCursNodePtr* pPrev)
-{
- DevCursorList pList;
-
- if (!pWin->optional)
- return FALSE;
-
- pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
-
- if (pList && pList->dev == pDev)
- {
- *pNode = pList;
- *pPrev = NULL;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- while(pList)
- {
- if (pList->next)
- {
- if (pList->next->dev == pDev)
- {
- *pNode = pList->next;
- *pPrev = pList;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- pList = pList->next;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Return True if a parent has the same device cursor set or False if
- * otherwise
- */
-static Bool
-WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
- DeviceIntPtr pDev,
- CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
- WindowPtr pParent;
- DevCursNodePtr pParentNode, pParentPrev;
-
- pParent = pWin->parent;
- while(pParent)
- {
- if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pParent, pDev,
- &pParentNode, &pParentPrev))
- {
- /* if there is a node in the list, the win has a dev cursor */
- if (!pParentNode->cursor) /* inherited. */
- pParent = pParent->parent;
- else if (pParentNode->cursor == pCursor) /* inherit */
- return TRUE;
- else /* different cursor */
- return FALSE;
- }
- else
- /* parent does not have a device cursor for our device */
- return FALSE;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * SetRootClip --
- * Enable or disable rendering to the screen by
- * setting the root clip list and revalidating
- * all of the windows
- */
-void
-SetRootClip(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool enable)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->root;
- WindowPtr pChild;
- Bool WasViewable;
- Bool anyMarked = FALSE;
- WindowPtr pLayerWin;
- BoxRec box;
-
- if (!pWin)
- return;
- WasViewable = (Bool)(pWin->viewable);
- if (WasViewable)
- {
- for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)
- {
- (void) (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pChild,
- pChild,
- &pLayerWin);
- }
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);
- anyMarked = TRUE;
- if (pWin->valdata)
- {
- if (HasBorder (pWin))
- {
- RegionPtr borderVisible;
-
- borderVisible = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);
- RegionSubtract(borderVisible,
- &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
- pWin->valdata->before.borderVisible = borderVisible;
- }
- pWin->valdata->before.resized = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Use REGION_BREAK to avoid optimizations in ValidateTree
- * that assume the root borderClip can't change well, normally
- * it doesn't...)
- */
- if (enable)
- {
- box.x1 = 0;
- box.y1 = 0;
- box.x2 = pScreen->width;
- box.y2 = pScreen->height;
- RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);
- RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);
- if (WasViewable)
- RegionReset(&pWin->borderClip, &box);
- pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;
- pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;
- RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);
- }
- else
- {
- RegionEmpty(&pWin->borderClip);
- RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);
- }
-
- ResizeChildrenWinSize (pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-
- if (WasViewable)
- {
- if (pWin->firstChild)
- {
- anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin->firstChild,
- pWin->firstChild,
- (WindowPtr *)NULL);
- }
- else
- {
- (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);
- anyMarked = TRUE;
- }
-
-
- if (anyMarked)
- (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);
- }
-
- if (WasViewable)
- {
- if (anyMarked)
- (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pWin);
- if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
- (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);
- }
- if (pWin->realized)
- WindowsRestructured ();
- FlushAllOutput();
-}
+/*
+
+Copyright (c) 2006, Red Hat, Inc.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+
+/* The panoramix components contained the following notice */
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1997 Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
+IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of Digital Equipment Corporation
+shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
+dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "regionstr.h"
+#include "validate.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "propertyst.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "mivalidate.h"
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "mi.h" /* miPaintWindow */
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+#include "compint.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+#include <X11/Xatom.h> /* must come after server includes */
+
+/******
+ * Window stuff for server
+ *
+ * CreateRootWindow, CreateWindow, ChangeWindowAttributes,
+ * GetWindowAttributes, DeleteWindow, DestroySubWindows,
+ * HandleSaveSet, ReparentWindow, MapWindow, MapSubWindows,
+ * UnmapWindow, UnmapSubWindows, ConfigureWindow, CirculateWindow,
+ * ChangeWindowDeviceCursor
+ ******/
+
+Bool bgNoneRoot = FALSE;
+
+static unsigned char _back_lsb[4] = {0x88, 0x22, 0x44, 0x11};
+static unsigned char _back_msb[4] = {0x11, 0x44, 0x22, 0x88};
+
+static Bool WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ CursorPtr pCurs);
+static Bool
+WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ DevCursNodePtr* pNode,
+ DevCursNodePtr* pPrev);
+
+int screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
+
+static Bool TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind);
+
+#define INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK (CWWinGravity | CWEventMask | \
+ CWDontPropagate | CWOverrideRedirect | CWCursor )
+
+#define BOXES_OVERLAP(b1, b2) \
+ (!( ((b1)->x2 <= (b2)->x1) || \
+ ( ((b1)->x1 >= (b2)->x2)) || \
+ ( ((b1)->y2 <= (b2)->y1)) || \
+ ( ((b1)->y1 >= (b2)->y2)) ) )
+
+#define RedirectSend(pWin) \
+ ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureRedirectMask)
+
+#define SubSend(pWin) \
+ ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & SubstructureNotifyMask)
+
+#define StrSend(pWin) \
+ ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & StructureNotifyMask)
+
+#define SubStrSend(pWin,pParent) (StrSend(pWin) || SubSend(pParent))
+
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+static const char *overlay_win_name = "<composite overlay>";
+#endif
+
+static const char *
+get_window_name(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+#define WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN 512
+ PropertyPtr prop;
+ static char buf[WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN];
+ int len;
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+ CompScreenPtr comp_screen = GetCompScreen(pWin->drawable.pScreen);
+
+ if (comp_screen && pWin == comp_screen->pOverlayWin)
+ return overlay_win_name;
+#endif
+
+ for (prop = wUserProps(pWin); prop; prop = prop->next)
+ {
+ if (prop->propertyName == XA_WM_NAME && prop->type == XA_STRING &&
+ prop->data)
+ {
+ len = min(prop->size, WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN - 1);
+ memcpy(buf, prop->data, len);
+ buf[len] = '\0';
+ return buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+#undef WINDOW_NAME_BUF_LEN
+}
+
+static void log_window_info(WindowPtr pWin, int depth)
+{
+ int i;
+ const char *win_name, *visibility;
+ BoxPtr rects;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < (depth << 2); i++)
+ ErrorF(" ");
+
+ win_name = get_window_name(pWin);
+ ErrorF("win 0x%.8x (%s), [%d, %d] to [%d, %d]",
+ pWin->drawable.id,
+ win_name ? win_name : "no name",
+ pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,
+ pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width,
+ pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height);
+
+ if (pWin->overrideRedirect)
+ ErrorF(" (override redirect)");
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+ if (pWin->redirectDraw)
+ ErrorF(" (%s compositing: pixmap %x)",
+ (pWin->redirectDraw == RedirectDrawAutomatic) ?
+ "automatic" : "manual",
+ pScreen->GetWindowPixmap(pWin)->drawable.id);
+#endif
+
+ switch (pWin->visibility)
+ {
+ case VisibilityUnobscured:
+ visibility = "unobscured";
+ break;
+ case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:
+ visibility = "partially obscured";
+ break;
+ case VisibilityFullyObscured:
+ visibility = "fully obscured";
+ break;
+ case VisibilityNotViewable:
+ visibility = "unviewable";
+ break;
+ }
+ ErrorF(", %s", visibility);
+
+ if (REGION_NOTEMPTY(pScreen, &pWin->clipList))
+ {
+ ErrorF(", clip list:");
+ rects = REGION_RECTS(&pWin->clipList);
+ for (i = 0; i < REGION_NUM_RECTS(&pWin->clipList); i++)
+ ErrorF(" [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",
+ rects[i].x1, rects[i].y1,
+ rects[i].x2, rects[i].y2);
+ ErrorF("; extents [(%d, %d) to (%d, %d)]",
+ pWin->clipList.extents.x1, pWin->clipList.extents.y1,
+ pWin->clipList.extents.x2, pWin->clipList.extents.y2);
+ }
+
+ ErrorF("\n");
+}
+
+void
+PrintWindowTree(void)
+{
+ int scrnum, depth;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+
+ for (scrnum = 0; scrnum < screenInfo.numScreens; scrnum++)
+ {
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[scrnum];
+ ErrorF("[dix] Dumping windows for screen %d (pixmap %x):\n", scrnum,
+ pScreen->GetScreenPixmap(pScreen)->drawable.id);
+ pWin = pScreen->root;
+ depth = 1;
+ while (pWin)
+ {
+ log_window_info(pWin, depth);
+ if (pWin->firstChild)
+ {
+ pWin = pWin->firstChild;
+ depth++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (pWin && !pWin->nextSib)
+ {
+ pWin = pWin->parent;
+ depth--;
+ }
+ if (!pWin)
+ break;
+ pWin = pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+int
+TraverseTree(WindowPtr pWin, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)
+{
+ int result;
+ WindowPtr pChild;
+
+ if (!(pChild = pWin))
+ return WT_NOMATCH;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ result = (* func)(pChild, data);
+ if (result == WT_STOPWALKING)
+ return WT_STOPWALKING;
+ if ((result == WT_WALKCHILDREN) && pChild->firstChild)
+ {
+ pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
+ pChild = pChild->parent;
+ if (pChild == pWin)
+ break;
+ pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+ }
+ return WT_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+/*****
+ * WalkTree
+ * Walk the window tree, for SCREEN, preforming FUNC(pWin, data) on
+ * each window. If FUNC returns WT_WALKCHILDREN, traverse the children,
+ * if it returns WT_DONTWALKCHILDREN, dont. If it returns WT_STOPWALKING
+ * exit WalkTree. Does depth-first traverse.
+ *****/
+
+int
+WalkTree(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisitWindowProcPtr func, pointer data)
+{
+ return(TraverseTree(pScreen->root, func, data));
+}
+
+/* hack for forcing backing store on all windows */
+int defaultBackingStore = NotUseful;
+/* hack to force no backing store */
+Bool disableBackingStore = FALSE;
+Bool enableBackingStore = FALSE;
+
+static void
+SetWindowToDefaults(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;
+ pWin->firstChild = NullWindow;
+ pWin->lastChild = NullWindow;
+
+ pWin->valdata = (ValidatePtr)NULL;
+ pWin->optional = (WindowOptPtr)NULL;
+ pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
+
+ pWin->backingStore = NotUseful;
+ pWin->DIXsaveUnder = FALSE;
+ pWin->backStorage = (pointer) NULL;
+
+ pWin->mapped = FALSE; /* off */
+ pWin->realized = FALSE; /* off */
+ pWin->viewable = FALSE;
+ pWin->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
+ pWin->overrideRedirect = FALSE;
+ pWin->saveUnder = FALSE;
+
+ pWin->bitGravity = ForgetGravity;
+ pWin->winGravity = NorthWestGravity;
+
+ pWin->eventMask = 0;
+ pWin->deliverableEvents = 0;
+ pWin->dontPropagate = 0;
+ pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;
+ pWin->redirectDraw = RedirectDrawNone;
+ pWin->forcedBG = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef ROOTLESS
+ pWin->rootlessUnhittable = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+ pWin->damagedDescendants = FALSE;
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+MakeRootTile(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ GCPtr pGC;
+ unsigned char back[128];
+ int len = BitmapBytePad(sizeof(long));
+ unsigned char *from, *to;
+ int i, j;
+
+ pWin->background.pixmap = (*pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pScreen, 4, 4,
+ pScreen->rootDepth, 0);
+
+ pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;
+ pGC = GetScratchGC(pScreen->rootDepth, pScreen);
+ if (!pWin->background.pixmap || !pGC)
+ FatalError("could not create root tile");
+
+ {
+ ChangeGCVal attributes[2];
+
+ attributes[0].val = pScreen->whitePixel;
+ attributes[1].val = pScreen->blackPixel;
+
+ (void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pGC, GCForeground | GCBackground, attributes);
+ }
+
+ ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC);
+
+ from = (screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) ? _back_lsb : _back_msb;
+ to = back;
+
+ for (i = 4; i > 0; i--, from++)
+ for (j = len; j > 0; j--)
+ *to++ = *from;
+
+ (*pGC->ops->PutImage)((DrawablePtr)pWin->background.pixmap, pGC, 1,
+ 0, 0, len, 4, 0, XYBitmap, (char *)back);
+
+ FreeScratchGC(pGC);
+
+}
+
+/*****
+ * CreateRootWindow
+ * Makes a window at initialization time for specified screen
+ *****/
+
+Bool
+CreateRootWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ BoxRec box;
+ PixmapFormatRec *format;
+
+ pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+ if (!pWin)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NULL;
+ pScreen->screensaver.wid = FakeClientID(0);
+ pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver = NULL;
+ screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
+
+ pScreen->root = pWin;
+
+ pWin->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;
+ pWin->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_WINDOW;
+
+ pWin->drawable.depth = pScreen->rootDepth;
+ for (format = screenInfo.formats;
+ format->depth != pScreen->rootDepth;
+ format++)
+ ;
+ pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;
+
+ pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
+
+ pWin->parent = NullWindow;
+ SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);
+
+ pWin->optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));
+ if (!pWin->optional)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pWin->optional->dontPropagateMask = 0;
+ pWin->optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
+ pWin->optional->otherClients = NULL;
+ pWin->optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;
+ pWin->optional->userProps = NULL;
+ pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;
+ pWin->optional->backingPixel = 0;
+ pWin->optional->boundingShape = NULL;
+ pWin->optional->clipShape = NULL;
+ pWin->optional->inputShape = NULL;
+ pWin->optional->inputMasks = NULL;
+ pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
+ pWin->optional->colormap = pScreen->defColormap;
+ pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;
+
+ pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;
+
+ pWin->drawable.id = FakeClientID(0);
+
+ pWin->origin.x = pWin->origin.y = 0;
+ pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;
+ pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;
+ pWin->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.y = 0;
+
+ box.x1 = 0;
+ box.y1 = 0;
+ box.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ box.y2 = pScreen->height;
+ RegionInit(&pWin->clipList, &box, 1);
+ RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);
+ RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);
+ RegionInit(&pWin->borderClip, &box, 1);
+
+ pWin->drawable.class = InputOutput;
+ pWin->optional->visual = pScreen->rootVisual;
+
+ pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
+ pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+
+ pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
+ pWin->border.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
+ pWin->borderWidth = 0;
+
+ /* security creation/labeling check
+ */
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, serverClient, pWin->drawable.id,
+ RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW, (pointer)pWin))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (disableBackingStore)
+ pScreen->backingStoreSupport = NotUseful;
+ if (enableBackingStore)
+ pScreen->backingStoreSupport = Always;
+
+ pScreen->saveUnderSupport = NotUseful;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+InitRootWindow(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ int backFlag = CWBorderPixel | CWCursor | CWBackingStore;
+
+ if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))
+ return; /* XXX */
+ (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, 0, 0);
+
+ pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
+ pWin->optional->cursor = rootCursor;
+ rootCursor->refcnt++;
+
+
+ if (party_like_its_1989) {
+ MakeRootTile(pWin);
+ backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;
+ } else if (pScreen->canDoBGNoneRoot && bgNoneRoot) {
+ pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
+ pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+ backFlag |= CWBackPixmap;
+ } else {
+ pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
+ if (whiteRoot)
+ pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+ else
+ pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
+ backFlag |= CWBackPixel;
+ }
+
+ pWin->backingStore = defaultBackingStore;
+ pWin->forcedBS = (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful);
+ /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+ (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, backFlag);
+
+ MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);
+}
+
+/* Set the region to the intersection of the rectangle and the
+ * window's winSize. The window is typically the parent of the
+ * window from which the region came.
+ */
+
+static void
+ClippedRegionFromBox(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr Rgn,
+ int x, int y,
+ int w, int h)
+{
+ BoxRec box = *RegionExtents(&pWin->winSize);
+
+ /* we do these calculations to avoid overflows */
+ if (x > box.x1)
+ box.x1 = x;
+ if (y > box.y1)
+ box.y1 = y;
+ x += w;
+ if (x < box.x2)
+ box.x2 = x;
+ y += h;
+ if (y < box.y2)
+ box.y2 = y;
+ if (box.x1 > box.x2)
+ box.x2 = box.x1;
+ if (box.y1 > box.y2)
+ box.y2 = box.y1;
+ RegionReset(Rgn, &box);
+ RegionIntersect(Rgn, Rgn, &pWin->winSize);
+}
+
+static RealChildHeadProc realChildHeadProc = NULL;
+
+void
+RegisterRealChildHeadProc (RealChildHeadProc proc)
+{
+ realChildHeadProc = proc;
+}
+
+
+WindowPtr
+RealChildHead(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ if (realChildHeadProc) {
+ return realChildHeadProc (pWin);
+ }
+
+ if (!pWin->parent &&
+ (screenIsSaved == SCREEN_SAVER_ON) &&
+ (HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen)))
+ return pWin->firstChild;
+ else
+ return NullWindow;
+}
+
+/*****
+ * CreateWindow
+ * Makes a window in response to client request
+ *****/
+
+WindowPtr
+CreateWindow(Window wid, WindowPtr pParent, int x, int y, unsigned w,
+ unsigned h, unsigned bw, unsigned class, Mask vmask, XID *vlist,
+ int depth, ClientPtr client, VisualID visual, int *error)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ WindowPtr pHead;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ xEvent event;
+ int idepth, ivisual;
+ Bool fOK;
+ DepthPtr pDepth;
+ PixmapFormatRec *format;
+ WindowOptPtr ancwopt;
+
+ if (class == CopyFromParent)
+ class = pParent->drawable.class;
+
+ if ((class != InputOutput) && (class != InputOnly))
+ {
+ *error = BadValue;
+ client->errorValue = class;
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+
+ if ((class != InputOnly) && (pParent->drawable.class == InputOnly))
+ {
+ *error = BadMatch;
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+
+ if ((class == InputOnly) && ((bw != 0) || (depth != 0)))
+ {
+ *error = BadMatch;
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+
+ pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
+ if ((class == InputOutput) && (depth == 0))
+ depth = pParent->drawable.depth;
+ ancwopt = pParent->optional;
+ if (!ancwopt)
+ ancwopt = FindWindowWithOptional(pParent)->optional;
+ if (visual == CopyFromParent) {
+ visual = ancwopt->visual;
+ }
+
+ /* Find out if the depth and visual are acceptable for this Screen */
+ if ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (depth != pParent->drawable.depth))
+ {
+ fOK = FALSE;
+ for(idepth = 0; idepth < pScreen->numDepths; idepth++)
+ {
+ pDepth = (DepthPtr) &pScreen->allowedDepths[idepth];
+ if ((depth == pDepth->depth) || (depth == 0))
+ {
+ for (ivisual = 0; ivisual < pDepth->numVids; ivisual++)
+ {
+ if (visual == pDepth->vids[ivisual])
+ {
+ fOK = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (fOK == FALSE)
+ {
+ *error = BadMatch;
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (((vmask & (CWBorderPixmap | CWBorderPixel)) == 0) &&
+ (class != InputOnly) &&
+ (depth != pParent->drawable.depth))
+ {
+ *error = BadMatch;
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+
+ if (((vmask & CWColormap) == 0) &&
+ (class != InputOnly) &&
+ ((visual != ancwopt->visual) || (ancwopt->colormap == None)))
+ {
+ *error = BadMatch;
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+
+ pWin = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(WindowRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+ if (!pWin)
+ {
+ *error = BadAlloc;
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+ pWin->drawable = pParent->drawable;
+ pWin->drawable.depth = depth;
+ if (depth == pParent->drawable.depth)
+ pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = pParent->drawable.bitsPerPixel;
+ else
+ {
+ for (format = screenInfo.formats; format->depth != depth; format++)
+ ;
+ pWin->drawable.bitsPerPixel = format->bitsPerPixel;
+ }
+ if (class == InputOnly)
+ pWin->drawable.type = (short) UNDRAWABLE_WINDOW;
+ pWin->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
+
+ pWin->drawable.id = wid;
+ pWin->drawable.class = class;
+
+ pWin->parent = pParent;
+ SetWindowToDefaults(pWin);
+
+ if (visual != ancwopt->visual)
+ {
+ if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+ {
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+ *error = BadAlloc;
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+ pWin->optional->visual = visual;
+ pWin->optional->colormap = None;
+ }
+
+ pWin->borderWidth = bw;
+
+ /* security creation/labeling check
+ */
+ *error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, wid, RT_WINDOW, pWin,
+ RT_WINDOW, pWin->parent, DixCreateAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (*error != Success) {
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+
+ pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
+ pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+
+ pWin->borderIsPixel = pParent->borderIsPixel;
+ pWin->border = pParent->border;
+ if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+ pWin->border.pixmap->refcnt++;
+
+ pWin->origin.x = x + (int)bw;
+ pWin->origin.y = y + (int)bw;
+ pWin->drawable.width = w;
+ pWin->drawable.height = h;
+ pWin->drawable.x = pParent->drawable.x + x + (int)bw;
+ pWin->drawable.y = pParent->drawable.y + y + (int)bw;
+
+ /* set up clip list correctly for unobscured WindowPtr */
+ RegionNull(&pWin->clipList);
+ RegionNull(&pWin->borderClip);
+ RegionNull(&pWin->winSize);
+ RegionNull(&pWin->borderSize);
+
+ pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);
+ if (pHead)
+ {
+ pWin->nextSib = pHead->nextSib;
+ if (pHead->nextSib)
+ pHead->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;
+ else
+ pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+ pHead->nextSib = pWin;
+ pWin->prevSib = pHead;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
+ if (pParent->firstChild)
+ pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;
+ else
+ pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+ pParent->firstChild = pWin;
+ }
+
+ SetWinSize (pWin);
+ SetBorderSize (pWin);
+
+ /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+ if (!(*pScreen->CreateWindow)(pWin))
+ {
+ *error = BadAlloc;
+ DeleteWindow(pWin, None);
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+ /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+ (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);
+
+ if (!(vmask & CWEventMask))
+ RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+
+ if (vmask)
+ *error = ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, vmask, vlist, wClient (pWin));
+ else
+ *error = Success;
+
+ if (*error != Success)
+ {
+ DeleteWindow(pWin, None);
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+ if (!(vmask & CWBackingStore) && (defaultBackingStore != NotUseful))
+ {
+ XID value = defaultBackingStore;
+ (void)ChangeWindowAttributes(pWin, CWBackingStore, &value, wClient (pWin));
+ pWin->forcedBS = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (SubSend(pParent))
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = CreateNotify;
+ event.u.createNotify.window = wid;
+ event.u.createNotify.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+ event.u.createNotify.x = x;
+ event.u.createNotify.y = y;
+ event.u.createNotify.width = w;
+ event.u.createNotify.height = h;
+ event.u.createNotify.borderWidth = bw;
+ event.u.createNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+ DeliverEvents(pParent, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ }
+ return pWin;
+}
+
+static void
+DisposeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ if (!pWin->optional)
+ return;
+ /*
+ * everything is peachy. Delete the optional record
+ * and clean up
+ */
+ if (pWin->optional->cursor)
+ {
+ FreeCursor (pWin->optional->cursor, (Cursor)0);
+ pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
+
+ if (pWin->optional->deviceCursors)
+ {
+ DevCursorList pList;
+ DevCursorList pPrev;
+ pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
+ while(pList)
+ {
+ if (pList->cursor)
+ FreeCursor(pList->cursor, (XID)0);
+ pPrev = pList;
+ pList = pList->next;
+ free(pPrev);
+ }
+ pWin->optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
+ }
+
+ free(pWin->optional);
+ pWin->optional = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+FreeWindowResources(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+ DeleteWindowFromAnySaveSet(pWin);
+ DeleteWindowFromAnySelections(pWin);
+ DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pWin, TRUE);
+ RegionUninit(&pWin->clipList);
+ RegionUninit(&pWin->winSize);
+ RegionUninit(&pWin->borderClip);
+ RegionUninit(&pWin->borderSize);
+ if (wBoundingShape (pWin))
+ RegionDestroy(wBoundingShape (pWin));
+ if (wClipShape (pWin))
+ RegionDestroy(wClipShape (pWin));
+ if (wInputShape (pWin))
+ RegionDestroy(wInputShape (pWin));
+ if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
+ if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+
+ DeleteAllWindowProperties(pWin);
+ /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+ (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin);
+ DisposeWindowOptional (pWin);
+}
+
+static void
+CrushTree(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ WindowPtr pChild, pSib, pParent;
+ UnrealizeWindowProcPtr UnrealizeWindow;
+ xEvent event;
+
+ if (!(pChild = pWin->firstChild))
+ return;
+ UnrealizeWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (pChild->firstChild)
+ {
+ pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (1)
+ {
+ pParent = pChild->parent;
+ if (SubStrSend(pChild, pParent))
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;
+ event.u.destroyNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;
+ DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ }
+ FreeResource(pChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW);
+ pSib = pChild->nextSib;
+ pChild->viewable = FALSE;
+ if (pChild->realized)
+ {
+ pChild->realized = FALSE;
+ (*UnrealizeWindow)(pChild);
+ }
+ FreeWindowResources(pChild);
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pChild, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+ if ( (pChild = pSib) )
+ break;
+ pChild = pParent;
+ pChild->firstChild = NullWindow;
+ pChild->lastChild = NullWindow;
+ if (pChild == pWin)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*****
+ * DeleteWindow
+ * Deletes child of window then window itself
+ * If wid is None, don't send any events
+ *****/
+
+int
+DeleteWindow(pointer value, XID wid)
+ {
+ WindowPtr pParent;
+ WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)value;
+ xEvent event;
+
+ UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
+
+ CrushTree(pWin);
+
+ pParent = pWin->parent;
+ if (wid && pParent && SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = DestroyNotify;
+ event.u.destroyNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ }
+
+ FreeWindowResources(pWin);
+ if (pParent)
+ {
+ if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
+ pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
+ if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)
+ pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
+ if (pWin->nextSib)
+ pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+ if (pWin->prevSib)
+ pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ else
+ pWin->drawable.pScreen->root = NULL;
+ dixFreeObjectWithPrivates(pWin, PRIVATE_WINDOW);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+DestroySubwindows(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ /* XXX
+ * The protocol is quite clear that each window should be
+ * destroyed in turn, however, unmapping all of the first
+ * eliminates most of the calls to ValidateTree. So,
+ * this implementation is incorrect in that all of the
+ * UnmapNotifies occur before all of the DestroyNotifies.
+ * If you care, simply delete the call to UnmapSubwindows.
+ */
+ UnmapSubwindows(pWin);
+ while (pWin->lastChild) {
+ int rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client,
+ pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
+ pWin->lastChild, RT_NONE, NULL, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ FreeResource(pWin->lastChild->drawable.id, RT_NONE);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static void
+SetRootWindowBackground(WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen, Mask *index2)
+{
+ /* following the protocol: "Changing the background of a root window to
+ * None or ParentRelative restores the default background pixmap" */
+ if (bgNoneRoot) {
+ pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
+ pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+ }
+ else if (party_like_its_1989)
+ MakeRootTile(pWin);
+ else {
+ pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
+ if (whiteRoot)
+ pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+ else
+ pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->blackPixel;
+ *index2 = CWBackPixel;
+ }
+}
+
+/*****
+ * ChangeWindowAttributes
+ *
+ * The value-mask specifies which attributes are to be changed; the
+ * value-list contains one value for each one bit in the mask, from least
+ * to most significant bit in the mask.
+ *****/
+
+int
+ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ XID *pVlist;
+ PixmapPtr pPixmap;
+ Pixmap pixID;
+ CursorPtr pCursor, pOldCursor;
+ Cursor cursorID;
+ WindowPtr pChild;
+ Colormap cmap;
+ ColormapPtr pCmap;
+ xEvent xE;
+ int error, rc;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ Mask index2, tmask, vmaskCopy = 0;
+ unsigned int val;
+ Bool checkOptional = FALSE, borderRelative = FALSE;
+
+ if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (vmask & (~INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK)))
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ error = Success;
+ pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ pVlist = vlist;
+ tmask = vmask;
+ while (tmask)
+ {
+ index2 = (Mask) lowbit (tmask);
+ tmask &= ~index2;
+ switch (index2)
+ {
+ case CWBackPixmap:
+ pixID = (Pixmap )*pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)
+ borderRelative = TRUE;
+ if (pixID == None)
+ {
+ if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+ if (!pWin->parent)
+ SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);
+ else {
+ pWin->backgroundState = XaceBackgroundNoneState(pWin);
+ pWin->background.pixel = pScreen->whitePixel;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pixID == ParentRelative)
+ {
+ if (pWin->parent &&
+ pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth)
+ {
+ error = BadMatch;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+ if (!pWin->parent)
+ SetRootWindowBackground(pWin, pScreen, &index2);
+ else
+ pWin->backgroundState = ParentRelative;
+ borderRelative = TRUE;
+ /* Note that the parent's backgroundTile's refcnt is NOT
+ * incremented. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,
+ client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||
+ (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))
+ {
+ error = BadMatch;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+ pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixmap;
+ pWin->background.pixmap = pPixmap;
+ pPixmap->refcnt++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ error = rc;
+ client->errorValue = pixID;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case CWBackPixel:
+ if (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)
+ borderRelative = TRUE;
+ if (pWin->backgroundState == BackgroundPixmap)
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->background.pixmap);
+ pWin->backgroundState = BackgroundPixel;
+ pWin->background.pixel = (CARD32 ) *pVlist;
+ /* background pixel overrides background pixmap,
+ so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */
+ vmaskCopy &= ~CWBackPixmap;
+ pVlist++;
+ break;
+ case CWBorderPixmap:
+ pixID = (Pixmap ) *pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ if (pixID == CopyFromParent)
+ {
+ if (!pWin->parent ||
+ (pWin->drawable.depth != pWin->parent->drawable.depth))
+ {
+ error = BadMatch;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ if (pWin->parent->borderIsPixel == TRUE) {
+ if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
+ pWin->border = pWin->parent->border;
+ pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
+ index2 = CWBorderPixel;
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pixID = pWin->parent->border.pixmap->drawable.id;
+ }
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, pixID, RT_PIXMAP,
+ client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pWin->drawable.depth) ||
+ (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen))
+ {
+ error = BadMatch;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
+ pWin->borderIsPixel = FALSE;
+ pWin->border.pixmap = pPixmap;
+ pPixmap->refcnt++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ error = rc;
+ client->errorValue = pixID;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ break;
+ case CWBorderPixel:
+ if (pWin->borderIsPixel == FALSE)
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pWin->border.pixmap);
+ pWin->borderIsPixel = TRUE;
+ pWin->border.pixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;
+ /* border pixel overrides border pixmap,
+ so don't let the ddx layer see both bits */
+ vmaskCopy &= ~CWBorderPixmap;
+ pVlist++;
+ break;
+ case CWBitGravity:
+ val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ if (val > StaticGravity)
+ {
+ error = BadValue;
+ client->errorValue = val;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ pWin->bitGravity = val;
+ break;
+ case CWWinGravity:
+ val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ if (val > StaticGravity)
+ {
+ error = BadValue;
+ client->errorValue = val;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ pWin->winGravity = val;
+ break;
+ case CWBackingStore:
+ val = (CARD8 )*pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ if ((val != NotUseful) && (val != WhenMapped) && (val != Always))
+ {
+ error = BadValue;
+ client->errorValue = val;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ pWin->backingStore = val;
+ pWin->forcedBS = FALSE;
+ break;
+ case CWBackingPlanes:
+ if (pWin->optional || ((CARD32)*pVlist != (CARD32)~0L)) {
+ if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+ {
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ pWin->optional->backingBitPlanes = (CARD32) *pVlist;
+ if ((CARD32)*pVlist == (CARD32)~0L)
+ checkOptional = TRUE;
+ }
+ pVlist++;
+ break;
+ case CWBackingPixel:
+ if (pWin->optional || (CARD32) *pVlist) {
+ if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+ {
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ pWin->optional->backingPixel = (CARD32) *pVlist;
+ if (!*pVlist)
+ checkOptional = TRUE;
+ }
+ pVlist++;
+ break;
+ case CWSaveUnder:
+ val = (BOOL) *pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))
+ {
+ error = BadValue;
+ client->errorValue = val;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ pWin->saveUnder = val;
+ break;
+ case CWEventMask:
+ rc = EventSelectForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist);
+ if (rc)
+ {
+ error = rc;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ pVlist++;
+ break;
+ case CWDontPropagate:
+ rc = EventSuppressForWindow(pWin, client, (Mask )*pVlist,
+ &checkOptional);
+ if (rc)
+ {
+ error = rc;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ pVlist++;
+ break;
+ case CWOverrideRedirect:
+ val = (BOOL ) *pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ if ((val != xTrue) && (val != xFalse))
+ {
+ error = BadValue;
+ client->errorValue = val;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ if (val == xTrue) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id,
+ RT_WINDOW, pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixGrabAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ error = rc;
+ client->errorValue = pWin->drawable.id;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ }
+ pWin->overrideRedirect = val;
+ break;
+ case CWColormap:
+ cmap = (Colormap) *pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ if (cmap == CopyFromParent)
+ {
+ if (pWin->parent &&
+ (!pWin->optional ||
+ pWin->optional->visual == wVisual (pWin->parent)))
+ {
+ cmap = wColormap (pWin->parent);
+ }
+ else
+ cmap = None;
+ }
+ if (cmap == None)
+ {
+ error = BadMatch;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCmap, cmap, RT_COLORMAP,
+ client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ error = rc;
+ client->errorValue = cmap;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ if (pCmap->pVisual->vid != wVisual (pWin) ||
+ pCmap->pScreen != pScreen)
+ {
+ error = BadMatch;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ if (cmap != wColormap (pWin))
+ {
+ if (!pWin->optional)
+ {
+ if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+ {
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pWin->parent && cmap == wColormap (pWin->parent))
+ checkOptional = TRUE;
+
+ /*
+ * propagate the original colormap to any children
+ * inheriting it
+ */
+
+ for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
+ {
+ if (!pChild->optional && !MakeWindowOptional (pChild))
+ {
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pWin->optional->colormap = cmap;
+
+ /*
+ * check on any children now matching the new colormap
+ */
+
+ for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
+ {
+ if (pChild->optional->colormap == cmap)
+ CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);
+ }
+
+ xE.u.u.type = ColormapNotify;
+ xE.u.colormap.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ xE.u.colormap.colormap = cmap;
+ xE.u.colormap.new = xTrue;
+ xE.u.colormap.state = IsMapInstalled(cmap, pWin);
+ DeliverEvents(pWin, &xE, 1, NullWindow);
+ }
+ break;
+ case CWCursor:
+ cursorID = (Cursor ) *pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ /*
+ * install the new
+ */
+ if ( cursorID == None)
+ {
+ if (pWin == pWin->drawable.pScreen->root)
+ pCursor = rootCursor;
+ else
+ pCursor = (CursorPtr) None;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, cursorID,
+ RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ error = rc;
+ client->errorValue = cursorID;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pCursor != wCursor (pWin))
+ {
+ /*
+ * patch up child windows so they don't lose cursors.
+ */
+
+ for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
+ {
+ if (!pChild->optional && !pChild->cursorIsNone &&
+ !MakeWindowOptional (pChild))
+ {
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pOldCursor = 0;
+ if (pCursor == (CursorPtr) None)
+ {
+ pWin->cursorIsNone = TRUE;
+ if (pWin->optional)
+ {
+ pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;
+ pWin->optional->cursor = (CursorPtr) None;
+ checkOptional = TRUE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (!pWin->optional)
+ {
+ if (!MakeWindowOptional (pWin))
+ {
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pWin->parent && pCursor == wCursor (pWin->parent))
+ checkOptional = TRUE;
+ pOldCursor = pWin->optional->cursor;
+ pWin->optional->cursor = pCursor;
+ pCursor->refcnt++;
+ pWin->cursorIsNone = FALSE;
+ /*
+ * check on any children now matching the new cursor
+ */
+
+ for (pChild=pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild=pChild->nextSib)
+ {
+ if (pChild->optional &&
+ (pChild->optional->cursor == pCursor))
+ CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pChild);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pWin->realized)
+ WindowHasNewCursor( pWin);
+
+ /* Can't free cursor until here - old cursor
+ * is needed in WindowHasNewCursor
+ */
+ if (pOldCursor)
+ FreeCursor (pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ error = BadValue;
+ client->errorValue = vmask;
+ goto PatchUp;
+ }
+ vmaskCopy |= index2;
+ }
+PatchUp:
+ if (checkOptional)
+ CheckWindowOptionalNeed (pWin);
+
+ /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+ (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, vmaskCopy);
+
+ /*
+ If the border contents have changed, redraw the border.
+ Note that this has to be done AFTER pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes
+ for the tile to be rotated, and the correct function selected.
+ */
+ if (((vmaskCopy & (CWBorderPixel | CWBorderPixmap)) || borderRelative)
+ && pWin->viewable && HasBorder (pWin))
+ {
+ RegionRec exposed;
+
+ RegionNull(&exposed);
+ RegionSubtract(&exposed, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
+ miPaintWindow(pWin, &exposed, PW_BORDER);
+ RegionUninit(&exposed);
+ }
+ return error;
+}
+
+
+/*****
+ * GetWindowAttributes
+ * Notice that this is different than ChangeWindowAttributes
+ *****/
+
+void
+GetWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client, xGetWindowAttributesReply *wa)
+{
+ wa->type = X_Reply;
+ wa->bitGravity = pWin->bitGravity;
+ wa->winGravity = pWin->winGravity;
+ if (pWin->forcedBS && pWin->backingStore != Always)
+ wa->backingStore = NotUseful;
+ else
+ wa->backingStore = pWin->backingStore;
+ wa->length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xGetWindowAttributesReply) -
+ sizeof(xGenericReply));
+ wa->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ wa->backingBitPlanes = wBackingBitPlanes (pWin);
+ wa->backingPixel = wBackingPixel (pWin);
+ wa->saveUnder = (BOOL)pWin->saveUnder;
+ wa->override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+ if (!pWin->mapped)
+ wa->mapState = IsUnmapped;
+ else if (pWin->realized)
+ wa->mapState = IsViewable;
+ else
+ wa->mapState = IsUnviewable;
+
+ wa->colormap = wColormap (pWin);
+ wa->mapInstalled = (wa->colormap == None) ? xFalse
+ : IsMapInstalled(wa->colormap, pWin);
+
+ wa->yourEventMask = EventMaskForClient(pWin, client);
+ wa->allEventMasks = pWin->eventMask | wOtherEventMasks (pWin);
+ wa->doNotPropagateMask = wDontPropagateMask (pWin);
+ wa->class = pWin->drawable.class;
+ wa->visualID = wVisual (pWin);
+}
+
+
+WindowPtr
+MoveWindowInStack(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pNextSib)
+{
+ WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;
+ WindowPtr pFirstChange = pWin; /* highest window where list changes */
+
+ if (pWin->nextSib != pNextSib)
+ {
+ WindowPtr pOldNextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+
+ if (!pNextSib) /* move to bottom */
+ {
+ if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
+ pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
+ /* if (pWin->nextSib) */ /* is always True: pNextSib == NULL
+ * and pWin->nextSib != pNextSib
+ * therefore pWin->nextSib != NULL */
+ pFirstChange = pWin->nextSib;
+ pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+ if (pWin->prevSib)
+ pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+ pParent->lastChild->nextSib = pWin;
+ pWin->prevSib = pParent->lastChild;
+ pWin->nextSib = NullWindow;
+ pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+ }
+ else if (pParent->firstChild == pNextSib) /* move to top */
+ {
+ pFirstChange = pWin;
+ if (pParent->lastChild == pWin)
+ pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
+ if (pWin->nextSib)
+ pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+ if (pWin->prevSib)
+ pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+ pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
+ pWin->prevSib = (WindowPtr ) NULL;
+ pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;
+ pParent->firstChild = pWin;
+ }
+ else /* move in middle of list */
+ {
+ WindowPtr pOldNext = pWin->nextSib;
+
+ pFirstChange = NullWindow;
+ if (pParent->firstChild == pWin)
+ pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
+ if (pParent->lastChild == pWin) {
+ pFirstChange = pWin;
+ pParent->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
+ }
+ if (pWin->nextSib)
+ pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+ if (pWin->prevSib)
+ pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+ pWin->nextSib = pNextSib;
+ pWin->prevSib = pNextSib->prevSib;
+ if (pNextSib->prevSib)
+ pNextSib->prevSib->nextSib = pWin;
+ pNextSib->prevSib = pWin;
+ if (!pFirstChange) { /* do we know it yet? */
+ pFirstChange = pParent->firstChild; /* no, search from top */
+ while ((pFirstChange != pWin) && (pFirstChange != pOldNext))
+ pFirstChange = pFirstChange->nextSib;
+ }
+ }
+ if(pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)
+ (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pOldNextSib);
+ }
+
+#ifdef ROOTLESS
+ /*
+ * In rootless mode we can't optimize away window restacks.
+ * There may be non-X windows around, so even if the window
+ * is in the correct position from X's point of view,
+ * the underlying window system may want to reorder it.
+ */
+ else if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)
+ (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->RestackWindow)(pWin, pWin->nextSib);
+#endif
+
+ return pFirstChange;
+}
+
+void
+SetWinSize (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+ if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)
+ {
+ BoxRec box;
+
+ /*
+ * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their
+ * own geometry, not clipped to their parent
+ */
+ box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x;
+ box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y;
+ box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width;
+ box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height;
+ RegionReset(&pWin->winSize, &box);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->winSize,
+ pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y,
+ (int)pWin->drawable.width,
+ (int)pWin->drawable.height);
+ if (wBoundingShape (pWin) || wClipShape (pWin)) {
+ RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, - pWin->drawable.x,
+ - pWin->drawable.y);
+ if (wBoundingShape (pWin))
+ RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,
+ wBoundingShape (pWin));
+ if (wClipShape (pWin))
+ RegionIntersect(&pWin->winSize, &pWin->winSize,
+ wClipShape (pWin));
+ RegionTranslate(&pWin->winSize, pWin->drawable.x,
+ pWin->drawable.y);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+SetBorderSize (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ int bw;
+
+ if (HasBorder (pWin)) {
+ bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);
+#ifdef COMPOSITE
+ if (pWin->redirectDraw != RedirectDrawNone)
+ {
+ BoxRec box;
+
+ /*
+ * Redirected clients get clip list equal to their
+ * own geometry, not clipped to their parent
+ */
+ box.x1 = pWin->drawable.x - bw;
+ box.y1 = pWin->drawable.y - bw;
+ box.x2 = pWin->drawable.x + pWin->drawable.width + bw;
+ box.y2 = pWin->drawable.y + pWin->drawable.height + bw;
+ RegionReset(&pWin->borderSize, &box);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ ClippedRegionFromBox(pWin->parent, &pWin->borderSize,
+ pWin->drawable.x - bw, pWin->drawable.y - bw,
+ (int)(pWin->drawable.width + (bw<<1)),
+ (int)(pWin->drawable.height + (bw<<1)));
+ if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {
+ RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, - pWin->drawable.x,
+ - pWin->drawable.y);
+ RegionIntersect(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,
+ wBoundingShape (pWin));
+ RegionTranslate(&pWin->borderSize, pWin->drawable.x,
+ pWin->drawable.y);
+ RegionUnion(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->borderSize,
+ &pWin->winSize);
+ }
+ } else {
+ RegionCopy(&pWin->borderSize, &pWin->winSize);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param x,y new window position
+ * \param oldx,oldy old window position
+ * \param destx,desty position relative to gravity
+ */
+
+void
+GravityTranslate (int x, int y, int oldx, int oldy,
+ int dw, int dh, unsigned gravity,
+ int *destx, int *desty)
+{
+ switch (gravity) {
+ case NorthGravity:
+ *destx = x + dw / 2;
+ *desty = y;
+ break;
+ case NorthEastGravity:
+ *destx = x + dw;
+ *desty = y;
+ break;
+ case WestGravity:
+ *destx = x;
+ *desty = y + dh / 2;
+ break;
+ case CenterGravity:
+ *destx = x + dw / 2;
+ *desty = y + dh / 2;
+ break;
+ case EastGravity:
+ *destx = x + dw;
+ *desty = y + dh / 2;
+ break;
+ case SouthWestGravity:
+ *destx = x;
+ *desty = y + dh;
+ break;
+ case SouthGravity:
+ *destx = x + dw / 2;
+ *desty = y + dh;
+ break;
+ case SouthEastGravity:
+ *destx = x + dw;
+ *desty = y + dh;
+ break;
+ case StaticGravity:
+ *destx = oldx;
+ *desty = oldy;
+ break;
+ default:
+ *destx = x;
+ *desty = y;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* XXX need to retile border on each window with ParentRelative origin */
+void
+ResizeChildrenWinSize(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy, int dw, int dh)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ WindowPtr pSib, pChild;
+ Bool resized = (dw || dh);
+
+ pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+ for (pSib = pWin->firstChild; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)
+ {
+ if (resized && (pSib->winGravity > NorthWestGravity))
+ {
+ int cwsx, cwsy;
+
+ cwsx = pSib->origin.x;
+ cwsy = pSib->origin.y;
+ GravityTranslate (cwsx, cwsy, cwsx - dx, cwsy - dy, dw, dh,
+ pSib->winGravity, &cwsx, &cwsy);
+ if (cwsx != pSib->origin.x || cwsy != pSib->origin.y)
+ {
+ xEvent event;
+
+ event.u.u.type = GravityNotify;
+ event.u.gravity.window = pSib->drawable.id;
+ event.u.gravity.x = cwsx - wBorderWidth (pSib);
+ event.u.gravity.y = cwsy - wBorderWidth (pSib);
+ DeliverEvents (pSib, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ pSib->origin.x = cwsx;
+ pSib->origin.y = cwsy;
+ }
+ }
+ pSib->drawable.x = pWin->drawable.x + pSib->origin.x;
+ pSib->drawable.y = pWin->drawable.y + pSib->origin.y;
+ SetWinSize (pSib);
+ SetBorderSize (pSib);
+ (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pSib, pSib->drawable.x, pSib->drawable.y);
+
+ if ( (pChild = pSib->firstChild) )
+ {
+ while (1)
+ {
+ pChild->drawable.x = pChild->parent->drawable.x +
+ pChild->origin.x;
+ pChild->drawable.y = pChild->parent->drawable.y +
+ pChild->origin.y;
+ SetWinSize (pChild);
+ SetBorderSize (pChild);
+ (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pChild,
+ pChild->drawable.x, pChild->drawable.y);
+ if (pChild->firstChild)
+ {
+ pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pSib))
+ pChild = pChild->parent;
+ if (pChild == pSib)
+ break;
+ pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#define GET_INT16(m, f) \
+ if (m & mask) \
+ { \
+ f = (INT16) *pVlist;\
+ pVlist++; \
+ }
+#define GET_CARD16(m, f) \
+ if (m & mask) \
+ { \
+ f = (CARD16) *pVlist;\
+ pVlist++;\
+ }
+
+#define GET_CARD8(m, f) \
+ if (m & mask) \
+ { \
+ f = (CARD8) *pVlist;\
+ pVlist++;\
+ }
+
+#define ChangeMask ((Mask)(CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))
+
+#define IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask (CWBorderWidth)
+
+/*
+ * IsSiblingAboveMe
+ * returns Above if pSib above pMe in stack or Below otherwise
+ */
+
+static int
+IsSiblingAboveMe(
+ WindowPtr pMe,
+ WindowPtr pSib)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+
+ pWin = pMe->parent->firstChild;
+ while (pWin)
+ {
+ if (pWin == pSib)
+ return Above;
+ else if (pWin == pMe)
+ return Below;
+ pWin = pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ return Below;
+}
+
+static BoxPtr
+WindowExtents(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ BoxPtr pBox)
+{
+ pBox->x1 = pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ pBox->y1 = pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ pBox->x2 = pWin->drawable.x + (int)pWin->drawable.width
+ + wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ pBox->y2 = pWin->drawable.y + (int)pWin->drawable.height
+ + wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ return pBox;
+}
+
+#define IS_SHAPED(pWin) (wBoundingShape (pWin) != (RegionPtr) NULL)
+
+static RegionPtr
+MakeBoundingRegion (
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ BoxPtr pBox)
+{
+ RegionPtr pRgn = RegionCreate(pBox, 1);
+ if (wBoundingShape (pWin)) {
+ RegionTranslate(pRgn, -pWin->origin.x, -pWin->origin.y);
+ RegionIntersect(pRgn, pRgn, wBoundingShape (pWin));
+ RegionTranslate(pRgn, pWin->origin.x, pWin->origin.y);
+ }
+ return pRgn;
+}
+
+static Bool
+ShapeOverlap (
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ BoxPtr pWinBox,
+ WindowPtr pSib,
+ BoxPtr pSibBox)
+{
+ RegionPtr pWinRgn, pSibRgn;
+ Bool ret;
+
+ if (!IS_SHAPED(pWin) && !IS_SHAPED(pSib))
+ return TRUE;
+ pWinRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pWin, pWinBox);
+ pSibRgn = MakeBoundingRegion (pSib, pSibBox);
+ RegionIntersect(pWinRgn, pWinRgn, pSibRgn);
+ ret = RegionNotEmpty(pWinRgn);
+ RegionDestroy(pWinRgn);
+ RegionDestroy(pSibRgn);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static Bool
+AnyWindowOverlapsMe(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ WindowPtr pHead,
+ BoxPtr box)
+{
+ WindowPtr pSib;
+ BoxRec sboxrec;
+ BoxPtr sbox;
+
+ for (pSib = pWin->prevSib; pSib != pHead; pSib = pSib->prevSib)
+ {
+ if (pSib->mapped)
+ {
+ sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);
+ if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)
+ && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)
+ )
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+IOverlapAnyWindow(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ BoxPtr box)
+{
+ WindowPtr pSib;
+ BoxRec sboxrec;
+ BoxPtr sbox;
+
+ for (pSib = pWin->nextSib; pSib; pSib = pSib->nextSib)
+ {
+ if (pSib->mapped)
+ {
+ sbox = WindowExtents(pSib, &sboxrec);
+ if (BOXES_OVERLAP(sbox, box)
+ && ShapeOverlap (pWin, box, pSib, sbox)
+ )
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * WhereDoIGoInTheStack()
+ * Given pWin and pSib and the relationshipe smode, return
+ * the window that pWin should go ABOVE.
+ * If a pSib is specified:
+ * Above: pWin is placed just above pSib
+ * Below: pWin is placed just below pSib
+ * TopIf: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed
+ * at the top of the stack
+ * BottomIf: if pWin occludes pSib, then pWin is
+ * placed at the bottom of the stack
+ * Opposite: if pSib occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at the
+ * top of the stack, else if pWin occludes pSib, then
+ * pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
+ *
+ * If pSib is NULL:
+ * Above: pWin is placed at the top of the stack
+ * Below: pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
+ * TopIf: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at
+ * the top of the stack
+ * BottomIf: if pWin occludes any sibline, then pWin is placed at
+ * the bottom of the stack
+ * Opposite: if any sibling occludes pWin, then pWin is placed at
+ * the top of the stack, else if pWin occludes any
+ * sibling, then pWin is placed at the bottom of the stack
+ *
+ */
+
+static WindowPtr
+WhereDoIGoInTheStack(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ WindowPtr pSib,
+ short x,
+ short y,
+ unsigned short w,
+ unsigned short h,
+ int smode)
+{
+ BoxRec box;
+ WindowPtr pHead, pFirst;
+
+ if ((pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild) &&
+ (pWin == pWin->parent->lastChild))
+ return((WindowPtr ) NULL);
+ pHead = RealChildHead(pWin->parent);
+ pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pWin->parent->firstChild;
+ box.x1 = x;
+ box.y1 = y;
+ box.x2 = x + (int)w;
+ box.y2 = y + (int)h;
+ switch (smode)
+ {
+ case Above:
+ if (pSib)
+ return pSib;
+ else if (pWin == pFirst)
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ else
+ return pFirst;
+ case Below:
+ if (pSib)
+ if (pSib->nextSib != pWin)
+ return pSib->nextSib;
+ else
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ else
+ return NullWindow;
+ case TopIf:
+ if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ else if (pSib)
+ {
+ if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above) &&
+ (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))
+ return pFirst;
+ else
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))
+ return pFirst;
+ else
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ case BottomIf:
+ if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ else if (pSib)
+ {
+ if ((IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Below) &&
+ (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT))
+ return NullWindow;
+ else
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))
+ return NullWindow;
+ else
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ case Opposite:
+ if ((!pWin->mapped || (pSib && !pSib->mapped)))
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ else if (pSib)
+ {
+ if (RegionContainsRect(&pSib->borderSize, &box) != rgnOUT)
+ {
+ if (IsSiblingAboveMe(pWin, pSib) == Above)
+ return pFirst;
+ else
+ return NullWindow;
+ }
+ else
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ else if (AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, &box))
+ {
+ /* If I'm occluded, I can't possibly be the first child
+ * if (pWin == pWin->parent->firstChild)
+ * return pWin->nextSib;
+ */
+ return pFirst;
+ }
+ else if (IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, &box))
+ return NullWindow;
+ else
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ default:
+ {
+ /* should never happen; make something up. */
+ return pWin->nextSib;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+ReflectStackChange(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ WindowPtr pSib,
+ VTKind kind)
+{
+/* Note that pSib might be NULL */
+
+ Bool WasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
+ Bool anyMarked;
+ WindowPtr pFirstChange;
+ WindowPtr pLayerWin;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+ /* if this is a root window, can't be restacked */
+ if (!pWin->parent)
+ return;
+
+ pFirstChange = MoveWindowInStack(pWin, pSib);
+
+ if (WasViewable)
+ {
+ anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pFirstChange,
+ &pLayerWin);
+ if (pLayerWin != pWin) pFirstChange = pLayerWin;
+ if (anyMarked)
+ {
+ (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);
+ (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+ }
+ if (anyMarked && pWin->drawable.pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+ (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstChange, kind);
+ }
+ if (pWin->realized)
+ WindowsRestructured ();
+}
+
+/*****
+ * ConfigureWindow
+ *****/
+
+int
+ConfigureWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Mask mask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client)
+{
+#define RESTACK_WIN 0
+#define MOVE_WIN 1
+#define RESIZE_WIN 2
+#define REBORDER_WIN 3
+ WindowPtr pSib = NullWindow;
+ WindowPtr pParent = pWin->parent;
+ Window sibwid = 0;
+ Mask index2, tmask;
+ XID *pVlist;
+ short x, y, beforeX, beforeY;
+ unsigned short w = pWin->drawable.width,
+ h = pWin->drawable.height,
+ bw = pWin->borderWidth;
+ int rc, action, smode = Above;
+ xEvent event;
+
+ if ((pWin->drawable.class == InputOnly) && (mask & IllegalInputOnlyConfigureMask))
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ if ((mask & CWSibling) && !(mask & CWStackMode))
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ pVlist = vlist;
+
+ if (pParent)
+ {
+ x = pWin->drawable.x - pParent->drawable.x - (int)bw;
+ y = pWin->drawable.y - pParent->drawable.y - (int)bw;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ x = pWin->drawable.x;
+ y = pWin->drawable.y;
+ }
+ beforeX = x;
+ beforeY = y;
+ action = RESTACK_WIN;
+ if ((mask & (CWX | CWY)) && (!(mask & (CWHeight | CWWidth))))
+ {
+ GET_INT16(CWX, x);
+ GET_INT16(CWY, y);
+ action = MOVE_WIN;
+ }
+ /* or should be resized */
+ else if (mask & (CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight))
+ {
+ GET_INT16(CWX, x);
+ GET_INT16(CWY, y);
+ GET_CARD16(CWWidth, w);
+ GET_CARD16 (CWHeight, h);
+ if (!w || !h)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = 0;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ action = RESIZE_WIN;
+ }
+ tmask = mask & ~ChangeMask;
+ while (tmask)
+ {
+ index2 = (Mask)lowbit (tmask);
+ tmask &= ~index2;
+ switch (index2)
+ {
+ case CWBorderWidth:
+ GET_CARD16(CWBorderWidth, bw);
+ break;
+ case CWSibling:
+ sibwid = (Window ) *pVlist;
+ pVlist++;
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pSib, sibwid, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = sibwid;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if (pSib->parent != pParent)
+ return BadMatch;
+ if (pSib == pWin)
+ return BadMatch;
+ break;
+ case CWStackMode:
+ GET_CARD8(CWStackMode, smode);
+ if ((smode != TopIf) && (smode != BottomIf) &&
+ (smode != Opposite) && (smode != Above) && (smode != Below))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = smode;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+ /* root really can't be reconfigured, so just return */
+ if (!pParent)
+ return Success;
+
+ /* Figure out if the window should be moved. Doesnt
+ make the changes to the window if event sent */
+
+ if (mask & CWStackMode)
+ pSib = WhereDoIGoInTheStack(pWin, pSib, pParent->drawable.x + x,
+ pParent->drawable.y + y,
+ w + (bw << 1), h + (bw << 1), smode);
+ else
+ pSib = pWin->nextSib;
+
+
+ if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) &&
+ (RedirectSend(pParent)
+ ))
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = ConfigureRequest;
+ event.u.configureRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ if (mask & CWSibling)
+ event.u.configureRequest.sibling = sibwid;
+ else
+ event.u.configureRequest.sibling = None;
+ if (mask & CWStackMode)
+ event.u.u.detail = smode;
+ else
+ event.u.u.detail = Above;
+ event.u.configureRequest.x = x;
+ event.u.configureRequest.y = y;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {
+ event.u.configureRequest.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ event.u.configureRequest.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ }
+#endif
+ event.u.configureRequest.width = w;
+ event.u.configureRequest.height = h;
+ event.u.configureRequest.borderWidth = bw;
+ event.u.configureRequest.valueMask = mask;
+ event.u.configureRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+ if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+ return Success;
+ }
+ if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
+ {
+ Bool size_change = (w != pWin->drawable.width)
+ || (h != pWin->drawable.height);
+ if (size_change && ((pWin->eventMask|wOtherEventMasks(pWin)) & ResizeRedirectMask))
+ {
+ xEvent eventT;
+ memset(&eventT, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ eventT.u.u.type = ResizeRequest;
+ eventT.u.resizeRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ eventT.u.resizeRequest.width = w;
+ eventT.u.resizeRequest.height = h;
+ if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pWin, &eventT, 1,
+ ResizeRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+ {
+ /* if event is delivered, leave the actual size alone. */
+ w = pWin->drawable.width;
+ h = pWin->drawable.height;
+ size_change = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!size_change)
+ {
+ if (mask & (CWX | CWY))
+ action = MOVE_WIN;
+ else if (mask & (CWStackMode | CWBorderWidth))
+ action = RESTACK_WIN;
+ else /* really nothing to do */
+ return(Success) ;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
+ /* we've already checked whether there's really a size change */
+ goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+ if ((mask & CWX) && (x != beforeX))
+ goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+ if ((mask & CWY) && (y != beforeY))
+ goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+ if ((mask & CWBorderWidth) && (bw != wBorderWidth (pWin)))
+ goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+ if (mask & CWStackMode)
+ {
+#ifndef ROOTLESS
+ /* See above for why we always reorder in rootless mode. */
+ if (pWin->nextSib != pSib)
+#endif
+ goto ActuallyDoSomething;
+ }
+ return Success;
+
+ActuallyDoSomething:
+ if (pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)
+ {
+ int ret;
+ ret = (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ConfigNotify)(pWin, x, y, w, h, bw, pSib);
+ if (ret) {
+ client->errorValue = 0;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent))
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = ConfigureNotify;
+ event.u.configureNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ if (pSib)
+ event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = pSib->drawable.id;
+ else
+ event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = None;
+ event.u.configureNotify.x = x;
+ event.u.configureNotify.y = y;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && (!pParent || !pParent->parent)) {
+ event.u.configureNotify.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ event.u.configureNotify.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ }
+#endif
+ event.u.configureNotify.width = w;
+ event.u.configureNotify.height = h;
+ event.u.configureNotify.borderWidth = bw;
+ event.u.configureNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+ DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ }
+ if (mask & CWBorderWidth)
+ {
+ if (action == RESTACK_WIN)
+ {
+ action = MOVE_WIN;
+ pWin->borderWidth = bw;
+ }
+ else if ((action == MOVE_WIN) &&
+ (beforeX + wBorderWidth (pWin) == x + (int)bw) &&
+ (beforeY + wBorderWidth (pWin) == y + (int)bw))
+ {
+ action = REBORDER_WIN;
+ (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)(pWin, bw);
+ }
+ else
+ pWin->borderWidth = bw;
+ }
+ if (action == MOVE_WIN)
+ (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin, x, y, pSib,
+ (mask & CWBorderWidth) ? VTOther : VTMove);
+ else if (action == RESIZE_WIN)
+ (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ResizeWindow)(pWin, x, y, w, h, pSib);
+ else if (mask & CWStackMode)
+ ReflectStackChange(pWin, pSib, VTOther);
+
+ if (action != RESTACK_WIN)
+ CheckCursorConfinement(pWin);
+ return Success;
+#undef RESTACK_WIN
+#undef MOVE_WIN
+#undef RESIZE_WIN
+#undef REBORDER_WIN
+}
+
+
+/******
+ *
+ * CirculateWindow
+ * For RaiseLowest, raises the lowest mapped child (if any) that is
+ * obscured by another child to the top of the stack. For LowerHighest,
+ * lowers the highest mapped child (if any) that is obscuring another
+ * child to the bottom of the stack. Exposure processing is performed
+ *
+ ******/
+
+int
+CirculateWindow(WindowPtr pParent, int direction, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin, pHead, pFirst;
+ xEvent event;
+ BoxRec box;
+
+ pHead = RealChildHead(pParent);
+ pFirst = pHead ? pHead->nextSib : pParent->firstChild;
+ if (direction == RaiseLowest)
+ {
+ for (pWin = pParent->lastChild;
+ (pWin != pHead) &&
+ !(pWin->mapped &&
+ AnyWindowOverlapsMe(pWin, pHead, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));
+ pWin = pWin->prevSib) ;
+ if (pWin == pHead)
+ return Success;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (pWin = pFirst;
+ pWin &&
+ !(pWin->mapped &&
+ IOverlapAnyWindow(pWin, WindowExtents(pWin, &box)));
+ pWin = pWin->nextSib) ;
+ if (!pWin)
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ event.u.circulate.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ event.u.circulate.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+ event.u.circulate.event = pParent->drawable.id;
+ if (direction == RaiseLowest)
+ event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnTop;
+ else
+ event.u.circulate.place = PlaceOnBottom;
+
+ if (RedirectSend(pParent))
+ {
+ event.u.u.type = CirculateRequest;
+ if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ event.u.u.type = CirculateNotify;
+ DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ ReflectStackChange(pWin,
+ (direction == RaiseLowest) ? pFirst : NullWindow,
+ VTStack);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+CompareWIDs(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ pointer value) /* must conform to VisitWindowProcPtr */
+{
+ Window *wid = (Window *)value;
+
+ if (pWin->drawable.id == *wid)
+ return WT_STOPWALKING;
+ else
+ return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
+}
+
+/*****
+ * ReparentWindow
+ *****/
+
+int
+ReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWin, WindowPtr pParent,
+ int x, int y, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pPrev, pPriorParent;
+ Bool WasMapped = (Bool)(pWin->mapped);
+ xEvent event;
+ int bw = wBorderWidth (pWin);
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+ pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ if (TraverseTree(pWin, CompareWIDs, (pointer)&pParent->drawable.id) == WT_STOPWALKING)
+ return BadMatch;
+ if (!MakeWindowOptional(pWin))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ if (WasMapped)
+ UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = ReparentNotify;
+ event.u.reparent.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ event.u.reparent.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+ event.u.reparent.x = x;
+ event.u.reparent.y = y;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pParent->parent) {
+ event.u.reparent.x += screenInfo.screens[0]->x;
+ event.u.reparent.y += screenInfo.screens[0]->y;
+ }
+#endif
+ event.u.reparent.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+ DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, pParent);
+
+ /* take out of sibling chain */
+
+ pPriorParent = pPrev = pWin->parent;
+ if (pPrev->firstChild == pWin)
+ pPrev->firstChild = pWin->nextSib;
+ if (pPrev->lastChild == pWin)
+ pPrev->lastChild = pWin->prevSib;
+
+ if (pWin->nextSib)
+ pWin->nextSib->prevSib = pWin->prevSib;
+ if (pWin->prevSib)
+ pWin->prevSib->nextSib = pWin->nextSib;
+
+ /* insert at begining of pParent */
+ pWin->parent = pParent;
+ pPrev = RealChildHead(pParent);
+ if (pPrev)
+ {
+ pWin->nextSib = pPrev->nextSib;
+ if (pPrev->nextSib)
+ pPrev->nextSib->prevSib = pWin;
+ else
+ pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+ pPrev->nextSib = pWin;
+ pWin->prevSib = pPrev;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pWin->nextSib = pParent->firstChild;
+ pWin->prevSib = NullWindow;
+ if (pParent->firstChild)
+ pParent->firstChild->prevSib = pWin;
+ else
+ pParent->lastChild = pWin;
+ pParent->firstChild = pWin;
+ }
+
+ pWin->origin.x = x + bw;
+ pWin->origin.y = y + bw;
+ pWin->drawable.x = x + bw + pParent->drawable.x;
+ pWin->drawable.y = y + bw + pParent->drawable.y;
+
+ /* clip to parent */
+ SetWinSize (pWin);
+ SetBorderSize (pWin);
+
+ if (pScreen->ReparentWindow)
+ (*pScreen->ReparentWindow)(pWin, pPriorParent);
+ (*pScreen->PositionWindow)(pWin, pWin->drawable.x, pWin->drawable.y);
+ ResizeChildrenWinSize(pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+ CheckWindowOptionalNeed(pWin);
+
+ if (WasMapped)
+ MapWindow(pWin, client);
+ RecalculateDeliverableEvents(pWin);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static void
+RealizeTree(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ WindowPtr pChild;
+ RealizeWindowProcPtr Realize;
+
+ Realize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->RealizeWindow;
+ pChild = pWin;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (pChild->mapped)
+ {
+ pChild->realized = TRUE;
+ pChild->viewable = (pChild->drawable.class == InputOutput);
+ (* Realize)(pChild);
+ if (pChild->firstChild)
+ {
+ pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
+ pChild = pChild->parent;
+ if (pChild == pWin)
+ return;
+ pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+ }
+}
+
+static WindowPtr windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;
+
+void
+DisableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents == NULL);
+
+ windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = pWin;
+}
+
+void
+EnableMapUnmapEvents(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ assert (windowDisableMapUnmapEvents != NULL);
+
+ windowDisableMapUnmapEvents = NULL;
+}
+
+static Bool
+MapUnmapEventsEnabled(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ return pWin != windowDisableMapUnmapEvents;
+}
+
+/*****
+ * MapWindow
+ * If some other client has selected SubStructureReDirect on the parent
+ * and override-redirect is xFalse, then a MapRequest event is generated,
+ * but the window remains unmapped. Otherwise, the window is mapped and a
+ * MapNotify event is generated.
+ *****/
+
+int
+MapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+
+ WindowPtr pParent;
+ WindowPtr pLayerWin;
+
+ if (pWin->mapped)
+ return Success;
+
+ /* general check for permission to map window */
+ if (XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
+ pWin, RT_NONE, NULL, DixShowAccess) != Success)
+ return Success;
+
+ pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ if ( (pParent = pWin->parent) )
+ {
+ xEvent event;
+ Bool anyMarked;
+
+ if ((!pWin->overrideRedirect) &&
+ (RedirectSend(pParent)
+ ))
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = MapRequest;
+ event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+
+ if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ pWin->mapped = TRUE;
+ if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = MapNotify;
+ event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+ DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ }
+
+ if (!pParent->realized)
+ return Success;
+ RealizeTree(pWin);
+ if (pWin->viewable)
+ {
+ anyMarked = (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,
+ &pLayerWin);
+ if (anyMarked)
+ {
+ (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);
+ (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+ }
+ if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+ (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pLayerWin, VTMap);
+ }
+ WindowsRestructured ();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RegionRec temp;
+
+ pWin->mapped = TRUE;
+ pWin->realized = TRUE; /* for roots */
+ pWin->viewable = pWin->drawable.class == InputOutput;
+ /* We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX */
+ (*pScreen->RealizeWindow)(pWin);
+ if (pScreen->ClipNotify)
+ (*pScreen->ClipNotify) (pWin, 0, 0);
+ if (pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+ (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(NullWindow, pWin, VTMap);
+ RegionNull(&temp);
+ RegionCopy(&temp, &pWin->clipList);
+ (*pScreen->WindowExposures) (pWin, &temp, NullRegion);
+ RegionUninit(&temp);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*****
+ * MapSubwindows
+ * Performs a MapWindow all unmapped children of the window, in top
+ * to bottom stacking order.
+ *****/
+
+void
+MapSubwindows(WindowPtr pParent, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ WindowPtr pFirstMapped = NullWindow;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ Mask parentRedirect;
+ Mask parentNotify;
+ xEvent event;
+ Bool anyMarked;
+ WindowPtr pLayerWin;
+
+ pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
+ parentRedirect = RedirectSend(pParent);
+ parentNotify = SubSend(pParent);
+ anyMarked = FALSE;
+ for (pWin = pParent->firstChild; pWin; pWin = pWin->nextSib)
+ {
+ if (!pWin->mapped)
+ {
+ if (parentRedirect && !pWin->overrideRedirect)
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = MapRequest;
+ event.u.mapRequest.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ event.u.mapRequest.parent = pParent->drawable.id;
+
+ if (MaybeDeliverEventsToClient(pParent, &event, 1,
+ SubstructureRedirectMask, client) == 1)
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ pWin->mapped = TRUE;
+ if (parentNotify || StrSend(pWin))
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = MapNotify;
+ event.u.mapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ event.u.mapNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+ DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ }
+
+ if (!pFirstMapped)
+ pFirstMapped = pWin;
+ if (pParent->realized)
+ {
+ RealizeTree(pWin);
+ if (pWin->viewable)
+ {
+ anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin,
+ (WindowPtr *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pFirstMapped)
+ {
+ pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pParent);
+ if (pLayerWin->parent != pParent) {
+ anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pLayerWin,
+ pLayerWin,
+ (WindowPtr *)NULL);
+ pFirstMapped = pLayerWin;
+ }
+ if (anyMarked)
+ {
+ (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped, VTMap);
+ (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+ }
+ if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+ (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pFirstMapped,
+ VTMap);
+ WindowsRestructured ();
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+UnrealizeTree(
+ WindowPtr pWin,
+ Bool fromConfigure)
+{
+ WindowPtr pChild;
+ UnrealizeWindowProcPtr Unrealize;
+ MarkUnrealizedWindowProcPtr MarkUnrealizedWindow;
+
+ Unrealize = pWin->drawable.pScreen->UnrealizeWindow;
+ MarkUnrealizedWindow = pWin->drawable.pScreen->MarkUnrealizedWindow;
+ pChild = pWin;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (pChild->realized)
+ {
+ pChild->realized = FALSE;
+ pChild->visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension && !pChild->drawable.pScreen->myNum) {
+ PanoramiXRes *win;
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win,
+ pChild->drawable.id, XRT_WINDOW,
+ serverClient, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ win->u.win.visibility = VisibilityNotViewable;
+ }
+#endif
+ (* Unrealize)(pChild);
+ if (MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
+ DeleteWindowFromAnyEvents(pChild, FALSE);
+ if (pChild->viewable)
+ {
+ pChild->viewable = FALSE;
+ (* MarkUnrealizedWindow)(pChild, pWin, fromConfigure);
+ pChild->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
+ }
+ if (pChild->firstChild)
+ {
+ pChild = pChild->firstChild;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ while (!pChild->nextSib && (pChild != pWin))
+ pChild = pChild->parent;
+ if (pChild == pWin)
+ return;
+ pChild = pChild->nextSib;
+ }
+}
+
+/*****
+ * UnmapWindow
+ * If the window is already unmapped, this request has no effect.
+ * Otherwise, the window is unmapped and an UnMapNotify event is
+ * generated. Cannot unmap a root window.
+ *****/
+
+int
+UnmapWindow(WindowPtr pWin, Bool fromConfigure)
+{
+ WindowPtr pParent;
+ xEvent event;
+ Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;
+ Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ WindowPtr pLayerWin = pWin;
+
+ if ((!pWin->mapped) || (!(pParent = pWin->parent)))
+ return Success;
+ if (SubStrSend(pWin, pParent) && MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
+ {
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;
+ event.u.unmapNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = fromConfigure;
+ DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ }
+ if (wasViewable && !fromConfigure)
+ {
+ pWin->valdata = UnmapValData;
+ (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pWin->nextSib, &pLayerWin);
+ (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);
+ }
+ pWin->mapped = FALSE;
+ if (wasRealized)
+ UnrealizeTree(pWin, fromConfigure);
+ if (wasViewable)
+ {
+ if (!fromConfigure)
+ {
+ (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);
+ (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+ }
+ if (!fromConfigure && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+ (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pWin, VTUnmap);
+ }
+ if (wasRealized && !fromConfigure)
+ WindowsRestructured ();
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*****
+ * UnmapSubwindows
+ * Performs an UnmapWindow request with the specified mode on all mapped
+ * children of the window, in bottom to top stacking order.
+ *****/
+
+void
+UnmapSubwindows(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ WindowPtr pChild, pHead;
+ xEvent event;
+ Bool wasRealized = (Bool)pWin->realized;
+ Bool wasViewable = (Bool)pWin->viewable;
+ Bool anyMarked = FALSE;
+ Mask parentNotify;
+ WindowPtr pLayerWin = NULL;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+ if (!pWin->firstChild)
+ return;
+ parentNotify = SubSend(pWin);
+ pHead = RealChildHead(pWin);
+
+ if (wasViewable)
+ pLayerWin = (*pScreen->GetLayerWindow)(pWin);
+
+ for (pChild = pWin->lastChild; pChild != pHead; pChild = pChild->prevSib)
+ {
+ if (pChild->mapped)
+ {
+ if (parentNotify || StrSend(pChild))
+ {
+ event.u.u.type = UnmapNotify;
+ event.u.unmapNotify.window = pChild->drawable.id;
+ event.u.unmapNotify.fromConfigure = xFalse;
+ DeliverEvents(pChild, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+ }
+ if (pChild->viewable)
+ {
+ pChild->valdata = UnmapValData;
+ anyMarked = TRUE;
+ }
+ pChild->mapped = FALSE;
+ if (pChild->realized)
+ UnrealizeTree(pChild, FALSE);
+ if (wasViewable)
+ {
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (wasViewable)
+ {
+ if (anyMarked)
+ {
+ if (pLayerWin->parent == pWin)
+ (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pWin);
+ else
+ {
+ WindowPtr ptmp;
+ (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin, pLayerWin,
+ (WindowPtr *)NULL);
+ (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(pLayerWin->parent);
+
+ /* Windows between pWin and pLayerWin may not have been marked */
+ ptmp = pWin;
+
+ while (ptmp != pLayerWin->parent)
+ {
+ (*pScreen->MarkWindow)(ptmp);
+ ptmp = ptmp->parent;
+ }
+ pHead = pWin->firstChild;
+ }
+ (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);
+ (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pLayerWin->parent);
+ }
+ if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+ (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pLayerWin->parent, pHead, VTUnmap);
+ }
+ if (wasRealized)
+ WindowsRestructured ();
+}
+
+
+void
+HandleSaveSet(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ WindowPtr pParent, pWin;
+ int j;
+
+ for (j=0; j<client->numSaved; j++)
+ {
+ pWin = SaveSetWindow(client->saveSet[j]);
+#ifdef XFIXES
+ if (SaveSetToRoot(client->saveSet[j]))
+ pParent = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root;
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ pParent = pWin->parent;
+ while (pParent && (wClient (pParent) == client))
+ pParent = pParent->parent;
+ }
+ if (pParent)
+ {
+ if (pParent != pWin->parent)
+ {
+#ifdef XFIXES
+ /* unmap first so that ReparentWindow doesn't remap */
+ if (!SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))
+ UnmapWindow(pWin, FALSE);
+#endif
+ ReparentWindow(pWin, pParent,
+ pWin->drawable.x - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.x,
+ pWin->drawable.y - wBorderWidth (pWin) - pParent->drawable.y,
+ client);
+ if(!pWin->realized && pWin->mapped)
+ pWin->mapped = FALSE;
+ }
+#ifdef XFIXES
+ if (SaveSetShouldMap (client->saveSet[j]))
+#endif
+ MapWindow(pWin, client);
+ }
+ }
+ free(client->saveSet);
+ client->numSaved = 0;
+ client->saveSet = (SaveSetElt *)NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * \param x,y in root
+ */
+Bool
+PointInWindowIsVisible(WindowPtr pWin, int x, int y)
+{
+ BoxRec box;
+
+ if (!pWin->realized)
+ return FALSE;
+ if (RegionContainsPoint(&pWin->borderClip,
+ x, y, &box)
+ && (!wInputShape(pWin) ||
+ RegionContainsPoint(wInputShape(pWin),
+ x - pWin->drawable.x,
+ y - pWin->drawable.y, &box)))
+ return TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+RegionPtr
+NotClippedByChildren(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ RegionPtr pReg = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);
+ if (pWin->parent ||
+ screenIsSaved != SCREEN_SAVER_ON ||
+ !HasSaverWindow (pWin->drawable.pScreen))
+ {
+ RegionIntersect(pReg, &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
+ }
+ return pReg;
+}
+
+void
+SendVisibilityNotify(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ xEvent event;
+ unsigned int visibility = pWin->visibility;
+
+ if (!MapUnmapEventsEnabled(pWin))
+ return;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ /* This is not quite correct yet, but it's close */
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ PanoramiXRes *win;
+ WindowPtr pWin2;
+ int rc, i, Scrnum;
+
+ Scrnum = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
+
+ win = PanoramiXFindIDByScrnum(XRT_WINDOW, pWin->drawable.id, Scrnum);
+
+ if(!win || (win->u.win.visibility == visibility))
+ return;
+
+ switch(visibility) {
+ case VisibilityUnobscured:
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+ if(i == Scrnum) continue;
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,
+ DixWriteAccess);
+
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if(pWin2->visibility == VisibilityPartiallyObscured)
+ return;
+
+ if(!i) pWin = pWin2;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case VisibilityPartiallyObscured:
+ if(Scrnum) {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[0].id, serverClient,
+ DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc == Success) pWin = pWin2;
+ }
+ break;
+ case VisibilityFullyObscured:
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+ if(i == Scrnum) continue;
+
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin2, win->info[i].id, serverClient,
+ DixWriteAccess);
+
+ if (rc == Success) {
+ if(pWin2->visibility != VisibilityFullyObscured)
+ return;
+
+ if(!i) pWin = pWin2;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ win->u.win.visibility = visibility;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ memset(&event, 0, sizeof(xEvent));
+ event.u.u.type = VisibilityNotify;
+ event.u.visibility.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+ event.u.visibility.state = visibility;
+ DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+}
+
+#define RANDOM_WIDTH 32
+int
+dixSaveScreens(ClientPtr client, int on, int mode)
+{
+ int rc, i, what, type;
+
+ if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)
+ {
+ if (mode == ScreenSaverReset)
+ what = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
+ else
+ what = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;
+ type = what;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ what = on;
+ type = what;
+ if (what == screenIsSaved)
+ type = SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREENSAVER_ACCESS, client, screenInfo.screens[i],
+ DixShowAccess | DixHideAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER)
+ (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, on);
+ if (pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)
+ {
+ if ((*pScreen->screensaver.ExternalScreenSaver)
+ (pScreen, type, on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER))
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (type == screenIsSaved)
+ continue;
+ switch (type) {
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
+ if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)
+ {
+ (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what);
+ }
+ else if (HasSaverWindow (pScreen))
+ {
+ pScreen->screensaver.pWindow = NullWindow;
+ FreeResource(pScreen->screensaver.wid, RT_NONE);
+ }
+ break;
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
+ if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_TILED)
+ {
+ WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow;
+ /* make it look like screen saver is off, so that
+ * NotClippedByChildren will compute a clip list
+ * for the root window, so miPaintWindow works
+ */
+ screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_OFF;
+ (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->MoveWindow)(pWin,
+ (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),
+ (short)(-(rand() % RANDOM_WIDTH)),
+ pWin->nextSib, VTMove);
+ screenIsSaved = SCREEN_SAVER_ON;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Call the DDX saver in case it wants to do something
+ * at cycle time
+ */
+ else if (pScreen->screensaver.blanked == SCREEN_IS_BLANKED)
+ {
+ (* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, type);
+ }
+ break;
+ case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
+ if (ScreenSaverBlanking != DontPreferBlanking)
+ {
+ if ((* pScreen->SaveScreen) (pScreen, what))
+ {
+ pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLANKED;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&
+ TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_BLACK))
+ {
+ pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_BLACK;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if ((ScreenSaverAllowExposures != DontAllowExposures) &&
+ TileScreenSaver(pScreen, SCREEN_IS_TILED))
+ {
+ pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_IS_TILED;
+ }
+ else
+ pScreen->screensaver.blanked = SCREEN_ISNT_SAVED;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ screenIsSaved = what;
+ if (mode == ScreenSaverReset) {
+ if (on == SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER) {
+ UpdateCurrentTimeIf();
+ lastDeviceEventTime = currentTime;
+ }
+ SetScreenSaverTimer();
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+SaveScreens(int on, int mode)
+{
+ return dixSaveScreens(serverClient, on, mode);
+}
+
+static Bool
+TileScreenSaver(ScreenPtr pScreen, int kind)
+{
+ int j;
+ int result;
+ XID attributes[3];
+ Mask mask;
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ CursorMetricRec cm;
+ unsigned char *srcbits, *mskbits;
+ CursorPtr cursor;
+ XID cursorID = 0;
+ int attri;
+
+ mask = 0;
+ attri = 0;
+ switch (kind) {
+ case SCREEN_IS_TILED:
+ switch (pScreen->root->backgroundState) {
+ case BackgroundPixel:
+ attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->background.pixel;
+ mask |= CWBackPixel;
+ break;
+ case BackgroundPixmap:
+ attributes[attri++] = None;
+ mask |= CWBackPixmap;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case SCREEN_IS_BLACK:
+ attributes[attri++] = pScreen->root->drawable.pScreen->blackPixel;
+ mask |= CWBackPixel;
+ break;
+ }
+ mask |= CWOverrideRedirect;
+ attributes[attri++] = xTrue;
+
+ /*
+ * create a blank cursor
+ */
+
+ cm.width=16;
+ cm.height=16;
+ cm.xhot=8;
+ cm.yhot=8;
+ srcbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);
+ mskbits = malloc( BitmapBytePad(32)*16);
+ if (!srcbits || !mskbits)
+ {
+ free(srcbits);
+ free(mskbits);
+ cursor = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (j=0; j<BitmapBytePad(32)*16; j++)
+ srcbits[j] = mskbits[j] = 0x0;
+ result = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, NULL, &cm, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ &cursor, serverClient, (XID)0);
+ if (cursor)
+ {
+ cursorID = FakeClientID(0);
+ if (AddResource (cursorID, RT_CURSOR, (pointer) cursor))
+ {
+ attributes[attri] = cursorID;
+ mask |= CWCursor;
+ }
+ else
+ cursor = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free(srcbits);
+ free(mskbits);
+ }
+ }
+
+ pWin = pScreen->screensaver.pWindow =
+ CreateWindow(pScreen->screensaver.wid,
+ pScreen->root,
+ -RANDOM_WIDTH, -RANDOM_WIDTH,
+ (unsigned short)pScreen->width + RANDOM_WIDTH,
+ (unsigned short)pScreen->height + RANDOM_WIDTH,
+ 0, InputOutput, mask, attributes, 0, serverClient,
+ wVisual (pScreen->root), &result);
+
+ if (cursor)
+ FreeResource (cursorID, RT_NONE);
+
+ if (!pWin)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!AddResource(pWin->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW,
+ (pointer)pScreen->screensaver.pWindow))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (mask & CWBackPixmap)
+ {
+ MakeRootTile (pWin);
+ (*pWin->drawable.pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWBackPixmap);
+ }
+ MapWindow(pWin, serverClient);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * FindWindowWithOptional
+ *
+ * search ancestors of the given window for an entry containing
+ * a WindowOpt structure. Assumptions: some parent will
+ * contain the structure.
+ */
+
+WindowPtr
+FindWindowWithOptional (WindowPtr w)
+{
+ do
+ w = w->parent;
+ while (!w->optional);
+ return w;
+}
+
+/*
+ * CheckWindowOptionalNeed
+ *
+ * check each optional entry in the given window to see if
+ * the value is satisfied by the default rules. If so,
+ * release the optional record
+ */
+
+void
+CheckWindowOptionalNeed (WindowPtr w)
+{
+ WindowOptPtr optional;
+ WindowOptPtr parentOptional;
+
+ if (!w->parent || !w->optional)
+ return;
+ optional = w->optional;
+ if (optional->dontPropagateMask != DontPropagateMasks[w->dontPropagate])
+ return;
+ if (optional->otherEventMasks != 0)
+ return;
+ if (optional->otherClients != NULL)
+ return;
+ if (optional->passiveGrabs != NULL)
+ return;
+ if (optional->userProps != NULL)
+ return;
+ if (optional->backingBitPlanes != ~0L)
+ return;
+ if (optional->backingPixel != 0)
+ return;
+ if (optional->boundingShape != NULL)
+ return;
+ if (optional->clipShape != NULL)
+ return;
+ if (optional->inputShape != NULL)
+ return;
+ if (optional->inputMasks != NULL)
+ return;
+ if (optional->deviceCursors != NULL)
+ {
+ DevCursNodePtr pNode = optional->deviceCursors;
+ while(pNode)
+ {
+ if (pNode->cursor != None)
+ return;
+ pNode = pNode->next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(w)->optional;
+ if (optional->visual != parentOptional->visual)
+ return;
+ if (optional->cursor != None &&
+ (optional->cursor != parentOptional->cursor ||
+ w->parent->cursorIsNone))
+ return;
+ if (optional->colormap != parentOptional->colormap)
+ return;
+ DisposeWindowOptional (w);
+}
+
+/*
+ * MakeWindowOptional
+ *
+ * create an optional record and initialize it with the default
+ * values.
+ */
+
+Bool
+MakeWindowOptional (WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ WindowOptPtr optional;
+ WindowOptPtr parentOptional;
+
+ if (pWin->optional)
+ return TRUE;
+ optional = malloc(sizeof (WindowOptRec));
+ if (!optional)
+ return FALSE;
+ optional->dontPropagateMask = DontPropagateMasks[pWin->dontPropagate];
+ optional->otherEventMasks = 0;
+ optional->otherClients = NULL;
+ optional->passiveGrabs = NULL;
+ optional->userProps = NULL;
+ optional->backingBitPlanes = ~0L;
+ optional->backingPixel = 0;
+ optional->boundingShape = NULL;
+ optional->clipShape = NULL;
+ optional->inputShape = NULL;
+ optional->inputMasks = NULL;
+ optional->deviceCursors = NULL;
+
+ parentOptional = FindWindowWithOptional(pWin)->optional;
+ optional->visual = parentOptional->visual;
+ if (!pWin->cursorIsNone)
+ {
+ optional->cursor = parentOptional->cursor;
+ optional->cursor->refcnt++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ optional->cursor = None;
+ }
+ optional->colormap = parentOptional->colormap;
+ pWin->optional = optional;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Changes the cursor struct for the given device and the given window.
+ * A cursor that does not have a device cursor set will use whatever the
+ * standard cursor is for the window. If all devices have a cursor set,
+ * changing the window cursor (e.g. using XDefineCursor()) will not have any
+ * visible effect. Only when one of the device cursors is set to None again,
+ * this device's cursor will display the changed standard cursor.
+ *
+ * CursorIsNone of the window struct is NOT modified if you set a device
+ * cursor.
+ *
+ * Assumption: If there is a node for a device in the list, the device has a
+ * cursor. If the cursor is set to None, it is inherited by the parent.
+ */
+int
+ChangeWindowDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ DevCursNodePtr pNode, pPrev;
+ CursorPtr pOldCursor = NULL;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ WindowPtr pChild;
+
+ if (!pWin->optional && !MakeWindowOptional(pWin))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /* 1) Check if window has device cursor set
+ * Yes: 1.1) swap cursor with given cursor if parent does not have same
+ * cursor, free old cursor
+ * 1.2) free old cursor, use parent cursor
+ * No: 1.1) add node to beginning of list.
+ * 1.2) add cursor to node if parent does not have same cursor
+ * 1.3) use parent cursor if parent does not have same cursor
+ * 2) Patch up children if child has a devcursor
+ * 2.1) if child has cursor None, it inherited from parent, set to old
+ * cursor
+ * 2.2) if child has same cursor as new cursor, remove and set to None
+ */
+
+ pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+
+ if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))
+ {
+ /* has device cursor */
+
+ if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)
+ return Success;
+
+ pOldCursor = pNode->cursor;
+
+ if (!pCursor) /* remove from list */
+ {
+ if(pPrev)
+ pPrev->next = pNode->next;
+ else
+ /* first item in list */
+ pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNode->next;
+
+ free(pNode);
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ } else
+ {
+ /* no device cursor yet */
+ DevCursNodePtr pNewNode;
+
+ if (!pCursor)
+ return Success;
+
+ pNewNode = malloc(sizeof(DevCursNodeRec));
+ pNewNode->dev = pDev;
+ pNewNode->next = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
+ pWin->optional->deviceCursors = pNewNode;
+ pNode = pNewNode;
+
+ }
+
+ if (pCursor && WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, pCursor))
+ pNode->cursor = None;
+ else
+ {
+ pNode->cursor = pCursor;
+ pCursor->refcnt++;
+ }
+
+ pNode = pPrev = NULL;
+ /* fix up children */
+ for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)
+ {
+ if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pChild, pDev, &pNode, &pPrev))
+ {
+ if (pNode->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */
+ {
+ pNode->cursor = pOldCursor;
+ pOldCursor->refcnt++;
+ } else if (pNode->cursor == pCursor)
+ {
+ pNode->cursor = None;
+ FreeCursor(pCursor, (Cursor)0); /* fix up refcnt */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+out:
+ if (pWin->realized)
+ WindowHasNewCursor(pWin);
+
+ if (pOldCursor)
+ FreeCursor(pOldCursor, (Cursor)0);
+
+ /* FIXME: We SHOULD check for an error value here XXX
+ (comment taken from ChangeWindowAttributes) */
+ (*pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)(pWin, CWCursor);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* Get device cursor for given device or None if none is set */
+CursorPtr
+WindowGetDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin, DeviceIntPtr pDev)
+{
+ DevCursorList pList;
+
+ if (!pWin->optional || !pWin->optional->deviceCursors)
+ return NULL;
+
+ pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
+
+ while(pList)
+ {
+ if (pList->dev == pDev)
+ {
+ if (pList->cursor == None) /* inherited from parent */
+ return WindowGetDeviceCursor(pWin->parent, pDev);
+ else
+ return pList->cursor;
+ }
+ pList = pList->next;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Searches for a DevCursorNode for the given window and device. If one is
+ * found, return True and set pNode and pPrev to the node and to the node
+ * before the node respectively. Otherwise return False.
+ * If the device is the first in list, pPrev is set to NULL.
+ */
+static Bool
+WindowSeekDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ DevCursNodePtr* pNode,
+ DevCursNodePtr* pPrev)
+{
+ DevCursorList pList;
+
+ if (!pWin->optional)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pList = pWin->optional->deviceCursors;
+
+ if (pList && pList->dev == pDev)
+ {
+ *pNode = pList;
+ *pPrev = NULL;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ while(pList)
+ {
+ if (pList->next)
+ {
+ if (pList->next->dev == pDev)
+ {
+ *pNode = pList->next;
+ *pPrev = pList;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ pList = pList->next;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* Return True if a parent has the same device cursor set or False if
+ * otherwise
+ */
+static Bool
+WindowParentHasDeviceCursor(WindowPtr pWin,
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev,
+ CursorPtr pCursor)
+{
+ WindowPtr pParent;
+ DevCursNodePtr pParentNode, pParentPrev;
+
+ pParent = pWin->parent;
+ while(pParent)
+ {
+ if (WindowSeekDeviceCursor(pParent, pDev,
+ &pParentNode, &pParentPrev))
+ {
+ /* if there is a node in the list, the win has a dev cursor */
+ if (!pParentNode->cursor) /* inherited. */
+ pParent = pParent->parent;
+ else if (pParentNode->cursor == pCursor) /* inherit */
+ return TRUE;
+ else /* different cursor */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ /* parent does not have a device cursor for our device */
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * SetRootClip --
+ * Enable or disable rendering to the screen by
+ * setting the root clip list and revalidating
+ * all of the windows
+ */
+void
+SetRootClip(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool enable)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin = pScreen->root;
+ WindowPtr pChild;
+ Bool WasViewable;
+ Bool anyMarked = FALSE;
+ WindowPtr pLayerWin;
+ BoxRec box;
+
+ if (!pWin)
+ return;
+ WasViewable = (Bool)(pWin->viewable);
+ if (WasViewable)
+ {
+ for (pChild = pWin->firstChild; pChild; pChild = pChild->nextSib)
+ {
+ (void) (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pChild,
+ pChild,
+ &pLayerWin);
+ }
+ (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);
+ anyMarked = TRUE;
+ if (pWin->valdata)
+ {
+ if (HasBorder (pWin))
+ {
+ RegionPtr borderVisible;
+
+ borderVisible = RegionCreate(NullBox, 1);
+ RegionSubtract(borderVisible,
+ &pWin->borderClip, &pWin->winSize);
+ pWin->valdata->before.borderVisible = borderVisible;
+ }
+ pWin->valdata->before.resized = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Use REGION_BREAK to avoid optimizations in ValidateTree
+ * that assume the root borderClip can't change well, normally
+ * it doesn't...)
+ */
+ if (enable)
+ {
+ box.x1 = 0;
+ box.y1 = 0;
+ box.x2 = pScreen->width;
+ box.y2 = pScreen->height;
+ RegionInit(&pWin->winSize, &box, 1);
+ RegionInit(&pWin->borderSize, &box, 1);
+ if (WasViewable)
+ RegionReset(&pWin->borderClip, &box);
+ pWin->drawable.width = pScreen->width;
+ pWin->drawable.height = pScreen->height;
+ RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RegionEmpty(&pWin->borderClip);
+ RegionBreak(&pWin->clipList);
+ }
+
+ ResizeChildrenWinSize (pWin, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+ if (WasViewable)
+ {
+ if (pWin->firstChild)
+ {
+ anyMarked |= (*pScreen->MarkOverlappedWindows)(pWin->firstChild,
+ pWin->firstChild,
+ (WindowPtr *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (*pScreen->MarkWindow) (pWin);
+ anyMarked = TRUE;
+ }
+
+
+ if (anyMarked)
+ (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);
+ }
+
+ if (WasViewable)
+ {
+ if (anyMarked)
+ (*pScreen->HandleExposures)(pWin);
+ if (anyMarked && pScreen->PostValidateTree)
+ (*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pWin, NullWindow, VTOther);
+ }
+ if (pWin->realized)
+ WindowsRestructured ();
+ FlushAllOutput();
+}